Annals and magazine of natural history : including zoology, botany and geology

+ be * 1 “ ‘ mea Do
Sireitrececeses :: bs
. 7 a 7 + - ~ 4 pepe
: +7 + oe Oey a Rr teeta 4 - “ -- 4 ‘ — 4
: > (PEARS riper ‘ < ve * 7 ; ;
ES bey bre ok be : ; ;

-O--6sb-ecess va

ott
i ee
eaee
eee sicsgace.

G7

7?

eas)

Paprees :
pee ; . a =! ne 0. 8298 <9: <y
biges : - , hen eects tt SRS a

o
28e
+-§S

ethan tw fim
ah he ‘ bese reh tes]
ote

: 32 ; 3 shotwand Breety : c goreres
rear ° : : P : 9 . 4 mi eae. 4. i {sg Oe 2 . :
atu ~* in Pt ° se . “ ‘ tite 8: - mare erties,
: . ‘ - , > ; sho Ra sae - . . . - tas Geeta ha soea -w oe
: * ) ° yer 3
> mH

if
sald

i
;

no >.

PoP.

:

{+48
om

+
ba
°
‘
a)

ees

fonske

i

eT}

a 2 ee
Ni pie erahd 24

ib DUDA wh oe as
widows

‘2

ee Hoes <2

ae

:

ry , ;
1

La |

Hee

3
*

¥ ;
ge
*
afte
ni

ff

eat)
ren

ere

Se os
bs

—
~—

pat
e

ABS ed
Bia:

or

4

[ whey ay ; 2 +
2 ay : ae
\ ea bm

rehire

*
“
rf rc
. .
é
im
;
4 oe
. i + | |
ay
ve :
< :
int x a ca
hte M4
; }
; 5 ;
4 ry] ' :
‘A 6 - ,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY,’ AND OF
LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Barr., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esq., F.L.S.,
GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esqa., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

itd ~ ~

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD,
TAVISTOCK STREET, BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH ¢
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1846.

‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis
et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINNZUS.

«+e hic obitus rerum contemplor-et ortus,
Et quibus @ causis ordine cuncta fluant.

Et disco, quidquid varios mare gignit ad usus,
Quidquid et omnifero terra benigna sinu.

Seepe juvat solem gelida vitare sub umbra,
Multaque de plantis arboribusque loqui.

Quid varios pisces, et nata corallia ponto
-Eloquar, et conchis ostrea tecta suis ?
“Hle sed equoree numerum subducat arene

"Qui volet undivagos enumerare greges.

P. Loricui1 Elegiarum lib. iii. eleg. 4,—Ilib. ii. eleg. 6.

/ A

bv
a i
C/ Nee f / f

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII.

NUMBER CXVI.

I. On the Circulation of the Sap in the Interior of Cells. By Hugo
Von Mout ,........ cescecesdensoue eocerccescvcseceeseseeee eceveccees seeeeeeeeeeees
II. List of the Birds observed to winter in Macedonia; from Notes
made by Capt. H. M. Drummonp, 42nd R.H., during a two months’
Shooting Excursion in the Interior during the winter of 1845-46 ......
III. Observations on the Cell-Membrane’ of Plants. By G. H. K.
THWAITES ...000. eesgueue eveseveeccseveccevesccesese dee ceceescecseseseees <oeceeees
IV. Descriptions of some apparently new species of Orthopterous
and Homopterous Insects. By Apam Wuitt, M.E.S., Assistant in the
Zoological Department of the British Museum. (With a Plate.) ......
V. Remarks on certain Genera belonging to the Class Pallio-
branchiata, By Witu1am Kine, Curator of the Museum of the Na-
tural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-
UPON- RYN: ..rcensdqeacananaddesietern conten ey ED BOP ee menenecesecccsccsocs ‘is
VI. On Ginnania furcellata. By Grus. DE NOTARIS...cce.seseeeeeees
VII. Descriptions. of four apparently new species of Longicorn
. Beetles in the Collection of the British Museum. By Apam Wuirte,
M.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum.
(With. ‘a Fiabe). civics cassh crannies Sea's Janes cuaeaete Sovie dea Sissbu buena stees
VIII. Descriptions of the Mymaride. Communicated by Francis
Wa ker, Esq., F.L.S. ......0es000 rey cee caddones desessha buake engin eotaes

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

Page

15

23

26
42

47

49

burgh SCC HTH EHRSEE ETE EER eeeeee @eeceseeseeeves @eesseeceaeeeeearseesne 54—67

Description of a new family and genus of Lizards from Columbia, by
J. E, Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c. ; On the detection of Spirally-dotted
or Scalariform Ducts, and other Vegetable Tissues in Anthracite
Coal, by Prof. J. W. Bailey, of the U.S, Military Academy ; Phy-
siological Remarks on the Statics of Fishes, by Joh. Miiller; Ci-
conia alba; Embryogeny of the Ornithomyi@a, by M. Blanchard ;

Meteorological Observations and Table .........sssseseseseseeeees 67—72

1V CONTENTS.

Page
NUMBER CXVII.
IX. Notices of British Hypogzeous Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxe-
LEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. .......seeeeees Pe PET 73
X. On the Regular Arrangement of Crystals in certain Organs of
Plants. By Epwin J. QuEKETT, F.L.S. cscccscssscscseseeeseeeeees dabeuken 82

XI. Remarks on certain Genera belonging to the Class Pallio-
branchiata. By Wituiam Kine, Curator of the Museum of the Na-
tural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-

UPON-TYNe ......cccevssecsevceccsccceccnccesseecesseecseccssceccesseacsesecsves oo §=83
XII. Excursions in Upper Styria, 1842. By R. C. Auexanper,

BG ccc siny ibn aphesiceeeinss ingdesrsbandiaseriags hocssesscatashaacdeuamenars ine 94
XIII. The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by Cart J.

SUN DBV AEE sks sansler'ay deo coahsaceoperstos pain svg benaat ed veccnsesebecsescenesercosne 102

XIV. Remarks on some Points in the Structure of Cucurbitacee.
By J. E. Srocxs, M.D., Assistant Surgeon on the Bombay Establish-

THRONE Davracnvnbacceccessancdpoodsneces ceecccecccsccccecveccosscsveucccoscescoes sos 110
XV. Hore Zoologice :—Ornithology of the Island of Tobago. By

Sir Wituram Jarpine, Bart., F.R.S.E. and F.L.S.........006. pan ieeniies os 114

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ....... ENS CRG Ee tae iat 121—132

Note on the Organogeny of Irregular Corollas, by M. Barneoud; Ex-
traordinary Flight of Butterflies; Do Plants placed in a Solution
containing several Substances absorb certain Substances in pre-
ference to others? by M. Bouchardat; On a species of Hippopo-
tamus from Sierra Leone ; On the Nectariferous Glands of Leaves,
and on some Saccharine Secretions, by M. Unger; Obituary—Mr.
Thomas: Edmondston; Proposed Work on Aphides; Meteoro-
logical Observations and Table .........sseceesscceceeecoeeeenes 132—144

NUMBER CXVIII.
XVI. On the Growth of Cell-Membrane. By Huao von Mount... 145

XVII. On Zoophytes. By J. D. Dana............ saSeeetseseebaneteees 155
XVIII. Observations on the Generation of Jxodes. By Prof. Gene.
Communicated by Atrrep Tuk, M.R.C.S........ccccccssecncseecseevsesees 160
XIX. Description of the species of Cephalophus (H. Smith) in the
Collection of the British Museum. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ...... 162
XX. The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by Cart J. Sun-
DEVALL siscsvonvcccecscccesucisedsytncvastscbectescdvmestseboesebssevcccescoscscees 168

XXI. Notes on four new Genera of Crustacea. By Apam Wuire,
M.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum.
(With a Pidte.) cscisscepsscnsseovaguneesptencessearapeass vixens Sib wh Mieka Cas van’ 176

XXII. Description of a new Genus of Arachnida, with Notes on

CONTENTS. Vv

Page
two other species of Spiders. By Anam Wuire, M.E.S., Assistant in
the Zoological Department of the British Museum. (With a Plate.)... 179

XXIII. Notice of some Genera of Cyclopacea. By J. D. Dana... 181
Proceedings of the Linnzean Society ; Zoological Society ......... 186—208

On the Development of the Medusz, by Dr. Reid; New species of
Mammalia, by J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; General Views on the Classi-
fication of Animals, by J. D. Dana; On two new species of An-
telopes in the British Museum Collection, by J. E. Gray, F.R.S. ;
Meteorological Observations and Table ......se0....seeeeeeeres 208—216

NUMBER CXIX.
XXIV. Revision of the British Libellulide. By Baron Epm. pr

Se.ys Lonecuamps (of Liége), Member of various Academies ......... 217
XXV. On the Arrangement of the Hollow-horned Ruminants
(Bovide). By J. E. Gray, F.R.S. ......scscscoccsccsesccssscccscscscseseses 227

XXVI. An Account of some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms
found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. By Wituiam

Kina, Curator of the Newcastle Museum ..........ssecssssensescesessceeeees 233
XXVII. The Birds of Calcutta, collected and Aomibad by Cart J.
SUNDEVALL ...eccceeee Races chenshnesae meeene end See sbonsevecevesvccscves ahiewesse eee Zul

XXVIII. On the ont of Cell-Membrane. ‘By Huco von Mout. 261

New Books :—Palzontographica: Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der
Vorwelt. Herausgegeben von Dr. W. Dunker und Herm. von
Meyer.—Symbolz ad Historiam Heliceorum, auctore L. Pfeiffer.

‘—Philippi’s Figures and Descriptions of new or incompletely
known Shells.—Journal of Malacozoology, edited by Menke and
Pfeiffer.—Indicis Generum Malacozoorum Primordia, by A. N.
Herrmannsen.—Figures of Flowering Cactez, edited by Pfeiffer
and Otto, with German and French descriptions ......... 272—275

Proceedings of the Zoologica] Society .secsssseseeeececcnevecescees 276—284

A new genus of Sea-Snake from Port Essington, by J. E. Gray, F.R.S. ;
On the Pulmograde Medusz of the British Seas, by Prof. E.
Forbes ; Meteorological Observations and Table ............ 284—-288

NUMBER CXX.
XXIX. Notices of some new and rare British species of Naked
Mollusca. By Josuua ALpER and Ansany Hancock. (With a Plate.) 289
XXX. Notices in connexion with the Natural History of Corfu and
its vicinity. By Captain Porriock, Royal Engineers, F.R.S, ......... 294
XXXI. Descriptions of some newly discovered species of Araneidea.
By JoHN Buackwa th, F.L.S. wivscscecsccevecseccscacevecccreves swauoee wonces 204

vi CONTENTS.

Page
XXXII. The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by Cart
J. SUNDEVALL .......0008 Sodvdeqencscccccssencuseacccceveeudscdebeens Sevelcke veeeee 308
XXXIII. Additions to the Fauna of Boia’, beth species new
to that of Britain ;—with Notes on rare species. By Wi1t1t1am Tuomr-

son, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Philos. Society of Belfast ............+5. 310
XXXIV. Brief description of the male of Cheirotonus MacLeaii,
Hope. By F. J.S. Parry, Esq., F.L.S. &c. (With a Plate.) ...... 315

XXXV. On the Development of the Chelonians. By H. Raruxe. 316

XXXVI. A List of Shells dredged on the West Coast of Davis’s
Strait; with Notes.and Descriptions of eight new species. By AuBany
Hancock. (With a Plate.) ............ ccecccnccceees coccvensiasepboacsnebes .. 323

XXXVII. Excursion of an Insect Hunter in the Carinthian High-
lands. By Dr. Npoxnnt. of Prague. Communicated by A. H. Hatr-

DAY, Esq. eccoseee eeecces Sooo eRPOSeseSoseeressessoeecee Soe ese eosesesseesneesess een 339

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society ... 349—356

Description of a new species of Bat from Western Africa, Pteropus
Haldemani, by Edward Halowell, M.D.; Description of two new
species of Fossil Echinodermata from the Eocene strata of the
United States, by Samuel George Morton, M.D.; A new species
of Apus, 4. longicaudatus, by John LeConte, F.L.S. ; Structure of
the Trunk of Cycas circinalis; Meteorological Observations and
Fable ...06050. we eceaseecsenesescecesseeseesesscesscess Minwasadgsssosuss 356—360

NUMBER CXXI.

XXXVIII. Note upon two Crania of Crocodiles in the Belfast Mu-
seum. By Hueu Farconer, M.D., F.R.S. &c. (With two Plates.)... 361
XXXIX. On the Development of Vegetable Cells. By Arruur
Henrrey, F.L.S. (With a Plate.) ..ccocs.sevsee pgnen janeasy avevonenssnced’ 364
XL. Notice of a Surf Scoter, Oidemia perspicillata, Linn. (sp.), ob-
tained on the coast of Ireland. By Witt1am Tuompson, Pres. Nat.
Hist. and Philos. Society of Belfast ............scseeessseeeees ddessesveaer see 368
XLI. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal Lepi-
doptera. By Epwaxp Dovusiepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoological
Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &c. oo. .eescceeeceeeees Schanive 371
XLII. On the Wound of the Ferret, with Observations on the In-
stincts of Animals. By Anprew Bucuanan, M.D., Professor of the
Institutes of Medicine, University of Glasgow ........sesecessssceseeceeeees 376
XLIII. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including a few species
unrecorded in that of Britain ;—with the description of an apparently
new Glossiphonia. By Witt1am Tuompson, Pres. Nat. Hist. and
Philos. Society of Belfast ......ccessseoeees peasipebsessbipecteseccb vcs ceedecees 383
XLIV. The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by Cart J.
SUNDEVALL ...coscceees aecadacsseasseessodsbasseesesvsesueseeeseeeasecesensonsveses 397

CONTENTS. vil
Page

XLV. On the Fructification of the Rhizocarpee. By M. J. Scuter-
DEN seseee $00 secercenceseeverseeeenseseersececacceseceseseeescececeeecccoeseorceeess 408

New Books :—The Physical Atlas; a series of Maps illustrating the
Geographical distribution of Natural Phenomena, by H. Berg-
haus, LL.D., F.R.G.S. &c., and A. K. Johnston, F.R.G.S. &c.—

A History of Inventions, Discoveries and Origins, by Prof. Beck-
mann. Edited by W. Francis, Ph.D. &c., and J. W. Griffith, M.D.
REx 22. cce000 Waosessessencinecccnstevadcvcsbecewccessucscowouscscssessees 409—414

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of .Edin-
FRAT sins vc ian sanencasounseseieds cencee yee caqbtwenden nah oie envebacsoes. 414—426

Habits of the “ Kakapo”’ and “‘ Macro” of New Zealand; On the Me-
dicinal Properties of our Geraniums, by Dr. Johnston; On the
genus Pedicularia or Thyreus; Descriptions of some new species
of Indian Lizards, by J. E. Gray, Esq. ; Description of Unio aba-
coides, a new species, by S.S. Haldeman ; New'species of Volute ;
Meteorological Observations and Table ..........ssseseseesess. 427—432

NUMBER CXXII. SUPPLEMENT.
XLVI. On the Organization of the Polygastric Infusoria. By C
Ecxnarp. (With two Plates.) ......cccccccsceosessees Giscvocenadasenswansdesé 433

XLVII. Descriptions of three newly-discovered British species of
‘Coleoptera. By T. Vernon Wouttaston, B.A., F.C.P.S. (With a

RUBIO Citschentscsscccns PacNa Fie Oheeite Naescbedacecngulvavens sary cdpadyekancbecses 452
XLVIII. The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by Cart J.
SUNDEVALL ...cccccscececsecs eee encceececaeseoeoeeece ecevccscceecees teescccvccecess 454

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society ; Bota-
nical Society of Edinburgh ....... mechsateeeeven canes seeeees seseee 461—474

Description of an Agaric new to the British Flora; Description of a
new British Sponge, by Dr. Johnston ............ssceceseceeeees 474—475

Index eeeser @ DPESCHSSHEEAEHEHHRHEHEEESERESEHESHESEHESES Seereeseesssseosseceeecevecsages 476

PLATES IN VOL. XVIII.

Puiate I. New species of Insects.
II. New Crustacea and Arachnida.
III. Cheirotonus MacLeaii.
IV. New British species of Naked Mollusca.

V. New species of Shells.

“a } Crania of Crocodiles.

VIII. Development of Vegetable Cells.

IX. New British Coleoptera.—Organization of the Polygastric Infu-
soria.

X. Organization of the Polygastric Infusoria.

‘ERRATA AND ADDENDA.

Page 49, line 14 from bottom,
— 50, — . Sor Ooctonus read Sphecomicrus.
oa ~~ 32,
— 49, — 11, from bottom, for subsessile read subpetiolatum.
a —- last, dele Eustochus, and insert
Abdomen petiolatum ... Eustochus.
Abdomen subsessile ... Patasson.

— 50, — 5-6, for tenuissima dimidiante read trientali.
— 50, — 8, for subsessile read subpetiolatum.
— 50, — 20-21, insert Patasson.

Tarsi 4-meri. Antenne @ 10-art. capitulo 2-art.— g
13-art. flagello compresso. Alze anticz vena clavata.
— 52, — 18, transfer 1. crassicornis, to g. Patasson.
— 52, — 23-24 insert Patasson.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

SF ecceccereeeesees per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circtm vitreos considite fontes ;
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphez Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo,”” ,

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl, 1.

No. 116. JULY 1846.

—— «
——-

I.—On the Circulation of the Sap in the Interior of Cells.
By Hueco Von Mouz*.

IN a series of observations which I made in the course of last
summer on the development of the vegetable cell, the results of
which it is my intention to communicate on a subsequent occasion
when they have been rendered more complete by further inves-
tigation, my attention was directed to the phenomena presented
by the nitrogenous constituents of the contents of the cell. I
had for years endeavoured to obtain a clear insight into the suc-
cession of the metamorphoses these substances, which are con-
stantly changing their form, undergo during the development of
the cells ; but 1 could not succeed in making out a fixed rule in
this respect, not knowing how to separate sufficiently the indi-
vidual and accidental phenomena from those of constant occur-
rence. Now although the more recent investigations I have
made have not presented me with any appearances which I had
not frequently seen before, yet I think I have obtained a definite
result, insofar as these observations prove that the successive
changes of the nitrogenous substances take place in the great
majority of vegetable cells in a perfectly analogous manner.

If we consider the place at which, in the interior of a cell, new

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung for Jan. 30, and Feb. 6, 1846.
Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Vol. xvii.

i

2 M. Mohl on the Circulation of the Sap

cells are on the point of being formed, and at which the nuclei
have already made their appearance, as the centres of the future
cells, we find that the future mother-cell never contains a trans-
parent aqueous sap, but that a viscous colourless mass, mixed with
minute granules, is diffused in greater or less quantity through the
cellular space, and is especially concentrated in the vicinity of the
cell-nucleus, so that very frequently the outlines of the nuclei
appear through this mass but very indistinctly, and cannot be
seen accurately without the use of iodine. That this mucous
mass which is found in the cavity of the cell previous to the
occurrence of the nuclei is the material for the formation of the
cellular nuclei (they are coloured yellow by iodine precisely in
the same way as the fluid mass) can scarcely be doubted: but
whether the nucleus, as Schleiden supposes, is formed simply by
the union of the globules floating in the mucous fluid, or whether,
which is my own opinion, it is not rather an organic formation
increasing by intus-susception which is sharply bounded exter-
nally by the mucous fluid, has not yet been determined sufficiently ©
by microscopical observations, and we are unacquainted with any
chemical data capable of affording assistance in this examination,
both the chemical constitution of the globule and that of the
nucleus itself not being satisfactorily explained. It certainly
however deserves to be remarked, that according to the inves-
tigations of Mulder and Harting, neither the nucleus nor the
primordial utricle can be regarded as proteine compounds, as
they are frequently imbued with proteme, but are also met with
perfectly free from it, and consist of a substance which it is
true cannot yet be well characterized chemically, but which is
distmet from the other solid structures of the cell. Precisely in
the same way as a separation occurs interiorly between the vis-
cous mass mixed with granules and the solid substance of the
nucleus, does the formation of the primordial utricle likewise
appear at the periphery to proceed from this mucous fluid ; but
as it is not my object to enter at present upon an examination
of the primordial utricle, and the question whether it should be
considered as an mdependent membrane, or as a layer of the
above fluid merely coating the walls of the cell, having treated
of those questions on a former occasion, I shall reserve some
further observations on this subject for a future paper, and shall
confine myself for the present to the consideration of the phe-
nomena which are observed in the semifluid nitrogenous sub-
stance diffused in the cavity of the cell.

Simee, as we have already observed, this viscous mass every-
where precedes the first solid formations imdicative of future
cells where cells are to be formed ; since we must moreover admit

in the Interior of Cells. BY

that it furnishes the material both for the formation of the nu-
cleus and of the primordial utricle, which stand not only in the
nearest relation as to space, but react towards iodine in an ana-
logous manner, consequently that their organization is the pro-
cess which induces the formation of the new cell, I trust it will be
considered justifiable if I propose to designate this substance by
the word protoplasma, a term which recalls to mind its physiolo-
gical function *, | )

With respect to the relative position of the protoplasma to the
nucleus, the form of the latter, and its position with reference to
the wall of the cell, I cannot quite agree with my friend Schleiden.
According to his statement (Grundz. d. wiss. bot. 2nd edit. i.
p- 198), the nucleus represents a plano-convex, generally len-
ticular body, which is applied to the inner wall of the cell, fre-
quently adhering firmly to it, and in many cases being even in-
closed by a doubling of the cell-wall. I must, from my inves-
tigations, take a different view of the relation of the nucleus to
the cell-wall. In my paper on the structure of the vegetable cell
I have already mentioned that the nucleus is not immediately
applied to the cell-wall, but is situated within the primordial
utricle, either resting against one of its side-walls or being sus-
pended by filaments in its centre. My recent researches have
shown me that the apposition of the nucleus to the side of the
cell is a secondary state under all circumstances, and that in
the earliest stage of the cell the nucleus is always situated in its
centre, surrounded by a layer of protoplasma. I have on a
former occasion+ described the remarkable changes in position
of the nucleus in the mother-cells and spores of Anthoceros levis,
and I have found that this relation is very general. That the
position of the nucleus is originally central may most readily be
observed by the examination of young hairs ; for here, when they
are turned round their axis, not the least doubt can exist as to
the central position of the nucleus ; for instance, in the hairs of
the filaments of Tradescantia virginica, T. Sellowiana ; in the hairs
on the young leaves of Sawifraga decipiens, &c.; and likewise in
cells which lie together in masses, for instance, in the cells of
the albumen of Paonia, of Leguminosae, in the young vascular
utricles of monocotyledonous roots; in short, I arrived at the
same result wherever I examined young cells. The space be-
tween the nucleus and the cell-wall is, in most cases, somewhat
narrow in the young cell, the nucleus occupying at first a very

* The author objects to the term mucilage, employed by Schleiden to
designate this substance, as the term vegetable mucilage, in the sense in
which it is ordinarily used in chemical works, conveys a totally different
meaning.

t On the development of the spores of Anthoceros levis, Linnea, 1839,

4. M. Mohl on the Circulation of the Sap

considerable space in proportion to the cell; so that, for instance,
when a whole series of cell-nuclei overlying one another length-
wise 1s formed in hairs, the intermediate space between the
individual nuclei is very narrow; and when subsequently the
horizontal walls have formed, each nucleus almost joims the upper
and lower horizontal walls of its cell.

This relation generally disappears very soon, the cell either

expanding alone, or when the nucleus, which frequently happens,
grows even after the formation of the permanent cell-membrane,
the cell increases far more considerably in its relative size.
_ The space between nucleus and cell-wall is at the commence-
ment, almost in all cases, entirely filled with the granular mucous
protoplasma. On treating such a cell with dilute tincture of
iodine, the protoplasma shrinks together, coagulating with the
assumption of a yellow colour; and when the cell is already
somewhat advanced in its development, it does not solidify uni-
formly to form a dense globular mass, but in such a manner that
some smaller and larger roundish cavities are formed in its inte-
rior, which mostly run into one another at some points. The ap-
pearance of the cell is essentially modified by this. In its centre
is situated the nucleus surrounded by a thick layer of protoplasma,
its walls are in a similar manner coated with a layer of this sub-
stance, and between the two layers are some thicker or thinner
diagonal walls or columnar connecting pieces which maintain the
nucleus in its position and which traverse the cell diagonally.

Analogous changes in the distribution of the protoplasma to
those which may be produced artificially by tincture of iodine in
the young cells, occw naturally in those cells whose develop-
ment is more advanced. Irregularly scattered cavities form in
the protoplasma, which become filled with aqueous sap. At first
these cavities are generally small and separated from one another
by thick layers of protoplasma ; but in other cases, likewise at an
early period, some larger cavities occur, while the remaining space
of the cell is still uniformly filled with granular protoplasma.
The older the cell and the more it expands, the more numerous
and large do these cavities become; at first they are separated
from one another, and it has then frequently the deceptive ap-
pearance as if thin-walled cells filled with an aqueous fluid were
contained in the granular protoplasma. Two circumstances how-
ever prove the assumption that these bright spaces are sur-
rounded by membranes to be erroneous, however deceptively they
may frequently possess the appearance of cells. In the first
place, the protoplasma, when it flows out of an injured cell, ap-
pears as a viscous fluid which does not mix with the aqueous
sap of the cell, and whose cell-like spaces filled with the cell-sap
may be made to unite by moving backwards and forwards the

in the Interior of Cells. 5

entire mass between two glasses, without the least trace of a
surrounding membrane being detectable. On the other hand,
an internal movement begins sometimes to be perceptible in
the protoplasma even at this period, which does not, it is true, as
yet possess the form of a distinct current, but produces a slow
change in the form and position of the cavities above-mentioned ;
thus likewise indicating that they are not cell-spaces inclosed by
a membrane, but vesicular cavities in a viscous fluid.

The older the cell becomes, the more do the spaces filled with
this aqueous sap increase in size in proportion to the mass of
protoplasma. In consequence of this the cavities run into one,
and the viscous fluid now forms, instead of perfect septa, only
more or less thick filaments, which radiate from the mass sur-
rounding the nucleus like an atmosphere towards the cell-wall,
where they turn back, and unite to form retrogressive filaments,
and in this manner form a more or less ramified anastomosing net-
work. When the cells lie one above another in longitudinal series,
as in the simple articulated hairs for instance in Tradescantia, the
chief mass of these filaments, united into a thick cord, mostly pro-
ceeds in the axis of the cell from the centre of the one diagonal
wall of the cell to the centre of the opposite diagonal wall, and
inclose the nucleus in the middle of the cell on all sides. Where,
on the contrary, the cells lie together in masses, the filaments
generally radiate from the central nucleus towards all sides uni-
formly. There is however no general rule in this respect; thus
for instance, in Zygnema, notwithstanding the bead-like appo-
sition of the cells, the nucleus is suspended to filaments which
radiate on all sides without any particularly thick and numerous
filaments proceeding through the axis of the cell.

It may perhaps not be superfluous to draw attention to a phe-
nomenon which I am not yet able to explain. At the period
when the previously isolated cavities begin to flow together the
cell acquires a very peculiar appearance, resulting from the dif-
ferent refracting powers of the substances contained in it. The
spaces, for instance, situated in the protoplasma frequently ap-
pear, not as if they were cavities filled with a thin aqueous
hquid, but as if they consisted of masses of a semi-fluid sub-
stance, refracting the light more strongly than the surrounding
protoplasma. Except in the absence of colour, they look very
much like the red masses which are contaimed in the cells of
Bangia atropurpurea. This appearance subsequently changes,
and frequently under the eyes of the observer, when the cells are
placed in water, and these places are then readily perceived to be
cavities which are filled with an aqueous liquid. Now whether
at the time when they resemble solid masses a substance is dis-

6 M. Mohl on the Circulation of the Sap

solved in the liquid filling these cavities possessing a great re-
fractive power, and which subsequently again disappears, or whe-
ther the phenomenon is due to other causes, I have not been able
to ascertain. Lehn

When the protoplasma has assumed the form of filanients, a cur-
rent may almost always be observed in them, This may of course
be easily detected when readily perceptible globules are contained
in the currents, as in the filamentary hairs of Tradescantia, in the
stinging hairs of Urtica, in the hairs of the melon, &c. ; but where,
on the contrary, this is not the case, and the filaments consist
of a very homogeneous transparent mass, as for instance in the
hairs of Alsine media, the existence of the current can only be
inferred from the change of position in the filaments. With re-
spect to this alteration in the position of the currents, the cessation
of some and the origin of others at fresh places where none pre-
viously existed, this phenomenon had been already described by
others, especially by Meyen and Schleiden, so accurately, that it
would appear quite unnecessary to mention it here were it not
for the sad reality, that in opposition to all the earlier and very
accurate observations, the. correctness of these observations have
not merely been denied with the most positive certainty by two
parties quite recently, but that perfectly untenable theories have
been advanced of the perforation of the cell-walls by the milk
sap-vessels in which the currents described are said to occur, or
of secondary cells contained in the cell-cavity in whose inter-
cellular spaces the granular fluid is said to be contained. The
assumption of solid tubular or membranous formations in or be-
tween which the moving fluid is said to be contained, must be
entirely rejected by every one who has had an opportunity of
convincing himself of the variability of these currents, and any
observation made with tolerable care will soon yield this conviction
most satisfactorily. It has frequently happened to me, that even
in the short time which | required for drawing the currents con-
tained in a cell, for instance of Tradescantia, their position and
number were essentially altered ; but not merely the delicate cur-
rents which run free through the cell-cavity or along its walls
alter their position, but m many cases even the position of the
nucleus, when it is situated in the axis of the cell in the midst
of the mass of currents which run from the centre of one hori-
zontal wall to the centre of the opposite one, is subjected to a
slow but still very decided change. I have observed this mo-
tion taking place in the direction of the axis, alternately ascend-
ing and descending, and repeated in a very decided manner,
on the filamentary hairs of Tradescantia Sellowiana, some of
which I took from buds which were not more than half deve-

in the Interior of Cells. 7

loped, and others from flowers which had just opened*, This
movement took place so slowly that the nucleus required from
a quarter to half an hour to pass through one-third or half
the longitudinal axis of the cell, progressimg not more than
about zs‘;5th of a Paris line in a second. A somewhat slower
motion, the velocity of which however I forgot to measure, in
which the nucleus glided along the cell-wall, was observed in the
linear primordial leaves of Sagittaria sagittifolia; the same may
be very readily observed in the leaves of Vallisneria spiralis, the
nucleus here following the current of sap with the same velocity
as the granules of chlorophylle. The following phenomena,
which I observed on the stingig hairs of Urtica baccifera, yield,
together with this change of position of the sap current and
nucleus, a further proof against the existence of a vascular system
or inner cells. I left a leaf of this plant lying for a couple of
days on the table, so that with the exception of the large ribs
and the stinging hairs situated on it, it was perfectly dry. Now
m these faded hairs the currents appeared to be very much
altered ; some still existed in the natural state.and were in mo-
tion, but m the greater portion the granules had separated and
were distributed with tolerable uniformity over the surface of the
cellular membrane, and exhibited a molecular motion. When
some of the hairs which had been cut off had lain in water for
half an hour and were again full of sap, the granules arranged
themselves more and more into filaments, between which were
some free spaces and in which the circulating motion was com-
pletely restored. In this case, therefore, every possibility of the
currents being inclosed between membranes is excluded ; indeed
the form of the currents of sap, as exhibited in the stinging hairs
of this plant, is opposed to that view.

The movement of the current is mostly very irregular; if we
leave Chara out of the question, it is most regular in Vallisneria,
but even here it is far from being uniform. The sap flows
quicker in one cell than in another, in one current quicker
than in the adjacent ; frequently stoppages occur at some spots,
so that the sap becomes increased for a time, and some granules
are overtaken by those behind them, &c. This inequality of the
motion renders the determination of the velocity of the current

* It may perhaps be of interest to those persons who may wish to observe
the circulation of the sap in the hairs of 7radescantia if I describe a mani-
pulation by means of which the layer of air which adheres tenaciously to the
surface of the hairs when they are placed in water may be removed, as it
diminishes the transparency of the hair and renders the observation more
difficult. For this purpose it is only necessary to dip the filament with its
hairs for a moment in alcohol, and to wash this off again immediately with
water, when the disturbance is got rid of without the circulation of the sap
being modified.

8 M. Mohl on the Circulation of the Sap

somewhat uncertain, or rather it compels us to make a larger
series of admeasurements and to draw the mean from them.
Since, as far as I am aware, no observations have been pub-
lished on the velocity of this motion excepting in Chara, the
following statements may not be considered out of place. I have
only to observe, that all these admeasurements were made at a
temperature of 66° to 68° Fahr., and that the influence which
different temperatures exert on the phenomenon has not yet
been investigated. In filamentary hairs of Tradescantia virginica
the velocity of the current varied from 53, to gi, Par. lm. in a
second; the mean was z},. In the leaves of Valhsneria spiralis
the quickest motion was ;3;5, the slowest ;35, and the mean
rez line. In the stinging hairs of Urtica baccifera the quickest
motion was z3,, the slowest ,4,, the mean 73, line. In the
cellular tissue of a stolon of Sagittaria sagittifolia the velocity
varied between 73, and ;,4,, and amounted on the average to
3343; m the leaf of the same plant it varied between ;,/,5 and
rsp the average being ;z15 line. In the hairs of Cucurbita
Pepo the quickest movement amounted to 7+,, the slowest to
27s the average being +,';7 line. The smallness of these
numbers will probably surprise many, especially when they are
compared with the apparently considerable velocity which the
circulation of the sap, in Vallisneria for instance, exhibits under
the microscope. But it must not be forgotten, that in these ob-
servations the motion is seen quickened several hundred times.
The above admeasurements were made in the following manner :
while I observed the passage of the image of the globule across
the field of a glass micrometer fixed in the ocular, I counted
the strokes of a second-pendulum. What the nature of the gra-
nules floating in the protoplasma may be, cannot in most cases
be ascertained on account of their minute size; but it appears
that they are in all cases coloured yellow by iodine, and are
therefore most probably nitrogenous. When granules of chlo-
rophylle occur in the cells, they are situated either, as for instance
is the case in the hairs of the melon, isolated and close to the
walls of the cells without having any definite relation to the cur-
rent, and only a few move on with the current, or they are all
connected with the current and move with it, as in Sératiotes
aloides and Sagittaria sagittifolia. This form mediates the
transition to Vallisneria, in whose cells it is not the cellular sap
itself which is m rotation, as appears at first sight, but a mucila-
ginous fluid with which the chlorophylle granules and the nu-
cleus are connected, and which flows in an uninterrupted current
along the cell-walls, but on account of its great transparency and
slight thickness is not very easily seen. Likewise in Chara it is
not, as is generally supposed, the cell-sap itself which moves, but

in the Interior of Cells. 9

a denser fluid present in large quantity and occupying the outer
parts of the cell-cavity, as has been already shown by other ob-
servers *,

I dare not venture to express the slightest suspicion as to the
cause of this motion. It might be thought that the nucleus acts
an important part in it, forming as it does in most cases the
centre of the current, which might lead us to suspect that the
force producing it may have its principal seat in the nucleus, as
in Chara it cannot be denied that the chlorophylle granules
situated adjacent to the cell-wall have an influence on the cir-
culation of the sap. It appears to me however not probable that
the nucleus possesses any such influence. In the first place, it
is in many cases in the act of being dissolved precisely at the
time when the current is most rapid, at least it is smaller than
previously, for instance in the filamentary hairs of Tradescantia ;
on the other hand, the nucleus does not form the centre of the
current in Vallisneria in those cells in which the circulation is
very regular and rapid, but, like the isolated granules of chlo-
rophylle, follows the current without any quickening of the
movement being perceptible in its neighbourhood, or any other
circumstance tending to show that it had any special function.
It is true, I do not recollect having seen such currents in cells in
which the nucleus is already perfectly re-absorbed; but this co-
existence of the nucleus and current may be accidental, and may
be explained from the protoplasma which forms the current being
re-absorbed earlier than the nucleus after the development of
the cell-walls.

It is remarkable that the nucleus, considering its central posi-
tion, can be kept in its position in the cavity of the cell, not by
solid fibres, but by currents of a fluid, even though tenacious.
The observations above described respecting the changes in the
position of the nucleus destroy all idea of these currents, and
with them the nucleus, possessing a support in fibrous or mem-
branous tissues. We must therefore admit that the proto-
plasma, notwithstanding its motion, still has sufficient viscosity
to retain floating in the aqueous sap of the cell so small a
body as the nucleus. The older the cell beeomes the more
does the sttbstance of the current appear to harden, so that in
some cases at least it loses all its liquid and the currents be-
come solid filaments. I noticed this appearance most strikingly
in the flesh of the fruit of Rhamnus frangula, in which there are
some cells which are far larger than the surrounding, and in
which is situated a nucleus fixed to filaments. These filaments

* Schleiden, Grundzuge, 2nd edit., p. 292, and Hassall, British Freshwater
Alge, i. p. 85.

10 Capt. Drummond: List of the Birds observed

possess such firmness that they can be cut through horizontally
with a sharp knife and nevertheless remain in their position.
The larger of them are frequently flattened, but I could not find
a trace of membranes by which they might be retained so firmly
in their position. Similar solid filaments are met with in the
larger cells of the fruit-parenchyma of Ribes nigrum : in this case
also the upper and lower side of the cell may be cut away with-
out the filaments running through their centre bemg moved out
of their position.

Il.—List of the Birds observed to winter in Macedonia; from
Notes made by Capt, H. M. Drummonn, 42nd R. H., during a
two months’ Shooting Excursion in the Interior during the winter
of 1845-46. 3

I am not aware if Macedonia has ever been fully explored by any
naturalist with a view to its ornithology, but from the general
appearance of the country, its rich and varied landscape, abound-
ing in high mountains as well as extensive plains, in some parts
richly cultivated, in others clothed with vast extents of forest in-
tersected by numerous lakes, rivers and marshes, as also from its
geographical position, being so directly in the line of migration
of all those species which pass up the Archipelago, it becomes
one of the most interesting fields to the ornithologist, and I have
no doubt, were it visited also during the spring and summer
months, it would be found to possess many rare and beautiful
species, and some even new to the European fauna.

Vultur cinereus. A few of these rare and magnificent birds were
seen in the large wooded plains, generally perched on the naked limb
of some dead tree, where they sit for hours, seeming to prefer per-
fect solitude, never mixing with the other vultures; they were never
observed on the mountains, but probably regulate their movements
according to the herds of cattle which at this season are all brought
down to the low grounds.

V. fulvus. Most numerous on the plains as well as the moun-
tains.

Cathartes percnopterus.

Gypactus barbatus.

Falco peregrinus.

F. subbuteo.

F. esalon.

F, tinnunculus.

F. imperialis, Rare.

F. fulvus. Most numerous on the large wooded plains, fifteen

F. albicilla, or twenty being often observed in the air at once,
and their nests may be seen in every direction, the largest trees being

\ A few seen on the mountains.

Common,

to winter in Macedonia. | : il

generally selected for the purpose. On the Ist of January I observed
a pair of golden eagles; the female was on her eyry, while the male
was busily employed breaking off branches from the tree: as they
always roost in their eyries, they were probably repairing it, having
most likely suffered from a heavy gale of wind the day before.

Falco brachydactylus. Not uncommon.

F. leucocephalus. Common, and generally observed in the marshes
or those parts of the plains free from wood ; solitary, and commonly
seen sitting on the ground or perched on any slight eminence, where
they keep so good a look-out that it is difficult to approach within
shot.

F. palumbarius. One was shot in the act of devouring a rook
which he had just killed. }

F. nisus. Common.

F. milvus. Most numerous, and seem fond of society, as they
roost in company; upwards of fifty of these birds were seen one
evening about sunset, sitting upon one tree along with a F. brachy-
dactylus.

F. buteo. Very common.

F. lagopus. One seen,

F’. cyaneus. ‘
F. rufus. \ Very common in the marshes.

Strix bubo.
S. otus. Common.

S. passerina.

Corvus coraxy. Common. |

C. corone. Not so common as the above.

C. corniz. Most numerous.

C. frugilegus. Though most numerous at this season, no rookery
was ever observed in any part of the country, nor could I ascertain
whether they were known to breed; therefore probably they are of
regular passage as at Corfu.

C. collaris (mihi). This bird, though strongly resembling the
C. monedula, yet on close examination differs so materially that I
have ventured to consider it as an entirely distinct species. The ring
jackdaw is about the same size as the common jackdaw, but differs
in having the hinder part of the head of a light silvery gray, and a
large white crescented patch on each side of the neck, the whole of
the back and upper tail-covers dusky and shaded with ash; throat
black, the whole of the lower parts lead-colour, each feather darker
in the centre, the ring on the female not quite so conspicuous as in
the male: these birds are most numerous in all the towns and vil-
lages of Macedonia ; they were also seen in great numbers in Thes-
saly, and in one instance only in Albania. The C. monedula was
never observed,

Garrulus pica. Most numerous, and may be seen every evening
in long strings repairing to the reeds on the banks of the Vardar and
Karrasmak, where, along with the starlings, they roost in myriads.

G. glandarius. I was unfortunately unable to procure a specimen
of these birds while in Macedonia; though common, they were so

12 Capt. Drummond : List of the Birds observed

excessively shy, that I was prevented from ascertaining whether they
differed from the common jay of England ; but as I afterwards pro-
cured several specimens both in Thessaly and Albania, which were
the common G. glandarius, I have no doubt that those in Macedonia
were the same.

Sturnus vulgaris. Most numerous.

Lanius excubitor. Rare.

Turdus viscivorus. A few seen.

T. pilaris. Common.

T. musicus. Very common.

T. iliacus. A few seen.

T. merula. Very common.

Sylvia rubecula. Very common.

S. hippolais. Common.

— mar Pawn bh.

. ignicapillus.

Troglodytes vulgaris. Very common.

Sazxicola rubicola. Very common.

Accentor modularis. Not uncommon.. This is the first time I have
observed this bird (so numerous in England) in the south of Europe.

Motacilla mio Pic cisiikien

M. flava.

Anthus pratensis. Very common.

Alauda arvensis. Most numerous, and seen in immense flocks.

A. cristata. Very common; generally seen in small trips of five
or six birds frequenting the roads and horse-paths.

A. calandra. Common on the plains and seen in flocks of about
twenty.

Parus major.

P. ceruleus.

P. palustris.

P. caudatus.

Emberiza citrinella. Seen only on the mountains at about 3000
feet above the level of the sea, where they were pretty numerous:
this is the first instance of my having met with this bird in the south
of Europe.

E. miliaria. Very common.

E. scheniculus.

Common.

E. cirlus. Common.

E. cia*.

Pyrrhula vulgaris.

Fringilla coccothraustes. ibidinon
F. chloris.

F’. domestica.

F. montana. A few seen. It is worthy of notice, that in travel-
ling through Bulgaria and part of Servia in the summer of 1836, Tin
no one instance met with the F’. domestica, but found it completely
replaced by the F. montana, which abounded in all the towns and

* This bird was not mentioned as an inhabitant of Corfu, but I have since
met with it in considerable numbers during the winter,

to winter in Macedonia. ; 13

villages, breeding under the eaves of the houses, and on the 13th of
June I took their eggs from the thatch of a cottage near Negotin in
Servia ; I also observed them to have the same habits in some parts
of Hungary. The roller and bee-eater I also found in great num-
bers, breeding in company on the banks of the Danube near Rud-
schuk in Bulgaria, on the 8th of June: they form their nests in holes
on the perpendicular banks like the sand martin, and invariably oc-
cupied the same places.

Fringilla celebs. Most numerous, and found high up on the moun-
tains as well as the plains.

F. montifringilla. A few seen.

F.. cannabina, Common.

F. carduelis. Very common,

Picus viridis.

P. major. ber common, especially the latter.

P. medius.

P. minor. Not so common as the above-mentioned.

Sitta europea. One or two seen.

Certhia familiaris. 'This seems to be a rare bird here, as one in-
dividual only was observed.

Alcedo ispida. Common.

Columba palumbus. Common.

C. enas. Very numerous and seen in large flocks.

C. livia. Not nearly so common as the above.

C. A pair of these birds were seen flying about in a vil-
lage near Berea or Varea (as it is now pronounced), and were ap-
parently in a wild state. Not having seen Mr. Gould’s valuable work
on the ‘ Birds of Europe,’ I know not whether he has included the
collared or Barbary turtle in the European fauna; it is however de-
serving of a place, as I observed them in all the towns and villages
in Bulgaria; I also noticed them at Constantinople in the months of
May and June, when they were abundant, breeding in the cypresses
in the extensive cemeteries of Scutari and Pera. Capt. Kinloch, late
of the 42nd, informed me that they were abundant in Rhodes, and
that he had also found their nests in the cypress trees *.

Phasianus colchicus. Very abundant, frequenting the dry reeds
and osier beds in the vicinity of the rivers and marshes : found only
on the plains, not known on the mountains.

Perdix francolinus. I never observed this bird myself, but on the
authority of one of the peasants, an intelligent man, who gave me so
exact a description of the bird, I have ventured to give it a place in
this catalogue ; he informed me that they were rare, but that he had
shot them in the long grass near the sea.

* As Capt. Drummond gives no description of this bird, it is uncertain
whether he here refers to the Z'urtur senegalensis (cambayensis, egyptiaca and
maculicoliis of authors), first noticed as a European species by myself (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 100), and since found abundantly in Greece by Von der
Miihle (Ornithologie Griechenlands, p. 83) ; or to the 7urlur risorius, a spe-
cies common in North Africa, and once met with by Naumann on the Bal-
can (Wiegm. Archiv, 1837, p.106).—H. E. Srrickianp.

14 _— List of the Birds observed to winter in Macedonia.

Perdiz saxatilis. Very common, but found only on the mountains.

P. cinerea. Very common in the plains, but were never observed
on the mountains.

P. coturniz. Common.

Otis tarda. Very common, generally frequenting the marshy
plains; they were also observed feeding in immense flocks in the
plains of Meteora in Thessaly : the call of the male bird is of the most
extraordinary kind; it is very loud, and resembled something between
the cackling of geese, the croaking of frogs, and the harsh grating
of a rusty hinge. May not the pouch with which the male bird is
furnished have something to do with this extraordinary cry, as I be-
lieve it is not ascertained to what purpose it is applied ?

Charadrius hiaticula. A few seen.

Vanellus cristatus. Common.

Grus leucogeranos. A large flock of these very rare birds were
seen on the 9th of January ; when on the wing they made a hissing
noise ; I unfortunately was unable to obtain a specimen.

G. cinerea, Very common, and were generally seen in parties of
three to five.

Ciconia alba. Very common at this season of the year; they were
chiefly found in the open country, not frequenting the towns or vil-
lages, but from the quantities of their nests on the house-tops, they
must be very abundant in the breeding season. .

Ardea cinerea.

A. egretta. pres common.

A, egretioides.

Avoceita recurvirostra. One seen on the Ist of January.

Numenius arquatus. Common.

Tringa variabilis. A few seen.

Totanus calidris. Common.

7’. hypoleucos. A few seen.

Limosa melanura. Very common.

Scolopax rusticola. Most abundant.

S. gallinago.

S. gallinula.

Rallus aquaticus. Common.

Fulica atra. Very numerous.

Podiceps cristatus.
P.. auritus. Common.

P. minor.

Larus argentatus.
L. canus. Common.

L. melanocephalus.

Puffinus cinereus. A few seen in the bay of Salonica.

Anser hyperboreus. A large flock of these very rare birds were
seen on the 20th of January; when on the wing they were perfectly
silent.

* cigs \ Very numerous,

A. albifrons. A few seen,

i Not very numerous.

Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Plants. 15

Anser ruficollis. Only one of these very rare birds was observed.
Cygnus musicus. Very common.

Anas tadorna. a
A. boschas.
Dy eer Common. Wild fowl are most abundant
7 die G : throughout Macedonia, and had I made a
Pip anv; ; longer stay in the country, no doubt many
A. me ibe other species would have been observed be-
yt alg sides those mentioned.

. nyroca.
A. ferina.
A. clangula. 5

Mergus serrator. Common. .

M. albellus. Very numerous, though none but females were ob-
served ; the same remark applies to the Ionian Islands. Might not
some of these supposed females have been males, not having assumed
the breeding plumage ?

Pelecanus onocrotalus. Very common.

Carbo cormoranus.

C. graculus.

C. pygmeus. Most numerous.

} Common.

III.— Observations on the Cell-Membrane of Plants.
By G. H. K. Tuwarres*.

Ir a decaying vegetable organism is brought before us, in which
nothing remains of the former structure but the cell-walls, it is
difficult to conceive that this skeleton, as it were, has performed
an important part in the vital processes of the plant,—that it has
been an agent in the chemical changes which had been goimg on
during the processes of secretion, assimilation, &c.,—in fact, that
it has been any other than a mere skeleton for the support of the
important parts of the organism : I say that, divesting the mind
of preconceived notions respecting the functions of cell-mem-
brane, it is difficult to regard it, under such circumstances, other-
wise than in the light I have just mentioned. I hope to be able
to show that this is really the view which should be taken of it.

To prevent any misconception of my meaning, I will just state
that when using the term “ endochrome” in the succeeding part
of my paper, I wish it to be considered as comprising the entire
contents of the cell, including the nucleus or nuclei. The terms
cell-membrane or cell-wall explain themselves. ;

There cannot be a more satisfactory way of showing the sub-
ordinate character of the cell-membrane than by exhibiting a
perfect living organism in which it does not exist, and there are

* Being the substance of a paper read at a Meeting of the Bristol Micro-
scopical Society, April 8, 1846,

16 Mr. G.H. K. Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Plants.

some plants, belonging to the family Oscillatoriee, in one of which
(a species of Spirulina) there appears to be no real membrane—
the plant consisting of a mucous matrix, out of which, when the
species is mature, emerge oscillating spiral filaments, which from
their exhibiting no trace of cell-membrane, or even of any divi-
sion, by septa, into separate portions, and from the rapidity with
which they become decomposed, I believe to be continuous masses
of endochrome held together by mucus. Another species to which
I would direct attention is the Lyngbya ferruginea, Agardh, a
plant scarcely differmg from Oscillatoria, except in the greater
firmness of the membranous sheath which invests each filament :
the filaments of this plant are composed of lenticular masses of
endochrome, and during the early part of their growth are in-
closed m a membranous sheath ; from this, however, they emerge
when mature, and soon afterwards become broken up into the
separate masses of endochrome, each of which appears to be held
together by a kind of mucus, and not to be surrounded by a cell-
membrane. I am inclined to believe that the Oscillatoriee generally
have no real cell-membrane, unless the common sheath, investing
each filament, be considered as such. In Microcoleus, one of the
same family, the filaments are invested with a mucous or gelati-
nous, not membranous sheath; proving that the membranous
sheath which incloses the filaments of the above-named Lyngbya
is not to be viewed in the light of the ordinary cell-membrane,
though its functions are probably identical with it.

When treating of such objects as the foregoing, I am aware of
the danger of advancing a negative proposition ; of stating that
certain structures do not exist, when an improved method of ob-
servation may eventually discover their presence : I would there-
fore request that what has been just advanced may be. considered
as what I firmly believe to be the case, and not as an absolute
indisputable certainty. But the doctrine I would advance does
not rest solely upon the possibility of proving the absence of cell-
membrane in a perfect organism ; though it would naturally de-
rive weight and probability from such a source.

I now proceed to point out instances in which the cell-mem-
‘brane is seen to be of quite a secondary character ; and that its
development is regulated entirely by the condition of the endo-
chrome it contains, and that, in fact, it owes its existence to this
endochrome. The production of cell-membrane and endochrome
has the appearance frequently of bemg synchronous, but the en-
dochrome may sometimes be seen becoming invested with a cell-
membrane, and this may be well-observed durmg the formation
of the spore of Zygnema and other species of Conjugatee. Those
who have paid attention to this family of plants are well aware,
that previously to the formation of the fruit, two cells unite by

Mr. G. H. K.'Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Planis. 7

means of a short tube developed from each, and through the
canal formed by the union of these the endochrome of one of the
cells passes into the other cell, becomes mixed with its endo-
chrome, and subsequently around this mixed endochrome a cell-
membrane is developed. This membrane would certainly appear
to be developed by the endochrome and not by one of the ori-
ginal cell-walls, otherwise we could not expect it to be entirely
influenced as to its form and size by the contained endochrome,
but that there would be indications of its being mdependent of
this. The spore-membrane, however, not only corresponds in
extent with the contained endochrome, but if, as is sometimes
accidentally the case, the mass of endochrome has become divided
into two portions, each of these portions becomes covered with a
cell-membrane ; thus showing that the relation is between these,
and not between either and the original cell-wall. That a spore
of Zygnema represents a cell of the same plant is well-shown by
the mode of fructification of an allied genus, Vesiculifera, where
it is evident that such is its character (see p. 333).

Amongst the Algze the number of cells is often very much in-
creased by fissiparous division; that is to say, a single cell be-
comes divided into two (sometimes four): the way m which this
takes place is interesting, and I think throws light upon the
ordinary production of cells. The process of the fissiparous di-
vision of cells may be well-seen in the large species of Zygnema ;
in these the endochrome is arranged in one or more spiral coils
within the cell. When the latter is about to become divided, a
slight disturbance of the regularity of the spirals may be observed _
just in that part of the cell where the division will take place ;
their continuity is subsequently broken at this spot, and soon
afterwards the original cell may be seen to have become converted
into two, with no apparent disturbance of the endochrome except
just at the point where separation took place. [The large nucleus
has also become divided ito two.] Various explanations have
been given of the mode in which the division of the cell takes
place, but I believe the correct one is to consider that each half-
endochrome developes around it a new cell-membrane—the old
one remaining or becoming absorbed. I have certainly seen
traces of the original cell-membrane in a fragile species of Zyg-
nema found in this neighbourhood. In Isthmia, Meloseira and
other genera which possess a siliceous cell-wall, it is distinctly
seen that two perfect cells are developed within the original one,
and this would lead us to expect the same thing to occur in all
species where this mode of division obtains.

We may now proceed to the consideration of the ordinary mode
of development of cells, and there is perhaps scarcely a species in
which this can be studied to greater advantage than in the very

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. C

18 Mr. G.H. K. Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Plants.

common Conferva glomerata, In this species the cells are ex-
tremely large, and the endochrome is in considerable quantity ;
and the cells apparently continue increasing in size during the
whole period of their vitality, so that those at the base of the
plant are larger than those recently developed. Some species of
Conferva consist only of single unbranched filaments, so that, in
these, new cells are added only at one point ; but in the species
under consideration new cells originate from every part of the
plant, and thus we have a favourable opportunity of observing
what takes place when a new cell is being produced from one
which has been some time developed. A slight protuberance is
observed upon the cell-membrane, which has the appearance of
being caused by the enlarged contained endochrome endeavour-
ing to force its way out of the cell. This protuberance increases
at the same time with an increase of the endochrome, and he-
comes of some considerable length before there is any appearance —
of a septum dividing it from the original cell. The endochrome,
however, subsequently divides, and a membrane is developed over
each of the divided ends; or, what is the probable explanation,
a development of cell-membrane has been taking place during
the whole process, and, still gomg on, a membrane is now natu-
rally formed over those ends of the endochrome where the pre-
vious continuity has been broken, That an addition is continually
being made to the cell-wall is evident, since there is no other way
of accounting for the mereasing size of the cell and thickness of
_ its membrane. |

An abnormal growth which sometimes takes place im the cells
or long tubes of Vaucheria will serve well to illustrate how mm-
mediately an increased production of cell-membrane is consequent
upon an additional development of endochrome. The cells of
Vaucheria are occasionally found to be infested with a species of
Vorticella, an infusory animalcule. This little animal is seen
occupying large pear-shaped protuberances upon the frond of
Vaucheria, in which it deposits its ova. Now it is interesting to
observe the mode in which these peculiar protuberances are
formed. The Vorticella may, in some instances, be seen within
the tube of the plant, and from the slight alteration in the endo-
ehrome, it may be inferred that the hittle animal has not been
long present there ; m other eases it may be observed that the
presence of the Vorticella has caused an evident dilatation of the
_eylinder of endochrome with a corresponding enlargement of the
cell-membrane ; whilst m other examples this dilatation has gone
on so as to have produced a large pear-shaped appendage to the
frond, within which the Voréicella may be seen moving. But
what I would wish particularly to draw attention to is the fact
that the stimulus arising from the presence of the Vorticedla has

Mr, G. H. K. Thwaites on the Cell-Memprane of Plants. 19

been operating immediately upon the internal surface of the cy-
linder of endochrome, causing an abnormal development of this,
accompanying and consequent upon which has been a correspond-
ing and regular development of cell-membrane ; showing that the
amount of production of cell-membrane is regulated by the growth
of the endochrome, 7

I will now proceed to make a few remarks upon a structure
which is developed in greater or less amount in most Algze,—ex-
ternal to the cell-membrane,—possessing some characters in com-
mon with it, and probably in many cases performing a similar
office in the ceconomy of the organism. The structure I allude
to is the mucus which surrounds the cells of Algee, and in some
species, such as in many of the Palmellee, of considerable extent,
so as to make up by far the greater part of the plant. In some
of the Palmellee indeed, the plant at first sight appears to be
composed of an amorphous gelatinous mass, containing cells im-
bedded in it, and would lead to the idea that this gelatinous mass
is the matrix from which the cells are developed, and to which
they owe their origin; but such is really not the fact. There are
some species of Palmellee which show the character of this mucus
very clearly, and in which its development can be traced without
difficulty. In Coccochloris cystifera, Hassall, a species not un-
common in the neighbourhood of Bristol on rocks and walls, may.
be readily observed the circumstances under which the mucus is
developed, and that this mucus is of definite form and quantity,
This species of Alga, like most if not all the Palmeilee, increases
not only by an enlargement of its cells and the ordinary repro-
duction of these from a parent cell or spore, but during the de-
velopment of the plant the number of cells is very much increased,
by fissiparous division—each cell becoming divided into two or
four—no doubt in the same way as occurs in Zygnema, Isthmia,
&c. Nowif the plant, in which this process is going on, be
carefully examined, it will be seen that the mucus is developed
in definite quantity around each cell and doubtless by it. For
we may perceive one cell in which there is no indication of fissi-
parous division ; another in which this process has just taken
place, but the cells are yet in close apposition ; another in which
the two new cells are separated to some distance from each other ;
and if we examine into what has led to their separation, we may
find that this arises from a definite development of mucus around
each of them and within the mucous envelope of the original cell ;
and Jastly, we may find a pair of new cells of nearly equal size
with the original one, each with nearly the ordinary amount of
gelatine or mucus surrounding it, and the mucous sheath of the
original cell nearly absorbed... In a Palmella found in Sussex by
Mr, Jenner and sent me by Mr. Ralfs under the sive: of P, hya-

20 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Plants.

lina, the original mucous sheath appears not to be absorbed, but
to be ruptured upon the production of new ones within it. Each
cell of some species of this family is surrounded by two or more
distinct mucous envelopes ; and im some species a cluster of cells
is also surrounded by a common mucous sheath, which is no
doubt also developed from the cells. In other species of the
Palmellee the cells are raised upon mucous prolongations caused
by the development of mucus on one side of the cell. The curved
moniliform filaments of the genus Nostoc would at first sight ap-
pear to grow in a mass of gelatine without any definite arrange-
ment ; but when, as is sometimes the case, the plant occurs with
a single straight filament, this is found to be surrounded by a
gelatine or mucus of definite diameter, showing that in this ge-
nus the amount of gelatine depends upon the number of cells.
That the gelatinous stipes of Cocconema, and therefore of the al-
lied genera, is developed from the frustules, is well-shown in a
curious state of Cocconema lanceolatum which I have recently
found. In this, each pair of frustules, instead of being raised
upon a long stalk, has become invested with a definite mucous or
gelatinous envelope of the same character as the short stipes to
which it is attached, and of which organ it would appear to be an
abnormal condition. In Schizonema the gelatinous sheath may
often be shown to bear a proportion to the number of frustules it _
contains. In a freshwater species of Schizonema, occurring abun-
dantlyin the neighbourhood of Bristol,the common mucous sheath
is liable to considerable modification according to the circum-
stances under which the plant grows. It occurs in some situations
in the form of a mucous stratum upon the surface of stones; in
others the gelatinous sheath is of extreme tenuity and transpa-
rency: whereas, if the plant is found in rather deep rapid streams,
the sheath is much-developed and becomes of an almost mem-
branous texture ; thus showing that this gelatinous structure is
of subordinate character, and may vary according to the circum-
stances m which the plant is found.

Microcoleus possesses a gelatinous sheath, but in the allied
genera Oscillatoria, Calothrix, &c. this is represented by a truly
membranous sheath, closely resembling and no doubt identical
in function with cell-membrane. This fact, coupled with what
is observed during the formation of the spore of Zygnema, where
the endochrome seems at first to be held together by mucus,
would make it appear not unlikely that cell-membrane is really
a modification of a similar mucus or gelatine, and that the ulti-
mate structure of both is similar.

In examining the fronds of some of the foliaceous Algz, it may
very readily be perceived that the cells composing it are separated
rom one another by the interposition of an apparently homo-

Mr. G. IL. K. Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Plants. 21

geneous gelatinous structure called the intercellular substance.
This substance is no doubt analogous to the mucus of the Pal-
mellee, and of similar character to it. That this is the fact may
be well-seen in attending to the mode of development of the
frond of Tetraspora, in which a quaternary division of the cells
takes place, as in some species of Palmellee : around each of the
new cells, though principally on one side of them, is developed
a definite amount of gelatine; and in this way the size of the
frond is increased. This genus, Tetraspora, forms a beautiful
connecting link between the Palmellee and the lammose Alge
for although the miass of cells is developed in the form of a frond,
still these cells have their individual development but slightly
modified by forming a part of an entire structure. In some Ulve
the character of a whole compound structure is more manifest,
and the individual cell-life begins to appear secondary ; and as
we advance higher in the scale of vegetation, the latter ceases to
speak plainly to our senses. . : }

If what I have said respecting the intercellular structure is
true of the Algee, the same explanation would apply to that struc-
ture in the higher plants, where it is often very conspicuous ; and
it appears to me not improbable, that the deposits of sclerogen
as well as the firm portion of the spiral fibre may be considered
as structures of a similar character. ‘The pellicle which covers
the cuticle is doubtless so... ont dvr 5%

Now what is the character of the mucus which we have seen
to be developed in definite quantity outside and around the cell-
wall? That it is not a mere chemical solution of starch would
appear evident from-its persistence when mounted for the micro-
scope in water and other fluids. Its toughness and elasticity,
the readiness with which it allows water to permeate it, and its
recovering its original form and consistence upon being moistened
after desiccation, seem to warrant the belief that it possesses an
organized form of the same mechanical properties as sponge ; and
if we could resolve it under the microscope into its ultimate
structure, we should probably find that its texture would be best
expressed by the term spongy ; though I would not wish it to be
supposed I believe it to have the complicated structure of real
sponge, but to consist rather of a mat of delicate fibres.

And as, in viewing a series of Algz, a transition may be ob-
served from a mucous structure to one possessing the external
characters if not the functions of cell-membrane ; it may be fairly
inferred that cell-membrane is of a very similar mechanical struc-
ture, and we should perhaps not be far from a right definition in
applying to it the term fe/t, as indicating its real characters.

After duly weighing the foregoing phenomena and others of
a similar character, I have arrived at the conviction that the cell-

22 Mr. G. H.K. Thwaites on the Cell-Membrane of Plants.

‘membrane is quite a subordinate part of the living structure ;
that its functions are of a purely physical character; that its
principal office is to protect, locate or isolate the matter it con-
tains ; and that any vitality it possesses is derived from the pre-
sence within it of its endochrome. There are, however, a few
phenomena which at first sight would appear to militate against
the opinion I have advanced ; I mean the contractility of certain
membranes, and the movement of ciliary appendages belonging
to others. It is very certain, that during the vital processes which
are going on in the interior of the cell, considerable chemical
changes are taking place ; and these must of necessity give rise
to an elimination of electrical currents. The presence of such
currents would, I think, be sufficient to account for the rhythmical
movement of cilia, as well as for the contraction of membranes of
certain mechanical structure. —

I would ask whether these electrical currents may not give rise
to the formation of the mucus surrounding the cell, and deter-
mine its character and extent; whether, too, the production of
cell-membrane may not occur under a similar influence; and
whether this would not be the easiest solution of the problem of
how the cell is increased in size? viz. that a formation of cell-
membrane takes place within the range of these currents, whilst
absorption occurs within or without it. On this principle, too, we
can better understand the process of the fissiparous division of
cells ; the endochrome becoming divided into two portions, two
centres of electrical force are originated, and each of these giving
rise to a set of currents, two cell-membraues are produced instead
of the original one. The frequent occurrence of nests of regular
crystals (not sand) in the substance of the mucous envelopes of
such freshwater genera as Batrachospermum, Chetophora and
Monormia, would seem to afford positive proof that electrical cur-
rents exist there.

These views, if correct, would of course apply to animal as well
as vegetable organisms, and we should be under the necessity of
considering the entire membranous or solid portion of the animal
as of a subordinate character to the fluids contained in its cells,
and merely as an instrument acting in prompt obedience and con-
formity to the changes taking place in these fluids.

But treating the subject of the functions of the cell-membrane
in a chemical. point of view, we know that considerable che-
mical changes are taking place during the processes of assimila-
tion, secretion, elaboration, &c.; that these are essentially che-
mical phenomena. Are we to look to an organ of such a low
chemical constitution as cell-membrane as likely to give origin
or the initiative to these important changes? I cannot believe
such can be the fact, but that the organ or substance which gives

Anw:& Mog: Nat:Hivt: Vot:Lé Pu.

LACANTHODIS IMPERIALIPS. White.4.EUCOMATOCERA VIT'TA’ ate
2 RALYSTRA EMMA. White bop EN
: a2

LOPTERA MARIA. White

On some new species of Orthopterous and Homopterous Insects. 28

a start, as it were, to these phenomena, will be found to be one in
which rapid chemical change is taking place ; one, which, under
the influence of light, &e. acting upon substances brought into
contact with it, brings about a change in these; these changes
again reacting upon itself. I cannot help believing that such will
prove to be the explanation of the various phenomena of animal
and vegetable growth. On a chemical difference in the consti-
tution of this primary organ,—a difference not likely ever to be
appreciable by chemists, any more than microscopists will ever
be able to discern the ultimate atoms of bodies,—may possibly
depend the endless variety of forms put on by organic nature.
From a germ of great external similarity they all alike originate,
‘but that these germs are not really alike is shown by their subs
sequent behaviour. They have different properties : does not this
imply a different constitution ? a different chemical constitution ?
This view may be supposed by some to involve a belief that a
living organism may owe its origin to mere physical circum-
stance; to an accidental chemical combination ; but the very
laws of chemistry would suffice to negative such a proposition—
laws which would prove the impossibility of an adventitious pro-
duction of such a combination as must be conceived to exist in
the primary structure of a living organism. The views I advance
would rather furnish an argument in favour of the necessity of
there being a First Great Cause, and should raise our ideas of the
glorious power of the Creator, who by the employment of one
simple law could raise up such an infinite variety of beautiful and
interesting forms as living nature presents to our view.

a aillin ak

IV.—Descriptions of some apparently new species of Orthopterous —
and Homopterous Insects. By ApAm Wuttt, M.E.S., Assistant -
in the Zoological Department of the British Museum.

[With a Plate.]

Order ORTHOPTERA.
Family Locustipa.
Genus AcANTHODIS, Serv.

Locusta (Acanthodis) imperialis, White. Pl. 1. f.1. Head yel-
low in front, the rest brown. Body of a deep brownish black,
shaded with lighter brown below. Thorax nearly as wide as long,
comparatively smooth, yellowish green. Elytra somewhat bulging
at the base, black and brown, with from three to six small yel-
lowish green subtriatigular spots on the outer edge, the greater
part of inner margin of a most beautiful green, with three large

24 Mr, A. White on some new species

angled branches generally reaching the large middle nerve, the
outside edges of the green parts fading sometimes to white ; there
are some black transverse marks near the base of the elytra.
Wings black, most elegantly marked with many short very pale
bluish green abbreviated transverse lines, some of these angled ;
on the anterior edge are two or three faint whitish spots; the
femora of middle legs and the femora and tibie of hind legs are
green, in some specimens of a yellowish brown; tarsi and fore
legs blackish brown ; ovipositor yellow, tinged with brown at the
end.

Expanse of wings 4 inches 6 lines. Length from head to end
of ovipositor 2 inches 9 lines. Length of antenne 4 inches 8 lines
ay dean. tins

Hab. Silhet, E. Indies.

The legs are not spiny, and much resemble those of the Lo-
custa Nove Hollandie, De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gesch. t. 19. f. 4.

This. species, so remarkable for its fine colouring and marking,
would appear to be far from rare in Silhet, a country which would
seem one of the chief seats of the Locustide. In the British
Museum is an enormous Pseudophyllus from that country, which
I have called Pseudophyllus Titan. The elytra green, somewhat
veined with yellow ; near the base there are two small ocelli rmged
with green, reddish and brown; the wings are clear and veined
with green ; the thorax has somewhat serrato-spinose edges, except
immediately in front ; on the middle of its dorsal surface are many
short thickish spines, and two deepish transverse grooves ; the
middle and hind legs are very strongly spined, the fore ones
less so. 7

Expanse of wings 8 inches 6 lines; of the elytra at least 9 inches;
the neuration of the wings and other characters may entitle it to
generic distinction.

HOMOPTERA.

ApHana, Guérin.

Aphana Confucius, White. Elytra of a light brownish ochre,
thickly sprinkled with black dots and small marks, irregular in
size ; black dots on the anterior margin ; a small whitish spot on
the posterior margin near the end. Wings ochrey orange, deep
red, close to the body, largely tipped at the end with black, the
posterior margin edged narrowly with dusky, twelve to fourteen
black spots on that part of the wing next the body, a few pale
spots on the other ochrey-coloured part. 'Tibiz of fore and mid-
dle legs blackish, with two pale rings; hind legs palish yellow,
the tibiz on the outside with five spines. Head and thorax
brownish ochre. Abdomen above vermilion-red.

Expanse of elytra 1 inch 83 lines.

of Orthopterous and Homopterous Insects. 25

Hab. China. In the collection of the British Museum ; sent
by the late George Tradescant Lay, Esq.

This very prettily marked species is in the same section with
A, variegata, Guérin, and A. atomaria, Fabr., to hoth of which,
but especially to the former, it is allied.

Pararystra, White.

A very marked genus not far removed from Calyptoproctus,
Spinola (Ann. Soc. Ent. Paris, vii. p. 269) ; but it differs from
that in the much larger size of the terminal abdominal plate,
which is longitudinally three-keeled above, in the margin of the
head above the eyes being elevated and pointed behind, the eyes
in some views almost concealed by this margin; the vertex is
more or less hollowed out ; the thorax projects in front, and be-
hind is sinuated ; the sides of the dorsal part are raised ; on each
side of the back there is a deep depression. The elytra on the
fore margin differ from the elytra in Lystra and Calyptoproctus
in being rounded and then slightly sinuated beyond the middle,
as well as in being differently reticulated ; the veins of the wings
more nearly approach those of the genus Lystra than Calypto-
proctus, the veins of which are more reticulated. .

Paralystra Emma, White. PI. I. f.2. Elytra of a very pale
ochrey gray, transversely vermiculated and delicately lined with
black ; base darkish green, as is an indistinct band close to the
base. Wings pale bluish white, with some greenish longitudinal
band-like marks near the base, contrasting well with the nerves,
which are of a deep blackish brown, and have the sides at the
base tinged with brown. The head and thorax are of a mixed
gray, ochrey brown and green colour; there are two small tufts
with greenish-tipped filaments, one on each side of metathoracic
segment (?) above ; the abdominal plate is for the most part of a
fine rich orange-yellow. |

Expanse of elytra 34 inches.

Hab. Brazil (found in the street of Para). Inthe British Mu-
seum, to which it was presented by Mr. and Mrs. J. P. George
Smith of Liverpool, with very many other rare and new insects
collected during their residence in Brazil; the specific name is’
given in compliment to Mrs. Smith, as a trifling testimony of the
estimation in which I hold her discernment as a naturalist.

PactLoprera, Lair.

Peciloptera Maria, White. Pl.I. f.3. Ofavery delicate white
colour, with a roundish red wax-like spot not far from the base of
elytra, an interrupted somewhat curved narrow black line running
across the wing, not reaching the fore margin ; behind it and not
far from the end of inner margin there is a short narrow black

26 - Mr. W. King on certain Genera

line ; the elytra more or less powdered with a waxy secretion; the
wing white, somewhat hyaline; head, thorax, body and femora
very pale yellow; the antenne and tibive blackish ; large tuft of
white waxy sponge-like matter at the end of body.

Expanse of elytra about 1 inch and 4 lines. Brit, Mus.

Hab. India (Silhet). In some specimens the red mark on the
elytra is nearly obsolete, and the transverse black line is quite
obsolete anteriorly.

Peeciloptera (Flatida) tricolor, White. Elytva pale green ; an-
terior margin, especially at the base, reddish, the colour gra-
dually verging into green; a few white powdery dots on the basal
half, the under side washed with white. Wing white, somewhat
powdered, the veins, especially at the base, greenish. Body and
legs pale green.

Expanse of elytra about 1 inch 11 lines.

Hab. India (Silhet).

The front edge of wings near the base has a prominent angle,
followed by a sinuation.

June 1846,

-s

V.—Remarks on certain Genera belonging to the Class Pallio-
branchiata.® By Wit1i1am Kine, Curator of the Museum of
the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

THE greatest discordancy of opinion has for some time prevailed
with regard to the nomenclature and value of certain generic
groups of the Palliobranchiate or Brachiopodous mollusks. A
few year's since, many paleontologists united such shells as Lep-
tena rugosa and Productus Martini in one group, to which they
eave the latter generic name: J. De C. Sowerby * and Professor
Phillips+ recognise the same association; but they discard the
term Productus and adopt that of Leptena: M. Bronn in the
‘ Lethiea Geognostica’ agrees to the same union, but he rejects
both names, and uses that of Strophomena. M. de Verneuil
groups Terebratula sacculus, Spirifer ambiguus and Atrypa reii-
cularis in one genus—Terebratulat ; J. De C. Sowerby would be
disposed to make two genera of them ; while Professor Phillips
would have little hesitation in separating them into three. Bronn
unites Orthis testudinaria and Spirifer speciosus under the genus
Trigonotreta. Conrad and other American writers reject the ge-
neric name, which on this side of the Atlantic is applied to such
shells as-Leptena rugosa and L. euglypha, and adopt for the

same that of Strophomena. And Mr. M‘Coy has been led to im-

* Silurian System, &c. + Paleozoic Fossils of Cornwall, &c.
+ Russia in Europe. .

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 27

pose @ néw generic nomenclature in several cases where there are
already too many synonyms.

But although this state of things exists, there is every reason
for believing, from the progress which fossil conchology has made
of late, that it is gradually passing to a termination: thus Pro-
fessor Phillips has happily proposed Hypothyris for an extensive
division of shells which have long complicated the genus Tere-
bratula. Von Buch* and a few others have judiciously restricted
Productus to those shells agreeing with the one (P. Martini)
which Mr. James Sowerby considered as typical of the genus.
M‘Coy has succeeded in establishing the genus Martinia for a
number of forms that have been successively, but never satisfac-
torily placed in Terebratula, Atrypa and Spirifer. Koninck has
skilf y cleared up Fischer de Waldheim’s genus Chonetes. Ver-
neuil, besides considerably advancing our knowledge of ever
palzeozoic genus of the class, has clearly shown that the Orthises
have no congeneric relationship to certain recent and tertiary
Terebratulas as supposed by Philippi and others. And J. De C.
Sowerby has done much towards unravelling the genus Aérypa.

In drawing up the remarks contained in this paper, though it
is certain that many errors will be committed by myself, yet I
hope to contribute something towards elucidating a subject in-
volving many difficulties.

Before proceeding further, it is necessary to state, that as re-
gards the nomenclature of the various genera to be alluded to, it
is my intention to give preference to those names which are the
earliest on record, however much the groups to which they were
originally applied have been divided or enlarged, and provided
they are not decidedly objectionable : it will therefore be at once
understood, that I intend adopting the names Terebratula, Pro-
ductus, Spirifer+, Pentamerus, Strophomena, Leptena, Atrypa,
Chonetes, &c. in preference to their substitutes Kpithyris, Trigo-
notreta, Delthyris, Cyrtia, Cletothyris, Athyris, Leptagonia, &c.

Having made these preliminary observations, I now proceed to
give a synopsis of the various genera composing the class Pallio-
branchiata as far as I think is warranted by our present know-
ledge of the subject, after which I shall commence with my pro-
posed remarks on certain of these genera.

* Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Ber-
lin, 1841.

+ In the ‘ Geology of Russia’ (vol. ii. p.40) M. Verneuil states that M.
Fischer had the honour of being the first to separate from the Terebratulas,
under the name Choristites, the shells which are now called Spirifers. The

enus Spirifer was proposed in 1815, but Choristites does not appear to have
een published prior to 1825, |

28°

Mr. W. King on certain Genera

Synoptical Table of the Genera composing the Class Pallio-
branchiata.

Families.
Obolidz ......
Lingulide......
Orbiculidze Be
Craniidee ASE

Calceolidee
Strophomenidz

Productide ...

Terebratulidze

Spiriferide ...

Genera.

Obolus, Hichw. ......
Lingula, Brag. ......
Orbicula, Zam. ......
Crania, Retz..... 000

Siphonotreta, Vern.
Calceola, Lam. ......
Strophomena, Raf.

Orthis, Dalm.

Leptena, Dalm. ...

Chonetes, Fisch,

Productus, Sow.

Strophalosia, nobis...

Terebratula, Lwyd.

Hypothyris, Phill...

Pentamerus, Sow. ...

Camerophoria, nob.

Uncites, Defr. ......
Spirifer, Sow. ......

Characteristic Species.

Apollinis, Ingricus, &c.

anatina, Lewisi, antiqua, &c.

lamellosa, Buchii, &c.

anomala, Mill. ; spinulosa, striata,
antiquissima, nummulus, anti-
qua, costata, &c.

unguiculata, verrucosa.

sandalina.

rugosa, Raf.; alternata, oblonga,
euglypha, Dutertrii, Ouralensis,
transversalis, Humboldti, im-
brex, Fischeri, lepis, sericea, na-
suta.

Pecten, eximia, crenistria, resupi-
nata, Michelini, adscendens, ano-
mala, zonata, calligramma, se-
nilis, Verneuili, semicircularis,
moneta, &c.

rugosa, Hising.; analoga, distorta,
depressa; ? intermedia, M‘Coy;
undulata, nodulosa,

sarcinulata, papilionacea, minuta,
volva, M‘Coy.

Martini, giganteus, punctatus, cos-
tatus, proboscideus, comoides,
plicatilis, Nystianus.

spinifera, nob.; Morrisiana, nob. ;
subaculeata, Murch.; horrescens,
Vern.; —productoides, Murch. ;
? spinulosa ; Gerardi, nob., &c.

vitrea, sanguinea, Sowerbyi, Chi-
lensis, dorsata, Natalensis, caput-
serpentis, rosea, truncata, sac-
cnlus, hastata, orbicularis, ob-
longa, digona, obovata, varia-
bilis, Sow. ; longirostris, &c.

cuboides, anisodonta, pugnus, acu-
minata, Meyendorfi, Wilsoni,
inconstans, plicatilis, psittacea,
pleurodon, decussata, Voltzii,
rostrata, excavata, obsoleta, &c.

Knightii, conchidium, levis, ga-
leatus, Bashkiricus, oblongus,
borealis, &c.

Schlotheimi, superstes, multipli-
cata, nob.; globulina, Phill. ~

Gryphus.

cuspidatus, Mosquensis, speciosus,
heteroclitus, cheiropteryx, cris-
tatus, Walcotti, trapezoidalis,
cardiospermiformis, lynx, rotun-
datus, planatus, trigonalis, &c.

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 29

Families. Genera. Characteristic Species.
Spiriferidee ... Atrypa, Dalm. ...... reticularis, desquamata, prunum,
(continued). tumida, concentrica, pectinifera,

lamellosa, expansa, fimbriata,
planosulcata, Helmersenii, am-
bigua, ? Mantiz, ? serpentina, le-
pida, ferita, &c.

Martinia, M‘Coy ... glabra, rostrata, Schl. not Zeiten ;
hyalina, lineata, laevigata, strigo-
cephaloides, pachyrhynchus, la-
cite: &e.

Strigocephalus, Defr. Burtini, dorsalis, &c.

Thecideide .,. Thecidea, Defr. ... Mediterranea, recurvirostris, ra-

diata, hippocrepis, hieroglyphica,
&e.

_ Respecting the generic arrangement adopted in the foregoing
table, it requires to be mentioned that I do not claim any consi-
deration for its being a natural one. My opinion is that no linear
arrangement can represent the true relationship pervading the
various genera of any class of animated nature. On this sub-
ject I have elsewhere offered my views*, and it is my intention
shortly to extend the same to a classification of the mollusks
under consideration. .

Arrypa, &e.

Many paleontologists are evidently unwilling to recognise the
genus Atrypa: Dalman its founder, as is often done, included in
it some very different shells, as Atrypa reticularis, A. galeata and
A. nucella, inasmuch as the first is furnished with a pair of spiral
appendages+, the second possesses the internal structure peculiar
to the Pentameruses, and the third does not appear to be distin-
guishable from Hypothyris; it therefore follows that the genus
requires to be considerably restricted. In this case we must not
overlook the species which Dalman first described, viz. Atrypa
reticularis, Linn., as we are compelled to consider i¢ as the ty-
pical one.

As its founder included a variety of forms in Aérypa, it is
to be expected that others would err in the same manner; thus
J. De C. Sowerby} includes in it the filose Spirifers of Phillips,
and such shells as Terebratula pugnus, Sow., &e., which belong to
other genera, the former generally to Orthis and the latter to
Hypothyris. My. Sowerby has however been more fortunate with
such species as Spirifer expansus, Phill., and S. planosulcatus,

* Vide Annals of Natural History, vol. xiv. pp. 271 and 272.

+ Defrance was the first to make known the presence of these appendages
in Airypa reticularis. (Vide Spirifer Sowerbyi [= A. reticularis| in the
‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’ tome 50.) I have a specimen from
the Eifel exhibiting the same appendages.

$+ Mineral Conchology, No. 108.

30 Mr, W. King on certain Genera

Phill., since they agree with the typical species of Atrypa in being
furnished with spiral appendages.

Without being aware that so important a part as the spiral

characterized them, Dalman included in the genus his Atrypa
tumida and A, prunum*, both of which im external characters
approximate the two species cited at the close of the last para-
graph,
M. Verneuil, in merging Atrypa into Terebratula, has been in-
fluenced by an opinion that few will now contend for: he sup-
poses that the spirals found in the shell of the former are the
same as the labial processes belonging to the mollusk of the lat-
tert, whereas they are merely the supports of these processes, and
therefore homologous with the internal armature of Terebratula.
The figures which Mr. M‘Coy has given of the spiral appendages
of Spirifer, &c., in the ‘ Synopsis of the Carboniferous Fossils of
Ireland,’ p. 127 &e., clearly show that they are attached to the
hinge of the imperforate valve, which could not be the case if they
had been the labial processes themselves. —

The armature of Terebratula and the spirals of Atrypa having
been shown to serve the same office, it may be maintained that
this still shows the necessity of discarding the last genus. There
would have been some grounds for this if Atrypa possessed an
internal apparatus as variable as that of Terebratula, but consi-
dering the constancy of form of the spiral appendages, and their
persistency over an extensive number of shells (that is, the
Atrypas in the present case) related to each other by affinity and
geological age, it is impossible to consider them otherwise than
as constituting a character which separates the shells under con-
sideration generically from the Terebratulas.

Atrypa is distinguished from all the spiral-bearing genera by
the general absence of an area { and the frequency of a foramen ;

* T have Swedish specimens of these specics exhibiting the spiral coils,

+ Geology of Russia, vol. ii. pp. 47, 48, &e.

t As several new terms are used in this paper to express various parts of
a Palliobranchiate shell, and as several old ones are somewhat differently
employed to what they are in general, I embrace the present opportunity
of entering into the following explanations :—Palliobranchiate shells gene-
rally articulate by means of two teeth or ‘ condyles,” situated on the hinge
of the foraminal or “ dorsal” valve, and a pair of depressions or ‘ sockets”
excavated in the corresponding part of the opposite or “ ventral” valve.
The two plates seen in the rostral or umbonal cavity of the Spirifers, &c.
have been described by Von Buch as “les lamelles de soutien des dents,”
because they are conneeted with or appear to support the condyles: the ex-
pression may therefore be conveniently translated into ‘ condyle plates.”
On the dorsal valve of Spirifer, Lepiena, Strophomena, Thecidea, Martinia,
&c., and in certain species of other genera, as Terebratula truncata, Hypo-
thyris rostrata, &c., ave to be seen two flat spaces, one on the outer side of each
of the condyles; these spaces constitute what is generally called the “ area.”

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 31

the last character is however variable, even in the same species :
thus some varieties of Atrypa reticularis from the Kifel have it
apical and entire; others, subapical and entire ; others again have
it apical and emarginate ; and others, subapical and emarginate ;
even some yarieties have a well-defined area, Generally however
the foramen is apical and emarginate, being notched inferiorly
by an open but concealed deltidium, as in Atrypa concentrica, A,
oissyt, A. pectinifera, A. prunun, A. tumida; &e.

In all the dentigerous Palliobranchs, a triangular space intervenes between
the condyles; this it is proposed to term the * deléidium :” when open, as in
certain Spirifers, &c., it may be termed an “open deltidium,”’ and when closed
or cicatrized, as often occurs, a ‘ cicatrized deltidium;” itis “ concealed”’ in
the Atrypas generally, and in certain species of other genera, as Pentamerus
Knightii, &e. (in consequence of being ig He by the umbone of the ven-
tral valve), and ‘‘ exposed” in the Spirifers, Martinias, Orthises, Lepteenas,

Strophomenas, &c., and in certain species of other genera, as Penlamerus
conchidium, Atrypa ferita, &e. The part forming a cicatriged deltidium may
be named the “ cicatria,” The umbone of the Terebratulas is furnished with
an aperture which is generally termed the ‘foramen ;” it is “ apical” when.
situated at the point of the beak (Terebratula dorsata, &c.), and “ sub-
apical” when placed below the point ({ypothyris) : often it is notched in-
feriovly by an open deltidium, as in dirypa Roissyi, &e., in which ease it is
an “emarginate foramen ;” when not in this state it is an “ entire foramen ;”.
in Terebratula dorsata it is “entire and apical,” in Hypothyris obsoleta
“entire and subapical,” in Alrypa Roissyi and Terebratula caput-serpentis
* emarginate and apical,” and in Hypothyris psittacea “ emarginate and sub-
apical.” The distinction between a foramen and a deltidium is necessary,
as the former in all cases served as a passage for the pedicle; but the latter,
as in some Spirifers, Hypothyris excavata, Pentamerus conchidium, &e,

(which have an open deltidium), only occasionally answered this purpose :

when it was necessary for a shell with a cicatrized deltidium to be attached

by means of a pedicle, the cicatrix was perforated as exampled in Spirifer
heteroclitus, Orihis adseendens, &e.: in Leptena, although the deltidium is
open, it could net serve.as a passage for the pedicle in consequence of being

completely occupied by a prominency situated on the hinge of the ventral

valve. The condyle sockets are often bounded inwardly by a ridge or wall

(hence the name “ socket-wall’’) which is occasionally prolonged into the

cavity of the shell under the form of a plate, as in Orthis eximia, &c.; to

distinguish the two resulting plates from those of the dorsal valve, it will be

convenient to name them “ socket-plates.” Besides being occasionally pro-

longed, the socket-walls are generally expanded laterally under a lamellar

form; occasionally these lateral expansions remain separated (Terebratula

variabilis), but in general they are connate (7erebratula dorsata, Hypothyris

rostrata, &c.) and form a single plate; as this plate generally serves as the

base of the “ crura of the loop’ (Owen), it is proposed to term it the “crural

base :” itis “‘coneave” in Terebratula dorsata, “ flat” in Hypothyris ros-

trata, and “divided” in Terebratula variabilis. The erural Sas is often

supported by a plate extending along the medio-longitudinal line of the

shell; the dorsal valve oceasionally possesses a similarly situated plate: both

may be termed individually a “mesial plate.” Care must be taken not to

confound the socket-plates with two ridges to be seen diverging from the

centre of the hinge and traversing the muscular impressions in certain shells

(Orthis Verneuili, &c.) : these appear to have been produced by two large

vessels belonging to the vascular system of the mollusk,

32 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

In the synoptical table the genera Spirifer, Martinia, Atrypa
and Strigocephalus are grouped under the family Spiriferide. By
restricting the family to these genera, I am led to believe that no
point is involved that can in any respect embarrass a natural
classification of the great class to which it belongs; at the same
time, there is little doubt that it forms a remarkably homogeneous
group, inasmuch as its species, there is every reason for supposing,
were tenanted by a mollusk furnished with labial processes that
were immovably fixed to a pair of spirally folded supports. This
character of the labial processes is fully warranted by the recent
Terebratulas, in which the same parts are immovably fixed to a
more or less complicated loop. The spiral form of the labial pro-
cesses, their immobility, and their spirally folded supports, are
characters which eminently distinguish Spiriferide from every
other Palliobranchiate family. }

The spiral-bearing shells are found under so many different
forms as to have induced some to arrange them under a number
of genera, but I am led to believe that the principal part of
them are inadmissible, having been founded on characters highly
fugacious, or transitional, and proposed without a due consider-
ation of the claims of previous writers : thus Cyrtia was not only
based on a highly mutable character, but it was anticipated by
Spirifer, the typical species of which (S. cuspidatus) possesses the
same characters as Cyrtia trapezoidalis—the type of Dalman’s
genus. Delthyris and Trigonotreta are equally inadmissible on
the same grounds. Brachythyris, M‘Coy, has been anticipated
by Choristites, Fischer, which is founded on too transitional a
character. Actinoconchus, M‘Coy, if admitted, would render ne-
cessary the separation into so many genera, of such shells as Atrypa
planosulcata, A. pectinifera, A. fimbriata, A. Roissyi, A. reticu-
daris and A. aspera, because their marginal plates are severally
planosulcated, pectinated, fimbriate, setigerous, flounced, &c.
And as regards Athyris, M‘Coy, and Cleiothyris, Phill., they have
been anticipated by Atrypa, whose name, notwithstanding its
being in several cases a misnomer, ought not on that account I
conceive to be now discarded. Certain objections might be urged
against the genus Martinia of M‘Coy, but they do not appear to
be sufficiently strong to prevent its adoption ; by its possessing
an area and an exposed deltidium, Martinia may be readily di-
stinguished from <Atrypa—the genus with which it stands the
most chance of being confounded. Reticularia, M‘Coy, does not
appear to possess characters sufficient to warrant its separation
from Martinia.

TEREBRATULA and Hyporuynis.
Mr. James Sowerby was the first to draw a distinction between

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 33

the smooth and the plicated Terebratulas*. Afterwards M. von
Buch, in his memoir ‘ Uber die Terebrateln,’ on account of the
same difference, divided them into the two divisions “ Plicate”
and “ Non-plicate.” Still later, Professor Phillips, in his ‘ Pa-
leozoic Fossils of Cornwall,’ &c., elevated the Terebratulas to the
rank of a family under the name Cyclothyride, which includes
two genera, Epithyris and Hypothyris, the former having the
“beak truncate, perforate,” and the latter the “beak acute, the
perforation below it :” Hypothyris agrees with the plicated and
Epithyris with the non-plicated divisions of Sowerby and Von
Buch. More recently, Mr. M‘Coy, in the ‘ Synopsis of the Moun-
tain Limestone Fossils of Ireland,’ has divided the family Tere-
bratulide into five genera, Atrypa, Semiluna, Delthyridea, Cyclo-
thyris and Terebratula: the last two only merit our attention at
present, as they correspond with the genera proposed by Professor
Phillips. In the same year that Mr. M‘Coy’s observations ap-
peared, Dr. Carpenter, at the York Meeting of the British Asso-
ciation, read a report “ On the Microscopic Structure of Shells,”
in which the Terebratulas are divided into two sections, the
“ perforated” and the “ non-perforated,” that ts, with reference to
the arrangement of the tissues composing the shell: these sections
are also in exact correspondence with the two divisions under
consideration}. :

It will now be evident that the Terebratulas, from the year
(1815) in which Mr. J. Sowerby’s views appeared to the present
period, have been grouped under two leading divisions, and that
these divisions have been proposed with reference to three sets of
characters totally distinct from each other : a stronger proof of
the necessity of elevating them to the rank of genera cannot be
required. :

Before proceeding further, it will be necessary to make a few
remarks on the names which have been proposed for the two
genera so clearly established. If we agree to those of Professor
Phillips, the old name Terebratula will be expunged from concho-
logy: this I am strongly disposed to think will scarcely be sanc-
tioned: I am therefore induced to prefer i¢ to the proposed sub-
stitute Epithyris. It is now difficult to say whether the name
Terebratula was first applied to the smooth or the plicated spe-

* Mineral Conchology, vol. i. p. 189.

+ There seems to be an error in Dr. Carpenter’s list of ‘ non-perforated ”’
species, as it contains Terebratula variabilis (of Sowerby, not of Schlotheim
I presume), which, judging of its form, &c., appears to belong to the perfo-
rate division: this isin a great measure proved by the fact, that the same
shell is represented in the illustrations with a perforate tissue (vide Report
of the British Association for 1844, plate 17. fig. 39). Has not a similar
mistake occurred with Terebratula subrotunda?

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. D

34 Mr. W, King on certain Genera

cies, but as the former are those first described by Brugwiére,
Lamarck and others, I am led to think that its retention for them
will meet with general approval. Respecting the names Hypo-
thyris, Phill., and Cyclothyris, M‘Coy, for the plicated species,
the former having the priority ought to have the preference.

My next object will be to attempt to define the limits of the
genera Terebratula and Hypothyris. Besides the smoothness or
plication of the valves, the apical or subapical position of the
foramen, and the perforate or imperforate texture of the shell,
there are other characters which appear to be generally useful in
distinguishing these genera ; thus the species of Hypothyris may
in general be distinguished from those of Zerebraiula by the
greater or less smuosity of their frontal margins. In the synop-
tical table, Terebratula psittacea is placed in Hypothyris from its
possessing an acute apex, a subapical foramen, and an imperfo-
rate shell-tissue: this species suggests the probable existence of
other distinguishing characters ; for example, in Mypothyris the
internal apparatus may be simple, and the labial appendages of
the mollusk attached only at their base: judging of existing Te-
rebratulas, the latter are attached nearly throughout their entire
length to a complicated apparatus. We are not yet in a position
to urge these differences with any degree of certainty, particu-
larly with respect to the labial processes, since, of the genus
Hypothyris, the animal of only a single species (H. psittacea) is
known ; and as regards the apparatus, we are still but imperfectly
acquainted with its structure in the fossil species of either genera.
In Hypothyris the armature appears to be exceedingly simple,
consisting only of two disunited processes passing from the hinge
of the imperforate valve into the cavity of the shell; but in Yere-
bratula these processes are united anteriorly, thereby forming a
loop, which is more or less folded and complicated according to
species*. Much care is required in ascertaining whether the dis-
united processes and the loop are really distmmguishing characters
in these genera, since in fossil species the latter may be broken in
such a manner as simply to exhibit its two erura, which will then
resemble the former. M. Verneuil has evidently been misled by
a circumstance of this kind m representing Terebratula elongata
with disunited processes}, as several specimens of this species m
my collection clearly exhibit it furnished with a folded loop ; and
I suspect that Mr. M‘Coy has been similarly deceived im stating

* In Terebratula dorsata the loop is simply attached to the crural base ;
in 7. chilensis it is attached both to the crural base and to the anterior part
of the mesial plate ; in 7’. rosea it is only attached to the mesial plate. The
apparatus of the last species explains the erect forked process seen in the
centre of the ventral valve of 7. natalensis,

+ Geology of Russia, vol. i,

belonging to the Class Palliobyanchiata, 35

that Terebratula hastata possesses “ two flat triangular lamine*.”
Finding the loop in the existing Terebratulas in the Permian
T. elongata goes far to prove that it is general in the genus. I
have also seen it in the Jurassic Terebratula trilineata collected
in Glaizedale, Yorkshire.

As might be expected, there are several species which it is dif-
ficult to place in their true genus ; but where so many characters
are available, some, or one at least, may be found to assist us.
Hypothyris decussata(T. coarctata, Sow.),in consequence of having
the “‘ beak truncate, perforate,” one would be disposed to place it
in Terebratula; but as Dr. Carpenter has ascertained that its shell-
tissue does not exhibit any perforations, it has on that account
been placed in Hypothyris. Terebratula truncata has a subapical
foramen, and therefore might be included in Hypothyris, but this
is strongly opposed by its possessing a loop and by the texture
of its shell. Hypothyris psittacea, from the absence of decided
plications, would not have been thus generically designated, but
for its subapical foramen and imperforate shell-tissue+. Hypo-
thyris Meyendorfi. appears to have a truncate, perforate beak, but
its deep frontal sinus and its indisputable affinity (another poimt
not to be overlooked) to H. acuminatus and H. pugnus, in which
the foramen is subapical, are clearly in favour of the generic al-
location adopted in the synoptical table. A few more species re-
main to be noticed, viz. Terebratula oblonga, T. orbicularis and the
so-called 7. rostrata: all of them have the plicated character of
Hypothyris joined to the form usual to Terebratula ; but the api-
cal foramen of 7. oblonga and T. orbicularis proves that they are
true Terebratulas, while the subapical position of the foramen in
T. rostrata shows that it belongs to Hypothyris: im the case of
two of these species this generic allocation is completely confirmed
by the researches of Dr. Carpenter, who has ascertained that 7.
oblonga possesses a perforate and T. rostrata an imperforate shell-
tissue.

In speaking of the internal structure of Terebratula and Hy-
pothyris, I have refraimed from alluding to the two condyle plates
to be seen in the rostral cavity of certain species, for this reason,
that they are found in both genera, though not so frequently in

* Synopsis of the Carboniferous Fossils of Ireland, p. 153.

t+ Hypothyris psittacea has occasionally been suggested to belong to
Altrypa : by restricting this genus to the spiral-bearing shells included in it in
the synopsis, Hypothyris psittacea will necessarily be excluded. The dif-
ference between the mollusk of the one and that of the other appears to have
been considerable, since in Aérypa the labial appendages were in all pro-
bability completely attached to spiral supports and therefore immobile ; but
in 7. psittacea, notwithstanding their spiral form, they undoubtedly possess
considerable motion. [Vide Professor Owen’s Memoir on the Anatomy of
the Brachiopoda, Zoological Transactions, vol. i. p. 150.]

D2

36 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

the former as in the latter. They do not appear to have been
noticed in any tertiary and recent Terebratulas: they are to be
seen in Terebratula digona, T. obovata and T. oblonga, but are ab-
sent in many others agreeing with them in geological age, from
which I am led to believe that they are only partially present in
the secondary Terebratulas: they appear however to be general
to the paleeozoic species. With some exceptions, as in certain cre-
taceous and other species, the condyle plates are to be found in
all the Hypothyrises living and extinct.

In addition to those given in the synoptical table, the family
Terebratulide has been made to include other genera, as T’rigono-
semus, Konig, Rynchora, Dalman, Magas, Sowerby, Pygope, Link,
Delthyridea, M‘Coy, Semiluna, &e.. As lam not sufficiently ac-
quainted with secondary species to pass an opinion on these
groups, I will leave to others better qualified than myself the
task of analysing them. The genus Semiluna, M‘Coy, | am
strongly disposed to think is founded on young Hypothyrises.

STROPHOMENA and LEPTANA.

It is now a generally received rule that “ the name originally
given by the founder of a group or the describer of a species
should be permanently retained to the exclusion of all subsequent
synonyms*,” This is especially applicable to a group of Pallio-
branchs next to be considered. |

Many years ago Rafinesque proposed the genus Strophomena :
{ do not know the exact time of its publication, but for a cer-
tainty it was previously to 1825, as Blainville adopted it in his
‘ Manuel de Malacologie,’ published in that year. The genus is
thus described by Blainville :—“ Coquille équilatérale, réguliére,
subéquivalve; ayant une valve plate et l’autre un peu excavée ;
articulation droite, transverse, offrant 4 droite et & gauche d’une
subéchancrure médiane, un bourrelet peu considérable, crénelé
ou denté transversalement ; aucun indice de support.” The il-
lustrative species (Strophomena rugosa, Raf.) figured in the ‘ Ma-
lacologie’ is evidently closely allied to and congeneric with Lep-
tena alternata.

Subsequently to Rafinesque, Dalman (in 1827) proposed a
new genus under the name of Leptena, in which he included the
so-called Leptena rugosa, L. depressa, L. transversalis and L. eu-
glypha, which have generally been considered to belong to the
same genus as Strophomena rugosa. It is thus evident that the
name Strophomena has the priority over that of Leptena, which
is the reason, it may be presumed, why so many continental and

* Report on Zoological Nomenclature, British Association Report for
1842,

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata, 37

American writers prefer Rafinesque’s to Dalman’s. Be this as it
may, it is not my intention to adopt the one in preference to the
other, as it is my opinion that both names can be advantageously
retained.

The genus Leptena, as constructed by Dalman, evidently in-
cludes two different groups of species, Leptena depressa and L.
rugosa constituting the one, L. transversalis and L. euglypha the
other. These were the only species known to Dalman ; since his
time several others of both divisions have been discovered.

It is now difficult to say which species Rafinesque considered
as typical of his genus; our only alternative is then to ascertain
the type of Dalman’s. The committee to whose labours I have
already been indebted, state, that “when authors omit pointing
out the type of the genus, it may still in many cases be correctly
inferred that the first species mentioned on their list, if found
accurately to agree with their definition, was regarded by them
as the type*.” As Leptena rugosa answers in every respect to
these terms, it follows that this species ought to be regarded as
the type of the genus; and considering the claims which Rafi-
nesque’s name has to priority, we are to a certain extent war-
ranted in applymg the name Strophomena to the group repre-
sented by Leptena transversalis and L. euglypha +.

It will now be necessary to point out the differences between
Leptena and Strophomena. Both valves of Leptena are more or
less wrinkled transversely : when the shell is young they are flat ;
afterwards their frontal margin becomes inflected, which is per-
manent in the dorsal or deltidial valve, but evanescent in the
opposite one, as its front soon becomes acutely deflected or folded
upon itself outwardly: by this means the frontal margins do not
meet each other, as in the Terebratulas, and as they at first
affected, but the anterior part of the upper valve overlaps that of
the under one, the inner surface of the one facing that of the
other at the same time. On the other hand, Strophomena has
plain ‘valves, that is with reference to the wrinkles, and it is
in general regularly concavo-convex {, the convexity usually

* Report of the British Association for 1842, p. 111.

+ Ifit cannot be ascertained which species Rafinesque considered as the
type of Strophomena, the S. rugosa figured in Blainville’s ‘ Malacologie’
ought to be looked upon as the typical one; and in this case we are bound
to adopt Rafinesque’s name, inasmuch as this species belongs to the group
represented by Leptena transversalis and L. euglypha.

t Strophomena and Orthis merge into each other by means of their flat
species. Fischer de Waldheim, in proposing the genus Orthotetes, has evi-
dently had in view some of these merging forms; but the fact of Dalman’s
typical species of Orthis (O. pecten) being also apparently the type of
Fischer’s, the former genus necessarily falls to the ground. What is the
genus Hipparionyx of Vanuxem?

88 _ Mr. W. King on certain Genera

answering to the deltidial valve*. There are one or two more
differential characters which ought not to be overlooked in draw-
ing up a diagnosis of these genera: for example, in Leptena the
deltidium is open and wide at the base, but in Strophomena it is
usually narrow and cicatrized ; and the hinge plates are often cre-
nulated in the latter but generally smooth in the formert. As
regards internal characters, they appear to be more inconstant in
Strophomena than in Leptena : Strophomena Dutertrit has the mus-
cular fulera of the ventral valve elevated, curving over the mesial
plate and united, by which means they form an arch-shaped pro-
cess { ; while in S. de/toidea they are reduced to mere impressions :
in S. lepis the fulcra of both valves are slightly elevated, and re-
semble those of Chonetes: certain species, as S. transversalis, S.
Humboldti and S. oblonga, have lateral (? ovarian) spaces, one or
more on each side of the mesial line, bounded by a prominent
ridge, as occasionally seen, though less obviously, in Chonetes ; but
in most of the genus there is no appearance of a bounding ridge :
in general the vascular system has not left any impressions on the
inner surface of the valves,—the exception, as far as I have been
able to ascertain, occurs only in Strophomena lepis, which in this
respect resembles the Leptenas generally. The very converse of
this mutability of internal structure prevails in Leptena, the spe-
cies of which are remarkable for the similarity of their muscular
fulcra, for generally exhibiting impressions of the vascular system,
and for the general absence of ovarian (?) bounding ridges. Some
of the Leptzenas arrest our attention by their being foraminated ;
that is, besides possessing an open deltidium, they are furnished
with a circular opening in their slightly prominent beak. I pos-
sess several specimens of a species, apparently the same as Lep-
tena analoga, from the carboniferous shales of Northumberland,
exhibiting the foramen in a very obvious manner ; whether it is
general to the genus I cannot say. My Swedish specimens of
Leptena rugosa do not appear to possess this character, but it 1s
seen in an allied species from the Hifel. Strophomena alternata
possesses a similar opening, which is the only instance in this
genus that has been made known §; but it does not appear to be

* I know of only one exception, which obtains in Strophomena euglypha :
in this species the deltidial valve is the concave one. ‘The like exception
probably occurs in Orthis, since O. crenistria and some other species have
the same valve affecting the concave form.

+ Leptena nodulosa, Phillips, has crenulated hinge plates.

{ This at least is the view I formed from a hasty examination of this sin-
gular apophysis in a specimen belonging to the beautiful collection of Mr.
W. A. Lewis of Wolverhampton. I have specimens of Productus Martini
and Leptena analoga (?), in which the muscular fulcra are unusually ele-

vated and curved over the mesial plate, but they do not coalesce as in Stro-
phomena Dutertrii.

§ Geology of Russia, vol. ii. p. 225, &c.

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 39

situated as in Leptena, in the beak itself, but in the apex of the
cicatrix of the deltidium: in this respect Strophomena alternata
corresponds with Orthis anomala and Spirifer heteroclitus. The
foramen in Lepiena analoga becomes closed in old individuals, as
occasionally occurs in Terebratula.

It is highly in favour of there being a valid generic distinction
between Strophomena and Leptena, when, out of a large number
of species at present known, there is little difficulty in placmg
them either in the one genus or the other. Though I am not
aware of it being the ease, it is nevertheless probable that species
will yet be found rendering a generic allocation a matter of some
difficulty.

Previously to entering upon the next genera to be noticed, it
will be necessary to make a few remarks on the muscular system
of Terebratula, in order that the use of certain parts to be men-
tioned hereafter may be properly understood. From a specimen
of Terebratula dorsata, at present before me, containing the entire
muscular system desiccated, and freed of the visceral mass, I have
drawn up the following details:—The rostral or umbonal cavity
is oceupied with a dense fibrous cylindrical body called the pediele :
considering the convexity of the foraminal valve as the upper side
of the shell, the inferior end of the pedicle fits into the foramen ;
while its superior end, which is somewhat flattened or dilated in
the transverse direction of the shell, is situated at the entrance
or anterior part of the rostral cavity, to the surface of which it
appears to be attached by means of tendinous or membranous
chords,—the truncated extremity of the pedicle itself not bemg
adherent. A little in advance of the upper extremity of the pe-
dicle, three pairs of muscles pass off to different parts. The out-
ermost pair (which consists of those muscles implanted nearest
the lateral margins of the valve) passes at a slight angle into the
upper part of the pedicle: within these muscles, and somewhat
in front of them, another pair passes downwards (slightly con-
verging at the same time), and becomes attached to a flattened
prominency situated in the centre of the hinge of the lower or
imperforate valve. To distinguish these pairs of muscles from
each other, it will be necessary to name the former the superior
pedicle museles, and the latter the cardinal museles. In close
proximity to the superior end of the pedicle, and a little be-
hind, and within the cardinal muscles, and therefore near the
medio-longitudinal line of the shell, is situated the origin of
the remaining pair, which passes directly down to a little behind
the centre of the opposite valve, each muscle at the same time
becoming dichotomous in its inferior half; these may be termed
the valvular muscles. Besides supporting the cardinals and the

40 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

valvulars, the imperforate valve affords attachment to other two
muscles which pass upwards from the crural base (where each one
is divided), and become inserted in the upper part of the pedicle :
it is proposed to name these the inferior pedicle muscles. With
one exception, the foregoing description agrees with that given
by Professor Owen in his memoir “On the Anatomy of the
Brachiopoda*,”’ in which it is stated, that the muscles which have
been termed the valvulars pass into the upper part of the pedicle,
—a statement which I am led to suspect may have arisen simply
from the superior termination of these muscles in the specimens
examined by this distinguished anatomist having been so close to
the upper part of the pedicle as to appear as if attached to it.

Propvuctus, &c.

An examination of a number of Palliobranchiate fossils has con-
vinced me that a muscular system similar to that of Terebratula
dorsata characterized the genera Productus, Leptena, Strophomena,
Orthis, Spirifer and Chonetes. In the deltidial or corresponding
valve of these shells, there are impressions answering to the six
muscles which have been described as passing from the same
valve of Terebratula dorsata; and in the opposite valve there are
impressions corresponding to the four terminal divisions of the
valvulars, and the hinge is generally furnished with a prominency
which has clearly served as a fulcrum for the cardinalst. It is
necessary to mention that it is only in certain species of these
genera that the muscular impressions can be made out ; in general
they are confluent, in which case it is difficult to define them ft.
I have not yet seen any positive indication of impressions im
these fossils answering to the two muscles passing from the cru-
val base to the upper part of the pedicle: I am strongly disposed
however to think that this does not arise from the absence of
such muscles, but rather from their not having produced impres-
sions strong enough to remain visible—a supposition that cannot
be objected to, considering how very faint the impressions of the
inferior pedicle muscles are in Terebratula§.

_*® Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. i. p. 151.

+ Those fossils which have no cardinal prominency, as certain Orthises,
Spirifers, &c., have nevertheless impressions in the centre of the hinge,
which clearly show that the cardinal muscles were neither abrogated nor
implanted elsewhere. Hypothyris psittacea serves as an exceptional case
in another genus.

t In a “ Monograph of the Invertebrate Fossils of the Magnesian Lime-
stone of the County of Durham,” which I am preparing for publication, a
more detailed account will be given of the muscular system, &c. of most of the
genera mentioned in the text, together with numerous illustrative figures.

§ In Orthis Michelini the inferior pedicie muscles appear to have been
attached to the socket-walls or socket-plates, as their surface displays marks
of muscular attachment.

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 4.1

The whole of the impressions noticed in the last paragraph are
best seen in certain Productuses. The two large striated im-
pressions on the convex valve of Productus giganteus I have satis-
fied myself are due to the superior pedicle muscles*. Within
these, and on a flattened elevation, are situated four other im-
pressions curiously ramified; they are often confluent, but occa-
sionally specimens exhibit them separated. Two of these im-
pressions (probably those situated anteriorly) I consider are due
to the valvulars, and the other to the cardinals: the former
muscles, according to this view, have necessarily produced the
ramified impressions generally to be seen on the flat or opposite
valve+. The tubercle on the centre of the hinge of the flat valve
has commonly been considered a tooth, but the impressions which
it displays, and its agreement in position with the cardinal pro-
minency of Terebratula dorsata, prove that it served as a muscular
fulcrum, and there is every reason to suppose that the cardinal
muscles were attached to itt. M. Bouchard Chantereaux appears

* The use of the so-called pedicle seems to be twofold—to moor the shell
to foreign bodies, and to serve as a fulcrum for certain muscles. In the
Strophomenas and Leptenas generally, owing to the deltidium being cica-
trized, or occupied by the base of the cardinal tubercle, the pedicle can only
have been used for the latter purpose; in S. alternata, L. analoga, &c.,
which have a foramen, it would answer both, The same remark applies to
the Orthises (O. anomala) and Spirifers (S. heteroclitus, &c.): as the del-
tidium is often open in the last genus, it appears to have served as a passage
for the pedicle. From the closing of the foramen in old individuals of many
species of Terebratula (T. variabilis, T. earnea, &c.), Leptena (L. analoga),
Hypothyris and other genera, it is evident that the pedicle was occasionally
dispensed with in old age. In young Strigocephaluses the pedicle passed
through an open deltidium, as in many Spirifers; in individuals more ad-
vanced it passed through a circular aperture in the cicatrix of the deltidium
(in which case it is an ‘entire, subapical foramen,” resembling that of many
Hypothyrises) ; in full-grown individuals the pedicle was dispensed with, as
the deltidium is completely cicatrized. M. Verneuil informs me that the del-
tidium is exposed and open in young specimens of Pentamerus Knightit; it
is well known to be concealed in old ones: in another species of the same
genus (P. conchidium) it is exposed and open. It will thus be evident, al-
though neither foramen nor deltidium is to be seen in Productus, that this
is no evidence of its having been without a pedicle mass,

+ The ramified impressions on the two valves of Productus are generally
considered to have been produced by the viscera; nor was it until lately,
and after seeing that the fibres of the muscles of Z'erebratula dorsata had a
ramified arrangement, that I could be induced to think otherwise. The
stopper muscle of certain species of Anomia produce a similar ramified im-
pression on the upper valve.

t M. Verneuil, speaking of Productus, says, ‘‘ La valve ventrale posséde
une forte dent médiane, quelquefois simple, plus souvent bifurquée ou tri-
furquée & son extrémité, et représentant les deux ou trois dents des Orthis
et des Leptena réunies et soudées ensemble.” (Geology of Russia, vol. ii.
p- 251.) his so-called tooth, with its bipartite or tripartite extremity, I
have never seen fitting into a correspondingly divided depression ; therefore,
irrespectively of the counter-evidence given in the text, this fact alone is suf-
ficient to prove that it is not an articulating instrument.

42 Prof. de Notaris on Ginnania furcellata.

to be the only one whose view refers the tubercle to the office of
a muscular fulcrum ; but he has fallen into an error in supposing
that it supported the pedicle or muscle of attachment*.

Before concluding this brief account of the internal characters
of Productus, we must not overlook its mode of articulation, nor
the two crescent-shaped bodies often seen on its flat valve. By
some these crescent-shaped bodies are supposed to have been
produced by certain muscles; on the other hand, there are many
who think that they have been the supports of the labial processes.
From the specimen of Productus comoides, which is figured by
Von Buch, exhibiting a pair of gyrated impressions+ (the same
are even more obviously displayed on one of my specimens of
Productus giganteus), 1 have no doubt that the mollusk of this
genus was furnished with spirally-folded labial appendages: I
hope to be able however to show clearly in my monograph, that
the crescent-shaped bodies did not support these appendages,
but, on the contrary, that they were produced by the ovaries.
Respecting the articulation of Productus, I have long been con-
vinced that it is effected without the presence of teeth or condyles :
by taking the tubercle or cardinal muscular support for an arti-
culating instrument, many paleontologists have described the
Productuses as dentigerous. I have now examined a number of
species, and in every one the hinge plate of the flat valve exhibits
nothing but the cardinal muscular support; while that of the
opposite valve presents a straight continuous surface, only occa-
sionally broken by a notch caused by the pressure of the part

just mentioned f.
[To be continued. }

VI.—On Ginnania furcellata. By Givs. pz Noraris§.

Tne celebrated Professor Meneghini, in his excellent work on
Mediterranean and Dalmatian Alge, has justly observed, that
the commonest species are often those whose peculiarities of in-
ternal structure are, in fact, least known, either because they are-
supposed to have been already sufficiently illustrated, or because
they are regarded, I might almost say, with contempt. Of this
number, if I mistake not, is the Halymenia furcellata of Agardh,
a species common enough on the coasts of England and western
France and in some parts of the Mediterranean ; and although

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tome xviii.

+ Ueber Productus oder Leptzena.

t Certain so-called Productuses are known to be dentigerous, but these
will be hereafter shown to constitute another genus.

§ Extracted from a paper entitled ‘ Sopra aleune Alghe del mare Ligus-
tico.”” Communicated by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley. —

Prof. de Notaris on Ginnania furcellata. 43

the points which [ have taken upon me to explain may have al-
ready been partially noticed by others, they appear to me never-
theless capable of further development and worthy of the renewed
attention of algologists.

Most important observations on this species have been given
us by Agardh, Greville, Kiitzing and Montagne, but although
these authors have certainly illustrated m a masterly way the
form of the frond and fruit, they have not explained the struc-
ture with all those details which the present state of algology
requires.

The elder Agardh, in his ‘ Species Algarum’ (vol. i. p. 212),
showed that the frond of Halymenia furcellata consisted of two
strata, the outer one membranaceo-fibrous, the inner one more
compact, united closely to the former by means of reticulated
fibres, from which the fructification is produced, consisting of mi-
nute punctiform tubercles, irregularly scattered and placed be-
neath the exterior membrane of the frond. rons e duplici strato
componitur, exteriort membranaceo fibroso ; medullart compactiori ;
utroque per fibras reticulatas conjuncto. Tubercula fructifera per
totam frondem irregulariter sparsa, minuta et punctiformia sub
membrana exteriori nidulantia.—Agardh, |. ¢.

Greville, to whom algology owes so many happy innovations, in
his ‘ Alge Britannic,’ pp. 163, 164, says: the fructification, in
fact, consists of “ minute punctiform globules of seeds imbedded be-
neath the membranaceous coat of the frond, which ts not perfo-
rated by any orifice: substance (of the frond) gelatinous and mem-
branaceous, the cavity filled with a pellucid semifluid mass and a
jine network of delicate filaments ;” as would naturally result from
a cord of fine filaments covered with a membranaceous sheath
independent of them.

These definitions are too diffuse and incomplete, and their in-
sufficiency is immediately apparent if we contrast them with the
descriptions given a short time since by the celebrated D. Zanar-
dini in his ‘Synopsis Algarum in Mari Adriatico hucusque de-
tectarum’ (Memorie della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino,
serie 2. tom. iv. p. 124), and by Montagne in his most interest-
ing Cryptogamic Flora of the Canaries (Histoire Naturelle des
Iles Canaries, tom. i. 2nde partie, p. 162), who, availing himself
of the particular characters of the fruit, which I believe he was
the first to describe correctly, has proposed to make this species
a new genus under the name of Ginnania.

The facts which Zanardini mentions would indeed have but
slight connexion with the matter before us, having been suggested
by the analysis of the frond of the variety cartilaginea from the
Adriatic (Syn. Alg. &c. /. ¢.),—-which, according to the observa-
tions and specimens with which Professor Meneghini has kindly

AA Prof. de Notaris on Ginnania furcellata.

favoured me, must be referred to Nemostoma dichotoma,—were it
not that the error into which Zanardini was drawn in considering
with Agardh (Spec. Alg. /. ec.) Nemostoma dichotoma as a variety
of Halymenia furcellata, proves the close analogy of structure
which subsists between the two species in question, and this
analogy is of itself sufficient to substantiate the inexactness above
alleged.

Neither, in the ‘ Algze Maris Mediterranei et Adriatici’ (pp.95,
96) has the celebrated J. Agardh described Halymenia with
greater precision under the following characters :—Frons filis in-
tertoribus varie intertextis versus superficiem in cellulas rotundatas
anastomosantes, extus cellularum granulosarum strato sepe tectas
abeuntibus, constituta. Fructus duplex? Favellidia infra stratum
externum nidulantia, frondis dissolutione elabentia (?) intra peri-
sporium arctisstme circumdans tenacissimamque congeriem_spora-
rum obovatarum foventia. Spherospore .... Terms which are
perhaps not quite applicable to all the species of the genus, and
still less to our plant, which is scarcely at all indicated. Besides
which, a serious omission is to be imputed to him in not having
noticed, perhaps deliberately, the observations published on the
subject by Montagne; and although I allow that he might
not be able to adopt his views, yet at any rate he was bound
to cite them, either to discuss their merits or show their in-
consistency.

Montagne, as I said before, has described the structure of the
fruit with great exactness, which really incloses nuclei composed
of slender radiating sporiferous threads. Nucleus e filis constat
articulatis numerosissimis quoquoversum irradiantibus in articulo
quorum extremo sporidium oblongum gigartoideumve continetur.
Membrana tenerrima tenuissime punctulata, diaphana, ad maturi-
tatem fructus massam filorum investit ; but with regard to the frond,
when he says—intus filamentis constans intricatis, hyalinis, e cel-
lulis periphericis membrane corticalis, ut videtur, oriundis, vel sal-
tem ad easdem spectantibus—he either knew not how to draw the
characters, or has not expressed. himself with the necessary clear-
ness.

Lastly, Kiitzing in his recent and admirable publication, ‘ Phy-
cographia Universalis,’ has also made Halymenia furcellata a new
genus with the name of Myelomium, defined in the following
terms :—Phycoma filiforme lubricum, dichotomum, solidum, ex
stratis tribus formatum, corticale crassiusculo subparenchymatico,
intermedio laxe fibroso, medio ex fibris parallelis longitudinalibus
numerosis dense conjunctis compositis. Of the fruit no notice is
taken. However censurable such slightly framed generic cha-
racters may be from any one, it fills one with astonishment to see
how some authors allow themselves to be governed by the mania

Prof. de Notaris on Ginnania furcellata. 45

for multiplying genera, although they are unable to support them
by characters of weight or based on sound principles.

It is hardly necessary to add that the Mediterranean species,
the Livornian at least (as well as the Algerine enumerated by the
celebrated Montagne in his Cryptogames Algériennes, ‘ Annal.
des Scienc. Natur.’ 2nde sér. tom. x. p.257, collected unquestion-
ably by Roussel), is in all parts conformable to the oceanic spe-
cies, of which I have often received splendid specimens from
Lenormand, Godey and Auniet, for which reason I shall dispense
with recalling their habits and forms. I will only remark that the
frond and its divisions are perfectly cylindrical when first taken
out of the water, but wither when exposed to the air, and assume
a prismatic triangular or quadrilateral figure, the angles of which
are very prominent, the sides depressed and channeled.

At first sight, under the microscope, one would say it was en-
tirely composed of round elliptic or oval cells, whether isolated
or ranged above one another in parallel rows ; but in vertical as
well as horizontal sections, the innumerable filaments which form
the central part are easily detected: by taking small slices of the
frond in the direction of its greatest diameter and putting them
under the microscope, the mode of growth is at once apparent.
They thus form a cord, or I might rather say a fascicle, which,
like the mealy part of the thallus of some lichens, occupies the
centre of the frond, extending even to the furthest divisions. In
their course they are repeatedly dichotomous and form two sets
of branches, the one directed upwards, the other bent in a hori-
zontal direction, so as to unite by their clavate extremities, which
are once or twice divergent and bifurcate, with the peripheric
stratum of the frond.

The form of the filaments is rather compressed, the diameter
being often unequal and slightly thickened at the commencement
of each dichotomy and at their extremities, which inclose a co-
loured substance, but are themselves diaphanous and completely
colourless. In some of them I have been able to determine the
presence of lateral branches of various lengths descending in a
winding course towards the inferior part of the frond. I also
thought I discovered in the filaments, more especially in the
points where they became bifurcate, traces of partitions ; and |
can declare, without hesitation, that the superficial cells, from
which the walls of the frond spring, originate from the claviform
and divergent extremity of the centrifugal branches. I must not
omit to remark, that the cells of the peripherical stratum do not
all communicate directly with the horizontal threads ; if [ am not
mistaken, those extremities, in which constrictions frequently oc-
cur in the form of articulations, may give rise to new cells, which

46 Prof. de Notaris on Ginnania furcellata.

being afterwards compressed and ending together in the cireum-
ference of the frond assist in strengthening the superficies.

The threads, bent in a horizontal direction, agree closely with
the loosely fibrous intermediate stratum of the frond, of which
Kiitzing speaks in his description.

In short, the enlightened Zanardini, when speaking of his
Halymenia furcellata cartilaginea, has compared its elements toa
group of individuals like Callithamnion (Massa inde dimanans
haud inconsulto haberetur pluribus generis Callithamnii individuis
constituta, que ita conservantur atque contexuntur ut quasi ma- ~
joris implicationis formam affectare vellent. Zanard., 1. c, p. 124),
the principal threads of which gathered together constitute the
central part ; the extremities of their ultimate branches diverging
in a horizontal direction, the peripheric stratum. This notion,
setting aside the many differences which separate generically the
variety from the species, may not without truth be transferred
on comparison from the one to the other.

I have also said that the frond of Ginnania is something like
the thallus of some lichens, because in many of the fruticulose as
well as the foliaceous species of this family, I have seen the fila-
ments of the hypothallus often send out communicating branches
into the gonimic stratum, from whose apices spring the vegetating
cells or gonidia, bearing precisely the same relation as the super-
ficial cells to the filaments which diverge horizontally in the frond
as already described.

The fruit, as I have already remarked, arises more or less
copiously, without any order, from the internal superficies of the
peripheric cellular stratum: its form is spheroidal, without pe-
dicels ; it is of a pale rose-colour, visible to the naked eye b
translucence through the outer surface. The walls of the frond
become thinner where they are in contact with the fruit, but have
no perforations of any kind. When slightly pressed between: the
object-glasses, the fruit opens at the top and emits one, two or
more nuclei of a globular form, whose surface is hispid or echi-
nulate. When divided with the point of a lancet they present a
complete wood of short and delicate filaments, undivided, bifid or
dichotomous, as if united into fascicles radiating from a common
centre. These filaments are cylindrical, slightly clavate, and in-
close one, two, or at most three nuclei of liquid endochrome, which
is slightly olivaceous and separated by diaphanous intervals, in
which I have not been able to trace any indication of dissepi-
ments,

I dare not assert whether the spores are formed by the succes-
sive evolution of the undivided filaments or by the disarticulation
and contemporaneous compression of the coloured nucleus con-

Mr. A. White on new species of Longicorn Beetles. 47

tained in them. The spores are obovate, surrounded by a narrow
pellucid border, containing a subtle granular substance. The
outer coat of the fruit or perisporium which contains the above-
described filamentous nuclei is formed of cells, somewhat large,
flaccid and elongated, adhering to the membranaceous stratum,
transparent and rose-coloured.

I shall conclude by protesting that I do not wish to constitute
myself the censor of others, but it appears to me that the cha-
racters adopted by Kiitzing in the formation of the genus Myelo-
mium are rather too incomplete, and that the name of Ginnania,
proposed anteriorly by the excellent Montagne and supported by
the strongest arguments, will nevertheless be preferred at the pre-
sent day, inasmuch as the caprices and partialities of authors
ought not to be sanctioned in contravention of the laws generally
agreed on by botanists,

VII.—Deseriptions of four apparently new Species of Longicorn
Beetles in the Collection of the British Museum. By Apam
Wuire, M.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of th
British Museum.

[ With a Plate. ]

SaRoTHROCERA, White,

AntTENN# with the first jomt thick, and furnished at the end on
the inside with a tuft of hairs ; second joint very small, with one
or two hairs; third to the seventh joints behind fringed with
longish hairs, the hairs on the third and fourth very thickly dis-
tributed and extending over a considerable part of the hind edge.
Thorax almost as long as wide, the sides nearly parallel, some-
what depressed above, with a short spine on each side. Scutellum
somewhat elongated, the sides parallel. Legs with the femora
compressed, especially above ; the tibize much compressed, slender
at the base, getting thicker towards the middle, and from that to
the end wide, with the sides nearly parallel. Tarsi very wide.
Elytra strongly angled, almost aculeated on the shoulders, rounded
and simple at the end.

This genus in the system comes close to Cerasterna, De}., with
which and Batocera it has some characters in common.

The species is from Borneo, whence it was sent by Hugh Low,
jun., Esq., after whom I have named it.

Sarothrocera Lowit, White. Pl. I. f.6, Of a rich brown,
slightly tmged with ochraceous; the hairs on the antennge are of
a very dark brown or black; the scutellum is of a pale yellow ;
the base of the elytra is finely verrucose above, the small warts

oo
ate
a

ook.

48 Mr.A. White on new species of Longicorn Beetles.

not extending to the middle, but running further along the outer
margin than they do towards the suture.

Length 1 inch 8} lines. Brit. Mus.

Hab: Borneo. Hugh Low, jun., Esq.

PiectropErA, De).

Lamia (Plectrodera) quadriteniator, White. Elytra aculeate at
the end, thickly covered with white scales, and with many scattered
black impressed points over the upper surface; the base and
shoulders with many small black wart-like points ; each elytron
with two longitudinal, widish ochraceous vitte, running from the
base and getting narrower towards the tip, where they are eva-
nescent ; one of these is on the outer edge of elytron, the second
between the middle and the suture ; the edge of the tibize behind
and near the tip is clothed with short ochraceous hairs.

Length 1 inch 7 or 8 lines.

Hab. Guayaquil. British Museum. Presented by Dr. Joseph
Hooker, R.N.

A species closely allied to the Lamia vittator, Fabr. Syst.
Eleuth. ii. 297. 76, and figured by Olivier, t. 15. f. 104: the body
in the new species is longer, and the elytra are aculeated at the
end. The spines on the thorax are not so thick as in the Fabri-
cian species, and the three black bands on the thorax are not so
strongly marked ; the head is differently marked ; the present
species wants the wide black band, with a white spot in it on
the vertex behind each eye ; the abdomen has three or four ochrey
band-like spots on each side.

Comrsosoma, Serville.

Compsosoma capucinum, White. Pl. 1. f.7. Black: head with a
pinkish red band on each of the cheeks. Elytra pmkish red, base
with a narrow black band hardly reaching the shoulders ; there is
a wider transverse black band between the base and the middle,
with the margins of the band angled and sinuated, a black band
about the middle, not reaching the side of the elytra ; the suture
lined with black, except at a point before the middle, where it is
red ; a black mark on each elytron not far from the tip.

Length 63 lines. Brit. Museum.

Hab. Brazil (Para). Found by J. P. George Smith, Esq., of
Liverpool, and by him presented to the National Museum, with
many other rare insects. The elytra are shorter and broader about
the middle than in C. mutillarium, Serv. ; C. perpulchrum, Vigors,
Zool. Journ. i. 418. t. 15. f. 9 (C. posticum, De}. Cat. 369), C.
scutigerum, Vigors (concretum, Dej. 869. Blanch. D’Orb. Am.
Mér. t. 22. f. 8), and C. notatum, Vigors, Zool. Journ. 1. 417.
t. 15, f.8. The C. variegatum, Serv., in form approaches more

Mr. F. Walker on the Mymaride. 49

closely to the Euspherium purpureum, Newman, Ent. Mag. v. 298,
which last seems to be the Compsosoma violaceum of De}.

Evcomatocera, White.

Narrow: head, thorax and elytra nearly equal in width. An-
tenne with the first joint the longest, second very small, third to
seventh fringed behind with longish hairs; eighth, ninth and
tenth joints short, with long tufts of hairs on each side. Kye
small, round. Legs short. Mouth (destroyed in the specimen in
the British Museum)

Eucomatocera vittata, White. Pl. 1. f.4. Black, deeply punc-
tured; back of thorax with four pale longitudinal vitte, two of
these are lateral and two central close to each other ; each elytron
has three pale vittee reaching from the base to the tip, one on the
suture, one on the outer edge, and the third nearer the outer edge
than the suture, the last two being connected on the shoulder.
Elytra with at least seven rows of coarsish punctures, the vittze
filled with short, closely-placed light-coloured hairs.

Length 52 lines. Brit. Museum.

Hab. India. From the late Col. Whitehill’s collection.

This pretty little longicorn beetle in general appearance is some-
what like Hippopsts, Serv. and St. Farg. Ency. Méth. x.336. In
the antenne it somewhat approaches the curious genus Tetra-
glenes, Newman, Entomologist, 300 and 304, of which a figure is
subjomed, Pl. I. f. 5 (7. insignis) ; this latter was brought from
the Philippine Islands by the indefatigable Mr. Cuming.

VIII.—Descriptions of the Mymaride. Communicated by
Francis WALKER, Esq., F.L.S.

Tue following descriptions are, exeepting a few additions, ex-
tracted from MSS. kindly given to me by Mr. Haliday. The
Mymaride were first noticed by him in the ‘ Entomological Ma-
gazine,’ vol. 1. p. 841.
Tars; ‘3 MyMaripD2&.
arsi pentamert.
Antenne feminz 11-articulatee. Abdomen petiolatum... Ooctonus.

Abdomen subsessile .... Lymenon.

Antenne feminz 9-articulate ....... eee icles wetethetctae Litus.
Antenne feminz 8-articulatze. Abdomen subsessile... Arescon.
Abdomen sessile ...... Alaptus.

Tarsi tetrameri.
Antennze feminz capitulo exarticulato,
Abdomen sessile... .. Sgadasdonescbgeivon oe ave's \wunansende Anagrus.
Abdomen subsessile, Antennz mari 12-articulatee Anaphes.
Antenne mari 13-articulatee Panthus.
Abdomen petiolatum. Alze quatuor, ulna lineari.., Caraphractus.
ulna punctiformi Polynema.
Aloe quasi bing .........0es0e8 Mymar.
Antenne feminze capitulo biarticulato ...ccccccseecseeeeees Eustochus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 0)

on

Fy “a?

? Stuck ints dy thoren mole iene, heat Kes

“
7 ee
atk

50 Mr. F. Walker on the Mymaride.

GENERUM CHARACTERES.

Ooctonus. Tarsi pentameri, antenne mari 13-, fem. 11-articulate :
abdomen petiolatum : ale anticz vena trientali.

Lymenon ( Ooctonus, sect. ii. olim). Tarsi pentameri: antenne
mari 13-, fem. 11-articulate : abdomen subsessile: alee antice vena
tenuissima dimidiante.

Arescon (Litus, sp. olim). Tarsi pentameri: antenne mari 18-,
fem. 8-articulate : abdomen subsessile: alee anticee vena tenuissima
dimidiante,

Litus. Tarsi pentameri: antenne fem. 9-articulate: abdomen
sessile, segmento feré unico amplissimo: ale angustissime longissime.

Alaptus. Tarsi pentameri: antenne fem. 8-, mari 10-articulate:
abdomen sessile segmentis subzqualibus: ale angustissime lon-
gissime.

Anagrus. Tarsi tetrameri: antenne mari 13-, fem. 9-articulate :
abdomen sessile, fem, acuminatum; ale angustz.

Anaphes. ‘Tarsi tetrameri: antennz mari 12-, fem. 9-articulate :
abdomen subsessile ovatum.

Panthus. Tarsi tetrameri: antenne mari 13-, fem. 9-articulate :
abdomen subsessile*. :

Caraphractus. Tarsi tetrameri: antenne fem. 9-articulate scapo
fusiformi: abdomen petiolatum segmento 2° amplissimo: ale anticz
ulna lineari. :

Polynema. ‘Tarsi tetrameri: antennee fem, 9-articulate, mari 13-
articulate scapo dilatato compresso;: abdomen petiolatum; ale
anticee vena brevissima capitata.

Mymar, ‘Tarsi tetrameri: antennz mari 13-, fem. 9-articulate
scapo gracili caput exsuperante: abdomen petiolatum: ale antic
petiolate, posticee setacese abortive. .

Eustochus. Tarsitetrameri: antennee fem, 10-articulate capitulo
biarticulato: abdomen petiolatum: ale antice ulna lineari.

OocrTonws.

1. insignis, Fem. antennarum capitulo oblongo : 4 lin.

2. vulgatus. Fem. antennarum capitulo ovato: alis completis,
abdomine nigro: } lin.

3. notatus. Fem. ut antea ; abdomine rufo-piceo apice nigro: 1 lin.

4. hemipterus. Fem, ut antea; alis abbreviatis: 2 lin.

All these species are found in England and Ireland : O. notatus and
O. hemipterus are perhaps only varieties of O. vulgaius.

There are two other genera which are connected with the Myma-
ride, but Mr. Haliday thinks that they are more nearly allied to the
Chalcidites. These genera, Dipara and Thysanus, are described, the
one in the ‘Ent. Magazine’ (i. 373, ii. 126), the other in the
‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ (iv. 234). I am indebted to Mr. Haliday for
the following remarks on Dipara, which has filiform palpi. It differs
from Sphecomicrus by the more oblate head, with two impressions
above the antenne, but not with the characteristic transverse line

* Species sub hoe genus congeste vix satis congruunt, charactere arti-

ficiali.

Mr. F. Walker on the Mymaride. 51

(of the Mymaride) ; by the palpi, wings, shorter legs, podeon of the
abdomen which is inserted higher than the hind coxe, the meta-
thorax correspondingly shorter and not so sloping. On the whole,
I lay most stress on the palpi and wings as separating it from My-
maride ; the other distinctions (except of the head) being rather
generic or specific.” Thysanus, the other genus, seems to connect
Trichogramma, &c. with the Mymaride.

LyM2NON,.

1. acuminatus (Walker MSS.), Niger: antennis basi et pedibus
piceo-pallidis: fem. abdomine elongato conico, terebra exerta,

2. flavocinctus, |

3. pictus. Sulphureus: antennarum flagello capitis thoracisque
signaturis anoque nigricantibus,

4. litoralis. Piceus: antennis basi, abdomine antice pedibusque
sulphureis, his proparte infuscatis.

5. fuscicornis. Nigro-piceus, antennis pedibusque piceis.

L. litoralis is very abundant in England and Ireland. It is darker
than L. flavocinetus and paler than L. fuscicornis, but perhaps all
three are varieties of one species.

ARESCON,

1, dimidiatus. Piceus ano concolore, antennis basi abdomine pes
dibusque luteis: fere 4 lin.
Taken many years ago near Belfast; it has not since occurred.

Lirvs.
1. cynipseus. Niger capite thoraceque granulatis abdomine levis-
simo alis infumatis pedibus ferruginosis : } lin.
Var. Capite thoraceque piceis.
This species is common near London, and I have often found it
on the windows of a greenhouse.

ALAPTUS.
1. minimus, Ferruginosus antennis et pedibus pallidis.
2. fusculus. Praecedente major colore obscurior antennis longio-
ribus? vix revera species distincta.
These two seem to be only varieties of one species which is com-
mon on windows near London, :

ANAGRUS.

Mr. Haliday has described three species (atomus, incarnatus, and
ustulatus) of this genus, in which he has noticed three other species
(atricapillus, concinnus, and albiscapus), but I am unable to define
them by good specific characters. Some of the species are very
abundant.

ANAPHES,

1. fuscipennis. Niger alis fuscis antennarum basi pedibusque
piceo-pallidis, fem. antennarum articulis 4° et 5° subeequalibus : 3 lin,
Common near London and in Ireland,
K2

52 Mr. F. Walker on the Mymaride.

2. collinus, Fem. Antennarum articulis a 4° inde alternis mi-
noribus.

Found by Mr. Haliday on heath on a mountain.

3. longicornis, Haliday MSS. A. fuscipenni affinis, antennis lon-
gioribus (Walker).

4. regulus, Haliday MSS. A. fuscipenni affinis, antennze capitulo
latiore (Walker).
: 5. auripes, Walker MSS. A. fuscipenni affinis, pedibus lete

avis. |

6. brevis, Walker MSS. A. fuscipenni affinis, alis limpidis la-
tioribus. July: forest of Fontainebleau.

7. latipennis, Walker MSS. A. fuscipenni longior, alis latioribus.

There may be more species of this genus, but I cannot distinguish
them clearly. Mr. Haliday remarks that ‘ the species are difficult
to characterize; their colours are much alike, but the length of the
tarsal joints and of the antennz may be compared.”

PANTHUS.

1. crassicornis. Niger antennarum basi pedum geniculis et tar-
sorum basi piceo-pallidis. Mas antennarum flagello piceo-pallido,
compresso, striato.

2. flavovarius. Nigro flavoque varius, scutelli axillis flavis puncto
nigro. Mas antennarum flagello gracili. Fem. capitulo longo-
fusiformi.

CARAPHRACTUS.

1. cinctus. Fem. niger pedibus piceis, antennis basi metathoracis
dorso coxis posticis et petiolo ferrugineis: metathorace bicarinato.
Found by Mr. Haliday on long grass in drains.

PoLyNEMA.

1. flavipes, Walker MSS. (ovulorum olim: nomen errore ortum).
Piceo-niger, alis obscure hyalinis, antennis basi pedibus et petiolo
flavis; metathoracis gibbere petiolari elevato: fem. antennarum
articulis 2° et 3° subzequalibus : 7 lin.

Eutriche gracilis, Nees(Hym. Ich. aff. Mon. ii. 197), is a Polynema,
and apparently of this species.

2. fumipennis. Fem. piceo-niger alis fusco-hirtis, antennis basi
pedibus et petiolo flavis.

3. pusillus.. Nigro-piceus alis obscure hyalinis, antennis basi
pedibus et petiolo flavis; petiolo coxarum altitudine: fem. anten-
narum articulo 3° brevissimo: + lin. fere.

4, fuscipes. Ater alis hyalinis, antennarum pedicello pedibus et
petiolo ferruginosis.

5. atratus. Ater alis hyalinis, pedibus piceis, antennarum pedi-
cello petiolo genubus et tarsorum basi pallidioribus: fem. abdomine
ovato terebra subexerta.

6. euchariformis. Ater alis hyalinis, pedibus piceis, antennarum
pedicello petiolo genubus et tarsorum basi pallidioribus; terebra
abdominis lanceolati fere dimidio longitudine.

Mr. Haliday has remarked that the characters which he has as-

Mr. F. Walker on the Mymaride. 53

signed to the above species do not seem to him to be quite satis-
factory, and that all excepting the 5th and the 6th may be one
species. There seem to me to be two forms of P. flavipes, which
however can hardly be divided into two species, for there is a gra-
dual transition from one of these forms to the other; the one has
the legs all yellow, and it is more slender than the other, which has
shorter and thicker antenne, and brown hind tibie. ‘This last va-
riety approaches P. fuscipes, which has the base of the antenne, the
thighs and the tibie black, and the podeon dark fuscous. P. fumi-
pennis is rather more slender than P. flavipes, and it is also distin-
guished by its more downy and more deeply fringed wings.

Judging by the figure of Eutriche gracilis, Nees, in Foerster’s Mon.
Pteromal. fig. 17, it does not seem to differ from P. euchariformis.
I will here translate Foerster’s description of this and of two other
species :—

1. Eut. gracilis, Nees. The male has brown antenne, 14-jointed,
yellow at the base which is thick; the joints are slender and cylin-
drical.

2. Eut. elegans, Foerster. Black, shining: the antenne brown,
yellow at the base: the legs brownish, excepting the tips of the hind
coxe, the base and the tips of the thighs and tibie, and the tarsi,
which are yellow ; the last tarsal joint is brownish: the podeon of
the abdomen is shorter than that of H. gracilis: the sheaths of the
oviduct are black, and equal one-third of the length of the body.
Fem. length 2 lin.

3. Eut. amena, Foerster. Black, shining: the antenne brown:
the base of the antennee, the legs with the coxe, and the podeon of
the abdomen are reddish yellow: the podeon is half the length of
the body; the first abdominal segment is excavated, and projecting
on each side: the head is very finely punctured: the mesothorax
and the scutellum are strongly and distinctly punctured: the meta-
thorax is very strongly punctured. Male, length } lin.

Mr. Haliday observes that Gonatocerus longicornis (Nees, Hym.
Ich. aff. Mon. ii. 193) is of this family, but of a different genus from
any here described, if the description of the antennz is correct. I
have here translated Foerster’s descriptions (Mon. Pterom. i. 45) of
five other species of this genus :—

2. Gon. ater, Foerster. Black, shining: the antenne are brown,
yellow at the base: the legs are blackish brown; the knees, the
tips of the tibiee, and the tarsi, are yellow; the fore tibie are quite
yellow. Male and female, length 2 lin.

3. Gon. flavus, Foerster. Yellow: the antenne, except at the
base, a spot with two little accompanying spots on the prothorax,
the middle of the scutellum, the metathorax, and the abdomen from
the middle to the tip, are brown. Fem. length } lin.

4. Gon. flavipes, Foerster. Black, shining: the base of the an-
tenn and the legs are yellow. Fem. length + lin.

5. Gon. parvus, Foerster. Black, shining ; the antennz are brown ;
their base, the mouth and the legs are dirty yellow. Male and fem.
length + lin.

54: Zoological Society.

6. Gon. minimus. Black, shining: the antenne and the legs with
the coxz are whitish yellow ; the joints of the antenne at the base and
at the tips are much thicker than the other joints. Fem. length 4 lin.

a

Mymar, |
1. pulchellus. Ferrugineus antennis apice oculisque fuscis, alis
apice nigris.
EusTocuus.
1. atripennis. Niger alis fuliginosis hirtis, antennis basi pedibus
et petiolo ferrugineis, terebra abdomen superante.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 10, 1846.— Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

A paper was read etititled ‘‘ Descriptions of two new species of
Cyprea,” by Lovell Reeve :—

Cypraa Gasxoini. Cypr. testd subabbreviato-ovatd, solidiusculd,
lateribus incrassatis, marginatis, dentibus fortiusculis; dorso
JSulvo-stramineo, ocellis albidis, fusco-annulatis, parviusculis, spar-
sim ornato, lateribus castaneo-punctatis, basi albd.

Hab.

This interesting species, of which I have seen two specimens, one

in the British Museum and one in the collection of J. S. Gaskoin,
Esq., partakes of the characters of the Cyprea Cumingii and esontro-
pia; the back being covered with the same kind of small clear ringed
eyes as the C. Cumingii. I dedicate it with a great deal of pleasure
to the gentleman above named, to whom I am much indebted for the
zeal with which he has worked out the small and less attractive
species of the genus.

Crprma punicarta. Cypr. testd subcylindraceo-oblongd, antice
subdeclivi, latere dextro. marginato, leviter contracto, aperturd
angustd, dentibus minutis ; pellucido-albd, vel luted, lateribus dor-
soque — rubido-fuscis subconspicuis aspersis,

Hab.

Allied to C. piperata, but perfectly distinct, though it has been

hitherto mingled with that species in collections; it is of a smaller
and more cylindrically oblong form, and is not banded, wittlss the
dots are more conspicuous.

The following paper was also read :—
** Descriptions of three new species of Cyprea,” by J. S. Gaskoin,
Esq.

CyPRH#A PELLUCIDULA. Cyp. testd ovatd, nitidd, albicante subhya-
lind ; costellis continuis ad utrumque latus aperture terminatis ;
dentibus equalibus, minimis, numerosisque ; sulco columellari pro-
Sundo, lato ; lined dorsali nulla ; extremitatibus valde productis et
obtusis ; aperturd rectd, posticé subsinuatd.

Zoological Society. 55

Semiretituciy Cowry.—Shell ovate, of a beautiful semipellucid
white colour, shining; the ribs—anterior, posterior and dorsal—ter-
minate in teeth on both sides and ends of the aperture, and traverse
the columellar groove to its inner edge; a few ribs do not continue
over the dorsum; the teeth, even, fine, and numerous, about thirty
on the lip; columellar groove, deep and broad; base round; margins
wide; no dorsal impression ; extremities much produced, and obtuse ;
aperture straight, except a slight curve at its posterior extremity.
Size 51.8,ths of an inch.

Hab. South Pacific.

Cab. Gaskoin, &c,

Differs from exigua of Gray, the tremeza of Duclos, in being less
gibbous, ribs more numerous, finer, more even and regular, and but
two or three terminate on the sides of the shell, none on the dorsum ;
they pass continuously over the shell from one side of the aperture
to the other; shell perfectly colourless, and has no dorsal line or
impression. |

Cyprza Pisum. Cyp. testd spheroidali, pallescente; costellis pro-
minentibus, ex aperturd ad lineam dorsalem decurrentibus, et in
lineam attenuatam terminantibus ; dentibus prominentibus ; sulco
columellari lato; aperturd latiusculd postice fleruosd ; basi rotun-
datd; margine externo incrassato, supra extremitates extenso ;
extremitatibus crassis; lined dorsali profundd, ex extremitatibus
posticis ad anticam teste partem continud.

Pza Cowry.—Shell spheroidal, of a very light fawn colour; ribs
large and prominent; nearly every rib extends from the aperture and
terminates generally, tapering to a point, at the dorsal depression ;
mostly the terminations on one side pass between those of the other,
especially on the anterior half of the shell; each third or fourth rib,
amounting to about seven, ends on the lip at the base of the shell ; all
the other ribs on both sides form, by continuance, the teeth, which
are strong and prominent; about twenty-thrée on the columellar
side of the aperture, which extend across the columellar groove and
serrate its inner edge; those on the outer side or lip about twenty-
one in number; columellar groove broad and deep; aperture rather
wide, curved, particularly at the posterior portion; base round;
margin on the outer side very thick, extending over the beaks; none
on the columellar side; extremities or beaks obtuse, thick, and
slightly produced; dorsal depression deep, extending from between
the’posterior extremities to the anterior end of the shell, being more
deeply impressed beside the apex.

Long. ;43,ths of an inch.

Hab, East Indies,

Specimen unicum, Cab. Gaskoin,

The characters of this shell are so distinctive that it bears no re-
lation to any yet described Cyprea; it is nearest in form to Cyprea
Formosa of Gaskoin.

Cyprza Putra. Cypr. testd ovatd, nitidd, fusco-rubescente, cos-
tellis dentibusque concoloribus ; costellis usque ad lineam dorsalem

56 Zoological Society.

ut plurimum continuis, et ad margines aperture terminantibus ;
sulco columellari albido, margine interno dentibus serrato ; aper-
turd angustd ; labio externo extis incrassato ; extremitatibus pau-
lulum productis.

Reppisa-Brown Cowry.—Shell ovate, shining, of a dark reddish-
brown colour; ribs the colour of the shell, mostly terminate at the
dorsal depression; a very few on the sides of the shell, thence ex-
tending to form teeth on both sides of the aperture; on the outer
side or lip about eighteen, and about sixteen on the columellar side ;
columellar groove whitish, the teeth traverse it and serrate its entire
inner edge ; aperture narrow, very slightly spiral ; base round ; margin
thick, none on the columellar side; extremities slightly produced.

Differs from the fusca of Gray, in the ribs of the base, and the
teeth not being white, but of the same colour as the shell; in the
ribs being much finer, in having a dorsal line or impression, and in
being of a deeper and redder colour.

Long. ;25,ths of an inch.

Hab. ?

Cab. Gaskoin, &c.

March 24.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The first communication was the following Note from Mr. Gulliver,
on the size of the Blood-Corpuscles of Birds, with measurements by
Dr. Davy of the Blood-Corpuscles of some Fishes and of a Humming

Bird. 3

While my friend Dr. Davy was employed by our Government on
a special medical service at Constantinople, and afterwards as princi-
pal medical officer at Barbadoes, he communicated to me the mea-
surements, appended hereto, of the blood-corpuscles of some animals.

Medical officers residing in different parts of the world might
render a very acceptable service to physiology, by giving an account
of the blood-corpuscles not yet examined of various animals; and
doubtless some new or otherwise interesting facts would thus be ob-
tained, especially among the larger Cetacea, the smallest birds, the
cartilaginous fishes, reptiles and amphibia.

Dr. Davy shows that some foetal sharks, six or seven inches long,
have oval corpuscles like those of the adult; and he confirms Pro-
fessor Wagner’s observation as to their large size in this family.

Although, in a strictly natural family of Mammalia, as the Rodents’
or the Ruminants, there is a relation between the size of the corpus-
cles and that of the animal, there is no such relation in Mammalia
of different orders. But in the entire class of Birds the law for the
size of the corpuscles is the same as in a single family of Mammalia ;
at least among birds no example has yet been found of comparatively
large corpuscles in the smallest species and of more minute corpus-
cles in the largest species. I have elsewhere* remarked the neces-
sity of examining the blood of the Humming Birds with reference to
this view ; which is now supported by Dr. Davy’s observation, show-
ing that the corpuscles of a bird of this kind are as small as those

* Gerber’s Anatomy, Appendix, p. 26. Lond. 1842.

Zoological Society. 57

hitherto examined of any bird, as may be seen by reference to the
copious tables of my measurements of the blood-corpuscles of Verte-
brata, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ October 14,
1845. The long diameter of the corpuscles of Rallus Philippinensis
is 1-2097th of an inch, and not 1-2997th, as there printed. In my
observations in.this class, those great birds the Ostrich and the Java-
nese Cassowary were found to have the largest blood-corpuscles ;
while the smallest corpuscles occurred in the little insectivorous and
granivorous birds. The average length of the corpuscles of the Cas-
sowary was 1-1455th and their breadth 1-2800th of an inch.

These remarks all refer to the red corpuscles; and the measure-
ments of them in the following notes by Dr. Davy are, like all my
measurements, in vulgar fractions of an English inch.—G. G.

Torpedo oculata.—Blood from heart: long diameter of the corpus-
cles about 1-800; short diameter 1-1000. ‘Some further particulars
have been given respecting them in a paper deposited in the archives
of the Royal Society.

Spigota (Perca marina).—Blood from vessels of gills: long dia-
meter of corpuscles from 1-4000 to 1-3750; short diameter 1-4000.

Pylamedes (Thynnus Pylamedes).—Long diameter of corpuscles
about 1-2000; short diameter about 1-3000.

A small species of Mackerel, corpuscles 1-2286 by 1-4000. Taken
from the heart; oil particles four times as large were mixed with the
red particles.

A small fish ; species of it I have not yet made out; corpuscles about
1-4000 to 1-38000, by about 1-6000.

Another species I have not yet made out; particles about 1-3000
by 1-4000.

Another small species, not made out; particles, most of them cir-
cular, about 1-4000; a few elliptical.

Sword-fish.—Particles, long diameter, from 1-2000 to 1-3200;
short diameter, 1-3200 to 1-5333.

Red Mullet.—Many particles circular, about 1-4000; some ellip-
tical, about 1-2286 by 1-3200.

John Dory.—Corpuscles 1-1777 by 1- 2666; some nearly circular.

A species of large Mackerel ; corpuscles about 1- 2000 to 1-2666,
by about 1-4000.

Small spotted Dog-fish.—Corpuscles about 1-1333 by 1-2000.

’ Sturgeon.—Corpuscles about 1-1600 by 1-2666.

Squalus acanthias.—Corpuscles about 1-1231 by 1-1777; nucleus
elliptical.

Brown spotted Dog-fish.—Corpuscles from 1-1000 to 1-1143, by
1-1600 to 1-1455.

Tunny (Thynnus communis ).—Corpuscles 1-1600 by 1-2666.

Eel, species I have not made out; corpuscles about 1-2000 by
1-3200; a few circular.

A species of small fish I have not yet made out ; corpuscles about
1-2666 by 1-4000.

A species of Scyllium, a cartilaginous fish, probably a new species.
I have sent a specimen to Chatham. Corpuscles about 1-1000 by
1-2000.

58 Zoological Society.

In a female of the same kind.some of the blood-particles were as
large as 1-666 by 1-888; nucleus about 1-2666 and globular.

Feetus of Squalus acanthias; corpuscles about 1-1000 by 1-1600;
foetus about seven inches long.

Foetus of Squalus squatina, about six inches long ; corpuscles about
1-1000 by 1-13338.

Small fish ; I have not yet made out the species ; corpuscles about
1-2000 by 1-2666.

Another small fish, the kind of which is at present unknown to me;
corpuscles about 1-2666; the majority of them circular.

These are the results of the few observations I made in Constan-
tinople. Not having books to refer to, I could not at the time deter-
mine several of the fishes, nor have I yet had leisure to compare my
notes with authorities on the subject, to make out the species, The
size of the particles of al/ the cartilaginous fishes is very much larger
than of the osseous; the particles were few in number, transparent,
soft, readily changing their shape from slight pressure ; nuclei distinct.

I have given the dimensions just as I noted them down. All the
fishes were fresh. J.D.

Constantinople, Jan. 8, 1842.

I have had a Humming Bird killed and instantly brought to me;
its blood-corpuscles were beautifully definite, regular and uniform,
The disc very thin, perfectly flat, the nucleus slightly raised, and the
two corresponding in outline. The corpuscle 1-2666th by 1-4000th
of an inch; the long diameter of the nucleus very nearly 1-4000th.
The blood was small in quantity, as I apprehend is the blood of birds
generally, but not deficient in red corpuscles. I have found its tem-
perature to be about 105°. Whilst its solid food is insects, I believe
its drink is the sweet juice of flowers. I have not a book to refer to
for the species. Tail-feathers black ; head green ; rump green; wings
brownish, almost black. ad. D.

Barbadoes, Jan. 7, 1846.

The next paper was entitled “ Descriptions of thirty new species
of Helicea, belonging to the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,” by Dr.
L. Pfeiffer :—

1. Hetrx Swainson, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, utrinque depres-
sissimd, tenui, pellucidd, subarcuatim ruguloso-striatd, virescenti-
fulvd, lineis 2 rufis ornatd ; anfractibus 5 depressis, medio con-
vexiusculis, carinatis; carind rufescente, acutd, breviter promi-
nente, subrugulosd ; umbilico mediocri, profundo ; aperturd per-
obliqud, depressé securiformi ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine
columellari subincrassato. Cy

Diam. 16, alt. 5 mill.

From Tahiti; under stones (B. W. Tucker, Esq.).

2, Hexix srenosroma, Pfr. Hel. tesid imperforatd, globuloso-
depressd, solidd, sublevigatd, nitidd, albd, fascid unicd fuscd ad
peripheriam et seriebus 2 macularum aurantiarum ornatd, punc-
tisque griseis obsolete aspersd ; anfractibus 45 viv convexiusculis,
ultimo ventroso, antice abrupte deflexo; aperturd subhorizontali,

Zoological Society. 59

ellipticd ; peristomate albo, labiato, marginibus approximatis, su-
_ pero breviter eapanso, basali arcuato, appresse reflexo.
Diam. 13-15, alt. 85-9 mill.
Locality unknown.

3. Butimus notostoma, Pfr. Bul. testd rimato-perforatd, cylin-
draced, apice obtuso, opaco, carneo-cinereo, oblique et valide pli-
cato-costato; anfractibus 7 subplanulatis, deorsum attenuatis,
superne subangulatis, ultimo {, longitudinis subequante ; apertura
verticali, oblongd, integrd ; peristomate simplice, acuto, margini-
bus subparallelis, supero breviter soluto.

Long. 9, diam. 22 mill.

From Cobija, Bolivia, on the hills under bushes (H. Cuming).

The same species brought from the Sandwich Islands by B. W. Tucker,
Esq. ?

4, Butimus Laz, Pfr. Bul. testa imperforatd, ovato-conoided,
obtusd, soliduld, oblique tenuiter striatd, nitidd, fulvescenti-albd ;
anfractibus 54 conveviusculis, ultimo spird breviore, basi subglo-
boso ; columella strictiusculd, declivi, perdilatatd, subplanatd, basi
subtruncatd ; aperturd obsolete subtetragono-rotundatd, intus alba ;
peristomate breviter expanso, subincrassato,

Long. 37, diam. 24 mill.

From the Philippine Islands (H. Cuming).

Nearly allied to Bul. cincinniformis.

5. Butimus renzstratus, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, subfusiformi-
oblongd, soliduld, longitudinaliter profundé undulato-sulcosd, albd,
fasciis infra 65, et strigis undulatis nigricanti-castaneis fenestratd ;
suturd crenulatd ; anfractibus 64 convexiusculis, ultimo spiram
conicam, acutam pauld superante; columelld subplicatd, oblique
recedente, lilaceé ; aperturd oblongo-semiovali, intus lilacind ; pe-
ristomate expanso, margine columellari supern? angulatim reflexo,
subappresso.

Long. 45, diam. 18 mill.

From Mexico.

’

6. Butimus Darwint, Pfr. Bul. testd profunde rimatd, ovato-
conicd, soliduld, rugis nodulatis et crispis, validé sculptis, sordid?
albidis; spird conicd, apice acutiusculo, corneo; anfractibus 6
convexis, 3 supremis sublevigatis, ultimo spiram subequante ;
columellé subtortd, subverticali; aperturd latd, subovali, intus
nitiduld, albd, tuberculo calloso, profundo tn ventre anfractis pe-
nultimi coarctatd ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine dextro
superne arcuato, columellari perdilatato, patente.

Long. 17, diam, 19 mill.

From the Gallapagos Islands ; found on bushes (C. Darwin, Esq.).

7. Buxtrmus scunrruratus, Pfr. Bul, testd perforata, ovato-tur-
ritd, tenuiusculd, longitudinaliter subremoté et valid? undulato-
rugosd, interstitis rugarum spiraliter argut? striaid, fusculd, spird
elongato-conicd, apice acutiusculo, corneo; anfractibus 7 convezis,
ultimo. 2 longitudinis subequante ; columelld stricid, basin aper-

60 Zoological Society.

+ ture attingente ; aperturd ellipticd, basi angulatd; peristomate
simplice, acuto, margine columellari fornicatim reflexo, libero.

Long. 14, diam. 64 mill.

From the Gallapagos Islands; found on bushes (Darwin).

8. Buzimus nonpurRaAsanus, Pfr. Bul. testd apert? perforatd
ovato-conicd, levigatd, nitidd, flavescenti-albidd, fasciis 3 aredque
umbilicali fusco-roseis ornatd ; anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis,
ultimo spird conicd, acutd pauld breviore ; columella strictd, ver-
ticalt ; aperturd ovali-oblongd, intus concolore ; peristomate sim-
plice, recto, margine columellari in laminam triangularem subfor-
nicatam expanso. .

Long. 18}, diam. 10 mill.

From Honduras (Dyson).

9. Butimus sarcopzs, Pfr. Bul. testd aperte perforatd, oblongo-
conicd, tenui, striatuld, lineis spiralibus sub lente obsoletissime
decussatd, carned ; spird conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 6 con-
vewiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante ; columelld leviter
arcuatd ; aperturd ovali, intus nitidé ; peristomate recto, acuto,
margine dextro arcuato, columellari dilatato, fornicatim patente.

Long. 173, diam. 8 mill.

From Honduras (Dyson).

10. Buzimus Tucxeri, Pfr. Bul. tesié perforatd, cylindraceo-
subulatd, tenut, longitudinaliter distincté striatd, nitiduld, cered ;
spird elongatd, apice acutiusculo; anfractibus 9 conveviusculis,
ultimo + longitudinis viz equante ; columellé oblique recedente ;
aperturd ovali-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, acuto, margine co-
lumellari superne dilatato, patente.

Long. 9, diam. 2? mill.

From Sir Charles Hardy’s Island, Pacific Ocean (B. W. Tucker,

Esq.).

11. Butimus Grunert, Pfr. Bul. testd angusté perforatd, cylin-
draceo-turritd, levigatd, nitidd, albidé unicolore vel fusco oblique
strigaté vel macularum spadicearum seriebus nonnullis cingulatd ;
spird elongatd, apice acuto; suturd albo-marginatd ; anfractibus
7-8 planis, ultimo 4 longitudinis equante ; columella subtortd ;
aperturd ovali-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine colu-
mellari basi subexpanso, superne fornicatim reflexo.

Long. 28, diam. 10 mill.

3. Perforatione apertd, margine peristomatis fornicatim patente.

From Mexico.

12. Bunimus vincrentinus, Pfr. Bul. testd subperforatd, fusi-
formi, tenui, levigatd, lineis concentricis leviter impressis sculptd,
nitidd, pellucidd, lutescenti-hyalind, fasciis 5 subequalibus violaceo-
fuscis ornatd ; spird conicd, apice acutiusculo, nigro ; anfractibus
6 planiusculis, ultimo spiram subequante, basi attenuato ; columella
pauld recedente ; apertura obliqud, ovali-oblongd, intus concolore ;
peristomate tenui, margine dextro breviter expanso, superneé dila-
tato, columellari in laminam triangularem angulatim reflexo, per-
Sorationem feré claudente.

Zoological Society. 61

Long. 30, diam. 114 mill.

2. unicolor citrind vel stramined, pauld gracilior.

Long. 30, diam. 103 mill.

From the Island of St. Vincents (Rev. L. Guilding): var. 6. from
Venezuela; on bushes (Linden).

13. Butrmus Orsienyi, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, oblongo-tur-
ritd, tenui, regulariter et confertim plicatd, albd; spird turritd,
acutd ; anfractibus 74 convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis sub-
equante ; umbilico angusto, aperto; columella vix arcuatd ; aper-
turd oblongd ; peristomate simplice, acuto, marginibus subparallelis
superne conniventibus, columellari subfornicato, patente.

Long. 19, diam. 8 mill.

Locality unknown.

14. Buximus Periti, Pfr. Bul. testd perforata, ovato-conicd, soli-
duld, longitudinaliter rugoso-striatd, striis concentricis, irregula-
ribus obsoletissime subdecussatd, fuscd ; spird conicd, apice obtuso,
pallido ; suturd crenulatd, albido-marginatd ; anfractibus 6 plani-
usculis, ultimo spiram pauld superante ; columelld leviter arcuatd ;
aperturd acuto-ovali, intus nitiduld, lividd ; peristomate simplice,
recto, margine dextro acuto, columellari dilatato, albido, libere
reflexo.

Long. 26, diam. 16 mill.
From Peru.

15. Buxrmus sanpwicensis, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, cylindraceo-
turritd, apice acutiusculo, tenui, striatulo, corneo, strigis albis,
opacis, irregularibus, variegato ; anfractibus 10 vie convexiusculis,
ultimo 1 longitudinis non equante, basi circa perforationem aper-
tam subcompresso ; aperturd oblongo-ovali ; peristomate simplice,
tenui, margine dextro leviter arcuato, expansiusculo, columellari
membranaceo, fornicato, patente.

Long. 15, diam. 44 mill.

From the Sandwich Islands (B. W. Tucker, Esq.).

16. Pura pacirica, Pfr. Pup. testé profunde rimatd, ovato-cylin-
draced, apice obtusiusculo, solidulo, sublevigato, fusco-corneo ;
anfractibus 53 convexis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante ; aper-
turd semiovali, edentuld ; peristomate breviter expanso, intus albo-
labiato, margine dextro superné breviter curvato, tuberculo calloso
interdum juxtaposito, columellari latiore, patente.

Long. 44, diam. 24 mill.

From Sir Charles Hardy’s Island, Pacific Ocean (B. W. Tucker,

Esq.).

17. Acwatina cyLinpRACEA, Pfr. Ach. testd subcylindraced utrin-
que breviter attenuata, levigatd, nitidd, lutescenti-corned ; suturd
lineari, albo-marginatd ; spird brevi, conoided, obtusiusculd ; an-
fractibus 5 planulatis, ultimo 2 longitudinis equante ; columella
tortd, lamind callosd, albdé, acute prominente, per longitudinem
munitd, subtruncatd ; aperturd angustd, acuminato-oblongd, basi
rotundatd ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro medio antrorsum
dilatato.

62 Zoological Society.

Long. 13, diam. 53 mill.

From Tortilla, Central America; in damp places.

Belongs, by the formation of the columella, to that aberrant group
of A. columna, Latirei, aberrans, Dysoni, anomala, splendida, &c.

18. Acwatina Dysont, Pfr. Ach. testd oblongo-conicd, tenuissimd,
glabra, pellucida, nitidd, lutescenti-corned ; spird conicd, obtusius-
culd ; suturd simplice ; anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo 2 lon-
gitudinis subequante, deorsum subdilatato; columelld arcuatim
tortd, subcallosd, vix truncatd ; aperturd angustd, acuminato-
oblongd, basi rotundatd; peristomate simplice, tenui, margine
dextro medio antrorsum dilatato.

Long. 94, diam. 4 mill.

From Honduras; found under decayed leaves by Mr. Dyson.

19. ACHATINA SANDWICENSIS, Pfr. Ach. testd ovato-conicd, ob-
lique striatd, subopacd, sordidé corned ; spird conicd, obtusiusculd ;
suturd lined impressd marginatd ; anfractibus 64 planulatis, ultimo
4 longitudinis vix superante; columelld arcuatd, plicato- tortd ;
aperturd latd, semiovali; peristomate simplice, margine dextro
obtuso, columellari subreflexo, appresso.

Long. 7, diam. 3} mill.

From the Sandwich Islands (B. W. Tucker, Esq.).

20. Acuatina (GuanpiInA) Sowrrsyana, Pfr.. Ach. testd ovato-
Susiformi, tenuiusculd, diaphtand, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd,
striis spiralibus, inequaliter distantibus decussato-granulatd, fulvo-
rubella, strigis remotis, fuscis ornatd; spird conicd, apice acuta ;
suturd albo-marginatd, crenulatd; anfractibus 73 planiusculis,
ultimo % longiiudinis subequante ; columellé arcuatd, basi abrupte
truncatd ; aperturd acuminato-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, mar-
ginibus callo tenuit junctis, dextro repando.

Long. 88, diam. 38 mill.

From Totontepec, Mexico; on decayed vegetable matter.

21. Acuatina (Guanpina) 1saBeLuina, Pfr. Ach. testd fusi-
Sormi-oblongd, tenui, nitidd, sub lente spiraliter confertim striatd,
pellucida, isabellind ; suturd lined impressd marginatd ; anfracti-
bus 6 convexiusculis, ultimo spird conicd, obiusd vix breviore ;
columella obliqud, strictiusculd, supra basin aperture elliptico-
oblonge breviter truncatd ; peristomate simplice, obtuso.

Long. 26, diam. medio 10 mill.

From Mexico; found in decayed trunks of trees,

22. Acuatina (GuaNDINA) ToRTILLANA, Pfr. Ach. testd web fii.
formi-ovaid, soliduld, striis longitudinalibus, confertis regulariter
sculptd, nitidd, pellucidd, pallidé corned, maculis et strigis opacis,
lactescentibus irregulariter signaid ; suturd submarginatd ; anfrac.-
tibus 7 convexiusculis, ultimo spiram conicam, obtusam, vie supe-
rante; columelld fortiter arcuatd, supra basin aperiure elliptico-
oblonge abrupte truncatd; peristomate simplice, obtuso, margine
dextro medio subdilatato.

Long. 20, diam. medio 8 mill.

From Tortilla, Central America; in damp places.

Zoological Society. 63

23. Bunimus auratus, Pfr. Bul. testd subobtecte perforatd, ob-
longo-turritd, tenui, longitudinaliter subtiliter striata, pellucidd,
auratd, lineis saturatioribus spiralibus obsolete.notatd ; spird tur-
ritd, obtusd; suturd submarginatd, minuie crenulatd ; anfractibus
7 vie convewiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis vix equante ; columelld
strictiusculd ; aperturd ovali-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, recto,
margine columellari breviter reflexo, subappresso.

Long. 30, diam. 10 mill;

Locality unknown.

24. Bunimus panayensis, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, subulatd,
tenui, levigatd, pellucidd, cereo-hyalind; spird elongata, apice
obtuso; anfractibus 8 latis, vix convexiusculis, ultimo + longitu-
dinis vix equante ; columella brevi, strictiusculd ; aperturd ovali-
oblongd, basi subangulatd ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine
columellari breviter reflexo, appresso.

Long. 11, diam. 25 mill. -

From Dingle, island of Panay (Cuming).

25.-Buximus rersrectivus, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, oblongo-
conicd, tenui, striatuld, pellucidd, nitidd, rufo-corned ; spird elon-
gato-conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 7 conveviusculis, ultimo 2
longitudinis equante, basi subangulatim compresso ; umbilico an-
gusto, profunde perspectivo ; aperturd oblongd ; peristomate sim-
plice, rufo, marginibus conniventibus, callo tenut junctis, dextro
breviter expanso, columellari dilatato, patente.

Long. 16, diam. 6% mill.

Locality unknown.

26. Buzimus meripanus, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, oblongo-
subfusiformi, striatuld, levigatd, lutescenti-albidd, fasciis angustis
caruleo-fuscis, vel latis castaneis, strigatim interruptis ornatd ;
spird turrito-conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 6 planiusculis, ul.
timo spiram equante ; columelld leviter arcuatd ; aperturd oblongo-
ovali, intus concolore; peristomate simplice, margine deatro bre-
viter expanso, columellari dilatato, fornicatim reflexo, albo, perfo-
rationem fere occultante.

Long. 29, diam. 11 mill.

From Merida, Andes of Bolivia.

27. Butimus mowrevipensis, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, ovato-
conicd, subfusiformi, tenui, oblique striatuld, non nitente, albidd,
opacd, lineis longitudinalibus crebris, pellucidis, pallid? corneis
strigatd ; spird conicd, apice acuto; anfractibus 7-8 planiusculis,
ultimo spird pauld breviore, interdum medio obsolet? angulato ;
columella verticali, strictd; aperiurd oblongo-ovali ; peristomate
simplice, recto, margine columellari membranaceo, fornicatim re-
flexo.

Long. 28, diam. 12 mill.

From Montevideo, Buenos Ayres.

28. Buzimus Jussrevr, Val. Mur. Bul. testd perforatd, ovato-
conicd, striis rudibus incrementi spiralibusque minutis irregulariter
decussato-granulatd, corned, oblique albido-strigatd ; spird conicd,

64 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

acutiusculd ; anfractibus 6 convexiusculis, ultimo Spiram e@quante ;
columelld recedente, subarcuatd ; aperturd ovali, intus nitide albd ;
peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari albido, dilatato,
subfornicatim reflexo.

Long. 32, diam. 15 mill.

From Cusoo.

- 29, Buximus sBorivianus, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, oblongo-
turritd, lineis impressis sub lente minutissime decussatd, nitidd,
albido-rubelld, fasciis latis, badiis, subinterruptis ornatd ; spird
turritd, apice acuto, rubro ; anfractibus 7 planis, ultimo conver-
tusculo, 4 longitudinis subequante ; columella torto-plicatd, rosea ;
aperturd ovali-oblongd, intus concolore; peristomate simplice,
margine dextro breviter expanso, columellari perdilatato, reflexo,

- excavato, perforationem rimeformem fere tegente.

Long. 33, diam. 13 mill.

From Merida, Andes of Bolivia.

30. Bunimus oparanus, Pfr. Bul. testd subimperforatd, subulatd,
longitudinaliter distincte striatd, tenui, hyalino-cered ; spird subu-
latd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 9 viz convexiusculis, ultimo ¢ longi-
tudinis subaequante; columella viz arcuatd ; aperturd oblongo-ovali ;
peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari Sornicatim brevis-
sime reflexo, adnato.

Long. 11, diam. 3 mill. (Spec. max.)

From the island of Opara; found in earth at the roots of plants

(H. Cuming, Esq.).

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

May 14, 1846.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

Donations to the library and museum were announced, and several
Fellows were elected.

a following communications were read :—

, ne Biographical Sketch of the late Professor Graham,” by Dr.

Ransford

“Robert Graham was the third son of the late Dr. Graham of
Stirling (afterwards Moir of Leckie), and of Mrs. Anne Stewart,
daughter of the late Charles Stewart, Esq., of Appin. His early edu-
cation was obtained at Stirling. He was apprenticed in 1804 to the
late Mr. Andrew Wood, F.R.C.S. Edinburgh, and became a licen-
tiate of the College of Surgeons in 1808, and graduated at the Uni-
versity during the same year. He then studied for twelve months
in London at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, and afterwards commenced
practice in Glasgow. In 1812 he was appointed Physician to the
Infirmary of the latter city and Lecturer on Clinical Medicine, and
published an essay on the continued fever, which at the time was
epidemic in Glasgow. Dr. Graham succeeded Dr. Brown as Lec-
turer on Botany; and in the following year, having been appointed
by the Government Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow,
he succeeded, in conjunction with some other gentlemen, in esta-
blishing a Botanical Garden, and took the principal share in its for-

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 65

mation. Dr. Graham married the youngest daughter of David Car-
rick Buchanan, Esq., of Drumpellier and Mount Vernon. On the
decease of Dr. Rutherford he was appointed by the Crown Regius
Professor of Botany and Keeper of the King’s Garden, and by the
patrons to the Professorship of Medicine and Botany in the Univer-
sity of Edinburgh. Soon after his appointment, and principally
through his exertions, the present Botanical Garden was formed ;
and with the able assistance of Mr. William M‘Nab, all the trees,
shrubs and plants were removed from the garden at Leith Walk to
their present situation. He also prevailed upon the Government to
increase the annual allowance to the institution (which is still in-
sufficient), and expended considerable sums from his own resources
to maintain its efficiency. Dr. Graham’s character as a clinical phy-
‘sician and private practitioner was distinguished by unbending in-
tegrity and honour. He succeeded in greatly interesting the students
in botanical science, by giving many prizes, and making botanical
excursions.” Dr. Ransford then noticed his plan of conducting the
course, gave some anecdotes of his journeys, and alluded to his an-
nual descriptions of new plants flowering in Edinburgh; the great
interest he displayed in the welfare of the Botanical Society, of
which he was an original member, and thrice President ; the history
of the formation of the Society, and his contributions to its Trans-
sactions; his papers read to the Royal Society on the Gamboge
plant; and his researches into the nomenclature and botanical
sources of the articles of the Materia Medica. ‘‘ He was most at-
tentive to the interests of the University, and supported all the mea-
sures of reform in medical education carried into effect between
the years 1822 and 1836. In 1840 Dr. Graham was elected Presi-
dent of the Royal College of Physicians ; he was a member of most
of the scientific societies in this city, and President of many of them.
From overtaxing his strength during one of his botanical excursions
in 18438, he dated the commencement of his last illness. His case
was an obscure one. The Town Council, at his request, appointed
Dr. Joseph Hooker to be his assistant. Although in a very weak
state, he introduced him to the class on the morning of the 5th of
May 1845. This was the last occasion on which he visited the gar-
dens.” Dr. Ransford then gave anecdotes of his generosity and
resignation during his illness. ‘‘ He was removed to Coldoch, in
Perthshire, on the 24th of July, and expired on the 7th of August.
The disease was ascertained to be a malignant tumour resting on the
dorsal vertebree, and pressing upon the thoracic duct, vessels and
nerves. He was buried on the 13th in the private burying-ground
of Leckie, belonging to his brother Charles A. Moir, Esq. Dr. Gra-
ham’s whole life was distinguished by uprightness of conduct, cheer-
fulness of disposition, combined with real kindheartedness. He was
very energetic and industrious, most conscientious in the discharge
of every duty, and beloved by ail who were acquainted with him.”

2. ‘* Notice of the Vegetation in the neighbourhood of Lisbon, in
a letter to Dr. Neill,” by W. C. Trevelyan, Esq.

In this letter, which is dated 11th March, Mr. Trevelyan writes—
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. F

66 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

“It was a delightful change of climate we made in six days’ sail from
Britain, landing on a quay here, with a border in which bananas were
flourishing, with lofty bushes of heliotrope covered with blossoms, and
geraniums in full flower; an avenue of young Phytolacca dioica, and
other symptoms of a warm climate. The first crop of peas we find
is over, beans are now in perfection, strawberries in fruit, sweet
roses in blossom. ‘The wild plants are coming forward rapidly ; the
limestone hills are covered with the beautiful [ris Sisyrinchium and
sambucina, though the latter is not so abundant ; Ophrys vespifera or
lutea, arachnites and Orchis morio, several Antirrhinums, Cistuses,
the delicate Ulex australis, several Rutas, Cerinthe aspera, or a
variety with purple blossoms striped with white (that I got in Italy
and Greece was tinged with yellow); several species of Calendula ;
Bellis annua, sylvestris and perennis, the last the least common ; the
beautiful Narcissus Bulbocodium, Ornithogalum umbellatum, Vinca
major in great profusion and beauty ; Cynoglossum, Lupinus, Illecebrum
Paronychia, Arum Arisarum and maculatum (or one which comes very
near it), Aristolochia longa, Asphodelus ramosus and fistulosus, Oxalis
tuberosus and corniculatus. Genista triacanthos, Anemone ranuncu-
loides, and many other plants are now in perfection, as is the deli-
cate annual fern, Gymnogramma leptophylla. In the hedges, Rubus
Fruticosus, Smilax nigra and aspera are abundant, the two latter in
fruit ; Ficaria ranunculoides is very large; Urtica membranacea and
urens, both abundant. I have not observed any other species of this
genus. One of the most showy plants in the gardens at present is
Antholyza ethiopica, which grows in large beds in damp shady situ-
ations; Calla ethiopica is alsu in great abundance and very fine.
Palms, bamboos, Dracena Draco, and other tropical plants, also
flourish in the open air.”

In a subsequent letter to Dr. Neill, Mr. Trevelyan gives a full list
of the plants in flower on 28th March. In this letter Mr. Trevelyan
writes—‘‘ The Cynomorium coccineum, formerly known in medicine
under the name of fungus melitensis, is a very common plant, very
showy, and in great abundance on the roots of the shrubby Cistus.
I hear that a company has been formed in Spain for the cultivation
of the sugar-cane. Many things might be cultivated, were it not for
the indolence and unenterprising nature of the people. No railroad
has been commenced or determined on, and scarcely any improve-
ments are going on in the country.”

3. Dr. Balfour read a letter which he had received from Dr. Cleg-
horn, a Fellow of the Society, dated Teerthully, 27th March, in
which he states that since the end of October he had made a tour
through the north-western division of Mysore, and collected a great
number of interesting plants, especially in the western Ghats.
Coloured drawings of most of them had been executed by a native
(Mahratta) draughtsman who accompanied him. Specimens of many
of the plants he purposes to send to the herbarium of the University
of Edinburgh under the charge of the Botanical Society.

4. Dr. Balfour also read a letter from Dr. H. Giraud, also an ac-
_tive member of the Society, dated Bombay, 26th February. In this

M: dsétlenkwous: 67

letter Dr. Giraud gave an account of the Horticultural Society’s gar-
den at Bombay, of which he is Secretary, and alluded generally to
the nature of the vegetation in the neighbourhood. He also noticed
the mode of instruction adopted in the Medical College at Bombay,
in which he lectures on Chemistry, Materia Medica and Botany.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Description of anew family and genus of Lizards from Columbia.
By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c.

urs lizard, which has just been sent me from Hamburg, forms a
peculiar family intermediate between the Chalcides and the Anadiade,
having the smooth imbedded scales of the former and the complete
feet and femoral pores of the latter.

ARGALIADZ.

Head covered with normal regular shields ; cheeks, eyelid and eye-
brows shielded ; lower eyelid scaly, opake ; nostrils lateral, anterior,
in the centre of a single nasal plate. Body subcylindrical, sides
rounded, smooth. Scales in thin, smooth, imbedded, transverse series,
scarcely overlapping; of the back, sides and tail four-sided, longer
than broad, in alternating series ; of the belly, front of vent, and un-
der side of tail similar, but forming longitudinal series ; of the throat
broader than long; of the armpits small, subirregular ; of the limbs
oblong, of the under side nearly granular. . Limbs rather short,
strong; femoral pores distinct, numerous ; claws short, compressed ;
tail cylindrical, tapering.

Hab, Tropical America.

ARGALIA.

Like the family ; toes 5°5, unequal.

Argalia marmorata. Brown, marbled with black-brown, beneath
paler ; throat black spotted.

Hab. Columbia. British Museum collection.

On the detection of Spirally-dotted or Scalariform Ducts, and other
Vegetable Tissues in Anthracite Coal. By Prof. J.W. Batuey, of the
U.S. Military Academy.

On perusing an account of the results obtained by Schultz and
Ehrenberg (Annals, vol. xvi. p. 69) in the microscopic examination of
coal decarbonized by means of nitric acid and heat, I felt a desire to
repeat the experiments and obtain if possible some of those ‘‘ white
splinters” which they found ‘‘ composed of aggregated siliceous cells
arranged in regular succession, of the structure of the prosenchyma-
tous cells of wood.” But just as I was about to commence the re-
petition of these experiments, it occurred to me that I might find
the decarbonization in every stage of progress among the masses of
some partially burned Pennsylvania anthracite with which a grate
in my room was filled, in which the fire had been allowed to smother
itself in its own ashes: ;

F2

68 Miscellaneous.

I was not disappointed, for I found that many of the masses os
partly burned coal readily separated into numerous lamine, on almost
all of which, when magnified, vegetable structure could be detected,
and on many of which the tissues were preserved in a state of un-
hoped-for perfection.

Several varieties of structure presented themselves, the most in-
teresting of which however were well-characterized dotted or scala-
riform ducts, in a most perfect state of preservation, and forming
somewhat rectangular plates, which are often several inches long and
one or more broad. These specimens, whose beauty and perfection
can scarcely be exaggerated, present all the original markings of the
vessels with a distinctness which leaves scarcely anything to be
wished for. ‘They may be examined either as opake objects, in
which case the silica appears in relief against the black coal, and
shows the form and markings of the tubes very finely ; or still more
satisfactory results may be obtained by melting some inspissated
Canada balsam upon a plate of glass, and while melted touching it
to a surface of the coal upon which the ducts had been previously
found to exist. When the balsam has hardened, the coal may be
pulled off, and it will be found that it leaves fixed upon the balsam
a thin layer of silica, containing perfectly preserved dotted vessels,
which when viewed as transparent objects are nearly as distinct in
their markings as if freshly obtained from a recent plant. I have a
large number of specimens, and hope to find means to place them in
the hands of all interested in such researches.

Besides the dotted vessels, which appear to be something very:
different from the “ prosenchymatous cells of wood” obtained by
Schultz, other tissues occurred, among which were small masses of
woody fibre with no definite markings, also layers appearing to be
composed of the cells of the epidermis of the stem of some plant, and,
rarely, traces of tissue presenting what appear to be the remains of
stomata. All these require a more careful study before any very
definite conclusion can be drawn from them.

A few inferences appear however to be fairly deducible from the
examination already made, viz.—

1. It appears that almost every layer of the coal is composed of
vegetable matter, which still retains very distinct remains of the ori-
ginal organic structure, and which consequently could never have
been reduced to a homogeneous pulp.

2. The plants from which the coal was chiefly formed do not ap-
pear to have been allied either to the Conifere or the ordinary Dico-
tyledonous or Monocotyledonous plants. Their nearest analogues
must probably be sought among the Acotyledons, among which Ferns
and Lycopodiacee present similar vascular bundles, composed chiefly
of bothrenchymatous tissue *.

3. Even allowing for the effects of compression, it does not appear

* Since the above was written, I have observed that Ad. Brongniart, in
a recent Number of the ‘ Annals,’ maintains that Stigmaria, Sigillaria and
Lepidodendron, as well as Noggerathia, are all allied to the Gymnospermous
Dicotyledons.

M: iscelluneous. 69

probable that the petioles of even the tree ferns could have furnished
such large flattened plates of scalariform ducts unmixed with other
tissues as are found in the coal, and which very rarely have any traces
of fronds of ferns preserved in the same mass.

4. It is possible that the ducts in question may really have be-
longed to the Stigmaria itself. Lindley and Hutton, from the exami-
nation of a magnified section of a silicified Stigmaria, pronounce it
to be a plant whose woody portions were entirely composed of spiral
vessels ; but their figure of these vessels, however interesting, leaves
some room to suppose that spirally dotted ducts partly obscured by
petrifaction might have been mistaken for true spiral vessels. [See
Fossil Flora of Great Britain, vol. iii. pl. 166.] This view is con-
firmed by Unger, who attributes dotted ducts alike to the Stigmarie
and the woody layers of Lepidodendree and Sigillarie (Endl. Gen.
Plant. sup. 2. pp. 5, 6). Z

5. Vascular bundles must certainly have extended from the scars
found on the Stigmaria and Sigillaria to the deciduous appendages
(see Foss. Flora, vol. i. plates 31, 32 and 33), whether these latter
were leaves or radical fibres, and the partial decay of masses com-
posed of numerous layers of such appendages would account for
most of the appearances observed in the coal.

6. The proofs afforded by these examinations, that the coal is com-
posed of layers, of great tenuity, of vegetable matters scattered in a
confused manner, and that no trunks of trees or any considerable
portion of their branches had anything to do with its formation, are in
exact accordance with the inferences drawn by Prof. H. D. Rogers
from an examination of the mechanicai structure of unburned coal*.

7. As anthracite is only bituminous coal which has lost its vola-
tile matter, the results obtained from it apply to all varieties of the
true coal of the carboniferous epoch. The presence of bitumen,
however, and the consequent swelling and partial fusion of the ordi-
nary coal, render it difficult to obtain from it the tissues in the per-
fection in which they may be found in anthracite.

Physiological Remarks on the Statics of Fishes. By Jou. Miuurr.

Like all animals, fishes have a very delicate sense of the equili-
brium of their body; they counteract any change in this position by
means of movements, partly voluntary, partly instinctive. These
last are seen in a very remarkable manner in the eyes, and they are
so constant, so evident in the fish as long as it lives, that their
absence suffices to characterize the death of the animal.

The equilibrium of the body of a fish in the water is independent
of the natatory bladder ; this organ may even interfere with it. The
equilibrium of the fish, its horizontal position with the back upwards,
depends solely on the action of the fins, and principally on the
vertical fins.

The natatory bladder may assist the fish to increase or ‘to diminish
its specific gravity. By compressing the air which is contained in

* See Transactions of the Association of American Geologists, p. 448.

70 Miscellaneous.

it, the fish descends in the water; it rises again by relaxing the
muscles which had served to compress the bladder. Moreover, the
fish may remain at the bottom of the water, by the very fact of the
pressure of the column of water on the air contained in the bladder.

By compressing more or less the posterior portion or the anterior
portion of the bladder, the animal is able to render the anterior half
or the posterior half of its body lighter at will; it can also take an
oblique position, which allows a movement of rising or of descending
in the water. The arrangement of the natatory bladder in some
fishes might favour this action. The Cyprinoids and the Characi
have two bladders, one before the other, and communicating together
by a narrow tube. The anterior bladder is very elastic, whereas the
posterior one is very slightly so; and in proportion as the fish rises
in the water, the anterior bladder, which is the most elastic, must
considerably increase in volume, and thus keep the head of the
animal up, whilst the contrary must be the case when the fish de-
scends.—Miiller’s Archiv, 1845, p. 456.

CICONIA ALBA.

A fine specimen of the Stork (Ciconia alba, Ray) was shot a few
weeks since near Fermoy in the county of Cork. It appears that three
individuals were seen, but this only was procured. It is now in the
possession of the Rev. Mr. Bradshaw of this city. I am not aware of
any authentic record of the species having been met with in Ireland
before. J. R. Harvey, M.D.

Cork, June 17, 1846.

Embryogeny of the Ornithomyia. By M. Buancuarp.

The Ornithomyie, or Pupipares of Latreille, are parasitic on mam-
mifere and birds. They have for a long time attracted the attention
of entomologists, by an exceptional mode of reproduction which
distinguishes them from all other insects. They do not deposit eggs,
nor even larve, like some other Diptera, but nymphs, the external
envelope of which hardens in contact with the air, and from which
issues a few days afterwards the perfect insect.

Anatomists are not agreed as to whether the embryos pass, in the
maternal ovary, through the ordinary phases of the metamorphoses
of insects. Latreille supposed that the nymphs are at first under the
form of eggs, and pass their life as larve within the body of the
mother. Leon Dufour, from examinations of the Hippoboscus of the
horse, and the Melophagus of sheep, thinks, on the contrary, that
the embryos of the Orniihomyi@ are never comparable to eggs or to
larvee.

M. Blanchard has examined the Leptotena of the stag, and he ‘has
found, in the ovary of the females, embryos which completely re-
semble the larve of the Diptera, by their soft teguments, their cor-
neous head, their two long trachee, and their nervous system collected
jin the anterior part of the body. The only important difference

Meteorological Observations. 71

which he has observed is the imperfection of the alimentary canal,
which in these young larve is not yet formed and is replaced by a
mass of globules. These larve taking no nourishment, the intestinal
canal appears to be developed more slowly; the individuals in the
author’s possession died too suddenly to allow him to observe this
formation.—Société Philom. de Paris, Jan. 17th, 1846.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1846.

Chiswick.—May 1. Dry haze: overcast. 2. Overcast. 3. Dry haze. 4, Cloudy
and fine. 5. Very fine: showers. 6. Showery: cloudy and fine. 7. Cloudy and
fine. 8. Overcast: exceedingly fine: clear at night. 9. Very fine. 10. Slight
rain: cloudy: clear. 11, 12. Very fine. 13. Light clouds: overcast: rain at
night. 14. Clear: coldand dry. 15. Cloudless: light clouds and fine: clear
and cold at night. 16. Uniformly overcast: dry haze : densely overcast at night.
17. Overcast: rain: clear, 18. Rain: cloudy: boisterous. 19. Very fine:
thunder-showers : densely overcast. 20. Rain: heavy showers. 21—23. Very
fine. 24. Slight fog: overcast and fine. 25, 26. Very fine. 27. Cloudless:
very fine: overcast. 28, 29. Very fine. 30. Hot and dry. 31. Cloudless: hot
and sultry: clear.

Mean temperature of the month .........e500 Saskeskaoises 56°16
Mean temperature of May 1845 ......sesseccosceccereonees 50 04
Mean temperature of May for the last twenty years ... 54 °77
Average amount of rain in May ..........+0 ahha sde'shas ts 1°84 inch.

Boston.—May 1. Fine. 2—4. Cloudy. 5,6, Fine: rain r.m. 7. Cloudy.
8,9. Fine. 10. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 11,12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14—16.
Fine. 17. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain a.m.: thunder p.m. 19,
Fine. 20. Fine: hail and rain a.m. and p.m., with thunder and lightning.
21. Cloudy. 22. Fine: rainr.m. 23, 24. Fine. 25,26. Cloudy. 27—29, Fine.
30. Fine: 3-0’clock e.m. 75°. 31, Fine.—N.B. The warmest May since 1833:
it was 62°°8.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—May 1. Drizzle: damp. 2. Bright: clear. 3. Clear:
aurora, 4, Bright: rain. _ 5,6. Rain: cloudy. 7. Fine:rain. 8. Cloudy.
9. Clear: cloudy. 10. Clear: thunder and hail. 11. Bright: drops. 12. Bright :
cloudy. 13,14. Bright: fog. .15. Bright: cloudy. 16. Bright: clear. 17. Rain.
18, Fog: cloudy. 19—21. Damp: cloudy. 22. Rain: damp. 23, Showers :
bright: cloudy. 24. Showers: clear. 25, Rain: cloudy. 26. Showers. 27, 28,
Showers: cloudy. 29. Cloudy. 30, Rain: cloudy. 31. Cloudy: fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— May 1. Dropping day. 2. Fair and fine.
8. Fair and very fine. 4. Rain all day. 5. Heavy showers. 6. Showers.
7,8. Fair and fine. 9, Fair and fine: a fewdrops p.m. 10. Heavy rain during
the night. 11. Fair and fine. 12. Slight shower: growing weather. 13 —16.
Fair and fine. 17. Showery morning: cleared. 18. Showeryall day. 19. Rain
p.M. 20, Rain during the night: cleared. 21. Showers: thunder, 292. Drizzly
all day. 23—25. Very fine day. 26, Very fine day: droughty. 27, 28. Very
droughty. 29—31. Very warm.

Mean temperature of the month ....... heneanpathacesins 52°°6
Mean temperature of May 1845 .......csseseeeceecees se.55 500
Mean temperature of May for 23 years ..........ssseee0s 51 °O
DEGAR FHI TG NERY ooasccoanvaacnnenasaas roceksanseecensns «ee 1°96 inches,

9

Mean rain in May for 18 years .........seseees isn tyedaegk 1°73

T ‘ 3 oT" 1 = ; i rome . . “Oy SeVV cG: . RL “00 ] . a 3 a

Brbssejsesssatonses*levenes emus emg | unpea| *2 1S | #9 | €F| 1L| 69 OV | 18 | FI-0€| LI-0€| O1-0€| Z1-0€ | LS-6% |O€T-0€ jeZ1-0€! “1¢
90- 00-0 *"*"|"""""" sm |tmsm ues} “ms | 6h | Of | Sh #99) 99 bP | OL | L1-0€| HO.0€| $1-0€ | O1-0€ | ZL-6% |FS1-0€ |o0€-0£| ‘of
10. |e sms ftmsm| uapea| °s | 19 | LG | 17| G9} 20) 6€ | EL | FO.0€| E1-0£| 91-0€ | 02-0€ | FL-6% |SOE-0€ jozE-0£ | *6z
Md Ne ath babe pk ibe BB “A oulea | *8 6 | ¢sh | ah 19; 19| 17 | Lo | LI-O€| BI-GE| SI-O€ | O1-0€ | £9-6% |€S1-0€ EFz-0€ “8%
oo. tee emumismum oom | tM | OF | Le |For $89) 19 zh | IL | £0-0€| 88-62! 96-62) 26-62 | ZS-6% \QF0-0€ |60T-0€| *Zz%
Go. [eee ae ete Some “ma | unjeo | "Mu QP oS | shi 09 LS! 6€ €L | Z8-6%| G8-6%| 00-08 | 00-08 | 7S-6% S11-0£ IBET-0€| *9z
Ga. eterno etm unpwo| “Mm | BV | OG |fzS| £9 6.29) CS | SL | ¥g-6%) L8.6%| 00-0€ | S0-0€ | 19-6% Z01-0€ |Loz-0€ | “Sz@
10. rrr yee tay | smo | upea| tm | TLZP | 1G | SP) 109, 19) Sh | SL | Lo.0€| Fo-0€| 11-0€| %1.0€ | L9-6% 70-0 ZEZ-0£ | “bz
ZO. SLO £0. |" cw |-mum uvo| “a | gh | f6b 6h) F9 9 LE | IL | BIE) Z1-0€| B1-0€ | O1-0€ | 19-68 102-06 'Z1z-08| “€z
Po. jorreyreeeseirerses om | cs | umea}. 8 | gh | PS | FSH} 9S) FO! OV | IL | 10-08} 76.6%} 0-08 | 00-0€ | LS-6% |021-0€ €0z-0£| *zz
serene tesees GQ. |etet* sas | smss |uupea! tas | OS | PG | Sv) G9) 09 6E | IL | £662} LL-6Z| 88-62 | $9.62 | 22-62 LL9-6% 616-62 "1%
fo. gs. | tas | ts | ms | cms | Bh] £9 | LP/419 G.89) PP | 09 | 9G-6%) ZE-6%| PE-66 | 21-62 | 96-8% |PHT-62 '8SS-6z/ “0%
Ne | Se Cl- Zl- “as be} “MM *MS 60 1S Ov 6S 8S 6P £9 0£-6% 02-64% 61-62% 81-62% C6-8% 18V-6% CVS-6% ‘61
9B. | LT. | ces | casa | vs | ms | Lb | 67 | EP | FPS) €S OF | 2 | 91-6%) 11-6%| 06-82 | 16-82 | F9-8% £20-62 |6E1-6%| *g1 D
Gt. sre lom |1o. | 2 [evau} «ma | ’s Lv | {ov | Sh} 9S| ZS Of | 19 | €1-6%) ZV-64| £0-6%| 01-62 | 69-8% |Pg1-6% 812-62 “LT
rereresssseieeeess) DE, casa | a | ca | ‘9 | Ph | 1G |f6E| ZO} LS! ob | €9 | g9-66| PL-6z| OF-62 | L9-6z | 62-62 [09£.62 S69-62| “91
“8 OE.g “ttle cass fsemta| +a ) sv | 8S | 9€| 29 LS) PE | oO | BL.6%| L6-6%| 08-62 | 86-6% | £9-6% 698-62 996-62) “SI
sar sjeeeesitertaelecense!inwy | ca | com | *e vr | f6r | bH\%z9| LS) gf | Zo | ZI-0€!| 61-0€| 90-0€ | 90-0€ | 0S-6% (088-62 'S66-6z| “FI
tere eas he eres |ee8 | tenn | te a) ov | flv | LP) 09; BS| OF | 69 | 61-0£) 10.0€| 86-46%) 98-62 | SE-6% £11.62 PEL-6z| “£1
thteeeseeses seccesieveres sacs | cass |ufeo| ‘a | §gh | FS | FEF! 795-090) gh | 69 | 26-62) L9-6z) Sg-6% | 98.6% | 6F-6% |9€8.67 766-62 “ZI
Ol. srertrttteeeiteeres, sass | mss | wayeo| mu | 67 | FES | Pb) 669.89) FE | sl | 08-64) £L-6Z| B8-6B) 18-6B | 0S-6% |gS0.0€ |€60-0€| ‘110

ssereeceesee 10, PO. | “Mm | cms joeo| -m | Lh | 6p |FLV/ LS) 9S| oF | OL | 99.62! ZP-6Z) 89-62 | 19-62 | 9%-62 |L8L-6z 296-62) °O1
reste ceteeeycesees/€Q, | cass | ‘am | wea) ‘ms | gp | 1S | ELE) #29) 19] 6b | ZL | GS-62) 6L-6Z/| GS-6Z | 08-62 | 6P-62 (£98.62 FL6-62| *6
CI. CQO rrr eee | cM | COBO | om Lv | 6 | bP! 8S) 69) Zh | 69 | Z8-6%! 29-64%) 08:62 | L962 | SE-6% |0EL-6z/1£6-6z| “8
GI. |r") TO. [erees, tas | cms | wea} sms | Ly | fZh | ge} LG) SS) Eh | O9 | 1h-6z| HF-6%| ZS-6%| 67-62 | S1-6Z |$99-62 0G2-62| *L
60." PL. | ET. | “OS | “ms | tm | ms | OP | fPy | oF) 09) LG} EV | €o | 11-63) 9-62) 8E-62 | O£-62 | 00-62% |F6T-62 |gbS-62z 9
Cy. [reetrl eg. | ca | casa |upeo| ¢s ov | -3oP | €F|} 09! 19] SPV | 99 | 09-6Z| 14-62) 8E-6Z| ZS-6% | 0Z-6% |PVS-6z |PZL-62| °S
tsevcsleeteceleceseelsoorss| sag | eg | *@ ‘a9 | €b | #4b | bh} oS| 19) OF | 99 | Lg-6z| £0.08 | 09-6%| 08-62 | 0G-6% |1ZL-62 998-62 | “V
rsrseelesecesieeeeeejeaseae) cereee) og jae) “9 | @b | ob | {oP | T09|S-z9| 29 | OL | O1-0€| FO.0€| 86-62| 00-0€ | 69-62 |Z£6-6z|E80-0£| “E «
60. [ree jreetes|rereee| tm | ms | tm | Ms | OP | 66P | OS) fgS! LG) ZS | go | L6-62| 18-63} Z0-0€| 00-0€ | 19-6z |S%1-0€ |g0-08 | *%
sreeelececeeiereeesleveree! sme | sms june] “am | 6h | oF |/fFV|feS| So} 1f | 9S | LL-6Z| €0-0€| 10-0€| Z1-0€ | 8.6% |€95-0€ |Ggz-08| *f
a Q iS) 6:| ° = = = ‘urd | ‘ure ‘urd | ‘ure . . “ACW
25 or S = = on. S Bx 4 : ; 8 é BS
e . 3 > | & me |B ad * Vioeaane eatin 35 | -yormsryg TeanO *aatys-salayung BS "WOIMsIyD = S
eT
urey ‘pum *19JOMLOWIAY ], *1IJOULOIV ES °.

“AANYUQC) ‘asunpy younpungy pv “uoysno[y_ *- ‘Ady 247 Aq pun {auIHS-sarusWacy ‘asunyy yztvdaddp yp ‘vequag * AA *A2Y 947 &9 {NoLsog
7D ‘|BaA “AN Aq fuopuoT «vau ‘HOIMSIHD) 70 Ajarog jounynoysozy ay2 fo uapsvy) ayz yo uosdwoyy, “Aj 49 apom suoinasasqy) porsojosoajapy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. —

No. 117. AUGUST 1846.

1X.—Notices of British Hypogeous Fungi. By the Rev. M.
J. Berxeey, M.A., F.L.S8., and C. E. Broome, Esq.

Since the publication of the last series of notices of British
Fungi (vol. xiii. p. 360), several interesting discoveries have been
made amongst the hypogzous species, which it is desirable should
at once be recorded. It is to be regretted that the memoir of
Messrs. Tulasne has not yet been published, though presented
to the Academy. Two recent opportunities however of inspect-
ing their drawings, and the communication of many new and
rare species, as also the receipt of a very complete collection of
authentic specimens from Vittadini and Corda, have enabled us
to ascertain some points which were previously uncertain.

Doubtless many more species will reward the continued re-
searches in a field which is almost new to British botanists, and
there is every reason to believe that the greater part. of the spe-
cies are pretty generally diffused. The list of indigenous spe-
cies in proportion to our flora is already as large as in France or
Italy. It would not be fair to omit recording the active researches
of Mr. Thwaites, to whom we are indebted for many valuable
observations. |

I. Species SporoPHoR.

_ *Hymenogaster luteus, Vitt. Mon. Tub. p. 22. Splanchno-
myces luteus, Corda, Fasc. 6. tab. 8. fig. 76. med. Apethorpe,
Norths, July ; Rushton, Norths, Oct.

Varying somewhat in the depth of the yellow tint of the hy-
menium, but always easily recognised by the character of the
spores.

* HT, olivaceus, Vitt. 1. c. p. 24.

Our British specimens accord very exactly in the form of the
spores with those of Vittadini, in which however the colour of the
hymenium when dry is of a redder tinge.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. G

74 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi.

Hymenogaster olivaceus, Vitt. 1. c., var. modestus, Berk. and
Broome.

An Hymenogaster occurred at Hartham Park in the autumn
of 1845, nearly intermediate between H. citrinus and H. olivaceus,
differing from the former in being of a pale watery brown within
and of a softer texture, with spores exactly intermediate between
those of the two species. The scent was something like that of
H. citrinus, but not so strong. It was not at all yellow exter-
nally, but first white, and then of a watery brown. It grew in
a very dry fir-plantation, therefore its watery texture could not
arise from situation, especially since H. citrinus occurs in much
moister places without any similar appearance. We consider it
best for the present to record it as a variety of H. olivaceus, dif-
fering in scent and in the form of the spores,

1. H. vulgaris, Tul. MSS. “ Rotundatus, irregularis ex albido
sordidus, molliusculus ; gleba primum albida dein saturate fusces-
cente ; lacunis irregularibus majusculis, basi sterili minuta; hy-
menio plano ; sporis oblongis vel lanceolato-oblongis acutis, basi
attenuatis maturis atro-brunneis subopacis, superficie inequali-
bus.” Splanchnomyces tener, Corda, Fasc. 6. ined. tab. 8. fig. 84.
Hym. griseus, Tul.! Ann. d. Se. Nat. ser. 2. vol. xix. p. 374.
Apethorpe, Norths, July 15, 1845; Leigh Wood and Stapleton
Grove near Bristol, &e.

The British specimens accord exactly in form with those sent —
by Messrs. Tulasne, and have the spores merely apiculate and by
no means acuminate. In general the internal substance changes
from dirty white to pale reddish brown, and then almost to
black. Sometimes however there is at first a slight tinge of pale
tan. The spores are variable in form, but are never acuminate.
This species was inadvertently mixed with specimens of H. tener,
and in consequence communicated with the true H. tener, a very
distinct species, to Messrs. Tulasne and Corda, and possibly may
be substituted for it in some copies of the fourth fasciculus of —
British Fungi.

2. H. pallidus, Berk. and Broome. Parvus rotundato-depressus
subglaber albus, demum sordide alutaceus molliusculus, intus ex
albo pallide flavus dein dilute fuscus; basi absorbente obsoleta ;
peridio tenuissimo ; cellulis minutis semivacuis ; sporis lanceolatis
acutis breviter pedicellatis asperulis, guttulis subtribus minutis ;
odore debili. Cotterstock, Norths, in a dry fir-plantation, Oct.
1845.

This species, which scarcely exceeds in size a horsebean, is
nearly allied to the last, but differs in its more acute spores as
well as in colour. A single specimen only of H. vulgaris has oc-
curred in the immediate neighbourhood, H. duteus being the most
abundant species.

Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi. 75

3. Hymenogaster decorus, Tul.! Ann. d. Se. Nat. ser. 2. vol. xix.
p. 374. Epping Forest, Hartham Park, King’s Weston, Chud-
leigh, &e.

» This is a much firmer species than H. tener, darker within,
with larger spores; but it is especially distinguished by its elon-
gated filiform sporophores, which project far beyond the surface
of the hymenium.

4. H. Thwaitesii, Berk. and Broome. Parvus globosus firmus
extus albidus maculis saturatioribus notatus, tus brunneus ;
sporis minoribus globosis, vesicula interiori seepe contracta, sca-
briusculis papillatis ; nucleo unico magno. Portbury, Sept. 6,
1845.

This species is proposed as new with the sanction of Messrs.
Tulasne, who examined a slice prepared in fluid by Mr. Thwaites.
The spores are far more globose than in any other species, and
are either quite obtuse or minutely apiculate. The imner mem-
brane of the spores often contracts so as to present a very sin-
gular appearance. A few elongated spores are mixed with them,
but the normal form is globose ; indeed, except the normal form
be taken into consideration, it would be impossible to draw up
distinguishing technical characters of any Hymenogaster, as there
are always some irregular spores mixed with those which are
peculiar to the species. They are larger than in H. tener, but
smaller than in H. decorus.

*H. tener, Berk. Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. xm. p. 349. HZ. ar-
genteus, Tul.! Fung. Hyp. in Giorn. Bot. Ital. Ann®. 1°.

This is one of the most distinct species, characterized by its
small, widely elliptic or subglobose spores. The synonym of
Tulasne is given on the authority of its authors, and on exami-
nation of authentic specimens.

5. H. pusillus, Berk. and Broome. Minimus obovatus vel sub-
depressus albus basi sterili ampla preditus, intus albidus ; cel-
lulis pro ratione magnis ; sporis pallide rubiginosis brevibus late
ellipticis papillatis demum asperulis. On mossy ground in the
Wilderness, Rushton, Norths, Oct. 8, 1845, with H. luteus.

About 2 lines high, obovate or somewhat depressed, pure
white, yellowish brown when dry, and then resembling strongly
a specimen of Sclerotium complanatum, Tode, nearly smooth ;
dirty white within, furnished with a large distinct absorbing base.
Cavities of the hymenium large for the size of the fungus, clothed
sparingly with the rust-coloured spores. Sporophores clavate,
frequently forked or irregular, having two spores on rather long
spicules. Spores short, minute, broadly elliptic, at first smooth,
at length rather rough, obtusely apiculate.

This species, which has no particular odour, has at present
occurred very sparingly. Its nearest ally is H. tener, but the

G2

76 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi.

cavities of the hymenium are larger ; it is almost without scent,
and there is not the slightest tendency to become black in dry-
ing. There is little difference in the form or size of the spores.

6. Octaviana asterosperma, Vitt.! Mon. Tub. p. 17; Tul.!
Ann. d. Se. Nat. /. c. p. 876; Corda, Ic. Fasc. 6. tab. 7. fig. 64.
(imed.) Leigh Wood near Bristol ; Chudleigh, Devon.

This very interesting addition to our flora has at present occur-
red very sparingly. The smell, as observed at the latter locality,
was just like the pungent odour of some Ichneumon or small bee.

It is probable that Hydnangium Stephensii really belongs to
this genus, and that H. carotecolor is a true Hydnangium. The
structure of the trama is very different, in the former resembling
that of an Agaric, in the latter that of a Russula.

In Hydn. carotecolor the colouring matter consists of oil glo-
bules. It is probable that it is from the gradual escape of these
from the dry plant, that the paper to which they are attached, or
with which they chance to be in contact, is stained with lemon-
colour. Externally it is of a more decided yellow, free from any
tinge of orange and paler than the fructifying mass. Hach spo-
rophore in this species usually bears four spores ; in H. Stephensii
one only.

*Rhizopogon rubescens, Tul.! Fung. Hyp. in Giorn. Bot. Ital.
An°. 1°. Melanogaster Berkeleianus, Broome! Ann. Nat. Hist.
vol. xv. p. 41.

This species occurred last year abundantly at Chudleigh, and
appears to be certainly the same with the species of Tulasne.
Hysteromyces graveolens, Vitt., of which authentic specimens have
been kindly communicated, is probably also the same species, as
is also the case with Rhizopogon luteolus and R. virens from Italy,
Hymenangium virens, K1., Rhizopogon luteolus, Corda, and perhaps
with Rhiz. luteolus, Fr.

This species grows gregariously in sandy fir-woods. When
young it is almost transparent, and resembles young Phallus ca-
ninus, being of a pure white and furnished with white roots which
proceed from a mycelium which spreads sometimes an inch or two ;
im this state it turns pink on being touched ; in a more advanced
stage it is yellow, but even then it has here and there a pink
tinge. The smell is very much like that of Melanogaster ambi-
guus when old, but when young it has an acid smell like that of
sour ham. It rapidly decays into a brown fetid pulpy mass.

II. Species SporipIIFERz.
7. Genea papillosa, Vitt. l. c. p. 28. Near Chudleigh, Aspley
Beds, and Bristol.
This species, which appears to be but little known and very
rare in Italy,—for there is no authentic specimen in any of the

Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi. 77

collections which have been distributed by Vittadini, as far as we
have been able to ascertain,—has lately occurred abundantly in the
neighbourhood of Bristol, and is far more distinct from G. verru-
cosa than would be inferred from the name or description. The
whole peridium is of a rich brown, and is densely clothed with
brown bristles wherever it extends. The sporidia are very much
larger and far more coarsely granulated, the granules indeed being
often bifid. The single specimen from Bowood formerly referred
to this species, is now ascertained, on comparison of authentic
specimens, to be the same with G. verrucosa, Vitt., the specimens
communicated under that name by Klotzsch and figured in the
‘Flora Regni Borussici’ differmg materially from the Italian
species. The sporidia of G. papillosa often contain two nuclei,
but sometimes there is but one *.

* We take this opportunity of describing two new Pezxize remarkable for
their globose, tuberculate or echinulate spores, the first of them being re-
markably analogous to Genea verrucosa,

Peziza (Aleuria, Helv.) radula, Berk. and Broome. Magna cupulzformis
sessilis demum depressa externe verrucis subzequalibus exasperata atra, intus
vinoso-fusca ; sporidiis globosis tuberculatis. On the ground in woods near
Bristol,

Cup depressed, sessile, nearly an inch across, black externally, broken
into nearly equal distinct subconical warts like those of Genea verrucosa.
Hymenium of a dark vinous brown. Asci large, obtuse; sporidia large,
globose, containing a single nucleus rough with obtuse distinct tubercles ;
paraphyses septate with the ultimate articulation clavate.

This species has externally a close resemblance to a crushed specimen of
Genea verrucosa or Klotzschii, and singularly enough, the sporidia are
somewhat similar, though differing in size. The hymenium however is
naked, not to mention other points. Pez. bufonia, Pers., appears closely
to resemble it, but that is described as substipitate and of a bright red-
brown, and we have no information as to its sporidia. Messrs. Tulasne
have sent a verrucose Pexiza which is almost closed, and covered with hairs
like Genea papillosa, but with elliptic smooth sporidia.

P. (Lachnea, Sarc.) trechispora, Berk. and Broome. Depressa, planius-
cula aurantio-miniata extus pilis pallido-fulvis vestita; sporidiis globosis
echinatis. On the naked ground in woods or on the sloping wet banks of
rivulets. King’s Cliffe, Bristol, &c. Mons. Léveillé has sent the same spe-
cies from Montmorency.

Cup 4rd of an inch or more broad, depressed or slightly concave, orange,
paler externally and clothed with rather rigid tawny bristles. Asci elon-
pee Sporidia globose, sharply tuberculate. Paraphyses very slender,
inear.

This species is no doubt frequently confounded with Pez. scutellata, which
it resembles very closely, though distinguished at once by its very different
sporidia, those of the allied species being smooth, much smaller, broadly
elliptic with a single nucleus. There is no analysis extant of Pez. umbrosa;
it is therefore impossible without authentic specimens to say how far it re-
seule that species. Pez. scutellata grows we believe invariably on rotten
wood.

Mr, Thwaites has found another species with echinulate sporidia, but be-
longing to the same series with P. repanda. P. phlyctospora, Mont., and
P, aurantia have also rough sporidia.

78 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi.

pi Genea verrucosa, Vitt.! 1. e: p. 28: Bowood Park, King’s
“

This is distinguished from the species of Klotzseh by the more
minute sporidia, their minor axis being only half the size of that
in the following species: Two specimens only have at present
occurred in England, the remainder belonging to G: Klotzschit,
and one perhaps to Genea spherica, Tul., but on this further in-
formation is desirable. In all the species the sporidia when seen
Jaterally are really elliptic. Genea bombycina is now referred by
Messrs. Tulasne to a new genus which they have named Stephen-
sia. The true locality of this species is Castle Combe: it has also
been found at Chudleigh.

9. G. Klotzschii, Berk. and Broome. Feetida; peridio subplicato
intruso extus intusque verrucoso nigro; subtus fibrillis radican-
tibus parcis rigidiusculis fuscis affixo; mycelio effuso candido
araneoso-contexto; sporidiis majoribus tuberculatis. G. verru-
cosa, Kl.! Fl. Regn. Bor. no. 474. Hydnocaryon fragrans,
Wall.! Fl. Crypt. Germ. p. 86. Abundant in the neighbourhood
of Bristol and in Devonshire.

The mycelium spreads for some distance on or within the soil,
so that the plant is easily detected when the leaves are raked off.
This vanishes when the peridia are perfect. One or more indi-
viduals are found in each patch of mycelium. In the young pe-
. ridium the point of attachment is lateral, as in the eggs of some
insects and in some specimens of Pachyphieus melanoxanthus. The
sporidia are large, coarsely granulated, and much exceeding in
volume those of G. verrucosa, which does not seem to have the
same kind of mycelium ; at least no notice of it is taken by Vit-
tadini.

10. Hydnobolites cerebriformis, Tul.! Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Z. ¢.
p. 879. Abundant about Bristol, Aug., Sept.; Pangbourne,
Wilts.

This is a small species resembling a small lacunose truffle, but
differs in having no real peridium, as is the case with the genus
now to be described.

Hydnotrya, Berk. and Broome. Peridium nullum ; substantia
earnosa compacta similis extus anfractuosa exarata, intus sinu-
bus serpentinis magnis fungi ad superficiem apertis varie pertusa
filamentis flexuosis mollibus brevibus vestitis. Asci elongati
lineares obtusi substantia laxe cellulosa serie unica nidulantes,
sporidia octo spheerica reticulata sed non echinata foventes. Fungi
globosi, edules.

*H. Tulasnei, Berk. and Broome: Hydnobolites Tulasnet, Berk.
Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. xii. p. 357.

Fine individuals of this species, 2 inches or more in diameter,
have been found at Chudleigh. Having now had an opportu-

Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi. 79

nity of examining fresh specimens of Hydnobolites, it appears that
our truffle does not belong to the same genus; the asci of the
one being very short and sacciform, of the other linear and dis-
posed in a single row; the sporidia in Hydnotrya moreover are
not echinulate.

Corda has communicated a species under the name of Hydno-
bolites carneus, which is eaten in great quantities at Prague under
the name of Czerwena Tartoffie. We do not know how he di-
stinguishes it as a species.

11. Spherosoma ostiolatum, Tul. MSS. Near Bristol, under
leaves amongst loose mould.

Only two or three individuals of this curious production have
been met with. One was quite young and resembled very closely
authentic specimens of Spherosoma fuscum, Klotzsch, but differ-
ing in having a cavity within round a central core. The adult
plant, instead of being subglobose, nearly even and of a washy
brown, is strongly plicate and of arich mulberry-brown. Klotzsch
appears to have seen his species in every stage of growth ; we have
no hesitation then m considering ours as distinct. It is possible
too that it may not be the same as that of Tulasne, but at any
rate it agrees in general appearance, and we have not sufficient
materials to speak decidedly.

There is not the least trace of peridium in any stage of growth,
the genus being to the sporidiferous series precisely what Guat-
teria (the analogue of Sparassis) is to the sporophorous.

A very curious circumstance sometimes occurs, viz. that there
is more than one stratum of hymenium. I know of no similar
instance in sporidiferous fungi. The asci are much shorter than
the paraphyses.

* Pachyphleus melanoxanthus, Tul. Fung. Hyp. l.c. Choiromyces
melanoxanthus, Tul.and Berk. Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.
p. 859.

This species has occurred at King’s Cliffe near Bristol and in
Devonshire since its first publication, and is probably generally
diffused. The peridium is black in every stage of growth. The
genus is very properly separated from Chotromyces, with which
it does not at all agree in habit. We have the pleasure of adding
two new species.

12. P. citrinus, Berk. and Broome. Subglobosus verruculosus
peridio fusco citrino-pruinato apice vivide eitrino, intus flavidus
interstitiis citrinis floccosis, basi radicante. In woods near Bristol,
Wiltshire and Devonshire.

Very nearly allied to P. melanoxanthus, which is however black
in every stage of growth, and has but little odour, whereas P. ci-
trinus is densely powdered with lemon-coloured particles, and has
a strong smell like that of rotting sea-weed. The orifice is ge-

80. Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogaous Fungi.

nerally more expanded, and is of a fine deep lemon-yellow from
the exposure of the interstices of the fructifymg ves, and the
peridium thin and brown frosted with yellow, when young of a
uniform gamboge-yellow. In P. melanoxanthus the veins are
nearly black with yellowish interstices, and the peridium thick,
far more coarsely warted, more compressed and irregular in form
and always black. The specimens received from Messrs. Tulasne
under the name of P. melanoxanthus are all the foregoing species,
but it is probable that their characters were drawn up from both
species, judging from their sketches of the fresh truffle.

P. melanoxanthus is often attached laterally to leaves, sticks,
&c. without any connexion with the ground.

13. Pachyphleus conglomeratus, Berk. and Broome. Irregu-
laris lobato-plicatus conglomeratus levis, peridio fusco-rufo hic
illic preesertim interstitus adpressim sericeo-fibroso citrmo. Near
Bristol, October 22, 1845.

About an inch in diameter, shortly stipitate, much-lobed and
plicate as if made up of a number of individuals, the lobes rounded,
of a deep brown olive. Sometimes quite even, sometimes rather
rough, but not the least verrucose ; interstices of the lobes clothed
with adpressed silky yellow fibres. Asci clavate, irregular, con-
taining eight globose tuberculate sporidia. Sporidia larger than
in the other species and differing in their appearance.

Very few individuals of this species have at present been found,
but it differs very much in habit and in the total absence of tu-
bercles or warts on the peridium*.

14. Choiromyces meandriformis, Vitt.! Mon. Tub. p.51. tab. 2.
fig. 1. Tuber album, Sow.! tab. 310.

The original specimens of Tuber album, Sow., still remain in
the herbarium, and are identical with the species of Vittadini just
cited. Unfortunately no locality is indicated on the paper to
which the specimens are attached, or in the text. It has not yet
occurred in the extensive researches made in Wiltshire and So-
mersetshire.

* Tuber brumale, Vitt.! Mon. p. 37.

The specimens formerly referred to T. melanosporum belong to
this species, as appears on the inspection of a series of specimens
of 7. melanosporum obtained at Paris in January, where it is the
species usually exposed for sale in winter.

15. T. dryophilum, Tul.! Fung. Hyp. /. c. King’s Cliffe,
Chudleigh, Bristol, &c. |

The species referred to T. dryophilum, on an inspection of
authentic specimens and comparison of the sporidia, is decidedly

* The specimens began to dissolve away after being kept two days,

whereas the other species will keep well for a week, nor do they then dis-
solve. ‘The flesh is filled with oil- globules.

Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Hypogeous Fungi. 81

gregarious with little odour, rounded, usually about the size of a
nutmeg, nearly smooth, white, marked here and there with darker
patches. The peridium is thick, hard and tough, easily parting
from the flesh, which is firm, reddish brown, with white inter-
stices which are given off from different points of the surface,
The sporidia are elliptic and coarsely reticulato-echinulate.

16. Tuber puberulum, Berk. and Broome. Irregulare sublo-
batum album, pilis rectis brevibus puberulum dein rufo-albidum
hic illic albo-maculatum ; peridio subtenui, venis albis e basi ra-
diantibus pulpa fructifera gilva demum rufo-brunnea; sporidiis
subglobosis reticulato-echinatis ; odore raphanoideo. Abundant
in the neighbourhood of Hanham near Bristol, Chudleigh, Aspley
near Woburn, in sandy districts.

Gregarious ; clothed with short, erect down, which gives it to
the naked eye a peculiar pearly appearance. The white spots are
very visible even in dried specimens. Peridium very thin and
delicate, so that the pinky brown colour of the flesh is apparent
through it, often cracked. In some individuals the veins are very
few. Sporidia more nearly spherical than in any species we have
had an opportunity of examining. |

17. Elaphomyces anthracinus, Vitt. 1. c. p. 66. Leigh Wood
near Bristol. A single specimen only in clayey soil.

The original specimens of Vittadini are minutely granulated
under a lens, a character which does not appear in our specimen.
The sporidia are alike and at once distinguish it from E. macu-
latus, the only species with which it can be confounded. The
smell is very powerful, in which respect again it does not agree
with Vittadini’s species. It is indeed probable that it will prove
new, but on the authority of a single individual, not in very good
condition, it would be rash to do more than indicate its nearest
affinity. The outer rind in the specimen when gathered was
black, the inner of a dull yellowish white.

III. Species VesicuLiFERz.

18. Endogone pisiformis, Lk. Diss. i. p.83; Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. ii.
p. 297. Glomus macrocarpus, Tul.! Fung. Hyp. /. c. Amongst
moss and in the superficial soil. Bristol, Bowood, Chudleigh, &c.
Under beech and larch, and in the oak and hazel woods.

In a young state it is hard, when old less compact and granu-
lated. The vesicles are almost visible to the naked eye. A single
specimen of some allied species with the vesicles in the young
state far larger and connected with each other by short filaments,
occurred at King’s Cliffe in July 1845.

19. E. lactiflua, Berk. and Broome. Irregularis depresso-glo-
bosa alba dein sordide imcarnata, foetida, intus lacte crasso isa-

82 On the Regular Arrangement of Crystals in Plants.

bellino repleta ; vesiculis nudo oculo distinctis. Chudleigh, Oc-
tober 1845.

Globose, at length depressed, half an inch in diameter ; at first
white, but soon, especially when rubbed, assuming a reddish tinge,
pouring out when cut a rich pale red cream-like fluid. Spo-
rangia as large as those of Hndogone pisiformis. A. very distinct
and interesting species.

X.—On the Regular Arrangement of Crystals in certain Organs
of Plants. By Enwin J. Quexert, F.L.S.

Ir rarely happens in plants that any definite organ is the seat of

crystalline collections symmetrically arranged, though the occur-

rence of crystals (raphides) in the cells of various portions of a

vegetable is extremely common. fi

About two years since I met with two organs which exhibit the
singular fact, that in them at least the crystals are constant and
have a regular arrangement.

One of these is the testa of the seed of Ulmus campestris, mn
which the sinuous boundaries of the compressed cells of which it
is composed are completely traced out by minute rectangular
crystals adhering to their walls. The other is much more re-
markable, because, as far as I have been enabled to carry my ob-
servations, every member of two allied natural orders have very
much the same disposition of these bodies in the same organ.

If a sepal of any of the ordinary cultivated Pelargoniums be
taken, and a portion of the upper cuticle be removed and sub-
mitted to the microscope, or if the entire sepal of Geranium
Robertianum or lucidum be similarly used, it will be readily seen,
by magnifying 300 times, that every cell beneath the cuticular
layer is small and round, and in each is a cluster of crystals (con-
glomerate raphides), each crystal in the group radiating from a
common centre.

These crystals fill the whole of the cells in the middle of the
sepal, and. do so likewise all the cells until within a short distance
of the margin, where they are absent and the border is transparent ;
the appearance they present is very beautiful and their numbers
and regularity most extraordinary. Their size is about the z5/,5th
to +z;yth of an inch, and their composition appears to be oxalate
of lime ; they are insoluble in boiling water, but are soluble with-
out effervescence in nitric acid, but after being heated red-hot
are soluble with effervescence.

I have found them in all the species of British Geranium and
Erodium, and in all the species of Pelargonium and Monsonia
(for which plant I am indebted to Mr. J. Smith of Kew) that I
have been enabled to obtain ; and it is not improbable that they

Mr. W. King on certain Genera of the Class Palliobranchiata. 83

may occur in all the species, and may be as general a character
of the order as the beautiful markings in the cuticle of the petals
are well known to be.

Other orders have been examined which are said to have a near
affinity with Geraniacee, but none of the plants examined, be-
longing to the orders Balsaminacee, Tropeolaceea, Oxalidacee or
Linacee, manifest anything like the appearances deseribed—in fact
no clustered crystals have been met with ; but in taking an order
said to be somewhat more remote, Malvaceae, I find in all the
examples that I have examined of British and foreign plants,
precisely a similar disposition and number of crystals.

If the leaves constituting the involucrum of Althea, Malva and
Pelargonium be carefully examined, a few crystals will occasionally
be found, but altogether not in the slightest to be compared with
the number or disposition of those in the sepals.

If constitutional peculiarities, besides structure, have any in-
fluence with systematists, then Malvacee ought probably to be
placed somewhat nearer Geraniacee ; and when we consider the
monadelphous condition of the stamens of both orders and their
tendency in Monsonia to be indefinite, and the carpels of some
plants of Malvacee to have but one seed, exalbuminous, and to
be disunited, and the parts of the flower of the same numbers,
there appears to be some reason, as far as the structure of the
reproductive organs is concerned, to bring the position of these
orders in closer relation.

The sepals of most plants are favourable organs for meeting
with crystalline bodies, either of the solitary, acicular or clustered
varieties. The sepals of Prunella vulgaris and Dianthus caryo-
phyllus exhibit well the solitary cubic crystal beneath the cuticular
cells ; the Fuchsias contain a great quantity of the acicular kind,
and the sepals of the Strawberry exhibit the clustered variety as
seen in the Geraniacee. Thus it appears that there is something
peculiar to the sepals of certain plants that disposes the contents
of their cells to form erystals which does not belong to the neigh-
bouring organs.

50 Wellclose Square, July 4, 1846.

XI.—Remarks on certain Genera belonging to the Class Pallio-
branchiata. By Wiitram Kine, Curator of the Museum of
the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

[ Continued from p. 42. ]
PENTAMERUS.

Tue beak of Pentamerus is furnished with an aperture of the
form of a triangle, the base of which corresponds to the hinge

84. . Mr. W. King on certain Genera

line, and the apex to the rostral point. Owing to the great in-
curvation of the beak in some species (P. Knightii), the aperture
is concealed, except in the young state ; but other species (P. con-
chidium), in which the beak is slightly incurved, have it exposed
during their entire existence. Nothing more need be said to
show that the aperture is the same as the open deltidium of Spz-
rifer, &c. From the sides of the deltidium two plates extend to
within a quarter of their length of the frontal margins of the
shell, at the same time decreasing in depth and gradually be-
coming more and more separated from the roof of the valve to
which they belong, till their extremity, which is reduced to a
mere point, is within an eighth of their length of the inner sur-
face or floor of the opposite valve (P. conchidium). Both plates
are conjoined superiorly throughout their entire length ; and as
they follow the curve of the upper valve, though somewhat more
sharply, they form as it were a longitudinally curved arch-shaped
process, which strongly resembles the upper mandible of a parrot,
supposing the base of the mandible to be attached to the sides of
the deltidium. At their point of attachment to the cardinal
margin, the plates are thickened, or rather converted into two
condyles, which fit into a pair of sockets excavated in the corre-
sponding part of the opposite valve: in this mode of articula-
tion, Pentamerus agrees with all the dentigerous palliobranchiate
genera.

Owing to the different degrees of incurvation of the beak in
different species, the arch at its posterior end, that is, where the
plates are attached to the sides of the deltidium, presents some
widely different appearances: thus in Pentamerus galeatus, in
which the beak curves so much downwards as actually to overlap
the natis of the opposite valve to some extent, the arch, from the
condyles to the rostral pomt or apex of the umbone, is doubled
up as it were; whereas in Pentamerus conchidium, in which the
beak extends considerably behind the hinge line, the correspond-
ing part of the arch is completely unfolded.

Besides being connected with the sides of the deltidium, the
arch is attached to the medio-longitudinal line of the roof
of the dorsal valve by means of a vertical plate extending
along its crest, from the posterior to nearly the anterior extre-
mity. The length and depth of this plate vary according to
species: in P, conchidium and P. Knighti, its superior margin
embraces the posterior three-fourths of the length of the shell;
but in P. galeatus and P. bashkiricus it extends no further than
the centre; and as the arch falls lower in P. Knightiui and P.
galeatus than in P. conchidium and P. bashkiricus, this plate is
consequently deeper in the former than im the latter.

The ventral valve (of Pentamerus galeatus) is furnished with

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 85

two outwardly-inclined plates extending from the socket-walls to
the centre, a distance exceeding, by one-fourth “of their length,
the anterior extremity of the arch. Both plates are attached
to the inside or floor of the valve, at a little distance from each
other, nearly their entire length, gradually increasing in height
and becoming more divaricated as they advance. Looking down
upon the plates, their posterior half is seen at first, that is, com-
mencing from the floor of the valve, leaning outward, then to turn
inward, and again to turn outward; this brings their superior
margin nearly in contact with the postero-lateral margin of the
valve to which they are attached: their anterior half is simply
inclined outward at first, and then inward; the difference being
caused by the absence of the superior eflected portion, which, de-
ereasing in depth somewhat rapidly in its progress, is not carried
beyond the middle of the plate: in Pentamerus Knighti the su-
perior eflection is carried much further forward, and it appears to
be the same in P. conchidium.

Although there is considerable dissimilarity between Penta-
’ merus and other palliobranchiate genera, yet I cannot agree to
the amount of difference contended for by M. Verneuil, who
recognises little or no identity between the parts composing the
internal apparatus of the former, and those entering into the com-
position of its homologue in the latter*.

In the first place let us consider the arch of Pentamerus. The
position of the plates composing this arch, relatively to the delti-
dium, and their subserviency to articulation, place beyond doubt
their strict identity with the condyle plates of other Palliobranchs.
This view was first advanced by Von Buch, from an examination
of Pentamerus conchidiumt+. In Productus, &c. the condyle
plates are never seen; in Terebratula they are only partially
present ; while in Spirifer, Atrypa, Hypothyris and Orthist,
they are rarely absent. In those shells which are provided with
them, the position of the condyle plates relatively to each other
is often very different: in many Orthises, Atrypas, Hypothyrises
and certain Terebratulas (7. elongata and T. hastata), they vary
slightly from the perpendicular ; in certain Orthises (O. eximia,
O. crenistria, &c.), and most of the Spirifers, they strongly in-
cline towards each other superiorly, but without coming in con-
tact ; in Spirifer heteroclitus, Orthis adscendens, Uncites Gryphus§,

* Geology of Russia, vol. ii. pp. 107, 108 and 109.

+ Ueber Delthyris, &c.

t The condyle plates are rudimentary in Orthis senilis, O. Wangenheimi,
&c. The peculiar twist of the umbone in O. senilis, &c. is probably owing
to the absence of the condyle plates.

§ This singular shell has the condyle plates forming a remarkably flat-

86 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

Atrypa undata, and in the Camerophorias, they curve in and con-
join at their upper margin so as to form an arch more or less
resembling that of Pentamerus. _

With reference to the suspending plate of the Pentameruses,
its position, and its connexion with the arch or condyle plates,
establish its identity with the mesial plate, which serves to di-
stinguish certain genera and certain species. In Spirifer cris-
tatus, S. Walcotti, S. rostratus, Zeiten, Martinia imbricata, &c.,
this plate, which is large, is situated between and independent
of the condyle plates; in Strigocephalus it is a well-known in-
ternal appendage; in Spirifer heteroclitus it is largely developed
in comparison with the condyle plates, which are cemented to
the lower part of its sides; in Orthis adscendens and the Came-
rophorias it is comparatively small, and attached to the crest of
the arch as in Pentamerus; in certain Orthises, and in the Lep-
teenas, it exists under a rudimentary form, projecting a little
below the central line of their remarkably flattened arch-shaped
process*,

tened arch, separated from the roof of the deltidial valve as in Pentamerus
conchidium, but not suspended as in this species by a mesial plate. The
arch is so flat and the natis of the opposite valve passes so close up to its
under surface, especially in old specimens, as to leave little or no opening
for a pedicle; indeed I suspect that this part only belonged to young indi-
viduals. I am not acquainted with the armature of the opposite valve of
Uncites, it is therefore difficult for me to form any positive conclusion as to
its generic affinities. In the synoptical table it is placed in the family Ze-
rebratulide, on account of its resemblance to Pentamerus conchidium in a
few particulars.

* The most remarkable internal structure that I know of is to be seen in
the dorsal valve of a shell labelled ‘ Terebratula concentrica from the Eifel,”’
specimens of which I owe to the kindness of M. de Verneuil and Mr. W.
R. Loftus. In this species the condyle plates are attached to a process,
which, to use a homely comparison, resembles a shoe-lifter. Imagine a pro-
cess of this kind, about a third of the length of the shell, with its narrow
end fitting into the rostral point, and its lateral margins attached to the in-
side of the dorsal valve along its medio-longitudinal region ; then imagine
the superior margin of the condyle plates attached to its under or convex
surface, one on each of, and along, its sides, and a tolerably correct idea
will be formed of this singular apophysis. ‘To complete the internal structure
of this shell, I may add that its lower valve is furnished with a deep mesial
plate, which supports a concave crural base, and that it possesses a pair of
spiral appendages,—the latter character added to its external form is in favour
of this shell belonging to Atrypa : whether it should be made to form another
genus I am not at present prepared to offer a positive sau Notwith-
standing its dissimilarity to all other known Palliobranchs
in its internal structure, I am led to suppose that the appa-
ratus of the dorsal valve of this species is a modification of
those condyle plates (in many Spirifers) which are drawn
in towards each other at their superior half as here repre-
sented: what is required to convert such a pair of condyle
plates into the apophysis of 4trypa concentrica is the approximating parts

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 87

The plates of the ventral valve, as they are prolongations of
the socket-walls, must be considered as identical with the socket-
plates to be seen in certain paleozoic species, as Orthis eximia,
Spirifer cristatus, S. striolatus, Meckl., Hypothyris? (Terebratula)
nucella, &c., and which are characteristic of that singular Silurian
group described by Pander under the name of Porambonites.

It requires to be mentioned, that in a great many of the shells
lately cited, I have cleaved the plates of the dorsal valve in the
same manner as it is usual to divide those of Pentamerus, which
proves that they are composed of two united lamellz. M. Ver-
neuil seems to be of opinion, that it is in Pentamerus alone that
the plates (at least the mesial one) possess a bilamellar structure,
and that this shell is therefore essentially distinguished from all
other palliobranchiate genera. In some of the shells that I have
broken. up, the lamellz separate as freely as those of Pentamerus ;
in most they are not quite so easily divided, and in a few there
is some difficulty in separating them; the difference, it is highly
probable, being simply due to the more or less intimate union of
the two lamellz of which they are composed.

STRIGOCEPHALUS.

This genus possesses an area furnished with a deltidium, which
is open in young individuals and cicatrized in those fully grown ;
in individuals of an intermediate age, the cicatrix exhibits a small
circular opening, which resembles the entire subapical foramen
of Hypothyris obsoleta, &e.

The inside of the dorsal valve is furnished with a mesial
plate, resembling that which suspends the arch in Pentamerus :
it extends from the umbonal cayity to within a third of its
length of the anterior margin of the valve, increasing in depth
as it advances. With the exception of two slight ridges running
into the condyles, there is no other yestige of an arch-shaped
process.

In the ventral valve, a massive slightly curved process (the
concave side being upwards) stretches from the middle of the
hinge to a little behind the centre of the opposite valve, where
it clasps as it were the mesial plate by means of a bifurcated
extremity ; in other terms, this extremity is notched, which
actually enables the. process to pass to a little more than an

to become confluent as in this diagram, which represents a \. _Y;
transverse section of the apparatus enlarged. Another mo-

dification of the condyle plates is to be seen in Spirifer

mosquensis and §. rostratus (that is, the Jurassic shell so

named by Zeiten), which have them so much prolonged as

nearly to touch the frontal margin of the valve to which

they are attached. (Vide Geology of Russia, vol. ii. for the former species,
and Von Buch on Delthyris for the latter.)

88 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

eighth of an inch of the inner surface of the dorsal valve,
leaving thereby just sufficient space for the thickness of the
animal’s mantle. Iam not aware that any opinion has been
hazarded on the use of this singular process; there is every rea-
son to believe however, from the remarkable modifications which
the cardinal muscular fulerum occasionally undergoes, that both
are strictly homologous. In some fossil Terebratulas the cardinal
muscular support is erect and unusually elongated, particularly
in a cretaceous species, probably 7. pectiniformis ; it appears to
be the same in Orthis eximia, Vern.; and in the existing Tere-
bratula rosea it is very much lengthened, but situated on an
elevation rising out of an excessively dilated cardinal plate.

In the hinge of the same valve are situated two depressions
or sockets for the condyles of the dorsal valve, one on each
side of the cardinal muscular support: the socket-walls are very
much expanded laterally, so as to form two prominent plates,
which descend, curving in towards each other at the same time,
to a little below the origin of the cardinal muscular support,
where they nearly touch a slightly elevated vertical plate, which
stretches to about half-way along the medio-longitudinal line ~
of the valve. Their origin and position, and the peculiarity
next to be described, are highly in favour of these plates consti-
tuting a divided crural base*. ach of the crural plates, on its
lower part, gives off a slender lamelliform process, which curves
(the concave side upwards) towards the anterior end of the me-
sial plate of the dorsal valve, but a little to one side of it; the
process now makes a sudden bend upon itself, curves downwards
and postero-laterally, till it nearly touches the end of the car-
dinal line; here it makes a sharp forward curve, runs along the
side, and afterwards along the front of the valves, at the distance
of a quarter of an inch from their margin, to nearly the medio-
longitudinal line of the shell; further I have not been able to
trace it. This is the course of both processes: they thus form
two symmetrical subgyrate appendages, which remind one of the
spiral coils of the Spirifers and the folded loop of the Terebra-
tulas. It is to be hoped that sufficient has been adduced to
show the generic difference between Strigocephalus and Penta-
merus, which has occasionally been doubted+. The difference
is such as to induce me to place the former in the family Spirz-

* This view is further supported by the striking resemblance which these
plates bear to the concave crural base of Martinia (Terebratula) hyalina,
Buch. This species is interesting in another point of view, as from its
external resemblance to Strigocephalus, we are warranted in supposing that
both are intimately related to each other, although belonging to separate

genera.
+ “The difference between Strigocephalus and Pentamerus appears to
me not very important.””—Phillips, Paleeozoic Fossils of Cornwall, &c., p. 55.

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 89

ferida, and the latter in that of Terebratulide. Besides its sub-
gyrate processes and its deltidium (which when the shell is
young has precisely the character of that of the Spirifers), its
close resemblance to Martinia (Terebratula) hyalina, Buch, both
as regard external characters and the crural base, are eminently
in favour of Strigocephalus belonging to the Spiriferide ; and
the probability is even great that it is directly allied to the genus
Martinia.

CAMEROPHORIA.

Some years ago I was struck with the remarkable difference
between the casts of a magnesian limestone Terebratula and.
those of every other species with-which I was then acquainted.
Judging from casts of the dorsal valve of the latter, it was
obvious that the umbonal cavity had been either furnished with
two vertical condyle plates, generally divaricating as they passed
from the beak, or unprovided with any kind of armature; but
in the former there had evidently been an arch-shaped process,
suspended from the roof of the umbonal cavity by a shallow

late. The contrast between casts of the magnesian limestone
shell and of certain carboniferous species (Hypothyris pleurodon,
H. pugnus, &c.) closely allied to it by external characters, was
particularly striking. In 1840 Dr. Goldfuss kindly favoured me
with some casts of a fossil labelled “ Pentamerus Knightu from
Hohenzolen,” when I was immediately struck with their resem-
blance to the magnesian limestone species, which I at once con-
cluded to be a Pentamerus; but on a further comparison I
became convinced that there was a decided difference between
them in the apophysis of the ventral valve. M. Verneuil also
_ appears to have been at first led to suppose that the magnesian
limestone shell, specimens of which he collected in Russia, was
a Pentamerus ; but though M. Verneuil and myself are now satis-
fied that this was an error, we differ in opinion as to the value
of the internal structure which belongs to the shell in question :
M. Verneuil considers it not sufficiently marked to form a ge-
geric character; while I am led to believe that it ought to be
regarded as diagnostic of a new genus, for which the name Ca-
merophoria is proposed. _

Having, by the examination of a large number of specimens
of the typical species (C. [Terebratula| Schlotheimi) m various
states of preservation, satisfied myself regarding the internal
characters of Camerophoria, I will now proceed to describe them
with reference to their generic value.

The upper or rostral valve possesses a deltidium, which is open
and only exposed in young individuals; in old ones it becomes
dilated at its base, and is then occupied by the umbone of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xvii. H

90 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

opposite valve, as in Pentamerus galeatus. Two condyle plates
pass from the deltidium, one on each side of it, toa third of the
length of the shell; they conjoin at their superior margin, so
as to form an arch-shaped process, the crest of which is attached
to the roof of the valve by means of a shallow vertical plate.
In no respect do these plates differ from those composing the
arch and its support in Pentamerus, except in degree.

In the ventral valve, the space between the socket-walls is
occupied with a triangular horizontal plate or platform, having
two of its margins attached to the hinge, and the other one free
and facing the cavity of the shell. Upon the platform is situated
a rounded protuberance, which from its position and the lines or
strize on its surface, is evidently the cardinal muscular support.
From the free margin of the platform arise two slender filiform
processes (one on each side of and close to its centre), which
curving upwards pass to the anterior end of the arch, just within
touching it. Immediately below these processes, a much larger
one is seen to originate, and to project with a slight upward curve
nearly to the centre of the shell, and within a third of its own
length of the opposite valve: it becomes considerably dilated
towards its free extremity, and is concave superiorly, which
gives it a spoon-shaped appearance. ‘This process is supported
by a deep vertical plate extending from the under side of the
platform to a considerable distance along the medio-longitudinal
line of the shell.

On comparing the armature of the dorsal valve of Camero-
phoria with that of the corresponding valve of Pentamerus, the
strongest resemblance is visible; but as the arch and its support
are occasionally seen in other genera, they cannot be considered
of much value in a generic point of view: if however our atten-
tion be directed to the ventral valve, we observe a structure
which cannot be disposed of so summarily. In Pentamerus the
separation of the two socket-plates at their base is such as to
afford room for the attachment of the inferior terminations of
the valvular muscles to the inner surface of the lower valve. In
Camerophoria however 1 am convinced that these muscles were
not so attached, but that they were supported by the projecting
spoon-shaped process. The reasons for this view are, that no
muscular impressions are visible on the inner surface of the
ventral valve; that where they only can occur, the surface is
crowded with vascular impressions ; and that in Hypothyris, an
allied genus, several species (H. acuminatus, H. pugnus, &c.)
exhibit the muscular impressions on that part of the mer surface
of the ventral valve corresponding to the place in Camerophoria
which is overspread by the spoon-shaped process. Has a valvular
muscular support, in the form of a projecting process, ever been

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 91

seen in the ventral valve of any other Palliobranchiate genus?
As far as my own observations extend, 1 haye not yet become
acquainted with a single instance of the kind,

M. Verneuil’s principal reason for maintainimg the genus
Pentamerus is founded on an alleged wide dissimilarity between
its internal apparatus and that of all other cognate genera: it
has been shown however that the amount of dissimilarity is not
so great; nevertheless, very few will be disposed to question the
validity of this genus, inasmuch as it possesses a combination of
characters peculiar to itself, This 1s no more than may be
claimed for Camerophoria, which, until it is known that a project-
ing process for the support of the valvular muscles exists in the
lower valve of other Palliobranchs, may be considered a more
isolated genus than Pentamerus.

Reverting to the remaining characters belonging to Camero-.
phoria, the platform appears to be the same as the crural base.
(in this case a flat one) of Terebratula, and may therefore have
supported the inferior pedicle muscles. The filiform processes
I am disposed to. look upon as supports for the labial appendages
and the visceral parts of the mollusk.

It may be asked, is not the valvular muscular process in the
ventral valve of Camerophoria, the plates of Pentamerus united ?
Considering the definition previously given of a socket-plate, L
am certainly disposed to think that it is not: the latter being:
prolongations of the socket-walls, compels us to consider them as.
true socket-plates; but as regards the former, its total want of
connexion with the sockets, and its striking off from below the
centre of the free margin of the platform, strongly support the
view that it is the mesial plate to be seen in the lower valve of
many shells (Atrypa concentrica, Terebratula rostrata, Hypothy-
ris pugnus, Orthis Michelini, Strigocephalus, &c.) bilaterally ex-
panded on its superior margin.

Camerophoria appears to have an extensive geographical range.
M. Verneuil has collected two species in Russia, C. Schlotheimi
and C. superstes, the former in the carboniferous limestone and
the latter in the lowest beds of the Permian system. I have
specimens of an allied species from the mountain limestone of
Weardale. The genus abounds in the magnesian limestone near
Sunderland, and in the Zechstein of the Thuringer-Wald: in
the former locality three, if not more species are found. The
strong external resemblance which Camerophoria bears to certain
carboniferous and Devonian shells, leads me to think that it will
hereafter be found to comprise a number of species*.

* As M. Verneuil’s objection to the genus Camerophoria appears tz be

founded only on a knowledge of the structure of the dorsal valve, it will be
unnecessary to say more than that, if the species belonging to it differed from
H2

92 Mr. W. King on certain Genera

STROPHALOSIA.

If we examine Productus giganteus, P. horridus, &c., it will
be seen that they do not possess articulating condyles nor an
area. - The absence of these characters has generally been urged
as essentially distinguishing Productus from most of the Pal-
liobranchiate genera. It is not to be denied, however, that
some species of this genus may have existed possessing an area
and teeth in a rudimentary or incipient state*. Considering
how closely allied Productus is to the dentigerous and areated
genera, the presence of these characters under such a condition
is to be expected in some species, which in this case would be
looked upon as so many aberrant forms; but when we find both
the condyles and area assuming a fully developed form, and pre-
vailing in a number of species allied to each other by other di-
stinguishing characters; and these species belonging to three
consecutive geological periods, and having a wide geographical
range, it then becomes a question whether it would not be work-
ing out a natural division to group such species under a separate
genus: as this is my opinion, I have been induced to form a
genus for them, bearing the name Strophalosia.

It will now be necessary to enter more into detail respecting
the distinguishing characters of Strephalosia. Both valves pos-
sess an area, that of the ventral valve being merely the hinge-plate
thickened: the area of the dorsal valve is furnished with a cica-
trized deltidium, at the base of which are situated two condyles
which fit into a pair of sockets excavated in the hinge-plate of
the opposite valve, one on each side of the cardinal muscular
fulcrum: the umbone of the large valve is generally flattened or
irregularly indented, and the entire face of the ventral valve is
often furnished with spmest.

Hypothyris only to the extent that Orthis adscendens and Spirifer hetero-
clitus do from their respective genera, I would not hesitate to consider them
as Hypothyrises.

* M. Verneuil places Productus comoides in Chonetes, because it possesses
an area and cardinal spines. If the figures given by Von Buch in plate 1
of his memoir on Productus represent the internal structure of P. comoides,
we may then be certain that this species does not belong to Chonetes, since
the concave or ventral valve of this genus is not furnished with the crescent-
shaped bodies to be seen in one of the figures just referred to, and charac-
teristic of Productus. A specimen of Productus giganteus in the Newcastle
museum exhibits what might be taken for an area, but which, instead of
oeing an additional piece set on the hinge-plate, as is the case with a true
area, is only the hinge-plate itself considerably thickened. Perhaps this is
the case with the Productus comoides examined by M. Verneuil.

+ M. Verneuil has pointed out the existence of spines on the flat valve of
the so-called Productus horrescens. In the true Productuses, the spines,
when present on this valve, are generally confined to the cardinal region :
Productus punctatus and P. fimbriatus may be exceptions.

belonging to the Class Palliobranchiata. 93

The whole of the foregoing characters distinguish Strophalosia
from Productus, both of which agree in the form of their valves,
in their dorsal valve being beset with spines, and to a certain
extent in their internal structure*.

Another apparent distinguishing character of Strophalosia con-
sists in its habit or mode of attachment: the flattened state of
the umbone, so general to the species, goes far to prove that they
were attached to foreign bodies by this part, as obtains in most
of the Thecideas ; further, several of my specimens of a magne-
sian limestone species are found under cireumstances completely
proving, that in addition to an umbonal attachment, they adhered
to the inner surface of dead shells of Productus horridus by means
of long creeping spines.

The species which I purpose placing in the genus Strophalosia
are the following: Productus horrescens, Vern.; P. subaculeatus,
Murch. ; Orthis productoides, Murch. ; a Himalayan fossil, three
magnesian limestone species found in the neighbourhood of Sun-
derland, and a few doubtful forms, as Productus spinulosus.

The above shells are found in the Devonian, Carboniferous and
Permian deposits. They have equally as extensive a geographical
range. M. Verneuil has discovered two species in Russia: three
species occur in the magnesian limestone of Sunderland, one of
which I have found in the Zechstein of Konitz in Thuringia:
one (or more) belongs to our home carboniferous deposits : spe-
cies identical with those found in Russia, and some others, occur
in the Hifel and the Bas-Boulonnais: and I have specimens of a
species { collected by the late Dr. Gerard in crossing the boundary

* There is a slight but interesting difference between Strophalosia and
Productus in their ovarian impressions or crescent-shaped bodies, which will
be explained and figured in my “ Monograph.”

+ This mode of attachment of Strophalosia will probably throw some light
on the habit of Productus. Many suppose that the latter was attached by
means of fibres passing out between the hinge-plates, which does not appear
to be supported by any evidence: Koninck, from an examination of Pro-
ductus proboscideus, supposes that it was attached by means of fibres pass-
ing out of the anterior opening, which would compel us to conclude that the
genus did not belong to the Palliobranchiata. Instead of Productus probos-
cideus subserving such an office, I cannot but think that it simply served as
a passage for the ingress and egress currents. The tubular form of the an-
terior opening is also seen in old individuals of a magnesian limestone Stro-
phalosia. As the convex valve of Strophalosia was attached, I am led to
believe that the same valve of Productus was the inferior one, as is the case
with Pecten dentatus, P. Jacobeus, and others having the byssal sinus or
notch in the large valve.

t This is the shell which Dr. Gerard alludes to in his Journal as resem-
bling an oyster (vide Asiatic Researches of the Bengal Society, vol. xviii.).
As it does not appear to have been named, I embrace the present opportu-
nity of dedicating it to this enterprising traveller, and drawing up a pro-
visional specific character for it.

Strophalosia Gerardi.—Ezxternal Characters. Form oval; width greater

94 Dr. B.C, Alexander’s Hweursions in Upper Styria.

of Ladakh and Bis-Ahér, in the Himalayas, at an elevation of
17,000 feet above the level of the sea.

Strophalosia and Productus are placed in the synoptical table
in a family distinct from that of Strophomenide, because from all
the genera of the latter they are distinguished by the form of
their ovarian spaces and the presence of spines. In the former
character some of the Strophomenas (S. transversalis, 8. oblonga,
&c.) appear to approximate them ; and in the latter they are assi-
milated to a certain extent by Chonetes.

XII.—Ezcursions in Upper Styria, 1842.
By R. C. Avexanper, M.D,*

On the 2nd of July I visited the romantic ravine between Arzberg
and Gutenberg, and found Pyrola media, Sazxifraga elatior (M.
and K.), Aizoon, rotundifolia, Sedum dasyphyllum, Rhododendron
hirsutum, Athamanta cretensis, Teucrium montanum, Scrophularia
canina, Euonymus latifolius, Dianthus plumarius, Hieraciwum inci-
sum, Mehringia Pone, Peltaria alliacea, Arenaria laricifolia.

On the 7th of July I was on the Schéckel, a mountain above
5000 English feet high, near Gratz, and found Ranunculus al-
pestris and aconitifolius, Hieracium villosum, Botrychium lunaria,
Saxifraga controversa, Soldanella alpina in fruit, Spergula sagi-
noides, Anthemis tinctoria, but was prevented by heavy rain from
continuing on the mountain.

On the 15th of July I was on the Lantsch, and found Astra-
galus Cicer, Meehringia heterophylla, Koch (diversifol. Doll.), Me-
lica ciliata, Sambucus racemosa, Myagrum paniculatum, Semper-
vivum hirtum, Androsace lactea, Aronicum Clusii, Carex atrata
and firma, Chrysanthemum corymbosum, Cotoneaster vulgaris, Cen-
taurea montana, Cortusa Matthioli, Carduus personata, Dryas oc-
topetala, Geum rivale, Gymnadenia conopsea var. minor, Lonicera
nigra, Orchis globosa, Ribes alpinum, Sonchus alpinus, Silene acau-

than the length in the proportion of six to five. [The specimens examined
are 1} in. wide and 1} in. Jong.] Upper valve convex, the convexity, which
is greatest over the cardinal line, equal to one-third of the width of the
shell: opposite valve concave, the concavity equal to half of the convexit
of the upper valve. Umbone rounded, slightly prominent. Area: lengt
equal to half the width of the shell, depth equal to one-sixth of its own
length. Deltidium, the base one-third the length ofits side. Spines of the
dorsal valve adpressed, none exceeding a quarter of an inch in length, di-
stant from each by a space equal to twice their diameter (which is the six-
teenth of an inch in the largest spines): spines of the ventral valve (speci-
mens imperfect in this particular).—Jnternal Characters (unknown). The
formation to which this species belongs has not yet been ascertained : one
of my specimens is associated with a /’enestella. It is from the crest of a pass
near the boundary of Ladah and Bisahar at an elevation of 17,000 feet.
* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, April 9th, 1846.

Dr. R. G, Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria. 95

lis, Thlaspi montanum, Thesium alpinum, Veratrum album, Pedi-
cularis verticillata, Convallaria verticillata, Valeriana saxatilis,
Draba aizoides, Gentiana acaulis, Lilium bulbiferum, Potentilla
Clusiana, Helianthemum elandicum, Primula integrifolia, and all
that I had found on the Schéckel.

At an inn at the foot of the mountain the people spoke a jar-
gon that I had great difficulty in understanding, and they had as
much I suppose in comprehending me. The innkeeper told me,
begging my pardon, that I did not speak German very well, and
should stay a month or two with him in the Breitenau to learn
the language. I asked him if he did not think I had better op-
portunities in Gratz: Oh no, he said, they talk there according to
book, “ nach der Schrift.”

The Lantsch is one of the stations given in books for the rare
Saxifraga hieracifolia on the authority of Vest, the late Professor.
It has never been found there, the specimen in Vest’s herbarium
having been sent to him from the Carpathians by Zahlbruckner,
and recognised by him here in Gratz. Whether Vest wished to
have the credit of finding a rare plant, or from slovenliness had
got the Carpathian specimen mixed with Styrian ones accidentally,
I cannot say. He was the most untidy botanist ever known.
His specimens were never pressed, but -put as they were into
bandboxes. Dr. Maly was commissioned after his death to ex-
amine the collection, and gives a most humorous account of it,—
a blackberry stuck with a pin upon a leaf, &. The Sawifraga in
question has been found on the Reichart, but very sparingly.

My next excursion was over the alps to Leoben. On the way
_ [found abundance of the Mehringia heterophylla, but already out
of blossom. It was first discovered by M. Zehentner about three
years ago, and appears to be very common in ravines where the
stone is clay-slate, both in Styria and Carinthia. Phyteuma
scorzonerifolium and some common subalpine plants.

From Leoben I madea very pleasant and remunerating excur-
sion up the Reiting. It is tedious to give a mere catalogue of the
plants collected on every separate mountain when there is nothing
particularly interesting about any of them, and I shall therefore
give a full list at the end. On this excursion, from incautiously
drinking cold milk and cold water, I suffered for the rest of the
summer from diarrheea on all the alps that I attempted to
ascend. I believe the milk is the chief cause of this complaint,
and im Upper Styria there is nothing else to be got on the moun-
tains. ‘The next that I explored was the Grimming, a very dif-
ficult and dangerous one, consisting of a brittle limestone that
splinters in the hand of the climber. During a hailstorm that
overtook us great masses came rolling down the ravines. I found
that day scarcely anything. On the Hoch Yolling, about 10,000

96 Dr. R.C. Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria.

English feet high, I collected many interesting things: Eritri-
chium Hacquetii, Androsace alpina, Geum reptans, Sesleria di-
sticha, Primula glutinosa, and others that grow at the snow line.

Having given a rather detailed account of excursions in the
Windisch part of the province, it is fair here to describe one in
Upper Styria. On the road towards the Grimming my fellow-
traveller was a very intelligent mine-engineer from Hungary,
who had been appointed to superintend some iron-works of a
Styrian company and been in their service many years. By his
recommendation I visited Schladming. The valley is for an al-
pine country extremely beautiful. To me alps have no great
charms, but the outline of the mountains here is grand and stri-
king. The path from Schladming leads for an English mile along
a succession of fine waterfalls. The valley then divides, and I
ascended the Unterthal. The protestant clergyman lent me a
book descriptive of the district, in which these two dales, Ober-
thal and Unterthal, are raised into competition with the most
beautiful parts of Tyrol. It was into these mountains that the
protestants fled for refuge during the persecution under Ferdi-
nand II., and half the population of Schladming and the whole
of that of the Ramsau is of that persuasion. They are now tole-
rated. Nothing can be more striking than the difference between
this protestant part and the rest of Styria. Here I found beau-
tiful cattle, well-built houses two or three stories high, good
fences and well-dressed people. I felt on entermg the Ramsau
as if I were come to adifferent kingdom. I had often heard the
remark made of the Swiss cantons, but could not conceive it fully
till I made this excursion.

The Yolling lies on the opposite side of Schladming. The guide
told me I should find good night-quarters, and brought me to the
hut where the dairymaid lives durmg the summer months, the
Zennerinn.

The next morning we started at five, and were within an hour’s
walk of the summit, when the clouds approaching rendered it
dangerous to proceed, and we descended by a different path into
the Oberthal.

For the first time I had the opportunity of seemg pastoral
life on an alp. The evening in July draws in there at about six
o’clock; and the goats come home of their own accord. The
cows and sheep must be driven home. It is extraordinary how
these latter climb the precipices, the cows as well as the sheep.
In Switzerland in the same situation there would probably have
been a decent inn and accommodation for travellers as good as
in towns. In Styria one must content oneself with admirmg
nature. One advantage of travelling here is the cheapness. I
gave a shepherd boy who accompanied me about three hours a

Dr. R. C. Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria. 97

ten-kreuzer piece, fourpence English, and he kissed my hand and
said it was too much. —

As a sample of what may be found on one of the higher
mountains in this province, I give the catalogue of what I brought
home from the Yolling :— rere

Aronicum Clusii and var. glaciale. —_—_ Linaria alpina.

Azalea procumbens.
Aconitum Lycoctonum.
Napellus.
Avena sempervirens.
versicolor,
Androsace alpina.
Arenaria austriaca.
Agrostis rupestris.
Aspidium Lonchitis.
Bartsia alpina.
Carex frigida.
atrata.
curvula.
Centaurea Phrygia.
Cirsium heterophyllum.
spinosissimum.

Chrysanthemum alpinum.
Cerastium ovatum, Hopp.

Cardamine resedifolia.
alpina.
Campanula alpina.
pusilla.
barbata.
Cherleria sedoides.
Cineraria rivularis.
Eritrichium Hacquetii.
Eriophorum capitatum.
Euphrasia salisburgensis.
Geum montanum.
reptans.
Gentiana punctata.
nivalis.
acaulis.

bavarica 6.imbricata, Schleich.

Gnaphalium fuscum.
Hedysarum obscurum.
Hutchinsia alpina.
Heracleum austriacum.

Oxyria reniformis.

Polygonum viviparum.

Pedicularis incarnata.
asplenifolia.
recutita.

Phyteuma hemisphzricum,

globularifolium.

Phleum alpinum.

Potentilla aurea.

clusiana.

Primula minima.

glutinosa.

Pinguicula alpina.

Ranunculus glacialis.

Rhododendron ferrugineum.

Rhodiola rosea.

Salix retusa.

Statice alpina.

Saxifraga muscoides.
androsacea.
stellaris.
aspera.

Aizoon.
aizoides.
oppositifolia.
rotundifolia.

Sempervivum montanum,

arachnoideum,

Silene acaulis.

Pumilio.

Sesleria disticha.

Soldanella pusilla.

Swertia perennis.

Senecio alpinus.

carniolicus.

Vaccinium uliginosum.

Valeriana. celtica,

Veronica alpina.

My next excursion was to Klagenfurt, and thence up the
Sultzbach mountain on the frontier of Styria and Carniola.
Klagenfurt is situated on the Drave exactly as Gratz is on the
Mur, in the midst of a tract of-alluvial land, and has nearly the
same flora. Arrived at Sultzbach, we quartered ourselves on
the clergyman, who does not exactly keep an inn, but is very
happy to see respectable travellers, and does not refuse a few
florins as recompense. He is the only person in the place ex-

98 Dr. R.C. Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria.

cept his housekeeper that understands German. The friend who
accompanied me was too zealous a catholic to climb a mountain
on Frauen Tag, and so I went up alone and found the beautiful
Campanula Zoysti, Saxifraga squarrosa, Sieb., and Cirsium car-
niolicum, Scop. The latter was a new discovery for the flora of
Styria. The rain compelled me to return long before reaching
the top. <Astrantia carniolica and Hieracium porrifolium are
very abundant there. Next day was a grand dinner at the cler-
gyman’s, and two vicars from neighbouring mountain parishes
came to assist at some solemnity and dined with us. Among
other dainties was bear’s meat. One of the two visitors was a
young man much taken with botany. He told me I should do
him a great favour if I could induce any friend to come and stay
with him a whole summer. He has nobody but his clerk to
speak to, knows all the mountains well, and would gladly accom-
pany his visitor on all his rambles. I asked him if he would
plague himself with a foreigner who could not speak much
German. He said he would welcome anybody who came as a
botanist. Sieber was several summers on that part of the range
called the Loibl, and to judge from the herbaria of friends who
have explored it, there are no mountains in Austria that would
better repay the trouble of searching them.

Returning from Sultzbach by the magnificent Schwarzenbach
valley, I found Campanula thyrsoidea tolerably abundant.

Since my return to Gratz I have made one short trip to Feis-
tritz, more as an afternoon’s drive than an excursion, but found
Helianthemum fumana and Mentha gentilis; and since then, in
company with Dr. Maly, Falcaria Rivini, Galium boreale and
parisiense.

The principal Plants collected in Styria, south of the Drave, in
1842, with a few from the neighbouring provinces.

Clematis erecta, Z.
Vitalba, Z.
Atragene alpina, Z.

Thalictrum aquilegifolium, L.

minus, Z
Anemone trifolia, Z.
ranunculoides, L.
Adonis estivalis, Z.
Ranunculus Thora, Z.
auricomus, LZ.
sceleratus, L.
Helleborus niger, Z.
viridis, Z.

atrorubens, W. K,

Isopyrum thalictroides, ZL.
Delphinium Consolida, Z.
Aconitum Lycoctonum, Z,

Acteea spicata, LZ.
Berberis vulgaris, L.
Epimedium alpinum, ZL.
Nympheea alba, Z.
Nuphar lutea, Sm.
Corydalis cava, Schw.
solida, Sim.

Nasturtium officinale, R. Br.
palustre, DC.
sylvestre, R. B.
Barbarea vulgaris, R. B.
Turritis glabra, L.
Arabis turrita, Z.
alpina, L.
arenosa, Scop.

Dr. R. C, Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria.

Cardamine maa L.
ee Le
trifolia, Z.
Dentaria trifolia, W. K,
enneaphyllos, L.
ne Lam.
ubifera, Z
Hesperis matronalis, L.
Sisymbrium Sophia, L.
Erysimum pallens, fall.
strictum, Welt,
Alyssum montanum, ZL. ?
calycinum, L,
Farsetia incana, 2. B.
Lunaria rediviva, Z.
Draba aizoides, L.
Kernera saxatilis, Reich.
Camelina sativa, Cran.
Thlaspi perfoliatum, Z.
montanum, LZ,
Biscutella laevigata, L.
Lepidium Draba, L.
Neslia paniculata, Desv,

Helianthemum celandicum, W,, ca-

num.

Viola lactea, A. B.
mirabilis, Jacq.
biflora, Z.

Parnassia palustris, Z.

Polygala comosa, Schh.

amara, ZL.

Tunica Saxifraga, Scop.

Dianthus Armeria, Z

sylvestris, Wulf.
plumarius, ZL.

’ carthusianorum, Z.
barbatus, Z.
deltoides, Z,

Saponaria officinalis, LZ,

Silene nemoralis, W. K.
nutans, Z,
gallica, L.
rubella, Wulf,
Saxifraga, L.
quadrifida, Z.
alpestris, Jacq.
rupestris, Z.

Lychnis Viscaria, L.

Arenaria rubra, Z.

Meehringia muscosa, L.

Pone, Lenzi.

Stellaria nemorum, ZL.

Meenchia mantica, A.

Linum viscosum, Z,

flavum, LZ,

Malva Alcea, £.

99

Althea officinalis, Z.
Hypericum humifusum, L.
Acer pseudo-platanus, L.
Geranium pheum, Z.
sylvaticum, L.

Impatiens Noli-me-tangere, L,

Staphylea pinnata, L,

Euonymus latifolius, Z.

verrucosus, Jacq.

Rhamnus alpinus, LZ.

Rhus Cotinus, Z.

Genista scariosa, Viv.
germanica, L.
arnt L.
tinctoria, Z.,pubescens, Lang.

Cytisus alpinus, Z.
purpureus, ZL.
prostratus, Scop.
hirsutus, L.
capitatus, Jacq.
nigricans, L.

Ononis hircina, Jacq.

Medicago carstiensis, Jacq.

Melilotus vulgaris, Willd.

Trifolium medium, LZ.

alpestre, L.
rubens, Z.
ochroleucum, LZ.
arvense, L.
montanum, J.
hybridum, Z.
patens, Schreb.

Dorycnium herbaceum, Viil.

Galega officinalis, Z.

Coronilla coronata, Jacq.

varia, L.
Hippocrepis comosa, L.
Vicia grandiflora, Scop.
tenuifolia, Roth.
oroboides, Wulf.
lathyroides, LZ.

Lathyrus Aphaca, Z.
Nissolia, Z.
tuberosus, Z.

Orobus vernus, Z,
niger, L.
luteus, Z.
tuberosus, Z.

Prunus Padus, Z.
Spireea Aruncus, Z.
ulmifolia, Z.
filipendula, Z.
Fragaria elatior, Ehr.
Potentilla rupestris, Z.
alba, Z,
recta, L.

100 Dr. R.C. Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria.

Potentilla inclinata, Vill.
micrantha, Ram.
argentea, L.
aurea, L.
opaca, L.
caulescens, L.
Aremonia agrimonioides, Neck.
Rosa gallica, LZ.
alpina, Z.
Alchemilla alpina, Z.
Crateegus monogyna, Jacq.
Pyrus Chamemespilus, Lind.
Aronia rotundifolia, Pers.
Sorbus Aria, Cra.
torminalis, Cra.
Aucuparia, L.

Circeea alpina, L.
Trapa natans, L.
Hippuris vulgaris, Z.
Peplis Portula, Z.
Montia fontana, ZL.
Herniaria glabra, L.
Sedum hispanicum, Z.
album, Z.
sexangulare, L.
dasyphyllum, J.
Saxifraga Aizoon, L.
cristata, Vest.
squarrosa, Sieb.
aizoides, L.
atrorubens, Bert.
cuneifolia, Z.
bulbifera, Z.
rotundifolia, Z.
Chrysosplenium alternifolium.

Dondia Epipactis, Spr.

Astrantia major, L.
carniolica, Scop.

Eryngium campestre, L.

Carum Carui, LZ.

Seseli glaucum, L.

Athamanta cretensis, Z.

Peucedanum Oreoselinum, Men.

Heracleum austriacum, L.
Laserpitium latifolium, Z.

- Siler, Z.
Scandix Pecten-Veneris, Z.
Cherophyllum hirsutum, LZ.
Loranthus europzeus, L.
Sambucus racemosus, Z.
Lonicera Xylosteum, L.

Caprifolium, Z.
alpigena,-L.
Asperula arvensis, Z.

Galium vernum, Scop.
rotundifolium, Z.
sylvaticum, L.

Valeriana tripteris, L.

saxatilis, L.

Dipsacus laciniatus, L.

Scabiosa sylvatica, L.
ochroleuca, L.

Cacalia alpina, L.

Homogyne sylvestris, Cass.

alpina, Cass.

Petasites albus; Gédrt.

Bellidiastrum Michelii, Cass.

Erigeron canadensis, L.

Buphthalmum salicifolium, L.

Inula hirta, Z.

Pulicaria dysenteria, L.

Chrysanthemum corymbosum, L.

Pyrethrum macrophyllum, Willd.

Doronicum austriacum, Jacq.

Arnica montana, L.

Cineraria crispa, L.
longifolia, Jacq.

Senecio nemorensis, Z.

Fuchsii, Gmel.
Cirsium pannonicum, Gaud.

carniolicum, Scop.

Erisithales, Z.

Carduus personata, L.

nutans, LZ.

Carlina acaulis, Z.

Centaurea Jacea, L.
nigrescens, Willd.
variegata, Lam.

Lapsana foetida, Willd.

Leontodon incanus, Schrank.

Hypocheeris maculata, Z.

Taraxacum lividum, Wig.

Prenanthes purpurea, L.

Lactuca perennis, L.

Crepis preemorsa,. Z’ausch.

Hieracium Auricula, Z.

porrifolium, Z.
flexuosum, W. Kit.

Xanthium strumarium, Z.

Phyteuma nigrum, Schm.
spicatum, LL.

Campanula Zoysii.

pusilla, Henke.
patula, Z.
sibirica, Z.
persicifolia, Z.
rapunculoides, LZ.
thyrsoidea, Z.
Cervicaria, L.

barbata, Z.

Dr. R. C, Alexander’s Excursions in Upper Styria. 101

Prismatocarpus Speculum, L’ Her.
Vaccinium Vitis Idea, Z.
Erica carnea, LZ.
Rhododendron hirsutus, A,
Chamecistus, Z,
Pyrola chlorantha, Swar.
uniflora, Z.
secunda, LZ.
Monotropa Hypopitys. ©
Fraxinus Ornus, L.
Cynanchum vincetoxicum, R. Br,
Vinca minor, LZ.
Menyanthes trifoliata, Z,
Gentiana cruciata, Z.
asclepiadea, J.
utriculosa, Z.
germanica, L.
Cuscuta europea, L.
Epithymum, LZ.
Epilinum, Weihe.
Echinospermum Lappula, L.
Omphalodes verna, Meen.
Symphytum tuberosum, L.
Cerinthe minor, Z.
Pulmonaria mollis, Wolf.
officinalis, Z.
Lithospermum purp. cerul., Z.
Myosotis ae BE Mikan.
Physalis Alkekengi, L
Scopolina atropoides, Schult.
Verbascum Blattaria, Z.
orientale, M. B.
phlomoides, L.
Scrophularia glandulosa, W. K.
canina, L.
vernalis, Z.
Gratiola officinalis, Z.
Digitalis grandiflora, Lam.
Antirrhinum majus, ZL.
Orontium, Z.
Orobanche Picridis, Schul.
Veronica austriaca, Jacq.
acinifolia, LZ.
triphyllos, Z.
saxatilis, Z.
urticifolia, Z.
latifolia, LZ.
Peederota Ageria, L.
Rhinanthus Alectorolophus, L.
Bartsia alpina, L.
Euphrasia salisburgensis, Funk.
Salvia glutinosa, Z.
pratensis, LZ,
verticillata, Z.
Calamintha grandiflora, Men.
Glecoma hirsuta, W. XK,
Lamium Orvula, Z.

Lamium incisum, Willd,
maculatum, LZ.
Galeobdolon luteum, Huds.
Stachys alpina, L.
recta, Z.
Leonurus Cardiaca, L.
Scutellaria hastifolia, Z.
Prunella grandiflora, L.
alba, Pall.
Ajuga genevensis, L.
Chamepitys, L.

Teucrium Botrys, Z.

Chameedrys, L.
Utricularia vulgaris, L.
Lysimachia punctata, L,
Primula Auricula, Z.
Cyclamen europzum, L.
Globularia vulgaris, LZ.

cordifolia, Z.
Calamintha Nepeta, L.

Amaranthus Blitum, Sm.
retroflexus, L.
Kochia scoparia, Schr.
Daphne Cneorum, L.
Mezereon, L.
Thesium alpinum, Z.
intermedium, Schrad.
Aristolochia pallida, W. K.
Clematitis, LZ.
Asarum europzeum, LZ.
Euphorbia dulcis, Z.
verrucosa, Z.
epithymoides, ZL.
Esula, Z.
virgata, W. Kit.
Mercurialis ovata, Hoppe.
Parietaria erecta, M. XK.
Quercus pubescens, Will.
Cerris, Z.'
Ostrya vulgaris, Will,
Juniperus nana, Will.

Acorus Calamus, Z.
Arum maculatum, Z.
Orchis fusca, Jacq.
militaris, Z.
variegata, All,
globosa, LZ.
sambucina, ZL.
pallens, Z.
speciosa, Host.
albida, Scop.
hircina, Swartz.
coriophora, L.
ustulata, Z.
Ophrys myodes, Sw,

102 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

Ophrys arachnites, Hffm. Muscari racemosum, Mill.
aranifera, Huds. Veratrum album, Z.
Epipogium Gmelini, Rich. Tofieldia calyculata, Wahl.
Cephalanthera pallens, Rich. Luzula albida, DC.
rubra, ich. Carex Davalliana, Sm.
Kpipactis latifolia, Sw. brizoides, L.
_Listera Nidus-avis, Hook. montana, Z.
Corallorhiza innata, R. Br. alba, Scop.
Crocus vernus, L. pilosa, Scop,
Iris germanica, L. humilis, Leys,
graminea, L. _ pendula, Good.
Leucojum estivum, Z. vesicaria, L.
Galanthus nivalis, Z. hirta, Z., subleevis.
Convallaria verticillata, Z. Michelii, Host.
polygonatum, L. Panicum Crus-Galli, Z.
Maianthemum bifolium, DC. miliaceum.
Ruscus hypoglossum, L. Hierochloa australis, 2. S.
Tamus communis, Z. Phleum Michelii, 4/i.
Lilium Martagon, ZL. Milium effusum, Z.
chalcedonicum, DC. Sesleria czerulea, 4rd.
Krythronium Dens-canis, L. Melica nutans, L.
Anthericum ramosum, Z. ciliata, Z.
Hemerocallis flava, L. Poa bulbosa, Z., vivipara.
Ornithogalum pyrenaicum, L. Cynosurus echinatus, LZ.
umbellatum, LZ. Festuca sylvatica, Vill.
luteum, LZ. Brachypodium sylvaticum, Bea.
Scilla bifolia, Jit. Bromus secalinus, LZ.
Allium ursinum, Z. Lolium speciosum, Sir.
carinatum, Sm. temulentum, Z.
Muscari comosum, Mill. Struthiopteris germanica, L.

XIII,—The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by
Cari J. SuNDEVALL.

(Tux following memoir is contained in a small but valuable col-
lection of scientific papers published at Lund in Sweden, under
the title of ‘ Physiographiska Sallskapets Tidsknift.” One volume
only has appeared, in 8vo, dated 1837-38, and, like the greater
part of the scientific literature of Scandinavia, is almost wholly
unknown in this country. As Prof. Sundevall’s memoir on the
Birds of Calcutta was likely to interest Anglo-Indian naturalists,
1 have long wished to get it translated ; but as there is no Swedish
and English Dictionary or Grammar to be procured in London,
I was unable either to make the translation myself or to obtain
one from. others. By the kindness however of M. Bertram, a
distinguished German and Scandinavian scholar residing in Ox-
ford, 1 am now enabled to present a translation of this mterest~
ing memow.—H, E. Srrickanp. |

The scarcity of exact accounts of the ornithology of India may
give some interest to the following notice of those birds which I
myself saw and collected in the neighbourhood of Caleutta m the

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 103

year 1828; although these amount to very few, considering the
great number of birds which must be found in such a rich coun-
try as Bengal situated under the tropics*.

I staid in that country from the beginning of February till
nearly the middle of May, rather more than three months ; but
I must not forget to observe, that during that time my attention
was much taken up by the increasing new objects of all kinds,
with the view of obtaining as many as possible of every deserip-
tion of natural productions. ‘The specimens which I brought
home are preserved in the collection of the first gentleman of the
bed-chamber, Baron Gyllenkroks, through whose patronage I had
the opportunity of visiting India. I have only examined the
nearest spots around Calcutta and the Danish possession Seram-
pore, which is situated on the river four geographical miles to the
north ; also the banks of the river a few miles further to the north
as far as Sucsagor, where a small lake is found which abounds in
water-birds. The whole of this spot is cultivated and taken pos-
session of by man, just as much as any part in Europe. The
country is low and flat and covered with mud, free from stones,
for it 1s the deposit of the floods, and consequently increases
every year. It is used by turns for farming or plantation as well
as for groves of a great variety of trees, but mostly for bamboos
and fruit-trees. These groves are for several miles around Cal-
cutta so numerous that the country looks like a large forest, but
five or six [Swedish] miles to the north above Chandernagor and
Hoogly, or near Sucsagor, the great plains of Bengal commence.
There is never an opportunity to visit the remarkable uninhabited
tract of the coast close to the sea called Sunderbunds, which
occupies eight to twelve miles to the south of Calcutta, which
latter is situated fifteen miles from the sea. The tract is very
woody, marshy, and in the highest degree unhealthy. The tigers
which it is said are found there, but still more the guickly-killing
fever (jungle-fever), which generally attacks those who dare to
visit these wild tracts, have made the name alone a horror to the
inhabitants of Caleutta. Certain I was that the tales were ex-

* Besides the circulated accounts, the original sources for the ornithology
of India known to me are principally Gould’s ‘ Birds of the Himalaya Moun-
tains,’ whose work I have not had an opportunity to make use of, and also
Gray’s ‘ Illustrations of Indian Zoology,’ of which seven parts contain forty
five birds. ‘The earlier accounts, e. g. Sonnerat’s, had been introduced al-
ready into the work of Latham. Latham’s ‘ General History of Birds’ con-
tains an extraordinary number of Indian species, which for the greater part
have been described after the drawings of General Hardwicke, Mr, Anstru-
ther and others; but from the want of criticism, it is very difficult to make
any use of this great work, which is the more to be regretted, as it contains
numerous and excellent observations on the history of the different kinds by
Buchanan and others,—C. J. 5,

104 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

ageerated, and I wished to have gone thither, but I did not suc-
ceed. It is necessary to have been in Bengal in order to com-
prehend the difficulties which meet every deviation from the ac-
customed road as well as from general customs in every other
respect. I have been able to obtain but little information as to
what birds are stationary or propagate in that country, and what
species are migratory. I only succeeded in discovering the pro-
pagation of a few species, and it appeared to me as if most of
them intended to lay their eggs somewhat later in May, June,
or about the same time as most of our birds. The answer to
these questions is one of the most difficult tasks for a travelling
ornithologist, but it is of some importance both for a future
geography of birds as well as for a part of natural history in
general.

From the following descriptions it appears that several remark-
able singing-birds are quite common in India. They are found
there as in all other countries ; and I maintain the common idea
with us to be wrong, that the tropical countries, which shine with
a luxuriancy and brightness both im plants and animals quite
unknown in our country, are deficient in the charms and. live-
liness which the choir of singing-birds gives to our poorer
climate.

On the contrary, I did not expect to find the singing of the
birds less or worse about Calcutta than in Sweden, but there are
some other reasons which the following facts will explain more
clearly :—There are a great number of ill-looking, fearfully-
screaming birds, of which our Crows and others can only be con-
sidered as insignificant representatives, besides a sufficient num-
ber of others, to raise in the eyes of most persons a pleasing im-
pression of life in our forests. In India, as well as in most warm
countries, they are on the other hand more numerous and scream
much worse: they scream or chatter with too great a constancy.
One class utter their frightful tones uninterruptedly in the mid-
dle of the day, when the heat invites both feathered and un-
feathered lovers of music to rest. The latter are heard more
than the singing-birds, and being more annoying they are more
easily remembered, which is the reason that several travellers
have complained of the singing of birds under the torrid zone.
It was plainly to be observed that the number both of kinds and
individuals was greater than with us, particularly in February
and March, before the birds of passage had gone towards the
north. Many of the common kinds shine with the most beau-
tiful colours, so that by this alone any one might know that he
was in a tropical country, but no one must conclude from this
that all natural products are equally grand. On the contrary,
the greatest part of them resemble the common productions in

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 105

our regions, and there are besides a great number which are
uglier, or at least less beautiful, than some which are found in our
country. These are less known, because they have been seldom
mentioned in accounts of travels, but such are often the very
things which offer the greatest interest to the natural philo-
sopher.

Among the different kinds of Bengal birds which have been here
enumerated are, besides some which cannot be ascertained with
certainty, twenty-five which are European, and seventeen of them
Swedish. Only six appear which I have not found described
before, and therefore must be considered as new to science.
Four kinds which are domesticated with us have been quoted,
i.e. pigeon, fowl, goose and duck. The different kinds have been
classified according to the system of ornithology which I have
introduced in the ‘ Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar’ for 1835.
The descriptions are in Latin, as they would be considerably dif-
fuse in any other language. The citations of Latham are conform-
able to his ‘ Index Ornithologicus.’

I. VoLucREs.

1. Oriolus melanocephalus, L. Capite colloque nigris, tectricibus
alarum extus flavis; rectricibus utrinque 4 (s. 3), fere totis flavis.
Remiges 3—5 subzequales, reliquis longiores.

¢ Adultus (19 Febr. testiculis tumidis) flavissimus et nigerrimus.
Alarum tectrices omnes tote flavee. Rectr. 4 medize basi latissime,
apice angustius flave. Iris coccinea; rostrum lete rubrum, pedes
nigri.—94. poll. Ala 138 millim., tarsus 24, cauda 96.

& Junior (d. 22 Febr. testic. minutis) saturate flavus, sordide
tinctus. Caput et collum fusco-nigra, fronte cum orbitis flavescen-
tibus ; loris sordide albidis. Jugulum et gula cinereo-olivacea, ma-
culis longitudinalibus nigris. Ala nigra remigibus 3 ultimis et tec-
tricibus late flavo limbatis. Remiges primariz margine tenui griseo ;
cubitales extus olivaceze, margine flavo. Rectrices 3 extimee sordide
flavee extus vitta marginali nigricante; 4a plaga laterali nigra ante
apicem ; 5a nigra, basi ad medium apiceque anguste flavis ; 6a (seu
media) olivacea. (In latere dextro 3a et 4a fascia latissima nigri-
cante.) Rostrum nigro-fuscum ; pedes nigri; iris obscure rubra. Ala
132 mill. (Edw. tab. 186, fig. bona, sed rostro falso.)

This beautiful bird is called by the Bengalese Halda gull gull,
probably because these syllables are apparently heard in its com-
mon song. The older males sit generally quiet on the top of a
bushy tree, where they are well-hidden beneath the leaves, but
they betray themselves even in February by their beautiful and
clear flute-like notes, which compared with those of other birds
are purely musical, so that they can be perfectly imitated on a
wind instrument, which is not the case with the singing of most
other birds.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xvii. I

106 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

They frequently vary, but the general tone sounds something
like tshittily tshottily, which is often repeated after a short stop.
Now and then an ori-oli! tio! tjoti! &c. is heard, I have tried
to express these sounds by notes. This singing is interesting

pF Sf ee | _* 0?
22s

—

from the clearness of its tone, but however richer in change, it
does not seem to me to be near so agreeable as the monotonous
but full and melodious sound of our cuckoo. The laughing sounds
which Levaillant says he has heard from the same species in the
south of Africa are unknown to me*. The hen-bird sings pro-
bably seldom, and on that account she is rarely to be met with,

however common they were. The above-described young male
did not sit quiet like the older ones, but hopped about among
the branches without uttermg a sound. In his stomach he had
only a kind of round seed (probably of some parasite plant); but
two older males which I dissected in February had only eaten
blossoms of the mango-tree (Mangifera indica, .). I have not
noted down whether this bird was heard or seen after the end of

March.

2. Turdus cafer, L.—Merle huppé du Cap de Bon Espérance,
Briss., Buff. Pi. Enl. 563 (fig. non bona). Le Curouge, Levaill.
Ois. Afr. 107. f. 1. (Gen. Pycnonotus, Kuh/=Ixos, Temm.)

Fuscus, capite subcristato, cum collo pectoreque nigris ; crisso
rubro; rectricibus apice uropygioque albis. Venter fusco-cineras-
cens; remiges 4 gradate; iris fusco-rufescens. Magnit. alaude ;
ala 98 millim., cauda 97, tarsus 25, (Alius paulo minor.)

3 (Calcutta, Febr. testic. tumidis) colores puri; tectrices caudz
nivez ; apice rose. (Calc. Febr.) paullo sordidius colorata, tec-
trices ‘superiores caudze cinerascentes, Non minor quam mas. In
utroque sexu plume dorsi, ventris anterioris et tectrices ale cineras-
cente limbate.

This is the bird which the Hindoos called Bulbul, and which
is considered the most distinguished singing-bird in India. It
acts the same part in the Hindostan and Persian poetry as the
‘Nightingale in the European, and the name Bulbul is translated
by the Europeans in India ‘ Nightingale” The singing of the
Bulbul is pretty powerful, and contains some parts which are like
those of our blackbird, but they are in general more lively, al-
most like the Sylviide. It generally sings before noon, and even
after the setting of the sun from the tops of the trees, with often

* Tt is now clearly ascertained that the 8. African black-headed oriole

(O. larvatus, Licht.) is quite distinct from O. melanocephalus of ator
which at once accounts for the difference of their notes. —H. E. 8.

M, Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 107

interrupted strophes, like our thrush, so that a continuation of
singing is seldom heard. It is said that it smgs remarkably well
eyen in a cage about eyening; also that when in a free state it
continues to sing through the whole month of June, Its com-
mon note is a warbling like that of the Thrushes, and sounds are
sometimes heard resembling those of the human voice, and it is
possible that its name is derived from this circumstance, for Bolla
signifies in the Bengal language ‘ to speak,’ ‘ to tell.’ The singing
was heard already in February, The Turdus eafer is stationary
and numerous about Calcutta, No information about their pro-
pagation could be obtained, Their food is mixed: the aboye-de-
scribed male had its stomach full of blossoms of the mango (Man-
gifera); the hen-bird had, on the contrary, only eaten insects,
They were*seen singly or by pairs in the trees, their movements
did not seem to be very quick, and their flight was hopping,
like our Warblers. The feathers of its head rose often to a tuft,
both by the wind and by the bird itself. .

This bird is found throughout India, and according to Levail-
lant, Brisson and others, in South Africa, most probably even in
Persia and the middle of Africa. According to Pallas, it is the
Sylvia luscinia, which the Armenians call Boulboul, and the Crim
Tartars Bylbyli ; but in the Persian language it is called Ganda-
lip. I do not know which kind is meant by the Boelbel of the
Arabians.

8. Turdus jocosus.—Merula sinensis cristatus minor, Briss, Orn,
vol. ii. p. 255. tab. 21. f.2; Buff. Pl. Eni. 508 (fig. mala). Lanius
jocosus, Linn. Lanius emeria, Linn. sec. Albin et Edw. 190.

Cristatus griseo-fuscus, subtus cum gula albus, genis albis, linea
tenui nigra cinctis, plumisque quibusdam longissimis, coccineis;
crisso rubro, Fascia pectoris interrupta nigra, Iris fere nigro-fusca,
Priori paullo minor. .

& (Calcutta, Feb, 9, testic. tumidis), Ala 88 millim,, tarsus 22},
cauda 82. Crissum fulyo-rubicundum, rectrices plerzque apice late
nivel. ? (Calcutta, Mar. 12) similis, colore paullo sordido sed criss
fere coccineo. Rectrices apice sordide albide. Ala 82 mill., tar-
sus 22, cauda 70, Crista vix minor quam maris.

In the Bengal language this bird is called Sonna. It is con-
sidered to be stationary, and was not scarce, Its movements are
not easy, but of a proud bearing, and it seemed to be very res
markable for its great strength. This bird has likewise the most

rfect and firm muscular frame I have eyer seen among singing-
birds, The same is the case in a less degree with those before
described, and most probably with all kinds of the very natural
subgenus Pyenonotus (Ivos, Temm.) to which they belong. A
part of this group has even been classified among the genus
Lanius, which in the above respect resembles them; but it is

12

108 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

undeniable that they in form and the way of living come nearer
to the Turdi, and I cannot do otherwise than consider them ty-
pically among the singing-birds of the Thrush kind. The Turdus
jocosus is often seen boldly stepping from one branch to another,
raising its tuft, spreading and again lowering its long red-coloured
chin-feathers, which extend rather under the eyes. It sang pretty
well, but I only heard a very unmusical tshoppi tshoki, almost
resembling language, which when heard from five or six indivi-
duals that were once seen together in the same tree in the month
of February, sounded almost as if several talkative human beings
had been in a lively conversation at some distance. In the month
of March and April I saw them only singly. The one described
had in his stomach skins of insects ; the hen-bird, on the con-
trary, only berries of the banian-tree (Ficus benjamina).

- 4, Turdus mindanensis, Gm.—Dialbird, Alb., Edw. 181. Gracula
saularis, Linn. Merle de Mindanao, Buff. Pl. Enl. 627. f.1. ‘Le
Cadran, Levaill. Ois. Afr. pl. 104. ‘Turdus amcenus, Horsf. La-
nius musicus, Raff. Lanius saularis, Vieill.*

Nigricans ventre vittaque alarum albis. Rectricibus utrinque
3 totis albis, gradatis. Rostro recto. Ala ut in Pyecnonoto, sed
differt tarsis longioribus, rostro, cauda.

6 (Calc. 18 Febr.) supra ceruleo-niger. Jugulum et pectus an-
ticum pure nigra. Longit. 8 poll. Ala 93 mill., tarsus 30, cauda 86.
(Indiv. e Java, ala 100, tarsus 30.)— 9 (Serampore 4 Mart.) obscure
cinerea, collo antice dilutiore. Color albus ut maris. Ala 90 mill.,
tarsus 29, cauda 80.

The Bengal nameis Dajal, which in the English orthography
is written Dial, and has already been mentioned by Albin and
Edwards. As far as I could learn, this name is originally Indian,
without having anything in common with the English word dial.
The actions of the bird in the trees are remarkably quick and
lively. It is often seen flying from the dense summits of the
trees, and plunging again into the foliage at a short distance.
These actions have a very pleasing effect, as the black and white
colours, which are arranged as in our Magpie, produce a beau-
tiful contrast with the verdure. It was evident that a love of
fighting and the instincts of spring produced this activity, which
has given the bird a reputation for pugnacity and restlessness.
On the ground it hops heavily but quickly, much lke our Red-
breast or Blackbird. Its song is beautiful and lively, and re-
sembles most that of our Sylvia hortensis, but is stronger, and is
often heard in the forenoon from the tops of the trees. In the

* M. Sundevall here unites the synonyms of the Malay species in which
only three external pairs of rectrices are white, with the Indian bird in which
the four outer pairs are white. ‘The latter bird is the true Copsychus sau-
laris. —H. E. S.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 109

stomach of two individuals which I examined I found berries and
insects. The bird is believed to be stationary in that country.
It also exists in the Philippine Islands, Java, Sumatra, and in
Africa as far as the Cape.

5. Turdus citrinus, Lath., Temm, Pl. Col. 445. Fulvus, dorso,
alis, caudaque cinereis; crisso fasciaque alarum albis. ? dorso olli-
vascente. Magnit. Sturni; ala 108 mill., tarsus 31. Rostrum ni-
grum, pedes pallidi. Ala et rostrum rectum precedentis; cauda
eequalis.

I have only seen this species once, but without procuring it.
The above measurements, &c. are taken from two specimens
which came from Calcutta at a later period (1832). It is evi-

dently not rare there, and even occurs in Java.

6. Ceblepyris lugubris,n. Obscure cinerea, alis caudaque nigris ;
rectricibus gradatis, apice albis. Remigibus quibusdam macula alba
interne notatis. (Affinis C. fimbriate, Temm., differt colore caude.)

¢ adult. (Mus. Lund, simul cum ? infra descr. e Calcutta 1832.)
Nigro-cinereus, loris paullo obscurioribus; subtus paullo dilutior,
immaculatus, crisso obsoletissime pallide undulato, tectricibus caudze
inferis apice albidis. Ale paullo enescentes ; tectrices superiores
omnes concolores ; inferiores colore dorsi; remige 3a reliquis lon-
giore, 4a macula parva alba punctata, paullo ante medium pogonii
interni; 5a macula adhuc minore. De cetero ala immaculata. Rec-
trices laterales 22 millim. mediis breviores, apice long. 14 millim.
pure albe ; mediz reliquas superant, margine apicis albo. Rostrum
et pedes nigro-fusci. Long. 64 poll.; ala 114 millim., tarsus 20,
cauda 100; rostrum ex imo ang. frontis 16; altit. 6. Lingua apice
leviter bifida seu incisa, nec lacera.

& (Serampore 15 Febr.) a priori differt, remigibus 3—5 subzqua-
libus, macula majori alba, marginem internum attingente. Alarum
tectrices quedam tenue albo marginate.— ?? (Mus. Stockh.) Sub-
tus ad rostrum usque obsolete albido undata; crisso alarumque tec-
tricibus inferioribus fere albo nigroque fasciatis. Genze albido punc-
tate. Remiges tenuissime albo marginate; 4a reliquis longior ;
38—6 intus plaga majori alba. Ala 125 mill., tarsus 22, rostrum e
fronte 17. Czetera ut in g*.

I have myself only seen in Bengal the male above described,
which was shot in a tree, February 15, almost the same instant
that I saw it. It had only eaten insects. The species of this
genus resemble the Thrushes, and are very numerous in Africa,
South Asia, and Australiat. They have a very curious structure

* This is the Volvocivora melaschistos of Hodgson, and is in all probabilit
identical with Ceblepyris fimbriata of ‘Temminck, although M. Sundevall
makes them distinct.—H. E. S.

+ The Mexican Hypothymis chrysorrhea, Licht., Temm. pl. 453, pro-
bably comes nearest to this genus. But I have as yet had no opportunity to
examine it.—C, J. S.

110 Dr.J. B. Stocks on the Structure of Cuctrbitacew.

of feathers in the hind part of the back, which are pointed like
spines: The quills of the feathers are remarkably thick and hard,
and taper suddenly to a fire point. They do not however termi-
nate there, but continue a little further with a uniform thickness.
This continuation however, is slender and so soft, that it gives not
the least resistance to a slight presstire ; whereas the hard part
has the appearance of a HP spine. This structure is es
tical in the African, Asiatic and Australian species, so that no
geographical subdivision of the genus, such as some. have at-
tempted, can be made.

[To be continued.]

ee

XIV.—Remarks on some Points in the Structure of Cucurbitacese.
_ By J. E. Stocks, M.D., Assistant Surgeon on the Bombay
* Establishment.
Srmm.—Hxamining the pentagonal stem of Cucurbitacee we find
the disposition of its leaves to be the quincunx (2), and the angles
to be chiefly formed by the main nerve of a leaf, which does
not proceed from the nodus at which that leaf is situate, but is
given off from the axil of the fifth leaf below, or in other words,
the leaf which, on reducing the part to the state of bud, would
be immediately below. a af

Numbering the leaves: the nerve from the axil of leaf 1 be-
comes the main nerve in the petiole of leaf 6, but previously two
offsets aie detached, one to the tendril side of leaf 8; which forms
orié of the side nerves of the petiole; previously supplying the
tendril, and one to form one of the lateral nerves of the petiole
of leaf 4 on that side which is destitute of tendril: Now 8 and
A até the leaves immediately to the right and left of leaf 1, atid
the main nérve proceeding from théir axils gives off the lateral
nerves to the petiole of leaf 6, from one of which is detached a
branch to the tendril. It may be deduced that each leaf consists
of three parts, one adhering to the stem and forming a part of it,
having elongated with its elongation, and widened together with
it—the stem-clasping or stem-sheathing part; one the free part,
including petiole and blade; and at the junction of these on each
side a process or auricle called stipule; which; in Cucurbitacee, is
cirrhose and exists on one side only. __ |

The three-nerved sheath has its middle nerve readily traceable
to the fifth leaf below, but its side nerves on the elongation of
the stem unite for some distance with the main nerve of those
leaves which are situate to the right arid left of it. From one of
these is given off the branch to the cirrhose stipule. |

Stamens.—The perianthium has its leaves five in a whorl, the
ovarial leaves are generally three. Hitherto the stamens have

Dr. J. E. Stocks on the Structure of Cucurbitaceee. 111

been considered to agree in number with the former, four of them
uniting by pairs and so leaving the odd one free ; and this view is
favoured by the occurrence of transitions from the complete union
both of anther and filament through various stages to the complete
independence of all the five members, such as exists in Laiffa pen-
tandra. even as to vascular bundles. According to this view, each
anther has a continuous, generally anfractuose loculus, with a
median fissure following its curves, and a longitudinal septum (!)
which must represent the connective or middle line of the anther,
from which, on this supposition, the anther-valves in Cucurbi-
tacee must separate. Moreover, on this view of the structure, the
loculi of adjacent anthers are bent in opposite directions. But
in Coccinia indica there are always six such serpentine loculi
united by pairs, and in Citrullus Colocynthis and vulgaris there
are as often six as five, the supplementary one frequently not quite
so anfractuose as the others. It is by no means a necessary de-
duction that six is the normal, and five the reduced number of the
staminal leaves.

The three-lobed, waxy, nectar-secreting disc so universally
present in Cucurbitacee deserves attention ; which in the female
flower might be supposed to represent the stamens, were it not for
the constant presence of anantherous filaments, whose situation
and sometimes the anthers developed on them (Citrudlus) point
them out as the sterile stamens. In some this disc is adherent
to the calyx, in others free ; in this latter case it is perforated by
the style in the female flower, but in the male formsa button in
the centre of the flower—the abortive ovary of some. It is ma-
nifestly a degeneration of the same part in both male and female
flowers, and from its constantly presenting three divisions we
gather that it represents an inner whorl of three staminal leaves.
In Momordica Charantia it sometimes developes a flat, coloured
body bearing pollen on its edge.

Three ovarial leaves and three inner staminal leaves presup-
pose an outer whorl of three (not six) stamens. In Cucurbitacee,
then, the inner whorl of stamens is indicated. by a disc, and the
number of its leaves by the divisions of that disc. The outer
whorl is of three leaves, whose blade is abortive, and whose
anther-cells are developed on the auricles of the sheath-part of
the leaf, corresponding to the tendrils of the stem-leaves, or the
stigma-points of the ovarial leaves. Hach staminal leaf is of two
parts as the stigma-points are two, and as the tendrils (stipules)
are two; and as in the stem-leaves one tendril is suppressed, so
also in the staminal leaves one of the six loculi is generally want-
ing, often imperfect, but in many cases developed equally with
the others.

_ Thus are reconciled the occurrence of five or of six members

112° ~Dr.J. E. Stocks on the Structure of Cucurbitaceze.

belonging evidently to a ternary whorl, their binary adhesion in
some cases, their separation (even as to vascular bundles) in
others, as also the opposite twisting of their loculi in contiguous
members ; whereas some or other of these particulars will stand
in the way of other views.

Ovary.—tThe ovarial leaves are sometimes two (Mukia, Pilo-
gyne), generally three.

In the three-leaved ovary we have three dissepiments proceed-
ing from the parietes and three from the axis, which last bear the
ovules on their parietal extremity.

These appearances are variously explained.

1. Dr. Lindley supposes a valvate estivation of the carpellary
leaves. According to this view, the dissepiments are spurious,
three proceeding from the placente and the three intermediate
ones from the midrib of the carpels.

2. According to Schleiden’s views, the placental dissepiments
must be regarded as prolongations of the axis, extending imto
the cavity formed by carpellary leaves with an induplicate esti-
vation. . This opinion was long ago (1823) taken by St. Hilaire.

3. Dr. Wight supposes the carpellary leaves to have a redu-
plicate estivation, and the cavity of the ovary to be completed on
one side by the calyx. The intermediate or primary dissepiments
would have to be regarded as spurious.

4. Arnott (Prodromus Fl. Pen. Ind. Orient.) and Endlicher
(Gen. Plant.) describe the carpels of Cucurbitacee as involute.

The evidence afforded by dissection and by analogy proves the
correctness of the last of these views.

1. In many Cucurbitacee whose corolla is conical in bud, the
cestivation of the upper part of the corolla is beautifully involute,
and presents a remarkable similitude to the young ovary: so
that the bending of the carpellary leaves is not a forced expla-
nation, but is just what happens in Cucurbitacee when the floral
leaves meet in the axis.

2. In those Cucurbitaceous fruits whose vessels lignify and
whose cells encrust, we can trace the leaf-skeleton followimg an
involute course, and in none better than in many species of Luffa.
Breaking off the outer shell (calyx) we come to a fibrous layer
which runs externally chiefly round the fruit, and internally from
top to bottom. This sends in processes at three points only (pri-
mary or barren dissepiments), which after meeting in the axis
turn outwards into the cavity of the ovary and bear the seeds.
In Luffa pentandra, yast before hardening has commenced, on
removing the operculum the primary or barren dissepiments are
plainly seen to be composed of two layers when we examine them
at the apex of the fruit where seeds are not developed, and less
plainly below, owing to the pressure of the seeds which indent

Dr. J. E. Stocks on the Structure of Cucurbitacee. 113

the inflected sides of the carpels and lie imbedded each in their —
own cell.

3. In Citrullus Colocynthis and others, when we carefully dis-
sect off the rind of the fruit, we find the placentz forming a con-
tinuous line from the top to the bottom, perfectly free from any
attachment to the rind or to the pulp, and splitting down the
centre without force so as to divide each placental dissepiment
into two.

It may be remarked that the three columns of pulp in Coc-
cinia indica, which Dr. Wight regards as representing the car-
pellary leaves, are each divided into two other columns by a
double line of vessels (the primary dissepiments) which can be
traced. following the usual involute direction and end in the pla-
centee.

StyLe AnD Stigma.—In the style the carpellary leaf has an
induplicate zstivation, leaving in many cases a style-canal. - The
style-column diverges into its three parts, and each of these ends
in two stigma-points which are connected by a crescentic line of
stigmatic tissue looking outwards. The styles are opposite to
the seminiferous, and alternate with the primary dissepiments ;
and the stigma-points when close together are immediately on
each side of the secondary or seminiferous dissepiments ; but when
much diverging, those of adjacent carpels are close together and
opposite the primary dissepiments.

ARILLus.—A seed is said: to have an arillus when the paren-
chyma in which it is imbedded becomes pulpy and adheres to its
surface ; but the term should be cancelled if we regard the origin |
of the part, for it does not grow from the placenta over the seed,
but is merely the cellular tissue in which it nestles. In Luffa
and. Citrullus it is a mere scarious membrane which soon peels
off; in Coccinia, Momordica, Trichosanthes, a red pulp ; in Pilo-
gyne a gelatinous nidus.

Examining Coccinia when half-ripe we find vascular parch-
ment-cells, inside which are the seed and a waxy substance which
afterwards becomes the soft arillus, while the parchment-layer
with its vessels becomes flexible and offers no resistance to the
separation of the seeds. In Luffa, the layer to which the vessels
are more immediately attached remains dry and membranous in
the lignified pepo, and it is chiefly the epidermis of the carpellary
leaf which becomes the filmy fugacious covering of the seed.

In Trichosanthes again the pulp breaks up, and a portion ad-
heres to each seed, in which we can trace the vascular layer of
the carpellary leaf, and internal to it the pulpy layer, and more
internal still a thin membrane, which we may regard as the epi-
dermis or that part which is seen covering the seed of Luffa.

114 Sir W. Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago.

XV.—Hore Zoologice. By Sir Witu1aM Jarvine, Bart.,
: F.RASE. & F.LS.

No. VIII. Ornithology of the Island of Tobago.

Tae ornithology of the West Indian Islands, considered with”
regard to their relation to each other and with the continents of
North and South America, has been much neglected, and al-
though large collections have been brought to Europe from dif-
ferent dependencies, no attempts have been made to insulate
them, if we may so express it, or to point out the species preva-
lent or peculiar to the different islands; the migratory birds
from those which are resident in each; or their general affinity
with those of the mainlands or adjacent islands. i

The West Indian Islands form an archipelago cut off from the
continent by greater or lesser distances. Some are of very large
extent, while others are of comparatively limited bounds, and
they exhibit an ornithology sometimes quite distinct from each
other, and in a few instances remarkably peculiar. Some of
these islands serve as a refuge for the migratory species of the
northern continent and receive them ; some again have as it were
only a partial share of the birds of South America; but all our
consignments have been so distinct, or as we have termed it, “ in-
sulated,” that we consider any materials that tend to throw light
on the geographical distribution throughout the group will be of
service to ornithology. .

To the exertions of Mr. Kirk, who has now resided above
twenty years in Tobago, and who has taken a lively interest not
only in natural history but also in the commercial abilities of the
island, and who has always shown himself anxious to apply his
information of the former gained entirely by his own application
to one of its most important uses, the improvement and cultiva-
tion of the numerous and most valuable products which enter
into the exports of those colonies, we have been indebted from
time to time for a large collection from the above-named island,
which though a minor member of the group, has yielded an orni-
thology both varied and highly interesting. And while corre-
spondents in four or five of the other islands may hereafter enable
us to give extensive lists, we think that we are now only doing
justice to the zeal of our friend in publishing a correct notice of
the species which he has forwarded to us, some of them we be-
lieve hitherto undescribed.

Tobago is situate at comparatively no great distance from the
eastern corner of the northern part of the great southern conti-
nent of America, having the much more extensive island of Tri-
nidad within sight, and lying between it and the mainland. The

Sir W. Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago. 115

ornithology of this island is of a mixed character, and though
leaning most to the forms of South America, it wants both some
of those splendidly plumaged genera which give to that division
of the world a ¢havactér, and which are cut off from it as it were
by Trinidad ; but it at the same time presents a few forms of the
northeri continent, some of which do not ever, so far as we know,
reath the mainland opposite. Before entering into a detailed
list of the species sent from this island, the following short notice
of its physical characters, extracted from a report drawn up from
materials furnished by Mr. Kirk and Dr. Hope of the island, and
submitted to his Excellency the Governor-General in 1843, may
be of tise in contributing to our knowledge of the distribution of
the birds that have been met with there. |

“ Tobago is about twenty-three miles in length, and averages
four and a half in breadth, not exceeding in its widest part seven
miles. An elevated ridge, called the ‘ Main ridge,’ rises very
abruptly on the north-east, and runs longitudinally from north-
east to south-west, exhibiting an undulating but nearly uniform
appearance for about two-thirds of its whole length, while the ge-
neral surface of the island is very uneven, presenting the appear-
ance of a congregated mass of hemispheroidal hills of various
heights and dimensions. This mass of hills may be divided into
three classes, the highest of which ranges from 1800 to 2000 feet,
the middle 500, atid the third about 250 above the sea level. In
sériéral the hills of the middle and third classes appear to be
whited at the base, forming rich alluvial ravines of various ex-
tert, The hiehest class of hills is united by ridges approximating
thei summits, and constituting the high lands of the country,
mostly covered by forests of noble trees containing much valuable
timber. Such is the general surface of the island, to which one
exception only of any note occurs in the instance of the ‘Sandy
Point district,’ afi extensive plain situate on the south-western
extremity, having a soil of a loamy nature resting upon clay or
coral very productive in favourable seasons,

“ Several rivers and streams take their rise from the higher
parts of the island, but from its limited extent their courses can-
not be of any great length, though some of them are broken by
falls of considerable magnitude, One of the branches of the
Queen’s river has its source from a small lake about 300 feet be-
low the highest point of the main ridge, whence indeed nearly all
tlie streanis descend, aiid the south side of the island is so diver-
sified with ridges and hollows, and so beautifully watered, that
nearly every valley contributes its quota to the main stream.

« The élimate of the island, so far as its agriculture is con-
cerned, is as favourable as that of any island lymg within the
tropics, but owing to the elevation there is a. considerable range

116 Sir W. Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago.

of temperature, with seasonable alternations of wet and dry
throughout the year, the high and uncleared state of the lands
perhaps causing more rain than is desirable.. Mr. Kirk has
spent several nights on the elevated parts of the main ridge,
especially about the sources of the Queen’s river, and found it
there intensely cold towards the morning. And while the ther- ©
mometer suspended from atree there stood at 64°, the average in
dwelling-houses was about 83°.

“Winds from the south-east prevail for nine months, and are
succeeded from the month of November until February by
northerly and north-easterly winds, productive of a depression of
the thermometer to 69° in places only 450 feet above the level of
the sea.”

In an island so limited in extent as that of Tobago we are
prepared to find only a small number of raptorial birds, and al-
though we have reason to believe that there are one or two .addi-
tional species met with at least occasionally upon the island, our
collections contain only four, two of which are forms of the south- —
ern continent ; one has its head-quarters in the northern, but ex-
tends also to several of the islands; and the fourth, an owl, is to
a certain extent common to both.

MorPHNUS URUBITINGA, Cuv. s.*

Several birds have been received chiefly in an immature state,
deep brown above, marked with ochreous yellow and pale rufous
principally on the lower parts and on the upper tail-covers. The
figure in the ‘ Planches Coloriées’ represents well this condition.
Some of those in this plumage are marked females, and one is
mentioned as having weighed three lbs. imperial. Our adult spe-
cimens are entirely black, except the upper tail-covers, middle and
tip of the tail-feathers, which are white, and the quills at the base
and secondaries, which are barred with dull gray. None of the
feathers on the body, but those on the occiput only, exhibited
any white underneath when raised, as stated of the “ Negro,”
No. xx. of Azara, and which we believe has been considered as
identical with the Urubitinga.

The Urubitinga is a southern form. According to D’Orbigny,
“it extends over a very large portion of the South American con-
tinent (but only to the east of the Cordilleras) in the level regions,
which are interspersed with forests and extensive marshes, and
still more in the vicinity of stagnant waters and limited flats. In
the province of Corientes we have always observed it by the
borders of lakes, marshes or rivers, perched on the highest part
of dead or dying trees, where it hunts, or upon the lower branches

* Species marked n. are also found in North America; s. in South Ame-
rica; and n.s,. in both.

Sir W. Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago. 117

of large trees when about to sleep. Silent, always alone, it re-
mains without motion for hours together, attentively surveying
around to discover some prey,—a reptile, small quadruped or dead
bird, on which it descends with rapidity, devours, and returns
slowly to its watching-place. The Urubitinga lives principally
on reptiles, small animals, dead birds, and perhaps fishes ; it does
not attempt to pursue birds, and we believe it only attacks those
that have been previously hurt or wounded.” _

Mr. Kirk in answer to our inquiries thus writes of the Urubi-
tinga in Tobago :— The Urubitinga is a very plentiful species in ~
the windward part of Tobago, especially among and on the borders
of our high woods, where a few may be met with at all periods of
the season ; but whether from a greater scarcity of food in the in-
terior towards the spring months I am not prepared to say at
present, but certain it is that there are two for one in the months
of April and May compared with any other month in the year,
and generally always about the margins of rivulets. They soar
extremely high at times, principally early in the morning or late
in the evening, but during the day they are generally seen on
the low boughs of a tree, and although I have seldom met with
two together, they will nevertheless readily answer the whistle,
and immediately descend from a very distant eminence if within
hearing of the call. Unlike most of their tribe they are unsus-
picious, seldom perching upon the top of the tree, but on some
low branch, and I have often in the above way brought them
within the range of shot. I once shot one with a purple galli-
nule in his talons, with which he rose from the ground; I took a
small bird from the stomach of another, and I have killed up-
wards of twenty, but invariably found in all either entire snakes
or fragments of them; at times quite entire and upwards of
four feet long, principally what we call the ‘ whip snake.’ Their
note is one prolonged whistle.”

SprzAETUS ORNATUS, Vieill. s.

This beautiful species does not appear very common in the
island. In all we have only received three specimens, and Mr.
Kirk has not had an opportunity of attending to its habits. In
one, from its size a female, the crown, back and scapulars are
nearly black, the feathers of the latter narrowly edged with white ;
the cheeks and sides of the neck bright orange-coloured brown ;
the lower parts and thighs very broadly barred with black. In
another, probably a male, the long feathers of the crest are black,
so also are a few feathers on the back and scapulars, which are
narrowly edged with gray; the under parts nearly pure white ;
the head, cheeks, sides of the neck and nape pale orange-coloured
brown inclining to yellowish, the feathers darker in the centre,

118 Sir W, Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago.

and upon the crown streaked along the shafts with umber brown.
Mr. Kirk’s note accompanying this; “The only one with the top
that has been met with here, though this island possesses seyeral
somewhat similar. I shot this far in the interior of the woods,
“Weight three lbs. imperial; eyes dark blue; cannot say what
sex,” |

Faxtco cotumBarius, Linn, n,

“ Chicken Hawks, very daring birds,” is the only observation
we have upon this bird, although from the number of specimens
received we should judge it to be a common species, specimens
of both sexes in mature, immature and intermediate plumage
having been sent. ‘This bird is a northern species and is the
representing form in America of the European Merlin, The
F, esalon of the Northern Zoology and F. temerarius of Audu-
bon are both referable to the American bird, which seems also to
range far to the southward, although we are not aware whether it
reaches the main land parallel with Tobago. ‘We possess a spe-
cimen from the island of Jamaica. 7 :

Orvus AMERICANUS, Bonap. N.S.

“Native. Seldom or never come to the civilized part of the
country, their food being found chiefly towards the interior or
about the skirts of the woods. The stomach contained the bones
and bristles of a large musk rat, ‘Weight (a male) nine oz, im-
perial.”” | !

Of Insessorial birds we shall find a large proportional number,

PopaGer NAcuNDA, Vieill. s,

We have only received one specimen of this curious form, and
would request Mr, Kirk’s attention to its habits. It is known by
the figure of Temminck under the name of Caprimulgus diurnus,
by which it is also mentioned in the ‘Travels’ of Prince Neuwied,
who met with it in Brazil. Said to frequent open plains rather
than the yicinity of woods, and to feed at an earlier period of
the evening than the true night-hawks, whence Temminek derived
his name,

Mr. Kirk observes :—“ Large Jumbic bird, male, shot in a low-
lying situation at the leeward of the island on the 19th Septem-
ber 1833, They are migratory, arriving with or before the plover,
making their stay a little longer; only to be found in the west
end of the island,” |

CHORDEILES LABECULATUS, Jard. 8.

A single specimen only of this small Chordeiles was received,
aud we have been unable to refer it to any figure or description,

Sir W, Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago, 119

while the principal collections in this country do not seem to pos-
sess it. The figure which we have found nearest to it is that of
Caprimulgus hirundinaceus, Spix, iii. fig. 1, but it differs in the
tail being represented eyen and in the throat without any white.
Mr. Kirk’s species from its markings is afemale. In extreme |
length to the outer feather of the tail, which is slightly forked,
only 73 inches, Above, minutely varied with black, pale rufous
and grayish white ; wing-covers with an irregular oval white spot
at the tips of the outer webs, which appears rather conspicuously ;
the secondaries tipped with pale rufous, forming a bar across ;
the quills irregularly barred with the same colour, the bars be-
coming more indistinct on the outer webs of the first three, and
disappearing on both webs towards the tips (the first and second
quills are wanting in our specimen, but from the appearance of
the third the markings would be somewhat as we have stated) ;
the throat is reddish white and the remaining under parts pale
rufous, distinetly barred transversely with-black, except across
the breast, where the markings become more indistinct and pre-
sent a band across of mottled gray, black and rufous. ‘

In looking over some birds from South America belonging to”
Dr, Armstrong of the Naval Hospital, Devonport, we found a
small male Chordeiles resembling the Tobago bird, and compa-
rison since has induced us to refer it tothe same. The markings
on the wings and under parts are nearly similar, only that there
is less rufous, and the spot on the throat and those on the inner ~
webs of the quills are white. The crown is strongly marked with
black, the tips and centres of the feathers being of that colour,
and the upper parts exhibit a yery minute and beautiful peneil-
ling, a gray tone prevailing over the whole.

We have no notes attached to Mr. Kirk’s bird, but it is more
than probable also a migratory species from the continent.

CaPRIMULGUS CAYENNENSIS, Gmel. (Jumbic Bird.). s.

It was from Mr. Kirk’s specimens that the figure of C. leopetes
was given by Mr. Selby and myself in the ‘ Ornithological Ilus-
trations,’ but there can be no doubt that the bird in question is
the Crapaud-volant de Cayenne, figured Pl. Enl. 76. It seems
to be the common-species in the island, and its manners approach
very near indeed to those of our native goatsucker, Mr, Kirk ob-
serves, “ This bird is not migratory, but remains with us all the
year ; they are seldom to be seen during the day, but wherever
there is a dark solitary valley abounding with brushwood or long
grass, and if any clear pasture or cart or. foot road in the vicinity,
on such pasture or roads at the commencement of twilight or
rather later they are sure to be found. In such a place I saw one
about a fortnight ago; next night I took my station at the same
place, resolved to have it as well as to study its manners, At this

2
120 Sir W. Jardine on the Ornithology of the Island of Tobago.

time their whistle is two notes resembling the words ‘ whir whir,’
the first uttered quickly and the latter with a considerable accent
and a prolonged sound of several seconds, similar to the whistle
of a shepherd to his dog when he does so through his teeth : I
can imitate this so exactly as to be answered whenever the twi-
light commences. From the darkness of their retreat I could not
see them, but when they answered my call could perceive them
to be stationary, and I have formerly seen them sitting on the
ground, uttering their note in the Glamorgan pasture, which was
very bare. There also I have seen them performing their evo-
lutions in the air, and producing their buzzing sound like that
of a wool spinning-wheel ; the last I shot was the only one I ever
saw settle upon a tree. I observed that they ceased to answer
me whenever they took to wing, but in passing and repassing me
in their gliding circles, sometimes coming within a yard or two
of my head, they invariably utter a gentle cheep once repeated.
If a pair, when one was dropped the other disappeared, and. could
never be prevailed upon to answer the call for that evening.”

PROGNE DOMINICENSIS, Gmel. s.

This Swallow appears to be a migratory visitant to several of
the West Indian islands, and to occupy there the place of the
P. purpurea of the northern continent, being known by the same
familiar name of “ Purple Martin.” Brisson described it from
St. Domingo, and we have received Jamaica specimens from Dr.
Parnell.

Mr. Kirk states his specimens were shot on the 24th February,
but “the exact date of arrival and departure I have not yet ascer-
tained. There are still (14th August) a few here, they feed on the
Cantharides fly, and commence to build in the beginning of May.
Observing a number of them sitting upon the wreck of a large
vessel cast upon our shore, pluming and adjusting their feathers,
on my approach they gave signs of great uneasiness, which in-
creased as I proceeded, until I went to the nest, when they
hovered over and within three feet of my head while I was draw-
ing out from the crevices their large nest, composed of sticks,
tree leaves, old oakum from the vessel, and thickly bedded with
large downy feathers. I saw no young, and indeed it seems
strange that they should attempt to build there, when in the
least rough weather the surf breaks right over. I observe they
build around our coast on all the precipitous rocks.”

ACANTHYLIS BRACHYURA, Jard. (Chimney Swallow.)._ s.
Hirondelle & queue pointue de la Louisiane, Pl. Enl. 726. fig. 2?

Hirundo poliurus, Temm., Tab. Méthod. p. 78?
It is probable that the Tobago specimens of Acanthylis may

Zoological Society. 121

hereafter be referred to the synonyms we have provisionally used
above; at all events it must be a species closely allied to that of
Buffon’s figure, distinguished by its short tail and lengthened
wings, and we add a description to facilitate comparison. Head, —
back and wings black, with a slight glossof green; lower back, rump
and upper tail-covers pale grayish brown ; tail dark grayish brown,
but entirely hid by the long upper and under covers which conceal
it, except the sharp tips of the black shafts which project about
jz and 3. The breast and belly is dull black, the chin grayish
black. The entire length of two males to the end of the sharp
shafts of the tail-feathers is 3,3, and 3,4. That of the wing is
nearly alike in both, 4,8 or 7. Ad
“Shot 18th February. This bird is seldom seen very early or"
late; they are abundant at noonday in mild weather, when they
sweep round our buildings like the European swallow, but sel-
dom use the sharp twitter so common to it. On their first ap-
pearance (A.M.) they are generally soaring very high, so that I
cannot say where they come from, but at noon a hundred may be
seen for one at 8 a.m.; I am led to believe they roost in the
woods ; I remember several years ago in the month of August,
while amusing myself with an evening walk, on looking at a tall
palm which had been in a state of decay for years, on giving it a
sharp stroke with a stick, to my surprise there issued forth a
body of birds as fast as the aperture would admit, ascending
straight up like a column of smoke until they darkened the air
around. My idea at that moment was that they were bats, but
subsequent observations have induced me to believe that they
were chimney swallows collecting for emigration. I shall now
endeavour to observe the time and manner of departure. There
are still (14th August) stragglers to be seen flying about, but very
high.” al
i [To be continued. |

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 24, 1846.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper was read, entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of new spe-
cies of Shells,” by Dr. J. H. Jonas :—

CucuLtuma Granvucosa, Jonas. Cue. testd quadrato-rhombed, tur-
gidd, tenuiusculd, inequivalvi, testaceo-albd, violaceo-rubro postice
presertim maculatd et flammulatd ; lateribus superné attenuatis,
angulatis, antico breviore, infra rotundato, postico longiore, suban-
gulato-declivi, umbonibus acutis incurvis, carind ab umbone ad
angulum posticum et inferum decurrente; per longitudinem dense

Amn, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xviii.

122 Zoological Society.

striatd, liris striis transversalibus decussantibus subtiliter granulo-
sis ; ligamenti ared mediocri, corio corneo nigro indutd ; intus albd
postic® violaceo tinctd, margine serratd, auriculd internd mediocri,
cardinis dentibus lateralibus anticis tribus, posticis guatuor.

Long. marginis ventralis, 23 poll. ; altit. 2; crassities, 12 poll.

Specimina etiam majora vidi.

Hab. In Mari Chinensi.

This shell differs from the Cucullea concamerata, Martini (Cucul-
lea auriculifera, Lam.), as follows: 1. It is thinner and less trans-
versally prolonged; 2, the elevated longitudinal strize are not flat,
and not broader than the interstices, as with the other species, ap-
pearing subtilely granulated by transversely crossing and very close
strie; 3, the ligamentary area is somewhat flatter; 4, the internal
auricles are smaller; and 5, there are on the anterior side three and
on the posterior four lateral teeth, whilst the other species has on
each side one tooth less. (Cardine utrinque subbicostato, Lam.)

VENERUPIS TENUISTRIATA, Jonas. Ven. testd ovatd, transversd, equi-
valvi, inequilaterali, albd, striis radiantibus tenuibus undulatis,
sulcis incrementi distantibus decussatis, concinné sculptd ; lateribus
rotundatis, marginibus dorsalt et ventrali parallelis leviterque ar-
cuatis ; lanuld nulla, ligamento longo, prominente, umbonibus parvis
acutis; cardine utriusque valve dentibus tribus compressis ; im-
pressionibus musculorum magnis, rotundis, sinu palliari lato, pro-
fSundo, semilunari.

Long. 15, altit. 9, erassit. 6 lin.

Hab. Apud Singaporen.

Exstat in museo hon. Gruner.

The umbones are situated so near the anterior end that the su-

perior margin of the shell almost forms the area.

Fascronaria cuava, Jonas. Fasc. testd subfusiformi-clavatd, ven-
tricosissimd, crassd, ponderosd, nodosd, alba, rubro variegatd, filis
fuscis transversim impresso-striatd ; anfractibus octo medio angu-
latis, tuberculis magnis compressis in angulo coronatis ; ultimo
superne angulato et coronato, infra angulum seriebus tribus nodo-
yum obtusorum armato; suturd undulatd, crispd; caudd spire
subequali, oblique funiculatd, rectd, inferne subrecurvd ; aperturd
oblongo-ovatd, intus hepaticd, aurantio tenuissimé striatd, labro
crasso, dentato ; dentibus sirtis externis respondentibus ; columelld
cylindraced, hepaticd, basi triplicatd.

Long. 54, lat. 32 poll.

Hab. In Oc. India.

AmpuipoLa opvotuta, Jonas. Amph. testd solidd, nitidd, superne
pland, inferné convewd, late umbilicatd ; anfractibus quatuor obvo-
lutis,suturd profundd divisis, transverse striatis, albis : ultimo zonis
duabus latis, glaucis obsolete balteato, obtuse supern? angulato ;
aperturd ovatd, labro postice subexciso, columelld rectd, callosis-
simd, callo umbilicum latum pro parte tegente; regione umbilicali
et callo fuscis,

Zoological Society. 128

Altit. ab apice ad aperture basin, 8; ad ultimi anfractis basin, 6 ;
diameter major 104, minor 8 aperture long. 6}, latit, 3} lin,

Patria, Australia meridionalis.

Exstat in museo hon. Gruner.

Schumacher was the first who in his ‘ Essai d’un nouveau Systéme
des habitations des vers testacés, 4 Copenhague 1817,’ elevated the
Nerita nux avellana, Chemn., to a peculiar genus, which he named
Amphibola. Lamarck ranged it among the Ampullarias, till Quoy and
Gaimard separated it, after careful examination of the animal, from
this genus, and instituted it the type of the genus Ampullacera.
It appears from this that Amphibola and Ampullacera are identical,
and that the first denomination has the priority.

Our species is very like to the Amphibola avellana, but may how-
ever be distinguished from it by the following differences :—1, it is
thicker; 2, the whorls are lying in one plane, the spire is depressed,
not elevated, as with the other species; and the last whorl, which
almost entirely forms the whole shell, is very much drawn down;
3, it is not perforated, and although largely umbilicated, yet the
other smaller whorls are not visible in the umbilic; and 4, it distin-
guishes itself by a very callous columella, which partly propagates
over the spire, following the suture at a distance of five lines.

April 14.—-William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read: ‘‘ Descriptions of twenty
new species of Helicea, in the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,” by
Dr. L. Pfeiffer :—

1. Hexrx suturauis, Pfr. Hel. testd late umbilicatd, depressd,
subdiscoided, tenui, sub lente minutissimé granulosa, fusco-corned ;
spird pland, medio subimmersd ; suturd profundd ; anfractibus 4
convexissimis, ultimo antic? descendente; aperturd perobliqud,
subcirculari ; peristomate simplice, marginibus conniventibus, dex.
tro recto, superne fornicato, columellari subrecedenie; arcuato,
basalique breviter reflexo.

Diam. 10, alt. 4 mill.

Found at Honduras under decayed leaves by Mr. Dyson,

Nearly allied to H. Nystiana.

2. Héuix canpauAnica, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, orbiculato-
convexiusculd, oblique striatuld, nitiduld, fuscescenti-albidd, fasciis
angustis, maculose interruptis, nigricantibus et rufis ornatd ; spird
vie elevatd, adpice nitido; corneo; anfractibus 5 convewiusculis,
ultimo anticé non descendente ; umbilico infundibuliformi, anfrac-
tuum penultimum late monstrante, medio angustissimo ; aperturd
obliqud, lunato-ovali; peristomate acuto, intus subremote labiato,
marginibus conniventibus, columellari vix dilatato.

Diam. 16, alt. 74 mill. |

From Candahar, East Indies (Benson).

8. Hzrix aunacospira, Pfr. Hel. testd late umbilicatd, depressd,
discoided, tenui, irregulariter et leviter malleatd, lineis impressis,
concentricis, confertis regulariter sulcatd, lutescenti-corned ; spird

124 Zoological Society.

pland ; anfractibus 4} depressis, celeriter accrescentibus ; umbilico
lato, perspectivo ; aperturd subverticali, oblique lunato-ovali ; pe-
ristomate simplice, tenui, margine columellari non reflexo.

Diam. 12, alt. 44 mill.

Locality unknown.

4. Hexrx Gossrr, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, orbiculato-conoided,
tenui, irreguluriter plicatulo-striatd, non nitente, diaphand, fulvidd,
fascid unicd periphericd, angustd, castaned, alterdque superiore
obsoletd ornatd; spird breviter conoided, obtusd; anfractibus 5
planiusculis, ultimo basi subplanulato ; columelld declivi, angustd,
pland, introrsum acutd; aperturd obliqud, elliptico-lunari, intus
concolore ; peristomate simplice, tenui, recto.

Diam. 16, alt. 9 mill.

From the Blue Mountains (Jamaica), under stones ; found by Mr,

Gosse. 3

5. Hextrx Monrrortiana, Pfr. Hel. testa imperforatd, turbinatd,

— erassd, ponderosd, nigricanti-rufd, epidermide fusco-cinered hy-
drophand indutd; spird conoided, apice obtuso, nudo, nitido, vio-
laceo-purpurascente; anfractibus 45 vix convewiusculis, ultimo
angulato ; angulo anticé evanescente; columelld declivi, callosd,
albd, basi subdentatd ; apertura subtetragond, intus nitidé albéd ;
peristomate breviter reflexo, nigro-fusco limbato.

Diam. 31, alt. 22 mill.

From the Philippine Islands.

This shell appears intermediate between Hel. Bruguiereana, Pfr.,

and carbonaria, Sow.

6. AcuatineLLA Ronni, Pfr. Ach. testa ovato-conicd, longitudi-
naliter striatuld, striis spiralibus, confertissimis decussatd, albido-
fulvd, fasciis angustis castaneis varie ornatd ; spird conicd, acuti-
usculd ; anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spiram subequante,
medio compresso ; columelld tortd, callosd, vix dentatd; apertura
subtetragond, intus nitide lacted ; peristomate recto, intus labiato,
marginibus subparallelis, dextro superné breviter curvato.

Long. 24, diam. 13 mill.

From the Sandwich Islands (Capt. Rohr).

7. ACHATINELLA TENIOLATA, Pfr. Ach. testd ovato-oblongd, solidd,
striatuld, nitidd, alba, fasciis variis fuscis, deorsum obsoletioribus
ornatd ; spird conicd, acutiusculd; anfractibus @ convexiusculis,
ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante ; columella albé, superne validé
dentato-plicatd ; aperturd irregulariter semiovali, intus alba, nitidd ;
peristomate extus brevissime incrassato, intus valde labiato, mar-
gine columellari dilatato, reflexo, appresso.

Long. 20, diam. medio 11 mill.

From the Sandwich Islands.

8. Butimus (Parruta) amasitis, Pfr. Bul. testd sinistrorsd, sub-
perforatd, ovato-turritd, soliduld, striatuld, nitidd, citrind, apice
acuto rubicundo ; suturd albo-marginatd ; anfractibus 5, supremis
planis, reliquis convexis, ultimo inflato, spird breviore ; columelld

Zoological Society. 125

subsimplice, viv plicatd ; aperturd oblongo-semiovali ; peristomate
subincrassato, albo, expanso-reflexiusculo, margine columellari lato,
plano, patente.

Long. 23, diam. 114 mill.

B. Pauld minor, fasciis latis nigricanti-castaneis ornatus, peristomate
Susco-livido.

From Annaa or Chain Island.

9. Butimus (Partuta) Ganymepes, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd,
oblongo-conicd, tenui, striis incrementi crebris lineisque undulatis,
confertissimis, impressis minute decussatd, scabriusculd, sub epi-
dermide citrind fugacissimd albicante, non nitente ; spird conicd,
acutiusculd; anfractibus 54 convewxiusculis, ultimo spiram sub-
equante, medio obsoletissime angulato, fascid unicd latiusculd cas-
taned ornato ; columelld strictiusculd ; apertura oblongd, superne
oblique truncatd ; peristomate simplice, tenui, undique late expanso.

Long. 23, diam. 104 mill.

From the Society Islands.

10. Burrus (Partuta) Hess, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, globoso-
conicd, tenui, sub lente minutissime decussatd, hyalind; spird
brevi, conicd, acutd; anfractibus 44 planis, ultimo spiram supe-
rante, globoso ; columelld brevi, subplicatd ; apertura latd, subse-
micirculari, callo dentiformi profundo in ventre anfractis penulti-
mi coarctatd ; peristomate intus albo-calloso, undique breviter ex-
panso.

Long. 16, diam. 9 mill.

From the Society Islands (Mr. Mallet).

11. Burimus (PartuLa) 1saABELLINuS, Pfr. Bul. testd subperfo-
ratd, oblongo-conicd, solidd, striatuld, isabellind; spird conicd,
acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, supremis lineis impres-
sis, spiralibus tenuissime sculptis, ultimo spird pauld breviore, bast
antice rotundato ; columella alba, plicato-gibbd ; aperturd oblongo-
ovali, callo dentiformi, profundo in ventre anfractéis penultimi
coarctatd ; peristomate calloso, albo, late expanso, reflexiusculo,
margine columellari dilatato, sinuato-reflexo.

Long. 22, diam. 10 mill.

Locality unknown.

12. Butimus (Partuta) rapioxatus, Pfr. Bul. testd subperfo-
ratd, oblongo-attenuatd, apice obtuso, tenui, lineis spiralibus im-
pressis, distantiusculis sculptd, pallidé stramined, strigis saturatio-
ribus et lineis fuscis radiolatd ; anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo
spiram subequante, antice basi tumido ; columella brevi, breviter
recedente; aperturd obliqué ovali, intus nitidd, flavd ; peristomate
simplice, tenui, albo, expanso, margine dextro strictiusculo, colu-
mellari superne dilatato, fornicato-patente.

Long. 19, diam. 10 mill.

3B. Testa carnea, radiis cinnamomeis.

From New Ireland.

13. Buzimus Dyson, Pfr. Bul, testd anguste perforatd, oblongo-

126 Zoological Society.

ovatd, soliduld, tenuiter longitudinaliter striata, subdiaphand,
fusco-corned; spird conicd, apice acutiusculo; anfractibus 6-65
conveais, ultimo 3 longitudinis subequante ; columelld leviter ar-
cuatd, basin attingente ; aperturd elliptied, basi subangulatd ; pe-
ristomate simplice, recto, marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextro
arcuato, cum columellari, superne dilatato, fornicatim reflexo,
angulum formante.

Long. 20, diam, 93 mill.

From Honduras (Mr. Dyson).

14. Buximus canpexaris, Pfr. Bul. testd sinistrorsd, profunde
rimatd, cylindraced, apice sensim attenuato, acutiusculo, suboblique
striatulo, sordidé albo; anfractibus 9 planiusculis, ultimo minus
oblique descendente, 4 longitudinis vir equante, basi subrotundato ;
aperturd semiovali, intus nitidd, albd; peristomate albo, undique
expanso, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari dilatato, pa-
tente.

Long. 27, diam. 8 mill.

Locality unknown,

15. Butimus Guerin, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, oblongo-
ovatd, tenuiusculd, irregulariter rugoso-striatd, fulvo-fuscd ; spird
conicd, obtusd, pallidius fulvidd, strigis et maculis rufis ornatd ;
anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo spird pauld longiore; colu-
melld lutescente, arcuatd, superné subtortd ; aperiurd acuto-ovali,
intus nitidissimd, plumbed ; peristomate breviter reflexo, lutescente,
basi cum columelld angulum indistinctum formanie.

Long. 41, diam. 183 mill.

From New Granada.

16. Buxtimus tnpicus, Pfr.—Achatina gracilis, Benson, MSS.—
Bul. testd subperforatd, subulatd, tenui, diaphand, corneo-cered,
subarcuatim confertissimé striatd ; spird subulatd, apice acutius-
culo ; anfractibus 8 planiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante ;
columelld rectd, verticali ; aperturd oblongd ; peristomate simplice,
acuto, margine columellari usque ad basin breviter reflexo, perfo-
rationem fere tegente.

Long. 10, diam. 34 mill.

From East India.

17. Butimus Krenenrt, Pfr. Bul. testd breviter rimatd, cylindraceo-
turritd, tenui, oblique confertim costatd, fusco-corneo et albido
irregulariter marmoratd ; spird turritd, apice acutiusculo nigri-
cante ; suturd profundd, crenata; anfractibus 13 convewxis, ultimo
1 longitudinis subequante, basi obsolete unicarinato; aperturd
lunato-circulari ; peristomate simplice, undique expanso, margini-
bus conniventibus, dextro perarcuato, columellari dilatato, patente.

Long. 18, diam. anfr. antepenult. 6 mill.

From Honduras (Mr. David Dyson).

18. Butimus martinicensis, Pfr. Bul. testé rimato-perforatd,
oblongo-turritd, oblique striatuld, soliduld, lutescenti-corned ; spird
turritd, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 7 convewis, ultimo 4 longitudinis

Zoological Society. 127

vix superante ; aperturd ovato-oblongd ; peristomate breviter ex-
panso, intus albo-labiato, labio extus pellucente, marginibus sub-
convergentibus, dextro arcuato, columellari dilatato, patente.
Long. 20, diam, 8 mill.
From the island of Martinique (Petit).

19. Bunimus nizaairicus, Pfr. Bul. testd rimato-perforatd, ob-
longo-turritd, solidd, opacd, lineis impressis confertissimis subun-
dulatis obsolet? sculptd, fuscd, albido oblique strigatd; spird
regulariter turritd, apice obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 8 vix convexi-
usculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante, basi subcompresso ; aper-
turd ovali ; peristomate expanso, late albo-labiato, margine dextro
superne subangulato, columellari usque ad basin dilatato, patente.

Long. 284, diam. 8 mill.

From the Neelgherries, East Indies.

20. Butimus zonutatus, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, oblongo-
conicd, tenui, levigatd, opacd, pallidé stramined, seriebus 2 macu-
larum fuscarum pellucidarum cinctd, basi lineis 2 castaneis ornatd ;
spird conicd, acutiusculd, apice corneo; anfractibus 6 convexius-
culis, ultimo spiram vie superante; columella strictd; aperturd
ovali-oblongd ; peristomate acuto, tenui, margine columellari a basi
dilatato, membranaceo, angulatim late reflexo, perforationem fere
occultante.

Long, 18, diam, 9 mill,

From Cabanatuan, province of Nueva Ecija, island of Luzon;

found by Mr. H. Cuming.

‘Description of nine new species of Helicea, collected by H. Cu-
- ming, Esq.,” by Dr. L. Pfeiffer :—
1. Hexrx tucipenia, Pfr, Hel. testd minutd, perforatd, depressd,
-_-striatuld, nitidissimd, brunned ; spird subplanulatd ; suturd albo-
marginatd ; anfractibus 4 planis, ultimo basi vir convexiore, medio
impresso, angustissime perforato ; aperturd oblique lunari ; peri-
stomate simplice, obtuso, margine columellari declivi, viz incrassato.
Diam. 32, alt. 2 mill.
Found on the island of Luzon.

2. Herrx arorrsprra, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, sub-
diseoided, confertim costatd, albidd, epidermide tenui_fuscescente
indutd ; spird convewiusculd ; anfractibus 55 convewis, angustissi-
mis ; umbilico lato, perspectivo; aperturd parvuld, subverticali,
lunato-orbiculari ; peristomate simplice, acuto.

Diam. 23, alt. 14 mill.

From the island of Juan Fernandez.

Intermediate between H. epidermia, Aut., and tessellata, Mihlf.

3. Hexrx cyatuenius, Pfr, Hel. testd umbilicatd, conicd, oblique
costatd, tenuiusculd, unicolore corned ; spird pyramidatd, acutius-
culd ; anfractibus 9 angustissimis, carind filiformi cinctis, ultimo
basi planiusculo, sublevigato ; umbilico majusculo, pervio ; aper-
turd depressd, angulato-lunari; peristomate simplice, margine
supero brevi, reeto, basali leviter arcuato, brevissime reflexo.

128 Zoological Society.

Diam. 54, alt. 4 mill.
From the island of Panay.

4. Hexix poxtiotum, Pfr. Hel. testd perforatd, turbinatd, confer-
tissimeé et minute costulato-striatd, pellucida, non nitente, corned ;
spird turbinatd, apice obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 5 convexiusculis,
ultimo basi subplanato ; aperturd depressd, laté lunari ; peristomate
simplicissimo, recto.

Diam. 34, alt. 23 mill.

From Sibonga, island of Zebu.

5. Buximus pitatatus, Pfr. Bul. testa imperforatd, ovato-conica,
obtusiusculd, solidd, oblique striata, subtilissime punctaid, castaned,
superne fulvd ; anfractibus 6 planiusculis, ultimo ad suturam albo-
unifasciato, spird multd breviore; columella subrectd, callosd,
albd, dilatatd; aperturd obliqud, late semiovali, intus lacted ;
peristomate subincrassato, expanso, margine basali reflexo, ap-
presso.

Long. 34, diam. 22 mill.

Island of Luzon.

6. Butimus eLoneatutus, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, subulatd,
soliduld, sub epidermide tenuissime striatd (interdum obsolete de-
cussatd), albé; spird subulatd, acutd ; anfractibus 8 planiusculis,
ultimo tertiam longitudinis partem fere equante ; columella bre-
viter recedente, callosd, pland ; aperturd oblongo-ovali ; peristomate
simplice, marginé dextro antrorsum subarcuato, columellari subin-
crassato, appresso.

Long. 24, diam. 5} mill.

Island of Luzon.

7. Butimus Gratextovuri, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovato-
oblongd, ruguloso-striatd, tenuissimd, nitidd, pellucidd, stramineo-
albidd ; anfractibus 6—7 convewxiusculis, ultimo spird pauld breviore ;
columelld callosd, retrorsum fleruosd ; aperturd semiovali ; peri-
stomate simplice, acuto, margine dextro antrorsum arcuato.

Long. 18, diam. 8 mill.

From the islands of Luzon and Panay.

8. Buximus puitiprinensis, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovato-
turbinatd, solidd, nigricante, strigis obliquis epidermidis hydro-
phane griseo-fusce ornatd ; spird conicd, obtusiusculd, nudd, pal-
lida; anfractibus 6 convexis, diametro celeriter accrescentibus,
ultimo spird pauid breviore ; columella vix obliqud, subtortd, car-
ned; aperturd lunato-orbiculari, intus lacted ; peristomate subin-
crassato, breviter reflevo, nigro-limbato, margine dextro valde
arcuato, columellari dilatato, expanso.

2. Testa epidermide fusca, saturatius strigata fere omnind obducta,
fasciis variis nigricantibus circumdata.

Long. 63, diam. 41 mill.

From the islands of Luzon and Marinduque.

9. Hextrx Rerveana, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, subdiscoided, te-
nuiusculd, oblique striatd, albidd, zonis 3-5 rufis ornatd ; spird via

Zoological Society. 129

convexiusculd, obtusd ; anfractibus 43-5 planiusculis, ultimo antic®
subitd deflexo, basi concentrice et confertim striato ; umbilico me-
diocri, pervio ; aperturd subhorizontali, transverse ovali; peri-
stomate subsimplice, reflero, marginibus junctis.
Diam. 30, alt. 12 mill.
Island of Zebu.
This shell has been often mistaken for H. Lasalliit, Eydoux, and
is in many collections under that name; but H. Lasallii is not this
species. It is quite congruent with H. meretria, Sow.

May 12.—Richard C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. H. E, Strickland exhibited a species of Corvus, discovered by
Capt. H. M. Drummond, 42nd R. H., which the latter gentleman
proposes to name Corvus collaris. In size and form it is closely
allied to the Common Jackdaw, Corvus monedula, but differs in the
much lighter silvery grey of the cheeks, occiput and nape, which
passes into a well-marked patch of pure white on each side of the
neck. The black on the crown is of less extent than in Corvus mo-
nedula, and the lower parts are of a slaty grey.

Capt. Drummond states that in Macedonia and Thessaly this bird
takes the place of C. monedula, which is common in the south of
Greece, and does not there differ from the Jackdaw of Britain.

June 9.—George Gulliver, Esq., in the Chair.

A foetal Condor, extracted from an egg laid in the menagerie, was
exhibited to the Meeting. The egg had been placed under a com-
mon hen, which remained sitting on it for six weeks and two days.

The length of the specimen is 5 inches; the extremities, particu-
larly the legs, are imperfectly developed, but the head had acquired
a specific vulturine character; a strong line of downy filaments ex-
tends along the length of each pectoral muscle ; all the other parts of
the body are quite bare.

Length ‘of the head. 3. oe ee WS 12
Length of bones of wing.............. eer ei
Length of bones of leg to the end of longest toe,. 2

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting three new species of the family
of Trochilide, which he thus characterized :—

TrocuiLus (PetasopHora) coruscans. Troch. strigd intense ce-
ruled a mento per genas productd in aures, que erecte ut cristule
conspicantur ; plumis mediam gulam squamatim tegentibus nitide
viridibus, ereo et coccineo colore resplendentibus ; medio abdomine
cyaneo ; tectricibus caude inferioribus sordide viridibus, ad apices
stramineis ; alis purpurascente fuscis.

Crown of the head, all the upper surface, wing-coverts and flanks
green; tail-feathers very broad, steel-blue, with green reflections,
and crossed near the extremity with a broad band of a blackish hue,
as in the allied species Anais and serrirostris; a band of rich pure
blue commences on the chin and extends along the sides of the

130 Zoological Society.

cheeks and on the ear-coverts, which when erected form conspicuous
tufts ; the scale-like feathers of the centre of the throat rich shining
green, with bronze and dull crimson reflections ; centre of the abdo-
men blue; under tail-coyerts dull green, broadly tipped with buff ;
wings purplish brown; bill black; feet brown.

Total length, 54 inches; bill, 14,; wing, 3; tail, 2.

Hab. The part of South America of which this bird is a native is
unknown.

This beautiful species is rather less in size than P. Anais, from
which and every other species it is distinguished by the beautiful
marking of the throat, the greater extent of the blue on the abdomen,
and by the greater breadth of the feathers of the tail.

...! In my own collection.

TRocuiLvs ( ?) FLABELLIFERUS. Troch. capite, collo, et pectore,
nitide saturate cyaneo ; dorso, uropygio, tectricibus caude superi-
oribus, et lateribus nitide viridibus ; lato maculo ad nucham semi-
lunari, abdomine, tectricibus caude inferioribus, et caudd albis ;
caudeé plumis ad extremam pogoniam fusco marginatis ; alis nigro-
Suscis purpureo splendentibus.

All the head, neck and chest rich deep shining blue; back, rump,
upper tail-coverts and flanks shining green ; a broad crescent-shaped
mark at the back of the neck, abdomen, under tail-coverts and tail
pure white, the feathers of the latter bordered at the extremity with
brown; wings blackish brown, with purple reflections.

Total length, 5 inches; bill, 1; wing, 3; tail, 2.

Hab. Mexico.

Closely allied to 7. mellivora, but distinguished from that species
by its much greater size and by the narrowness and browner colour
' of the bordering of the tail-feathers.

- Trocuius ( ?) stropHiANuS. Troch. maculo viridi in frontem
splendenti ; lato maculo semilunari, inter violaceam gulam et ab-
dominem viridem, albo; rectricibus nigris.

On the forehead, immediately above the bill, a luminous spot of
green; crown of the head, all the upper surface and abdomen dull
green; throat rich bluish violet, separated from the green of the
abdomen by a broad lunate gorget of white; all the tail-feathers
black; wings blackish brown, with purple reflections; under tail-
coverts white; bill black.

Total length, 44 inches; bill, 2; wing, 25; tail, 13.

Hab, Precise locality unknown.

Nearly allied to but smaller than the Ornismye Clarisse and
Parzudaki,

June 23.—Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair.

Professor Owen read a Memoir (Part II.) on the Dinornis, descrip-
tive of parts of the skeleton transmitted from New Zealand since the
reading of Part I. (Annals, vol. xiv. p, 59.)

The bones referable to species defined in that communication
were first described. Among these were the cranial portion of the

Zoological Society. 131

skull of Dinornis struthoides and a corresponding portion of the skull
of Dinornis dromioides, which in general form more resembled that
part of the skull of the Dodo than of any existing bird ; but they are
remarkable for the great breadth of a low occipital region, which
slopes from below upwards and forwards; the almost flat parietal
region is continued directly forwards into the broad sloping frontal
region ; the temporal fossze are remarkably wide and deep ; the orbits
small; the olfactory chamber expanded posteriorly, but not to so
great an extent as in the Apteryx; the plane of the foramen mag-
num is vertical. Many other characteristics in the cranial organi-
zation of the genus Dinornis were described, and the specific distinc-
tion of the two mutilated crania pointed out.

The tympanic bone of the Dinornis giganteus was described in.
detail and compared with the same bone in existing birds.

Different cervical and dorsal vertebre, referable to the species
Din. giganteus, ingens, struthoides and crassus, were described. These
vertebree were remarkably entire, and with some of the best-preserved
bones of the extremities, described in a subsequent part of the Me-
moir, had been obtained from a turbary formation on the coast of the
Middle Island, near Waikawaite.

One of the most interesting of the novel acquisitions from this
locality was an almost entire sternum, referred by Prof. Owen to the
Din. giganteus. It is a subquadrate, keel-less, shield-shaped bone,
broader than long, with the posterior angles and the xiphoid process
prolonged, as in the Apteryx, but without the anterior emargination.
The coracoid depressions very small. ‘This bone was minutely de-
scribed and compared with the keel-less sternums of the existing
Struthious birds ; that of the Apteryx being demonstrated tg be most
like the sternum of Dinornis. ,

The following bones of the extremities, imperfectly or not at all ~
known in 1848, were next described :—~ :

The entire femur of Dinornis giganteus. Entire tibie and tarso-
metatarsi of Din, giganteus, indicating a robust variety of this stupen-
dous bird to have existed in the Middle Island.

The tarso-metatarsus of Dinornis ingens from the North Island,
distinguished by a rough depression indicative of a fourth or back-
toe, and consequently a genus (Palapieryz) distinct from Dinornis,

Femora, tibie and tarso-metatarsi of a Dinornis of the height of
the Din. ingens, but of more robust proportions, from the Middle
Island; with a feeble indication of a surface for a back-toe.’

The tibize and tarso-metatarsi of Dinornis (Palapteryx) dromioides
from the North Island, confirming by their long and slender propor-
tions the conjecture hazarded in the author’s former memoir (Zool.
Trans. vol. iii, pp. 252, 264). The tarso-metatarsus also shows the
rough elliptical surface for the attachment of the back-toe, indicating
the Din. dromioides to belong to the same generic or subgeneric sec-
tion as Din. ingens from the North Island,

Femora, tibie and tarso-metatarsi, from the Middle Island, were
next exhibited and described, which establish a new species, for
which Prof, Owen proposed the name of Din. caswarinus: a small

132 Miscellaneous.

and feeble depression, five lines by three lines, indicates that this
species had a back-toe in the corresponding position enith that in the
Apteryx, but more rudimental.

A very remarkable femur and tarso-metatarsal honk. also from
the Middle Island, were exhibited, belonging to an additional tri-
dactyle species, to which the name of Dinornis crassus was given.
Of this species the author remarks: ‘‘ With a stature nearly equal to
that of the Ostrich, the femur and tarso-metatarsus present double
the thickness in proportion to their length. It must have been the
strongest and most robust of birds, and the best representative of
the pachydermal type in the feathered class.”

The third new species is comparatively a small one, being inter-
mediate in size between the Dinornis didiformis and the Din. otidi-
formis ; it was founded on remains exclusively from the North Island,
and was called by the author Dinornis curtus.

The paper (which was illustrated by numerous figures) concluded
by some general comparisons and remarks on the geographical
distribution of the different species of Dinornis.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Organogeny of Irregular Corollas. By M.Barnroup.

In the Orchidaceae, if a flower of Orchis galeata be examined in
the very earliest condition, it will be found to consist of a simple
cupula of very transparent tissue, on the border of which three
round equal teeth soon become visible : these constitute the exterior
verticil, which is formed exactly in the same manner as a true mo-
nophyllous calyx. In a short time a second cupula is seen to origi-
nate in the interior of the first, and its substance quickly becomes
blended with that of the latter, except that its border exhibits three
small prominences, perfectly equal and alternating with the teeth of
the exterior verticil. ‘Thus the author considers that organogeny
clearly demonstrates in the Orchidacee, as in most other monocoty-
ledonous families, analogues of the calyx and corolla of dicotyledons.
The three nascent segments of the interior verticil of Orchis galeata
are quite similar in the early condition, and it is not until a subse-
quent period that one becomes evidently broader and more fully de-
veloped than the two others; this it is which becomes the Jabellum.
Orchis Morio, Ophrys aranifera, and two exotic genera, a Mavzillaria
and an Oncidium, presented exactly identical conditions.

In the Labiate, the corolla of Lamium garganicum when it first be-
comes visible is represented by a little cupula scarcely hollowed out
at all, bordered by five teeth which are very short and at this time
alone, quite equal, for two of them speedily cohere and become
blended together to form a large, round and very convex lamella,
which subsequently becomes the helmet of the Lamium. Of the
three remaining teeth, the central one also becomes much larger
than the others, which are always small and atrophied. The evo-
lution of the didynamous stamens exposes the singular fact, that the

Miscellaneous. 133

larger two originate rather before the other two, which they exceed
in length at every period of their development. Among other La-
biate, Ajuga reptans, Scutellaria columne and commutata, present us
with the same phenomena. In Phlomis fruticosa the helmet is
formed of two segments of the corolla, as in Lamium.

In the Scrophulariacee the segments of the nascent corolla are also
equal, but only at their origin. The inequality always manifests
itself very soon, and earlier in proportion to the subsequent irregu-
larity of the corolla (Antirrhinum majus, Linaria cymbalaria, Penste-
mon Scoulteri, Collinsia bicolor, Scrophularia verna). In the genera
which possess a fifth, supplemental stamen, this is formed at the same
time as the two smaller and in the spot which remains vacant in the
Labiate. The symmetry is then perfect.

In the Aristolochiacee (Aristolochia Clemaittis and Pistolochia), the
simple perigone composing the flower is, at its origin, a kind of tube,
very short, at first with an equal and as it were truncated border;
but this state persists but a very short time. One side of the mouth
of the tube becomes much developed, so as to form the well-known
limb of the Aristolochias, while the other undergoes but slight ex-
pansion.

In the Verbenacee (Verbena urticefolia) and in the Dipsacee (Sca-
biosa ucranica and atropurpurea), the irregular corolla follows the
same law of development.

The petals of the Leguminose are equal and alike at the origin of
the flower ; but a difference of form and size very soon becomes evi-
dent (Cytisus nigricans and laburnum, Ulex europeus, Erythrina crista-

alli).

‘ The case is the same in the Polygalacee (Polygala austriaca and
chamebucus). From all these circumstances we may conclude that
the irregularity of the corolla, at least in the families cited in this
note, is a condition arising after the first appearance of the flower,
and is a consequence of an inequality of development among the
different parts which compose the floral envelope.—Comptes Rendus,
June 8, 1846.—A. H.

EXTRAORDINARY FLIGHT OF BUTTERFLIES,
To Richard Taylor, Esq.

Philosophical Hall, Leeds, July 20, 1846.

Dear Sir,—As there is an account of a large flight of Butterflies,
in one of the Canterbury papers, which passed over from France to
England during the present month, without any precise statement as
to the species, it would be very desirable if some reader of the ‘ An-
nals ’ could furnish that piece of information, so that a more complete
record of the circumstance might be preserved. Should the above
account have escaped your notice, I venture to send a copy of it,
taken from the Leeds Mercury of July 18th :—

“ Kextraordinary Flight of Butterflies.—One of the largest flights of
Butterflies ever seen in this country crossed the Channel from France
to England on Sunday last. Such was the density and extent of the

134. : Miscellaneous.

cloud formed by the living mass, that it completely obscured the sun
from people on board our continental steamers on their passage for
many hundreds of yards, while the insects strewed the decks in all
directions. The flight reached England about twelve o’clock at noon
and dispersed themselves inland and along shore, darkenirig the air
as they went. During the sea passage of the butterflies the weather
was calm and sunny, with scarce a puff of wind stirring, but an hour
or so after they reached ferra firma it came on to blow great guns
from the 8. W., the direction whence the insects came.”’—Canterbury
Journal.

If the time occupied in the passage over could be ascertained it
would also be interesting—at all events the hour at which they were
observed by the people on board the steamer and the distance from
land could be ascertained, and that would go some way towards the
rate at which they travelled, the period of their arrival being stated.

I am, dear Sir, yours very truly,
Hewry Denny, A.LS.

Do Plants placed in a Solution containing several Substances, absorb
certain Substances in preference to others? By M. Boucuarpar.

Theodore de Saussure, who made so many beautiful experiments
on vegetation, has answered the question which I have here pro-
posed in the affirmative ; but the results which he obtained do not
appear to me sufliciently free from all chances of etror to render it
unnecessary to return to this subject. The way in which the expe-
riments of Theodore de Saussure were made may be stated in a few
words. He dissolved in 793 cubic centimetres of water two or three
different salts, each weighing 637 milligrammes; he analysed the
residue of the solution when it was reduced one-half by absorption
by the roots of the plants. ‘The quantity of salts contained in the
residue, minus that which the liquid contained before the introduction
of the plants, indicated the quantity of salts absorbed. Theodore de
Saussure saw that with several salts this quantity was very unequal ;
thus, to cite only one example, in a mixed solution of nitrate of lime
and muriate of ammonia, a Polygonum absorbed two of nitrate of lime
and fifteen of muriate of ammonia.

The differences were particularly great with the soluble salts of
lime ; their absorption appears infinitely less easy than that of several
other salts; but the following experiment throws much doubt on
the conclusion to be drawn from the facts cited by Theodore de
Saussure.

In a solution in distilled water containing one gramme of sulphate
of soda and one gramme of chloride of sodium to the litre, I planted
a Polygonum persicaria, and when half the solution was absorbed, I
examined the residue, and found in it, besides the oxalate of ammo-
nia, a notable quantity of lime, which did not exist in it previously,
and which had been furnished by the vegetable.

This then is one capital cause of étror which escaped Theodore de
Saussure.

When a vegetable is immersed in an aqueous solution, there is

Miscellaneous. ; 1385

not a pure and simple absorption of the solution, but a double cur-
rent is formed. As the salt of the solution passes into the plant, so
the salts of the plant: arrive in the solution. This is the principle
which M. Dutrochet has so well developed in his excellent investi-
gations on Endosmosis. bak

There is a strong and a weak current, but always a double current,
and not a pure and simple absorption. ‘This cause of error is very
important, for Theodore de Saussure operated only upon 637 mil-
ligrammes, diminished by the fact of the absorption alone, and he
did not at all attempt; in his analyses, as may be seen at page 255
of his ‘ Recherches sur la Végétation,’ to find any other principles
than those which he wished to estimate ; moreover he has not indi-
cated the weight of the plants he employed.

To avoid, as far as possible, the chances of error caused by the
excretions of the roots, I thought that plants should be chosen which,
living a considerable time in water, might, by a very long vegeta-
tion, be brought into such a condition as no longer to yield any
fixed salt to the distilled water, and which would yet possess a
marked power of absorption. Mentha aquatica seemed, from nume-
rous ptevious experiments, to fulfil these conditions much better
than the Polygonum persicaria and Bidens cannabina, selected by
Theodore de Saussure. The following is the manner in which my
experiments were made. Branches of mint, furnished with nume-
rous adventitious roots, which had lived in pure water for more than
six months, were placed in flasks containing distilled water which
was renewed every five days. When the reagents did not indicate
any foreign salt in this water, I made with these plants precisely the
same experiments as Theodore de Saussure had done, and I then
found, that a vegetable freely immersed by its roots in a very dilute
solution of several salts, having no chemical action on its tissues,
absorbs all the substances contained in that solution in equal pro-
portions.

The differences which I have pointed out in my memoir, in the
absorption of substances contained in one and the same solution, are
too slight for us to admit, with Theodore de Saussure, that the roots
select certain salts in a solution in preference to others: that he ar-
rived at different conclusions, results from his having operated only
on a few centigrammes of salts in solution, and having omitted to
take into account the excretion which is continually going on from
the roots simultaneously with the absorption.

The differences observed in analysing the residue of the solutions
depend on certain salts being fixed in the plants, either from their
concutring in the development of special organs, as the phosphates
to that of the grain of the grasses, or from their forming insoluble
combinations with some principles of the plant; whilst other sub.
stances, which are not subjected to either of these two conditions,
are excreted freely by the roots: thus it appears to me that the in.
verse of Theodore de Saussure’s conclusion is correct.

Roots which are immersed in water absorb indifferently all the
substances dissolved in this liquid; but the excretions, on the cons
trary, may present great differences.—Comptes Rendus; June 8,

136 7 Miscellaneous.

ON A SPECIES OF HIPPOPOTAMUS FROM SIERRA LEONE,
To Richard Taylor, Esq.

British Museum, 15th July, 1846.

My pear Sir,—Dr. Morton described a short time ago a second
species of Hippopotamus from Liberia, which proves to be most di-
stinct, and is not larger than a calf; by the inclosed note sent me by
my friend Colonel Thompson (who, during his governorship of Sierra
Leone, paid much attention to natural history, and amongst other
things prepared the skeleton of the adult Chimpanzee described by
Mr. Owen), it appears that a species about the same size is found
in Sierra Leone; at any rate the Sierra Leone animal would be a
most interesting addition to our collections. The Wolverine is cer-
tainly the Rattel, and the Lemur the Galago.

Yours very truly,
J. E. Gray.
To J. E. Gray, Esq.
Blackheath, 12th July, 1846.

My pear S1r,—In the year 1808 or 1809, being then Governor
of Sierra Leone, I heard of the killing of an animal, which, my im-
pression at the time and ever since was, must have been of the Hip-
popotamus or Tapir class.. It was killed by the Maroons in a stream
like a small trout-stream, called the Hog-brook (from the presence
of wild hogs), five or six miles inland from Freetown, and now I
believe the site of Wilberforce.

I was shown the place to which it retreated and in which it was
killed ; being precisely such a deep hole as is found every now and
then in a trout-stream where the water circles round. ‘The place
was shown me by Capt. Charles Schaw of the Maroons, a man of
excellent character and credit, in whom I should place the most im-
plicit reliance, and who was present at the hunt. He said it was of
the size of a small cow (cows are very small at Sierra Leone, and
therefore this may be set down as marking the size of one of the
smallest cows of the Highland breed) ; that its skin had only a hair
on it here and there, and (I think he added) the skin was black; and
that it had ‘‘ a mouth full of ivory,” by which I clearly understood
him to mean that it had tusks or projecting teeth.

On recollection I think it was from Mr. Ludlam, my predecessor,
that I heard of the killing of the animal, and was afterwards taken
to the spot in consequence of my inquiries.

Of curious animals of which I have myself had specimens at Sierra
Leone, I will mention the Chimpanzee ; Touraco (called by the colo-
nists the Mountain Peacock), Cerastes (of which I have seen three
specimens); an animal which I suspected to be of the class of the
Wolverine (confirmed by the report of the natives of the country
that it threw itself on animals from a tree), remarkable for being di-
vided into black and white by a horizontal line, so that it looked like
a creature that had been in the mud (the specimens I saw were
about a foot high, but the natives stated that it grew to the size of a
goat); and a very beautiful small animal which I suspect to be of

Miscellaneous. 137

the order of the Active Lemur, resembling in the main a small squir-
rel, but of a lighter hazel, with very large eyes, and the fore feet
very much like the human hand, except that there was a protube-
rance on the ball of each finger and toe ; also the Thumbless Monkey.
Yours very sincerely,
T. Perronet THompson.

On the Nectariferous Glands of Leaves, and on some Saccharine Se-
cretions. By M. Unecrr.

M. Unger was led to this investigation by his observing on an
acacia, in the spring of 1843, that whilst the plant was in flower, a
saccharine and transparent liquid flowed from its phyllodia in nu-
merous drops. In 1844 he observed asimilar phenomenon on other
species of the same genus, but not upon all.

The attention of this German naturalist was particularly directed
to the species in which the secretion is the most abundant, the Acacia
longifolia.

At the base of the lamina of the leaf or of the phyllode of this
plant, and at its upper margin, a small impression is remarked in the
form of a point, which is the orifice of the excretory canal of a cavity
existing in the substance of the organ. This cavity is not hollowed
in the ordinary parenchyma, but it is surrounded entirely by peculiar
cells with small and thin walls, the whole constituting a sort of.
glandular apparatus, in the form of a haricot bean, voluminous, and
attaining as much as a third of the volume of the phyllode. It is
surrounded by several vascular bundles, and has direct relations with
four of them.

The cells which form the gland contain no solid matter; but those
which surround this apparatus contain granules of starch which be-
come more numerous and larger in proportion to their distance.
The liquid which fills them is turbid, which shows its state of con-
centration, On examining it with the aid of some re-agents, M.
Unger was led to admit that it contains, besides the sugar, a second
substance, gum or vegetable mucilage. This organization recalls
what Schlechtendal has described on the leaves of the Viburnum
Tinus and the Clerodendron fragrans.

The author deduces the following results from his observations :—

1. The nectariferous glands of the leaves possess, with respect
to their essential structure, a great analogy with one another.

2. The production of the sugar is effected in all in the same
manner.

In the interior of the glands of the Acacia longifolia, and toward
their deferent canal, M. Unger has traced the existence of several
small brown bodies, in the form of articulated tubes, which he thinks
may be regarded with some reasen as belonging to the Cladosporium
Jumago, Linck, a polymorphous fungus which was abundant in the
ground where this acacia was found.

To M. Unger’s memoir is added an appendix, the object of which
is certain abnormal saccharine secretions. Among these secretions,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii.

138 : Miscellaneous.

some occur forming a sort of varnish on the upper surface of the
leaves of different trees, and cannot be attributed to Aphides.
Others, observed on the fir, proceeded from the axes of the branches,
which were attributable, according to all appearance, to the irritation
of an insect, which was constantly seen at these places, and to which
M. Kollar has given the name of Lecanium abietis.—Flora, No. 41.

OBITUARY——MR. THOMAS EDMONDSTON.

Science has lately had to deplore the loss of a promising and en-
thusiastic votary in Mr. Thomas Edmondston, the young and talented
naturalist who accompanied Captain Kellett to the west coast of
America in H.M. Surveying Ship Herald. During the month of
April, shortly after reaching the Galapagos Islands, Mr. Edmond-
ston was killed by the accidental discharge of a loaded musket. He
was the son of Dr. Edmondston of Unst in Shetland, himself a na-
turalist of reputation, and the author of some excellent papers in
the ‘ Memoirs of the Wernerian Society.’ Mr. T. Edmondston dis-
played his talents at a very early age, and had acquired a remark-
able knowledge of all branches of natural history when a mere boy.
His age was only twenty-three when he died. He had published
many interesting papers on zoological and botanical subjects before
leaving England, and was the author of an excellent little ‘ Flora of
Shetland.’ He had just been appointed Lecturer on Natural History
in the Andersonian Institution in Glasgow, when he was selected for
the honourable post of Naturalist to the ‘Herald.’ During the short
time he had been engaged in his duties before his death, he led his
friends to form great expectations of the results of his researches—
doomed, alas! to be sadly disappointed before he had fairly entered
upon the unexplored field to which he had looked forward with ar-
dent anticipations. The following letters written to a friend in En-
gland during the early part of his voyage, may serve as melancholy
records of the zeal and observing powers of our lamented friend :—

H.M. Ship Herald, off Cape Horn, 20th Oct. 1845.

I sit down to give you a brief account of my motions since I wrote
you from Rio de Janeiro, and by way of husbanding my time in port,
I shall commence this now. We reached the Falkland Islands on
the 19th September, after a rather stormy but not otherwise remark-
able voyage from Rio; we left again on the 29th. We were very
unfortunate in being at these islands while the gales accompanying
[their] vernal equinox were raging in all their fury: such villanous
weather I never saw—constant gales of wind accompanied by snow
and very cold. Doing anything in marine zoology was out of the
question, for though both Captain Kellett and myself were ex-
tremely anxious to spend as much time in dredging as possible, there
was never an hour during the whole time we staid there sufficiently
moderate to allow of dredging. Captain Kellett, with his usual kind-
ness and zeal for the interests of science, made me welcome to a
manned cutter whenever the weather should allow of my using it ;
it was however never sufficiently moderate in the wind to render

Miscellaneous. 139

dredging safe, or even practicable. I regretted this adverse state
of things extremely, as you may suppose, and the more so since I
have not the least doubt that the bays, the shores of which are lined
with such a prodigious growth of Algz (chiefly Macrocystis) could
not fail to yield numerous very interesting animals, more particularly
soft species, such as Holothurie and Nudibranchous Mollusks. Jud-
ging from the species found along the beaches the shells cannot be
very numerous, though this criterion is somewhat fallacious, as drift
specimens are liable to get entangled among the dense barrier of
sea-weed, and thus prevented from landing. ‘Three or four Myth
and Modiole, a large Cytherea, something like the C. petechialis of
our cabinets, are common; the Mytili especially swarm. I cannot
distinguish the common species from our M. edulis, except in being
larger. A small Modiola like M. discrepans is not rare. I procured
only one Chiton, but large patelliform shells are the characteristic
species; the Patelle and Fissurelle being very large and numerous,
though not in great variety as regards species. Owing to the storms
and snow rendering the country almost impassable on horseback, I
was never able to make any long excursions ; this was the less to be
regretted, as the plants were none of them in flower, the season of
the year answering to our March, and everything being wrapped in
winter. I sent home vid Rio a Ward’s case filled with the Tussac
grass for Sir William Hooker. I occupied myself principally with the
birds during our stay, as although, owing to the inclemency of the
weather, collecting of any kind was rather uphill work, these were
more easily procured and in greater perfection than any other. I
got many species, especially of water birds, and some fine species.
Three wild geese, Anas leucoptera, antarctica and brachyptera (the
latter unable to fly), are very common ; three gulls, a widgeon, a teal,
a white-bellied shag, two penguins (the Aptenodytes demersa and the
king penguin), the Procellaria gigantea, and a small grebe very like
our Podiceps auritus, are among the most abundant. Of the Raptorial
birds, the Polyborus nove zealandie, a very curious bird, which to
a structure precisely connecting the two genera Aguila and Buteo,
adds the most perfectly vulturine feeding propensities, haunting the
slaughter-houses and wherever carrion or offal is to be procured, and
being the general scavenger of the settlement, is very common and
familiar. The turkey buzzard (Cathartes aura) is abundant, and
there are two or three other hawks and an owl or two. Of the Coni-
rostral birds I saw only one species, which represents our sparrow ;
it is a beautiful green and orange bird, and seems intermediate be-
tween the genera Passer and Linota. A fine Cassicus with a bright
red throat and breast was also procured, but it is far from plentiful.
The most common cantatorial species is a small grayish blue Sylvia
with a black head. ‘The shore birds are numerous; the most inter-
esting is a Chionis, I suppose identical with the New Zealand spe-
cies. This curious bird in habits and form of body is completely an
oyster-catcher ; it is pure white with lead-coloured legs and feet and
a very strong bill, the upper mandible quite like that of a gallina-
L2

140 Miscellaneous.

ceous bird, but the lower mandible still stronger ; the lower fourth
of the bill is enveloped in a curious horny sheath, quite unlike any
other bird I am acquainted with. A curious naked caruncled skin
- surrounds the eye, and similar caruncles are situated under and be-
fore the eye. I have no work containing any detailed description
of the only species known of this genus, except Cuvier’s short
notice, but so far as it goes that agrees with my bird. Darwin does
not notice it as a native of the Falklands, and had he seen it, it is
not likely he would have omitted such a remarkably anomalous bird.
I know not if it was brought home by the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror’ ; the
bird is not unfrequent in flocks on the sea-shore. I dissected seve-
ral specimens; all had their large crops filled with a small white
nereidous annelide: the strong bill would seem to point to a still
more truly conchivorous diet than its near allies the oyster-catchers,
yet this does not seem to be the fact. The Chionis appears to form
a Rasorial type in the Grallatorial circle.

Two true oyster-catchers are not uncommon, one black and white
very like our British species, and the other brown and larger. A
dottrel very similar to our ring dottrel and a small gray tringa are
common, and on the moors a large snipe is frequent, and furnished
some of our sportsmen with very good shooting.

As regards the geology I have little to communicate: all the di-
strict which I visited is composed of a dull gray quartz rock more or
less distinctly stratified, and frequently, when good sections are to
be seen, which are by. no means common, exhibiting very remark-
able flexures and contortions, similar to those which are so common
in the Northern Islands in gneiss and mica slate. There is also
sandstone in the islands, supposed to belong to the Silurian period,
but none within a day’s journey of us, and I consequently did not
see it. Darwin mentions the remarkable ‘‘ streams of stones” found
in these islands. I shall give you the results of a careful examina-
tion of several of them.

The ‘‘ stream” consists of a mass of angular blocks of quartz, va-
rying in size from a man’s head up to that of a small house, but
averaging about four or five cubic feet ; they generally occupy a flat
valley, and the inclination is mostly very little, in none which I saw
exceeding 10° or 12°; they vary in extent, but are generally one to
three miles long. For the most part the stones forming the stream
are piled one on the top of the other to a considerable depth in the
soil, as no vegetation is to be seen in the crevices; the stones are
covered by lichens, and show no marks of attrition by water, being
on the contrary always somewhat angular. I cannot venture to pro-
pose any theory regarding these curious appearances. Mr. Darwin,
whose observations are always as accurate as his conclusions are
cautious and rational, suggests (though apparently rather as a “ si-
mile” than a theory) that the effect is similar to what would happen
if a stream of lava had been suddenly rent into fragments by some
violent internal convulsion; and the simile is very just, though we
cannot for a moment suppose that quartz rock has flowed over a

Miscellaneous. 141

valley like lava: perhaps a very sudden and violent flood might pro-
duce the effect, though from the appearance of the fragments it can-
not have been produced by long-continued fluviatile action.

The aspect of the Falkland Islands during an equinoctial gale and
snow is anything but prepossessing: the hills are low and peat is uni-
versal. A few stunted shrubs and withered grasses cover the moor,
and that is all. If you can imagine the Shetlands or Hebrides in the
end of February or beginning of March, substitute Myrtus num-
mularia and one or two other Antarctic shrubs for our Erica and
Calluna, you have a very good idea of the Falklands. In summer
doubtless very interesting plants may be had, but you will get as
many specimens on the Brae of Badenoch at Christmas as in the
Falklands while we were there.

Valparaiso, 3rd December 1845.

We arrived here on the 16th ult., and I immediately started for
the interior. I could only get a week’s leave, but in that time bota-
nized a good part of the hill skirting the Cordillera de San Carlos
and part of the latter itself, but the hills of much elevation are ex-
tremely barren.

Since I came back I have been gathering plants and shells; the
littoral shells are—Chitons, of course in profusion ; Patella, Fissurella,
Trochus, Monoceros, Turbo (true, large, round), Margineila.

H.M. Ship Herald, Paita, Peru, 28th December 1845.

First wishing you most sincerely a merry Christmas and a happy
new year, I shall, though much hurried, give you a brief sketch of my
proceedings in marine zoology since we left Valparaiso, from which
place I wrote you fully.

We put in for a couple of days into a small bay named Papudo,
about thirty miles N. of Valparaiso; here I made some very inter-
esting additions to my collection of plants, some of which will I be-
lieve turn out to be new.

I dredged all over this bay; the greater part of the bottom is
sandy, the sand is loose and micaceous, and as the bay is very open
there are few or no animals in it. Avery few minute univalves and
numerous small Crustacea—numerous in individuals I mean, but all
one species,—were all that a very careful search afforded. In a few
places where the bottom was gravelly the shells were more numerous,
but the same species as I have described from Valparaiso : Turritelle
equally common from four to fifteen fathoms; but there is no such
distinction between the banks of living and dead shells which struck
me as being so remarkable at Valparaiso, dead specimens contain-
ing Paguri and those with the animal coming up indiscriminately.
Along with these there were a few univalves and Crustacea, and at
fifteen fathoms three specimens of a hyaline Terebratula, alive ; it is
about three-quarters of an inch across, and does not seem described
in the last edition of Lamarck: the littoral shells were not different
from those at Valparaiso. From Papudo we steered direct to Callao,
where we remained five days. I spent two of these at Lima, where

142 Miscellanecus.

I experienced much attention from Mr. Maclean, a merchant there,
well. known for his attachment to science, and a very good botanist.

I could not, owing to the disgraceful state of the country, make any
long excursions here, even had our time allowed ; robberies even be-
tween the two cities of Lima and Callao, distant only seven miles,
are common, and mostly performed by the soldiery, and travelling
in the country is well nigh impracticable.

I spent most of my time in examining the marine productions, I
got a number of good Alge and a variety of fish, besides shells. The
littoral rocks, from the variety of animals found on them, present a
very gratifying picture to the lover of marine zoology : an Echinus
with black spines, three or four species of large and curious Actinie,
a Uraster (rubens ?), a thirty-rayed Solaster, several crabs, three Chi-
tons (different from the Valparaiso species), Concholepas, Balanus
Psittacus and another species, Littorine, Trochi, large Fissurelle, &c.
are crowded on every rock, forming, from their varied shapes and
colours, a not less beautiful than instructive sight : some of the spe-
cies are the same with the Chilian, but many different.

The island of San Lorenzo interested me much ; it is composed of
thin strata of a blackish volcanic schist; the angle is low, and it is
everywhere split into small cubical masses in a direction at right
angles to the stratification. With the exception of one or two patches
of a Schevinia and two or three other succulent plants near the sea,
there is not a particle of vegetation, the island being covered by
brown drifting sand, among which are mixed innumerable shells and
other marine productions in various degrees of preservation, some
preserving even their colour, others fragmentary and decayed: the
greatest depth to which I could penetrate presented the same loose
sand, and equally loaded with organic remains. All the species I
found alive in the bay, Concholepas, Pecten, Crepidula, were the most
plentiful, but there were many others; many had Balani attached.

What struck me most was the excellent preservation of some of
the specimens ; the Pecten (very like our P. opercularis) in many in-
stances preserved its fine red colour, while at other times the shells
were as much decayed as if they had come out of the London clay. I
tried, by digging down as far as I could, to ascertain if the lower
layers were in better preservation than the upper, but I found the
same mixture as on the top. In some places great abundance of
dead shells of a small striped Bulimus were plentiful. I found two
live ones only after a long search ; they had their mouths closed by a
mucous epiphragm like our snails in winter. The loose sand con-
taining these semifossils is continually being drifted by the wind.

The bay of Callao swarms with fish, and consequently with large
pelicans and multitudes of other piscivorous birds. Four species of
sharks and enormous sting-rays (Trygon) are plentiful.

We are just now going into the bay of Paita, where we only stay
for meridian distances, and thence go to Guyaquil or Puna for the
same purpose; we then start for the Galapagos and then to Pa-
nama; we shall most likely arrive at the latter place some time in
February.

Meteorological Observations. 143

PROPOSED WORK ON APHIDES.

The most complete work hitherto published on Aphides is that of
Kaltenbach. He has described 156 species, which he has distributed
into the following genera :—1. Aphis, Linn. ; 2. Lachaus, Illiger ;
3. Schizoneura, Hartig; 4. Tetraneura, Heyden; 5. Pemphigus,
Hartig ; 6. Vacuna, Heyden; 7. Phyllorera, Fonscolombe; 8. Rhi-
zobius, Burmeister ; 9. Forda, Heyden; 10. Trama, Heyden; 11. Pa-
racletus, Heyden. I take this opportunity to state that I shall be
glad of information respecting Aphides and the plants which they
infest, as I am engaged in describing the British species of that tribe
of insects.—Francis WaLkzErR, 49 Bedford Square, July 1846.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1846.

Chiswick.—June 1, 2. Slight haze: cloudless. 3, Slight haze: very dry air:
clear and fine. 4—6. Hot anddry. 7. Sultry. 8, 9. Cloudy and fine. 10.
Overcast. 11, 12. Very fine. 13,14. Hotanddry. 15. Cloudless. 16—18,
Hot and dry, with slight haze. 19. Foggy: excessively hot: clear at night.
20. Hot and sultry. 21. Uniformly overcast: fine, 22. Sultry: excessively
hot: rain : at night thunder, lightning, and heavy rain. 23,24. Densely clouded.
25. Fine. 26. Overcast: heavy showers. 27, 28. Cloudy and fine. 29, Fine,
with clouds: windy: clear at night. 30. Cloudy and fine : overcast.

Mean temperature of the month .......eceeseeeseeee beeveanecoces 66°°63
Mean temperature of June 1845 .....sescsesceccescseeseceeseces 62 +14
Average mean temperature of June for the last twenty years 60 °88
Average amount Of rain in Jun@ .....c.ceseseceeeeeeseeneceuenees 1°88 inch.

Boston.—June 1. Cloudy. 2. Fine: half-past 11 o’clock a.m. thermometer 75°:
2 o'clock r.m. 78°. 3. Fine: 30’clock p.m. thermometer 80°. 4, Fine. 5. Cloudy.
6. Fine: quarter-past 2 o’clock r.m. thermometer 82°, 7. Fine. 8. Cloudy:
lightning a.m. 9, 10. Cloudy. 11—17. Fine. 18, Fine: quarter-past 11 o’elock
A.M. thermometer 80°. 19. Fine. 20. Cloudy. 21. Fine. 22. Cloudy: rain
p.M., With thunder and lightning. 23. Rain: rain early a.m.: rainrp.m. 24. Fine.
25. Fine: rain and hail, with thunder and lightning p.m. 26—28, Cloudy.
29, 30. Fine.— The past month has been considerably warmer than any month of
my observations.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney. June 1—8. Fine. 4. Fine: bright: fine. 5. Fine:
bright: cloudy. 6. Damp. 7. Damp: cloudy. 8. Cloudy. 9. Damp: fog:
cloudy. 10. Cloudy: rain. 11. Bright: rain. 12,13. Bright: clear. 14,
15. Bright: cloudy. 16. Bright: clear. 17,18. Fine. 19. Thunder and hail*:
cloudy. 20. Clear: fine. 21. Clear. 22. Cloudy: fog. 23. Rain and thunder:
thunder and rain. 24, Drizzle: thunder and drops. 25, 26. Clear. 27. Rain:
clear. 28. Bright: cloudy. 29. Bright: drops. 30. Bright: showers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire-—June 1—6. Very fine. 7. Very fine:
thunder. 8. Fine soft rain, 9, 10. Slight shower. 11. Fair, but cloudy.
12—16. Fair and fine. 17. Fair and fine: warm. 18, Fair and fine: thunder.
19. Slight drizzle: thunder. 20. Dry and withering. 21, Very warm and
withering. 22. Very warm: showers: thunder and hail, 23, Very heavy rain.
24, 25. Showers: fair p.m. 26—29. Heavy rains. 30. Very heavy rain,

Mean temperature of the MONCH .......scceeeeceesees 63°°2
Mean temperature of June 1845 ......seceecceesssees 56 °5
Mean temperature of June for twenty-three years. 55 °7
Mean rain in June for eighteen years ...........0+6. 3 inches.

* The most severe thunder-storm ever remembered : one man was killed, others
knocked down, and the lightning struck various places. It was at its height be-
tween six or seven o’clock a.m.

‘ciple cease ng se ile 7
09-1 S8-V |g0-1 |08-0

” a

i emai ee eee aa

9V-18 |168-62 |928-62 |€S8-62 918.63 | 1V-6z loc6.60

GL-6S ‘9.26 ‘eo |L.69 log. IS 620.08 “aR

I |

ss 09.P "160. | *s |emsm| om | ms | SS | z9| PS! zol Lo| gb | SL | 9-62] €€.6z| $0.62! 6P-6z | Lz-6z 1989-62/8Z6-6z| ‘of
Ge. mm eetiteteett vas ems | om | ws | 99 | 29 | SS|.79)} 89} LS | OL | FE-6%| GV-6%| OF-62 | LH-6z | 1%-6% |98L-62|P18-6z| “6%
reesesienasestereers) GQ, | sag’! -mss | mpeo| «ms | 69 | 09 | SG/¥99| 99| gS | HL | 29-6%| OL-6z| EF-6z| 19-62 | ZE-62 |008-6z [068-62 | “Sz
Ze | *"| TO. | tas | emss | onypeo| cms | PG | G9 | 19/#99)S-G9| oS | EL | 9-66) LS.6z| 15-62} TV-6z | Z1-6% (629-62 |L6L-6| *L%
rerere}eeeeee) £Q. | 60. | “asa | cass | ujeo| ‘ms | PS | ¥eS |fhh| 69; £9) BS | Lo | L9-62| 69-62) 1.6%) 8F-6z | 2Z-6Z |LP9-6z|189-62| “9%
Teeemeieeceee)eoreceieereer) 99 | *mss | urea) “a | $€9 | $69 | €F| F9| O| SV | OL | $9.6) 8h-62| 8P-6%) 6€-62 | 66-82 |L60.6z £79-6z) “Sz
Qe |r" ETe [event eeees cm | om | cms | OS | PS | Bhi 19! H9| gv | Lo | 6-62| 21-62) 0£-62%-%z-62 | $6-8% |100-62|L1S-6%; “bz
LI. O1-0| GE |SO- | ‘a | *m jue) ‘ms | LO | gS | 9S| $9} 99! gh | 69 | LZ-6%; 19.62| 0€-6%| OF-62 | L8-8% |LLS-62 |Pr9-6z| “$7@
gi. rr""|""""""| 6G. | tas | *ms | peo] cas | $99 | gS | 9S| 18| 99| 69 | £6 | 8L-62| 96-6%| 0L-6%| 88-62 | OF-6% 669.62 |L56-6z) *Z%

"rreeeleoveseieocoreireerr"! as | sa | wyeo| ‘a | oh | LG | gb} LL| 89! 9S 18 | GO-0£| 0Z-0£| Z0-0€ | 91-0€ | $9.62 |190-0£ |061-0€! “1%
pater Tosser senees) «og =) Spe 1 aie 7) 6h | vS | lS) 469) g9| zo | Leg | O£-0€! ZE.0€| ZZ-0€ | S1-0€ | 29-62% |L80-0£/181-0€F | ‘oz
BS. [rrres|eere*tieveee"| smu *u—ms| wea | tas | SOG | £9 | F69/ 28} SLi €S | £6 | GZ-O£| €0-0€| PO-0€ | V0-0€ | SP-6% |FS0-0€ |901-0£ | “61

nerage|thoose [venresisecess] cog "as | ued] ‘Os 79 | ol | 9S! £8! OL; PS | 8B | ZI-O£| 1Z-0€| 60-0€ | O1-0€ | 6S-6Z |SPI-O£ |01Z-0£| “ST
OE ee | ee a ee TO SD 19 | 69 |#1S| €8| 94] €¢ | gg | £%O£)| 92-08) 08-0€ | 1Z-0€ | $9-6% |EVS-0F |PIE-0F | “LT
sevegeliacess|sereeelecsese] enares'! tog lemtua | *@ vo | 9S | 0S} 6ZL)9-LL| of | Lg | 62-0€ | 9%.0€ | $Z-0€ | SZ-0€ | 79.6% |6QZ-0£ |0Z£-0£| ‘or D
sree GL iseeret| can tu] ED | *e VS | gS | 2S} SZ} 3l| 99 | Lg | 08-0€| O1-0€| ST-0€ | Z1-0€ | 29-62 |SS1-0£ |EFZ-0F | °S1
Tepteeisoecceisecresjevecre! ems | tm |unjed| ‘a | 4G | 9G | GG} GL! LL! OS | 2g | L0.0€| H0.0€| V0-0€ | LO.0€ | L¥-6% |PL0.0€ |901-0€| “VI
steveeleoecesiseeresicosees! tug “MM we ‘ou Ss LS 9¢ ol el 2g 98 10-0£ 06-62% P0-0€ V0.0 GS-6% 760-0 960-0 “El
CO. [roeres|eseseieeeee] sms | cass | we | faa 9$ 09 |#Z¥) OL} o£} OF | Sg | 06.62) Z0-0£ | $0-0€ | 60.08 | 9-62 9ZI-0€ |Z2t-0F| *ZI
AY che of Mieedas hierar AREY Sets ‘a | SAN €¢ | £79 | €9| 90) zl} €¢S | 18 | 00-G£| £8.6z| €0-0€ | L6.6% | €9-6% |671-0€ |\S61-0£ | “11

ZO. [reeeesireeeetiseerer] tas | Ss | em | ems | S| 09 | LG\FLo| Lo} 99 | LL | 09-62} $9.6%| 89-62 | 02-62 | VE-6% |%16-62 |S66-6%| “OT
eh od ite inated rns 3: ie | ‘s jureo| ‘ms |} 9G | 9S | #29; 69) bo! 19 | LL | 09.6%! 99.62; L9-62| L9-62 | 61-62 |ZLL-62 |SE8-6z| *6 O
rereerlgg.g [rrtetiteere*] tas | °S | urea] sms | £¢ | GG | 99/ #90 /9-€9| of | 6L | 08-6%| 16-62} 14-6 | 08-62 | 6Z-6% \908-62|148-6Z| °8
PO. |rrrrrrieeeeeeieeeres| cas | aum | wpeo| «ms | €¢ | GG | f99/ fog! gZ| 9S | 06 | 00-0€| Lo.0€ | €2-6%| $6-62 | €£-6% |€g8-6z |8L6-6z| *L
Te freer set, ae 1 aks ER “ae 9G | 9 | €S\#ZZ| 924] €¢S | 68 | 90.0€| F0.0€ | 86-64% | 00-0€ | 8P-6z% |SE0-0£ |Pg0-0£ | *9
0S eT ee ee eh ee | RO he fe 9S | SL | 19] og! £2] 6P | PE | OT-0€| £0.0€| VO-0F | 80-0€ | 95.6% |SIT-0€ |EVL-0€ | “S
|rteceeleeereeleceeesieeeeee! cag | *ms | upea| a Lg | g9 |#SS! og] PL! 6h | €8 | 60-0€| FI-0€ | 60-08} O1-0€ | 00-62 \6S1-0£ |SL1-0€ | “P
seteeeleeeeesleceresieeeees! 0g | ems |uupeo| ‘a 6S | 09 | 19) %08| €2| SP | Sg | E1-0€] g1.0€| ZI-0€| 91-08 | $9.6% |LL1-0€ |91Z-0€ | “f
srtrselecneseleveseelereres! sms | tus | wea] ‘a 19 | 99] oS|$ZZ| oL| £V | ZB | 61-0] Z1-0€| 11-02] O1-0€ | 12-62 |Sgt-O£ |O1Z-0£| *% C€
*ereecicoecestecerseiecever! "MS | “MS | WED) °O vS | 9S! SV! OL] ZO] OF | 6L | ET-O€] PI-O€| 11-0€| O1-0€ | 99-62% JEST-0F \L81-0€ | “I
4] » x *ur'd Certo urd oer? P : ‘oune
PoleEl)e lel Eoles| ge |-2| belse | Fl] Flee] FP] FR |e | we |e |e | ee] | | ope
aei3>/ 5/8 142 | 52] 5 | g2]- : ee ; : ie
pal a] P |e | BR] TR| P| PR) RRS | wulina |FF | om | BURG? foweswmna| FF | weno [ee
_ “<4
“Urey “PUM *19J9ULOULIOY J, *19}9WOIV = Fy

*RANWUQG ‘asunpy younpung yo ‘uoysnojQ °C “Ady 247 49 puy {au1HS-saIusWAG ‘asunyy YzLvdajddp zn ‘requug *A\ “Ady 947 49 {NoLsog
70 \JBOA “II 49 fuopuoT avau ‘MOIMSIHD 70 Ajawwog oungnoysozy 2y3 fo uapsvy ay, yo uosdwoyy, ‘aA 49 apowm suoymasasgg yonFoj0s0ajapyr

/

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 118. SEPTEMBER 1846.

7

XVI.—On the Growth of Cell-Membrane. By Hueco v. Mont*.

Since my doctrine, that cell-membrane increases in thickness
by the deposition of successive layers of membrane deposited
internally, has recently been contradicted on various sides, and,
in opposition to it, the theory has been propounded, that the
innermost cell-layer is the oldest and the most external the
youngest, it is only natural that I should accept the challenge
and enter the lists in defence of my views.

The first attack proceeded from Prof. Hartig of Brunswick :
I endeavoured to set aside his objections to my view two years
ago in the ‘ Botanische Zeitung’+, without success so far as that
author was concerned, as since that time a second treatise of his
has appeared (Das Leben der Pflanzenzelle, 1844), which con-
tains an answer to my objections and a more extended exposition
of his theory. In reference to this second treatise however I
must stand aloof, since my own observations agree so little with
the researches there brought forward, that they afford me no
point on which I ean bring forward either opposition or confir-
mation ; in the following pages therefore I can take no notice of
it. Otherwise it is connected with the observations on which
the Utrecht professors, Harting {, and Mulder § rest their objec-
tions to my theory, As to the matters of fact in these researches
I agree in many respects with my honourable adversaries, and
there are I believe but few points which they have not taken into
consideration, these however I must bring forward against the
conclusions they have drawn.

According to my views, the primary membrane of the young
cell is not perforated with orifices, and certainly no definite
structure is visible in it||. On the other hand, Harting and

* From the ‘ Botanische Zeitung,’ May 15th—22nd,1846. Translated by
Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S. &e.

+ Jahrg. ii. 273. Scientific Memoirs, vol. iv. p. 91.

{ Mikrochemische onderzookingen, &c., vide Bot. Zeit. Jahrg. iv. p. 64.

§ Versuch einer physiologischen Chemie.

|| Vide my essay on the Structure of Vegetable Cell-Membrane in my
Vermischte Schriften, p. 314.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii. M

146 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

Mulder now assert that, almost universally, the yet unthickened
membrane of young cells, when coloured blue by iodine and sul-
phuric acid, is perforated like a sieve by a great number of small
pores, through which the light appears bright and uncoloured ;
the cells of the pith of Asclepias syriaca, Hoya carnosa, Ricinus
communis, of the bark of Euphorbia caput meduse, of the wood of
Asclepias syriaca, and Clematis Vitalba, are especially named in
relation to this. Harting states that in the old medulla-cells
with thickened walls of a great many dicotyledonous trees, e. g.
Atsculus Hippocastanum, Syringa vulgaris, Rosa canina, Sophora
japonica, there are, among the canals of the dots closed by a
membrane, others which are quite open ; and from his investiga-
tions he was led to the conclusion that these open pores are not
the result of the absorption of the membrane closing the canal,
but that they are the remains of the pores occurring in the young
cell, which have not, like the others, become closed at a subse-
quent period.

1 confess that to me this statement was unexpected. I had
already, in cells 1 had’ coloured blue by iodine, often seen very
bright dots, which appeared like real orifices, but I always be-
lieved that I saw a closing membrane; as I might have been
deceived in my earlier observations, I submitted this point to a
new investigation. In the first place, however, I must remark
that I do not wholly approve of the mode of examination with
iodine and sulphuric acid, chosen by Harting and Mulder; a
deep blue colouring of the young cell-membrane is indeed ob-
tained by this means, but in fact this deep colour is not advan-
tageous, as will hereafter appear ; moreover, when too strong an
acid is employed a considerable expansion of the cell-membrane
is readily caused, by which the dots may be closed; this indeed
cannot give rise to a delusion in reference to the presence or ab-
sence of a closing membrane, but renders the making of a new
preparation necessary. Both evils are avoided when no sulphuric
acid is used, but the cell-wall coloured blue by the application
of very concentrated tincture of iodine and subsequent moisten-
ing with water. In this way we are not exposed to the risk of
producing a mechanical alteration of the cell-membrane, and
there is the further advantage, that the preparation coloured by
iodine may be allowed to dry again, by which means, as is
known, the detection of very thin and transparent membrane is
especially facilitated.

I treated in this way the medulla-cells of the young developing
bud of Sambucus nigra, Asclepias syriaca, and of the apex of the
stem of Euphorbia caput meduse. The result of the microsco-
pical examination of these does not at all agree with that offered
by Harting and Mulder. It is certainly quite true that the

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 147

dots are so transparent, and appear so bright in the coloured cell-
membranes, especially when they have acquired a deep indigo
tint, that by an illusion they look like true openings. But to
make the fact certain, we must ascertain accurately the perform-
ance of our microscope, and carefully select the suitable objective
and covering glass of the proper thickness, regulate the proper
illumination, in short, we must neglect no circumstance which
may influence an important microscopical examination. Since
the question, whether in these young cells actual openings are
present or not, is one of the principal hinges on which the doc-
trine of the development of cell-membrane turns, I may be per-
mitted to enter somewhat minutely into the qualifications of the
microscope employed by me in these investigations. I am in-
deed, generally speaking, of opinion that the accuracy of a mi-
croscopical observation does not depend upon the fact of the
microscope being a little better or worse, since experience in ob-
servation frequently counterbalances the inferiority of the in-
strument; but I consider that the present case is one of those
in which an instrument of the most superior quality is necessary,
and in which we cannot come at the truth without a microscope
of great penetrating power.. I commonly make use, in import-
ant investigations, of the three strongest of Pldssl’s objectives
(N. 5-7), with an Amici’s achromatic ocular, since this combi-
nation gives an image of surpassing sharpness and clearness with
a magnifying power of about 800. Notwithstanding the supe-
rior performance* of this combination, I was not in a condition
ever to detect any trace of a membrane closing the dot in the

young medulla-cells of Sambucus, since the light shone through
perfectly bright and clear, and apparently quite uncoloured as
through a true opening. But when I used the strongest of
Amici’s objectives, which can only be employed with profit in
few cases and to very delicate and transparent objects, and which
with the same ocular gives a magnifying power of 500 diameters,
every doubt was dissipated as to whether a membrane was
stretched over the dot or not, since such a membrane was now
distinctly to be perceived: it was indeed very transparent, but
small granules, &c. were distinctly to be seen adhering to it. If
this was not to be mistaken in the preparation which was lying in
water, the result of the examination of dried preparations was
yet more decisive, since no doubt was longer possible as to the
presence of a closing membrane, and of the bright violet colour-
ing of the same.

* For instance, the transverse stripes on the scales of the 8 side of
the wing of Hipparchia Janira are quite clearly seen with it; these scales
afford an object which cannot be sufficiently recommended for testing the

microscope.
M2

148 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

_ One is less readily exposed to the risk of an illusion in exa-
mining the medulla-cells of full-grown yearling shoots of Sy-
ringa, Aisculus, or Sophora japonica, than m the young cells
previously mentioned ; but here also, and especially in Sambucus
and Sophora, when the cell-membrane has acquired a deep blue
tinge, we must be cautious, since the contrast between the dark
blue of the thick portion of the membrane and the brighter co-
lour of the thin allows the membrane closing the dot to be easily
overlooked. If, on the contrary, we expose the specimer from
twenty-four to forty-eight hours to the air, till part of the iodine
has again evaporated and the cell-membrane has acquired a
bright violet colour, we can readily make out the thin and also
violet-coloured membrane. When, as not unfrequently happens
in the full-grown medulla-cells of Syringa, &c., the outer cell-
membrane is coloured yellow, and the inner, in which canals of
the dots lie, blue, the membrane stretched over the dot appears
yellow, in which case also a delusion as to its presence is not
easily possible.

The presence of dots on medulla-cells of buds of Sambucus
shows that we have here no longer to do with a simple mem-
brane; in other cases, e. g. in the buds of Aselepias syriaca, on
the contrary, I found the membrane quite homogeneous and
without any trace of dots.

I believe these observations to be decisive, and consider my-
self entitled to persevere in the view, that the primary cell-mem-
brane is closed.

Another question is, whether the outermost cell-layer, as I
believe, or the innermost, as Harting and Mulder assume, is the
oldest.

Before I enter upon the action which chemical agents exercise
upon the different layers of cell-membrane and the consequences
deduced from the appearances observed under such circumstances,
I may be permitted briefly to state the reasons which, on ana-
tomical grounds, induce me to declare the most external mem-
brane to be the oldest.

It is a universal phenomenon, that the membrane of young
cells and vessels is smooth and thin; that, on the other hand,
when the membrane has become thickened in the course of time,
two principal layers may be distinguished in it; one exterior,
thin, and imperforate, and an interior, of greater or less thick-
ness, pierced with slits and holes. If the holes.are small, the
inner layer appears as a continuous membrane, pierced like a
sieve with holes; if they are large, or elongated into slits and
approximated together, it appears as a deposit of fibres, which
are sometimes combined in a reticulated manner, sometimes run-
ning spirally, sometimes annular, &c. In many cases, e. g. in

M. Mohl on, the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 149

the cells of the endothecium of anthers, the inner layer forms a
continuous layer on one side of the cell, while on the other it is
split into fibres which run out like rays from the membranous
portion,—a distinct proof that fibres and membrane are vig
different varieties of form of one and the same element of the cell.
Lastly, it may happen that the inner membrane is only deposited
along the angles of the cells, and not on the surface, and forms
semicircular borders projecting more or less into the cavity of
the cell.

If now it be proved, and I believe that I have furnished the
proof in the foregoing, that the membrane of young cells pos-
sesses no openings, and if by following the development of cells
we see in an indubitable manner that their membrane becomes
gradually thicker, and that in these thickened cells, under all
circumstances*, an imperforate membrane is present on the ex-
terior, while in the layers lying on the inner side of this mem-
brane, and becoming continually thicker, there are holes which
in proportion as these layers become thicker assume the form of
canals, which are closed externally and open to the cell-cavity ;
when we further see that this immer membrane is not homoge-
neous, but consists of many, superposed, delicate lamellze,—in
these mechanical relations, in the earlier presence of an imperfo-
rate membrane and in the subsequent production of the inner,
continually thickening mass perforated with holes, lies a necessity
for the assumption that this latter layer is of later origin, and
has been deposited upon the inner side of the imperforate mem-
brane. In these relations there is throughout no ground for the
further assumption that the lamelle, which constitute the ner
secondary layer, have also become deposited in a series from
without inwards; but mechanical relations: occur im peculiar
cases which would make any other assumption appear very im-
probable. In evidence of this we have the fact, that in very thick-
walled cells many of the canals of the dots converging toward
the interior of the cell become blended; especially however that
in cells which merely deposit a secondary layer in the angles,
these possess a form convex toward the cavity of the cell, and
consist of many superposed layers convex to the interior ; and that
in these cases we find in the young cells only few and narrow layers
of this kind, while in the full-grown cells a number of broader
layers lie upon the inner side of this narrow onef.

These are briefly the anatomical grounds which decided me in

* Those rare cases in which an absorption of the free membrane in the
canals of the dots takes place subsequently, from only an apparent excep-
tion. r

+ Vide Bot. Zeit. ji. 323. tab. 2. figs. 2,3. Scientific Memoirs; vol. iv.
p- 106. plate 1. figs. 2, 3.

150 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

proposing my theory, and which up to this time have their full
value to me, since I know of no anatomical facts which are in
contradiction to this theory, or would render any other explana-
tion half so probable. Prof. Harting mentions two circumstances,
the first of which he considers makes it unlikely that the secon-
dary layer is deposited upon the inner side of the primary mem-
brane, while the second affords him a positive proof of the deposi-
tion of the secondary layers upon the outer side. The first cir-
cumstance is the direct correspondence* of the dot in contiguous
cells, which it is very difficult to comprehend when we adopt my
theory. I confess distinctly that I do not at all comprehend it ;
T know only that it is so. We do not generally understand the
reason of a special organization, because we know nothing of the
nature of the power producing organization ; thus we do not com-
prehend, for mstance, how it happens that in the putamen of the
cocoa-nut the embryo inclosed in albumen is situated opposite
an eye. We see the object of this arrangement, but do not under-
stand how it is that it becomes developed at this point of the
pericarp rather than in any other situation.

The second circumstance, which Harting brings forward as a
proof of the deposition of secondary layers taking place upon the
outer side of the primary cell-wall, is somewhat complicated.
From a large number of micrometrical measurements (worthy of
all praise) which he made on yearling stems of dicotyledons in
the course of development}, Harting draws the conclusion that
in the internode of a dicotyledonous plant no multiplication of
cells takes place in a radial direction after it has passed heyond
the condition of bud, but that in the course of the first year
the resulting thickening of the internode is to be ascribed to the
expansion of the cells already existing in the bud.

In reference to this he distinguishes two periods; in the first,
which precedes the thickening of the walls of the ligneous cells,
this expansion proceeds in a similar proportion in all the layers

* At the same time it must not be forgotten that this apposition is pecu-
liarly cireumstanced. It is true that roundish dots correspond accurately
in position and generally in form; elongated and obliquely placed dots, on
the contrary, come into apposition only at their middles, and no longer cor-
respond in their form, since they cross; finally, slits (much-elongated dots)
which run between spiral or annular fibres, &c. are usually without any
relation of position to each other, in contiguous cells. The connexion there-
fore is not so simple as Harting appears to have conceived, when he assumes
that openings from one cell into another occur in the primary membrane
which directly correspond; of these however it would be as difficult to ex-
plain why they form of exactly the same size and in corresponding situa-
tions in the two cells, as it is easy to explain the origin of the dot when my
view of the structure of cell-membrane is admitted.

+ Tijdschrift voor naturlijke Geschiedenis, 1844.

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 151

of the stem; in the second period, on the contrary, in which the
wood-cells become thickened, they expand in a greater propor-
tion than the remainder of the cells, and, indeed, in such a man-
ner that the expansion of their cell-cavities is in proportion to
the expansion of the cells which do not become thickened, and
that besides this, the radial diameter of the ligneous cells becomes
increased by the thickening of their wall: From the circum-
stance that by the occurrence of a deposition of secondary layers
in the cavity, this latter must necessarily be contracted,—that
however such a contraction is not indicated by the micrometrical
measurement of this cell, the cavity of the cell enlarging to
the same size as where no thickening of the wall takes place,—
Harting draws the conclusion that the deposition of layers of
increment takes place upon the outside of the cell.

Let us examine these assertions as to the ligneous cells some-
what more closely. First, it is stated that in the wood of dico-
tyledons no multiplication, but only an expansion of cells takes
place. Here Harting rests, not so much on the direct counting
of the cells lying in the said direction im the woody bundle, as
on the estimate depending on the measurement of the cavities
and the thickness of the walls of certain of these cells. I wholly
disregard the question, whether, from the different magnitude of
the ligneous cells, of which those lyimg in the outer part of the
wood are mostly much smaller, while the larger are situated
toward the interior, this method of investigation is adapted to
furnish an accurate result, and whether Harting has proceeded
with the necessary regard to all circumstances in carrying ‘it
into effect, since distinct facts exist which demonstrate the view
that the ligneous cells do not multiply in a radial direction to be
completely erroneous. There is, to go no further, evidence of
this in the direct calculation of the ligneous cells which lie in
the radial direction in different internodes of the same yearling
shoot.

The following calculations were instituted on transverse sec-
tions, always from the middle of the internodes, of twigs which
were cut off in January, in which therefore all the woody cells
of the first year’s ring were fully developed. The internodes are
indicated from below upward by the numbers 1, 2, 3; that
marked 1, however, not being always the lowest internode of the
twig. The number of cells refers to the perfect wood-cells lying
in the direction of a radius between the pith and the cambium
layer. They were counted in those places where no vessels, or
as few as possible, lay in the direction of the radius; when how-
ever, as is unavoidable in the thicker internodes, one or more
vessels were situated in the row of cells, the calculation of the

152 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane:

extent oecupied by these vessels was obtained from the cells
lying next them*.

a. Twig of Tila parvifolia; 1st mternode 149 cells, 5th in-
tern. 110, 8th intern. 79, 13th intern. 29 cells.

b. Twig of Robinia pseudo-acacia; 1st intern. 141, 5th 96,
10th 74, 15th 42, 20th 18, 23rd 9 cells.

e. Twig of Gingko biloba; 1st intern. 42, 4th 36, 9th 17
cells.

d. Twig of Morus alba. Here the interior portion of the vas-
cular bundle, which consists almost wholly of vessels, and in
which six or eight vessels lie immediately behind one another
in the radial direction, is excluded from the enumeration, and
only the number of the wood-cells is determined, which in every
internode lie outside this very conspicuous group of vessels :
lst intern. 228, 10th 134, 20th 58, 30th 2—3 cells.

We arrive at similar results if we examine twigs which are
actually in a condition of rapid growth; for instance, this was
shown by a twig of Hoya carnosa about 2 feet long, the leaves of
which were yet all in the form of small scales; the Ist inter-
node 20 cells, 2nd 19, 3rd 17, 4th 12, 5th 7, 6th 4. In this
case the smaller number of ligneous cells in the upper internodes
could not at all be attributed to the circumstance that a larger
proportion. of the cells were in the condition of cambium cells,
since in every internode only three to five cambium cells were
situated behind each other in the radial direction.

Calculations instituted on other twigs and in other plants may
furnish other numbers ; but the great difference in the above
numbers renders it incontestable, that at the conclusion of the
first period of vegetation the upper and younger internodes con-
tam a much smaller quantity of ligneous cells in the radial di-
rection than the lower and old. internodes of the same shoot ;
also, that during the greater proportionate length of the time of
vegetation in the lower internodes than in the upper, a very
evident multiplication of cells has taken place.

As it may be objected to the result of the above enumerations
(though very falsely, since anatomical examination of young
twigs bears evidence to the contrary) that a greater number of
wood-cells already existed in a nascent state while the internode
was yet in the condition of bud, and that the greater number

* I was originally undecided whether the vessels and cells should be
counted together or separately. Neither method however appears to me to
furnish so certain a result as that. which I have followed, on account of the
irregular distribution of the vessels. At the same time, the very immaterial
relative differences which arise from these various methods of enumeration

“are not worth consideration in reference to the general result.

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 153

which we meet with in the fully developed condition of the in-
ternode is not to be ascribed to the occurrence of a new forma-
tion of cells during the summer, it may not be superfluous to
direct our attention to a second relation, which decides the fact
in the most indubitable manner. In the examination of young
shoots of dicotyledonous trees, e. g. of oaks, poplars, robinias,
&e., we find, without exception, that their vascular bundles run
downward from the base of the leaf through several internodes
in a parallel direction without entering into any lateral connexion
with each other *. The medullary ray lying between two vas-
cular bundles has also a length equal at least to an internode.
The same relations are met with also, unchanged, in full-grown
twigs in the inner part of the wood, in the so-called corona,
which corresponds to the young vascular bundles; the larger
and more externally situated portion of the wood, on the con-
trary, exhibits an essentially different mechanical arrangement
of its constituent elements. There are, in particular, no longer
any separate vascular bundles to be distinguished, but the whole
woody mass forms a continuous cylinder, the fibrous bundles of
which exhibit not a straight but a serpentine course, and have
grown together at certain distances, so as to form a network of
narrow and not very long meshes, which are filled up by the
medullary rays. In the very young internode there is not the
slightest trace of all this reticulated layer, which at the end of the
year forms the greater proportion of the body of the wood; in
the course of the summer therefore a new part is produced upon
the outside of the typical vascular bundle which existed in the
bud, and the cells of this part are developed at a later period.

By what we learn both from the increased number of the
wood-cells of older internodes as well as from the dissimilar
structure of the outer and more considerable portion of their
woody bundles, the commonly received opinion, according to
which the formation of new wood-cells takes place in the cam-
bium layer during the summer, is fully confirmed, and the theory
of Harting, which ascribes the extension of the wood in thick-
ness solely to the expansion of its cells and the deposition of
secondary membrane on the outside of their primary wall, is
wholly set aside.

In reference now to this latter point, the deposition of the
secondary layers outside the primary membrane, it would be na-
turally very easy to. decide the correctness or falsity of this view

* It is not here meant that lateral connexion between the vascular bun-
dles of the medullary sheath is absent in all dicotyledons ; on the contrary,
I know well that in many dicotyledons the course of the vascular bundles
is quite different from what is stated above, but such connexions are found
only at the nodes, and are altogether wanting in most trees.

154M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

by micrometrical measurement, if it were possible to examine
one and the same cell at different periods of its development.
Since this is not possible, we are obliged to compare the older
and younger cells of the same internode with each other ; here
however the unequal size which different wood-cells attain brings
us into a difficulty which is almost insurmountable, since not
only would a vast number of measurements, robbing us of much
time, be involved in order to obtain a value moderately approxi-
mating the truth if all the cells of the woody mass were deve-
loped in a tolerably similar manner, but the detection of alter-
ations which the size of the wood-cells undergoes in the course
of time is rendered particularly difficult, by the fact that cells
lymg in different layers of the rmg of wood annually produced
attain a different size. However, before I give certain measure-
ments which I made in relation to this, there is a point to be con-
sidered which Harting appears to have totally overlooked. The
cambium-cells evidently become thickened on all sides in their
transition into wood-cells ; the cells, which form the innermost
layer of the cambium, before becoming thickened, have already
pushed forward their walls so as to be in immediate contact with
each other laterally, and thus form a circle which straitly incloses
the outermost circle of thickened perfect wood-cells. Let us
assume with Harting, that during the transition of cambium-
cells into wood-cells their cavity is not lessened in size, but that
the increment of their walls is referable to the application of new
layers upon the outer side of their walls. In this case it would
necessarily follow, from mechanical reasons, that the cavity of
the cambium-cell inclosed by the primary walls, under these re-
lations, as the side walls would be thickened by each new deposit,
would be compressed laterally and the cell must become ex-
tended in the direction of the radius, since otherwise the ring
formed from the cambium layer must, in consequence of the
production of deposits between the side walls of each cell, be-
come expanded to a much more considerable size than they pre-
viously possessed, and be torn away from the outer circle of the
wood-cells. Since the latter evidently does not happen, we must
assume’ that if the surface of the transverse section of the cell-
cavity does not become enlarged in the conversion of the cam-
bium-cells into wood-cells, yet in any case an alteration of form
and an expansion of the cell-cavity in the radial direction must
take place. Now to prove whether this is really the case or not,
I selected a twig of Hoya carnosa, which plant appears to me to
be especially suited for these investigations, because its wood-cells
are of tolerably equal size, and because during the development
of its cylinder of wood, the limit between the wood and the cam-
bium shows itself very distinctly. That I might not be exposed

Mr. J.D. Dana on Zoophytes. 155

to the risk of selecting arbitrarily for measurement such rows of
cells as would best correspond in the form and size of their outer-
most wood-cells and innermost cambium-cells to a preconceived
theory, I measured, with the screw micrometer, in ten rows of
cells lying together in a radial direction, the radial diameter of
the two inmost cambium-cells and the two outermost wood-cells,
as well as the radial diameter of the cavities of the latter. To
extend the measurement to a greater number in the radial diree-
tion did not appear to me to be at all to the purpose, as the size
of the cambium-cells diminishes very rapidly toward the bark ;
on which account those cells lying further out are much less
suitable for comparison with the wood-cells than those cambium-
cells at the border of the wood which are closely approaching
their conversion into wood-cells.

The average results of these measurements, expressed in frac-
tions of a millimetre, are as follows :—radial diameter of the
outer cambium-cell +45, the inner cambium-cell bordering the
wood ,, the outer wood-cell 4, the inner wood-cell 7;, the
cavity of the outer wood-cell ;+,, and the cavity of the inner
wood-cell +35. :

[To be continued. ]

XVII.—On Zoophytes. By J. D. Dana*.

Tue singular features of the growing coral field, the resemblance
to vegetation in its productions, as well as their beauty and va-
riety, have long excited the attention even of those little curious
in the forms of living nature. Trees, shrubs, and other plants
of various kinds are represented with wonderful exactness, as if
they had been the types of this branch of the animal kingdom ;
and they grow mingled together often in rich profusion like the
plants of the land. The similarity, moreover, is not confined to
general form: corals have their blossoms ; for polyps are flowers
both in figure and beauty of colouring. Like the pink or Aster,
they have a star-like disc above; and while some are minute,
others are half an ich or even two inches in diameter. Every
part of a Madrepore when alive is covered with these blossoms :

* From Silliman’s American Journal for July 1846.

In the series of articles on Zoophytes, which it is proposed to prepare
for publication, the writer presents the facts and principles that have been
published in his Report on Zoophytes, one of the volumes of the late Ex-
ploring Expedition under Capt. Charles Wilkes. The subject is however
condensed, and the style and arrangement altered to adapt it to these pages,
and give it a somewhat more popular character. It is the writer’s endea-
vour to present a succinct account of this department, about which there is
little generally known, without confining himself to original observations.

156 | Mr. J.D. Dana on Zoophytes.

a Gorgonia, though merely a cluster of naked stems, as seen in
our cabinets, consists, when in the water, of as many crowded
spikelets of flowers. Thus it is with all zoophytes. Nothing
could be more untrue than the night-mare dreams of a favourite
oet* ;:—

: ** Shapeless they seem’d, but endless shapes assumed ;

Elongated like worms, they writhed and shrunk

Their tortuous bodies to grotesque dimensions.”

And again, they are described as issuing from the coral, like

* capillary swarms
Of reptiles horrent as Medusa’s snakes.”

Polyps are not writhing worms. The choicest garden does not
produce flowers of more graceful figure or gayer colours than
those of the zoophyte reef; and we may add too, that the birds
of the groves will not rival the rich tints of the fishes that sport
among the coral branches. The coral tree is without verdure,
but there is full compensation in its perpetual bloom.

It is not surprising that these resemblances should have misled
early investigators. For a long period only the external forms of
zoophytes were known, and every analogy observed authorized
their arrangement with plantst+. The discovery of the flowers
or seed of corals was yet to be made to prove the identity ; and
at last, Marsigli, an active explorer of the Mediterranean, came
forward with this veritable discovery itself, and published figures
of “ les fleurs du corail ’—the coral blossoms{. Other discoveries
followed : but it was soon shown that these flowers were gifted
with the attributes of animal life. This observation is said to
have been first made by Ferrante Imperato, a naturalist of Naples,
who published his ‘ Historia Naturale’ in 1599§. It was however
demonstrated independently, as is believed, and more thoroughly,
by Peyssonel, who wrote an elaborate memoir on certain species
examined by him in the West Indies||. But before a transfer of

* Montgomery’s Pelican Island.

+ Among the authors who arranged corals with the vegetable kingdom
are Dioscorides, Cesalpin, Bauhin, Ray, Geoffroy, Tournefort and Marsigli,

{ Marsigli, Physique de la Mer, Amsterdam, 1725. His first observa-
tions were made in 1706.

§ See Blainville’s Manuel d’Actinologie, p.14. __

|| Peyssonel’s Memoir covers 400 pages of manuscript. It was sent to
the Royal Society in.1751, and an abstract of it was read, which appeared
in the ‘ Transactions’ for 1753 (vol. x. of the Abridgement). The memoir,
though for many years supposed to be lost, is still extant in the library of
the museum at Paris; and a late notice of it by M. Flourens may be found
in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 2nd ser. ix. 334, 1838.

Dr. J. Parsons made a laboured and apparently successful reply to Peys-
sonel before the Royal Society in 1752, in which he argues ab ignorantié :
‘It would seem to me much more difficult to conceive that so fine an ar-
rangement of parts, such masses as these bodies consist of, and such regular

Mr. J. D. Dana on Zoophytes. 157

zoophytes from the vegetable to the animal kingdom was gene-
rally allowed, the subject was one of warm debate among the
philosophers of the day. The animals detected were suspected
of being parasites, and pronounced as too mefficient for the pro-
duction of trees of stone with their spreading branches ; while
the formation of coral was attributed to a kind of vegetable
growth by some, and to mineral aggregation or crystallization by
others*. The scientific world was divided, and Reaumur in his
earlier writings condemned the new views advocated by Peys-
sonel as too absurd to be discussed. The investigations of Trem-
bley on the Hydra polyps, and of Jussieu on other species obtained
on the sea-coast of France, finally convinced Reaumur. Ellis, by
a laborious series of investigations, led the way in England ; and
though his facts were doubted by some, they were soon received
with full credit}. The figures of these authors represented actual
flowers as regards form; but these flowers were shown to have
a mouth, and to be capable of eating like animals. They were
actually fed, and the process of digestion watched through its
different stages. Moreover they were shown to be an essential
and constituent part of the zoophyte. The petal-like organs
which produce the striking similarity to flowers were observed
in some instances to be used as arms in taking their prey and
conveying it to the mouth, for which purpose they were conve-
miently arranged in a circle around the mouth. The coral blos-
soms were consequently declared to be animal in every essential
character. Yet Linnzus, after long hesitation, advanced no
further than to admit for zoophytes an intermediate nature be-
tween plants and animals. Thus more than a century elapsed,
after the discussion commenced, before this one simple fact in
science became generally believed, that zoophytes are animals,
and resemble plants only in sometimes assuming the shapes of
vegetation. The point is now no longer doubted.

In these remarks we exclude sponges from the class of zoo-
phytes. Their nature is still a subject of dispute, and some of

ramifications in some, and such well-contrived organs to serve for vegetation
in others, should be the operations of poor, helpless, jelly-like animals,
rather than the work of more sure vegetation, which carries on the growth
of the tallest and largest trees with the same natural ease and influence as
the minutest plant.”

* P. Boccone, ‘ Museo di Fisica,’ &c., Venice, 1694, 1 vol. 4to, with
figures. Baker, ‘Employment for the Microscope,’ pp. 218—220. Lon-
don, 1753.

¢ Ellis published various memoirs in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions ’
from the years 1753 to 1776, and also a work entitled ‘ Essay towards a Na-
tural History of Corallines,’ 4to, with plates, London, 1754. A posthumous
work of this author was afterwards published by Solander, under the title,
‘The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes,’ 4to, with
63 plates, London, 1756. )

158 Mr. J. D. Dana on Zoophytes.

the most distinguished names in science are committed on oppo-
site sides. If animals, they have only the most general properties
of animal life, and are less nearly related to polyps than to the
infusorial animalcules. They are arranged with the latter by
Dujardin. 7

Though zoophytes have no connection with the vegetable
kingdom, polyps may be styled with much propriety flower-
animals. The word zoophyte*, originally used by Lipneus,
alluded to their supposed intermediate nature. Still, the name is
sufficiently appropriate, although the idea in which it originated
is exploded. They are plants in form even to the coral-polyps
which blossom over the surface ; yet in the mode of receiving,
digesting and assimilating nutriment, and every other function
of life, they are animal.

The relation of the coral to the coral animal, and the mode of
its formation, are subjects about which much error has been pub-
‘ lished; and although now correctly explained in some scientific
treatises, very erroneous impressions largely prevail. Without
entering into particulars in this place, one single fact should be
here stated and duly considered ; it is this :—coral is not the
residence or hive of polyps; on the contrary, it is contained
within the polyps, instead of containing them. It is formed
within them by animal secretion, as bones are formed within
other animals; and in most living zoophytes it is wholly in-
closed, showing not a spine or point externally. This is the case
with the Madrepore ; no part of the coral is seen externally while
the animal is alive in the water. The idea that coral polyps re-
treat into cells is therefore wholly without foundation. Some-
times the summit or flower-shaped part of the polyp becomes
concealed, in a manner a little similar to the withdrawal of a tur-
tle’s head; but even this semblance of retreat is by no means
general among the ordinary coral zoophytes. 3

There is no mechanical accumulation of material by the polyp:
they are as unconscious of the coral secretions going on within

* The word zoophyte is from the Greek (doy, animal, and diva, to grow
like a plant. Blainville states that the term was introduced by Sextus Em-
piricus and Isidore de Seville in the sixth century. It has been differently
restricted in its use by authors, and, on account of its various applications,
is wholly rejected by Lamarck. Other late scientific writers retain it, and
it is also the popular designation.

Ehrenberg has proposed to substitute Phytozoa, derived from the same
roots. But science requires a name that will apply to the whole compound
structure—the coral tree, sea-fan, or mass of whatever shape ; and phyto-
zoon refers only to a single polyp, or phytozoa to polyps in general. These
cannot supply the place of the very convenient terms zoophyte and zoo-
phytes. Moreover, the term phytozoa or phytozoaires (plant-animals) has
been applied to the minute monad-like cellules found in the tissues of some
plants, and supposed to be animalcules or plant-entozoa.

Mr. J. D. Dana on Zoophytes. 159

them, and as free from actual labour and industry, as we are in
the construction of our bones.

. The existence of such terms in the science as polypary, poly-
pidom, applied to coral, signifying a hive or house of polyps, indi-
cates the errors of former days; errors which science should not
perpetuate. As a substitute, the old term Corallum* is conve-
nient and unobjectionable. Corallium has been rejected because
of its application to a particular genus of corals. In Corallum,
we have a familiar word, and one which implies no hypothesis
or erroneous comparison. The analogy between the work of the
polyp and that of the bee or ant, though often suggested, is wholly
without foundation.

The existence of coral secretions is by no means essential to
the existence of polyps. Although a large number of species
form coral, there are also many that are wholly fleshy, or secrete
only a few scattered granules of lime. The Actinie or sea-ane-
mones, as they are familiarly called, are examples of these fleshy
species. In every point of structure, and in every function, ex-
cept that of coral-secreting, they are identical with coral animals.
They have also the same resemblance to flowers when expanded,
and their rich tints and large size make them the most brillant
flower-animals of any seas.

One of the most singular characters of zoophytes is their fre-
quent compound nature. The branching Madrepore is an ex-
ample of this compound structure. There are hundreds of polyps
united in a single individual ; each little prominence containing
a cell pertained to a separate animal; and by counting these
prominences over a branch of coral, the number of flower-animals
combined in its production may be ascertained. In the same
manner, in Astreas, each radiate cell or depression over the sur-
face marks the site of a polyp. The many animals, though di-
stinct in some functions, are still mutually dependent in others, as
we shall explain in the sequel.

Although these compound forms are most common, yet there
are other zoophytes which are always simple polyps. The coral
in such cases is a single isolated cup or radiated disc, and the
coral animal is a solitary flower. These simple polyp-flowers

* Coral has been variously designated in both ancient and modern times.
The terms Corallium, Corallum and Curalium were all used by the ancients,
and their derivations and use are discussed at length by Theophrastus in his
work on plants, book iv. Kovpddvoy is the ancient Greek form, as says
Dionysius, mavrn yap didos é€otiv épvOpod xovpadiowo. The more recent
Greeks, among whom are Dioscorides and Hesychius, wrote the word xo-
padduov. Among the Latins, Ovid wrote, “Sic et curalium quo primum
contigit auras tempore durescit.” Avienus uses Corallum. Among the de-
rivations suggested, that of xépn, damsel, and dds, sea, appears the most
probable.

160 Prof. Gené on the Generation of Ixodes.

instead of being microscopic are often of large size. While many
are but one or two lines in diameter, others are one or two feet.
The large Fungia, with its stellate surface and sprinkling of eme-
rald tentacles around its central mouth, is one of the most beau-
tiful objects of the coral reef.

The foregoing remarks are presented as an introduction to a
more particular account of the structure and habits of zoophytes.

XVIII.— Observations on the Generation of Ixodes.
By Prof.Gzné. Communicated by Atrrep Tuix, M.R.C.S.

THovucH some time has now elapsed since a paper bearing the
above title was read by Professor Gené of Turin at the Scientific
Association held in Milan in 1844, and subsequently reported in
its ‘ Transactions’ during the past year, we have been induced
to avail ourselves of the latter source to give the reader an ac-
count of the facts therein recorded concerning the manner in
which the generative functions are performed by both sexes of a
genus of Tracheary Arachnida, belonging to the tribe Acarides ;
and in trespassing upon the reader’s attention thus late in the
day, we would urge as an excuse the very striking relation, if
only approximative in kind, between the organ employed by the
male Ixodes to copulate with the female, and the palpi as mini-
stering to similar uses in the Araneides or true Spiders. The
Professor showed how DeGeer had been the first to observe the
copulation of the Ixodes, which act consists on the part of the
male, which is very much smaller in size than the female, intro-
ducing its rostrum into the orifice situated upon the middle of
her sternum between the coxee of the last pair of legs ; but inas-
much as neither DeGeer, Hermann, and subsequent naturalists
were certain whether this strange union was actually one of a
sexual character, he commenced by adducing a large number of
observations of his own, tending to remove any doubt that might
exist upon the question, by proving that the male actually inserts
his rostrum and that only into the female aperture, and that its
fecundating organs consist of two small white and fusiform bodies
which during this insertion emerge on the right and left of the
inferior labium, while upon the retraction and consequent disap-
pearance of these organs, the male, being then detached from the
female, scarcely appears the same creature.

In the year 1806 Chabrier had announced that the females of
Ixodes gave birth to their ova through the oral opening or mouth ;
a statement, however, refuted ten years afterwards by Pastor
Miller of Odenbach, who observed that the ova issued from the
proper sternal canal of the female, who in expelling each ovum

Prof. Gené on the Generation of Lxodes. 161

effected this by means of a conical and tubulose tubercle. This
observation, tending to contradict the assertion of Chabrier, was
afterwards repeated and confirmed by Lucas, but neither he nor
Miiller had seen the half of what takes place in Jvodes durmg
the emission of ova. |

The female of Jxvodes, after having been fecundated by one or
by several more males in succession, proceeds without any delay
to perform this long operation. To this effect she commences
by depressing upon the sternum all the palpi that compose the
rostrum, when there is seen to be protruded with an easy gliding
motion from beneath the dero-cephalic plate a turgid vesicle of a
white colour, and which from its being terminated by two lobes
of equal consistency and colour, having at their apex a most
minute aperture, our author designates provisionally the vesica
biloba. When this organ, which had been seen neither by Miiller
nor Lucas, has been well dilated so as to project beyond the
rostral palpi, the animal everts the pectoral canal and gives exit
to the oviduct, which being protruded like the feeler of a snail,
proceeds at once to disburden itself between the lobes of the
vesica. This clasps, compresses, and appears as if sucking the
oviduct for a few seconds ; but after this the oviduct is retracted,
re-enters the sternum, leaving an egg between the lobes of the
vesicle, which clasps it firmly, turning it to and fro in all direc-
tions, and vibrating now and then in a spasmodic manner. Four
or five minutes having elapsed, during which time the ovum re-
mains between its lobes, the vesicle disappears by re-entering its
internal situation ; the ovum is left upon the inferior labrum,
and this being elevated along with all the palpi that compose the
rostrum, thrusts the ovum upon the dero-cephalic plate or in
front of the body. These acts are renewed for as many ova as
the female may have to discharge.

The Professor did not know what might be the office of this
bilobed vesicle. He suspected at first that it might be the recep-
tacle of the semen: that deposited by the male during coition in
the oviduct was transferred thither, so as to accumulate, by means
of some internal channel, but the existence of such a communi-
cation the anatomy failed to reveal, added to which it would re-
quire too long and improbable a transit. He imagined likewise
that from this organ might issue the glutinous fluid with which
the ova are besmeared, but this conjecture also had to be re-
nounced, upon ascertaining that they were already viscid and
adhesive at their immediate exit from the oviduct. In such a
state of doubt recourse was had to an experiment, which pro-
duced the following important result. Having punctured, with
the point. of a fine needle, the vesica biloba of various pregnant
females, so as to prevent its further distension, he then saw, that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii. N

162 Mr.J.E. Gray on some Species of Cephalophus.

while the ova in uninjured females, after passing through that
organ, remained turgid and were hatched in due time, that they
now, from undergoing no intermediate process, fell from the ovi-
duct, shrivelled up readily and died. Whatever therefore might
be the real use or action of the bilobed vesicle, its very primary
importance was at all events determined by the death or life of
the ova, depending upon its bemg injured by puncturation or
not.

The remainder of the paper was devoted to the prodigious fe-
cundity of Jzodes, the females of which, according to their indi-
vidual size, and the species whereunto they belong, give birth to
more than a thousand ova, being so employed, without intermis-
sion, from ten to thirty consecutive days. To deposit these ova,
the female when in a mature state of pregnancy detaches herself
from the animal upon whose blood she has lived as a parasite by
suction and falls to the ground; the young, which are hatched
sooner or later according to the heat of the season, remain for
some time quietly congregated together, but at the first impulse
arising from want of food, they part company, and ascend the stalks
of herbs and shrubs to await the passing by of that animal upon
which instinct bids them subsist. They have then only six legs ;
but after the change has taken place, when the old rostrum and
integuments are left adhering to the skin of the animal upon which
they prey, they are then shown to be in an adult and perfect
state, that is, furnished with eight legs. The whole paper, rich in
facts, and of which the above is an abstract, was illustrated when
read by a wax model of the female [zodes as seen, when largely
magnified, in the act of depositing her ova. It is to be hoped
that some such masterly observer and arachnologist as Mr. Black-
wall among our own countrymen may furnish us with additional
evidence relative to the singular facts here recorded.

XIX.—Description of the Species of Cephalophus (H. Smith) zn
the Collection of the British Museum. By J. H. Gray, Esq.,
F.R.S. &e. 7

TueE determination of the species of Antelopes has for a long
time been considered one of the most difficult programs in z0o-
logy, and the Tufted Antelopes have perhaps been the least stu-
died of the group. Finding, when revising the nomenclatures of
the species of this genus in the British Museum collection, that
there were several which do not yet appear to have been de-
scribed, and that they appeared to have more prominent cha-
racters than have hitherto been given to them, I have ventured
to send you for publication in the ‘ Annals’ the result of my re-
vision of the group.

*

Mr. J. E. Gray on some Species of Cephalophus. 163

The genus may be divided into sections by the shape and esc
of the ears.
I. The ears elongate, nearly as long as the head, acute ; horns
elongate, slender ; forehead flat.
1. C. mergens. 2. C. Campbelliz.
II. Ears moderate, half as long as head, rather acute ; horns short.
3. C. coronatus.

III. The ears short, not half as long as the head, rounded at the end ;
horns short.

+ Black, white dorsal spot, no eye streak.
4, C. sylvicultrix.

+t Fulvous, black dorsal streak, no eye streak.
5. C. Ogilbu. 6. C. dorsalis.

ttt Fulvous or black, no eye streak.
7. C. niger. 8. C. natalensis. 9. C. rufilatus.

tttt Gray brown, with a pale eye streak to base of the horns.
* Fur one-coloured, hair uniform.

10. C. Maxwellii.

** Fur one-coloured, hair black and gray intermized.
11. C. monticola. 12. C. melanorheus.

*KK Fur grisled, hair yellow rayed.
13. C. punctulatus.

Professor Sundevall has in his specific characters laid some
stress on the direction of the lacrymal streak, but I find on com-
paring different specimens of the same species that little reliance
can be placed on this character, in stuffed specimens at least ; for
the direction of the streak is altered according as the skin of the
face is more or less stretched.

1. The Duyker or Duyker Boc, Cephalophus mergens. Antelope
mergens, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1817; H. Smith, G. A. K. v.
264; Licht. Saugth. t. 11; Harris, W. A. Afr. t. 15. A. nic-
titans, Thunb. Mem. Petersb. 11. 312. A. Burchellii, H. Smith,
Griffith, A. K. v. 262. A. Ptoor, H. Smith, Griffith, A. K. v.
265? A. platous, H. Smith, G. A. K.v. 266. Moschus Grimmia,
Linn.

Yellowish brown, grayish in winter ; hair yellowish, with black-
ish tip ; forehead yellowish bay ; chin, throat, abdomen, inside of
ears and under side of face white ; feet, streak on the nose, up
the legs, and upper part of tail black; ears elongate, nearly as

164 Mr. J.E.Gray on some Species of Cephalophus.

long as head, acute ; horns black, elongate, slender, base rugose
and subangular in front.

Inhab. 8. Africa. |

This species varies greatly in the intensity of the colours and
in the extent of the black on the feet and nose. In one young
specimen in the British Museum the black on the nose is quite
deficient ; and a newly born specimen has the bright colouring
of the breeding-season, and is bright bay on the crown.

The specimen of A. platous in the London Missionary Society’s
Museum appears to be only a pale specimen of C. mergens with-
out the black nose streak.

2. The Black-faced Philantomba, Cephalophus Campbellia. An-
telope Grimmia, Pallas, Spec. Zool. xu.18.t.1?? ~ C. Burchellia,
var. (C. Campbellie), Gray, Cat. B. M. 162. ,

Gray and black, grisled; belly white ; cheeks, neck and chest
yellowish ; forehead yellow, with a black streak on the nose
widening on the forehead and ending in a tuft behind the horns ;
feet and front of fore-legs reddish black ; fur soft ; hair gray, with
black subterminal ring and tip; ears elongate, acute.

Inhab. S. Africa.

This species agrees in most respects with Pallas’s description
of an animal from Guinea ; his name unfortunately cannot be re-
tained, as there are three 4. Grimmia :—

1. The Capra sylvestris africana of N. Grimm. Mise. Cur.
Norimb. 1705. 131. t. 13, the authority for Capra Grimmia, Ray,
Syn. 80, and Linn. S. N. (ed. x.) 70. Moschus Grimmii, Linn.
S.N. ed. 12. from the Cape, of a dull gray colour. Probably the
Duyker, C. mergens.

2. Le Grimme of Buffon, H. N. xii. 307. 829. t. 41. f. 2. 38.
from a head sent from Senegal by Adamson, the Antelope Grim-
mia of Desmarest, F. Cuvier, and H. Smith, &c., the C. rufilatus.

8. The A. Grimmia of Pallas, like the above.

« Fitomba” or “ Philantomba” appears to be the generic name
of all the W. African Cephalophi or Bush Antelopes.

The Cephalophus quadriscopa, H, Smith, Griffith, A. K. t. 188,
the only well-described species which we do not possess, appears to
belong to this section ; it is peculiar as being the only bush goat
with knee tuft, and the only antelope with “tuft on the hind as
well as the fore-leps.

3. Red-crowned Bush Buck, Cephalophus coronatus. C. coro-
natus, Gray, Ann. N. Hist. x. 1842, 266. Ant. Madoqua, Rup-
pell, Faun. Abys. t. 7. f. 2; Sundevall.

Pale yellowish brown; middle of back, and part of fore legs
varied with a few scattered black hairs ; crown bright bay ; crest

Mr. J. E. Gray on some Species of Cephalophus, 165

blackish brown, bay in front ; feet and streak up the nose black-
ish ; inside of ears, chin, throat, chest, belly and hinder legs
whitish ; horns short, conical.

Inhab. W. Africa. Mr. Whitfield called it Coquetoon.

There is an adult female in the collection of the Earl of Derby ;
a nearly adult male and two young females in the collection of
the British Museum; the two latter brought by Mr. Whitfield
with the female before mentioned.

4. White-backed Bush Buck, Cephalophus sylvicultrix. Ante-
lope sylvicultriz, Afzelius, N. Act. Upsal. vii. 123; H. Smith, Griff.
A. K. t. 187. 3 7

Blackish brown, minutely grisled ; hair brown, with whitish
tip; back with a large yellowish white spot, narrow in front ;
throat, chest and belly redder; crown, nape and legs darker.

Inhab. Sierra Leone.

Varies in the size of the dorsal spot.

In the British Museum is a young male, Length 29 inches ;
height 18; tarsus 6°9.

5. Black-striped Bush Buck, Cephalophus Ogilbii, Gray, Ann.
N. Hist. 1842. Antelope Ogilbii, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1838, 60.

Pale bay brown, with a deep black dorsal streak, beneath pale ;
crown and haunches brighter bay ; neck and withers, and sides of
the dorsal line varied with deep brown hairs ; streak up the fore-
leg, upper part of hock, feet (above the hoof) and end of tail
blackish ; horns short, thick, conical, very rugose on the inner
front edges of the base.

Inhab. Fernando Po. J.Thompson, Esq.

6. Bay Bush Buck, Cephalophus dorsalis.

Dark bay; shoulders and legs darker ; the crown and nape,
broad streak along the back, hair brown, a few on the haunches
white-tipped ; end of the tail black, darker near the tail; sides
of the chin, front of chest, and inside of the thigh pale brown.

Inhab. Sierra Leone. Called Bush Goat.

In the British Museum a young male brought to this country
by Mr. Whitfield, which died in the Surrey Zoological Gardens.

7. Black Bush Buck, Cephalophus niger. Antelope niger, Mus.
Leyden. }

Sooty-black, grayer in the front half of the body ; chin, throat,
abdomen and inside of thighs gray ; forehead, crown, dark bay
and black mixed ; cheeks pale brown and black varied ; tail end
whitish.

Inhab. Guinea.

In the British Museum there is a male from the Leyden Mu-

166 Mr.J.E. Gray on some Species of Cephalophus.

seum nearly as large as the former. There is at Knowsley a Bush
Buck, which is now shining black with a reddish brown crest ;
when young it was red on the sides; it is perhaps the same as
the above.

8. Natal Bush Buck, Cephalophus natalensis. Antelope nata-
lensis, A. Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Jour. 217; Ill. Z. 8. A. t. 32.

Bright red bay ; nape, withers and feet varied with dark gray
hairs; nose-streak short, blackish; lips, chin, upper part of
throat and end of tail white ; lower part of cheek, throat and ab-
domen pale yellowish; crown and tuft bright red; horns short,
conical. .

Inhab. 8. Africa. Port Natal.

There are five specimens of different ages in the British Mu-
seum : this species resembles C. Ogilbii in size and colouring, but
wants the dorsal streak.

9. The Coquetoon, Cephalophus rufilatus. A. Grimmia, H.
Smith, G. A. K. v. 266. Grimme, Buffon, H. N. xi. t. 41. f. 2,3;
F. Cuv. Mam. Lithog. t.. . not good.

Deep reddish bay ; the legs, nape, streak on the nose to the
crown and broad streak on the back blackish gray ; ears blackish ;
crest and upper part of tail black ; cheek rather paler; chin and
abdomen pale yellowish ; inside of ears whitish, with a brown
spot on the outer side ; horns conical, rather elongate, obscurely
annulated, slightly recurved.

Inhab. Sierra Leone. Village of Waterloo. Called Coquetoon.

The hair is rather paler at the base, of the dorsal streak gray,
with a blackish tip,

There is a male and female in the museum of the Earl of Derby,
and a young female in the collection of the British Museum, pre-
sented by the Earl of Derby. The male is 27 inches high.
Length 15; at the tarsus 5°6; the horns are nearly 3 inches
long.

M. F. Cuvier’s (Mam. Lithog. t. _) figure is evidently in-
tended for this species, but it is much paler than any specimen I
have seen, and the distribution of the colour of the separate head
appears to have been taken for the Guevei ?

10. The Guevei, Cephalophus Maxwellit, H. Smith, G. A. K.
v. 847. A. pygmea, Pallas, Spec. xu. 18. frohs The Guevei,
Buffon, not Licht. A. pygmea (Guever), F. Cuv. Mam. Lithog.
t. . good, H. N. xu. t. 43. f.2. horn? ? Antelope Frederic,
Laur., Sundevall. A. Philantomba, Ogilby. |

Gray brown or sooty brown; sides of head and body grayer ;
chin, throat, chest and belly whitish gray ; abdomen and front of

a

Mr. J. E. Gray on some Species of Cephalophus. 167

thigh white ; broad streak over each. eye to the base of the horns
yellowish white ; feet and end of nose rather darker ; fur rather
rigid ; hair uniform.

Inhab. W. Africa. |

This species is known from C, monticola by being larger, by the
white of the eye streak and the white on the front of the thigh
and chest and the rigidity of the hair.

There is an adult male and female of this species in the British
Museum ; the male is bright sooty brown, darker near the rump ;
the female is nearly uniform pale gray brown. It is well-figured
by M. F. Cuvier. 3

11. The Blau. Boe or Cape Guevei, Cephalophus monticola.
A. monticola, Thumb. Stockh. N. H. xxxii. t. 5. Antelope ca-
rulea, H. Smith, Griffith, A. K. v. 855 ; Daniell’s Afr. Scenery,
t. . A. perpusilla, H. Smith, Griffith, A. K. v. 854. A. pyg-
mea, Licht. S. t. 16, Desm., Sund.

Gray brown; streak over the eyes, legs and outer part of thighs
rufous; feet gray brown; chin, chest, abdomen, and under side
of tail and inside of ears white; fur soft gray with intermixed
rather rigid black hairs.

Inhab. South Africa.

The colours vary in intensity in a female in the British Mu-
seum ; the rufous colour of the thigh and the white of the breast
are more distinct than in the male, but this depends on the sea-
son when they were killed. |

A very young fawn, which was brought home from the Cape
by M. Verreaux, is darker, and the reddish tint extends over the
head and the whole body.

12. The Black-rumped Guevei, Cephalophus melanorheus. Ce-
phalophus Philantomba, Gray, Cat. Mam. B. N. 163.

Gray brown; throat and sides paler; rump and upper part of
tail black; chin, chest, abdomen, back and front edge of thighs
and under part of tail white ; narrow streak over the eyes whitish ;
feet like the back; fur soft, pale gray, with intermixed rather
rigid black hairs.

Inhab. Fernando Po. J. Thompson, Esq.

There are two specimens of this species in the British Mu-
seum ; they are easily known by the black mark on the rump ;
they are coloured like the Guevei from W. Africa, but smaller,
and have the soft fur and interspersed black hair of the Cape
Guevei, C. monticola. .

13. The Grisled Guevei, Cephalophus punctulatus. A. Philan-
tomba, H. Smith, G. A. K. ?

Dark fulvous brown ; sides and legs rather paler ; narrow streak

168 . M.Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

over the eyes and inside of ears pale brown, chin, throat, chest,
belly and front of thighs and under part of tail white; hair gray
at the base, with a brown and yellow subterminal ring ; crown and
upper part of tail darker ; feet pale, varied.
~ Inhab. Sierra Leone.

We have a young specimen of this species in the British Mu-
seum, presented by Col. Sabine, R. E.

It is at once known from the other Gueveis by the fulvous
608% which is produced by the yellow subterminal rings of the

airs.

Professor Sundevall in his Monograph recognises six and cites

four doubtful species (Vet. Acad. Hand. 1844, 190).

XX.—The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by
| ~ Cart J. SunpEVALL*. ,
[Continued from p. 110.]

7. Pica rufa, Vieill., Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 751. Rufa, capite
colloque nigro-fuscis; vitta alarum caudaque canis; remigibus ple-
risque totis, rectricibus omnibus apice nigris. Longit. 15} poll.,
cauda 94; ala 148 millim., tarsus 29. Iris rufo-fuscescens. (fet ?
sinmles. rae
In Bengal the place of our common magpie is supplied by
this bird, to which in form and marks it bears a close resem-
blance, but the Indian bird is a little smaller and red-brown
instead of white. Its common screaming sounds are like those
of our magpies, but instead of that feeble indistinct sound which
they make in spring and which is their only song, the Pica rufa
sends forth clearer and stronger tones, which sound like koolee-
‘oh-koor | and at times hohlee-oh ! (c f,c, c, Da Capo, ce, d, ce). In
this the Hindoos hear the word Halitshatsha, which is the name
of the bird in the Bengal language. It is common and stationary
in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. It is mostly seen in trees,
and although a little shy like our magpie, it seemed not very
willing to fly. In the stomachs of those I examined there were
only insects, chiefly grasshoppers. It did not seem to despise
meat, but I never saw this kind touch any remains of carrion.

_ 8. Lanius phenicurus, Pallas+.—L. collurio var. Gloger. L. cris-
tatus, Linn. sec. Edw. 54. UL. lucionensis, Briss., Linn. lL. super-
ciliosus, Lath. sec. le Rousseau, Levaill. Ois. Afr. 66. 2. (e Bengalia ;
nec L. superciliosus, Licht. Cat. et Gloger, ex Afr. = L. rufus var.)
L. melanotis, Valenc. Dict. Sc. Nat. 40. p. 227.

* Translated from the ‘ Physiographiska Sillskapets Tidskrift’ by R. Ber-
tram, with Notes by H. E. Strickland, M.A.

+ This name is characteristic ; the two older names, cristatus and lucio-
nensis are altogether unsuitable.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 169

Rufus, subtus albidus, macula alarum alba nulla ; cauda unicolore,
rufa. Remigum 4a sublongiore quam 3a; 5a longiore quam 2a,
Rectrices extime circa 22 millim. breviores quam medie. Similli-
mus collurioni sed eodem jure quo L. rufus distinguendus; melius
forsan omnes conjungerentur. L. collurio differt, preter colorem
maris, remigibus 4 et 5 brevioribus quam 3 et 2; cauda subbreviore,
semper ex parte alba, penna extima circa 12 millim. breviore quam
mediis ; ala paullo longiore, tarsoque paullo breviore.

ref perfecte coloratus. Superne totus lete cinnamomeus, unicolor ;
subtus albus, lateribus corporis dilute rufescenti-tinctis (nec roseis).
Macula per oculos (ut collurionis) nigra, superne cum fronte latius
albo limbata. Cauda unicolor, immaculata, colore dorsi. Ala colore
simillima collurionis (macula obtecta definita, alba, &c.). Rostrum
et pedes nigri. (Indiv. unicum Mus. Stockh. patriz incerte.)

3 (hiemalis?) Similis preecedenti sed colore rufo minus puro, et
in dorso sordide infuscato. Tinctura rufescens latius in pectore
crissoque extensa. Latera trunci ventrisque, interdum pectoris,
striolis transversis, undulatis nigricantibus. Ale macula obtecta alba
indefinita. Rectrices apice pallido limbate, carent autem striola
fusca intramarginali junioris. Rostrum basi pallescens, pedesque
nigro-fusci. Iris obscure rufescens. (Indiv. e Calcutta, Febr. Mus.
Gyllenkr., Lund., Stockholm.)

2 Ut L. collurio 2 sed cauda vix albido limbata, nisi apice, nec
transversim undata, dorsum postice et caput letius ferruginea.
(Indiv. Calcutta, Martio ; Mus. Stockh.)

Junior lo anno. Simillimus L. collurioni ejusdem eetatis, cauda
magis rufescente ; pennis medio minus fuscis ; extima tantum paullo
rufescenti albido limbata. (Indiv. e Bengalia in Mus. Lund. ; “ ex
India,” Mus. Stockh.)

Mensure adnotatz (millimetra) :—

Var,
L. Peseta saat Ze collurio. L. rufus. superc,

6a e ad Qa 6b Pulla b 2 ga b Cre
Alz... 90. 87. 85. 85. 88. 88. 83. 83. 96. 95. 95. 93.100. 100. 100. 99.|98. 92.
Tarsus 23. 24. 25. 24. 23. 23, 23. 23,122. 23.21. 24.| 23. 23. 23. 22.21. 29.
Cauda ... 85. 86. 88. 92.... 77. ... |78. 78. 80. 76.| ... 80. 77.79.

Lanius phenicurus 8 a est supra descriptus ‘‘ perfecte coloratus.”
Pullus be Java? Mus. Stockh. differt colore pallidiore rostroque
validiore, sed vix specie distinctus*.

L. rufus b, ex insula Rhodo; ¢ et d, ex Aigypto, transitum ad va-
rietatem ‘‘ superciliosum” (Licht. nec Lath.] preebent.

L. collurio, omnes e Scania, adulti.

The above-described bird I saw several times in the neigh-
bourhood of Caleutta in February, March, and latest on the Ist
of May; it is therefore stationary. According to Pallas and
Gloger it is even found in Siberia, and according to Brisson in
the Philippine islands ; but it is probably rare in Europe and

* This is the variety termed ZL. magnirosiris in Bélanger’s Voyage, which
our author is probably correct in referring to L. phoenicurus,—H. E.S

170 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

Africa, and is there replaced by our common red-backed shrike
(LZ. collurio), which extends from Sweden to the Cape, but which
seems not to be met with in Asia. These two birds, which are
not remarkably unlike in anything except the colour of the male,
seem therefore to constitute an easterly and a westerly race of
the same genus, each of which in its district goes through nearly
all climates. As far as I could observe, the Asiatic species fol-
lows the same mode of living as ours; has the same flight and
mode of perching on the top of bushes, the same syllable ¢shack !
tshack! as well as restless but bold and powerful actions; and I
doubt not that some remains of insects which I once found spitted
on a thorny bush were a proof of its entomological habits. I
could not learn anything about their propagation, and regret the
shot which was fired at a male May Ist. Although the Benga-
lese recognise the common kinds of birds pretty well, and have
a certain name for most species, yet all of whom I inquired were
in doubt as to the name of this bird. Still they gave me the
same name as that given to Buchanan (according to Lath. ‘ Gen.
Hist.’ under Lan. rufus), viz. Curcutea; but the same name is
used for several other species, and according to the above-men-
tioned authority is even used for little screaming children. Ed-
wards (/. c.) says that in Bengal it is called “ Charah.”

9. Edolius balicassius, Cuyv.—Monedula philippensis, Briss. Cor-
vus balicassius, Linn. et auct. Drongup, Levaill. Ois. Afr. 173 (ex
India, plumis frontis nimis elevatis). Dicrurus lophorhinus, Vieil/.
D. balicassius ? Vig. et Horsf. Linn. Trans. v.15. Rajah Shrike,
Lath. Gen. Hist. (junior)*.

Niger totus, dorso ceruleo nitente, fronte levi; cauda valde diva-
ricata, corpore longiore ; rostro convexo, carina rotundata ; remige
4a reliquis longiore, 5a tertiam subexcedente. Long. 11—12 poll.,
cauda 6—7 ; ala 140—150 millim., tarsus 21.

6 nitidior, plumis frontis leviter curvatis. Iris obscure rubra.
Rectrices mediz 105 millim., laterales 170. (Calcutta, 15 Febr.
1 Mai.)

2 paullo minor, fronte levi. Iris paullo fuscior. Rectrices medi
115 mill. extimee 160.

Juv. opacus, fuliginoso tinctus in ala caudaque. (Calcutta Martio.)
(Juv. prima etate forte = Lan. cerulescens, Linn.?) Rectrices late-
rales longissime, valde arcuatze, apice latiusculz, rotundate. Lingua
apice bifida lacera, similis Lanii collurionis. In aliis Edoliis (e. g.
E. malabarico) rostrum acute carinatum, lateribus planatis, proportio
remigum alia, &c.

This is one of the most common birds in the neighbourhood
* These synonyms are mostly erroneous. The bird in question is Edolius

macrocercus, Vieill., and not E. balicassius. ‘The species EL. cerulescens,
Edw. 56, is quite distinct.—H. E. 8.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. ae

of Caleutta, where it is seen all the year round. The Hindoos
call it Pingja* ; the Musselmans Boojoonga, and the Europeans
king of the crows. It is fond of the light of the sun, and is there-
fore not met with in thickly grown groves, but much oftener in
open spots. I saw them often sitting together in large numbers
on a small solitary tree, where they made much noise and chat-
tered, hopped and flew about, catching insects in their flight and
attacking other birds that came near. They are often seen on a
meadow and among grazing cattle, on whose back they like to
sit, just like starlings and jays. Like the magpie they can both
walk and hop at the same time, but they are not light on foot.
Even their flight is heavy, not unlike that of the magpie. Their
common tone is clear or chattering ; sometimes a higher srrr! srrr!
is heard ; and in April they begin to sing charmingly, something
like Sylvia trochilus. I found their stomachs always full of in-
sects, principally Achete, which seem to be the common food for
birds in Bengal.

10. Dicrurus eneus, Vieill.—Drongo bronze, Levaill. Ois. Afr. 176.
Edolius metallicus, Cuv. .

Ater, immaculatus, viridi-eneo nitens, plumis capitis oblongis,
subsquameeformibus, nitidioribus ; temporibus, mento, ventreque
nigro-opacis.

Longit. 9 poll. Rectrices mediz 30 mill. breviores quam laterales.
Rectrices laterales corpore longiores, leviter arcuato-divaricatz, apice
rotundate, vix attenuate, in ¢ 115 millim., ala 120, tarsus 15.

? similis mari, sed paullulum minor. Kostro et vibrissis simillimus
Muscicape paradisi. Nares setis paullo densius tecte. Remigum 4a
reliquis longior. Iris et lingua omnino precedentis (LH. balicassii).

Twelve or thirteen kinds of birds (which possess a remarkable
external resemblance and are met with in the countries around
the Indian sea) have been classified by ornithologists under one
genus under the common name of Drongo, by which, accord-
ing to Buffon, one of them is called in Madagascar (?). Cuvier
calls them Hdolius, and Vieillot Dicrurus. They have a long tail
of ten feathers very much forked, rounded wings, generally of a
black colour ; the size of a thrush, and a great number of other
resemblances. But notwithstanding these conformities, there are
considerable grounds for dividing them into two generic groups,
for which both the above-mentioned names can be employed.
Those for which I have proposed to keep the Cuvierian name
Edolius have their beak and feet formed as Lanius, and resemble

* This name is generally written Fingah according to Edwards, pl. 56,
Ed. cerulescens, which I have not seen in Bengal, but which seemed to me
to be the young of the above species just leaving their nests: they differ in
having a shorter tail and white colour under their body, on which are dark
spots.

172 _M. Sundevall on the Birds of Caleutia.

our magpies and jackdaws in their way of living ; the remaining
ones, which may be named by the Vieillotian name Dicrurus, are,
as far as I know, in these respects perfectly like Muscicape. By
way of comparison one is reminded of almost corresponding re-
semblances in colour between Turdus mindanensis, Bethylus leve-
rianus and our magpie, also between Falco nisus and Sylvia ni-
soria, &c., which yet indicate no near relationship, because im-
portant differences of form forbid it.

I saw Dicrurus eneus several times in the neighbourhood of
Calcutta:in February and March. It remained lonely and gloomy
in thick and shady groves between the branches of high trees. I
never saw it on the plain. Like the Muscicape it sat at times
quiet and watched an opportunity to catch insects in its flight,
after which it returned to the same branch; sometimes it was
seen restlessly hastening away between the thick branches. I
never heard any sound from this species. In its stomach were
found masses of insects, namely Achete, Coleoptera, &c., but no
bees, which Levaillant considers to be the principal food of this

bird.

- 11. Muscicapa paradisi, Linn., Lath. no, 54.—Vardiole, Buff. Pl.
Enl. 234. .Tchitrec-bé, Levaill. Ois. Afr. 144, 145, 146 (ex India).
Var. a. Pyrrhocoraz, Mcehr. Musc. cristata alba,-Briss. Pica
papuensis, id. sec. Seba. Icterus maderaspatanensis, id. sec. Ray.
Todus paradiseus, Gm.
- War. 6. Curruca? Moehr. Promerops indicus cristatus et Muscic.
brasiliensis cristatus, Briss. sec. Seba. Muscic. cristaius capitis bone
spei, id. Upupa paradisea, Linn., Gm., Lath. Muscicapa castanea,
Temm. in Kuhlii Nom. Syst. Buff.

Crista elongata, capite colloque toto nigro-zneis, limite coloris
definito, recto ; cauda gradata. |

a. Alba, alis caudaque nigro striatis. Palpebre coriacex, incras-
sate, cerulee ( ¢ Calcutta, 12 Apr. testiculis parum elatis, cauda
caret plumis longissimis).

6. Cinnamomea, subtus cinerea, abdomine crissoque albidis. Ala
et cauda unicolores immaculate. (¢ prope Ceylon, 14 Dec.) Cauda
simplex; palpebrze vix incrassate. Jugulum obscurius cinereum,
plumis paucis nigro-ceruleis.

Long. 8 poll., ala 96 mill. (in indiv. rufo 90); tarsus 18. Lingua
plana, breviter triangularis, limbo membranaceo apice integro, sub-
acuto. Cutis orbitz in indiv. albo, coriacea, nuda, ut annulus latus,
elevatus oculum cingit. Rostrum obscure cerulescens; pedes ni-
griores. Iris obscure rufescens.

This beautiful bird is perhaps commonly to be met with in
India, at least it is common in our collections, and has been often
described before, which appears from its many synonyms. Bris-
son in his ‘ Ornithology’ has treated of it in six places under four
different generic names. The reason of this ariscs from remark-

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 173

able dissimilarities between individuals, some being white, others
a deep red brown, and of both varieties there are to be found
some with soft wavy feathers in their tail, which are often twice
as long as the real feathers of the tail. As I have seen no live
ones except the two males above-described, which had both lost
their long feathers, I can throw no light on this peculiarity ; but
that these individuals are of the same species might be proved by
their perfect conformity in form and dimensions ; for the above-
described dissimilarity in the length of their wings is not always
constant; one often sees somewhat larger brown and somewhat
smaller white specimens. But we cannot admit a difference in
species without a certain difference in form. It seems most likely
that the brown colour is the winter plumage ; that the white co-
lour begins to appear about the commencement of the season of
propagation through an organic chemical process in the feathers :
the same process which so highly enhances the colour of our
common birds, and causes the change in the ends of the feathers
of a great number of them ; also that the long feathers of the tail
come to perfection in the third year or later, whilst the colour of
the bird is previously brown, after which they become white
with the other feathers. Both those which I shot must therefore
have been younger males, which in the following year would have
propagated for the first time, and have acquired the two long
feathers. The change of the colour has already been pretty well
proved by Levaillant, from the remarkable information he has
given about a number of specimens, which he received dried from
India, and among which were found some which were in the
transition state between white and red-brown. He was not how-
ever aware of the fact of the existence of white males, which in
spring-time lose the often-named ornament of the tail. Among
the many nearly related species from Africa, there seem to be
none which show similar changes of colour.

The brown male came in an exhausted state on board our vessel
as she was sailing by Ceylon, about ten [Swedish] miles from the
coast, and therefore out of sight of land. It had been driven out
to sea the day before by a storm of rain and fog, which brought
a great many birds and insects into the sea, and of which I got |
several. Notwithstanding its critical situation, its stomach was
full of insects, and it was seen to catch several of them while
flying. It sat a good hour in the rigging of the ship, after which
it displayed a few times the common habit of the Muscicape, to
fly and catch an insect and return to its former place. The white
specimen was shot in the neighbourhood of Calcutta 14th April.
I pursued it a long time while it actively hastened between the
branches of some high thick groves in order to catch insects. It
did not manifest the slightest desire to walk on the branches, or

174 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta,

whilst hanging thereto to search under them, but trusted prin-
cipally to its wings. From none of them did I hear sound. Its
flight was uneven and jerking when bent on a longer journey.
This species also is called by the Hindoos Pinga.

12. Muscicapa cerulea, Gm., Lath. no. 36; Raffles in Lin. Trans.
13; Buff. Pl. Enl. 666. 1. L’Azur, &c., Levaill. Otis. Afr. 153.

Cerulea, margine frontis anguloque menti nigris ; ventre crissoque
albis. Ala nigra, plumis ceruleo marginatis antice gradata. Cauda
rotundata et emarginata. 4 (Serampore 16 Febr.) lete coloratus,
rostro pedibusque plumbeis, macula occipitis lineaque juguli trans-
versis nigris. Magn. Sylvie. Ala 70 mill., tarsus 15, cauda 72.

? dorso infuscato, alis caudaque fuscis, plumis grisescente margi-
natis ; occipite juguloque immaculatis. Jun. cinereus, ventre albido,
capite margineque carpi cerulescentibus. Occiput et jugulum im-
maculata. Mus. Stockh.

This little beautiful bird, which is met with in the Philippine
islands, Java, Sumatra, in all India and the south of Africa, I
saw only once, without being able to observe it closer. It had its
stomach full of all sorts of insects. ;

13. Muscicapa nitida (var. a) ? Lath. Gen. Hist. Olivaceo-viridis,
subtus flava, capite colloque cum jugulo cinereis, vertice obscuriore.
Remigibus rectricibusque nigris flavescenti marginatis. Long. 43
poll., ala 64 millim., tarsus 14, rostrum efronte 11. Statura, rostrum,
cauda et pedes prioris. Vibrissee majores. Ala differt: remige la
parva, 2 et 3 gradatis, 4 et 5 equalibus, longioribus quam reliquis

(o*).
Of this bird, of which I have seen only the specimen described,
I know less than of the former*.

14. Muscicapa (gen. Rhipidura, Vig.t) Sannio,n. Broad-tailed
Flycatcher, Lath. Gen. Hist. vi. p. 178. no. 34.

Nigro-cinerascens capite nigriori, macula oblonga superciliari,
fasciaque gulari albis. Cauda longa gradata, apicibus late albis,
limite transverso.

Longit. 74 poll., ala 80 millim. ; tarsus 18, digitus medius 10, cum
ungue 15; cauda 97, rostrum e fronte 12; latit.5. Ala unicolor.
Vitta ventralis parva, longitudinalis albida. Fascia gule lata, utrin-
que attenuata, sub genas producta. (7 Febr. et 3 Mart.) (In
utroque testiculi tumidissimi, hepar albidum. 9? Similis, sed indi-
viduum deperditum. )

* This is the Cryptolopha ceylonensis of Swainson.—H. E. S.

+ Vig. et Horsf. Linn. Trans, xv. p. 246, Tres species: flabdellifera, Lath.,
rufifrons, Lath., motacillocdes, Vig. et Horsf. Huc porro: M. umbellata, n.
nigro-fusca, gula, ventre, stria longiore superciliari, apicibusque rectricum
albis. Ala unicolor, 77 millim., tarsus 19, rostrum e fronte 15. E Java,
Mus. Gyllenkrokianum. Collum antice colore dorsi; uropygium subru-
fescens.

His forte affinis Gobemouche @ lunettes, Levaill. Ois. Afr. 152?

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 175

This little charming bird I saw solitary several times in Fe-
bruary, skulking unobserved through thick bushes. In March
and April it is met with oftener, several together, close to the
ground, in places very shaded, mostly in low bamboo-groves.
The male spread and raised its tail, jumped about the hen-bird
with its wings hanging down along the horizontal branches or
bamboo-roots, and they looked very active. One often sees the
parabolic-shaped white-edged tail moving about without obser-
ving the bird itself, until it announces its presence by a clear note,
or turns to menace a rival in its vicinity. Its stomach is uncom-
monly thin, almost like a skin ; it was always filled with soft in-
sects—flies, Hymenoptera, and others. The Bengalese name
given to me was Sa-boolbool, which in Lath. ‘Gen. Hist.’ is
brought under Muse. paradisi, where the present bird is called
Check-Dyal, a name which I have not heard*.

15. Muscicapa parva, Bechst., Temm. Man. ; Gloger, Eur. p. 401.

Grisea, subtus sordide alba; cauda cum tectricibus nigris, rectri-
cibus utrinque 4, basi ultra medium albis, limite irregulari subtrans-
verso.

6 (Subestivalis ? testiculis parvis. Serampore 5 Apr.) colore sa-
turatiore, capite fusciore, lateribus non canescente. Macula gule
magna, fulva (paullo pallidior quam in Sylv. rubecula), undique albo-
cincta, pectus non attingens. Ala 68 mill., tarsus 17.

Junior ( ¢ 9 Febr.), caput superne colore dorsi, lateribus obsolete
pallescenti maculatum. Collum antice album immaculatum. Ala
65—68 mill., tarsus 163.

Rectrices laterales imo basi nigree, latius in interioribus. Remiges
fusce, intus rufescenti albidz extus grisescenti marginate. Pedes
et rostrum nigra. Iris obscure rufescens. Ale et rostri forma om-
nino ut in Muscicapa atricapilla, sed ala brevior, tarsi longiores.* Vi-
brissze parvee, nares membrana fornicata tect. Lingua brevis, inte-
gerrima, sinuato-triangularis, apice angulisque posticis subrotundatis,
non membranaceo-marginatis !

This bird, which is seldom seen in Europe, seems to belong to
the south of Asia. It was very common in February and March
in the vicinity of Calcutta, where they lived in the same way as
our Regulus cristatus. They came forth in large scattered flocks,
hopping and climbing about the branches of trees, where they
industriously collected insects, and uttered almost the very same
sounds as the Regulus. I saw none with a yellow throat among
them ; they were all of the same colour. The above-described
male with red yellow spots on its throat was quite alone (5th of
April). For a long time I had seen none of this species, nor did
I see any after that ; it is therefore likely that they go to the

* This seems to be the Lthipidura fuscoventris, Blyth, and R. pectoralis,
Jerdon.—H. E. S.

176 ~=Mr. A. White on some new genera of Crustacea.

north during the summer. In the stomach I found the remains
of winged insects (beetles), ants, &. I have only had opportu-
nity to compare the specimens I brought home with a single
young European one, but I found a perfect conformity. The
white borders on the tail however were rather different on all the
specimens I have seen. The Bengalese name is Tuntuni, or the
more correct one Dhundhuni, which is also used for some other
common birds.

16. Phenicornis peregrina, Boie.—Parus peregrinus, Linn. Syst.
Nat. xii. 342 (?an?). @Mus.Carlss.,Gm., Lath. Parus malabaricus,
Gm., Lath. ex itinere Sonnerati. Parus coccineus, Gm. Motacilla
cinnamomea, Linn., Gm. Muscicapa flammea var. 6, Lath. L’Oranor,
Levaill. Ois. Afr. 155 (e Ceylon).

Saturate cinerea, ventre albo, remigibus apice immaculatis. ¢genis
colloque antico nigris, pectore uropygioque fulvo-aureis, rectricibus
utrinque 4 valde gradatis, extrorsum oblique luteis. Ale nigre,
vitta angulata lutea, e basi pennarum cubitalium et fascia media in
primariis 6 ultimis. Long. 6 poll., ala 68 millim., tarsus 15 (Cal-
cutta 1 Maii). 4

? seu ¢ jun.? pallidior collo antico cum regione rostri albidis,
pectore flavescenti tincto. Uropygium, fascia alarum et latera caude
ut in mare, sed dilutiora. (Mus. Stockh.) Rostrum validum, acute
carinatum. Nares membrana parva fornicata tecte. Vibrisse parvee.
Lingua crassa, late oblonga, planata, apice lacera, non bifida. Heec,
ut fascia alarum, pictura uropygii et laterum caude toti generi com-
munia sunt.

This splendid little bird does not seem to be common about
Calcutta ; I saw it only once. In its actions as well as colour it
bears a great resemblance to Sylvia phanicurus, as was even vi-
sible in the wagging of its tail. It had insects in its stomach ;
I heard no sound from it. The Bengalese name given me was

Pawi.
[To be continued. ]

XXI.— Notes on four new Genera of Crustacea. By Ava
Wurst, M.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of
the British Museum.

[ With a Plate.)
Family PINNoTHERIDs.

Xantuasia, White. This genus is distinguished from Pinno-
theres by the extreme roughness and irregularity of the upper
surface of the carapace, the extreme bulging of the tail in the
female, which has a wide prominent rounded keel down the mid-
dle; the legs are short and cylindrical ; the claws thick, hooked
and sharp-pointed. The front of the carapace projects, and on

a

tara tk Cale
pee:
rety asst

Rtn SP lly
Fy pele E

*
' .
| aie

\ 4
‘

. oa

"

9 ‘ ‘

x
nN ?
.
pe ¢
rv] 4 j
, ,

WiWing del

Hullmandel & Walon Iithographers.

1. HALICARCINUS PLANATUS. (Fadr/:

4. DEINBBESUS WALCKENAERI. WAde

2, XENOPHTHALMUS PINNOTHEROIDES. Wave.5. DEINAGNATHA DANDRIDGII. White. -

3. XANTHASIA MURIGERA. White.

6. HOMALATHUS PUSTULATUS. Waite

Mr. A. White on some new genera of Crustacea. 177

each side of it, outside the eyes, there is a knob which makes the
anterior part of the carapace angular.

Xanthasia murigera, White. Pl. IL. fig. 3. Of an ochraceous
white. Carapace above, with the margin, excepting in front,
raised into an elevated ridge, which is curled round behind the
lateral knob on the front of the carapace: on the middle of the
back of the carapace there is an elevated tubercle with the lateral
edges sharp and the upper surface rough; between this and the
front are two parallel elevated keels placed longitudinally.

Hab. Philippine Islands. British Museum ; collected by Mr.
Cuming. The figure is of the natural size.

Pinnixa, White. At once distinguished from Pinnotheres by
its carapace being much wider than long. First pair of legs with
the hand more elongated ; second pair of legs slender, somewhat
compressed ; third pair also compressed, somewhat stouter than
the preceding; fourth pair very large, the third joint much
thickened, behind somewhat dilated and deeply grooved near the
posterior edge ; the fifth or tibial joint finely serrated on the in-
side ; last pair of legs small and of the same form as the second.

Tail of the female at the base narrowed, leaving a considerable
space between its edge and the insertion of the three last pairs of
hind-legs.

Pinnixa cylindrica. Pinnotheres cylindricum, Say, Journal of
the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, i. p. 452. :

Hab. Georgia, U. 8. (on Jeykill Island). British Museum.

Family ?

XENOPHTHALMUS, White. Carapace wider than long ; the back
regularly arched, rounded on the front edges; the front with a
wide notch, in which are two slits, the bottom of each containing
one of the eyes; eyes small, seen from above, separated from the
antennee by a somewhat cylindrical tooth which runs across the
slit; front blunt ; outer foot-jaws with the second joint deeply
grooved on the outside, which groove extends to the basal joint ;
carapace on the under side hollowed out above the branchial
opening, which is long and very open, the two edges furnished
with long stiff hairs meeting at the end, much as in Dorippe.

Tail of the male 7-jointed, third joint widest, fifth joint nar-
rowed near the base. 4

Tail of the female with the fourth and fifth joints of the same
width ; a long ciliated process proceeding from each side of the
third joint.

First pair of legs of the male with the hands somewhat elon-
gated and thickened ; second pair of legs with the different joints
angled, the tarsus dilated at the base and somewhat serrated
on the edge; third pair of legs with the tibial joint and that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. O

178 Mr. A. White on some new genera of Crustacea.

which precedes it hollowed on the fore side, the edges of the
hollowed part strongly ciliated, the tarsus widened at the base
and ciliated ; fourth pair of legs the longest, the tarsus flattened,
sides parallel and ciliated, tibial joint somewhat elongated, cylin-
drical ; fifth pair of legs with the tarsus flattened and somewhat
bent, the tibial joint short.

First pair of legs of the female very small, hands linear, ciliated ;
second pair much as in male, but not so robust, the tibial joint
not so rough on the outside ; third pair simple ; ‘fourth and fifth
pairs much as in male.

Xenophthalmus pinnotheroides, White. PI. II. fig. 2. Side of
carapace in front with the sharp edge ciliated; carapace punctured;
two slight waved longitudinal grooves, one extending from each
eye over the back of the carapace; most of the joints of the legs
ciliated.

Hab. Philippine Islands. British Museum. From the col-
lection of Mr. Cuming. The figure is of the size of nature.

Family Mycririp2.

Haxicarcinvs, White. A subgenus distinguished from Hy-
menosoma of authors (Leachium, Macleay) by the great size of
the thickened fore-feet, by the carapace bemg generally wider
than long, and having the edge of the strongly depressed upper
surface with two teeth or angles on each side. The four last pairs
of legs are cylindrical and free from hairs, while the claws are
considerably curved and compressed. ‘The tail of the male.is 6-
jointed and deeply notched on each side about the middle. The
outer pedipalps, as in Hymenosoma, are covered on the outside
with short hairs.

This subgenus seems in its family a kind of representative of
the Leucosiade : the type was regarded by Fabricius as a Leu-
cosia.

Halicarcinus planatus, P|. I. f.1. Leucosia planata, Fabr. Ent.
Syst. Suppl. 350. Hymenosoma Leachii, Guérin, Icon. t. 10. f. 2;
Voy. de la Coquille, 11. p. 22. Hymenosoma tridentatum, Hombr.
and Jacq. Voyage au Pole Sud, t. 5. f.27.

This species seems to be abundant in and about the Falkland
Islands. In the British Museum are specimens obtained there
by W. E. Wright, Esq., and the Antarctic Expedition under Capt.
» Sir James Clarke Ross, R.N.

Halicarcinus depressus. Hymenosoma depressum, Hombr. and
Jacq. Voyage au Pole Sud, t. 5. f. 34.

This species, of which there is a specimen in the collection of
the British Museum from New Zealand, connects Halicarcinus
and Hymenosoma, having most of the characters of the former.

Mr. A. White on a new genus of Arachnida. 179

XXII.— Description of a new Genus of Arachnida, with Notes on
two other species of Spiders. By Apam Wurtr, M.E.S., As-
sistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum.

[With a Plate.]

Family Arripz.

Dernerxsvs, White. Cephalothorax ovato-rotundate, highly
convex, especially in front. Hyes eight: four in front, the middle
two very large and prominent ; the lateral eyes not half the size
of the middle two, and projecting ; these eyes are separated by
slight emarginations, the notch between the lateral and middle
eyes being wider than between the two middle eyes; the fifth
and sixth eyes distant from each other, very small, the space be-
tween them and the lateral eyes shorter than between them and
the posterior eyes; seventh and eighth eyes of the same size as
the lateral front eyes, the cephalothorax bulges over them.

Chelicera very large, swollen, attenuated at the end, with a
sharpish ridge on the inside ending in a spine; hook nearly as
long as the rest of the chelicere, much bent, the point also hooked
with a strong tooth beneath it.

Mazille thick, longer than wide, excavated on the outside,
entire at the end, and strongly tufted with hairs ; the palpi with
the second joint long and bent, the third joint slightly bent,
scarcely half the length of the fourth, which is also bent, and has
a spine at the end, the fifth jomt thick, short, blunt at the end
and very hairy.

First pair of legs the longest, femoral, genual, and tibial joints
thickish ; the three hind pairs nearly equal in length ; the second
and third with the femoral, genual, and tibial joints somewhat
thickened.

This remarkable spider belongs to the group Aftide, and in
the matter of chelicera far surpasses even Toxeus mazillosus,
Koch, Arachniden, xiii. 19. t. 436. f. 1090. I have only seen
one specimen, which is a male.

Deineresus Walckenaerti, White. Pl. II. fig. 4. Cephalothorax
and legs of a deep shining brownish black; the eyes pale, the
front eyes with hairs at the base. Abdomen small, subferruginous,
with short silky hairs most visible on the sides, four depressed
points on the back ; spinnerets prominent. Legs very hairy on
the under side, a few spines among the hairs.

Total length 10 lines. Length of first pair of legs rather more
than 10 lines ; of second pair 8% lines; of third pair 8 lines ; of
fourth pair 84 lines.

Hab. Celebes. British Museum. Presented by Dr. Knapp of
Edinburgh. ‘

2

180 Mr. A. White on a new genus of Arachnida.

Deinacnatua, White, Dieffenb. N. Zealand, ii. 271. This
subgenus of Tetragnatha may be distinguished by the following
characters :—

Chelicera longer than the cephalothorax, narrowest at the base,
with five spines at the end, the three on the upper side larger
than the rest : inner edge with two rows of small teeth, the un-
der row containing more than the upper ; the claw is very long
and*curved at the base, the tip is slightly bent.

Eyes eight, placed on two slightly lunated parallel lines, the
two middle eyes of the anterior line nearer each other than they
are to the side eyes ; they are Placed on the sides and the base of

a slight projection.

Mazille \ong, sinuated on the outer margin, dilated at the
ends, which are abrupt and very slightly rounded on the angles ;
palpi with the second joint very long, the third thickest at the
end, and shorter than the fourth, which is hairy and consider-
ably thickened at the end; the globular process in the male,
near the base of the fifth joint, much as in Dolomedes mirabilis
(Clerck, Ar. Suec. t. 5. f. 4), only much more complicated.

Mentum rounded at the end, with an impressed line near the
margin and extending round it ; there is a slight impressed line
down the middle.

Cephalothorax of a longish oval figure, narrowed in front, de-
pressed, with two deep impressions about the middle.

Legs long, first pair the longest, the fourth seemingly longer
than the second, the third very short.

Deinagnatha Daindridgei, White, l. c. Ann. and Mag. PIII. f.5.
Brownish yellow, hooks of chelicera and ends of the legs darker.

Hab. New Zealand.

Mr. Joseph Daindridge or Dandridge lived about the begin-
ning of the last century in Moorfields. Bradley, in his ‘ Philo-
sophical Account of the Works of Nature,’ published in 1721, re-
fers to his having “ observed and delineated a hundred and forty
different kinds of spiders in England alone.” In the British
Museum, among Sir Hans Sloane’s MSS., is a volume of Dain-
dridge’s descriptions and figures; they are 119 in number, and
are all copied by Eleazer Albin, with but little alteration and no
acknowledgement, in his ‘ Natural History of Spiders,’ published
in 1786.

On Pl. II. fig. 6. is figured a spider of remarkable form sent
by the Rev. D. F. Morgan from Sierra Leone ; it was described
in the ‘ Annals and Magazine,’ vol. vii. p. 476, under the name
of Homalatius pustulatus.

Mr. J. D. Dana on some genera of Cyclopacea. 181

XXIII.—Notice of some Genera of Cyclopacea. By J.D. Dana.

As a preface to the descriptions which follow, a classification of
Crustacea is here given ; it is made out so as to exhibit to some
extent the parallel relations of the several orders and subdivi-
sions.

CRUSTACEA.
Subclassis I. Subclassis II. Subclassis III.
PODOPHTHALMIA. EDRIOPHTHALMIA. MANDYATA |.
Ordo 1. Decaropa. Ordo 1. CHORISTOPODA *.
Tribus Tribus
1. Brachyura, 1. Isopoda.
2. Anomoura. 2. Leemipoda.
3. Macroura, 3. Amphipoda.
Ordo2, Scui1zoPropa,. Ordo 2, ENTOMOSTRACA.
Subord. 1. Subord. 2. Subord. 3.
GNATHOSTOMATA }.|CORMOSTOMATA {.] MEROSTOMATA §,.
Tribus
1. Branchipodacea.
Tribus 2. Limnadiacea. Tribus —
1. Stomapoda. 3. Daphniacea. Tribus Tribus 1. Cirripeda,
2. Diplodpoda. 4, Cyclopacea. - 1, Caligacea. 1, Limulacea. or
5. Cypridacea. 2. Lerneeacea. Balanacea J.
3. Nymphonacea.
Ordo 3. TriLoBiTa.

Order ENTOMOSTRACA.

Tribe CycLoPACcEA.

To avoid explanations in the following descriptions, we here
enumerate the prominent external characters of this tribe.

Body jointed, the carapax not prolonged beyond the joint to
which it belongs ; abdomen not inflexed.

* From yepioros, separate, and rovs, foot, alluding to the fact that the
pairs of feet belong each to a distinct segment of the body.

+ From yvd0os, jaw, and oréyua, mouth, alluding to the mouth being fur-
nished with proper mandibles and maxille,

t From xoppos, trunk, and oréua, mouth, the mouth having the form of
a moveable trunk.

§ From pnpos, thigh, and oréya, mouth, the basal joints of the legs con-
stituting the jaws.

|| From pavdin, a cloak, alluding to the covering in which the body of the
animal is inclosed. :

q The Cypris-like young of several dnatife were collected and figured
by the writer, and the metamorphosis traced to the adult state. When first
found swimming free in the ocean, they were taken for a new genus allied
to Cypris, so similar are their forms. The fact that the body and legs of
the Cirripeda shed their skin, is further evidence of the propriety of placing
this group with Crustacea.

The pedicel of the Anatife corresponds to a pair of antenne in the young;
the animal attaches itself by the sucker-like disc terminating these organs
before the metamorphosis commences, and in a group of Anatife all the dif-
ferent stages may. be observed, from the pair of distinct antennz to the fixed
simple pedicel. .

182 Mr. J.D. Dana on some genera of Cyclopacea.

Eyes simple.

Antenne, two pairs ; the second often pediform or subcheliform.

Mandibles 4—5-spino-dentate, sometimes having a subnata-
tory palpus.

Mazille, one pair ; sometimes with a subnatatory sila

Mazillipeds, one pair ; sometimes simple maxille ; at others
prehensile, but never at all natatory.

Feet, six pairs ; the first often prehensile and subcheliform, and
either straight or geniculated ; next four pairs bifid and natatory ;
the sixth or posterior (corresponding to another pair of natatories)
rudimentary or obsolete, but in some genera large in the male,
with the right one subcheliform.

Abdomen 2- to 6-jointed ; two caudal appendages furnished with
five setze, some of which may be obsolete ; occasionally short ap-
pendages to one or both of the first and second joints.

External ovaries, one or two, proceeding from the second joint
of the abdomen, or what corresponds thereto.

The genera of this tribe here described may be distributed as
follows :—

1. Palpi of the mandibles and mazille obsolete or wanting ; eyes
with simple spherical lenses.
Family 1. Cycroripa. External ovaries two. Eyes two, on
a single spot of pigment. Abdomen abruptly narrower than the
cephalothorax.

Genus 1. Cycxoprs, Miiller. The two anterior antenne sub-
cheliform in the male. [Freshwater species. |

Family 2. Arpactipa#. External ovary single. Eyes two, on
a single spot of pigment. A short appendage near middle of an-
terior antenne. Abdomen seldom abruptly narrower than the
cephalothorax. [Marine species. ]

Genus 1. Arpactus*, Milne Edwards. Anterior antennz
short, and both, in the male, subcheliform ; posterior pair termi-
nating in a number of moveable sete. Prehensile feet subcheli-
form.

Genus 2. Seretia, Dana. Anterior antenne moderately long,
slender, and not subcheliform in the male ; posterior pair and pre-
hensile feet nearly as in Arpactus ; short appendages to the first
two joints of abdomen ; body slender, and two caudal setze much
longer than the body. [Two moveable appendages under the
beak. |

* Milne Edwards has instituted the genus Cyclopsina for a group near
Arpactus having the posterior maxillipeds not subcheliform. In the species
examined by the writer the subcheliform character is constant, but the
moveable finger is sometimes reduced to a very short hook.

Mr. J. D. Dana on some genera of Cyclopacea. 183

The name Sef¢ella alludes to the seta-like form of the animal,
and is from seta, a bristle.

2. Palpi of the mandibles and of the maxille prominent and
subnatatory.

Family 3. Catanip. External ovary single. Eyes two, the
spherical lenses on the same or separate spots of pigment. An-
terior antenne very long and slender, without an appendage.
Abdomen abruptly narrower than the cephalothorax. [Marine .
species. |

a. Posterior thoracic legs rudimentary or obsolete, without ap-
pendages. Anterior antenne alike in the two sexes, and never with
a geniculating joint.

Genus 1. Caxtanus, Leach. Cephalothorax 4-joimted. An-
terior antenne multiarticulate, with the front margin neatly se-
tiferous, and also the posterior apices of the three terminal joints;
first pair of feet much larger than the maxillipeds, having out-
ward lateral motion, but scarcely prehensile ; maxillipeds very
short and straight, setigerous ; abdomen short, 2- to 4-jointed.
Beak furcate.

Genus 2. Scripe~ia, Dana. Cephalothorax 4-jointed. An-
terior antenne long, 7-jointed ; setee long and pointing in differ-
ent directions. Maxillipeds much larger than the first pair of
legs, flexed forward, the three terminal joints as long as the basal
and setigerous, the setz setulose. Abdomen very long (as long
as the cephalothorax) ; two sete to the short basal joint (a plume
or capillary appendage to the base of the eight natatory legs ex-
tending outward at right angles with the body).

Genus 3. Acartia, Dana. Anterior antenne few-jointed ;
sete long and pointed in different directions ; maxillipeds much
larger than the first pair of legs, not flexed, having the terminal
joints very short and setigerous, nearly as in the genus Pontella ;
the first pair of legs small and short, not prehensile ; the posterior
thoracic legs, a single small joint bearing two divergent sete, one
quite long and usually standing out from the body.

The name Acartia is from axaprtos, unshorn, alluding to the
long divaricate hairs of the antennz.

b. Posterior thoracic legs very long and nearly equal ; antenne
of the two sexes alike, without a geniculating joint.

Genus 4. Evucurrus, Dana. Anterior antennz many-jointed,
with several long sete at intervals; first pair of feet much larger
than the maxillipeds, very long and doubly geniculate, the apex
flexed downward and furnished below with a pencil of naked setee ;
motion of these organs forward in the line of the body, and not

184. Mr. J..D. Dana on some genera of Cyclopacea.

outward. Posterior thoracic legs in male very long, and the

right one subcheliform. Beak pointed, in lateral view emargi-
nate.

c. Posterior thoracic legs in the male large, the two unequal, and
the right subcheliform ; the right one of the anterior antenne in the

same sex having a geniculating joint about one-third its length from
the apex.

Genus 5. Ponrerta*. Anterior antennze multiarticulate, the
sete as in Calanus. Maxillipeds much larger than the first pair
of legs, not flexed, and having the terminal jomts short and seti-
gerous, the sete extending forward to the mouth and setulose, as
in Acartia ; the first pair of legs small and short, not prehensile.
The right posterior thoracic leg in the male large cheliform, the
left smaller and often simple. Beak fureate. Caudal setze more

or less spread. [There is a large glassy appendage under the head,
with a rounded or reniform summit. |

Genus 6. Canpacta, Dana. Anterior antenne and posterior
thoracic legs nearly as in Pontella; the first pair of legs much
larger than the maxillipeds, elongate and flexed forward, with the
extremity inflexed and bearing a pencil of long naked sete, mo-
tion in the line of the body. Front truncate ; caudal sete usually
not spread. Colour often in part black or nearly so.

8. Palpi of the mandibles and mazille obsolete ; two simple eyes ? ;
also two oblate lenses in the front, and two prolate lenses pos-
terior to these within, which may constitute another pair of eyes.

Family 4, Corycz1p&. Tentacles short, few-jointed ; external
ovaries two.

Genus 1. Corycaust, Dana. Body not depressed. Abdomen
abruptly narrower than the body, 2- or 3-jointed ; second pair of
antenne subcheliform, larger than the first pair of legs (nearly
as in the genus Ergasilus).

Genus 2. Antaria, Dana. Similar to Coryceus, but having
the second pair of antenne terminating in a few moveable sete,

* The name Pontia, applied to this group by Milne Edwards, was pre-
viously applied to a genus of insects, and has therefore been changed as
above. The genus Cetochilus of Roussel de Vauzéme does not differ essen-
tially from Pontella.

+ See Proceed. of Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philad. for October 1845, p. 285,
The two lenses in these animals are separated by an unobstructed space, and
appear beyond doubt to serve for the transmission of light. In contact with
the posterior lens behind is an oblong spot of dark pigment. The only other
supposition with regard to their nature which I can suggest, is their pos-
sible connection with phosphorescence. But such an arrangement for this

end is not probable; and moreover I was never satisfied that the species were
phosphorescent.

Mr. J.D. Dana on some genera of Cyclopacea. 185

and smaller than the first pair of legs. [I am not satisfied that
these specimens are not the female of the Corycezi. |

Genus 8. Sappuirina, Thompson. Body much-depressed ;
antenne as in Coryceus ; abdomen 5- or 6-jointed, the basal joint
in the female abruptly narrower than the thorax, and having a
pair of short appendages ; external ovaries two.

Family 5. Miracip#. Antenne as in Setella ; external ovary
single.

Genus 1. Miracta, Dana. Body not depressed, nearly as in
the Arpactide; the abdomen 5- or 6-jointed and not abruptly
narrower than the thorax ; anterior antenne nearly as in Setella,
with a short appendage near the middle ; second pair of antenne
terminating in a few moveable sete; beak with two cultriform
appendages ; first pair of legs subcheliform.

The distinctions in the above genera rest to a considerable ex-
tent upon the use of different organs for grasping in the union
of the sexes. In Cyclops and Arpactus, both anterior antenne
of the male are subcheliform for this purpose ; in Pontella and
Candacia the right antenna and right posterior thoracic leg are
thus modified in the male; in Huchirus both posterior thoracic
legs are very much elongated; in Calanus the first pair of legs
are long, and have an outward lateral motion for the purpose ;
in Coryceus the second pair of antennz subserve this end, and
in Antaria the first pair of legs are large and subcheliform ; in
Setella the same end appears to be secured by the first pair of
natatories. |

The genera of Calanide differ also in the relative development
of the maxillipeds and first pair of legs. In Pontella, Acartia
and. Scribella the maxillipeds are largest. In Pontella and Acar-
tia they are straight, with long setulose sete directed forward so
as to form a kind of scoop-net. In Scribella they are flexed like
the letter L. In Calanus, Euchirus and Candacia the first pair
of legs are larger than the maxillipeds ; in Calanus they are long
and spread outward laterally ; in Huchirus they are thrown for-
ward in the line of the body, and are flexed like the letter |/| ;
and in Candacia they have nearly a similar position, but have the
extremity flexed towards the head mstead of away from it.

The maxillipeds may always be distinguished from the first
pair of legs by the sete, which are setu/ose in the former and
naked in the latter*.

* This article, for the communication of which we are indebted to the

author, has also been published in Silliman’s American Journal for March
1846.—Ep.

186 Linnean Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
LINNZAN SOCIETY.

February 17, 1846.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Ward exhibited specimens of the extreme states of Chondrus
crispus, Lyngb., gathered by him at Linmouth, N. Devon, growing
within a few feet of each other, but under different conditions; the
broad variety being found in pools among the rocks, where it is
always submersed ; the narrow on the outer ledge of rocks, where it
is fully exposed to the action of the waves, which produce the same
effect upon it as is frequently observed in freshwater aquatics, the
submersed leaves of which become more or less finely divided, in
proportion to the greater or less rapidity of the stream. It is worthy
of remark, that the broad state, which is found in comparatively still
water, is wholly free from zoophytes, while the narrow is entirely
coated with them.

Read some observations ‘‘ On the Axial and Ab-axial arrangement
of Carpels.” By T.S. Ralph, Esq., A.L.S. &c.

Mr. Ralph begins by referring to the differing position of the odd
sepal pointed out by Mr. Brown as constituting a character of or-
dinal value between Leguminose and Rosacee, and to the uniform
position of the solitary carpellum in the former, and endeavours to
determine, either hypothetically or from actual observation, the re-
lation of carpella to axis in various families and genera of plants. He
notices a specimen of Heracleum giganteum, in which three mericarps
were developed, and states that in each case the additional mericarp
was placed side by side with the ab-axial (or anterior) mericarp,
from which circumstance he concludes the axial (or posterior) to be
in this case the odd carpellum. In a specimen of an Ginothera with
five instead of four carpella, he found the fifth carpellum apparently
ab-axial. He conjectures from the position of the abortive stamen
in Scrophularinee, that the odd carpellum is in that family ab-axial ;
and in other cases, such as Lychnis for example, he endeavours to
determine its position by means of the odd style. He refers the ar-
rangement of carpella in relation to axis to four heads ; viz. definite,
1. axial or centripetal, 2. ab-axial or centrifugal ; indefinite, 3. an-
terior and posterior, 4. right and left. In the two latter cases the
position must be determined theoretically. He concludes by giving
a list of genera examined by himself, and arranged under the heads
of carpels “ axial,” and ‘‘ ab-axial.”

Read also a continuation of Dr. Boott’s ‘‘ Caricis Species Nove v.
minus cognite.” In this, the third part of his paper, Dr. Boott de-
scribes seventeen species, the characters of which are as follows :—

1. C. nara, spicd simplici oblonga fuscd androgyna apice mascula, stig-

matibus 3, perigyniis ovatis acuminatis rostratis ore emarginatis crebré
et validé nervosis divergentibus squamé ovata obtusa v. acutiuscula fer-
ruginea longioribus,

Hab. in Mont. Khasiya Indiz Orientalis, Griffith in Herb. Lemann.

Obs. C. polytrichoides, Muhl. affinis.

Linnean Society. 187

2. C. Esenseckxu, spicA cylindricé dioich? v. androgyna apice masculA
multiflora basi laxiflora foemineis paucioribus alternis instructa, stigma-
tibus 2, perigyniis (floriferis) linearibus ore membranaceo truncato ob-
liqué fisso ciliato-serratis squamé lanceolata hispido-mucronata angus-
tioribus longioribusque.

C. trinervis, Nees in Wight, Contr. Ind. Bot. (non Decand.)

Hab. in India Orientali, Moura, Royle. In Monte Chir, ad alt. ped.

12,000, Edgeworth.

3. C. Gzyert, spicd simplici androgynd apice mascula basi flosculis foemi-
neis 1 v. 2 alternis instructé, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis triquetro-ob-
ovatis stipitatis rostratis ore integro glabris pallidis squama lata basi
amplectente brevi-cuspidata dorso trinervi pallida ad latera ferruginea
brevioribus angustioribusque.

Hab. in declivitatibus aridis Montium Saxosorum, Americz Septentrio-

nalis, C. 4. Geyer, no. 332 (Herb. Hook.).

Obs. Affinis C. phyllostachys, Meyer, que flosculis feemineis sepé 3,

squamis masculis brevioribus apice hyalinis, foemineis foliaceis longissimis,
rachi flexuos4, differt.

4. C. coacta, spicé castaneé basi setaceo-bracteata e spiculis pluribus
androgynis apice masculis parvis ovatis sessilibus ebracteatis in capi-
tulum longiusculum arcté congestis composita, stigmatibus 2, perigyniis
ovatis acuminato-brevi-rostratis bifidis stipitatis utrinque sub-9-nerviis
superné ad margines bialatas serrato-scabris stramineis squama ovata
hispido-mucronata brevioribus.

Hab. in Affghanistan, Griff., no. 79 (Herb. Hooker).

Obs. Affinis C. vulpine, L.; differt culmo obtusangulo, superné gracili,
nec in axim angustiorem abrupté coarctato. A C, vulpinari, Nees, spicd
longa cylindricé basi minds compositaé (nec ovata), perigyniis scabris, di-
stincta. A C. glomeratd, Thunb. culmo. graciliori obtusangulo, perigyniis
sub-9-nerviis, spica congesté (nec basi sublobata), bracted solim ad_ basin
spice setaced, foliis angustioribus (nec glaucescentibus) differt.

5. C. sancurnea, spicd decomposité duplicato-racemosa; racemis termi-
nalibus axillaribusque remotis solitariis geminatisque longé exserté pe-
dunculatis vaginatis ; spiculis 3—8 ovatis sessilibus atro-purpureis an-
drogynis apice masculis ad apicem pedunculorum spicatim v. duplicato-
spicatim dispositis, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis trigono-ovatis rostratis
bifidis nervosis stipitatis seabris subrecurvis squama lata ovata acuta v.
mucronulaté purpurea longioribus.

8. magis composita (junior). |

Hab. in Affghanistan, Griffith, no. 96. B, No. 91 (Herb. Hook.).

Obs. Ad gregem C. polystachye, Willd. &c. pertinet.

6, C. Rarruesrana, spicd ferruginea concolori subsesquipedali paniculata
e spiculis permultis congestis sessilibus oblongis androgynis apice mas--
culis supra-decomposita; paniculis terminalibus axillaribusque multi-
floris: superioribus sessilibus approximatis simplicibus solitariis : infe-
rioribus remotis longé pedunculatis decompositis geminatis vaginato-
bracteatis, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis trigono-ellipticis acuminatis longé
rostratis obliqué recurvis bidentatis nervosis superné plis minus sca-
briusculis ad margines serrato-scaberrimis lineolis purpureis notatis
squama ovata uninervi ferrugineé mucronata longioribus,

Hab. in Ins. Java, Horsfield.

Obs. Affinis C. raphidocarpe, Nees, que perigynio glabro subciliato,
squama subulato-acuminatd, foliis subtis margineque hirtis, differt. A C.
ramosd, Schk., C. filicind, Nees, C. meiogynd, Nees, inflorescentia densiore
aliisque notis differt.

188 Linnean Society.

7. C. Prescortrana, spicis 6 elongatis cylindricis approximatis strami-
neis concoloribus : terminali 1 v. 2 mascula: reliquis foemineis sessi-
libus nutantibus evaginatis inferioribus longé foliaceo-bracteatis basi
laxifloris, stigmatibus 2, perigyniis lato-ellipticis brevi-rostratis biden-
tatis compressis nervosis divergentibus stramineis squama hispido-
mucronata dorso trinervi pallida ad latera ferruginea latioribus longi-
oribusque.

Hab. in Napalia? Herb. Wallich., no. 3386.

Obs. Affinis C. crinite, Lam.

8. C. suncga, spicis 2—4 gracilibus erectis ferrugineo-purpureis: termi-
nali mascula filiformi: reliquis foemineis laxifloris subremotis intima
pedunculata evaginata, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis triquetro-fusiformibus
ore integro apice scabris squama ovata obtusa longioribus vel lanceo-
latam mucronatam subzequantibus.

C. juncea, Willd. Enum. Suppl. p.63; Kunth, Cyper. p. 468.

C. miser, Buckley in Sillim. Journ. 45. p. 173.

C. Rugeliana, Kunze in Herb. Hooker (ex parte).

Hab. in Montibus Caroline Septentrionalis, Buckley, Rugel.

Obs. Affinis C. brachystachys, Schk. que perigyniis foliis infimis vagi-

nisque glabris, &c. differt.

9. C. ortvacgea, spicis 6—8 elongatis cylindricis alternis remotis : mas-
culis ferrugineis 2 : foemineis 4 v. 5 rarils 6 apice masculis fusco-oliva-
ceis longissimé bracteatis infim& remota rarids inclusé pedunculata,
stigmatibus 3, perigyniis éllipticis acuminato-rostratis bidentatis ven-
tricosis nervosis rugosis divaricatis squama lanceolata hispido-aristata
brevioribus latioribusque.

Hab. in Assam Indie Orientalis, Major Jenkins (Herb. Hooker).

Obs. Habitus C. pendule, Huds.

10, C. Grirriruit, spicis 4 v. 5 purpureis: terminali masculé obovata :
reliquis foemineis oblongo-cylindraceis inferioribus exserté pedunculatis
basi attenuatis erectis, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis ovalibus tenuissimis
abrupté brevi-cylindrico-rostratis ore integro v. emarginato membra-
naceo enerviis margine superné scabriusculis purpureis basi albidis com-
pressis squama lanceolata acuminata longé cuspidaté purpurea nervo
albo angustioribus brevioribusque.

Hab. in Affghanistan, Griffith, no. 78 (Herb. Hooker).

Obs. Affinis C. lucida, Boott.

11. C. Suttivantil, spicis 4—6 cylindricis gracilibus: mascula 1 : foemi-
neis 4 raritis 3—5 laxifloris erectis pedunculatis superioribus approxi-
matis infima remota exserté pedunculata basi attenuatd seepé compo-
‘sita, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis ellipticis brevi-rostratis ore integro v.
emarginato viridibus pellucidé punctatis pilosis enerviis squamA ovata
ciliata hispido-mucronata albida nervo viridi paululim longioribus.

C. Sullivanti, B. Bot. Exc. to the Mount. of N. Carol. Gray in Sillim.

Journ. 42. p. 29.
Hab. in sylvaticis prope Columbiam Ohionis, Americee Septentrionalis,
W. S. Sullivant (1840).

Obs. Affinis C. arctate, Boott, satis herba pilosa, spicis erectis, perigyniis

enerviis distincta.

12. C. acutata, spicis 5 v. 6 erectis cylindraceis fuscis: mascula 1 v. 2
sessilibus : reliquis 4 foemineis seepé apice subulato-acutatis masculis
densifloris sessilibus vel pedunculatis longé foliaceo-bracteatis alter-
natim contiguis, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis elliptico-lanceolatis rostratis

Linnean Society. 189

bifurcatis subinflatis nervosis glabris nitidis squam4 purpureo-ferru-
gineA concolori v. apice hyalina ciliata hispido-aristata longioribus.
©. physocarpa, Nees (non Presl).
Hab. in America Meridionali; in Ins. Chiloe, Cuming, no. 43 ; in Monte
Pilylum Columbiz, ad alt. ped. 12,000, Jameson (Herb. Hooker).
Obs. Affinis C. paludose@, Gooden.

13. C. ruecata, spicis 4—6 erectis pallidis v. castaneis : terminali mas-
cula cylindracea: reliquis foemineis oblongis remotis inferioribus ex-
serté pedunculatis longé bracteatis vaginatis, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis
(floriferis) ovatis bidentatis utrinque nervosis ad margines denticulatis
squama ovaté acuminata v. cuspidata dorso nervosa brevioribus.

Hab. in arenosis Insulz Rottnest prope Prest, Preiss, 1839 (Herb. Ward.) ;

ad fl. Cygnorum, Drummond, no. 921 (Herb. Hooker). .

Obs. Affinis C. alveate, Boott; differt perigyniis bidentatis margine den-

ticulatis.

14. C, Tuckermanl, spicis 5 v. 4 rariis 6: masculis 2 rarids 3 v. 1: foe-
mineis 3 v. 2 oblongis cylindraceisque crassis subapproximatis pedun-
culatis longissimé bracteatis infima sepé demim nutante, stigmatibus 3,
perigyniis tenuibus pellucidis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis longé cylin-
drico-rostratis bifurcatis glabris turgidé inflatis pallidis obliqué adscen-
dentibus 10—14-nerviis squama ovata acuta v. hispido-mucronata mul-
tim latioribus. longioribusque.

C. bullata, Tuckerman, Enum. Method. Car. p. 20 (non Schkuhr).

Hab. in America Septentrionaii, “ nondum in Nova Anglia visa,” Tucker-

man.

Obs. Affinis C. bullate, Schk. Differt perigyniis tenuioribus pellucidis
majoribus obliqué adscendentibus, rostro glabro, squamis szepé mucronatis,
spicis foemineis pluribus longioribus longits pedunculatis nutantibus, foliis
latioribus, culmo scabriori, pedunculis scabris.

15. C. sprcunata, spicis 4 v. 5 cylindraceis pallidis erectis androgynis
apice masculis superioribus approximatis sessilibus infima subremota
exserté pedunculata, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis triquetro-ellipticis cylin-
drico-rostratis bifidis stipitatis superné ad margines scabris nervosis
squamé lanceolata acuminata v. hispido-cuspidata longioribus.

Hab. in Montibus Khasiya Indiz Orientalis, Griffith (Herb. Lemann).

Obs. Affinis C. setigera, Don (C. hymenolepis, Nees), que perigyniis

scabris, squamis testaceis, spicis supremis masculis differt.

16. C. Moorcrortit, spicis 3 v. 4 ovalibus congestis : terminali mascula :
reliquis foemineis v. apice masculis infima pedanculata lanceolato-brac-
teata, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis ovali-globosis rostratis bifidis enerviis
nitidis glabris v. superné ad margines hispidulis pellucidé punctulatis
stramineis rostro purpurascente longé stipitatis squama lanceolata acuta
fusco-purpured apice marginibusque albo-membranacea brevioribus.
Hab. in India Orientali, ad ripas fl. Indi in planitie elata Tibetan4, ‘“ Tibet-
Grass of Moorcroft,” Falconer in litt. ad Prof. Royle.

Obs. Affines C. verna, Schk., C. conglobata, Kit. Differt spicis congestis
nunc apice masculis evaginatis, bracted abbreviata, perigyniis enerviis bi-
fidis pellucidé punctatis, foliis glauco-viridibus demum flavis.

17. C. renvuissima, spicis 2 v. 3 erectis pedunculatis: terminali mascula
cylindricé: reliquis foemineis oblongis laxé paucifloris exserté pedun-
culatis vaginatis remotis, stigmatibus 3, perigyniis trigono-obovatis bre-
vissimé conico-rostratis rostro recto ore emarginato leviter nervosis
squamam eequilatam mucronatam ferrugineam equantibus.

C. panicea? Bunge in Herb. Fielding.

Hab. in China Boreali, Bunge.

190 Linnean Society.

Obs. Affinis C. panicea, L.., satis foliis filiformibus, squamis fcemineis
mucronatis, perigynii rostro recto, distincta.

March 3.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a paper ‘‘ On the Aqueous Vapour, and on the dark colour
of the Wax, in Bee-hives.” By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S. &c.
Communicated by the Secretary.

The author directs attention in this paper to the transpiration of
vapour from the interior of bee-hives at certain seasons of the year,
an occurrence which, he remarks, has almost escaped the observation
of naturalists. He also recalls to the notice of the bee-keeper that
at the latter end of summer there is often a deposit of dark-coloured
matter on the foot-stool, or on the alighting-board at the entrance-
hole of the hive, extending a few inches from it. This deposit the
author at first believed to be occasioned by shattered pollen or by
rejected excrementa, but he was afterwards convinced that it does
not arise from either of these causes. He believes it is occasioned
by small quantities of wax, which, adhering to the feet of the bees
when they leave the combs, become deposited on the floor at the en-
trance as the bees leave the hive; and the darkened colour which
this deposit acquires he thinks is due to the same cause as that
which changes the appearance of the combs in the interior. This,
he suggests, may depend on some chemical effect produced in the
wax by the respired air of the hive. Part of the carbonic acid which
necessarily results from the respiration of the bees on the combs may
become chemically combined with the wax, composed, as it actually
is, of nearly eight-tenths of its whole weight of carbon, and it may
thus acquire the darkened colour from the surcharge of its chief con-
stituent, the affinity being promoted by the elevated temperature of
the hive. ;

In the autumn, when a hive is examined early in the morning,
after the bees have been in a state of activity during the preceding
day, and more especially when the temperature of the preceding
night has been low, there is often a quantity of fluid draining from
the entrance-hole. The amount of this is dependent on the greater
or less degree of activity of the bees, and consequently of their respi-
ration and of the transpiration from their bodies.

Huber stated that the interior of the hive is ventilated by the
fanning of the bees with their wings. This observation the author
has confirmed ; and he suggests the probability, that it is to the meet-
ing of the two currents of introduced and expelled air, occasioned by
this act of the bees, that the deposition of the vapour as fluid is due.

In order to ascertain the quantity of vapour condensed and ex-
pelled from a hive, he made experiments, which, as he remarks, al-
though not free from objection, yet afford some indication of the
amount. He cut off the bottom of a glass phial, and then accurately
fitted the phial to the entrance-hole of a box-hive, in such a manner
that both the expelled and the introduced air passed through it.
During one night of nearly twelve hours, at the commencement of
September, there was condensed within the phial nearly one drachm

Linnean Society. 191

and a half of fluid. The temperature of the external atmosphere,
when the hive was examined at seven o’clock in the morning, was
59° F., and that of the hive, at some distance within the entrance,
69° F.

On another occasion, a few days afterwards, at about the same
time in the morning, when the temperature of the atmosphere was -
61° F., that of the vapour within the phial as it issued from the hive,
but at nearly four inches’ distance from it, was 71°°5 F., while the
interior of the upper part of the hive, as ascertained by a thermo-
meter inserted through the top and undisturbed for several days,
was only 69° F. The bees were then quiet at the top of the hive,
but were in activity at the lower part. The temperature of the hive
and the quantity of fluid thus seemed to depend on the amount of
respiration consequent on the greater or less activity of the bees, as
the author has shown respecting temperature in the ‘ Philosophical
Transactions’ for 1837. .

On another occasion, when the bees were quiet and the tempe-
rature of the external atmosphere was only 41°F., that of the top of
the hive was 54° F., but that of the vapour from the entrance-hole
was 59° F. The quantity of fluid then condensed in the phial, du-
ring a night of twelve hours, was scarcely three minims.

These experiments seemed to show that the vapour is in the
greatest quantity when the bees are most active, and in the least
quantity when they are inactive ; and the author believes that it is
the carbonic acid, the result of respiration, and held in solution in
this vapour, which occasions the darkened colour of the combs.

March 17.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a paper “‘ On the Siliceous Armour of Equisetum hyemale, L.,
with an account of its hitherto undescribed Stomatic Apparatus.”
By Golding Bird, A.M., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c. |

Dr. Bird commences his paper by referring to the observations of
Mr. Sivright on the large amount of silica contained in Kquisetum
hyemale, and those of Dr. Brewster on the general arrangement of
the siliceous masses on its surface and their action on polarized light.
He then proceeds to describe minutely the structure of this siliceous
armour. The fourteen longitudinal ridges on each joint of the stem
are each furnished with two parallel rows of siliceous tubercles,
having the lustre and general appearance of glass beads ; and along
the margins of each ridge are numerous longitudinal wavy lines,
which fill up the intervals between the lateral aspects of the ridges
and the centres of the contiguous furrows. In the depressions of
these furrows is seen a double vertical series of oval projections,
arranged in pairs, each furnished with an oval fissure, having its
longer axis placed transversely ; these fissures lead to the complex
stomatic apparatus.

Dr. Bird details the manipulations, consisting of maceration in
water, boiling in strong nitric acid, careful scraping away of the
disorganized cellulo-vascular structure, washing, boiling again in
nitric acid, and again washing in water, which he considers neces-

192 Linnean Society.

sary for the perfect exhibition of the minute structure of the stomata.
After a portion cf the stem has undergone these processes, the sili-
ceous structures previously observed become much more obvious and
distinctly marked. On reversing the preparation so as to obtain a
view of its inner surface, the portions corresponding to the rows. of
tubercles are found to be nearly opake, owing to a compact series of
linear masses of siliceous matter combined with some still remaining
organic structure. Equidistant from these linear masses are seen the
posterior aspects of the stomatic apparatus, each presenting an ovate
nipple-like prominence having its longer axis corresponding with
that of the stem, and consequently opposed to that of the external
fissure, into the base of the conical eminence surrounding which
these ovate bodies are fitted.

Further manipulation is necessary to carry this investigation into
the more minute details; and Dr. Bird has recourse to heat, applied
by holding the piece of Hquisetum prepared as already described in
the flame of ‘a spirit-lamp, in order to get rid of the minute portion
of organic matter still remaining in the preparation. After acquiring
a red heat, the preparation finally assumes a snowy whiteness ; it is
then placed between two slips of glass, which reduce it by breaking
into fragments of a size sufficiently small to allow of careful exami-
nation by high powers of the microscope. ‘The transverse fissure
leading externally to the stomatic apparatus is found to have been
widened and rendered irregular by the heat. On bringing this
fissure within the focus, it is seen to be replaced by one having its
longer axis in the opposite direction, which is derived from the oval
figure of the apparatus at its base. Among the fragments may be
seen numerous separated specimens of the stomatic apparatus. This
is described by Dr. Bird as oval in outline, nearly flat, and measuring
in its long diameter 51,th of an inch. It consists of a frame of silex
formed of two pieces, thick at their convexities, thin at their con-
cavities, nearly touching above and below, and grasping between
them two long and flat structures, fissured (apparently ) in a pectinate
manner, and tapering from their middle towards either end. In most
specimens an opening exists between these structures; in others
they are quite in contact. In some the thinner and laminated por-
tions of the frame are perforated by three well-defined apertures,
but this is by no means constant. The apparatus thus consists essen-
tially of four pieces, viz. two curved frames with their lamine and
two linear pectinated structures ; and these are placed at the base of
a conical eminence opening by a transverse fissure.. By what means
it is retained in its position Dr. Bird has not been able satisfactorily
to ascertain.

April 7.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a ‘‘ Note on the Generation of Aphides.” By George New-
port, Esq., F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons, &c.

In this note the author states his object to have been the verifica-
tion by his own observations of those made by Leeuwenhoek, Bonnet,
Reaumur and others, preparatory to attempting hereafter to show

Linnean Society. 193

the accordance of those observations with some universal law of re-
production. ‘The points to which his attention was more particularly
directed were, first, whether the Aphis is really viviparous at one
season and oviparous at another; and secondly, whether the sup-
posed ova are true eggs, or, as some have imagined, merely capsules
designed for the protection of the already-formed embryos during the
winter season. ay

On the 30th of November Mr. Newport observed the deposition
of the egg by the female Aphis, and found it to be a true egg, similar
to that of other insects, composed of an orange-coloured yolk, formed
of yellow nucleated cells, surrounded by a very small quantity of
transparent vitelline fluid, and containing a very large germinal
vesicle with a distinct macula or nucleus. On the 2nd of December
the females were again seen to produce living young, and Mr. New-
port describes the process of parturition which he then observed.
These observations confirm the statements of former naturalists on
both the points inquired into, and negative the presumption raised
with reference to the capsular character of the egg by proving it to
possess all the characters of a true ovum.

April 21.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Ward, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of the dried plant and fruit
of Uncaria procumbens, Burchell, from South Africa; and also a por-
tion of the stipes of a fern from New Plymouth, New Zealand, pro-
bably belonging to Pteris esculenta, Sol., measuring several feet in
length. Mr. Carrington, from whom the latter specimen was ob-
tained, stated that the species of fern from which it was obtained
grows, in the neighbourhood of the coast, to the height of five feet,
in masses of from six to seven feet diameter, so strong and dense
as to be capable, if a cover were thrown over it, of sustaining the
weight of a man. On the margin of the bushland it attains a height
of twenty-one feet, and Mr. Carrington has observed it on the banks
of a river, when interlaced and matted together, to measure thirty
feet.

Read a paper ‘‘ On the Development of Starch and Chlorophylle.”
By Edwin John Quekett, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Mr. Quekett commences by referring to the observations and opi-
nions of Miiller, Miinter and Nageli on the subject of the formation
of starch and chlorophylle in the cells of plants, and to his own ob-
servations, recorded in the ‘Pharmaceutical Journal,’ vol. iii. 1843-44,
on the growth of starch in the leaves of Vallisneria spiralis.. Miller,
he states, has observed that in the cells of Chara crinita, the cyto-.
blast becomes hollow, enlarges, and fills the cell-membrane in which
it is contained, and ultimately becomes the reservoir for granules of
starch ; while Nageli has observed that in Caulerpa prolifera, at the
period of the formation of starch, the cells contain several smaller
cells, in each of which are developed generally from three to four
grains of starch. In order to observe the growth of starch and chlo-
rophylle, Mr. Quekett examined in several plants the organs in which

p

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii.

194 Linnean Society.

those substances are generally situated, and found that their forma-
tion took place, in the majority of instances, in the following manner.

In the very young stem of Circea Lutetiana, or the young branch
of the Grape-Vine, the different appearances presented by the grains
of starch from their perfect state down to their first commencement
may be readily observed by making numerous sections from the
lowermost internode up to the terminal joint. The cells most re-
cently formed are so filled with mucilage and granules as to be opake ;
lower down the granules begin to disappear and the cytoblast is ap-
parent; still lower the cytoblast appears to have lost its granular
character without having much increased in size, and has become a
minute cell with a distinct nucleus, instead of a congeries of gra-
nules with a larger central one. On the outside of this nucleated
cell, granules (varying in number from ten to twenty) make their
appearance, at first very minute and of a green hue, and afterwards
enlarging and becoming colourless ; and as they increase in size the
nucleated cell is absorbed and the granules become free. At a later
period a multiplication of the granules takes place by fission and
pullulation, certain grains exhibiting marks of subdivision, and
others having minute granules attached to them; and generally
more grains of starch are found in a cell than the number of minute
granules seen developing on the nucleus.

Several of these stages are more readily seen in the tuber of the
Potato. If a slice be removed from its exterior so thin as only to
pass beneath the cuticle, and a very thin and perfectly transparent
slice be then taken and examined under the microscope, the cells in
the central portion are seen to contain only a few grains of starch,
while in approaching the sides of the section the grains become
smaller and pass gradually into the nature of chlorophylle. On di-
recting attention to those parts of the section, in which the cell-
contents pass gradually from the state of starch to that of chloro-
phylle, many cells are seen to contain a distinct nucleated cell, ap-
parently of a flattened or lenticular form, on the edge of which are
arranged a number of minute granules; in others the appearances
are more advanced, the granules gradually becoming larger and the
nucleated cell becoming obliterated. From the disturbance that
takes place in the position of the granules after detachment from the
nucleated cell, it is difficult to determine by what part they were
adherent to it; but Mr. Quekett believes that this adherence takes
place at the end at which the point or hilum is observed. Subse-
quent to this period the grains of starch enlarge, become laminated,
and are multiplied in the manner already pointed out by various
observers.

Such are the results of Mr. Quekett’s observations on Exogenous
plants; in Endogenous plants he states that the same process does
not appear to be in all cases pursued, inasmuch as while the rhizoma
of Iris germanica affords a favourable example for the exhibition of
the process as above described, the young stem of Lilium bulbiferum
offers the following differences. Sections taken from the base of a
young stem within the bulb have their cells full of starch-grains ; at

Linnean Society. 195

the height of an inch from the base of the stem, the cells are filled
with fluid only, and each cell contains a cytoblast with its contents
presenting a milky hue. Carrying on the sections from above down-
wards within these limits, the cells are first found to become more
transparent and to contain granules with well-defined outlines ; lower
down they exhibit minute granules mixed with the fluid of the cell,
leaving the cytoblast transparent, empty and angular; while at the
base the granules have arrived at their perfect condition and the
cytoblast is no longer visible. ‘Thus it appears, Mr. Quekett states,
that there are two modes of formation of starch connected with the
cytoblast ; in the one case the cytoblast becomes a nucleated cell
and the grains originate on its exterior ; in the other it does not be-
come a nucleated cell, but gives origin to the grains in its interior.

As regards the origin of chlorophylle, Mr. Quekett states that in
the plants which he has examined the same mode of development ap-
pears to obtain as described in the formation of starch, viz. the gra-
nules originating from a nucleated cell, and instances the cuticle of
the very young frond of Scolopendrium vulgare, L., as an example ;
but he adds that the first origin of chlorophylle is so mixed up with
the formation of the cell, that it is impossible to arrive by dissection
at the commencement of the process.

May 5.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a letter “ On the Migration of the Swallows,” addressed to
the Secretary. By Thomas Forster, Esq., M.D., F.L.S, &c., dated
Bruges, May 2nd, 1846.

The object of this note is to show, not only that the four British
species of Swallows migrate, but also that their migration is pro-
gressive through Europe to Asia and Africa. The first table is stated
‘to have been compiled from the recorded observations of naturalists
and others, copied on the spot during an extensive tour through
Europe in the years 1833, 1834, 1835 and 1836. Dr. Forster states
that he is satisfied that numerous flights of the several species an-
nually arrive at the end of February and beginning of March in Sicily,
Italy and the Islands of the Mediterranean, from Africa. Of these
a portion proceed after a few days’ rest towards the north, leaving
colonies in different places as they advance, until they reach their
most northern destination in Europe. In autumn they retire in the
same manner, and their numbers appear prodigiously increased in
particular places where they halt and rest for days before the phalanx
again takes wing. ‘This, Dr. Forster states, is also the case with
Quails, with the Mountain-Finch, and with many of the Warblers.
Particular places seem to be favourite resorts as resting-places to
particular species, as Pisa for example to the Swift, the Campagna
and Southern Italy to the Martin. When an early spring has oc-
curred in the S. of Europe, these birds have made their appearance
earlier, as if they had been capable of inferring an earlier season
northwards. ;

P2

196 Linnean Society.
Taste I,
Mean time of Arrival.

Species. Naples.| Rome. | Pisa. | Vienna. | Bruges. | London.
Hirundo rustica |Feb. 27|March 3)/March 5)March 25|April 5/April 15
HH. urbica sere April 10/April 15|April 16/April 20|May 1)May 1
H, riparia ...... April 3)April 5/April 8/April 12/April 25)/April 25
FAs DUS 03.5 cdows April 15/April 18|April 20/April 25)April 30|May 3

In their recession in autumn they observe nearly the same relative
times, with the exception that the Swifts migrate much earlier in
Flanders than they do in Kent and Sussex. They are often gone on
the lst of August, and always about the 5th, whereas they remain
in England until about the 15th.

The second Table is copied from the Journal kept in succession
by Dr. Forster’s late father, T. F. Forster, Esq., F.L.S., and himself ;
and records the period of arrival of the Swallow (Hirundo rustica, L.)
for nearly half acentury. Dr. Forster hopes on a future occasion to
supply similar tables of the Martin, Swift, and other birds of passage.

Tasue II.
Showing the day of Arrival of the Swallow for forty-seven years.

1800, April 15 | 1812, April15 | 1824, April14 | 1836, April 6
TOOL eB PACTS ee ON PR ee OT ABSTS aes,
1302, Sa ee eee eee, a Pash ta
1903, 16. PAB DS SS PROF eee OS OT eR! 48
PROE FF a hg? 8 98 ado Le ag
TBOG, G1 ABET, Se ee 4 geo one) 1641, S
4006, 4/2) PANS18, 20099. 2 18RG, Os i RAS) lg
18075: eee: 1B: 42818, oe AB OBL vier, 1c 4 OAS ey BI
1606.2 A Dg O 20s ye, AB iy BR oth. AO ek a es 6
1800, oe TS) VISOR ee Td pee os 7. 2 1885 ce. 8
1910, —., BO) e188 eT eae eg 1846, — 1
199), 0 830 as 2828, ee ee

Read also a note ‘‘ On the Structure of Viola, in connection with
its Impregnation.” By T.S. Ralph, Esq., A.L.S. &c.

Mr. Ralph regards the following circumstances as more or less
essential to the impregnation of the ovules of Viola: 1st, the pen-
dent position of the flower, which brings the stigma into a position
below the anthers; 2ndly, the spurred petal, which by the secretion
of honey attracts insects, whose efforts to obtain a supply of nutri-
ment disturbs the whole band of coherent anthers through the move-
ments impressed on the two spurs of anthers which descend into the
nectary, and thus cause a free discharge of pollen; 3rdly, the rostrate
termination of the stigma in some species, in which the pollen is
shed very freely and appears to have a ready access to the interior
of the stigma ; 4thly, the remarkable bend in the style in those spe-
cies which have a globose stigma, in which species Mr. Ralph has
also found a set of singular hairs seated on the claw of the fifth or

Zoological Society. 197

spurred petal, on which the pollen collects very abundantly, and
thence probably finds its way into the interior of the stigma; the
stigmatic head being readily capable of being pushed into the groove
of the claw of the petal amid these hairs, a process which Mr. Ralph
thinks is performed by the assistance of insects. In some species
there are also a set of hairs placed at the throat of the corolla on the
two middle petals, the use of which Mr. Ralph thinks to be to shut
out the ingress of the proboscis of the insect in that direction.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 14, 1846.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Lovell Reeve read a paper containing ‘‘ Descriptions of forty
new species of Haliotis, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.”:—

The genus Haliotis affords an unusual abundance of novelty, from
the circumstance of it never having been selected for the subject of
an illustrated monograph; the species are, moreover, well-defined,
and may be easily determined by a careful examination of the varia-
tions of sculpture and arrangement of colours.

The Haliotides are interesting in form as being the most evolved
and depressed of spiral shells, and they have been arranged with the
Chitons and Limpets as exhibiting the nearest apparent affinity with
the non-spiral Gastropods. They present also a singularity of struc-
ture in great measure analogous to the orifice in the shell of Fissu-
rella or to the fissure in Hmarginula.. On the left side of the shell,
in a direct curve parallel to the inflexed edge, is a row of equidistant
perforations, made by the animal in its progress of growth for con-
veying the water to the breathing organs; the mantle is slit in that
direction to a certain extent, and the water passes into the respiratory
cavity through a tubular filament protruding from each hole. The
number of pallial filaments being alike in the same individual through-
out its several-stages of growth, the shell mostly presents the same
number of holes at all ages, filling up-the hindmost orifice as a new
one becomes formed at the margin. The Siliquaria presents a similar
modification of structure, and it has been also considered that the
slit in Pleurotoma is in some measure analogous.

The internal surface of the ‘Ear Shells’ is lined with a bright
pearly nacre, which in most species is of remarkable iridescent bril-
liancy, glowing with all the colours of the rainbow; the attention
must, however, be directed to the outer coating of the shell, for the
discrimination of species, and it is with this view that the figures in
the foregoing monograph are devoted mainly to external sculpture.
There is certainly a striking variation of character in the nacre of
different species, but the pattern of the inner surface is merely an
indentation of the outer. ‘The number of perforations varies in dif-
ferent species, but may be said to correspond in different individuals
of the same species; where an exception occurs, it is that there is
sometimes one, or at most two, less in the adult than in the young
state; that is, when the animal arrives at maturity it continues to
stop up one or two of the perforations in advance of any new one.

198 Zoological Society.

It is a curious circumstance in the geographical distribution of the
Haliotides, that few, if any, are to be found where Chitons abound ;
as if they exchanged places to a certain extent in the two hemi-
spheres. There are a few species from California, but along the
western coast of South America, where Chitons are most abundant,
not any are found, and only one small species, the H. pulcherrima,
at any of the islands of the Pacific. They inhabit the coasts of
China, Japan, Ceylon, Mozambique, Cape of Good Hope, Borneo,
and the Philippine Islands; but the greater number of species, and
the most remarkable, are from New Zealand and the continent of
New Holland, displaying all the peculiarity of design which invariably
characterizes the fauna of those isolated regions. With the well-
known Haliotis tuberculata of the Channel Islands, all are familiar.
It is, however, a circumstance worth noting, that although such near
neighbours, and comparatively abundant, especially at the island of
Jersey, it is rarely collected on the coast of England.

The Haliotides are found at low water, attached to the under sur-
face of masses of stone, and they fix themselves with great force to
the rocks, by suction, on the least alarm. ‘

Hauiotis sPLENDENS. Hal. testd ovatd, convexo-depressd, undique
spiraliter liratd, liris crebris regularibus subobtusis, nonnullis aliis
latioribus ; foraminibus quinis perviis, extus erugini-viridescente,
articulis albicantibus prope spiram interdum notatd, epidermide
fibroso fusco indutd, intus ceruleo viridique, nigricante nebulatd,
pulcherrimé iridescente.

Hab. California.

Hauiotis sapontca. Hal. testd ovato-oblongd, subplanulato-con-
verd, liris tenuibus @qualibus spiraliter funiculatd, concentriceé
rugoso-plicatd, plicis conspicuis lamelleformibus irregularibus ;
foraminibus quinis senisve perviis ; luteo olivaceo-fusco viridique
undique pulcherrimé variegatd,

Hab. Japan; Dr. Siebold. —

Hauiotis coccinea. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, spiraliter liratd,
liris creberrimis inequalibus interstitiis transversim minutissime
striatis ; foraminibus confertiusculis, quinis senisve perviis ; extus
coccineo-rufd, lutescente-albo maculatd et variegatd, intus argenteo-
albicante.

Hab. Cape de Verd Islands.

Hauiotis ziczac. Hal. testd ovatd, planulato-convexd, spiraliter
subtilissime sulcatd, foraminibus parviusculis, senis perviis ; oli-
vaceo-viridi, luteo-viridescente oblique flammeo-undatd, apice luteo-
aurantio tinctd, intus argented, iridescente.

Hab. Calipan, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on smooth

stones); Cuming.

Hauiotis muttipErForATA. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, subflexuosd,
anfractuum parte spirali subelevatd; spiraliter lineari-sulcatd,
sulcis subundatis irregularibus ; foraminibus parviusculis numero-

Zoological Society. 199

sis, decenis perviis ; extus nigricante-fusco viridique variegatd,
intus albicante.
Hab.

Hanioris pviscus. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, elevato-convexd, hic illic
tumidd et rugosd, latere sinistro lato, peculiariter erecto; fora-
minibus amplis, subdistantibus, tubiferis, quaternis tantum perviis ;
castaneo-fuscd, viridi aut rufescente radiatim tinctd.

Hab. Japan; Dr. Siebold.

Haxtiotis Srzzotpiu, Hal. testd suboblique ovatd, subpectinatd,
valde convexd, apice terminali, vix spirali; radiatim liratd, liris
obtusis, subdistantibus ; foraminibus subamplis, quinis perviis ;
extus aurantio-rubrd, intus albicante, iridescente.

Hab. Japan; Dr. Siebold.

Hatiotis squamaTa. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, convexd, spiraliter
liratd, liris creberrimis, squamatis, alternis majoribus ; foraminibus
octonis perviis ; fuscd et rubro-fuscd, flammulis lutescentibus un-
datis ornatd, intus vivid iridescente.

Hab. North-west coast of Australia; Dring, H.M.S. Beagle.

Hauioris FuneBRIs. Hal. testd ovatd, subdepresso-convexd, spira-
liter liratd, liris subsquamatis, hic illic majoribus, transversim
peculiariter rugoso-plicatd ; Soraminibus octonis aut novenis per-
viis ; rubido-castaned, interdum viridi tinctd, , amen perpaucis
indistinctis circa spiram.

Hab. New Holland.

Hatiotis piversicotor. Hal. testd ovatd, subplanulatd, spiraliter
liratd, liris obtusis irregularibus, transversim leviter plicatd ;
foraminibus octonis. vel novenis perviis ; castaneo-fusco coccineo-
rufo viridique radiatd, maculis undatis lutescentibus variegatd.

Hab. New Holland.

Hauiotis coccorapiata. Hal. testd suborbiculari, ovatd, plano-
convexd, medio leviter depressd, spiraliter subtiliter liratd, liris
striis minutis elevatis decussatis, foraminibus senis perviis; flavidd,
strigis latis vivide coccineis radiatim pictd.

Hab.

Hauiotis viripis. Hal. testd ovatd, depresso-convexd, oblique
undato-rugatd, spiraliter liratd, irarum interstitiis striatis, fora-
minibus quinis perviis; extus albicante, viridi pulcherrime tinctd
et marmoratd, intus argented.

Hab.

Hautiotis astricta. Hal. testd ovatd, convexd, spiraliter liratd,
liris laminis striisque elevatis irregularibus radiatim decussatis ;
foraminibus quaternis perviis; extus albidd, olivaceo viridique
marmoratd, intus iridescente.

Hab.

Hauiotis Taytorrana. Lal, testd oblongo-ovatd, solidiusculd,
converd, spird subterminali, spiraliter obtuse et irregulariter

200 Zoological Society.

liratd ; foraminibus septenis ad novenis perviis ; extus coccineo-
fusca, flavido, coccineo-fusco maculato, prope spiram, nebulatd ;
intus albicante.
Hab.
Named in honour of my worthy friend Thomas Lombe Taylor, Esq.,
of Starston, Norfolk.

Haxiotis ruBie1nosa. Hal. testd ovatd, subdepresso-converd, ra-
diatim plicato-rugosd, spiraliter liratd, lris obtuse squamatis,
foraminibus subapproximatis, senis perviis; extus rubiginoso-
aurantid, spiraliter albi-strigatd, intus argented.

Fab.

Haurotis rucosA. Hal. testd ovatd, converd, medio leviter depressd,
radiatim plicato-rugosd, spiraliter liratd, liris obtusis, hie illic
majoribus ; foraminibus subamplis, quaternis perviis ; extus oli-
vaceo-fusco viridique marmoratd.

Hab.

Hatiotis rosacea. Hal. testd ovatd, convero-depressd, spiraliter
crebriliratd, liris striis exsculptis undique decussatis ; foraminibus
peculiariter oblongo-ovatis, quaternis perviis ; extus corallo-rubro
et roseo- oe marmoratd, rubro viridi pusctato.

Hab.

Hauiotis pertusa. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, spiraliter postice
subtilissime sulcatd, sulcis pertusis, antic eziliter liratd, sulcis
lirisque subirregularibus et undatis; foraminibus senis perviis ;
extus rufo-fuscd, strigis perpaucis lutescentibus undatis prope
spiram, intus vivide irtdescente.

Hab.

HALioTis PLANILIRATA. Hal. testd ovatd, plano-convexd, spiraliter
liratd, liris planulatis irregularibus ; foraminibus quinis perviis ;
olivaceo- et ceruleo-viridi.

Hab.

Haxiotis scututum. Hal. testd converd, spird depressd, suboccultd, .
spiraliter exiliter liratd, liris planulatis, undulatis, hic illic ma-
joribus ; foraminibus senis perviis ; olivaceo-fuscd, viridi pulcher-
rime articulatd, punctatd et maculatd.

Hab.

Hauiotis zeaLtanpica. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, subdepressd,
spiraliter irregulariter sulcatd, liris intermediis obtusis, nunc latis,
nunc angustis, senis perviis ; rufo-castaned et albicante peculiariter
marmoratd.

Hab. New Zealand.

Hautotis speciosa. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, plano-convexd, medio
depressd, spiraliter elevato-striatd, striis confertis ; foraminibus
senis perviis ; coccineo-rufd albo-nigricante marginatd, pulcherrime
variegatd.

Hab.

Haxioris ReTicuLAtTA. Hal, testd oblongo-ovatd, anticé subattenu-

Zoological Society. "201

atd, plano-convexd, medio depressd, latere sinistro latiusculo,

erecto, spiraliter vix striatd ; foraminibus quaternis perviis ; sor-

dide fuscd, maculis albidis reticulatis subtriangularibus ornatd.
Hab,

Hatiotis neBuLtaTa. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, convexd, spird sub-
elevatd, spiraliter sulcatd, sulcis parvis, undatis; foraminibus
subapproximatis, septenis perviis ; fusco roseoque undique nebulatd.

Hab.

Hauiotis sprcutata. Hal. testd ovatd, spiraliter peculiariter
liratd, liris angustis, erectis, valde irregularibus, radiatim undato-
plicatd ; foraminibus amplis, senis perviis; olivaceo-viridi, hic
tllic albipunctatd.

Hab.

Hauioris semistriaTa. Hal. testd ovatd, spiraliter subtiliter li-
rata, radiatim undato-plicatd et plus minusve tuberculosd ; forami-
nibus subtubiferis, quinis perviis ; fuscd aut coccineo-rufd, albi-
maculatd.

Hab. Ceylon; Dr. Sibbald.

Haurioris craturata. Hal. testd semicirculari-ovatd, spireliter
crebriliratd, interstitiis striis subtilissimé clathratis, radiatim
plicatd ; foraminibus subamplis, quinis perviis; viridi et vivide
rufo variegatd,

Hab. Baclayon, island of Bohol, Philippines; Cuming,

Haurotis Stomati#rormis. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, valde con-
vexd, spiraliter striatd, radiatim subtiliter plicatd, spird subter-
minali, elevatd; foraminibus quinis perviis; olivaceo viridique
marmoratd.

Hab. New Zealand.

Hatiotis ancite. Hal. testd ovatd, regulariter convexd, spiraliter
exiliter noduloso- striata, nodulis interdum subobscuris interruptis ;
Soraminibus numerosis, parvis, octonis perviis ; olivaceo-viridi, no-
dulis et circa spiram cupreo-roseis.

Hab. ?

Hautotis Dainer. Hal. testd orbiculari-ovatd, spiraliter striata,
radiatim plicatd et tuberculosd ; foraminibus subtubiferis, quater-
nis perviis ; extus pallide viridescente-luted, medio conspicue cocci-
neo tinctd, intus argented.

Hab. North coast of Australia.

Haxiotis concinna. Hal. testd suboblongo-ovatd, spiraliter stri-
atd, medio leviter tuberculatd, oblique subobscure plicatd ; forami-
nibus quaternis perviis ; carneo-albicante, coccineo-roseo profuse
variegatd.

Hab. Zamboanga, island of Mindanao, Philippines; Cuming.

Hatiotis Gemma. Hal. testd suborbiculari-ovatd, plano-convezd,
_ latere sinistro latiusculo, spiraliter subtuberculatd, radiatim pul-
cherrimé minute plicato- squamatd ; Soraminibus subtubiferis, qua-

ternis quinisve pervits ; flavescente, coccineo viridique tinctd.
Hab.

202 Zoological Society.

Hattotis rauta. Hal, testd ovatd, antice attenuatd, undato-tumidd,
spiraliter liratd, liris subtilibus, confertis, strits minutis decussatis ;
fSoraminibus subamplis, quinis perviis ; rubido et flavescente-albidd
irregulariter marmoratd.

Hab. Swan River Settlement, New Holland; Lieut. Preston.

Hattiotis paputata. Hal. testd suborbiculari-ovatd, spiraliter ob-
tuso-liratd, liris subdistantibus, conspicue tuberculatis ; foramini-
bus subtubiferis, quaternis perviis ; corallo-rubrd, flavescente varid.

Hab. North coast of Australia; Dring.

Hatiotis sacnensis. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, spiraliter peculi-
ariter rude liratd, liris valde irregularibus, subsquamosis, prope
foramina sublevigatd ; foraminibus subtubiferis, distantibus ; ru-
Ffescente-aurantid, intus argented.

Hab. Jacna, island of Bohol, Philippines.

Hauiotis pustunata. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, spiraliter obscure
liratd, tuberculis parvis pustulatd, radiatim plicatd ; foraminibus
senis perviis ; albidd viridique marmoratd,

Hab. ?

Hauiotts aquatinis. _ Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, plano-convexd,
medio depressd, levigatd, prope marginem peculiariter plicatd ;
foraminibus senis perviis ; pallide viridi, albido aut flavescente
undato-variegatd, intus albicante.

Hab. Kurile Islands, south of Kamtschatka.

Hatrotis Janus. Hal. testd oblongo-ovatd, spiraliter liratd, liris
subtilibus angustis, interstitiis excavatis ; foraminibus senis per -
viis ; luteo-aurantid, fascid latd albidd, fusco grandimaculatd,
prope foramina ornatd,

Hab. ?

Hauiotis cruenta. Hal. testd ovatd, antice subattenuatd, spird
elevatiusculd, spiraliter peculiariter undato- et corrugato-striatd ;
foraminibus subapproximatis, octonis perviis, sanguineo albipunc-
tato et albido sanguineo-punctato pulcherrimé variegatd.

Hab. New Zealand.

‘ Hatrotis rnctsa. Hal. testé ovatd, medio subdepressd, spiraliter
incisd, subtuberculiferd ; foraminibus amplis, quaternis perviis ; al-
bidd et purpureo-viridi marmoratd, albido minutissimé rufo-punc-
tatd.

Hab.

The next paper was also communicated by Mr. Lovell Reeve, and
contained “ Descriptions of fifty-four new species of Mangelia, from
the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.”’:—

The Mangelie are nearest allied to those aberrant species of Pleu-
rotoma in which the predominant character of that genus, the fissure
in the upper extremity of the lip, becomes modified into a somewhat
obscure sinus. Their general aspect is that of a more or less fusiform
Marginella, without plaits or polished exterior; distinguished, on
the other hand, by a row of faint wrinkle-like denticulations on the

?

Zoological Society. 203

inner surface of the lip and columella, and a gutter-like sinus in the
lip at its junction with the body-whorl.

Maneeria sicuta. Mang. testd subfusiformi, spird acuminatd,
anfractibus rotundatis, gibbosiuscults, concentric costatis, levibus ;
aperturd brevi, ovatd, sinu subconspicuo ; intus extusque castaneo-
Susca, labro flavicante, fusco-lineato.

Hab. Sicily.

Maneruia vexittum. Mang. testd oblongo-ovatd, anfractibus su-
perne depressis, nodosis, costis e nodis descendentibus, superficie totd
decussatim striatd, quasi subtilissimé decussatd ; aurantio-luted,
fasciis albicantibus angustis undique cingulatd.

Hab. Tlo Ilo, isle of Panhay, Philippines (found under stones) ;

Cuming.

Maneetia Lyra. Mang. testd trigono-fusiformi, anfractibus su-
perne angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis subobliquis, ad
angulum incrassatis ; castaneo-fuscd, lineis albicantibus decussatis,
labro albicante.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

MANGELIA ANTILLARUM. Mang. testd subpyriformi-ovatd, levigatd
longitudinaliter concentrice costatd, costis fortibus, subobtusis
distantibus ; cinereo-carned, costis fascid rubiddé tinctis, labro
albicante, rubido fasciatim tincto.

Hab. West Indies.

Maneeia MarGinectorwes. Mang. testd pyriformi-ovatd, spird
brevi, acuta ; anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter multi-
costatis, costis- tenuibus, crebris, suturis descendentibus ; lacteo-
ceruled aut cinereo-fuscd, lineis rubidis cingulatd, anfractds
ultimi parte supra angulum maculd grandi nigricante conspicue
tinctd.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the

depth of seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

ManeGELIA FuNICULATA. Mang. testd trigono-fusiformi, subelongatd,
anfractibus superné depressis, longitudinaliter tenuicostatis, levi-
bus; cinereo-fused, costis labroque albicantibus.
_ Hab, Islands of Ticao and Masbate, Philippines (found on the
sands); Cuming.

MANGELIA CAVERNOSA. Mang. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird angulato-
turritd; anfractibus superneé angulatis, intra costis cavernosis,
costis fortibus, obtusis, suturis descendentibus ; albd, aurantio-fusco
hic illic sparsim maculatd.

Hab. Island of 'Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands); Cuming.

Maneetia cyztinpRrica. Mang. testd cylindraceo-fusiformi, apice
acutd, longitudinaliter subtiliter costatd, transversim elevato-stri-
atd ; pellucido-albd, fuscescente tinctd, aurantio-fusco infra suturas
maculata.

Hab. Cagayan, island of Mindanao, Philippines (found in sandy

mud at the depth of twenty-five fathoms) ; Cuming.

204 Zoological Society.

MANGELIA CAPILLACEA. Mang. testd ovato-fusiformi; spire su-
turis profundis ; anfractibus superné depressis, transversim subti-
lissimé et creberrimé elevato-striatis, longitudinaliter costatis, an-
gustis, suberectis, superne leviter mucronatis ; fuscescente, lineis
subtilibus fuscescentibus zonatd.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippimes (found among coarse sand at

the depth of seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

Manecetia eraciuis. Mang. testd gracili-fusiformi, transversim
subtilissimé striatd, longitudinaliter costatd, costis angustis ; albd,
castaneo-fusco indistincté zonatd et maculatd.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

MANGELIA LAMELLATA. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, spire suturis
profundis, subcavernosis, anfractibus transversim elevato-striatis,
striis fortibus, subdistantibus, longitudinaliter costatis, costis an-
gustis, erectis, lamelleformibus, superne leviter mucronatis ; al-
bidd, fusco pallidissime zonatd.

Hab. Isle of Burias, Philippines (found among coarse sand at the

depth of seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

Maneetia vittata. Mang. testd oblongo-ovatd, subconicd, spird
brevi, obtusd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter costatis, costarum in-
terstitiis striis fortibus clathratis ; albidd, olivaceo-fusco latifas-
ciatd, costarum parte olivaceo-fuscd albipunctatd.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

Maneeia zonata. Mang. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, spird brevi-
usculd, turritd suturis profundis ; anfractibus longitudinaliter cos-
tatis, costis e suturis descendentibus ; levigatd ; albd, zond conspi-
cud aurantio-fuscd cingulatd.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands); Cuming.

MancGeEtia INTERRUPTA. Mang. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird brevi,
anfractibus superné nodosis, costis e nodis descendentibus ; albd,
lineis nigris subtilissimis transversis interruptis, creberrimeé dispo-
sitis, inter costas ornatd.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands); Cuming.

_Maneetia reticunata. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, spird brevi-
usculd, apice acuminatd; anfractibus superne perpendiculariter
compressis, deinde tumidiusculis et longitudinaliter costatis, cos-
tarum interstitiis exiliter fusco-punctatis.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

MANGELIA PULCHELLA. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, subcylin-
draced, spird breviusculd, apice acuminata; anfractibus superné
rotundatis, longitudinaliter multicostatis, costis tenuibus gracilibus,
concentrice dispositis, anfractuum superficie totd exilissime reticu-
latd ; luteo-albicante, maculis quadratis parvis rufis costarum in-
terstitiis fasciatim cingulatd.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

Mancetia Fusirormis. Mung. testd fusiformi, anfractibus su-

Zoological Society. 205

perne subangulatis, ad angulum nodosis, costis tenuibus subsuper-
ficiariis e nodis descendentibus, transversim creberrimé striatis ;
luteo-albicante, punctis perpaucis aurantio-fuscis tinctd.
Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (found among coarse sand
at the depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

Maneeria Lyrica. Mang. testd fusiformi, utrinque acuminatd,
anfractibus longitudinaliter concentricé costatis, transversim ele-
vato-striatis ; fuscescente, aurantio-fusco pallide et indistincte
Fasciata. )

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found among coarse sand at the

depth of seven fathoms); Cuming.

Maneetia Gipposa. Mang. testd ovato-conicd, spird brevissimd ;
anfractibus superne gibbosis et nodulosis, longitudinaliter costatis,
levigatis ; cinereo-albicante, linets aurantio-fuscis exilibus cingu-
latdé, dorso superné nigricante tincto.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

Maneerra macutatTa. Mang. testd subfusiformi, basi truncatd,
longitudinaliter costatd, costis tenuibus subdistantibus, concentricé
dispositis ; sinu latiusculo; albd, maculis subquadratis aurantio-
Juscis inter costas.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming. 7

Maneexia TurRIcuLA. Mang. testd fusiformi-turritd, suturis pro-
fundis ; anfractibus plano-depressis, longitudinaliter concentricé
costatis; albicante, lineis subtilissimis aurantio-fuscis obsolete
cingulatd.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands); Cuming.

Maneexia CotumsBettorpEs. Mang. testd ovatd, spird brevi,
acutd ; anfractibus superné leviter rotundatis, transversim elevato-
striatis, longitudinaliter tenuicostatis, labro medio tumido, intus
fortiter denticulato ; nived, costis eximié aurantio.fusco punctatis.

Hab. Baclayon, island of Bohol, Philippines (found on mud banks) ;

Cuming.

Manceuia Conoueticoipes. Mang. testd ovato-conicd, spird bre-
vissimd, acutd ; anfractibus transversim elevato-striatis, longitu-
dinaliter multiliratis, liris tenuibus, ante suturas evanidis ; luteo-
albicante, dorso maculd grandi aurantio-fuscd interdum tincto.

Hab. Daleguete, isle of Zebu, Philippines (found under stones) ;

Cuming. |

MAnGELIA TENEBROSA. Mang. testd subfusiformi, spird acuminato-
turritd ; anfractibus superné plano-depressis, suturis profundis,
transversim striatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis distantibus ;
intus extusque castaneo-fuscd.

Hab. Cagayan, island of Mindanao (found in sandy mud at the

depth of twenty-five fathoms) ; Cuming.

Maneeria Nove Houtianpiaz. Mang. testd ovatd, inferne atte-
nuatd, subconicd, spird brevi; anfractibus superné rotundatis, lon-

206 Zoological Society.

gitudinaliter obliqu2 costatis ; livido-cinered, apice basique nigri-
cantibus, labro albido, aperture fauce fused.
Hab. Swan River.

Maneeria tivipa. Mang. tesid subfusiformi-ovatd, apice acumi-
natd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter concentrice costatis, costis tenu-
ibus ; livido-carned.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

MancGeuia AByssicota. Mang. testd oblongo-ovatd, utrinque con-
spicue attenuatd, longitudinaliter costatd, lineis elevatis cingulatd ;
albidd, fusco zonatd.

Hab. Island of Mindanao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the

depth of twenty-five fathoms); Cuming.

Maneetia Bicotor. Mang. testa oblongd, concentricé costatd,
costarum interstitiis subtilissime striatis; supra albidd, infra
plumbed.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines; Cuming.

' Maneeuia FuNEBRIs. Mang. testd oblongd, concentrice costatd,
costarum interstitiis levibus ; albidd fasciatd plumbed latd cingu-
latd.

Hab. Island of Ticao (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming.

Mancevia Srromporves. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, spird
subturritd ; anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis,
costis ad angulum nodosis, interstitiis subtilissimé striatis ; albidd.

_ Hab. Island of Bohol, Philippines.

Maneetia PALLIDA. Mang. testd ovatd, concentricé costatd, costis
subobtusis ; albd.
Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines ; Cuming.

Manceia pessutata. Mang. testd cylindraceo-oblongd, spird
breviusculd, longitudinaliter eximié suboblique costatd, costarum
interstitiis subtilissimé striatis ; nived.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming.

Maneexia gigipa. Mang. testd ovatd, longitudinaliter fortiter
tuberculato-costatd, transversim subtilissime striatd ; fuscescente.

Hab. AXgean Sea; Forbes.

Maneeiia ELEGANS. Mang. testd oblongd, spird breviusculd, acu-
minatd, anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis,
costis angustis, ad angulum mucronatis, costarum interstitiis pul-
cherrime elevato-striatis ; lutescente-albd, exilissime fusco-zonatd.

Hab. Island of Mindoro, Philippines; Cuming.

ManGeEtia LINEATA. Mang. testd ovatd, spird acuminatd ; concen-
trice obtuso-costatd, levigatd ; carneo-fuscescente, lineis saturati-
oribus undique cingulatd.

Hab.

MANGELIA PLANILABRUM. Mang. tesid fusiformi, utrinque acu-
minatd, levissimd, anfractibus superné depressis, longitudinaliter

Zoological Society. 207

costatis ; labro planulato, supra subangulato ; cinereo-purpuras-
cente, albizonato.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines; Cuming.

Maneeuia Hornzpecxir. Mang. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd,
acutd, suturis profundis, subcavernosis, longitudinaliter costatd,
costis prominentibus, transversim subtilissimé striatd, albd.

Hab. Island of St. Thomas, West Indies; Dr. Hornbeck.

Manceria castanga. Mang. testd oblongd, spird acuminatd, con-
centrice tenuicostatd, costarum. interstitiis striatis; castaneo-
Fused.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines ; Cuming.

Maneeria pusitta. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, levigatd, lon-
gitudinaliter costatd, costis solidiusculis obtusis; albidd, castaneo
copiose tinctd et lineatd.

Hab. ?

Mancet1a MARMOROSA. Mang. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, spird
breviusculd ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis obesis, striis elevatis,
decussatis ; sinu amplo ; albd, aurantio-fusco perparce maculatd.

Hab. ? 7 |

Maneetia casta. Mang. testd ovato-turritd, longitudinaliter cos-
tatd, costis tenuibus subdistantibus, levigatd; aperturd brevi,
basi truncatd ; carneo-fuscd, obscure fasciatd, costis albicantibus.

Hab. ?

Maneexia operiscus. Mang. testd subulatd, hexagond, basi trun-
catd, striis pulcherrimis elevatis undique creberrimé cingulatd,
longitudinaliter costatd, costis distantibus, sequentibus ; aperturd
minutd, ovatd; sordidé albd, aperture fauce lutescente.

Hab. Islands of Corrigidor, Philippines (found among coarse sand

at the depth of ten fathoms); Cuming.

Maneevia BALTEATA. Mang. testd elongatd, subfusiformi, longi-
tudinaliter costatd costis angustis, distantibus ; albd, zond fuscd
conspicud cingulatd.

Hab. ?

Manee ia astricta. Mang. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, spird bre-
viusculd, suturis profundis ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis cre-
briusculis ; albidd, zond fuscd angustd cingulatd.

Hab. ?

Maneceia BADIA. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, concentric? plicato-

costatd, transversim fortiter striatd ; castaneo-fuscd,
Hab. ai

ManGELIA PELLUCIDA. Mang. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd,
levigatd, pellucidd, nitidd, longitudinaliter crebricostatd ; albidd,
basi fuscd.

Hab. i

ManGELIA ANGULATA. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, anfractibus
medio peculiariter angulatis, suturis profundis, longitudinaliter cos-
tatis, costis angulos super mucronatis ; albidd, fuscescente lineatd.

208 Miscellaneous.

Hab, Bay of Manila (found in sandy mud at the depth of four
fathoms); Cuming. :

Manecenia pura. Mang. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird subturritd,
suturis profundis ; anfractibus concentric costatis ; albidd, maculis
perpaucis aurantio-fuscis.

Hab. ?

Maneeia soLipa. Mang. testd cylindraceo-ovatd, utringue atte-
nuatd, solidd, undique creberrime granoso-clathratd ; aperturd
longiusculd ; purpurascente.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (among sand at the depth of

seven fathoms); Cuming.

MAnGELIA DERELICTA. Mang. testd ovatd, longitudinaliter fortiter -
concentrice costatd, transversim subobsoleté striatd ; fuscescente.
Hab. ?

MANGELIA ZEBUENSIS. Mang. testd ovato-oblongd, spird acumi-
natd, basi subattenuatd, concentrice fortiter costatd, transversim
creberrimé striatd ; fuscescente.

Hab. Island of Zebu, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the
depth of four fathoms); Cuming. ,

Maneexia cincta. Mang. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, spird turritd,
suturis subprofundis ; anfractibus superneé angulatis, longitudina.-
liter costatis, costis distantibus ; albidd, anfractibus fascid latd
Suscescente supern? cinctis.

Hab. Island of Bohol, Philippines (found under ‘stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Maneeuia pieitauis. Mang. testd fusiformi-ovatd, solidd, undique
creberrimé granoso-clathratd ; albicante, zonis duabus purpureis
angustis cingulatd.

Hab. :

Manexxia nana. Mang. testd ovatd, spird brevi, turritd, apice
acutd; anfractibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter oblique cos-
tatis, interstitiis cavis, subtiliter striatis.

Hab. Island of Mindanao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the

depth of twenty-five fathoms) ; Cuming.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEDUSA,

Dr. Rerp directed the attention of the Society to some observations
he had made on the young of the Medusz. He mentioned, that many
of the members of the Society were probably not aware, that the re-
searches of Sars and Siebold had shown that the young of the Me-
dusze (the common sea-nettles and sea-blubber of our coasts) live
for a time like polypes; and that, during their polype life, they ge-
nerate other animals like themselves, all of which afterwards become
Meduse, This very curious fact has of late naturally attracted a

Miseallinesii. 209

good deal of attention. The specimens upon which these observa-
tions were made, were found by Mrs. Macdonald on the 15th of Sep-
tember last, adhering to the lower surface of a stone lying in a shal-
low pool near low-water mark. When obtained, they were between
thirty and forty in number; and the largest was between two and
three lines in length. When examined under the microscope, they
presented characters somewhat intermediate between a hydraform
and actiniform polype, but still different from either ; and it was not
until Dr. Reid had completed his examination of their structure,
that he discovered that this animal had been described by Sars, first
under the name of Scyphistoma, and afterwards as the young of one
of cur common Medusze (Medusa aurita).

After giving a description of the external characters of these ani-
mals, and pointing out that this agreed in the main with that by
Sars, Dr. Reid then proceeded to explain the results of a more mi-
nute examination of their structure.

The body of the animal is composed of two distinct layers—an in-
ternal and an external. The internal contains numerous nuclei and
nucleated cells, is thicker and more opake than the external, which,
on the other hand, is chiefly composed of a structureless substance,
having numerous oval cells (filiferous capsules) on its outer surface,
measuring about 5,),,th part of an inch in their largest diameter, and
having coiled up in their interior a long spiral thread, which was
occasionally seen uncoiled, and projecting from one end of the cell,
along with its lining membrane. Filiferous capsules are also found
in smaller number upon the inner surface of the internal layer. The
internal layer, which, as has been already stated, is so rich in nuclei
and nucleated cells, is folded inwards, and forms the four projections
seen on the internal surface of the stomach. Each of these projec-
tions is a canal, as may be distinctly made out, on making a trans-
verse section of the body and placing it under the microscope: and
the four canals thus formed terminate at their upper end in a cir-
cular canal, placed round the mouth, and near the margin of the
disc. Into this circular canal the hollow tentacula open. The inner
surface of this circular canal and of the tentacula is lined by a pro-
longation of the internal layer. Between the mouth and margin of
the disc are four round depressions, corresponding to the termina-
tion of the four vertical in the circular canal, which at first sight
appear to be four apertures opening into the circular canal; but a
membrane is stretched across the bottom of each depression, suffi-
ciently thin to permit the ready transmission of fluids through it. In
certain positions of the extensible mouth, white lines presenting the
appearance of vessels are seen passing from the position of the cir-
cular canal to the margin of the mouth, and uniting with each other
along this margin; but Dr. Reid has not yet been able to satisfy
himself that these are vessels. In some of the numerous forms which
the mouth assumes, these lines entirely disappear, and when pre-
- sent they seem to be formed by narrow ridges on the external sur-
face. The margin of the mouth presents some indications of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii.

210 Miscellaneous.

presence of a canal, but he had not been able to satisfy himself that
one actually exists there. The external surface of the tentacula,
especially at their edges, is covered by a great number of the filife-
rous cells or capsules, already described as being present in the ex-
ternal layer of the body. The edges and inner surface of the mouth,
and the whole of the surface of the internal cavity or stomach, are
covered with cilia ; and minute cilia, not easily detected, are present
on the outer surface of the tentacula, so that currents of water, un-
less when the mouth is shut, are constantly passing in and out from
the stomach and along the tentacula.

These animals increased considerably in size, and began to pro-
duce stolons and buds about the middle of January; and though at
this period the original number had been considerably reduced, the
whole lower surface of the stone is now almost covered with them,
and at present they amount to between 200 and 300. Whenever a
stolon or bud is formed, this commences by a thickening of the in-
ternal layer at that part, which causes a bulging outwards of the ex-
ternal layer. Some of the buds were detached, and cilia, in motion,
were observed upon their external surface, though none have yet
been detected upon the external surface of the body where buds were
not forming. Some of these buds were found detached, probably by
accident, and lying at the bottom of the vessel in which the stone is
kept, and these passed through the same amount of development as
those adhering to the body of the animal, and in due time attached
themselves to the surface of the vessel in which they were kept. In
several animals the upper half of the body was cut off transversely
by Dr. Reid, and after three or four days the lower or cut end closed
in, and by the sixth day they had attached themselves firmly to the
imner surface of the vessel, and shortly assumed all the appearances
of the entire animal, sending out stolons and forming buds; new
tentacula and a new mouth were also, after several days, formed
upon the upper end of the lower half of the divided animals. Several
were cut longitudinally through their whole length, and when means
were not taken to keep the cut edges apart, they again soon adhered,
and no traces of the incisions remained. In one the two. halves
were kept apart, and in each the cut edges approximated and ad-
hered, and two separate animals.were thus produced. Several were
separated from the stone to which they adhered, and, if not much
disturbed, they attached themselves in the course of three or four
days to the inner surface of the vessel. Several were found adhering
to the inner surface of the vessel in which the stone is kept ; and two’
small specimens were observed upon the outer surface of a small
mussel, which had been placed in the vessel containing them a few
days before ; and when this mussel was removed to a separate vessel,
they left the surface of the mussel, and attached themselves to the
inner surface of the vessel. The greater number of them, however,
appear to remain nearly stationary. ‘These animals did not divide
into young Medusz in March and April, as was to be expected, but
are at the present time still propagating themselves by stolons and

Miscellaneous. 211

buds; and the young thus produced propagate after a certain time
in the same manner. While they are adding to their number by pro-
pagation, they are also suffering loss by death and other causes. These
animals are voracious, and readily seize and swallow univalve or bi-
valve mollusca, or a crustacean, as large or even larger than their
own bodies, and after retaining them in the stomach, generally for
more than twenty-four hours, they reject them. They also not un-
frequently swallow one of their neighbours, and the retention in the
stomach for some time terminates in the destruction and digestion
of the inclosed animal. When they seize a molluscan too large to
be swallowed, they retain it firmly embraced by the tentacula, and
insert their elongated mouth into the interior of the shell; and in
like manner they keep dead articulated animals, too large to be
swallowed, in their tentacula for more than a day, and in all pro-
bability extract nourishment, by acting upon them with their elon-
gated mouth.

The accidental delay in the publishing of the ‘Transactions’ of the
Society for this month enables me to add, that up to this period
(27th July) these animals have not yet divided into young Meduse
—that they have only just ceased to propagate by buds and stolons—
that they appear to be perfectly healthy—and that on the 11th in-
stant a number of fresh specimens were obtained from the sea, ad-
hering to the lower surface of two stones, near the place where the
others were found last September.—From the Transactions of the
Literary and Philosophical Society, St. Andrews.

New species of Mammalia. By J. EK. Gray, F.R.S.

Herpestes semitorquatus. Dark brown, yellow grisled; sides and
beneath rufous; feet blacker; tail paler; lips thin; throat and
lower part of the side of the neck rufous, separated from the colour
of the upper part of the neck by a well-defined straight line ; fur
rather rigid, with a fine brown undercoat ; longer hair of the back
dark brown, with a broad reddish yellow subterminal band ; of the
sides bright red-bay ; of tail pale yellow, with a broad dark band and
yellowish tip. Length: head and body 18°6; tail 11 inches.

Hab. Borneo. Sent to the British Museum by H. Lowe, Esq., in
company with Herpestes brachyurus.

Felis Charltonit. This species is very like Felis marmoratus, but
brighter and the dark spots rather differently disposed.

It comes from Darjeeling, in continental India,

It is curious to have two species so nearly allied from such differ-
ent parts of Asia.

_ Pteromys punctatus. Bright bay; back ornamented with white
‘ spots,
Hab. Malacca.
This is the only species of the genus that has any white on its
back. Its skull is much smaller than the other Asiatic Pteromys.
Q 2

212 : Miscellaneous.

' The two latter animals were presented to the Museum collection
by Andrew Charlton, Esq., of Liskard, Cheshire, with a series of spe-
cimens of Felis marmoratus from Malacca.

White-thighed Jacchus, Jacchus leucomerus. Pale brown; hair
pale, with a broad dark terminal band ; hinder part of body and legs
darker ; face and tail black ; throat and beneath paler ; front edge of
thighs and sides of loins white; ears not tufted.

Hab. Bolivia.

Brought to England by Mr. Bridges, and in the collection of the
British Museum. This may be J. melanura, Geoff.

General Views on the Classification of Animals. By J. D. Dana*.

In Cuvier’s classification of animals, the division Radiata includes
all invertebrated animals not comprised in either of the subkingdoms
Articulata and Mollusca. Consisting thus only of refuse species, and
not limited by positive characters, as Owen states, we should not
expect that the group could be a zatural assemblage. _ No line of
subdivision, however, has yet been made out which has met with
general favour; yet greater precision has been given to our views
of the affinities that run through the animal kingdom, by appealing
to the nerves, the seat of sensibility and sentiment, as a basis in clas-
sification ; and in this manner the subdivisions have been character-
ized as follows by Dr. Grant :—

I. The Vertebrata, having a brain and a spinal cord, constitute the
Sprni- VERTEBRATA.

II. The Mollusca, having the nerves forming generally a trans-
verse series of ganglia disposed around the cesophagus, the Crcio-
GANGLIATA.

III. The Articulata, having no proper brain, and the main cord
which runs the length of the body, double, the DirpLo-nevura.

IV. The Radiata, having a radiate structure in the body and the
nervous ganglia arranged in a circle, CycLo-NEURA.

An objection might be made to this system, on the ground of the
apparent absence of nerves in some of the lower orders. But a real
absence can hardly be concluded from our inability to distinguish
them. Many of these animals show by their voluntary motions and
sensibility that nervous influences traverse the body : moreover, ner-
vous matter is secreted in lines. We can therefore only infer the
indistinctness, and not the absence of nerves, from our ineffectual
efforts to trace them out ; and we must consequently be guided by
general structure, in determining the relations of groups, when the
nerves fail of giving aid.

_ The above arrangement fails, in some respects, of presenting a clear
idea of the system in nature, although highly philosophical in its
general features. A study of the animal kingdom, as has been lately
shown, brings to light lines or general systems of development

* Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. ii. p. 281, Oct. 1845.

Miscellaneous. 213

branching up from the lowest Infusoria to the higher grades of life.
It is not true that the forms among the /ower grades are actually
copied in any of the imperfectly developed young of the superior ;
yet there is some general analogy, sufficient to indicate that the
former commence on the same system of development with some of
the latter, although carried essentially out of the direct upward line
by the peculiar vital forces of the species. ‘The Rotifera are de-
cidedly crustacean in type. Their stout mandibles are precisely those
of the Cyclopacea in position, and also in general form; and in their
mode of reproduction the animals are closely similar ; yet no young
crustacean is ever a Rotifer. The latter belongs to the same system
of development with the former, but is a distinct branch, from the
regular line, characterized by the peculiar natatory organs, which
appear to be the analogues of the branchial or basal appendages to
the feet in Crustacea. ‘The same reasoning applies to the Bryozoa
or Flustroid polyps, which are as nearly allied to the Tunicata as
the Rotifers to Crustacea*. It is a side-development from the ima-
ginary line which connects the Infusoria with the tunicated mol-
lusks. The Entozoa afford other examples, one branch of them
passing into the Crustacea through the Lerneide and Caligide, and
another into the Annelida.

These remarks are intended to support no monad or Lamarckian
theory, but only to elucidate the established principle, that there are
in nature certain distinct systems or types of development. Each
species is developed with some reference to one or the other of these
systems, but through the agency of the vital forces peculiar to itself
—forces which there is reason to believe only creative power can
change.

In accordance with these principles, the several orders of animals
may be arranged as follows :—

I. VERTEBRATA.

III, Articunata. If. Mottusca,
Insecta, Myriapoda, Cephalopoda, Pteropoda,
Arachnida, Gastropoda, Conchifera,
Crustacea, Annelida. Tunicata.
= . IV. Rapiara, :
Rotifera, Entozoa. Zeophvtn Tictinke. Bryozoa.

V. Provrozoa or Infusoria.

A radiated structure characterizes in general the simplest forms of
animal life. Passing up from the monad globule, this structure has
its highest development in the Echinoderms. Among Zoophytes,

* The Bryozoa have been placed near the Rotifera; but the absence of
mandibles, as well as their peculiar type of structure, separates them widely
from these Crustaceoid species, and allies them as closely to the Tunicata,
with which they were first associated by Thompson, under the name of
Polyzoa. Lister has a finely illustrated article on this subject in the ‘ Phi-
losophical Transactions’ for 1834, p. 365.

214 Miscellaneous.

the Hydra forms the first step upward, in which the digestive cavity
is a mere sac, which will work equally well inside-out, and the mode
of reproduction is extremely simple. From this group we pass to
the Actinia, in which there is a distinct stomach and a series of
fleshy lamelle around the internal cavity—the first rudiments of an
isolation of the functions of digestion and generation ; but the cir-
culating fluid is only the elaborated chyle mingled with more or less
water from without. A step further and we find separate organs for
the functions of the liver and a circulating system in some Echi-
noderms. Through the Bryozoa the Infusoria are connected with
the Tunicata and the other mollusks ; and through the Rotifera and
Entozoa they connect with the Articulata, thus passing by each way,
out of the true Radiate type, into that which characterizes the higher
subkingdoms. The Bryozoa, Rotifera and Entozoa may be ar-
ranged in the subkingdom Radiata, or with the Mollusca and Arti-
culata, whose types of structure they exhibit, though under a Radiate
form.

The Echinoderms, although so strikingly peculiar in some species,
the Echini, yet, through the Holothuria, bear closely upon the Arti-
culata ; while the Acalephs incline toward the Mollusca.

In the above remarks, it is not attempted to trace out all the gra-
dations in the groups referred to, but only the most prominent. The
animal kingdom is throughout a network of affiliations, yet there are
main trunks and larger branches, to which the smaller anastomosing
ramifications are subordinate. Much study will be required before
the system of nature from the Protozoa up can be correctly mapped
out.

On two new species of Antelopes in the British Museum Collection.
By J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Senegal Gazelle. Gazella rufifrons.—Bay-brown (yellower in sum-
mer), with a paler upper and oblique lower black streak; front of
face yellow bay; face-streak, back of feet, chest, belly and vent
white; tail black ; edge of anal disc dark; knees without any tuft,
with a ridge of rather longer hairs nearly to the foot. Larger than
G. Dorcas.

Var. Nose black in front ; young paler.

Hab. Senegal. Purchased in Paris.

Easily known from G. Dorcas by the want of the knee-tuft. We
have two males, two females andakid. The Corinne, F. Cuv. Mam.
Lithog. t. , not of Buffon.

Isabella Gazelle. Gazella Isabella.—Fur short, very soft; pale
yellowish brown, with a broad, rather paler oblique streak on the
upper part of the sides; knee-tufts, front of face and lower face-
streak darker yellow-brown ; upper face-streak, chest, belly, vent
and inside of the limb white ; tail black. Young paler, lower part
of sides rather darker.

Hab. N. Africa: Egypt, J. Burton, Esq. ; Cordofan, M. Sundevall.
We have three males, one female and three young.

Meteorological Observations. 215

_ This species is known from G. Dorcas by the softness of the fur,
the absence of the dark streak on the side and on the edge of the anal
disc ; both these species have the under sides of the feet and the
back edge of the tarsus white, while in G. Dorcas there is a tuft of
soft black hair under the feet, and the back of the tarsus is red.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1846.

Chiswick.—July 1. Fine: cloudy. 2. Densely clouded. 3. Cloudy: clear and
fine, 4. Sultry: hot and dry. 5. Excessively hot: showers: cloudy. 6. Fine:
heavy showers. 7. Overcast and fine. 8. Overcast: rain. 9, Overcast: heavy
rain. 10. Showery. 11. Overcast: light “~— and fine. 12. Clear and fine.
13. Cloudless and hot. 14. Hot breeze. Overcast: fine. 16. Rain:
densely overcast. 17. Cloudy and fine. oe phir rain: cloudy and fine,
19. Showers. 20, Py fine. 21. Fine: cloudy. 22. Hot anddry. 23. Cloudy:
clear and fine. . Overcast: rain. 25, 26. Very fine. 27—29. Cloudy and
fine. 30, $1. Very hot.

Mean temperature of the month .........ceecsseee eessesee 65°46

Mean temperature of July 1845 .......ccesecsscessersoeees 61 *43
Mean temperature of July for the last twenty years ... 62 °96
Average amount of rain in July ..........06 wks hash tachi 2°38 inches.

Boston. —July 1. Fine: rainr.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy: 3 o’clock p.m. ther-
mometer 80°. 4, Fine: 40’clock p.m. thermometer 84°. 5. Fine: 10 0’clock a.m.
thermometer 87°: 12 0’clock a.m. 90°; hail and rain, with thunder and lightning,
accompanied with a tremendous wind p.m.* 6. Windy: rain p.m. 7. Windy.
8, Cloudy:raine.m. 9. Rain: raine.m. 10, Rain. 11. Cloudy. 12. Fine.
13. Cloudy. 14. Fine: 3 o’clock p.m. thermometer 81°. 15, Fine, 16. Fine:
raine.M. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy: raine.m. 19, Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21. Cloudy:
rain p.m. 22, 23. Cloudy. 24. Cloudy : rainp.M. 25, 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy:
rain early a.m. 28. Cloudy: 2 o’clock p.m. thermometer 81°. 29—31, Fine. —
I cannot find so hot a month in all my journal except last month.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Cloudy. 2. Cloudy: rain: clear. 3. Rain:
cloudy. 4. Drizzle: clear. 5. Cluudy: rain. 6. Cloudy: drizzle: showers,
7. Drizzle: showers. 8. Bright: clear. 9. Cloudy: clear. 10. Bright: cloudy.
11. Cloudy: rain. 12. Fog. 13. Fog: rain., 14. Cloudy. 15. Showers:
clear. 16. Bright: clear. 17. Cloudy: showers, 18. Bright: drizzle. 19.
Showers: clear. 20, 21. Bright: showers. 22. Fog: showers: clear, 23, Cloudy:
drops: clear. 24. Cloudy: clear. 25. Bright: drops. 26. Clear: cloudy.
27. Bright: cloudy. 28. Showers: clear. 29. Clear: fine. 30. Bright: fine.
31. Fog: fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—July 1. Showers all day. 2. Showers a.m. :
fine p.m. 3. Wet morning: cleared. 4. Fair and fine. 5, Fine a.m. : thunder
and rain p.m. 6. Tremendous rain. 7. Very fine. 8. Rain em. 9, Rain.
10, Fair and fine. 11. Fine: slight drizzle. 12. Wet morning: cleared. 13,
Fair, but threatening. 14. Very fine. 15. Showersr.m. 16. Showery. 17. Fine:
showers. 18. Slight showers. 19. One slight shower. 20. Fine: slight shower.
21, 22. Showery all day. 23, Wetall day. 24. Showers. 25. Fair and fine.
26. Rain r.m. 27. Drizzly. 28. Dropping day. 29—31.. Fine: fair,

Mean temperature of the month —....ssseccesseseseveres - 59°2

Mean temperature of July 1845 ..........sseeee cccvcaneses DO 2

Mean temperature of July for 23 years ......... re -- 58 °1

Mean rain in July for 18 years ....... se s'geunes bekb onsets . 3°90 inches.
Mean rain tn. July .i....ccccoceveveee Lavkheeas eee kn aee we: Oa

* The hottest day since 31st July 1826,

"“AANWUC) ‘asunpy yoinpungy 7v “uoysno[_ *- ‘aay ay7 4g pun SauIHs-sarusawag ‘asunyy yzuvSaddp yo

70 “89,4 “AI 49 Suopuory avau ‘MOIMSIHD Jo Ajar20g pounynaysopy a2 fo uapine) ay} yD uosdwoy J,

id | ene arte
ae 61-6 86-1 8L-1 8S-PS ZE-8S 1-75 0-S9 ‘ens 0ZL-62 |80L-6z |669-62; 104-62 608-62 |€£6-62
OSs teed eid Vas gs | £9 bL| od 60-0€ | g1-0€| F6-6z| Lo-.0€ 08-62 996-6
out seas clionias & "L\ DL 9Z-0€ | GZ-0€ | 80-0€ | 10-0€ L£6-62 |$L6-6%
La, [ress] bosses] ones toe tee zo 57 91-0€ | 70.0€| 10-08 | 10-0¢ 186-62 |260-0£
Gi. eel Loe [renee ‘< ee 89| PL [6-62 | 06-62 | 86.62 | 86-62 QZ1-0€ |81Z-0€
Bo, (erssloateel ge. oe {te 2 9 €8-60 | GL-62| £6-62 £8-6% LS1-0€ |Z00-0€
sreseesaeenel op, [ereen oc $y Ta gee 8-62 | £6-6% | L6-6% | L6-6z ETL-O€ |ZS1-0€
sieeee seeeealeneees 20, ie i 5 9 LL-6% | 69.6% | 08-62 | 01-62 LS6-6z |L90.0€
PMG POR RNS ied 9 rah ; ee 9-62 | 97-6Z| 19-6% 89.62 CzP-6z |€6L-6%
Dee FM bg oem : ie : re €£-6% | 96.6% | £7.64 SS.6z SZ8.6% |888-6%
Go. *"Ie**) Po. soc | - 66 Ph 9 69-62 | $¢.6%| 89-6) 19-62% '€L8-6% £26-6%
Seed lnge dal <bveutleoens keg | 19 +¥5 si 0S-6% | 99.62 | 19-64, 89-6z ££8-6% [06-62
So. "| P1. | So. bec KA pa : GL-62 | 19.6% | ZL-62 | 89-62 828-62 [66-67
bee hoeberedee re FH 9| €9 VS-6Z | 91-6Z| 29.6% ZE-6z VLS-6% 828-6
¥0i +=" Lto; |00. Ree Pe - 1-62 | 81-6%) Z0-6% | 01-6% ‘16-60 OSV-6z
it Ea ae 52 aa 9 €1-6| 13-62) 81-62 | €1-6% 907-62 |119-62
Ay Se Ma oi eee ‘0 9 VE-6Z | 9F-6%| SZ-62 0-6 P0S-6% €9L-6z
Soaks teow cart edd cong go 43 OL-6% | 99-62 01-6% €L-6z 618-62 |L06-6Z
=a a Sis | $69: Ge se ee $9.66 | 19-62 | 99-62 | 89-62 $99-6z 1LL-6%
rag ee ae ea | ee ate Pea keep. GL-6% 18.66, 18-62 | 06-62 LIL-66 £90.06
9 ald le | eee: iv9| Lo Lg-6% | 8L-6% 06:62 | 68-62 0L0-0€ ZP1-0£ |
serresieeeeee] OF, | 66, | Peer: - 79 98-6Z | 26-62 86-62) 96-62 £80-0€ OFI-0€
polonie | tes | fe Lo 79 06:6¢ | L868 06-62 | 61-62 PEL-62 |L86-62 |
ot: ove |---*"" go. oie oe ig 78:6 98-62 9-62 | £9.62 199-62 699-62| “6 __
slay eee 4 FN tase a ~s 6S 98-62 | 18-62 $9.62 | 69-62 F9L-6Z 058-62! *8
epi lie, bey: ye the a z9 €L-6% | 09-6% | 89-6Z | 99-6 VVL-6Z 918-62) *L
ZO: fereeeeleeeeel Bz iad T s9 0S-6% | SV-6% | 9£.6% | Pz-6z SPP-6% 0£9-62| °9
<< 1 SER Ca Gat = Seo Pipe 9-62 | 88-66 | OF-62 | OL-6% 809-62 |g9L-62z| °S
OTs [teeeeelereeeeleeeees * 129 re OL 16-62 | L8-6% | 16-62 | 66-62 066-62 |PS1-0€| ‘V
Peliett en | 10. spe Z9 9; 69 8L-6% | 08-62 | $6-62| 26-62 6Z1-0€ |So1-0€| *€
“9 elie hall Bog pt Pic S9| Lo Lg-6% | 91-62 | L8-6%| SL-6% 886-62 |PL0-08| *%

19 09} S9 99-6% | 09-62% | 09-62} OL-6z €16-62 |VI0-08} *L
p ~, Qa} ~) Ot Pet? = e ae cues day
cele | 2 |e | Se | £5 es [Es F lee | | 6 | 6 vow | “xy
pais | 8 |e | o8 ge BS | -yormpu : £5 :
ald ? ed 4 ni vfeakany. pn 3 =F pore “aA TYs~satqjzuin(y *yOUMsIyD

Uey pur *I9}JOULOWIIY J, *19}9WIOLe

“requug “A *Aoy 277 49 fNoLsog
“I 49 apow suvrywasasqe yonFojos0aja yy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 119. OCTOBER 1846.

-
ee

XXIV.— Revision of the British Libellulide. By Baron Ep.
pE Setys Lonecuampes (of Liége), Member of various Aca-
demies.

Brine engaged in the preparation of a revision of the Libellulide
of Europe, intended to serve as a supplement to the monograph
which I published in 1840, I have examined with the greatest care
the British Libellule, taking advantage of the journey which I
made in the summer of 1845 in England, Scotland and Ireland.
The notice which I now offer is the result of those investigations :
it contains principally :—

1. The enumeration of the species which I saw in the various
collections. :

2. Their synonymy in accordance both with the general revi-
sion which I shall soon publish, and with the names which they
bear in the principal British works.

3. Their respective geographical distribution in England, Scot-
land and Ireland, with the citation of the authors or the col-
lectors on whose evidence I have admitted them into the British
fauna.

I shall in general pass in silence the times of appearance and
the detailed enumeration of the localities where each species was
taken: they will be found in the English works cited in the
synonymy.

It is not to be wondered at that, the Neuroptera being generally
neglected by entomologists, the synonyms given by authors should
not always be correct. I have not deemed it indispensable to give
a very detailed correction of them: the important object was to
record what I have myself seen, in these collections, and to deter-
mine exactly the species in accordance with my works. Still
less do I think it necessary to notice the errors of determination
which exist in several collections, unless these determinations
have been cited in published works. I beg those gentlemen who
granted me admission to their museums with so much kindness,
to receive the expression of my gratitude. It is solely to them

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii.

218 DeSelys Longchamps on the British Libellulide.

that I am indebted for having been able to throw light upon the
synonymy of the British Libellulide, by numerous comparisons.
I must particularly mention the followmg gentlemen :—Mr. E.
Doubleday, who facilitated my researches in the British Museum,
and in the collection of the late Dr. Leach, which is deposited
there ;—the Rev. F. W. Hope of London, whose museum is an
inexhaustible source of study for all branches of entomology ;—
Mr. J. F. Stephens of London ;—Mr. John Curtis of Hayes ;
[The collections of these two last gentlemen are classical for
British entomology.|—Mr. W. Evans of London ;—Mr. West-
wood of London ;—Mr. E. Newman, with whom I visited the
typical collection of Linnzus, and that of Sir J. Banks, deter-
mined by Fabricius; both of them deposited in the Linnean
Society of London ;—the Rev. Leonard Jenyns of Swaffham Bul-
beck ;—Mr. Babington and Mr. Wollaston of Cambridge ;—Mr.
R. Ball, who procured for me admission to the Irish collections
at Dublin, and especially that of Miss Ball, his sister ;—Mr. W.
Thompson of Belfast, who rendered me the same service in the
collections of Messrs. Haliday, Hyndman, &c. ;—Dr. Balfour and
Dr. Colquhoun of Glasgow ;—-Dr. Greville and Mr. Wilson of
Edinburgh ;—Mr. J. Blyth of Glasgow ;—Mr. Wailes and Mr.
Hancock of Newcastle.

I had not time to visit the collection of Mr. Dale in Dorset-
shire, so rich in British Libellulide, but that entomologist has
furnished me with very detailed accounts ; and as I have seen in
the British Museum typical specimens sent and determined by
Mr. Dale, I can supply this omission and cite his observations
with precision. I must here bear witness to the perfect ac-
quaintance which Mr. Dale possesses with the family of insects
which is now under our consideration.

I hope that I have not committed any error as to the deter-
mination of the species in the collections, and have not omitted
any species. Doubtless many others will be discovered in making
new researches, and some which have only been observed in En-
gland exist also in Scotland and Ireland, these two last countries
having been little explored for this purpose. This list contains
forty-six species ; eight of them *, resting on the capture of only

* I must however remark, that on visiting, from the 15th to the 25th of
July, several apparently very favourable localities in Scotland, and that in
very fine weather, I was much surprised not to see there, so to speak, any
Libellulide, except the Zschnajuncea in small numbers, and some Libellula
scotica, Agrion minimum, pulchellum, cyathigerum and elegans, and more-
over not in all these localities, which are—Tarbet (Loch Lomond), Inve-
rary (Loch Fine), Oban, Foyersfall. In the marshes above these celebrated
waterfalls, I did not see any Libellulidz. Is this to be attributed to the
composition of the waters, which themselves depend on the geological con-
stitution of the country ? The Ardennes in Belgium, the uncultivated heaths

De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide. 219

an isolated specimen, ought to be sought for again before being
regarded as positively British,—the more so, as the accounts of
the occurrence of several of them do not present satisfactory de-
tails: these are—

Libellula vulgata. Gomphus forcipatus.
Fonscolombii. Lestes viridis.

Cordulia metallica. virens.

Gomphus flavipes. barbara.

[I shall not mention the Libellula Sparshalit, Dale MSS., named
after the only specimen, which Mr. Sparshall thought he took at
Horning, because Mr. Curtis supposes it exotic.] There remain
at all events thirty-eight very certain species.

On examining the total list of the forty-six species, I find that
forty-four inhabit England, twenty-two Scotland, and twenty-two
Treland. No species is exclusively peculiar to the British isles ; c
all are found in other parts of Europe.

Mr. W. Thompson of Belfast, in his able Report on the Fauna
of Ireland (1843), compares the number of Reptilia which are
‘found in Belgium with those of England, and also with those of
Ireland; and he remarks that, in going from east to west, the
number successively diminishes, almost in the same proportion
between Belgium and England as between England and Ireland.
In fact Belgium possesses twenty-two Reptilia, England eleven,
and Ireland five. With respect to the Libellule, England pos-
sesses, it is true, double the number of those of Ireland, but Bel-
gium has only a third more than England ; that is to say, fifty-
eight species, but in truth positively Belgian. All the British
Libellule are equally found in Belgium, except the Cordulia Cur-
tistt and the Agrion tenellum, two species of the south-west of
France and of Spain, and the Gomphus flavipes.

In addition to these, Belgium possesses—

Libellula brunnea, Fonsc. (ceerules- Gomphus pulchellus, De Selys (nec

cens, De Selys, olim.) Steph.).

Libellula pedemontana, J/lioni. Cordulegaster bidentatus, De Selys.
rubicunda, LZ. ZEschna affinis, Van der Lind.
pectoralis, Charp. Lestes fusca, Van der Lind.
caudalis, Charp. Sophia speciosa, Charp.

Epitheca bimaculata, Charp. Agrion lunulatum, Charp.

Cordulia flavomaculata, Van der hastulatum, Charp.

Lind. Lindenii, De Selys.

As the species of Libellulide have in general a habitat which
extends over many countries, but are often wholly local, it is pro-
bable that several of the fifteen Belgian species above mentioned
will be found in Great Britain.

of which have the greatest analogy to those of the Highlands, is also very
poor in Libellulidz, and is remarkable for the presence of the Cordulia
arctica, which has been also found in Scotland and in Scandinavia.

R 2

220 De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide.

Works cited.

John Curtis. British Entomology, &c. (1824—1839),

Edw. Donovan. Natural History of British Insects (1828—1835).
W.F. Evans. British Libelluline or Dragon-flies (1845).

M. Harris. Exposition of British Insects (1782).

Kirby and Spence. Introduction to Entomology (1816).

W. Leach. Entomology in Edinburgh Encyclopzedia (1810).

J. F. Stephens. Systematic Catalogue of British Insects (1829).
Nomenclature of British Entomology (1838).

. Illustrations of British Entomology (1829). (Volume pub-
lished in 1835.)

Edw. Newman. (In the Entomologist.)

Dale. (in Loudon’s Magazine.)

Van der Linden. A®schne et Agriones Bononienses (1819).
Libellulinarum Europzearum Monographiz Specimen

(1825).
C. de Rae. Hore Entomologicee (1825).
Libellulinze Europze (1840).
De Selys Longchamps. Monographie des Libellulidées d’Europe (1840).
. (In the Bulletins de l’Académie Royale de Brux-
elles.)

(In the Revue Zoologique de la Soc. Cuvierienne.)
H. A. Hagen. Synonymia Libellularum Europzarum (1840).
Boyer de Fonscolombe, (In the Annales de la Soc. Entomolog. de France.)

_ Tribe 1. LIBELLULINA.
Division 1. LipgLLuLoipss.

Genus 1. Libellula, L.

1. Libellula quadrimaculata, L., Steph., Curt. ; Evans, pl.17.f. 1.
Var. prenubila, Newm., Steph. ; Evans, pl. 17. f. 2.
England. General.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, Evans.
Scotland. Mus. Dr. Greville, Blyth.
Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman, Haliday.

2. L. depressa, L., Steph., Curt.; Evans, pl. 16. f. 1—2.
England. General. Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, Evans.
Scotland. Mus. Dr. Greville.

Treland. Mus. Miss Ball.

3. L. fulva, Mill.
L. conspurcata, Steph., Curt. ; Evans, pl.16. f. 3; De Selys (olim).
L. bimaculata, Steph., Evans (exclus, synon.).
L. fugax, Harris.
L. quadrifasciata, Donov.
England. lLocal.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, &c.

N.B. The description given by Mr. Stephens relates in part

to the true L. bimaculata described by Charpentier, a species
foreign to England.

De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide. 221

4, Libellula cancellata, L., Steph., Curt., Donov. ; Evans, pl. 17.
f. 3—pl. 18. f. 1.
England. Local.—Mus. Curt., Steph., Dale, Evans.

5. L. cerulescens, Fab., Steph., Curt. ; Evans, pl. 18. f. 2, 3.
L. biguttata, Donov.
L. Donovani, Leach.
L. Olympia, Fonscol., De Selys (olim).
England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Wilson, Blyth.
Ireland. Mus. Haliday, Hyndman.

6. L. sanguinea, Mill.

L. rufostigma, Newm.; Steph. Nomencl. and III. ; Evans, pl. 19.
f. 3—4 (adultus). ,

L. basalis, Steph. ; Evans, pl. 21. f. 1 (junior).

L. Reselii, Curt., De Selys (olim).

L. angustipennis, Steph. Nomencl. and Ill.; Evans, pl. 20. f. 2;
Curt.

England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Evans,

7. L. flaveola, L., Steph. ; Evans, pl. 21. f. 2.
L. flaveolata, Curt.
England. . Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, &c.
Scotland. Steph.

8. L. Fonscolombii, De Selys. Y

(Not indicated by English authors.) —

England. A female specimen in the collection of Mr. Stephens.
He thinks he took it near London.

?9. L. vulgata, L.

L. veronensis, Curtis.

England. A single female specimen taken at Hull (Mus. Dale).
I have not seen it, and as it is difficult to distinguish well the true
vulgata from the striolata, I can at this moment enumerate it only
with doubt.

10. L. striolata, Charp.
L. vulgata, Steph., Curt., Donov. ; Evans, pl. 20. f. 3; De Selys
(olim) partim (exclusis synonymis).
L. veronensis, Steph. Collect. MSS. (Cited with doubt in my mo-
nograph as the L. Fonscolombii.)
England. General.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Evans, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Greville, Blyth, &c.
Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman.

1l. L. meridionalis, De Selys, 1841.
L. hybrida, Ramb. 1842. (Not indicated by English authors.)
England. A single female specimen from the environs of London
(Mus. Evans) ; another in the collection of Mr. Wailes of Newcastle,
but from the south of England.

222 De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide.

12. Labellula scotica, Leach, Donoy., Steph., Curt.; Evans,
pl. 19. f. 1, 2 (adult).
L. pallidistigma, Steph. Nomencl. and Ill. 1835 ; Evans, pl. iS.
f, 1 (junior). -
England. J.ocal.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, &c.
Scotland. Very common.—Mus. Greville, &c. Oban, De Selys.
Isle of Arran, Steph. 7
Ireland, Belfast. Mus. Haliday.

13. ZL. dubia, Van der Lind. :
L. rubicunda, Leach Coll. ; Curtis, pl. 712; Evans, pl. 21. f. 3;
De Selys (partim) (exclusis synonymis).
L. leucorhinus, Charp. (adnotatio).
England. Rare and local.—Mus. Curt., Steph. Dorchester,
Mus. Dale.
Genus 2. Cordulia, Leach.

? 14. Cordulia metallica,Van der Lind. ; Steph. Nomencl. and I11.;
Curt.; Evans (pl. 15. f. 1. more resembles the enea ¢ ).
L. enea, Harris?
England. I have not seen any specimen whose capture in En-
gland was certain. It is very doubtful if it is found there.

15. C. arctica, Zetterstedt, Faun. Lapp.
C. alpestris, Evans (without description or figure) ; it is not the
C. alpestris, De Selys.
C. subalpina, De Selys (Bullet. Acad. Bruxelles).

Scotland. Found by Mr. Weaver, in July 1844, in the Black
Forest of Loch Rannoch in Perthshire (Mus. Dale). This species
is found in Lapland, Norway, and the Ardennes of Belgium. [I have
not seen the specimen taken in Scotland.]

16. C. enea, Linn. (pars). Donov., Steph., Curt. ; Evans, pl. 14.
Pr 3.

England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Evans, Dale, &c.

Ireland? ‘Towards the northern lakes (Haliday). I have not seen
the specimens. There is no doubt that a Cordulia is found there,
but the species has not been determined with certainty.
17. C. Curtisii, Dale; Curt. pl. 616; Steph. Tll.; Evans, pl. 15.

I. a 0»
_C. compressa, Steph. Catal.

England. Local in the south. New Forest, Dorset.—Mus. Dale,

Steph., Curt., &c.
Division 2. AiscHNOIDA.

Genus 3. Gomphus, Leach.
18. Gomphus vulgatissimus, L., Steph. Catal., Curt. ; Evans, pl. 14..
£1.
G. forcipatus, Donov., Steph. Ill., De Selys (olim).

England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, Evans.
Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball.

De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide. 2238

19. Gomphus flavipes, Charp.; Steph. Ill. pl. 80. f. 1; Curt.;
Evans, pl. 14. f.2 (¢).
G. pulchellus, Steph. Catal. (nec Selys).

England. A single male taken at Hastings on the 5th of August
1818 “(Mus. Stephens). N.B. I erroneously considered the pul-
chellus of Mr. Stephens as identical with another species of Europe
which I have described under the same name. This last alone must
retain the name of G. pulchellus, Selys.

20. G. forcipatus, L.
(Not described by English authors. \.f
G. unguiculatus, Van der Lind., De Selys (olim).
Aischna hamata, Charp.

England. A single female in the collection of Mr. Stephens, who
remembers to have taken it in England. [N.B. The extremity of
the abdomen is figured by Mr. Evans by the side of the flavipes as
the female. ]

Genus 4. Cordulegaster, Leach.

21. Cordulegaster annulatus, Latr., Steph., Curt. ; Evans, pl. 13.
{)'2.
44. Boltoni, Donov.

England. Local: rare. New Forest, York, &c.—Mus. Steph.,
Dale, &c.

Scotland. Local. Loch Lomond, Loch Katrine.—Mus, Dr. Gre-
ville, Blyth, &c.

Ireland. Northern Lakes, Haliday.

Genus 5. Aschna, Fab.

22. Afschna pratensis, Mill.
44. vernalis, Van der Lind., Steph.; Evans, pl. 13. f.1; De
Selys (olim).

44. teretiuscula, Leach, Curt.
L. aspis, Harris.

England. Generally.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, &c.

Scotland. Mus. Dr. Greville.

Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball.

23. AL. mixta, Latr.
4G. affinis, Steph. ; Evans, pl. 12. f. 2 (exclus. syn.).
N.B. The description given by Mr. Stephens in 1835 relates
in part to the true affinis, Van der Lind.
4, anglicana, Leach MSS.
L. coluberculus ? Harris.

England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Evans.

Scotland. In the south.

N.B. Perhaps the . affinis, Van der Lind., occurs in En-
gland: all that I can say is that I have not seen it, and that the
types of the species in Mr. Stephens’s collection belong to the
mizta.

224 De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide.

24, Aischna juncea, L., Steph., Curt.; Evans, pl. 11. £22.
44. mixta, Steph. ; Evans, pl. 12. f. 1 2? (exclusis synonymis).
44. picta, Charp.
England. Local, particularly in the north.—Mus. Steph., Dale,
Jenyns, &c. :
Scotland. General.—Mus. Greville, Wilson, Blyth. Inverness,
Thompson. Oban, Inverary.. Foyer’s Fall, De Selys. —
Ireland. General.—Mus. Miss Ball, Haliday, Hyndman.

25. AL. cyanea, Mill.
44. maculatissima, Latr., Steph.; Evans, pl. 11. f. 1; De Selys
(olint).
4. varia, Shaw, Curt.
Ay. viatica, Leach.
AG. grandis, Donov.

England. General.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, Evans, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Wilson.

26. At. grandis, L., Steph., Curt. ; Evans, pl. 10. f. 2.

England. General.—Mus. Curt., Steph., Dale, Evans, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Greville.

Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman, Haliday.

27. At. rufescens, Van der Lind.; Steph. Ill.; Evans, pl.10. f.1.
44. Dalei, Steph. Catal., Curt.

England. Local, and only in the south. Yarmouth, Mr. New-
man.—Mus. Dale, Steph., &c.

Genus 6. Anaz, Leach.

28. Anax formosus,Van der Lind.; Steph. Ill.; Evans, pl.9. f.2.
A. imperator, Leach, Steph. Catal., Curt.

England. Local in the south. New Forest, Cambridge.—Mus.
Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, &c.

Tribe 2. AGRIONINA.
Division 1. CaLoprERYGOIDES.
Genus 7. Calopteryx, Leach.
29. Calopteryx virgo, L. (pars); Steph. Ill. (partim), var. 8,

y, €; Curtis.

C. Ludoviciana, Steph. ; Evans (partim), pl. 7. f.3 ¢, semi-adult
—that given as the female pl. 8. f. 1. belongs to the splendeo
of intermediate age (exclusis synon.).

C. Xanthostoma, Steph. Ill. (male, semi-adult).

C. anceps, Steph. ; Evans, pl. 9. f. 1 (junior= Cal. vesta, Charp.).

C. hemorrhoidalis, Evans, pl. 8. f. 2, 3 (adult).

England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Evans, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Wilson, Blyth.
Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman, Haliday. Belfast, De Selys.

De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide. 225

30. Calopteryx splendeo, Harris.
C. Ludoviciana, Leach, Curt., De Selys (olim).
C. virgo (partim), Steph. Ill., var. a, 6; Evans, pl. 7. f. 1, 2.
England. General.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Jenyns, Evans, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Wilson.

Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Haliday, Hyndman.

Division 2. AGRIONOIDE.
; Genus 8. Lestes, Leach. |
? 31. Lestes viridis, Van der Lind.; Evans, pl.6. f.3? (exclus. syn.).

England? A single specimen in the collection of Mr, Evans.

32. L. nympha, Kirby ?, De Selys !, Evans ?, Curtis.
L. sponsa, Steph. (partim : junior), Leach Coll. gad.
England. Local.—Mus. Evans, Curt., Leach, Steph.
Ireland? Mus. Dublin.

33. L. sponsa, Haussemann, Steph. Collect. (partim).
L. autumnalis, Leach (junior), Steph. Catal. and Collect.( fadult),
Curtis.
L. nympha, Leach Coll. (junior) ; Steph. Ill.; Evans Collect.
(adult).
L. viridis ? Curtis (junior).
England. Local, but in several counties.—Mus, Steph., Curt.,
Dale, Leach, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Greville, Blyth.-
Ireland. Mus. Haliday.

? 34. L. virens, Charp.
L. viridis (partim), Steph. 1835 ; :
L. sponsa (partim); Steph. Catal. exclusis syonymis.

England. New Forest. [A single specimen in the collection of
Mr. Stephens, another in the Mus. Leach. ]

?35. L. barbara, Fab.
(Not described by English authors.)

Ireland? A male in the Dublin Museum under the name of
nympha with a female of the sponsa.

Genus 9. Platycnemis, Charp.

36. Platycnemis platypoda, Van der Lind., Steph. 1835, Curt. ;
Evans, pl. 6. f. 1, 2 (partim).
Agrion corea, Leach (partim).
England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, &c.

37. P. pennipes, Pallas.
Agrion corea (partim), Leach Coll., Steph. Catal.
A. albicans, Leach MSS.
A. platypoda, var. albicans, Steph. Ill.
Libellula albidella, Devillers.
Platycnemis platypoda var., De Selys.

226 De Selys Longchamps on the British Libellulide.

England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, &c.
Scotland. I think I am sure of having seen it on wing at In-
verary.

Genus 10. Agrion, Fab. —

38. Agrion najas, Haussemann.
A. chloridion, Charp., Curt. ; Steph. Ill. (partim : the male).
A. analis, Van der Lind.
England. Local in the south. Whittlesea Mere, Birmingham.—
Mus. Curtis, Dale.

39. A. minium, Harris, Charp., Steph. Pyrrhosoma id., Evans,
pl. 5. f. 3, 4.
A. sanguineum, Van der Lind., Curt., De Selys (olim).
A. fulvipes, Steph. Eryihromma id., Evans, pl. 5. f. 5 (young
male).
A, ecsane Steph. Catal. and Ill. (partim: the young fe-
male).
Erythromma chloridion, Evans, pl. 5. f. 6 (young female).
Libellula puella, Barbut.
England. General.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Evans, &c.
Scotland. Mus. Greville, Blyth. Oban, De Selys.
Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman, Haliday. Belfast, De Selys.

40. A. tenellum, Devillers.
A. rufipes, Steph. Catal.
A. rubellum, Van der Lind.; Steph. Ill. pl. 29. f. 4 (female
with bronzed back); Curt. ; Evans, pl. 3.f. 1; De Selys (olim).
England. Local in the south.—Ely, Mus. Jenyns. New Forest,
Mus. Steph.; Evans. Epping, Dorset, Mus. Dale, Curtis.

41. A. pumilio, Charp.; Evans, pl. 5. f. 7.
A. rubellum (partim), Curtis, pl... . (varietas aurantiaca) exclus.
synon.
A, Cinthipbiesion, Steph., Evans (varietas aurantiaca), but pl. 3.
f. 2. represents apparently the young state of A. minium.
England. Local in the south.—Cambridge, Mus. Jenyns. Dorset,
Mus. Dale, Curtis, Steph.
Ireland. Belfast, Mus. Haliday.

42. A. elegans, Van der Lind. ; Steph. Ill.; Curt. ; Evans, pl. 3.
f.3, 4.

. zonatum, Steph. Catal.

. ezonatum, Steph. ; Evans, pl. 3. f. 5 (female).

. rufescens, Leach, Steph., Evans ( eae Female variety.

. rubens, Evans, pl. 3. f. 6 (female variety

. tuberculatum, Charp.

. pupilla, Haussem., De Selys (olim).

England. General.—Mus. Steph., Curt., Dale, Evans, &c.

Scotland. Mus. Greville, Blyth. Oban, De Selys.

Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman. Belfast, De Selys.

mA AR RA

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Hollow-horned Ruminants. 227

43. Agrion pulchellum, Van der Lind.

A. puella, Steph. ; Evans, pl. 3. f. 7, 8 (not good).
A. lunulatum, Evans, pl. 4. f. 3, 4 (exclus. syn.).
A, hastulatum, Evans, pl. 4. f. 5, 6, not good (exclus. synon.).
A. cyathigerum, Evans, pl. 4. f. 7, 8 (exclus. synon.).
A. rufescens, Evans (partim), pl. 5. f. 2, not good (excl. syn.).
A. interruptum, Charp.

England. General.—Mus. Steph., Evans, Dale, &c.

Scotland. Mus. Blyth. — ;

Ireland. Mus. Hyndman, Haliday. Belfast, De Selys.

44, A. puella, li. (pars), Van der Lind.
A. furcatum, Charp., Curt. ; Steph. Ill.; Evans, pl. 4. f. 1, 2.
A, annulare, Steph. Ill. (female) ; Evans, pl. 5. f. 1 (mot good)
(exclus. syn.).

A. rufescens, Leach (partim : young male), Curtis.

England. Local, London.—Mus. Steph., Evans, Curtis, Dale.

Scotland. Mus. Greville, Blyth.

Ireland. Mus. Miss Ball, Hyndman, Haliday.

45. A. mercuriale, Charp.
_ (Not described by English authors.)
England. In the south.—Mus. Dale, Curtis.

46. A. cyathigerum, Charp.
A. annulare, Leach, Steph. Catal. (without any description).
A. hastulatum, Steph. Nomencl. and Ill, (exclus. syn.),
A. brunnea, Evans, pl. 4. f. 8 (junior).
A, zonatum (partim), Steph. Ill.
A. Charpentieri, De Selys, 1840.
England. Local.—Mus. Steph., Dale, Curt., Evans, &c.
Scotland, Mus. Greville. Oban, De Selys.
Treland. Mus. Miss Ball, Haliday. Belfast, De Selys.

To this species should probably be referred as a variety, the
Agrion scoticum, Dale MSS., collected in Scotland.

XXV.—On the Arrangement of the Hollow-harned Ruminants
(Bovide). By J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Tue systematic arrangement of these animals has been one of
the most difficult subjects for the student of mammalia.

Linneus (Syst. Nat. i. 27), in his last edition of the ‘Systema
Nature,’ divides them into three genera according to the direc-
tion of the horn, which he describes as erect in Capra, reclinate
in Ovis, and porrect in Bos, and separates these from Cervus be-
cause they have tubular, while that genus has solid branched and
deciduous horns.

Gmelin in his edition adds to these the genus Antilope
which had been established by Pallas, and characterizes that

228 =Mr. J. E. Gray on the Hollow-horned Ruminants.

genus as having solid horns like the Cervi, but simple and per-
sistent. Now I need scarcely observe that these characters will
not define the genera, for all Goats have not erect horns, if any
have, and it is the same with the other genera ; and we all know
that the Antelopes have tubular horns, in the sense that word is
used by Linnzeus, as much as the Oxen, Sheep and Goats ; but this
error of Gmelin has had its influence up to this time, for the horns
of Antelopes in Cuvier’s first and last edition of ‘ Le Régne Ani-
mal’ are described as having “ the nucleus of the horn solid, and
without pores or sinuses, like the horns of the Stags.”

M. Geoffroy, perceiving that the characters furnished by Lin-
nus were not sufficient to separate the Antelopes from the other
genera, examined the structure of the prominences of the frontal
bones which form the core or support of the horns of the An-
telopes, and he describes the core of the horns of the Antelopes
to be solid and without sinuses, while he characterizes the cores
of the horns of the Goats, Sheep and Oxen as in great part occu-
pied with cells which communicate with the frontal sinus, and
Cuvier, Latreille and most authors have without re-examination
adopted these characters.

Some years ago I examined the cores of the horns of many
species of Antelopes for Colonel H. Smith, and found they were
all more or less cellular within, and these cells had a commu-
nication with the frontal sinus ; certainly the cells are not so nu-
merous as in the thick horns of some Oxen, but they are quite as
numerous for the thickness of the core; but it is to be remem-
bered that the general character of the horns of Antelopes is to
be slender and elongated, and consequently there is not so much
room for cells, as their presence would destroy the strength of
the core so as not to form a fit support for the horns; and thus
this character is merely reduced to one dependent on the small
size or slenderness of the horns, which, though usual, is not
universal in the genus, for example in the A. Oreas and others.

Colonel Smith, aware of this difficulty, divided these animals
into two families: Capride, characterized by having the horns
“vaginating upon an osseous nucleus totally or nearly solid,”
containing the genera Antilope, Capra, Ovis, and a new genus
which he called Damalis for the Antelopes with high withers ;
and second, the family Bovide, with horns “ vaginating upon a
bony nucleus not solid, but more or less porous and cellular,” in-
cluding the genera Catoblepas or Gnu, Ovibos or Musk Ox, and
Bos*.

This arrangement shows that much reliance is certainly not to

* I may remark that Cuvier says that the genus Bos has a large naked

muffle, yet two species which he refers to it have a hairy muzzle like the
Sheep, viz. Bos grunniens and B. moschatus.

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Hollow-horned Ruminants. 229

be placed on M. Geoffroy’s character for the genus Antilope, for
here the Goat and Sheep are said to have the same peculiarity as
he gives to separate the Antelopes from them.

Several authors after this period considered the subgenera pro-
posed by De Blainville and Colonel H. Smith as genera, and
grouped them into families.

Mr. Ogilby, in a theoretical arrangement of Ruminants, pub-
lished in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1836,
divides these animals into two families characterized thus : Ca-
pride, “ muffle none ;” Bovida, “ muffle distinct, naked.” Of this
arrangement I need only remark, that he places Ovibos in Capride
and Bos in Bovidea, Kemas or the Jemla Goat in Bovide, and
Capra in Capride, thus separating into distinct families most
nearly allied species ; while the genus Jzalus, which is an antelope
with rudimentary horns, is referred to the family Moschide, and
the Gnu is entirely overlooked. I am satisfied, if Mr. Ogilby had
attempted to arrange a collection by this system, he must have
soon abandoned it.

Within the last few years Professor Sundevall of Stockholm
has proposed to arrange these animals according to the form of
their hoofs, and he has regarded the subgenera of preceding
authors as genera, and divided them into four families thus:
1. Caprina, containing Ovis, Capra, Nemorhedus and Oreotragus.
2. Antilopina: Antilope, Dicranoceras and Bubalus. 3. Bovina:
Oryx, Catoblepas, Ovibos, Bos, Anoa, Portax, Damalis. 4. Syl-
vicaprina : Hippotragus, Strepsiceros, Cervicapra, Calotragus,
Nanotragus, Neotragus, Sylvicapra, Tragelaphus and Tetracerus.
In this arrangement he appears to have overlooked the fact,
that the hoofs of these animals are modified according to the
kind of country which the animal is destined to inhabit, and
therefore this arrangement is dependent on that single circum-
stance, and not on the considerations of all the peculiarities of the
species ; hence the species which inhabit rocky pinnacles, as the
Thar and Ghoral (Nemorhedus) and Klipspringer (Oreotragus),
are separated from the other Antelopes and placed with the Goats,
and the large and heavy Antelopes which inhabit the plains, as
the Oryx, Portax and Damalis, are placed with the Oxen.

If this system is fully carried out, the Rein Deer should be se-
parated from its allies and placed with the Musk Oz; and I am
not certain that the Addax antelope should not be arranged in
the same group, for it has the same shaped hoofs, the sands of
the Desert probably requiring the same structure for progression
as the snow.

After examining all these arrangements, and after repeated
examinations of the animals, I believe that the form of the horns
affords the most natural character for subdividing them into

230 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Hollow-horned Ruminants.

groups; and I think that if the Antelopes are divided into two
groups, which appear to me natural, then there is no difficulty in
finding neat characters for the definitions of the families.

I. The horns round or compressed, without any raised keel on
the inner front angle.

1. The horns smoothish, spread out on the sides, cylindrical
or depressed at the base, the knee (or wrist) below the middle of
the fore-leg—Bovee.

2. The horns conical, bent back, cylindrical or compressed, and
ringed at the base, the knee (or wrist) i in the middle of the fore-
leg—Antilopee.

II. The horns subangular with a more or less distinct ridge
on the front angle, the knee in the middle of the fore-leg.

3. The horns subspiral, erect ; tear-bag distinct ; forehead flat ;
male not bearded—Strepsiceree.

4. The horns recurved, compressed ; tear-bag none ; forehead
concave ; male bearded—Capree.

5. The horns spiral, bent out on the sides; tear-bag none ;
forehead convex ; male not bearded—Ovee.

The position of the knee is the external mark of the shortness
of the cannon bone, compared with the length of the ulna or
fore-arm. bone.

The Bovee consist of the genera Bos, Bibos, Bison, Bubalus
and Anoa, with a naked moist muffle, and Poephagus and Ovibos
with a hairy ovine muzzle.

These genera are well distinguished by the form of the inter-
maxillaries. In Poephagus (grunniens), Bibos (frontatus and
Gour), and in Bison (Urus), they are short, triangular, acute be-
hind, and not reaching to the nasal, being gradually shorter in
proportion from Poephagus to Bison. In Bos (Taurus) and
Bubalus (Buffelus and Caffer) they are elongate, reaching to the
suture between the nasal and cheek-bone, and sanereniad furthest
up in B. Buffelus.

The Strepsiceree are peculiar for being the only hollow-horned
ruminants which are marked with white streaks or spots; they
consist of the genera Portax from India, Strepsiceros, Boselaphus
and Tragelaphus from Africa; the three former have ovine and
the last a naked moist nose.

The Capree consist of three genera, Hemitragus with a moist
muffle, Jbex and Capra with an ovine hairy one; and Ovee con-
sists only of the genus Ovis. It may be remarked that the keel
of the horns of these animals, and especially of the Goats, is on
the inner part of the front edge of the horns; but in the Mar-
bur or Snake-eater of Affghanistan the strongest keel which forms

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Hollow-horned Ruminants. 231

the spiral ridge arises from the hinder part of the inner side of
the horns, the front one being obscure.

The genera of the Antilopee being more numerous are worthy
of a more minute examination, considering as I do that it is im-
portant to divide these numerous genera into natural groups,
more especially as there appears to be a character afforded by
the nostrils which has been hitherto overlooked, and which se-
parates them into two very distinct and easily recognised sec-
tions. ‘This character shows the real position of the Gnu, and at
the same. time proves that Colonel Hamilton Smith was correct
in forming his genus Damalis, though he did not discover the
character by which it was best to be defined, and hence placed
with it some species that were not truly allied to it ; and it leaves
the other Antelopes easily reducible into small groups.

The Antilopee may be thus divided :—

I. The Antelopes of the Fields have the nostrils bald within.

1. The True Antelopes are light-bodied and slender-limbed,
with small hoofs and a short or moderate tail covered with elon-
gated hairs to the base, and lyrate or conical horns.

A. Horns moderate, lyrate ; muzzle ovine.

Satea. Nose very high, compressed, truncated. Horns white,
lyrate. 8S. Colus. :

Kemas. Nose of male with a dilatation on each side. Horns
elongated, compressed, sublyrate. K. Hodgsonii.

GazeLLa. Nose tapering, simple. Horns lyrate. Tear-bag
distinct. G. gutturosa, G. subgutturosa, G. Dorcas, G. rufifrons,
G. Isabella, G. Bennettu, G. Semmeringi, G. Dama, G. ruficollis
and G. mohr.

Antitore. Nose tapering. Horns lyrate, elongate. Tear-
bag none. A. melampus.

Cervicapra. Nose tapering, simple. Horns cylindrical, sub-
spiral. C. bezoartica.

B. Horns slender, conical, small.

Nerotracus. Muffle ovine. Crowncrested. Tear-bag large,
round. N. Saltiana.

CrrpHatopHus. Muffle bald. Crown crested. Tear-bag a
linear glandular line. C. mergens, &c. See p. 163, &c. of this
volume.

Nanorracus. Muffle bald. Tear-bag none. False hoofs
none. NV. pygmea.

Terracerus. Muffle bald. Horns two pairs. Tear-bag lon-
gitudinal. 7. qguadricornis.

Orrorracus. Mufile bald. Horns elongate, acute. Tear-

232 Mr. J. KE. Gray on the Hollow-horned Ruminants.

bag transverse. Hoofs square, compressed. Hair thick, wavy.
O. saltatriz.

Caxrorracus. Muffle bald. Horns elongate, acute. Tear-
bag transverse. Hoofs triangular. Inguinal pores and knee-
tufts none. C. Tragulus and C. melanotis.

ScororHorus. Mufile bald. Horns elongate, acute. Tear-
bag transverse. Hoofs triangular. Knees with large tufts. In-
guinal pores distinct.. S. Ourebi and S. montanus.

Exveorracus. Muffle bald. Horns elongate, recurved. Tear-
bag none. Hoofs triangular. Inguinal pores distinct. H. Ca-
preolus, E. arundinaceus and E. reduncus.

2. The Caprine Antelopes are heavy-bodied and limbed and
large-hoofed, with a very short depressed tail covered with hair
to the base, and with conical horns, rarely with a flat process in
front.

Capricornis. Muffle bald. Horns recurved, ringed at the
base. Tear-bag large, round. C. sumatrensis, C. bubalina and
C. crispa.

NemoruHepvus. Muffle ovine. Horns recurved, ringed at the
base. Tear-bag none. N. Goral.

MazamMa. Muffle ovine. Horns nearly erect, ringed at the
base, recurved at the tip. Fur of two sorts. 2. americana.

Ruricapra.. Muffle ovine. Horns slender, erect, sharply re-
curved at the tip. Fur soft. R. Tragus.

AntiLocaPraA. Muffle ovine. Horns slender, erect, with a
flat process in front and recurved at the tip. Ad. americana.

3. The Cervine Antelopes are large-sized, rather heavy-bodied
animals, with an elongated tail with short hairs at the base and
tufted at the tip. Horns elongate.

Koxsus. Muffle naked. Neck maned. Horns sublyrate, bent
forwards at the tip. K. ellipsiprymnus, K. Singsing and K. de-
assa.

Arcocerus. Nosecervine. Nape with areverse mane. Horns.
elongate, recurved, compressed. Tear-bag covered with hair.
A. leucopheus and A. niger.

Oryx. Nose cervine. Nape with a reverse mane. Horns
elongate, cylindrical, straight or shghtly arched. Tear-bag none.
O. Gazella, O. Biessa and O. leucoryz.

Appax. Nose ovine. Neck not maned. Horns elongate,
cylindrical, subspiral. Hoofs broad in front. A. nasomaculatus.

II. The Antelopes of the Desert have a broad nose, and the
nostrils are subvalvular and lined with bristles within.

4. The Equine Antelopes have the muffle depressed, spongy and
bristly, and the nostrils valvular.

CatosLepas. C. Gnu (var. C. taurina) and C. Gorgon.

Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms. 238

5. The Bovine Antelopes have the muffle moderate, with a
small naked moist muzzle under the nostrils.

Bosetapuus. Horns lyrate, thick at the base on the pro-
duced upper edge of the frontal bone. Tear-bag covered with a
tuft of hair. B. Bubalis and B. Caama.

Damattis. Horns lyrate, tapering. Tear-bag naked. * D. lu-
natus, ** D. senegalensis, D. Koba, D. pygarga, D. albifrons,
and D.? Zebra. ,

All these species, except Gazella Dama and G. mohr, Scopho-
phorus montanus, Capricornis sumatrensis and C. crispa, Ma-
zama americana, Oryx Biessa and Damalis albifrons, are in the
British Museum collection. -

XXVI.—An Account of some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms
found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. By
Wiui1am Kine, Curator of the Newcastle Museum*.

Most of the objects treated of in this paper have been obtained
at different times from the cobles and the decked boats which
frequent the fishing-grounds between the Dogger-bank and the
coast stretching from the Tweed to the Tees ; the remainder were
got during a dredging excursion in a decked fishing-boat on some
of the same grounds in the latter part of last June.

Though I was at sea from Monday till Friday, yet in conse-
quence of the extremely unfavourable state of the weather for the
greater part of the time, the dredge was not put down more than
five times ; it will therefore be readily presumed that my dredging
operations were not so successful as could be wished.

At every haul of the dredge I was particular in noting the dif-
ferent kinds of objects brought up, the depth of water, and the
nature of the sea-bottom.

The dredge was first put down (on Tuesday morning) in fifty
fathoms water, not far from the edge of the Dogger-bank, and
at about sixty miles east of Sunderland: here it brought up a
large number of dead shells in a chalky state, and a few living
objects : the former consisted of Pecten opercularis and Mactra
elliptica in abundance, several specimens of Mya truncata t+, two

* Read at the Sixteenth Meeting of the British Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science.

+ The specimens of Mya truncata closely resemble the elongated form
found close in shore: finding it at so great a depth demands something more
than a passing notice, since | am not aware that this variety has ever been
found alive elsewhere than in shallow water. Were it certain that the elon-
gated form did not live in deep water, we might then safely conclude that
the sea-bottom which was dredged had subsided since the Myas, found on
it, were living. Since writing the above I find it stated by Professor E.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii.

234 Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

or three of the common Cyprina (all of which were odd valves),
and a single Scalaria Trevelyaniana : the living objects were one
each of Trochus tumidus, Natica grenlandica, Rimula Noachina
and Mysia undata, a few specimens of Chiton cinereus, two or
three of Pecten opercularis, half a dozen of Dentalium entalis, a
Psolus squamatus (adhering to the inside of a valve of Cyprina
islandica), a few young specimens of Psolus phantapus, one of
Halichondria mammillaris (growing on a stone), and a new species
of Crustacea of the genus 4fga. Although very rare, I had pre-
viously got from the boats Natica grenlandica, Halichondria mam-
millaris and Psolus squamatus ; the last, as far as I have been
able to ascertain, has not been procured on the east coast of Britain
before.

In consequence of the sea being very rough, it was decided not
to put the dredge down again until the weather turned more
favourable, but in this we were disappointed, as a heavy gale came
on which compelled us to run in for the Scotch coast, which
together with the Cheviots we saw the next morning,—the sea
all the time heaving dreadfully. In the evening (Wednesday),
the gale having suddenly abated, we thrice succeeded in putting
down the dredge in thirty fathoms, and at about as many miles
from the south part of the coast of Northumberland. The prin-
cipal objects brought up were Echinoderms, as Ophiura texturata,
Luidia fragilissima, Spatangus purpureus, Amphidotus cordatus,
along with which were several fine specimens of Nymphon gigan-
teum, a few corals and corallines, as Farcimia salicornia, Cellepora
Skenet, C. ramulosa, Eudendrium rameum, Tubularia gracilis,
Thuiaria thua, &c., a single living specimen of Pecten striatus,
Miller, two or three of P. opercularis, and several fragments of
Sabella lumbricalis (?).. As Nymphon giganteum is a rare species*,
and the Pecten striatus a remarkably fine specimen, and specifically
new to our coasts, it may readily be imagined that I was quite con-
tent with our evening’s operations. The Echinoderms were beau-

Forbes that Mya truncata “inhabits the littoral, laminarian and coralline
zones on the coast of Great Britain,” that is, ranging from between tide-
marks to fifty fathoms (vide Memoirs of the Geological Survey, vol. i. pp. 375
and 408). Were all the specimens obtained from these zones in a living
state? and were they all of the elongated form? From what I have seen of
the variation of Mya truncata on our coasts (vide remarks on the variety
M. pelagica), I am led to suspect that the living specimens from the coral-
line zone are much shorter than those from shallow water. It is stated by
Mr. Lyell that he has intermediate varieties between the normal form of
Mya truncataand M. Uddevallensis (vide Geological Transactions, 2nd ser.
vol. vi. p. 137) ; it would be arriving at an important point in the history of
these species if the depth of habitat of the several varieties here alluded to
were known.
* First described by Mr. H. D. Goodsir in the Reports of the Berwick-
shire Naturalists’ Club, vol, ii. p. 114. [See also this Journal vol. xv. p. 293.]

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham, 285

tiful specimens ; but I much regret to state that the Luidias were
equally as great adepts in the art of dismembering themselves as
those whose suicidal powers are so graphically described by Pro-
fessor Forbes in his ‘ History of British Starfishes*. From the
number of fragments that caine up of Sabella lumbricalis (?), the
sea-bottom at this place must have heen covered with it. The
anchor brought up a quantity of clay resembling a red argilla-
ceous deposit at Seaton, near the mouth of the Tees, and belong-
ing to the new red sandstone series: it would be important to
know if the former were really of the same geological age as the
latter.

The next day (Thursday) we only succeeded once in throwing
out the dredge, which came up filled with nothing but sand.
After this unsuccessful haul, which no doubt reminded our boat’s
crew of their very unsuccessful fishing, we steered in for the land,
which we reached on Friday morning.

A few more facts connected with the subject-matter of this
paper remain to be noticed. During the early part of the pre-
sent year, I procured from the boats specimens of four kinds of
shells which there is every reason to believe are not living on our
coasts at the present day ; these are Astarte elliptica, A. compressa
var. latior, Saxicava sulcata and Mya uddevallensis.

The specimens of Aséarte elliptica, Brown, generally resemble
those so abundant in Loch Gair, but some of them are larger
than any I have seen from that locality—the largest specimen
being 13ths by 1 inch: A few of them resemble the specimen
figured by Capt. Brown under fig. 3. pl. 38. of his ‘ Conchology
of Great Britain, 2nd ed. I am not aware that it has ever been
found alive in the German Ocean south of Aberdeenshire, where
it has been got by Professor Macgillivray ; it occurs in a fossil
state at Bridlington, in the basin of the Clyde, at Uddevalla, and
on the banks of the Dwina 240 versts above Archangel: from
the last-named locality, M. Verneuil has favoured me with spe-
cimens closely resembling the variety above-quoted.

My specimens of Astarte compressa, variety latior, closely re-
semble the same variety found fossil at Bridlington. It differs in
no respect from the form at present living on our coasts except in
bemg much larger—the former being nearly an inch in diameter
(at Bridlington), while my largest specimen of the latter does not
exceed half an inch. There is still considerable obscurity hang-
ing over the variety /atior: I am led to believe that it occurs at
Uddevalla; and probably the so-called Astarte multicostata of
Smith found in the Clyde beds is the same shell. I am not
aware that it has been found anywhere in a living state.

* Pp. 138 and 139,
S2

236. Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

I have only got one specimen of the so-called Sazxicava sul-
cata of Smith, which is generally considered a large form of Sazt-
cava rugosa. My specimen is the size of that figured by Mr.
Lyell in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1835, pl. 2. fig. 24.
Mr. Lyell states that Capt. Bayfield has found it alive in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, and I believe it occurs in all the fossiliferous
localities already mentioned.

My specimens of Mya uddevallensis* are identical in every
particular with those figured by Mr. Lyell in his paper “ On the
Fossil and Recent Shells collected by Capt. Bayfield in Canada t+.”
It differs from Mya truncata in being shorter, “ and the posterior
truncation oblique and inclined to the basal margin, and with a
smaller sinus in the muscular (pallial) impressiont.” It occurs
in a fossil state at Uddevalla, in Canada, in Northern Russia, and
in the basin of the Clyde; and it is still living in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence §.

All my specimens of the foregoing shells have very much the
appearance of the Norwich crag and Uddevalla fossils—a circum-
stance which, viewed in connexion with what has just been stated,
and the fact that none have yet been found living in the locality
where they occur, is strongly in favour of the conclusion that
they are pleistocene fossils. As far as I.can learn, they were
brought up from a shell-bank situated about twenty-five miles to
the east of the Fern Islands. If my inference respecting the age
of these fossils be correct, it is necessarily proved, that the place
where they occur was covered with the sea during the pleistocene
period.

HaLICHONDRIA MAMMILLARIS= Spongia mammiilaris, Miller.

This sponge does not appear to be common on our coasts. Of
two specimens which I have procured, one was brought up by
the lines from deep water ||, and the other I dredged in fifty fa-
thoms. The base of either does not exceed an inch in diameter ;
the mammillations are three-quarters of an inch in length.

HaicHonpRia, nov. spec. ?

As the sponge under consideration has some characters in com-
mon with Halichondria ficus, which is “ liable to some modifica-

* So called in Prof. E. Forbes’ valuable paper “ On the Geological Re-
lations of the existing Fauna and Flora of the British Isles.” Vide Memoirs
of the Geological Survey, &c., vol. i. p. 407.

+ Geological Transactions, 2nd ser. vol. vi. pl. 16. figs. 5 and 6.

} Ibid. p. 137.

§ Ibid.

|| By the expression “deep water” must be understood a depth ranging
from forty to eighty fathoms. The greatest depth given in Norrie’s Chart of

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 237

tion from the nature of the object it grows upon*,” there is a
probability that it may be a variety of this species. It is nine
inches long, branched, flattened, dense and incompressible, at-
tached to a specimen of Fusus islandicus, and of a dirty light brown
colour. Only one side, which is slightly convex, has orifices ;
these, as in Halichondria ficus, are “ very few, small and scat-
tered :” the opposite side is flat, and has evidently rested on the
ground; at least it is impossible to conceive that the Fusus
islandicus could support so large and heavy a sponge in an erect
position. It was brought up by the lines from deep water off
the coast of Northumberland.

Reterora Beantanat, nobis.

Specific Character.— Coral white, cup-shaped when young, after-
wards irregularly and deeply folded ; adhering to foreign bodies
by a very short stalk; with meshes and interstices similar to
those of a perforated strainer. Meshes longitudinally oval,
a little narrower than the interstices, and somewhat quincun-
cially arranged. Inner surface of the coral celliferous. Cells
(polypidoms) tubular, and arranged in lear series, of which
from four to six occupy the width of an interstice. Cell-
apertures in quincunx order, which is only slightly broken by
the meshes: upper lip with an intumescence having a medio-
longitudinal fissure : under lip with a central tubular process
having a round terminal opening: sides, each with a long
slender hollow spine. Front wall of the cells transversely con-
vex, and with one or two foramina of the same diameter as the
tubular processes. Outer surface of the coral marked with ir-
regularly flexuose and anastomosing lines running somewhat
longitudinally. Polyps of a red colour.

Dr. Johnston and others have considered this coral to be iden-
tical with the Mediterranean Retepora cellulosa, but after an ex-
amination of the characters of each, I have been led to conclude
that they are distinct species. In the Mediterranean coral the
interstices of the celliferous surface are furnished with strong
hook-shaped processes curving upwards—generally two on each
side of a mesh, but nothing of the kind is seen in the Bri-
tish species ; and the under lip of the cell-apertures is not pro-
vided like the latter with a tubular process. Further, Retepora

the North Sea for the trough separating the coasts of Northumberland and
Durham from the Dogger and Great Fisher banks seldom exceeds eighty
fathoms.

* Dr. Johnston’s British Sponges, &c., p. 146.

+ I feei much pleasure in naming this coral after Mr. Bean, who was the
first to discover it in the British seas (vide Loudon’s Magazine of Natural
History; vol. vii. pp. 638 and 639).

238 Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

cellulosa has the meshes generally wider than the interstices; in
R. Beaniana they are not so wide. These differences are not the
_-¥éSult of age, as they prevail in old and young specimens of both
“species ; probably there may be other differences which can only
‘be detected by a powerful microscope. In other respects, the
-British coral seems to be closely related to the one living m the
‘Mediterranean. My specimens of Retepora Beaniana are from
deep water off the coast of Northumberland*.

From an examination of a specimen of the Shetland Retepora
in the Newcastle museum, I have very little doubt that it is the
same species as the one found on our coast.

HyPotHyRis Psittacea (genus, Phillips) = Terebratula psit-
tacea, auct.

Notwithstanding it having been stated that this shell has been
found at various places on the British coasts, there seems to be
still some doubt on the mind of many conchologists that it is
really a native of our seas. My specimens, one of which is as
large as any that I have seen from the Arctic seas, were brought
up from a depth of thirty fathoms, twenty-five miles from the
north coast of Northumberland ; they were dead specimens, and
hanging to the byssus of a Modiola vulgaris. Mr. Maclaren has
found it on the Berwickshire coast attached to the lines of the
Coldingham fishermen+. My reasons for placing this shell in the
genus Hypothyris are given in the July Number of the ‘ Annals
of Natural History.’

Pecren striatus, Miller= Pecten Landsburghii, Forbes.

My specimen measures {ths and jth by $ths and ;1,th, and
was dredged in thirty fathoms water, thirty-five miles east of the
south part of the coast of Northumberland. I have every reason
to believe that it is not only specifically new to our coasts, but
that it has not hitherto been found on the east coast of Britain.

CRENELLA DECUSSATA= Mytilus decussatus, Montagu.

I have a single specimen of this shell from the deep water of
our coasts ; it was lying in a cavity of a small stone brought up b
the fishing-lines. Fabricius says that the Crenella (Mytilus) faba

" ® This coral was dredged in about sixty fathoms water off our coasts by
Mr. Richard Howse of Sunderland, who went on a dredging excursion the
week after mine. At the same time he dredged at about the same depth
alive specimen of Fusus barvacensis, Johnston, an inch long, two nida-
mental capsules of Jusus norvegicus (an account of which is given here-
after), alive specimen of Solen pellucidus, a few specimens of Astarte dam-
nonie, A. scotica, Spatangus purpureus, Ophiure, Corallines, &c. As in
my case.(ivhich is now the third), he also encountered a heavy gale, which
prevented the dredge being put down more than five times.
+ Proteedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vol. i, p. 213.

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 289

of Miiller, an allied species, “ inhabits the rocks of the sea, fixing
itself by a copper-coloured byssus.”
CRENELLA NIGRA =Modiola nigra*.

The specimens which I have got of this shell on our coasts are
very different in colour from those found in the Frith of Forth :
when 4ths of an inch long they are of a brownish green colour ;
when an inch and three-quarters they are chestnut-brown ; an-
other difference obtains in the strise, which are much finer on the
Northumberland specimens than on those from the Forth.

The generic name which has been given to the two last shells
requires a few observations. After examining the characters of the
species which served as the type of Capt. Brown’s genus Crenella,
and comparing them with those of the so-called Modiola marmo-
rata, M. nigra, M. sulcata, &c., I have been led to the conclusion,
that these shells cannot be generically separated from Crenella
decussata.

As regards external form, though the difference is great be-
tween Crenella decussata and C. nigra, yet how are we to distin-
guish the former from C. faba and C. (Modiola) glandula, Totten,
which run completely into the latter? and as to the crenulated
hinge-plates of C. decussata, they are to be seen, though gene-
rally less developed, in all the species that have been quoted.

In separating these shells from Modiola, I have been influenced
more by the example of others than by any opinion of my own.
Considering them as a single group, they have at various times
been differently named: it would appear from Swainson that
Humphreys distinguished it by the name of Lanistest ; m the
‘Synopsis of the British Museum’ they appear to be named Mo-
diolarca ; Swainson calls them Brachydontes ; and Beck designates
them Modiolaria. Mr. J. E. Gray even goes so far as to make a
distinct family for them under the name of Crenellide, which
“ differs from that of Mytilide (Mytilus, Modiola) in the mantle
lobes being united together so as to leave only two posterior holes
for the entrance and exit of the water, and a slit for the foot and
beard{.” It is possible I am in error as to the species which
Mr. Gray places in the genus Modiolarca; it may be mentioned
however, that in Crenella (Modiola) marmorata and C. (M.) nigra,
there are, as in Modiola vulgaris, a long slit and only one “ pos-
terior hole ;” the latter for the egress current, and the former for
both the ingress current and the foot: in Crenella marmorata,
owing to the anterior adductor muscle being strap-shaped, and
extending unusually backward, the slit actually occupies the pos-

* Vide Montagu’s Supplement, pl. 26. fig. 4.
+ This name does not occur in Humphreys’s Catalogue.
t Synopsis of the British Museum. \:

240 Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

terior half of the shell, which I suspect is the same in C. faba, as
its anterior muscular impressions are, in proportion, equally as
elongated as those of C. marmorata. Notwithstanding there being
so little difference between the animal of Crenella marmorata and
that of Modiola vulgaris, I am somewhat in favour of generically
separating the two groups represented by these species, as the

may be readily distinguished from each other by the shells of the
one being for the most part externally striated and having ge-
nerally crenulated hinge-plates, and those of the other being ex-
ternally smooth and possessing plain hinge-margins. If the
generic value of the former group be admitted, the law of priority
requires us to adopt Capt. Brown’s name Crenella for it, while

» that of Modiola must be restricted to the latter.

Lepa MiInuta=genus Lembulus, Leach = Nucula, auct.

This species is rather rare on our coasts, and is generally brought
up from a depth of from twenty to forty fathoms: my largest spe-
cimen measures ~ and 54, by 3ths of an inch.
_ With the exception of Dr. Leach and Mr. J. E. Gray*, none
of our British conchologists have thought it necessary to sepa-
rate generically the rostrated Nuculas from the rounded ones,
which is remarkable, considering the two kinds differ from each
other in more respects than that of external form. The rounded
Nuculas have an iridescent imside and an entire pallial line,
whereas the rostrated ones are of a milky hue internally, and
the pallial line has a more or less deep sinus: this difference in
the pallial line indicates that the animal of the latter is fur-
nished with siphons, as first pointed out by P. C. Mdller+, and
that the animal of the former is without them{. Considering
these differences, it cannot but be admitted that the genus Leda,
which Schumacher long ago proposed for the rostrated Nuculas,
ought to be adopted: Lembulus is Dr. Leach’s name for the
same group, but as it appears never to have been published,
except by other parties and at a date subsequent to the publica-
tion of Schumacher’s, it necessarily falls to the ground.

Besides Nucula and Leda, another genus has been proposed by

* Since writing the above, I have read with pleasure Professor E, Forbes’
remarks on this genus. Nearly two years ago, I had a paper prepared on
a new genus for the Nuculas with a pallial sinus, which would have been
sent to the ‘ Annals’ but for accidentally finding among some packing-paper
of a German book parcel a copy of the first number of Dr. Menke’s ‘ Zeit-
schrift fiir Malakozoologie,’ which made me acquainted with the fact that I
had been anticipated both by Schumacher’s Leda and Miller’s Yoldia.

+ Index Molluscorum Groenlandia.

{} Mr. R. Garner groups Nucula with the shells which have ‘‘ a mantle
without separate orifices or tubes” (vide Transactions of the Zoological
Society, vol. ii. p. 101); but Nucula margaritacea has a pedal, an ingress,
and an egress orifice.

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 241

Moller under the name of Yoldia for those Nuculas which agree
with the last in being furnished with siphons, but which are
thin, gaping, and of an oval form. From Yoldia we pass with little
difficulty into Solenella—a genus whose affinities appear never to
have been properly understood: the principal difference between
Solenella and Yoldia is in the situation of the cartilage, which in
the former is external, while it is internal in the latter ; but this
difference does not constitute any serious objection to an intimate
relationship existing between these genera, since the like differ-
ence occurs even in closely related species of the same genus ; for
example, Lucina divaricata has an external cartilage, while L. un-
dularia*, Wood, has one that is decidedly internal.
There can be little or no doubt that Nucula and Leda are closely...’
related to each other ; hence we have another case, besides the
one founded on the relation of Jridina to. Anodonta, as first
pointed out by Deshayes, “ considerably invalidating the esta-
blished rule +” that would compel us to include in one great fa-
mily, the Jnclusa of Cuvier, all those shells with “ the mantle open
at the anterior extremity, or near the middle, for the passage of
the foot and extending to the other end in the form of a double
tube.” To carry out such a rule would be to group together the
most heterogeneous forms, and to widely separate those inti-
mately related to each other by affinity: the genera Unio, Ano-
donta and Margaritana, which have the mantle open from front
to back, ought in such a case to be placed wear the Monomyarians,
while Iridina and Columba (Leila, Gray ?), Lea, which have all
the characters, at least the last genus, of the Enfermés, ought to,
be collocated with the Solens, Myas and Panopzas. aod

AsTartE scotica, Montagu.

This species is somewhat rare on our coasts, where it occurs in
deep water. The principal character which distinguishes it from
Astarte damnonie is the plainness of the margins: I have a spe-.
cimen however with the basal margins plain, but whose posterior
and anterior margins are crenulated. Generally the inside of the
valves, as well as the animal, are light-coloured, but occasionally
they are red ; it is the same with Astarte damnonie.

* Mr. Searles V. Wood places this interesting shell in the genus Loripes
(vide Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. vi. p. 247), but its resemblance to Lucina
divaricata plainly shows, that if this were agreed to, we should break one of
the most obvious links of affinity, and group together shells not so closely
related. The change of position of the cartilage is, 1 am inclined to think,
to be seen in other closely allied species of Lucina ; if so, the genus Loripes
would be far from a natural one.

+ Animaux sans Vertébres, 2nd ed. tome vi. p. 572, &c.

242 Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

AXINUS FLExUOsUs= genus Cryptodon, Turton= Ptychina,
Philippi = Lucina, auct.

This shell appears to be much rarer on the east than on the
west coast of Britain. Professor Macgillivray has found it off
Aberdeenshire, and Mr. Maclaren has procured it on the Ber-
wickshire coast. I have only seen a single specimen belonging
to Northumberland, and that came up on the lines after they had
been down in thirty fathoms water, twenty-five miles east of the
Fern Islands.

If this shell must be separated from the genus Lwucina, it will
have to be named Azinus instead of Cryptodon, as the former
name was previously applied to an allied or congeneric fossil
(Azinus angulatus) belonging to the London clay, Mr. J. Sowerby
having published the genus so designated in December 1823 (the
| date of No. 55 ‘ Mineral Conchology,’ in which it first appeared),

while that of Cryptodon was not published till the early part of
the following year (vide the dates of the dedication and title-
page of Turton’s ‘ British Shells’)*.,

Mysr1a unpata (Leach’s genus) = Venus undata, Pennant.

I dredged a specimen of this shell in fifty fathoms, but it is
also to be found in much shallower water, as it is occasionally
taken on the lines that have heen down in twenty and thirty fa-
thoms. Mysia undata and Diplodonta rotundata have often been.
placed in the same genus: the sinus in the pallial line of the
former, however, generically separates it from the latter, which is
one of the Lucinide.

Mya truncata, Linneus.

Variety M. pelagica, nob. This variety is from deep water off
the coast of Northumberland : it resembles the ordimary form of
Mya truncata, but is more truncated posteriorly, approximating
in this respect to Mya uddevallensis ; but instead of the trunca-
tion being oblique as in the latter, it is perpendicular as in the
former. Further, Mya pelagica agrees with the normal form of
Mya truncata in the curve of the pallial smus, but differs from it
in the position of the posterior adductor muscular impressions,

* Mr. J. Sowerby included in the genus Axinus a very different shell
belonging to the magnesian limestone—the so-called Axinus obscurus, for
which and some mountain limestone species I have formed the genus
Schizodus (vide’Sir Roderick Murchison’s Geology of Russia, vol. ii. p. 308).
Professor E. Forbes, in stating that this shell “‘ was the type of the Sowerbian
genus Axinus’’ (vide vol. i. Memoirs of the Geological Survey, p. 412), over-
looks the express declaration of Sowerby himself, that the London clay spe-
cies (Axinus angulatus) was to be considered the type of this genus: this
shell is also the one first described.

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 248

which are situated close to the edge of the posterior end of the
shell, as in Mya uddevallensis. Young specimens of this variety
are likewise more truncated than those of the same age of the
normal form. I have seen specimens brought up from a depth
of thirty fathoms intermediate between M. pelagica and the
latter.

PANOPHZA ARCTICA= Glycimeris arctica, Lam.

~- I have much pleasure in recording this interesting shell as an
addition to our local fauna. Mr. Bean has procured it on the
Yorkshire coast : my specimens are from both the Northumber-
land and the Durham coast, where they were brought up from deep
water. My largest specimen measures 3} inches by 24. It isa
somewhat variable shell on our coasts, but apparently not more so
than it was in the Mediterranean during the pleiocene period.

Rimuta Noacuina=genus Cemoria, Leach=Sipho, Brown= |
Puncturella, Lowe.

I dredged a live specimen of this shell in fifty fathoms water,
sixty miles to the east of the north coast of Durham. The spe-
cies (Rimula Blainvilli and R. fragilis) on which this genus was
founded do not differ generically from our local one; I have
therefore been induced to adopt the earlier name of Defrance in
preference to that of Leach. . aye

TROCHUS MILLEGRANUS, Philippi.

Only a single specimen of this beautiful shell has fallen into
my hands; it was brought up by the lines from deep water off
the coast of Northumberland.

ScALARIA TREVELYANIANA.

This species is only rare on our coast : a single dead specimen
came up in the dredge from a depth of fifty fathoms. My largest
and best specimen is Zths of an inch in length, and is of a brown-
ish flesh-colour.

NatTIcA GRENLANDICA, Beck.

Mr. Bean was the first to extend the geographical range of this
shell to Britain : he finds it on the Yorkshire coast. Besides pro-
curing it from the boats that fish on our coasts, I have dredged it
alive in fifty fathoms. The animal is of a milk-white colour, and
resembles that of Natica Alderi in form, but apparently it is not
furnished with tentacles; I had it alive for a few hours, during
which time it was very active, but either through not wishing to
gratify me, or not possessing them, it never showed any trace of
these appendages.

Fusus antiquus, Miller.

The coasts of Northumberland and Durham afford two

244 Mr. W. King on some Shells and ather Invertebrate Forms

strongly-marked varieties of this well-known shell, apparently
consequent on the depth at which they live: thus the variety
found in from fifteen to twenty fathoms water is thick and elon-
gated, and the one procured from the greatest depths is thin,
short and tumid. On contrasting these two varieties, many would
pronounce them to be distinct species ; but they are completely
blended by a form which lives at an intermediate depth—about
forty fathoms. The shallow-water variety, as it may be called,
resembles the specimens figured in Capt. T. Brown’s ‘ British
Conchology,’ 2nd ed. pl. 6. f. 8; Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology,’
vol. iv. pl. 78; and Donovan’s ‘ British Shells,’ vol. ui. pl. 31. My
largest specimen is 62 inches in length and 33 in width, and has
nine whorls.

I do not know of any published figure that represents the deep-
water variety ; perhaps the best idea of its form will be conceived
from the following measurement of a median size specimen,
which is 51 inches long and 35 wide, and has eight whorls;
to which I may add, as general in the variety, that the whorls are
extremely ventricose, that the siphon or canal is strongly twisted,
and that when old the outer lip is very much reflected.

The largest specimen I have got, and which is now in the
cabinet of Mr. J. Alder, is 7 inches in length and 5 in breadth,
and has nine whorls. 4

The only figure I can find to illustrate the intermediate form
is in Miiller’s ‘ Zoologica Danica,’ pl. 118. fig. 1. My largest
specimen measures 7 inches by 33, and has eight whorls. I

\ have specimens approximating closely to Fusus carinatus.

Fusus norvegicus = Strombus norvegicus, Chemnitz.

The only British locality hitherto published for this species is the
Yorkshire coast. I have procured it both from the coast of North-
umberland and of Durham, where it lives in deep water. Although
figured in the great work of Chemnitz, it is surprising that so
few conchologists, continental or British, were aware of the ex-
istence of this shell until Dr. Turton announced it as having been
found by Mr. Bean of Scarborough ; a reduced copy of Chemnitz’s
figure is given in Wood’s ‘ Index Testaceologicus.’

Fusus norvegicus differs decidedly from Fusus antiquus, with
which it has occasionally been confounded : the canal is shorter
and wider ; the apical or nucleate whorls are considerably larger,
being as large as in some of the mammillated Volutes ; and the
inner lip is much more expanded, being spread over the ventral
convexity of the body-whorl considerably beyond its median line ;
further, it is much smoother externally, is more highly polished
internally, and has a shorter spire ; nor has it the siphonal ridge
of Fusus antiquus. -

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 245

The colour varies according to age; in young specimens the
aperture is simply fawn-coloured, but in those fully grown it is
tinted with bluish pink ; the outer surface is fawn-coloured. The
epidermis is of a light brown colour, but owing to its thinness is
seldom preserved except in patches. When old, the outer lip is
considerably spread out, which gives the shell a striking resem-
blance to some Volutes, particularly Voluta magnifica.

Before the young shell is excluded from the nidamental cap-
sule, which contains from two to three individuals, it is a most
beautiful object, resembling in its amber-like appearance some of
the Succineas ; the capsules are similar to those of Fusus antiquus,
but they are larger and not like them piled on each other, but
agglutinated separately by a marginal expansion to the inside of
dead shells. My largest specimen of Fusus norvegicus is 4.4 inches
in length and 2+ in breadth, and has six whorls : a full-sized em-
bryo specimen is half an inch long and a quarter broad.

Although I have had a specimen alive of this shell, I have not
seen the animal in action: the sides of its foot are marked with
dark purple blotches ; the mantle on the columellar side is very
much thickened, which allows of its being extended over the
ventral part of the body-whorl, as indicated by the wide expansion
of the inner lip; and the organ homologous with the so-called
mucro of the penis of Buccinum undatum is very much produced
and strikingly resembles the spiral of a cork-screw ; following the
spiral it measures one inch and éths in length. 1 have not yet
seen the male organ of Fusus antiquus ; I am therefore unable to
make any comparison between it and the corresponding part of |
F, norvegicus. The operculum is very small and somewhat ovate. >

Fusus Turtont, Bean.

This species and the preceding one are undoubtedly the most
beautiful of the large shells inhabiting the British seas. Consi-
dering this circumstance and their extreme rarity, it may be
readily imagined that I feel some degree of pleasure in recording
them as natives of our coasts.

Fusus Turtoni may be readily distinguished from Fusus anti-
quus and F. norvegicus by its more elongated spire, smaller aper-
ture, thicker epidermis, and the more truncated form of its siphon.
When young the colour of its aperture is reddish brown, which
in full-grown specimens changes to a rich purple-brown, while
the lip is of a pure glossy white. The epidermis is of a yellowish
horn colour. The outer surface of the shell is light-coloured ;
the whorls are marked with slightly elevated broadish spiral
cords ; the apex is mammillated, but not so much as it is in F.
norvegicus ; the outer lip in full-grown specimens is thickened
and reflected, while the inner one is somewhat more expanded than

246 Mr. W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

that of F. antiquus; and the operculum is large and pyriform.
My largest specimen measures 5 inches in length and 23ths in
breadth, and has eight whorls. It is found at the same depth
and in the same places as Fusus norvegicus.

I am strongly inclined to think that the Uddevalla fossil figured
in Hisinger’s ‘ Lethzea Suecica’ (tab. 87. 2nd Supplement) under
the name of Buccinum anglicanum ?, if not avariety of Fusus Tur-
toni, is a nearly allied species. If its spire were a little more
elongated and the canal a trifle more produced, Hisinger’s shell
would closely resemble the latter: for a certainty it is not a
Buccinum, as it wants the well-developed siphonal ridge of this
genus. In the form of the lower part of the columella, the Ud-
devalla fossil offers a striking resemblance to Fusus Turtont.

; Fusus 1sLanpicus, Martini.

There are two varieties of this shell on our coasts: one from
shallow water and similar to the specimens represented in Capt.
Brown’s ‘ British Conchology,’ 2nd edit. pl. 6. figs. 7 and 9, and
Donovan’s ‘ British Shells,’ vol. i. pl. 88, being thick, long and
narrow ; and the other, which is from deep water, is thinner,
shorter, and more tumid. The spiral lines are stronger, and more
apart from each other on the elongated than on the tumid variety,
and the canal is generally more twisted on the latter. The tumid
variety appears to be intermediate in many respects to the elon-
gated form, and the Fusus ventricosus of Gray found on the banks
of Newfoundland.

The shell represented in Brown’s ‘ British Conchology,’ 2nd
ed. pl. 6. figs. 11 and 12, appears to belong to the tumid variety,
but none of my specimens are so short in the canal. My largest
specimen of the tumid variety is 83 mches in length and 14 in
breadth, and has nine whorls.

,

oe

Fuss BERNICIENSIS, nobis*.

Specific Character.—Length rather more than twice the breadth
(the largest specimen I have got, and which appears to be a
full-grown one, is. 34 inches long and 13 broad, and has eight
whorls). Spire (measuring from the apex to the suture at its
junction with the outer lip) nearly half the length of the shell.

_ Aperture, including the canal, pyriform. Stphon evenly round-
ed, slightly twisted, and tapering towards its termination ; its
greatest breadth half that of the aperture, and its length five-
thirds of its breadth: columellar side not much thicker than
the opposite one. Outer lip rather thickened, somewhat re-
flected and slightly sulcated,—the sulcations corresponding to

* From Bernicia, the name of the kingdom founded: by Ida, and embra-
cing the present counties of Northumberland, Durham, &c.

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 247

the largest of the cords on the outside of the shell. Inner lip
expanded over the ventral part of the body-whorl to nearly
its median line. Wahorls ventricose, with numerous prominent
spirally arranged cords, a large one (the thirty-second of an inch
in size on the body-whorl) alternating with a smaller one (half
the size of the other), and separated from each other by an
interspace or furrow equal in width to one of the latter; oc-
casionally a thread-like line runs along the interspaces: the
cords are crossed by slightly elevated lies of growth at the
distance of one of the spiral furrows from each other, which
gives the surface of the shell rather a decussated appearance.
Colour white. Epidermis thin and horn-coloured. [Animal
and operculum unknown. |

This shell is undoubtedly allied to a group of species repre-_
sented by F. islandicus, but it differs from all those that have been
described in some of its characters, such as the prominent spiral
cords, the wide expansion of the mner lip, the form of the siphon,
&c. In the spiral cords it bears a resemblance to F. striatus, Sow.
(particularly the specimens figured in the ‘ Mineral Conchology,’
pl. 22, if they were furnished with a smaller cord running between
those that are represented): in the expansion of the inner lip it
offers an approximation to F. norvegicus, and consequently differs
from F. islandicus, which has the same part as little expanded as in
F. antiquus ; and in the form of the si (that is, its tapering
off towards the extremity) it resem antiquus, and thereby
differs from F. tslandicus, the sipho sh preserves the same
width throughout its entire length. aslandicus, though with-
out a siphonal ridge, so prominent in Fusus antiquus, evidently
displays a tendency to form one; but in F. berniciensis, owing to
the evenly rounded form of the siphon and the thinness of its
columellar side, there is no appearance of such a tendency. To
the Fusus Sabinii of Gray* our shell appears to bear some resem-
blance ; but it is much to be regretted, that the smallness of the
specimen examined by Mr. Gray will not allow of a rigid compa-
rison between it and those of F. berniciensis, the most perfect of
which is four times as large. From the description of Fusus Sa-
binii, I am led to believe that F. berniciensis is more strongly
ribbed, that its aperture is of a different form, that its siphon is
longer, and that its lines of growth are not sv prominent.

The deep water on the Northumberland coast has yielded me
two specimens of this interesting species. Should I ever be so
fortunate as to procure a live one, [ will endeavour to complete
its specific character.

- ® Vide Supplement to Capt. Parry’s Arctic Voyage in the years 1819-20,
p- eexl-cexli.

248 Mr.W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms

Buccinum unpatvum, Linn.

The coasts of Northumberland and Durham yield four di-
stinctly marked varieties of this shell, three of which it is my in-
tention to consider separately, and under the following names:
Buccinum magnum, B. littoralis and B. pelagica*.

Variety Buccinum magnum.—tThe nearest representation I can
find of this variety are the figures in the ‘ Encyclopédie Métho-
dique,’ (pl. 899. fig. la—10). My largest specimen measures
43 inches in length and 23ths in breadth, and has nine whorls.
The spirally corded character of this variety is very striking
(though none of my specimens are quite so strongly corded as
the figure just referred to): on the body-whorl the cords are ge-
nerally an eighth of an inch apart, but in some specimens they are
separated from each other to the extent of a quarter of an inch:
the intermediate furrows are occupied with from three to six
threads.

The canal is short and wide, and both sides are of equal length,
and its terminal margin is strongly reflected. ‘The waves are
rounded ; and it is rare to see them becoming obsolete even on
the body-whorl of the largest specimens. The outside of the
shell is generally yellowish or reddish white, and the inside is of
a milk-white colour. The epidermis is thick, clothy, and of a
dirty brown. This variety lives at depths varying from fifteen to
forty fathoms, and from its epidermis being generally dirty, there

* There are now so many names given to shells generally considered to
be merely varieties of Buccinum undatum, that I was in hopes of using some
of them for those described in the text. I find however that this is im-
practicable: for example, Buccinum striatum is generally considered to re-
present the thin or deep-water form, but the shell which Pennant describes
under this name (vide British Zoology, vol. iv. pl. 74. fig. 91), as remarked
long ago by Dr. Turton (vide British Fauna, p.171), is “ without the undulate
ribs ;”’ in short, it does not possess the specific characteristic of Buccinum
undatum—the waves; it is simply longitudinally plicated. As this is not
general (exceptions occasionally occur) to any of the varieties on our coasts,
I am consequently prevented using the name “striatum.” With reference
to the name Buccinum Donovani, Gray, this has been given to a shell which
I am disposed to think is merely an elongated form of my B. pelagica, and
which occurs only rarely on our coasts ; in other localities it may be a more
general form; if so, the name may therefore be advantageously retained for »
it. As to the name Buccinum anglicanum, | confess my inability to decide
as to what shell it was originally given. On the whole then it seems pre-
ferable to make use of new names when there are so many difficulties in the
way of adopting the old ones. [ am not certain that my names can be ap-
plied to varieties found in other localities: the Buccinum undatum sold in
London is different from the varieties that I have described: [have a beautiful
specimen from some part of Ireland very different from any on our coasts ; it
has the waves, but it is decidedly without the spiral cords, being simply
striated. I have seen specimens from other localities that cannot be iden-
tified with our varieties.

found on the coast of Northumberland and of Durham. 249

ean be little doubt that it lives on a muddy bottom : the largest
and thickest specimens are from the shallowest water. The New-
castle museum possesses an aberrant form of this variety without
the least trace of waves, and resembling the Buccinum carinatum
of Turton.

Variety Buccinum pelagica.—In speaking of the last variety it
was stated, that the thickest specimens were from the shallowest
water, that is from fifteen to twenty-five fathoms, and, as implied,
that the thinner kinds were from a greater depth, say from twenty-
five to forty fathoms : the same variation is observable in the va-
riety under consideration ; the thickest specimens are to be found
in from forty to fifty-five fathoms, while the thinnest live in from
fifty-five to eighty fathoms. In short, there is an unbroken gra-
dation of character from the very thick shell found in fifteen
fathoms water to the excessively thin one which has its habitat in
eighty fathoms: but how different is their appearance when they
are contrasted ! take for example a full-grown specimen of each
variety from the extremes of depth.

Buccinum magnum vay. Buccinum pelagica var.
42 inches long, 2% inches broad. 43 inches long, 2 inches broad.
Nine whorls. Ten whorls. ~.
zsths of an inch in thickness. zsth of an inch in thickness.
Spiral cords and threads prominent Spiral cords and threads small and
and persistent. becoming obsolete on the large
whorls. :
Epidermis thick and clothy. Epidermis thin and ciliated.
Waves large and on all the whorls. | Waves small and only on the first six
whorls.
Both sides of the siphon of the same ‘The columellar side of the siphon
length. much shorter than the opposite one.
Weight 33 ounces. Weight 4 an ounce.

I have not yet procured any specimens of Buccinum pelagica
without the waves and simply threaded, as appears to be the case
with the Buccinum ciliatum of Fabricius, but I have some closely
approximating to this species in these respects: in a few of my
specimens the waves lose their peculiarity, and become simple
longitudinal plications, not in the least undated. If Buccinum
ciliatum occurred on our coast, I should be strongly inclined to
regard it as another variety.

Buccinum pelagica has a strong tendency to become elongated :
I have specimens closely resembling the shell figured by Donovan
as the Buccinum glaciale * (the same shell has been named Buc-
cinum Donovani by Mr. J. E. Gray). Its colour is extremely va-
riable, being externally white, variously shaded with brown, yel-
lowish, and often marked with two or more reddish brown or
purple bands: owing to its thinness, the outside colours are often

* British Shells, pl. cliv.
Ann. & Mag.\N. Hist, Vol. xviu. T

250 Mr.W. King on some Shells and other Invertebrate Forms.

displayed on the inside of the aperture; occasionally there is so
little caleareous matter in the shell that it is almost horny.

Variety Buccinum littoralis is so called in consequence of only
being found close in shore on pebbly bottoms and rocks laid bare
at low tide. From being on such rough and exposed grounds,
it is extremely liable to become broken and abraded, which will
account for so few being found in a perfect state: at one locality
near Sunderland, it is however often found in beautiful condi-
tion ; here the specimens are always white externally with a yel-
low aperture: in various other localities on the coast of North-
umberland, it is brown externally, and of a variously shaded
purple colour within. This variety, at least as it occurs near
Sunderland, has the waves rounded, regular, and not very promi-
nent: the cords and threads are closer to each other than in
B. magnum, from which it differs in being a shorter and a smaller
shell, in having a shorter spire, the whorls standing less boldly
out from the sutures, and the terminal margin of the canal less
reflected. The epidermis is thinnish and of a light brown colour.
My largest specimen measures 2% inches in length and 1% in
breadth, and has eight whorls; it is very seldom that specimens
are found exceeding this size.

Besides the foregoing, another strongly marked variety occurs
on our coasts; but as it is probable it will be described elsewhere
by others who have paid more attention to it than I have, I shall
merely state, that one of the principal differences between it and
Buccinum magnum, as first pointed out to me by Mr. A. Han-
cock, is in the general absence of an epidermis; the fishermen
say that it lives on hard or rocky ground. The figure in Pen-
nant’s ‘ British Zoology,’ pl. 73, appears to represent the same
shell. I have seen two aberrant forms of this variety ; one is
thin, waveless and subulate, somewhat resembling the Buccinum
acuminatum of Broderip; and the other is of the normal form,
but without any waves.

To the conchologist who is interested in the modifications to
which a species is subject from a variation of habitat, depth, or
from other causes, nothing can be more pleasing than to see the
various permanent forms of Buccinum undatum belonging to our
coasts ; but how much more interesting would a collection be of
all the varieties that are known to live under every shade of cli-
matal influence! Deshayes says that Buccinum undatum is found
ranging “from the North Cape to Senegal, modifying itself ac-
cording to the temperature as it advances* :” it is well known to
occur on the shores of North America; and the paleontologist is
certain that it lived as far back as the meiocene period. I have

* Charlesworth’s Magazine of Natural History, vol. i. p. 10.

M. Sundeyall on the Birds of Calcutta. 251

endeavoured to describe some of the modifications of this species
as they occur at the present point of time on the coasts of
Northumberland and Durham; let us hope that others will be
induced to describe more of its modifications as prevailing on
these coasts and elsewhere during either the present or an earlier
period. If this should be done to a proper extent, it is not too
much to anticipate that sufficient materials will be accumulated
to necessitate the publication of an illustrated monograph of the
species Buccinum undatum.

XXVII.—The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by
Cari J. SUNDEVALL*.

{ Continued from p. 176. ]

17. Phenicornis flammea, Boie.—Musc. flammea, Forster, Lath.
Temm. Pl. Col. 263.

Alarum tectricibus quibusdam pennisque posticis apice flavo-lim-
batis. Rostri carina paullo obtusa.

2 (Calcutta 22 Febr.) cinerea, uropygio concolori; subtus pal-
lide flava, gula albida; linea per oculos fusca, supercilia albida. Ala
nigra, vitta flava e fascia remigum 5, et sequentium. Tectrices in-
feriores et margo carpi flava. Cauda prioris. Rostrum et pedes
nigri. Long. 74 poll., ala 87 millim., tarsus 14, rostrum e fronte 12;
altitudo 5, latitudo 7. Iris fuscescens. (Alia simillima, rectricibus
utrinque 5 apice flavis, e Calcutta, Mus. Stockh.)

¢G junior (e Calcutta, Mus. Stockh.), ut ? sed subtus sordide
coloratus, collo antico parum flavo tincto. Uropygium leviter flavo-
tinctum. Flavedo caude splendidior. Ala 88 mill.

6 adultus e Java, superne cum gula et jugulo niger, czruleo ni-
tens; subtus uropygio, vitta alarum caudaque lateribus splendide
luteo-fulvis. Rectrices utrinque 5 extrorsum lutez. Mensure ut ?.

I saw only the described hen-bird without being able to ex-
amine its actions, &c. closer. It had insects in the stomach, and
in its cellular texture under the belly-skin lay two pretty large
intestinal worms (Ascarides). The ovary was quite visible, but
small.

17 b. Phenicura miniata? Temm. P]. Col. 156.

¢ Junior ? e Calcutta, Mus. Stockh. Cinereus, subtus cineras-
centi-roseus, gula alba. Ala nigra, fascia remigum, apicibus tec-
tricum majorum pennarumque posticarum, et parte exteriore rectri-
cum 5 lateralium lete rubris (roseis). Uropygium rubro (nec flaves-
centi) tinctum. Ala 87 millim., tarsus 14. Simillimus mari juniori
prioris, colore flavescente in rubrum mutatoft.

* Translated from the ‘ Physiographiska Sallskapets Tidskrift’ by R. Ber-
tram, with Notes by H. E. Strickland, M.A.

+ This bird is the Pericrocotus roseus of Vieill., and not the miniatus of
Temminck.—H. E. S.

T 2

Wve

252 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

18. Acanthiza trochiloides, n. Olivaceo-viridis, subtus alba, an-
tice flavo tincta. Cauda integra penna extima breviore, apice intus
alba. Linea per oculos fusca.

6 15 Febr. Caput paullulum fusco tinctum ; supercilia elongata
pallide flava. Ala subtus alba; tectrices superiores apice pallescentes.
Cauda fuscescens, obsolete transversim undato-micans. Rostrum
subtus album, superne et pedes pallide fusci. Long. 5 poll.; ala 47
millim., tarsus 19, cauda 45, rostrum e fronte 9. Rostrum apice
leviter compressum. Remiges 3 antice gradate : 22=10*; 4 et 5
reliquis longiores. Pennz cubiti ad % alee flexze extense.

This little bird has a greater interest for us on account of its
remarkable resemblance to our Sylvia trochilus. I have only
seen the above-described specimen, and can say nothing else
about its way of living than that even in its actions it has an
extraordinary resemblance to Sylvia trochilus, so that I fully
believed I had found that species until an examination of its
flattened, much broader beak, and the somewhat different-formed
wings proved my mistake. These are the only points in which
the genus Acanthiza (Vig. et Horsf.) differs from our Sylvia ; the
beak is even unlike that of our S. hippolais. In New Holland
there are several species to be found. I heard no note from the
bird described. This is most likely the kind to which those authors
allude who speak about the Indian Sylvia trochilus (for example,
Edwards in the text to plate 278).

19. Acanthiza arrogans,n. Superne olivaceo-viridis, subtus tota
flava ; vertice vittis 2 longitudinalibus nigris e rostro ad nucham.

6 Calcutta, 9 Febr. Corporis latera flava. Al fusce, plumis
virescenti-marginatis ; pennis intus albidis. Rectrices utrinque 2,
pogonio interno e medio ad apicem albo, omnes rectz, apice angu-
late, unde cauda emarginata. Rostrum superne fuscum et pedes
albidi. Magnitudo et statura Reguli. Longit. 4 poll.; ala 57 mill.,
tarsus 17, rostrum e fronte 10; altit. 2, latit.4. Rostrum apice non
compressum, maxillis equalibus, superioris apice non deflexo. Re-
migum 1? paullo brevior quam in precedente ; 5* reliquis sublongior.
Lingua sat magna, apice rotundata, integra.

This bird bears a considerable resemblance to our Regulus. I
have met with it only twice, amongst bushes, in which it hopped
about without bemg shy. The specimen described hopped ac-
tively about in a low tree without concealing itself, and screamed
a rough tshack! tshack! as if it intended to drive me away. I
could not find out how far it had begun to build its nest. In its
stomach I found only small] hard beetles. This bird also is called
by the natives Tuntuni.

20. Malurus longicauda, Temm. Man. ed. 2. Anal. p. 48.—Mota-
cilla longicauda, Gm., Lath. no. 144. Sylvia guzurata, Lath. 173
(ex it. Sonnerati).

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 253

- Olivaceo-viridis, subtus cum gula albus, capite anterius tibiisque
fulvescentibus.

6 rectricibus 2 mediis elongatis, linearibus dimidio longioribus
quam proximis. 9 rectricibus simpliciter gradatis, 6 mediis sub-
zqualibus, coloreque paullo obsoletiore.

Magnit. Troglodytis; ala 46 mill., tarsus 20; rectrices mediz
maris 65, proxime sequentes 44, foemine 39. Iris flavescenti-alba,
rostrum supra fuscum, subtus et pedes pallide. Capitis latera et
supercilia griseo-albida, occiput fuscum. Rectrices fuscescentes,
lateribus virides, margine apicis albido. ( ¢ ? Febr., Apr., Maio. Tes-
ticulis Apr. Maio tumidissimis. )

Lingua apice truncata, lacero-setosa ut Pari.

Just as the two before-described birds seem to represent our
Sylvia trochilus and Regulus, so it seems that this bird supplies
the place of our Troglodytes in India, to which it bears, the co-
lour excepted, a close resemblance. Its much larger feet and
smaller wings give it a strange appearance. Like Troglodytes it
hops restlessly and boldly about, often, but not at all times, with
its tail spread out, and is seldom quiet. It also seems often to
make signs as if it would attack the person who approaches it ;
but it hops only in trees, generally in the lower ones, and not
among stones, &c., as Troglodytes. Its note is a loud whistling
tshuti! tshuti! I did not hear any clear sounds. According to
a description in Lath. ‘Gen. Hist.’ it builds its nest between two
leaves of the mango-tree. I found in its stomach only the re-
mains of finely-chewed insects. In the entrails of both the males
were found a great many intestinal worms as fine as threads in
the neighbourhood of the kidneys, and it seemed as if the liver
of one had been gnawed by them, yet the bird appeared to be
quite lively and gay. Three of the males I examined were with-
out those worms. The liver in all of them was of a whitish colour,
which was quite common among the Bengal birds. This kind is
common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. It is met with all
over India and China. In Java (and Sumatra ?) there is a kind
which is very much like this, and ought perhaps only to be consi-
dered asa variety*. Dr. Mellerborg, who visited Java in 1827,
likewise through Baron Gyllenkrok’s patronage, has brought se-
veral specimens of them, but only on his second visit.

21. Iéra tiphia. Supra viridis (vel nigra) subtus flava, fasciis
alarum 2 albis ; rostro valido nigricante, tomiis late albis.—a. superne
nigra: Motacilla zeylonica, Gm. = Sylv. zeyl. gf Lath. 91. Le
Quadricolor, LeVaill. Afr. 141 (e Ceylon).—6. superne viridis: Motac.

* Malurus sepium; Motacilla sepium? Raffl. Sumatr. Linn. Tr. xiii.
Fusco-olivaceus, subtus flavescenti-albidus, capite anterius cum lateribus
gulaque tibiisque rufis. Rectricibus apice albis fascia ante apicem nigri-
cante. Mensur, et differentia sexus ut 7. longicauda, sed rostrum for-

tius, ¢ jugulo fusco-olivaceo.

254 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Caleutta.

tiphia, Linn. S. N. (ex icone Edw. 79=Ficed. bengalensis, Briss. iii.
p. 484. e Bengal.). Figuier vert et jaune, Buff. Sylvia zeylonica ?,
Lath. Yéra scapularis, Horsf. Jav. Linn. Trans. xiii. p.151. Turdus
scapularis, Rafl. Sumatr. ib. p. 311.

Descr.—Var. viridis $ (Calcutta 28 Febr. testic. parvis) superne
e fronte ad caudam flavescenti-viridis, opacus, uropygio fronteque
paullo magis flavo tinctis. Plumee dorsi basi cinereze medio obsolete
albe. Capitis latera cum orbitis, totumque gastreum flava, hypo-
chondriis olivaceo tinctis. Ale nigra, tectricibus majoribus apice
pure albis, unde fascie 2 albee; carpi margo flavus. Remiges cubi-
tales latius flavo, primariz tenuissime albo marginate. Cauda pure
nigra, pennis 2 mediis totis, reliquis margine apicis virescentibus.
Pedes nigricantes. Iris fusca. Long. 53 poll. Extensio alarum ~
7 poll. Ala 60 mill., cauda 51, tarsus 18, rostrum e fronte 15.—

¢ (Calcutta 28 Febr.) similis mari, sed differt coloribus minus di-
stinctis. Cauda tota olivacea, viridi marginata, transversim undato-
micans, pennis utrinque 2 margine interiori tenui, virescenti, definito.
_ Venter sordide flavus ; alz fusco-nigre fasciis albis flavo inquinatis.
nt ut maris. (Foemina 7 Febr. et in medio Martii huic simil-
ima.

Var. superne nigra e Java Mus. Gyll., ex “ Ind. Or.” Mus. Stockh.
(veris $'). Superne atra, nitida, plumis obtecta albis et flavis. Uro-
pygium olivaceum. Capitis latera cum orbitis, collum antice totum-
que pectus flavissima, abdomen album. Ale et cauda ut f supra descr.
Ala 68—66 mill.

Generica.—Rostrum rectum validum crasse subulatum, subteres, -
longit. 2 capitis, apice superiore inciso, vix deflexo, vixque longiori.
Vibrissee fere nulle. Nares nude, membrana angusta, fornicata.
Alex breves, rotundate, remigibus 4—6 zqualibus, cubitales parum
Superantibus. Cauda mediocris, eequalis, integra. Pedes mediocres,
scutati, pollice fere longit. dig. medii.

All the specimens I saw were of a green colour, and I am not
aware that individuals of a black colour from Bengal have been
described. The black specimens of Java which I have seen have
not shown any dissimilarity that would warrant their separation
into two species. Common as this bird was, I did not shoot any
after the middle of March, nor have I noted down whether I saw
any after that time. In February they seemed already paired,
and when I shot the above-described male without killing it im-
mediately, it remained hanging on a branch, and the hen-bird
came directly and tried to help it up with its beak. As a matter
both of feeling and of science, I was now induced to make their
fidelity eternal by another shot. From the above-described ana-
tomical proportion one is led to believe that this male was young,
and that it was its mother which intended to assist it; but in
that neighbourhood I found none but these two, which I had ob-
served for more than an hour. In attitude and actions this bird
resembles more a Fringilla, for example the Bulfinch. It hops

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Caleutta. 255

steadily about in the tree without the restless or prying actions
which commonly belong to the insect-eating birds; but the
formation of the beak is sufficient to distinguish it from the
Sparrow-kind ; the edges of the under mandible being rather
high, and towards the end very much bent in. In its stomach I
found small and hard beetles, and eggs of butterflies. The com-
mon decoy-note was a quickly repeated high and clear pipipi-
pipi! or tuj tuj tuy...! From the male I often heard a very
charming but soft singing which was greatly varied. The Ben-
galese name is unknown to me.

22. Timalia grisea.—Turdus griseus, Gm., Lath. no. 91 = Merle
gris de Gingi, Sonn. Voy. (Huc etiam : Baniahbou de Bengale, Ald.
3.8. pl. 9 (mala) = Merula bengalensis, Briss. 2. 260, Hdw. t. 184
(colore nimis obscuro, pedibus debito minoribus et iride rubra) ; cit.
sub Turdo canoro Auct.*)

_Pallide grisea, subtus pallidior, leviter fulvescenti tincta ; macula
nuda pone oculos, rostro, pedibusque flavescenti-albis, remigibus
intus fuscis.

Magnit. et statura Turdi, pedibus multo majoribus, alisque mino-
ribus 9+ poll., ala 102 mill., tarsus 35, cauda 100. Iris nivea. Plume
laceree, decomposite, rachides in dorso obtecte albide; pectus et
varie partes, certo luminis situ obsolete fusco-micante maculata.
Linea superciliaris nulla distincta. Vibrisse minime, subreflexe.
Rostri et pedum forma similis Gracule. Cauda valde rotundata,
transversim undato-micans.

This kind is common near Calcutta, where in February and
March I saw them in families of five or six together hopping
about on the ground among small trees and bushes. When
startled they flew into the lower trees. Their flight is quick with
a noisy action of the wings, but it is feeble and never continued
for any length of time. Like the Thrush-kind they hide them-
selves very cleverly behind the branches and leaves. They never
remain quiet, and make a great disturbance with their chattering
noise, which is somewhat like that heard from young starlings.
From these sounds this species has received its Bengalese name
tshattaria (with the accent on the first syllable), which is not at
all a bad name for it. In Lath. ‘Gen. History’ (under Turdus
canorus) the name of Chatareea is mentioned, according to the ac-
count of Buchanan. I did not hear any song. Its food consists
of insects, small snails, grains of rice, &c., which I always found
in its stomach. In the beginning of February I got a young

* Relique citationes 7. canori referende sunt ad 7’. sinensem, Briss. et
L. (L’Hoamis de la Chine, Buff.) sc. Turd. chinensis, Osb. It. 309. Corvus
faustus, Linn. Am. Ac. iv. Lan. faustus et Turd. canorus, Linn. S. N. x.
. xii. Sic 7. canorus = T’ sinensis, nobis, Timalia fausta, e div. Garrulax,

esson.

256 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

male, which had in the cavity of the chest, under the skin, be-
tween the branches of the furcula, a globular formation, larger
than its head, hard, of a whitish gray colour, and only slightly
attached by the cellular tissue. This specimen had a sickly ap-
pearance, ruffled feathers, and the point of its beak was a little
injured as well as very much grown out of its proper form. A
ereat number of species of this genus (Timalia, Horsf. L. Tr. xii.)
are found in the countries around the Indian Sea. They supply
on the old continent the place of the American Myothere, to
which they have a great resemblance. They are remarkable for
their plain gray or brownish colour, large feet, small wings, &c.
None of the birds of our climate are so deficient in that gaiety of
plumage which distinguishes the feathered tribe ; but the tropical
countries excel in both splendour and simplicity in great as well
as small things. The species of the old continent, which in Tem-
minck’s P]. Col. are called Myothera, belong (most likely all) to
Timalia*.

23. Cinnyris ceylonica, Cuv.—Certhia zeylonica, Linn. et Auct.
6 Castaneus ventre flavo, pileo ularumque carpo purpurascente-viri-
dibus, gula uropygioque violaceis, nitidissimis cauda zequali.

Magnit. Sylvie, 44 poll., ala 55 mill., tarsus 17, rostrum 17.
Rostrum capite paullo longius, in arcum 1 circuli curvatum.

3 7 Febr. Iris fulvescens (subgrisea), colore viridi capitis ante-
rioris carpique minus extensis. ‘Testiculi magnit. pisi, dexter albus,
sinister nigro-cinereus, albido reticulatus.

6 27 Apr. Iris coccinea, color perfectus, tectricibus ale parvis
omnibus, capillitioque toto viridi-zneis, etiam jugulum violaceum.
Testiculi maxime tumidi albi.

6 2 Mai. (Junior prioris anni?) Iris obscure rubra. Vertex
et gula plumis immixtis cinereis. Uropygium olivaceo-cinerascens,
plumis violaceis immixtis. Color metallicus capitis, gule alarumque
parum extensus. Caude alarumque plume latius pallescenti margi-
nate. ‘Testiculi parvi, fere obsoleti.

I did not succeed in getting a female, although this species
was quite common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. They
hopped quickly about between the branches of the trees, like
our sinall Sylvia, i. e. curruca, trochilus and others, which they
even resemble in flight. Sometimes I saw them hanging under
the branches, like Regulus, in order to gather insects out of the
buds. It has already been remarked by others, that the food of
this bird does not consist entirely of honey, as was supposed from
its long, divided and tubular tongue, but they use it to catch in-
sects with. The stomach was always full of little husks, larve,

* These remarks on the genus 7imalia are generally correct, although
the species above-described is not a 7imalia, but a Malacocercus.—il. KE. S.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. hee

and other insects, and in the one which I shot in February I
found the seed of some plant. This bird, as well as many other
small species, however, must be very fond of sweet things, because
the Hindoos maintain that they live upon sugar, and the Ben-
galese name Sokkor-kurra signifies sugar-eater. In Madagascar
some other kinds of Cinnyris are named Soui-manga, which it is
said means the same. In the month of March, when the large
cotton-tree (Bombax malabaricus) was in blossom, its tulip-hke
flowers were very much visited by these as well as some other
birds, 2. e. the Indian magpie and starling, but they look for in-
sects and not for honey. The stomach is small and very thin,
almost like skin ; the liver is large and whitish ; the tongue is
long, divided into two narrow flat strips, and entire, with the
margins near the root turned in, almost forming atube. I only
heard a short whistling sound from them occasionally.

24. Motacilla alba var., tectricibus alarum majoribus intermediis
totis, reliquis pogonio externo albis.— 9 22 Martii; ala 81 mill.,
tarsus 20, rectrices mediz 82. Plaga juguli lunata, verticeque usque
in nucham, nigris. _

Only one specimen of this species was obtained, but several
were seen in the same place near Sucsagor, in the vicinity of the
river, also one near Calcutta, February 9. They were all gray
above as with us, but in the female brought home, the dorsal
feathers have towards their sides and tips a slight though con-
spicuous streak of black which cannot be seen at a distance in the
living specimens. Possibly the older individuals become black
in summer, as in many places in southern Europe and central
Asia. I saw no more wagtails after the 22nd of March; they
probably then migrate to the north. With the exception of the
above-mentioned distinctions, the specimen brought home is
altogether like the same bird in winter-clothing (March, April)
with us, except that the black and white colouring of the head is
somewhat purer than is usually the case here with the females.
Notes, habits, &c. not thoroughly known.

25. Motacilla flava.—Our well-known Yellow Wagtail was
seen several times (first on February 9), and was shot once, on
March 12, on a grassy plain near the river, where it occurred
abundantly along with Charadrius minor. As I on that day had
collected more birds than I could preserve, the specimen was not
brought home; I trusted to shoot a wagtail another time, but
did not succeed. As far as I could see, it showed no difference
from our common species of South Sweden; and among many
which I saw alive at a short distance, I perceived none with a
black head, as is common with the adult males in summer plu-
mage in Dalmatia, Lapland and central Asia.

258 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

| Motacilla boarula?—Several times in February and March
there were seen near Calcutta and Serampore, wagtails which
could scarcely be other than M. boarula; but as I happened to
miss them, and had not before seen any living specimen of the
specie mentioned, I will assert nothing, but merely record what
I saw. |

26. Anthus arboreus is also one of the commonest birds of
Bengal. Two males brought home show no other difference from
a Swedish specimen killed near here, than that the dark streak
through the eye is somewhat broader, and the spots on the back
are somewhat less evident than in Swedish specimens. Their
mode of life appeared to me unusual, as I had not before seen
them in their winter abodes ; they flew about in flocks of five or
six together during the month of February, on the ground near
bushes and in places overgrown with trees. When alarmed they
flew up into the trees. Only seeds were found in the stomach.
I do not remember to have seen them after the month of March,
but I presume that they then remove to thei native abodes in
the north. The Bengal name is Zjorta or Tjah.

27. Anthus pallescens, Vig. et Horsf. Linn. Trans. xv. p. 229.—
Griseus, fusco- maculatus, subtus albus: pectore antico lineolis crebris
oblongis nigro-fuscis ; pedibus validis, tarso longit. 1 ale; ungue
postico leviter arcuato, valido, longiore quam digito.

Calcutta initio Maii. Magnitudo corporis fere A. pratensis ;
longit. 53 poll. Ala 74 mill., cauda 51, tarsus 25. Affinis A. cam-
pestri, sed pedes majores, caudaque brevior. Supercilia lata, albida,
elongata. Linea per oculos et altera ordinaria sub oculis distincte,
fusce. Lineola ordinaria ad latera gule tenuis, nigro-maculata.
Macule pectorales parvee, longit. 2-3 millim., fasciam pectoralem
formant ; juguli ventrisque nulle. Hypochondria fulvescentia. Rec-
trices utrinque 2 albex, basi oblique fusce ; 3° margine externo tenui
albo. Rostrum et pedes albo-pallidi. Iris fuscescens. Rostrum paullo
longius, sed non minus validum quam in 4. arboreo. Color superne
griseo-pallescens, plumis angulatim detritis ; superne non rufescens
ut in descriptione citata. Alarum fasciz nullz.

{Aliud individuum, non conservatum, 23 Martii, differt rectrice
2* pogonio externo toto fusco ; 3* immaculata.]

This Titlark is only found in open fields, especially on arable
Jand, and never perches on trees. It is consequently not seen
near Calcutta, but is common on the more open fields some miles
therefrom. The elevated tarsi give them a peculiar, easily recog-
nised aspect, and they are often seen to raise themselves with the
body straight up, while the other species of the genus always
carry the body horizontal. One may also sometimes see them
hop with both feet together, but the most usual action 1s spring-
ing like that of the other birds of the Lark kind. On one occa-

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 259

sion I heard one singing some notes, and quavering like a lark,
but only for a moment. The food consists of insects, such as
Achete, together with rice and other seeds. Both kinds of food
were found together in the stomach. In the beginning of May
they were seen in pairs; they had previously been solitary. It
seems that the same species isalso found at Ulimaroa, for I have
no doubt that it is identical with the species above quoted.

28, Alauda (A. arvensis, Sonn. Voy. ?).—On the great
plains about Sucsagor, north from Calcutta, two species of Alauda
were decidedly seen, which were analogous to A. arvensis and
arborea. One was killed at the first shot, but as I was wearied
that evening, and delayed preparing the specimen, I had the
misfortune next day to find this, as well as a large portion of my
other specimens, destroyed by ants. My intention of shooting
another failed, nor did I keep what the ants had left. It was
somewhat smaller than A. arvensis, had rather stronger markings
on the sides of the head, much as in A. arborea, and a difference
of colour in the tail-feathers. [Rectrice extima alba, 2 intus ob--
lique fusca, pogonio externo quoque fusco, relicta plaga magna
alba trigona.| The song was (in March) not so lively as our
lark’s, but more tedious and monotonous, such as we sometimes
hear it in August. The feathers were worn into an angular form,
and the shape of the beak was as in A. arvensis. The other spe-
cies was not obtained.

29. Alauda gingica, Lath. no. 14.—Petit Alouette grise de Gingi,
Sonn. Voy. Fringilla cruciger, Temm. Pl. Col. 269.1. Duree Finch,
Lath. Gen. Hist. vi. 115. Genus Megalotis, Swains.

Grisea, gastrei vitta longitudinali, lata, in jugulo cruciata, cum
superciliis lorisque nigris. Rostrum crassissimum.

¢& 22 Mart. Iris fusco-rufescens. Rectrix lateralis extus oblique
albo-dimidiata. Alarum tectrices infericres nigree. Dorsum obso-
letissimze fusco-maculatum. Frons et capitis latera sordide alba.
Long. 4} poll; ala 72 mill., tarsus 17, cauda40. Lingua apice trun-
cata, setoso-lacera.

This elegant little Lark was seen several times in the open
fields. In its flight and motions on the ground it completely
resembled a lark, not a Fringilla. The specimen described was
shot just as it settled on the ground after singing for some mo-
ments with expanded wings. Only seeds were found in the
stomach. According to Buchanan (in Latham’s Gen. Hist.), it
lays its eggs in May, and is called Duree in Bengal. Of this
and some allied species a separate genus, Megalotis, Sw., has
been made, which from its thick beak has been included among
the Finches ; but the form of the lower mandible, as well as the
mode of life, distinguish it sufficiently therefrom, and it is in
order the better to draw attention hereto that I have retained

260 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

the generic name Alauda. They differ however from the Larks
m the thickness of their beaks, the form of the tongue, their
unspotted plumage, and the decidedly short and curved hind-
toe. Here also belongs Fringilla otoleucos, Temm. Pl. Col. 269.
2, but not F. simplex and githaginea from Africa, which are
true Fringille, Linn. (Pyrgite, Cuv.).

30. Fringilla domestica was found at Calcutta just as in Swe-
den. On two occasions I had an opportunity to observe spar-
rows at three to five yards’ distance on board ship, and I saw
them also in the town, but not in the country, so that I had no
opportunity of shooting any. All the males (at least ten or
twelve), which I could observe accurately m the manner men-
tioned, had the head gray above and brown on the sides, as with
us. [t is remarkable that the hot climate did not make the head
of the male brown, as in Italy, Spain and Egypt. Possibly I
did not see any old male. Fringilla montana was not seen.

31. Fringilla bengalensis (non F. bengalus, auct.).—Loxia benga-
lensis, Briss., Linn., Lath. no. 36; Edw. 189; Buff. Pl. Enl. 3938. 2.
( 3 fig. mala). Genus Ploceus, Cuv.

Grisea, subtus rufescenti-albida, dorso fusco-maculato; capite
superne flavo, lateribus pallide fusco. Rostrum altitudine duplo
longius.

Paulo major quam F. domestica; rostrum presertim majus. Ala
74 mill., tarsus 20. Remiges 10; 1* spuria.. Gula albida.

Gadulta, Mart., Apr., Maio, capillitio toto flavissimo.

¢ jun. (Aprili) fronte ad medium verticem flava.

(9? Apr. Ovario? ictu leso. Similis f juniori, sed colore paullo
sordidior. |

In attitude and habit this bird resembles our common sparrow,
and, the yellow crown excepted, its colour is much the same.
The species was quite common about Calcutta after April, when -
they began to build their nests ; before April they were not seen.
The nests are skilfully suspended under the enormous leaves of
the common palm-tree (Borassus flabelliformis). The best are
of compact coarse hay, and have the appearance of a purse ;
they are 13 or 14 inches long, 7 inches broad in the lower part,
growing smaller upwards to the breadth of 2 inches, and exter-
nally smooth; but they are in great part solid, so that only the
lowest extremity has a small spherical cavity of 5 mches diame-
ter, with a pendent cylindrical entrance at the side. The nest
is built from above, so that the cavity is made the last. When
it is half-made, so that the bottom is wanting, a transverse wall
is made, and the structure has consequently two holes in the
lower part, one for the nest, the other for the entrance. These
are afterwards completed, each by themselves. The males were
supposed to be chiefly occupied in collecting materials, and this

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 261

seemed the most probable. Although I shot many in order to
procure a female, I only succeeded in getting the one above-no-
ticed, which however I cannot with certainty pronounce to be
one. It was shot down from a half-finished nest at more than
twenty yards high. Two or three nests are often attached to the
same leaf, and twenty or thirty in the same palm. In the be-
ginning of May the newly-hatched young were obtained from a
nest, and three quite white eggs from another, although many
nests were scarcely half- built.

The notes near the nests were like the warbling and call-notes
of the linnet. No song was heard. In the stomach only rice-
grains were found, which they were seen to pluck while hopping
about the cottages, like sparrows with us. The Bengalese name
is Bawee (the w sounded as in English).

[To be continued. }

XXVIII.—On the Growth of Cell-Membrane.
By Hueco v. Mou.*.

[Continued from p. 155.]

WHEN we compare the conclusions necessarily resulting from
these calculations with Harting’s theory, we see that they are
decidedly opposed to it. We have good grounds for the assump-
tion that the mean number, derived from the measurement of
ten rows of cells, indicates with tolerable accuracy the course of
the normal development of the wood-cells of Hoya carnosa, since
the mean numbers already derived from the measurement of
five rows of cells differ but very slightly from those above men-
tioned. If we assume this, it follows that the nearer the inter-
mediate (mittlere) wood-cell (if I may so express myself) of this
plant approaches the margin of the wood in consequence of the
progressive conversion of the inner cambium-cells into wood-
cells, the more it enlarges in the radial direction, so that its dia-
meter is dz of a millimetre when it lies in the second row of
cambium-cells (counted from the wood), and when it has advanced
to the inner row, bordering the wood, the diameter is increased
to z'z of a millimetre. According to Harting’s view, the cavity of
the cell will continue of this size, since in his opinion the con-

* From the ‘ Botanische Zeitung,’ May 29th and June 5th, 1846. Trans-
lated by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S. &c.

+ I here take the diameter of the cavity of the cell as equalling the dia-
meter of the whole cell, which is not altogether right, but deviates little from
the truth, since the cambium-cells of Hoya carnosa have very thin walls, and
as these walls are double, only half this thickness shou'd be reckoned. This
is so small a size and one so difficult to give accurately that I thought it might
be disregarded; in a measurement which however cannot claim strict ac-

262 M.Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

version of the cambium-cell into a wood-cell depends on the de-
position. of secondary layers upon the outside of the cell; or
rather, as was shown above, the cavity of the cell must enlarge
in the radial direction in consequence of this external addition
of secondary membranes. If we compare with this the size of
our intermediate wood-cell, the hypothesis cannot be brought into
agreement with its dimensions, for the cavity of the cell lymg m
the outermost circle of wood diminishes from ); to +, of a mil-
limetre, while the total diameter of the cell increases to 7,. These
calculations prove beyond a doubt, that in the conversion of a
cambium-cell into a wood-cell the cavity is far from remaining of
the same size or enlarging ; on the contrary, it becomes very ma-
nifestly smaller : this can only be accounted for by a deposition of
secondary layers on the inside of the primary membrane, or by
the assumption of the occurrence of an external compression of
the cell-membrane on every side, causing it to occupy a smaller
space, for which process no analogy is to be found throughout all
vegetable anatomy. That the total diameter of the cell distinctly
increases (from z/, to’7+; millim.), while at the same time the ca-
vity becomes smaller, is not in the least an objection to the hy-
pothesis that a deposition of secondary layers takes place in the
interior of the cell, because there is no reason to prevent our as-
suming that an elementary organ may increase in breadth, by the
intus-susception of new organic matter between the molecules of
which its membranes consist, during the deposition of secondary
membranes. That such a growth is possible and actually does
take place, convincing proof is offered by the spiral vessels situated
in the interior of the vascular bundle, the spiral fibre of which
every one certainly considers as a secondary deposit. This en-
largement of the whole cell does not yet attain its maximum
while it lies in the most external row of the wood-cells ; the above
measurements show that in the wood-cells of the second circle the
total diameter had increased from ~'; to 71, the cavity from ;+;
to zi,5 of a millimetre. As seen by these numbers, the total
diameter of the cell has increased in a greater proportion than
the diameter of the cavity, whence the inference, that simulta-
neously with the enlargement of the cell, a thickening of its
walls takes place, which however is not quite sufficient to hinder
the enlargement of the cavity of the cell, by the expansion of the
cell-wall.

If from this refutation of the reasons adduced by Harting in
favour of the external addition of the secondary layers, founded
on micrometrical measurements, we pass to an anatomical exa-

curacy, the thickness of the walls parallel with the wood of the cambium-
cells of Hoya amounted to at all events not more than s59 of a millimetre,
if anything less.

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 263

mination of the wood-cells themselves, their structure affords
decided proof, that secondary layers are deposited ypon the
inside of the primary membrane. The analogy between the
structure of the wood-cells and that of parenchymatous cells,
as for instance the cells of horny albumen, the dotted, thick-
walled medulla- and bark-cells of Hoya carnosa, in which Hart-
ing himself does not deny an internal growth, at once offer rea-
sons not to be disregarded, for the assumption of an analogous
process of development in the two kinds of cells. Where the
anatomical relations of the individual layers are so perfectly
analogous, it would require very clearly-ascertained facts to in-
duce us to assume that nature follows a different law of formation
in the wood-cells from that which obtains in the parenchymatous
cells, and of such facts I have no knowledge. On the other hand,
the history of the development of prosenchymatous cells affords in
my opinion very certain evidence of the contrary. In relation to
this perhaps there is nothing so instructive as the examination of
the cells of the Conifere, and I believe that a conclusion deduced
from these elementary organs will hold good in reference to the
wood-cells of Dicotyledons, since spiral fibres on the inner sur-
face of the cell, together with a bordered dot, resembling those
occurring in Taxus, are also found in many wood-cells, as for in-
stance in Viburnum Lantana. Now the examination of young
shoots of Pinus sylvestris (and exactly im a similar manner also,
the examination of young dotted vessels of dicotyledonous wood)
affords evidence that the cavity which subsequently forms the
border of the dot, and which is situated between the outer closed
membranes of two contiguous cells, appears very early, while the
cell-membrane is yet very thin, and is in every case already per-
fectly formed at a period when no trace can be seen of the dot,
leading to the cavity, situated in the inner layer of the cell. Tt
does not admit of the slightest doubt therefore, that the outer
closed membrane of the cell is the primary, and that the inner
layers which are perforated by the canals of the dots are subse-
ens deposited upon the inner surface of the primary mem-
rane.

It is not here meant to be denied that deposits do occur upon
the outer side of the primary membrane in many cases, for in-
stance in this very wood of Pinus sylvestris. This takes place in
the mtercellular passages which are found between the cells while
their walls are still thin, in which an intercellular substance is
deposited ; but this has nothing to do with ‘the thickening or
growth of the cell-membrane.

Although in the foregoing remarks, I have been forced, in the
defence of my theory, to repel many of the objections advanced
by Harting and Mulder on anatomical grounds, because I cannot

264 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

acknowledge as accurate the observations upon which they are
founded, it is otherwise with the objections which those ob-
servers have brought forward in a chemical point of view, since
I do not indeed differ from them as to the facts they mention,
but cannot agree with the conclusions they have thence drawn.

Although Harting and Mulder are not themselves always of
the same opinion in reference to the chemical constitution of the
compounds found in the cell-wall, yet in regard to the history of
development of the cell-wall they draw similar conclusions from
their joint investigations, so that I can here take their objections
together. The most important points coming under consideration
are the following :—

‘The wall of young cells consists in general of cellulose alone, it
being coloured blue by iodine and sulphuric acid ; in older cells
on the contrary, which possess thickened walls, distinct layers may
usually be distinguished, differing chemically. In the wood-cells,
bark-cells and milk-vessels, the outermost layer (external wood-
membrane of Mulder ; cuticle of the wood-cell of Harting) consists
of a substance wholly insoluble in sulphuric acid. That this
membrane is produced after that which is composed of cellulose,
is evident from the circumstance that the young wood-cells ac-
quire the blue colour in every part ; the outer membrane is there-
fore considered by Harting and Mulder as a layer deposited on
the outside of the membrane composed of cellulose. From the
relation of this outer membrane to the first-formed pores, Hart-
ing derives the variations of the canals of the dots: when the
outer membrane is produced in proportionately more abundant
quantity and spreads itself between two cells, over their whole
surface, the pores become closed ; if, on the contrary, this mem-
brane be only deposited in the same proportion as the cells in-
crease in breadth, the pores remain open ; if, lastly, its develop-
ment do not keep pace with the expansion of the cell, a cavity
is produced between the dots. From the circumstance that
in the full-grown cell the layer of cell-membrane surrounded
by this outer membrane is usually no longer coloured blue by
iodine and sulphuric acid, but this colour, even when it appears
at all, is only to be found in the inmost layer bordering the ca-
vity of the cell, while the remaining portion is coloured either
yellow or green, it is further deduced, that these intermediate
layers of the cell (Mulder’s intermediate ligneous substance), which
take a yellow colour with the reagents mentioned and are soluble
in stronger sulphuric acid, have been deposited, at the same time
as the outermost layer, in the direction from within outwards.
Mulder’s and Harting’s views however do not wholly agree in
reference to the formation of this layer. The former assumes,
that either the cellulose is wholly absorbed and becomes replaced

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 265

by this intermediate ligneous substance, or that the intermediate
ligneous substance is deposited on the outside of the oldest and
innermost layer (the cellulose); while Harting assumes that this
encrusting matter does not replace the cellulose, but permeates the
cell-wall composed of cellulose from within outwards and accumu-
lates in preference in its outer layers. This intermediate ligneous
substance is always combined with proteme. As analogous to
this deposition of intermediate ligneous substance, as the inter-
mediate layers of wood- and bark-cells and as the outer layer of
medulla-cells (in which latter Mulder did not find the outer
ligneous layer), other encrusting matters occur in the cells of
particular organs, for instance pectose in the so-called Collen-
chyma, and in the milk-vessels a substance partly isomerous with
vegetable mucilage, partly with cellulose, in the cells of the horny
albumen of Alstrwmeria, Iris, Phytelephas, &e.

The conclusion which Harting and Mulder draw from the che-
mical facts here mentioned, with regard to the development of
cell-membrane, goes to establish the opimion, that those layers,
which in the membrane of a full-grown cell are characterized by
a peculiar chemical reaction, not yet presented by the membrane
of young cells, have been formed subsequently to the membrane,
consisting of cellulose, of the young cell, and that since these
layers occur on the outside of the full-grown cell (the inmost
layer of which is composed of cellulose, and therefore corresponds
to the membrane of the young cell), the cell-membrane has in-
creased in thickness in consequence of the subsequent deposition
of layers, differing chemically, from within outwards.

Let us examine whether these conclusions be not too hasty.
It does not admit of the slightest doubt, that the chemical com-
pounds which are coloured yellow by iodine and sulphuric acid,
and which characterize the outer and intermediate layers of most
full-grown cells, are of later origin than the cellulose which forms
the membrane of the young cell. From this fact however it is
a great leap to the assumption, that these layers, which are com-
posed of a substance differing from cellulose, are in reference
to their situation also newly-formed layers, which are wanting
in young cells. This is quite possible; but it is also possible,
that the fact as shown by anatomy is altogether otherwise.
If we first of all disregard totally the above distinct anatomical
facts, we may, with quite equal right to that by which an ex-
ternal formation of a new layer is inferred, guess, that in a layer
of the cell originally consisting of true cellulose, subsequently,
and without any alteration of its relations of position, the cel-
lulose is absorbed and replaced by an essentially different che-
mical compound ; or that the cellulose remains and a new com-
pound is deposited between its molecules, and prevents more or

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Vol. xvii.

266 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

less completely the reaction of cellulose, which this in its normal
condition exhibits towards iodine and sulphuric acid. Such
an infiltration might perhaps occur without visible thickening
of the layer, either if it were not in very great abundance, or if
the growth of the membrane in a lateral direction connected
with development of the cell were to afford space for the deposit
of a considerable quantity of a foreign compound. In these cases,
the possibility of which in the first place certainly no one will call
in question, a layer would indeed be formed altogether new in a
chemical aspect, but no alteration in anatomical relations would
appear ; and from this subsequently-resulting chemical transfor-
mation no conclusion should be drawn as to the order in which
the different layers of the cell-membrane originate, since these
metamorphoses may take place quite as readily in the last as in the
first formed layer*. If we admit the possibility of such a meta-
morphosis in particular layers, it must also be admitted that the
chemical reaction of a certain layer affords no sure means by
which it may be recognised as a peculiar anatomical layer, since
it may easily be imagined, that in different cells, the layers cor-
responding to each other in an anatomical point of view may ex-
hibit a great distinction in regard to their chemical transforma-
tions. Until well-grounded experience has taught us which of
the cases, which have here been mentioned as possible, really
occurs in nature, we can only allow ourselves to be guided in
the recognition of the different layers and the determination of
the order in which they make their appearance by their anato-
mical relations ; and although in very many cases the influence of
chemical reagents affords an excellent means by which we are
enabled to distinguish the individual layers of cell-membrane,
which without this assistance it would be difficult or impossible
to recognise, yet in availing ourselves of this assistance we must
keep the anatomical relations constantly in view.

The consideration of these relations leads one, I believe, to a
result diametrically opposed to that maintained by Mulder and
Harting.

In the next place will come conveniently the question, whether
the outer wood-membrane is produced out of a cellulose mem-
brane, or is deposited on the outside of an already formed cell.
This membrane exhibits the most striking contrast to the mem-
brane composed of cellulose ; if it can be proved to owe its origin
to the transformation of a cellulose membrane, the much slighter

* This is no mere guess, as in the parenchyma-cells of some Fern stems,
especially of Polypodium incanum, P. nitidum, the inmost layer of the cell,
an analogue of their primary membrane, is far richer in a substance coloured
yellow by iodine than the intermediate layer, and requires a much stronger
action of sulphuric acid for the production of a blue colour,

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 267

differences which distinguish the secondary cell-membranes from
true cellulose will appear to us of less consequence. This proof
however, in my opinion, the outer wood-membrane furnishes
the most clearly of all. I have already, reasoning on the exami-
nation of the wood of Pinus sylvestris, on anatomical grounds,
shown the outer membrane to be the primary ; chemical exami-
nation of young cells does not contradict this, since at the time
when the borders of the dots are already perfectly formed, but
neither the dots themselves nor the inner layers in which they
are situated yet exist, the membrane of these cells is coloured
by iodine and sulphuric acid, not yellow, but blue. The relation
of the membrane to the borders of the dots leaves no doubt that
we have here to do with the same membrane which subsequently
appears as the outer layer of wood with wholly altered chemical
properties. We must therefore assume, that the cellulose of
which this membrane originally consists is either absorbed and
replaced by the substance of the outer ligneous layer, or that
the latter penetrates into the cellulose and prevents its reaction
towards iodine and sulphuric acid. Which of these cases occurs,
cannot be decided until some solvent for the substance of this
membrane shall be found which will not at the same time dis-
solve the cellulose, yet remaining in it, or at least will give some
evidence of its presence. Since such a solvent is not yet known,
the question must for the present remain open ; perhaps the fol-
lowing observations may afford a hint. :

I tried next whether the action of stronger sulphuric acid on
the outermost layer of membrane of the wood-cell, especially in
the Conifere, would produce a blue colour, but did not in this
way attain my object. The formation of the blue colour de-
pends therefore on the simultaneous reaction of sulphuric acid,
iodine, water and cellulose. If concentrated sulphuric acid be
applied, the cell-membranes do not become blue so long as the
necessary water is wanting; or if they be already coloured blue,
this colour is soon lost again, and the secondary layers become
dissolved. This solution however affords no convenient means
by which to obtain the outer membrane isolated, and to examine
the colour which, after the action of a stronger acid, it assumes
with iodine and weak acid, since so soon as water and tincture of
iodine are added to the fluid in which the preparation lies, the
dissolved cellulose is precipitated again of a very dark blue co-
lour, and envelopes the outer membranes in such a manner, that
no certain conclusions can be drawn as to its colour. I sought
therefore to separate the outer membrane from the secondary
layers before I applied the sulphuric acid to it. This may always
be done in the fibres of the liber of the black fibrous wood of the
Palm which is imported from Brazil for the manufacture of sticks,

U2

268 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

&e., as the liber-cells may easily be detached from each other if
the vascular bundles have been kept for some time in dilute ni-
tric acid, by which means the outer membranes of the contiguous
cells are not separated from each other, but from the secondary
membranes, and may be obtained isolated in large pieces. With
iodine and sulphuric acid of a degree of concentration which
does not dissolve the secondary membranes, but colours them
bright blue, this outer membrane behaves exactly like the outer
membrane of the wood-cells of dicotyledons, that is, it does not
swell up, but acquires a dark yellow colour. If we apply stronger
sulphuric acid, capable of completely dissolving the secondary
layers, the outer membrane, without any perceptible expansion,
acquires either an intense greenish or tolerably pure blue colour.
This contains cellulose also, but in what I may call a much more
strongly combined condition than is the case in the secondary
layers, so that not only is a far stronger acid necessary to bring
out the blue colour, but the cellulose present in this membrane
is also protected from solution. This greater resistance to the
action of sulphuric acid clearly can only depend upon the pre-
sence of the substance which acquires the yellow colour with
iodine and sulphuric acid. This resistance however has a certain
limit, since this membrane is soluble in more concentrated sul-
phuric acid. It differs therefore in reference to this last circum-
stance from the outer membrane of the wood-cells of dicotyledons,
which resists the action even of the more concentrated sul-
phuric acid. To try therefore whether cellulose might not be
discovered in the latter by the action of a stronger acid, I sub-
mitted the wood-cells of various Conifere, particularly of Pinus
sylvestris, to a similar treatment with nitric acid, &c. The ex-
periment succeeded but imperfectly. After the action of a strong
acid, the outer membrane exhibited throughout a greenish co-
lour, but the development of the blue colour was so weak, that
I remained in doubt whether it was actually situated in the outer
membrane itself, or whether possibly it was not to be ascribed to
a thin layer of adhering cellulose. I place no weight therefore
on this experiment, and mention it here chiefly to invite others
to direct their attention also to this point.

The following observations made on Ferns appear to me to
bear more importantly upon the theory of the development of
cell-membrane :—The brown cells which in Ferns form the layer
by which the vascular bundles are surrounded, withstand the ac-
tion of sulphuric acid as obstinately as perhaps any other vege-
table tissue. In many Ferns all the walls of these cells do not
possess a brown colour, but merely those portions of the walls
lying upon the vascular bundle, or these and the side walls,
while the side turned away from the vascular bundle is unco-

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 269

loured, and reacts like cellulose with iodine and sulphuric acid.
The brown-coloured walls are usually much thicker than those
consisting of cellulose. Leaving the brown colour ont of view,
these cells correspond exactly, in respect to form and their be-
haviour toward iodine and sulphuric acid, with the epidermis-
cells of many leaves. Similar cells occur in the parenchyma of
the stem of Polypodium nitidum, Kaulf, some isolated, some in
groups of three or four, scattered among the parenchyma-cells,
which are usually composed of cellulose ; in these cells also one
wall is generally thinner and formed of cellulose, while the re-
maining walls are very thick and brown, and withstand sulphuric
acid. All sides of these cells are finely dotted, as is also the
case in the cells of the brown coat inclosing the vascular bun-
dle ; the dots penetrate as well in the thickened brown as in the
thin walls, from within outward to the thin outer and imperfo-
rate membrane, which membrane possesses the same chemical
peculiarities as the secondary layers lying behind it ; that is to say,
it consists sometimes of cellulose, at others of a substance with-
standing sulphuric acid. Now I found, both among the cells
scattered in the parenchyma and in the brown layer inclosing
the vascular bundle, particular cells, which certainly, in reference
to their form, though not in regard to their chemical characters,
wholly agreed with neighbouring brown cells, in which therefore
one wall was also thin and the rest considerably thickened. In
some parts all the walls of these cells, both thick and thin, con-
sisted of cellulose ; in other parts the thickened walls were only
composed of the brown substance in one point, while the remain-
ing portion, transversely through the whole thickness of the cell-
wall, consisted of cellulose ; the line of demarcation between the
brown and the uncoloured portions was riot distinctly defined.
From the piecemeal composition of the cell-walls of tracts formed
of cellulose, and others consisting of brown substance, it clearly
results that the greater thickness which the brown walls of these
cells usually possess, compared with the walls consisting of cel-
lulose, is neither to be ascribed to the deposition of membranes
upon the outside of the young cellulose membrane, nor to the
interposition of a considerable mass of brown substance between
the molecules of the cellulose, since if the formation of the thick-
ened brown walls depended on these causes, the portions con-
sisting of cellulose could not have exhibited the same thickness
and form as the coloured portions in the only partially brown-
coloured cell-walls. The reason of the brown colour therefore,
and of the altered chemical behaviour, must be looked for in a
transformation of the whole substance leaving the form and or-
ganization of the cell-wall unchanged, or in the infiltration of a

270 M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane.

foreign matter m a quantity very small in proportion to the cel-
lulose.

I thought it necessary to enter more minutely into the de-
scription of these cells, because they offer the clearest evidence
that the presence of a compound differing chemically from cel-
lulose in a thickened cell-wall, even when traces of cellulose can
no longer be detected in the membrane by iodine and sulphuric
acid, affords no sufficient ground for the assumption that the
thickening of the wall depends on the deposition of an incrust-
ing substance, and that we have to regard those portions of the
cell-wall formed of this substance as produced subsequently to
the portions which are composed of cellulose. Were the in-
crusting substance, situated at particular points, to penetrate
through the whole cell-wall (primary and secondary membrane)
in these cells, the extent to which it spread would include the
outer layer of the cells, so that this layer would possess all the
peculiarities of the outer wood-membrane, and it would thus ex-
actly fit all the conclusions respecting this membrane which
Mulder and Harting have drawn; on the other hand, it is not
necessary to indicate more minutely how false would be the as-
sumption of its originating subsequently.

The organization of the above-described cells of Polypodium
nitidum appears to me to be of importance in so far as it is capable
of warranting our conclusions as to the structure of epidermis-cells
and cuticle, which corresponds with it exactly in an anatomical
point of view, Some years since* I stated the anatomical grounds
which prevented my regarding the cuticle as a layer secreted upon
the outside of the epidermis-cells, and which testified that it con-
sists of the thickened outer walls, and partly also of the side walls
of the epidermis-cells, the substance of which has become capable
of resisting sulphuric acid in consequence of a peculiar metamor-
phosis. This explanation does not appear to have met with a fa-
vourable reception, but renewed researches have caused me to per-
severe in ny view, and it appears to me to be especially proved by
such cases as where the cuticle of canals of dots is continued out
from the cavity of the epidermis-cell (as in the leaves of Hakea
gibbosa), or where the side walls of the epidermis-cells are dotted
and possess the same chemical peculiarities as the cuticle (e. g. in
Hakea gibbosa, H. pachyphylla, Hoya carnosa), where also un-
doubted primary and secondary membranes in a similar manner
exhibit the chemical characters of the outer wood-membrane ;
lastly, such cases as where the primary membrane of the side wall
in that half which is directed toward the upper surface of the leaf

* Linnea, t. 16, Verm. Schriften, 260.

M. Mohl on the Growth of Cell-Membrane. 271

possesses the chemical peculiarities of cuticle, and that half, on
the other hand, which is contiguous to the parenchyma of the
leaf, the characters of cellulose (e.g. in Hoya carnosa, Aloe obliqua,
margaritifera). In all these eases cells present themselves to us,
the walls of which, either in certain situations or throughout their
whole extent, withstand sulphuric acid, and in which no cellulose
is to be discovered. The analogy which exists between these cells
and the above-described cells of Polypodium nitidum appears to
me to be of importance to the explanation of these latter circum-
‘stances. If it be certain in these last, that their membranes, not-
withstanding that no cellulose is any longer to be demonstrated
in them, nevertheless have their origin from a cellulose layer
which exhibits exactly the same organization and thickness as the
incrusting membrane, and in many cases still forms particular parts
of the membrane, not even then must the conclusion be drawn
in respect to the cuticle from its chemical constitution, that it is
a layer secreted upon the upper surface of the epidermis-cells,
until it can be demonstrated that this theory is in accordance
with the anatomical phenomena, and that the instances I have
given of a composition of cuticle from cell-membranes, and of the
occurrence of epidermis-cells with side walls, partly consisting of
cellulose and partly of the substance of cuticle, are founded upon
false observations.

Whether now in these cases the cellulose is partly or wholly
absorbed and replaced by the incrusting matter, or whether its
reaction to iodine and sulphuric acid is merely prevented by the
latter, is uncertain. It appears however to me not Seno bbtte
that the latter is the true view, since the assumption that in-
crusting substance coloured yellow by iodine and sulphuric acid at
least to a certain degree interferes with the known reaction of cel-
lulose, supported not only by the above-mentioned behaviour of
the outer layer of the liber fibres of a Palm and of the wood-cells
of Pinus sylvestris, but also by the behaviour of the secondary
layers in almost all full-grown wood- and parenchyma-cells.
Young cells, for instance the pith of a young shoot of Sambucus
nigra, the cambium-cells of dicotyledons, &c., become coloured
bright blue by the application of a very dilute acid, while the
medulla-cells of a full-grown branch of Sambucus and the perfect
wood-cells, treated with the same acid, only develope a yellow
colour and require it much more concentrated, and then as deep
a blue colour is not produced, on account of the yellow colour of
the incrusting matter mixing with and rendering it green. A
bright and intense blue colour can usually only be obtained in
the secondary layers of full-grown wood-cells when so strong an
acid is employed that they do not merely swell up but are par-

272 Bibliographical Notices.

tially dissolved ; in this case the dissolved portion is precipitated

in combination with iodine, if the acid be diluted with water, of
a splendid and intense blue colour, while the portion of the mem-

brane, the organic structure of which has not been destroyed,

although it has undergone a considerable breaking up, exhibits

the blue colour but weakly in proportion, and frequently appears

green on account of the preponderating intensity of the yellow

colour. Since in this manner a perfect destruction of the orga-

nization of the secondary incrusting layers renders it possible for

the reaction of cellulose toward iodine and sulphuric acid to ma-

nifest itself, it is certainly conceivable that in cases where the sul-

phurie acid is not in a condition to affect a membrane, cellulose

may be present in it, but be protected from the action of the acid.
by the incrusting matter, and thus rendered imperceptible.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Paleontographica : Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt, Heraus-
gegeben von Dr.W. Dunxer und Herm. von Meyer. 1 Band,
1 Lieferung.—Paleontographica: Contributions to the Natural His-
tory of the Antediluvian dira. Edited by Dr. Witi1am DunKer
and Hermann von Merver. Vol.1. part 1. 4to. 44 pp. and six
plates.

Under this title the editors intend giving full descriptions of re-
markable fossils hitherto unpublished, illustrated by accurate and
highly finished plates. The first part contains: 1. A description
of a new species of Pierodactylus, Pt. Gemmingii, by Hermann von
Meyer, followed by a synoptical table of all the sixteen species
hitherto known of that highly interesting genus of flying Saurians.
2. Adescription of Aspidura Ludenii, by Friedrich von Hagenow,—a
very curious species of Ophiuride found in the ‘‘ Muschelkalk ” near
Jena. 3. A description of a superb palate of Myliobatis Teste, new
species, from Sicily; of Tornatella abbreviata, new species from the
Gosau formation; and two teeth of Sgualide, found near Cassel.
4. Adescription of Omphalomela scabra, a fossil trunk of a plant found
in the limestone banks of the Keuper formation near Kolleda in Thu-
ringia, by Professor Germar. 5. Description of several new plants
from the copper-slate formation of Richelsdorf, by J. Althaus, with
a synopsis of all the plants hitherto met with in that formation.
6. Descriptions of several new species of shells, partly marine, partly
fluviatile, recently discovered near Halberstadt in a sandstone be-
longing to the lias formation, and highly remarkable from their per-
fect preservation, which allows in many cases of their colours being
recognised. 7. Enumeration of the fossil shells occurring in the ter-
tiary formation of Magdeburg, by Dr. Philippi.

Bibliographical Notices. 273

Symbole ad Historiam Heliceorum; auctoreL. Preirrer. Sect. prima
1841, altera 1842, tertia 1846.

In the two former parts of this work the author has given an ac-
count of his views on the systematical distribution of the great fa-
mily of Helicea, the synonymy of all the genera and species known
to him at that time, and descriptions of 280 species, most of which
were new, and the remaining ones incompletely described, or only
known by figures and names. The third part contains: 1. An
account of the method of distributing the immense number of spe-
cies of Helix (including Nanina and Sienopus) by a system merely
artificial, but suitable, in the author’s opinion, for assigning to every
species the place where it may be sought, without comparing the
total number of nearly 1100 species.

2. A systematical enumeration of all known living Helices, in
which the author has marked the species (about 630) which he pos-
sesses in his collection, those which he has studied in other col-
lections, and of which he has made accurate descriptions for his
‘Monograph,’ and those which he knows only from descriptions or
figures. Under every species is quoted the work where it is first
published, or some good figure.

3. An alphabetical enumeration of all fossil Helices.

4. Additions to the synonymy of all the genera of Helicea, con-
taining many corrections of names, in accordance with the law of
priority. :

5. Descriptions of 145 species (Helix, 77; Helicophanta,1; Vi-
trina, 3; Tomogeres (Anostoma), 1; Bulimus, 31; Achatinella, 3;
Achatina, 13; Pupa, 1; Clausilia, 15 species).

6. A continued enumeration of the works which are quoted in the
three parts of the ‘ Symbole.’

Puiuipri’s Figures and Descriptions of new or incompletely known
| Shells. Vol. i. 1842-45 ; vol. ii. No. 9-11, 1845-46.

This work, which contains contributions by Anton, V. D. Busch,
Dunker, Jonas, Koch, Pfeiffer and Troschel, is destined to give, like
Guérin’s ‘ Magazin,’ figures of new and interesting shells, with de-
scriptions and critical remarks. The figures are drawn on stone and
coloured.

The first volume contains, on 48 plates, figures of 4 species of
Arca, 5 Artemis, 22 Bulimus, 4 Cyclostoma, 19 Cylindrella, 10 Cy-
therea, 12 Fusus, 13 Glandina and Achatina, 6 Haliotis, 50 Helix,
4 Macira, 40 Melania, 2 Murex, 12 Natica, 11 Nerita, 15 Neritina,
15 Paludina, 11 Pecten, 8 Psammobia, 4 Pyrula, 9 Sigaretus, 6 So-
len, 2 Steganotoma, 1 Streptaxis, 1 Strombus, 12 Tellina, 43 Trochus
(Turbo and Monodonta), 4 Unio, 16 Venus. .

The three parts of the second volume, which are already pub-
lished, contain figures of 6 species of Arca, 10 Astarte, 7 Bulimus,
16 Cylindrella, 9 Cyrena, 8 Fissurella, 6 Fusus, 3 Haliotis, 25 Helix,
3 babi 13 Natica, 1 Ostrea, 2 Streptaxis, 10 Tellina, 18 Trochus,
5 Venus.

274 Bibliographical Notices.

Journal of Malacozoology, edited by K,'Tu, Menxz, Vols. i. and ii.
1844-45, Hanover, Vol. iii, edited by Mrnxz and Preirrer, Jan.
—June 1846.

The ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie’ has been founded by Dr.
- Menke for publishing original treatises on single families, genera or
species of living or fossil shells, descriptions of new species, notices
respecting the geographical distribution of mollusca, critical analyses
of new malacological works, biographical and necrological notices,
&e.

The third volume begins (Jan, 1846) with a review of the geo-
graphical distribution of the family of Helicea, continued in the
numbers for May and June, by Dr. Pfeiffer,—Dr. Jonas publishes
his views on the genus Proserpina, Guild., to which he refers his
Helicina linguifera, and descriptions of some new land-shells from
Guinea, and marine shells from Singapore and the Red Sea.—Dr.
Philippi describes new species of Corbula, Tellina, Diplodonta, Lu-
cina, Patella, Acmea, Siphonaria, Trochus, Buccinum, Terebra, Co-
lumbella and Dentalium, most of which are from Mazatlan.—Dr.
Dunker continues his descriptions of shells collected by Dr. Tams
on the west coast of Africa, from Benguela and Zoanda.—Dr. Pfeiffer
gives a critical review of the genus Cyclostoma, enumerating the
species figured in Sowerby’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ with remarks on the fre-
quent priority of the names published by Grateloup, Anton, Jay,
Lea, &c. He describes as hitherto unpublished species: C. stenom-
phalum, P., Ottonis, P., limbiferum, Mke, Largillierti, P., costatum,
Mke, Gruneri, P., plicatulum, P., alutaceum, Mke, dubium, P.,
hieroglyphicum (Hel.), Fér, Some other species, C. lima, Bronai,
Binneyanum, Adams, were already described in the ‘ Proceedings of
the Boston Society, 1845,’ and C. strangulatum, probably by Benson.
—Dr. Jonas has examined some species figured in the ‘ Déscription de
l Egypte,’ and describes them together with some other new shells
from the same locality.—Dr. Menke gives some short necrological
notices.

Indicis Generum Malacozoorum Primordia. By A. N. HERRMANNSEN,
Fase. I. 1846.

Since the date of the Linnean nomenclature, an immense number
of creatures formerly unknown have been discovered; and, conse-
quently, the quantity of names and systematical designations in every
part of natural science has increased in an almost overwhelming man-
ner, Comparatively few authors have regarded the justice due to those
who have preceded them in their labours; many of them have imposed
and changed names, without knowing whether the objects were al-
ready named and described or not. From this and other causes there
exists in every branch of zoology such a quantity of synonyms of ge-
nera and families, that with regard to some genera it is nearly impos-
sible to ascertain which name was first used, and in what sense it
was employed by different writers, For this purpose our author has
elaborated an alphabetical index of all systematical names occurring

Bibliographical Notices. 275

in Malacozoology, together with the indication of the writer who
gave them, and the time at which he did so, the work in which
each was first described, the various senses in which the same
name is used by various writers, and the synonyms or names desig-
nating the same object in the works of other writers; in short, an
historical account of every genus, containing all notices of import-
ance with regard to it. It is impossible, as the author himself de-
clares, that a first essay of this sort should be absolutely complete ;
but from the whole of the works which he was able to peruse, and
these include all the more important ones for his purpose, the above
particulars are extracted with the utmost accuracy, and all names
and corrections which may subsequently come to the author’s know-
ledge are to be published in a supplement at the end of the work.

The first part of the ‘ Primordia’ has just been published, in which,
after a short preface, the author has thought it necessary to direct the
reader’s attention to those excellent laws of nomenclature proposed
by Linneus in his ‘ Philosophia Botanica,’ adapted and illustrated
according to their use in Malacozoology (pages vii.-xiv.). Then
follow the complete titles of 170 works, perused and quoted by the
author, in chronological order ; and the remaining sheets of this part
contain the letter A. of the alphabetical index itself,

The index comprises all names of classes, orders, tribes, families,
genera and subgenera of living and fossil Mollusca, excluding the
Cirripeda, Tunicata and Rhizopoda, which do not belong to the Mol-
lusca, although still referred to this class by some naturalists.

Figures of Flowering Cactee, edited by Preirrzer and Orro; with
German and French descriptions. Vol. i. 1843; Vol. ii. Nos. 81
& 32, 1846.

This work gives coloured figures of flowering Cactee, the greater
part of which had not yet been figured. The first volume contains
in six parts (from 1838-1843) natural-sized figures of Mammillaria
bicolor, cirrhifera, Seitziana, uberiformis, uncinata, eriacantha and
pycnacantha ; Echinocactus Sellowianus, centeterius, phyllacanthus,
leucacanthus, acutissimus and hybocentrus; Echinopsis multiplex ; Ce-
reus flagriformis, Curtisii, coccineus, setaceus, eriophorus, undatus,
Schrankii ; Phyllocactus Hookeri, Phyllanthus and latifrons ; Epiphyl-
lum Altensteinii; Rhipsalis platycarpa and pentaptera; Opuntia Sal-
miana, curassavica, foliosa, coccinellifera, brasiliensis, and Pereskia
Bleo.—Vol. ii. No. 1: Discocacius insignis; Echinocactus in a
turbiniformis ; LEchinopsis oxygona; Cereus peruvianus.—Vol. ii,
No. 2: Hehinocactus tetracanthus ; Echinopsis turbinata and pectinata ;
Mammillaria zephyranthoides, and Pfeiffera cereiformis, a new genus
of Rhipsalidee described by the Prince of Salm-Dyck,

276 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
July 14, 1846.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Prof. Owen communicated, as an ‘ Appendix to his Memoir on the
Dinornis,’ some observations on the skull and on the osteology of
the foot of the Dodo (Didus ineptus).

After a brief summary of the history of this remarkable extinct
brevipennate Bird, in which the reduced highly finished figure by
Savery, in his famous painting of ‘ Orpheus charming the Beasts,’
now in the collection at the Hague, was particularly noticed; and
the recent discovery of the skull of the Dodo amongst some old spe-
cimens in the Museum of Natural History at Copenhagen was men-
tioned, he proceeded to demonstrate the peculiarities of the Dodo’s
skull, by a comparison of the cast of the head of the bird in the Ash-
molean Museum at Oxford with those of other recent and extinct
species of Birds.

The Dodo’s skull differs from that of any species of Vulturide, or
any Raptorial Bird, in the greater elevation of the frontal bones above
the cerebral hemispheres, and in the sudden sinking of the inter-
orbital and nasal region of the forehead; in the rapid compression
of the beak anterior to the orbits ; in the elongation of the compressed
mandibles, and in the depth and direction of the sloping symphysis
of the lower jaw. ‘The eyes of the Dodo are very small compared
with those of the Vulturide or other Raptores. ‘The nostrils, it is
true, pierce the cere, but are more advanced in position; this how-
ever seems essentially to depend upon the excessive elongation of
the basal part of the upper mandible before the commencement of the
uncinated extremity; the nostrils are pierced near the commence-
ment of this uncinated part as in the Vulturide, but are nearer the
lower border of the mandible in the Dodo.

The resemblance between the skull of the Dodo and that of the
Albatros is chiefly in the compression and prolongation of the curved
mandibles: there are no traces in the Dodo of the hexagonal space
on the upper surface of the cranium of the Albatros, so well defined
there by the two supra-occipital ridges behind, the two temporal ridges
at the sides, and the two converging posterior boundaries of the supra~
orbital glandular fossz in front. There is no sudden depression of
the frontal region in the skull of the Albatros; the nostrils are near
the upper surface of the basal third of the beak in the Albatros; and
the Dodo’s cranium is thrice as broad in proportion to the breadth
of the mid-part of the mandible as in that of the Albatros.

More satisfactory evidence of the affinities of the Dodo was ob-
tained from a comparison of the bones of the foot, which have recently
been very skilfully and judiciously exposed by the able Curator of
the Ashmolean Museum.

The tarso-metatarsal bone most resembles in its thickness and
general proportions that of the Eagles, especially the great Sea-
Eagles (Haliaétus) ; it is much stronger than the tarso-metatarsus of

Zoological Society. 277

any of the Vulturide, or than that of the Cock, the Craz, or any of
the Galline or existing Struthionide; the stronger-footed species of
Dinornis most resemble it in the general proportions of the tarso-
metatarsus, but greatly differ in the particular configuration of the
bone, and in the absence, or feebler indication, as in the subgenus
Palapteryx, of the articulation for the metatarsal bone of the back-
toe. The relative size of this bone is greater in the Dodo than in
any other known bird. The Eagles make the nearest approach to
it in this respect; as also in the shape of the hinder supplemental
metatarsal, the breadth of its distal end, and its peculiar twist back-
wards and outwards, so as to form a bridge or pulley against which
the flexor tendon of the hind-toe plays. ‘This half-twist of the rudi-
mental hind-metatarsus is feebly repeated in the Galline, but the
bone is much less expanded at its lower articular end, especially in
the Crar; whilst the more typical Galline are further distinguisked
from the Dodo by their spur.

The Apteryx is the sole existing Struthious bird which possesses
the hind-toe; but it is very much smaller than in the Dodo, and the
supporting metatarsal bone is devoid of the distal twist and expanded
trochlea. ‘The upper end of the tarso-metatarsus of the Dodo is re-
markable for the great development of its calcaneal process, from
which a strong ridge descends, gradually subsiding, half-way down
the bone. The posterior surface of the calcaneal process is broad, tri-
angular, vertically grooved and perforated at its base. In the Eagle the
corresponding calcaneal process is a compressed, subquadrate ridge,
whose base of attachment is not much longer than the obtuse end,
and this is neither grooved nor perforated. In the Cathartes Cali-
fornianus the calcaneal process is thicker than in the Eagle, shaped
more like that of the Dodo, with a ridge descending upon the meta-
tarsus, but it has a double groove behind.

In the Common Cock the calcaneal process more resembles that
in the Dodo than the Vulture’s does, but it is not so broad.

With regard to the first or proximal phalanx of the hind-toe, that
of the Haliaétus is larger and broader, especially at its base, stronger
in proportion to its length, but longer in proportion to the sustaining
metatarsus. é

In the Vultures the proximal phalanx is not only longer in pro-
portion to the metatarsus, but is more slender than in the Dodo.
The same bone is also longer and more slender in proportion to the
small supporting metatarsal bone in the Cock, the Craz, and all other
Galline ; in fact, the Dodo is peculiar among Birds for the equality
of length of the metatarsus and proximal phalanx of the hind-toe.
With regard to the three trochlear extremities of the principal
coalesced metatarsals, the middle one in all Galline is longer in pro-
portion than in the Dodo, in which the inner one is nearly as long
as the middle one, the outer one being the shortest. In the Eagle
the inner division is of quite equal length with, or is longer than the
middle trochlea; the proportions of the three trochlee in the Vul-
tures corresponding best with those in the Dodo. Another character
by which the Dodo resembles the Vulture more than the Eagle is

278 Zoological Society.

manifested by the proportions of the proximal phalanx of the second
toe (innermost of the three anterior ones); this is very short, and
is often anchylosed to the second phalanx in the Eagles: it is almost
as long in the Vultures as in the Dodo.

Upon the whole, then, the Raptorial character prevails most in
the structure of the foot, as in the general form of the beak, of the
Dodo, compared with Birds generally ; and the present limited amount
of our anatomical knowledge of the extinct terrestrial Bird of the
Mauritius would lead to support the conclusion that it is an extremely
modified form of the Raptorial Order.

Devoid of the power of flight, it could have had small chance of
obtaining food by preying upon the members of its own class ; and if
it did not exclusively subsist on dead and decaying organized matter,
it most probably restricted its attacks to the class of Reptiles, and to ~
the littoral fishes, Crustacea, &c.

The author concluded by recommending search to be made for
bones of the Dodo in the superficial deposits, the alluvium of rivers,
and the caves in the islands of Mauritius and Rodriguez; little
doubting that an active exploration would be as richly rewarded as
similar investigations have been in the islands of New Zealand, by
the recovery of the remains of the great extinct species of terrestrial
birds which formerly inhabited them.

August 25,—R. C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—‘‘ On the Relation of
the Edentata to the Reptiles, especially of the Armadillos to the
Tortoises.” By Edward Fry.

The dissections of two specimens of Tortoise, of which I have been
unable to recognise the species with certainty, induced me to believe
that those animals are allied to the Armadillos. Continuing this in-
vestigation, and extending it to the Edentata in general, I arrived at
the conclusion that they are allied to the Reptiles. As some points
of affinity have occurred to me which I have not seen noticed as such,
I believe that a short sketch of the subject may not be devoid of
interest; and as Professor Owen has intimated his belief that the
Edentata are allied to Birds rather than to any other class, I shall
conclude my paper with a consideration of the arguments adduced
by him hereon.

Such subjects as the one I shall attempt to investigate are of so
high an interest to the zoologist, that any one contributing in the
least degree to elucidate them may hope for indulgence.

I regret not being able to ascertain the names of the species of
Tortoise which came under my notice, but trust that this omission
will not materially deduct from the interest of the subject.

Sect. 1. Of the Relation of the Genera Dasypus and Testudo.

1. In the Tortoise the cesophagus is large and muscular, admitting
bodies of great size in proportion to the mouth. From the structure
of the mouth it is incapable of masticating the food, whence arises
the necessity of a large and muscular esophagus. Professor Owen
has remarked a similar structure, and adduced the same final cause

Zoological Society. 279

in the Armadillo, Dasypus peba. In his paper in the Proceedings of
the Zoological Society, i. 144, he says: ‘‘ The muscular parietes of
the pharynx and cesophagus are very thick, for from the nature of the
teeth, small, conical and wide apart, the food can undergo but little
comminution in the mouth, and hence the necessity of additional
power for propelling imperfectly divided substances into the stomach.”

2. In concordance with the structure of the mouth, the stomach
of the Tortoise is strong and muscular: in the larger of the two in-
dividuals I dissected so remarkably so, as would forcibly have re-
minded a casual observer of the gizzard of birds. ‘The stomach of
the Armadillos, though of a globular form, is similar in structure ;
so much so, that Prof. Owen speaks of it as ‘‘a structure analogous
to the gizzard of birds,” bid. As in the Dasypode (Zool. Proc. i.
142 & 154), so in the larger specimen of the Tortoise, the coats of
the stomach, generally thick, are especially so at the pylorus.

3. In the smaller species of Tortoise I observed that the colon is
prolonged beyond the insertion of the ileum, so as to form a short
ceecum, as described by Martin in his account of the Testudo greca
(Zool. Proc. i. 63 & 74). In my larger species there was no cecum;
such is also the case with the Testudo indica (Zool. Proc. i.47). In
the Testudo tabulata ‘‘ there is no trace of appendix czeci’”’ (Holberton
in Zool. Journal, iv. 325). On the other hand, Prof. Owen has
ascertained the presence of a cecum in another species of Tortoise,
Himys concentrica, Leconte (Zool. Proc. i. 74). From these accu-
mulated observations, it becomes evident that the presence of a
cecum is a varying character in the Tortoises. A similar variable-
ness in this structure has been remarked by Prof. Owen in the genus
Dasypus (Zool. Proc. i. 156).

4. A great tendency to anchylose parts usually distinct, and to
ossify others generally cartilaginous, is observable in the Tortoise in
the ribs, in the dorsal vertebra, in the scapule and clavicles, in the
component parts of the pelvis, in the sternal cartilages, and in the
parts forming the plastron. In the Armadillos it may be remarked
in the cervical vertebree, in the sternal portions of the ribs, and in
the manubrium and clavicular processes (Owen in Zool. Proc. ii. 134),
In the Sloths also it is especially evident in the anchylosis of the
bones of the hand.

5. Hence results a similarity of locomotion in the Tortoises and
Armadillos ; so that the following extract from Prof. Owen, referring
to the motion of the latter animals, will apply almost equally well to
that of the former: ‘‘ Every one who has seen the living Armadillo
running about the open plot of ground in the Society’s Gardens must
have been struck with the machine-like manner in which the body is
carried along. The short legs are almost concealed, and their motions
are not accompanied by any corresponding inflections of the spine,
the two extremities of the trunk not being alternately raised and des
pressed as in the quadrupeds which move by bounds” (Zool. Proc,
ii. 135). ,

6. The anterior articular processes of the vertebre of the Arma-
dillo, especially of the hinder dorsal and the lumbar regions, assist ag

280 Zoological Society.

‘« strutts or braces” in the support of its heavy shell; whilst in the
Tortoise a similar object is effected by the small osseous supports
which proceed from its anchylosed spine.

7. Both in the Armadilio and Tortoise the ossa ilia appear to serve
as additional supports to the shell.

Sect. II. Of the Relation of the Edentatous Mammalia to the
Reptiles.

1. In the Two-toed Anteater the ribs are so broad as to overlap
each other like tiles (Cuvier, Lectures on Comparative Anatomy,
translated by Ross, 1802, vol. i. p. 209). This is, I believe, the nearest
resemblance amongst other Vertebrata to the bony case of the Tor-
toises. In the Armadillo the first pair of ribs are broader than they
are long (Owen, Zool. Proc. ii. p. 135).

2. In the large number of the ribs of the Unau, we have what
Prof. Owen has termed a lacertine character (on Mylodon, p. 166).

3. Like the Tortoises, &c. amongst Reptiles, the Anteaters and
Pangolins are deprived of teeth; whilst those Edentata which are
furnished with them approximate to the dentition of some of the
Reptilia in the uniform character of the series; and in the subgenus
Priodontes of Fred. Cuvier in the extremely large number, namely
eighty-eight or ninety-six in all.

4. The Edentata, like the Reptiles, are remarkable for the pro-
pensity to develope coats of mail of various kinds; sometimes conti-
nuous; in other instances, of detached and separate scales; some-
times, to continue the simile, like plate-armour; sometimes like
scale-armour. ‘The Armadillos, the Chlamyphorus, the Pangolins,
and some of the extinct Megatheroids, exhibit this amongst the
Edentates ; whilst almost all the Reptiles partake in measure of this
character.

5. The Anteater and Manis are destitute of the power of emitting
sounds (Blumenbach’s Anatomy, translation by Lawrence, 1807;
p- 278). This incapacity approximates them to the Reptiles, and par-
ticularly distinguishes them from Birds and most of the Mammalia,
In this character however most of the Marsupiata partake.

6. Waterton, in his ‘ Wanderings,’ furnishes us with a_ highly
graphic description of the habits of the Myrmecophaga jubata. From
the extracts I shall make, the similarity of this animal to the Reptiles
will be manifest in three important points, viz. the slowness of its
movements, the tenacity with which it retains any object which it has
seized, the length of time which it can pass uninjured without food ;
and probably a fourth—the tenacity of life and muscular power. The
Tortoises exhibit these phenomena of muscular irritability perhaps as
‘well as any genus amongst the Reptiles. .

* He (Myrmecophaga jubata) cannot travel fast, for man is superior
to him in speed..... Whenever he seizes an animal with these for-
midable weapons (his claws), he hugs it close to his body and keeps
it there till it dies through pressure or through want of food. Nor
does the Antbear in the meantime suffer much from want of aliment,
for it is a well-known fact that he can go longer without food than

Zovloyical Society. 281

any other animal, excepting perhaps the Land Tortoise...... The
Indians have a great dread of coming in contact with this animal,
and after disabling him in the chase, never think of approaching him
till he is quite dead.” (Waterton’s Wanderings in South America,
171.)

That muscular irritability exists to a similar extent in the Sloths
will be proved by the following extract :—

*‘Cor motum suum valdissime retinebat postquam exemptum erat
a corpore, per semihorium; exempto corde, ceterisque visceribus
multo Post se movebat et pedes lente contrahebat sicut dormituriens
solet.”’ (Pison. Hist. Bras. p. 322, quoted by Buffon; translation by
Smellie, 1791, vol. vii. p. 161.)

7. In the Sloths and Weasel-headed Armadillo the absence of the
os tincz, and the consequent formation of a single tube by the uterus
and vagina, approximate these organs very nearly to the oviduct of
the Reptilia (see Owen, Zool. Proc. ii. 131, and on the Generation
of Marsupial Animals in Phil. Trans. 1854, p. 365).

In the genera Bradypus, Dasypus, Manis and Myrmecophaga,
“the utero-sexual canal,” to use the words of the last-quoted me-
moir, “‘is formed, as in the Tortoises, by a continuation of the urethra
or urinary bladder, into which the genital tube opens by a small
orifice.”

8. There is yet another highly important character, one indeed
which has probably a relation to the preceding, which displays the
intimate relationship of the Edentata and Reptiles, namely the ex-
treme simplicity of the brain. In the Armadillos, Manises and Ant-
eaters, the cerebral hemispheres are devoid of convolutions, whilst
in the Sloth they present a few anfractuosities (Owen, Phil. Trans.
1834, p. 361).

9. Professor Owen says, in his elaborate memoir on the Mylodon
robustus, that the presence of a persistent formative organ of the teeth
of the Megatheroids indicates a property in which they resembled the
Reptiles, viz. longevity (p. 166). And again, the intimate structure of
the soft dentine of the teeth of the Izuanodon resembles that of the
extinct Megatherium and of the recent Sloths (Owen’s Odontography,
p- 251). Is it not an idea which forcibly impresses on us the unity
of the great plan of nature, that had a comparative anatomist existed
in the days of the Megatherium and Iguanodon, he might have dis-
covered from an examination of their teeth two common characters,
and might thence perhaps have inferred those very relations which
in the present paper I have been seeking to enforce with regard to
their congeners of another age—almost another world?

10. It is well known that the blood-corpuscles of the Reptiles are
remarkably large; the Sloths are the largest yet known amongst the
Mammalia, with the single exception of the Elephant. Perhaps
however this may be a character of little importance in elucidating
the natural affinities of groups, as we find the corpuscles of the Ar-
madillo rather smaller than Man’s, and those of the Monotremata
of about the same size as the human (Gulliver on Blood-corpuscles,
Zool. Soc., October 14, 1845).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii. xX

282 Zoological Society.

Sect. III. Of the Arguments adduced by Professor Owen for believing
the Edentata to be allied to Birds.

I propose first to enumerate these arguments, and then to consider
them more particularly. They are to be found in Professor Owen’s
interesting papers on the anatomy of the Six-banded and Weasel-
headed Armadillos in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, so often referred to and quoted in this paper, and are as
follows :—1. The presence of two czeca in the Dasypus 6-cinctus and
Myrmecophaga didactyla. 2. ‘‘ The gizzard-like structure exhibited
in the tendinous external appearance and thickened muscular coat of
the stomach of the Dasypode,” and a still nearer approach in the
stomach of the Manis. 3. The presence of a similar structure in the
Myrmecophage, accompanied by the habit of swallowing small peb-
bles for the purpose of destroying the vitality of the insects which
form their food. 4. The similarity of the mucous glands about the
os hyoides of the Anteaters to those follicles in the Woodpeckers,
which represent amongst Birds the conglomerate salivary glands
of the Mammalians; and the lubrication of the extensile tongue.

5. The abnormal number of cervical vertebree in the Three-toed
Sloth. 6. Prof. Owen concludes this line of argument in the fol-
lowing words: ‘‘ The transition is indeed nearly completed by the
Monotremata, for of the two genera contained in this order, Echidna
presents us with the quills, and Ornithorhynchus with the beak of a
bird; and it is far from being proved that the mode of generation is
not the same.” 7. The form of the pubis of the Armadillo indicates
‘that only a small portion of what usually constitutes the symphysis
is here joined to its fellow, viz. the anterior angle ;” and in Chlamy-
phorus and Myrmecophaga didactyla the ossa pubis remain entirely
separate, as is the case in Birds. ‘The pelvis likewise resembles theirs
‘‘in the great breadth of the posterior part of the sacrum, the angles
of which are anchylosed to the spines of the ischia, and convert the
great ischiatic notches into complete foramina.”

1. The occurrence of double ceca is a rabathaiie point of affinity
to Birds; but we have previously shown that the presence of ceca is
a variable character in the Tortoises, as in both Dasypus and Myr-
mecophaga, so that the characters furnished us by this organ seem to
approximate them equally to Birds and Reptiles.

2. We have shown the structure of the stomach in the Tortoises
to be gizzard-like. This is also the case in Crocodilus acutus (Owen
in Zool. Proc. 1830, p. 139). Hence the stomach of the Edentata
presents us with an equal analogy to Reptiles and Birds.

3. The habit of the Myrmecophaga of swallowing small pebbles
to increase the trituration of the gizzard, is certainly analogous to
that of the Gallinaceous Birds. But the same has been remarked in
the Egyptian Crocodile by Professor Geoffroy St. Hilaire, and in the
sharp-nosed species by Prof. Owen (ubi supra). As the gizzard-like
structure and pebbles of the Myrmecophaga are adapted to the diges-
tion of animal food, as in the Reptilia, and not of vegetable, as in
the Gallinaceous Birds, I consider the resemblance of the Edentata
in these respects to be greater to the former than the latter animals.

Zoological Society. 283

4. The salivary glands of the Chameleon, if not: formed on exactly
the same type as those of the Anteaters, are at least similar in the
office they perform. |

5. The abnormal number of cervical vertebra in the Ai approxi-
mates the Edentata equally to Reptiles and Birds.

6. The Monotremata, which Professor Owen in the passage I have
quoted seems to look uponas the terminal link between the Edentata
and Birds, are certainly more nearly allied to Reptiles than to Birds,
and have indeed been considered so by himself, as will be manifest
from the following extract from a letter of that gentleman quoted in |
Kirby’s Bridgewater Treatise, vol. ii. p. 432 :—‘‘ Dissections of most
of the genera of Marsupians have tended to confirm in my mind the
propriety of establishing them as a distinct and parallel group, be-
ginning with the Monotremes, which I believe to lead from Reptiles,
not Birds.” Again, in his paper ‘On the Young of the Ornitho-
rhynchus paradoxus,’ Zool. Trans. vol.i. p. 221, he very distinctly
states the weight of evidence to be in favour of the relation of the
Monotremates to the Reptiles rather than Birds; so that in all pro-
bability he has altered his views on this subject since 18380.

The evidence produced above is conclusive for my purpose, and
precludes the necessity of discussing the analogies of the Monotre-
mata. But as Prof. Owen has alluded to the beak of the Ornitho-
rhynchus as that “ of a bird,” it may not be irrelevant to show in how
many important particulars the two structures differ. ‘‘ This struc-
ture,” says Sir Everard Home, speaking of the organ in question,
‘* differs materially from the bill of a Duck, and indeed from the bill
of all birds, since in them the cavities of the nostrils do not extend
beyond the root of the bill; and in their lower portions, which cor-
respond to the under jaw of quadrupeds, the edges are hard, to
answer the purpose of teeth, and the middle space is hollow, to re-
ceive the tongue” (Home on Head of Ornithorhynchus, Phil. Trans.
1800). When to this diversity of structure we add the difference
of use, we shall see that however strong may be the resemblance at
first sight, it is perhaps more imaginary than real. From the de-
scription above-quoted,we learn that the beak of the Ornithorhynchus
is incapable, from the general flexibility of its structure, of taking
firm hold of any object; but that the marginal lips being brought
together, the prey is sucked into the mouth.

Perhaps too the similarity of the spines of the Echidna to the
quills of a bird is not very close.

7. The pelvis of some Edentata certainly resembles that of Birds
in a remarkable degree.

I have thus endeavoured to show that many of the structures in
the Edentata, adduced by Prof. Owen as offering relations to Birds,
are equally so to Reptiles; whilst those that lead us to the former
class are not of equal number or importance to those that conduct us
to the latter.

I am fully aware that the scope and conduct of my investigations
have been defective; but so far as they extend they appear to me to

284. Miscellaneous.

prove simply this, viz. that the Edentata are allied to the Reptiles,
and that more nearly than to Birds.

It would have been absurd to expect any other result from this
investigation than such as the present: a group is never related to
one other group only: “The true affinities of organic structures
branch out irregularly in all directions.”

I cannot conclude without observing, that it is highly remarkable
and interesting that affinities should be found to prevail amongst
creatures often remotely situated one from the other in the Animal
Kingdom ; that these relations often appear subtle and irrespective
of functional similarity ; and that whilst their final cause will pro-
bably ever remain unknown to man, we cannot consider them with-
out deeply appreciating the order, the unity and dependence which
prevail throughout all parts of nature. Epw. Fry.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A new genus of Sea-Snake from Port Essington.
By J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Tz snake here described formed part of the extensive collection
brought home by Mr. Jukes, the naturalist to H.M.S. Fly. It is re-
markable as having the compressed shape, the short blunt head, the
peculiar lunate valvular nostrils on the upper surface of the nose, the
small superior eyes, the head-shields and the compressed tail of
Hydrus, but differs from it in having large polished smooth keélless
scales, and the broad band-like’ ventral oeeids of the vermiform ter-
restrial snakes (Elaphina). Tn this ¥ 5 €
Aipisurus, but it is at once disting i! from. that genus by the
ventral shields being broader in proportion and acutely keeled along
the middle line, and by having the head-shields of Hydrus ; in fact
it is exactly intermediate between the genus Hydrus of Hydride and
Aipisurus of Elaphina in Colubride. tt may be called Hyrorrorts.

Scales large, smooth, six-sided; head short, truncated in front ;
nasal large, with the lunate nostrils in the middle of their hinder
part; crown shields small, superciliary numerous, labial shield high,
loreal none ; throat scaly; ventral shields broad, band-like, folded
together and keeled in the middle, notched behind at the keel; tait
compressed, covered with large broad six-sided smooth scales.

Hypotropis Jukesiz. Olive, yellowish below.

Hab. Sea, near Darnley Islands. “ Merad sand-bank, while at
anchor, May 1845.”

On the Pulmograde Medusa of the British Seas.
By Prof. E. Forses *.

At the Birmingham Meeting in 1839, the author, in conjunction
with Prof. Goodsir, brought forward a first essay towards an inves-
tigation of the British Acalephe, selecting the ciliograde species for
illustration. Since that time he has yearly availed himself of every
opportunity of pursuing the inquiry, but has abstained from publish-

* Read at the Southampton Meeting of the British Association.

Miscellaneous. 285

ing, hoping to gain more complete knowledge of a difficult and much-
confused branch of zoology. Having now however examined more
than twice the recorded number of British Meduse, and become ac-
quainted with numerous new specific and several new generic forms
of great interest to the naturalist, he ventures to lay before the Sec-
tion an outline of the data in his possession. These data are in great
part due to the opportunities afforded him by his voyages round the
coasts of Britain with his friend Mr.M‘Andrew. After pointing
out the difficulties attending the study of these animals, and giving
a brief view of the present state of the subject generally, Prof. Forbes
insisted on the necessity in future of naturalists abstaining from pub-
lishing imperfect observations respecting them, and urged the adop-
tion of the descriptions of Milne Edwards, Sars and Will as models
for those who were ready seriously to engage in the study. He
called attention to the important observations on their development
lately made by his friend Prof. Reid of St. Andrews, and expressed
a hope that ere long the return of the Arctic expedition would
bring a great mass of new materials of the most accurate description
through the observations of Mr. H. Goodsir. In grouping the British
species, Prof. Forbes calls attention to the mutual correspondence of
certain characters; viz. of the condition of the reproductive, digestive
and sensitive systems. He proposes to group all the British Medusz
under such as have hooded and such as have naked ocelli. The first
character is combined with a conspicuous and comparatively com-
plicated reproductive system, and. a ramified gastro-vascular appa-
ratus. All the Pulmograda with naked ocelli have simple vessels,
with one exception,—a new and most beautiful. generic form, the
type of a subsection by itself. The remainder form three natural
groups, as will be seen in the following general table, exhibiting the
arrangement of the British Pulmograde Meduse :—

Ist Section.—Hooded-eyed ; ramified gastro-vascular system.

Ist Genus.—Rhizostoma (Cuvier). 1 species, R. Aldrovandi.
2nd Genus.—Cassiopea (Peron). 1 sp. C. lunulata. 3
3rd Genus.—Pelagia (Peron). 1 sp. P. cyanella, one of the most
phosphorescent and beautiful of European Meduse, now first
announced as British, having been taken during the past month
by Mr. M‘Andrew and Prof. Forbes off the coast of Cornwall.
4th Genus.—Chrysaora (Peron). 1 sp. C. hysoscella.
5th Genus.—Cyanea (Peron). 2 sp. C. capillata and C, Lamar ckit,
both common ; very large, stinging Medusze. .

6th Genus.— Medusa (Linneus, Escholtz; Aurelia,Peron). 2sp.
M. aurita and M. cruciata (the latter is the Medusa so abundant
in Southampton Harbour). It has white ocelli.

Many more spurious species of Cyanea, Medusa and other genera
are recorded by Peron, Lesson and others, and enumerated as inha-
bitants of the British Channel. After careful consideration, they
have been rejected as mere varieties from this arrangement. Certain
forms belonging to this section recorded by Pennant and Templeton
are also rejected as too imperfectly observed to be of any service to
science,

286 Miscellaneous:

2nd Section.—Pulmograda with naked ocelli.

lst Family.—Vessels branched.
7th Genus.— Willsia (new sp. W. stellata, founded on a beautiful
little Medusa with six starlike ovaries and branched vessels). It
is abundant in the British Channel and on the west coast of
Scotland. |
2nd Family.—Vessels simple; ovaries convoluted and lining the
pedunculated stomach.
8th Genus.—Turris (Lesson ; Hirene, Escholtz), 2 sp. T. digitale
of O. Fabricius (Zetland) and 7. neglecta, Lesson, the Cyanea
coccinea of Davis; British Channel. Very highly organized
Medusz, closely approaching Actinie. )
9th Genus.—Saphenia (Escholtz). 1 sp. S. dinema, Peron.
Devon. Zetland. :
10th Genus.——-Oceania (Peron—Tiara, Lesson). 4 sp., one being
the ‘‘ Geryonia octona’’ of Fleming ; the other three are new.
3rd Family.—Vessels simple ; ovaries in the course of the vessels, on
the subumbrella.
a.—With eight vessels.
11th Genus.—A/quorea (Peron), or perhaps deserving of a distinct
appellation. 1 sp., common on the Scotch coast; it is the
‘* Melicertum campanulatum”’ of Ehrenberg (not of Escholtz),
“ Oceania octocostata”’ of Sars, and ‘‘ Thaumantias Milleri” of
Mr. Landsborough, and ‘‘ 4’quorea octocostata”’ of Lesson. It
has long yellow ovaries.
12th Genus.—Circe (Mertens). Ovaries 8, minute. 1 sp. C. rosea.
Zetland, new. :
b.—With four vessels.
13th Genus.— Thaumantias (Escholtz); ovaries four, ovate, clavate
or linear, stomach short; 19 British species, of which 12 are
new and undescribed. All very distinct from each other.
14th Genus.—Slabberia (new), founded for a singular little Me-
dusa remarkable for its extremely linear ovaries, long proboscis,
and the development of an ocellated bulb at the end as well as
at the base of each tentacle: S. halterata; coast of Cornwall.
15th Genus.—Geryonia (Peron). 1 sp., new, G. appendiculata.
British Channel. ;
16th Genus.—TZima? (Escholtz) 7.? Bairdiit of Johnston; common
on the east coast of Scotland. oe
4th Family.—Vessels simple ; ovary in substance of peduncle. Gem-
miparous.
A.—Peduncle with lateral lobes; tentacula fasciculated.
17th Genus.—Bougainvillia (Lesson—Hippocrene, Brandt), with 4
fascicles of tentacles. 3 sp., 2 new.
18th Genus.—Lizzia (new, with 8 fascicles of tentacles and un-
equal lobes to peduncle), founded for the Cyteis octopunctata
of Sars, which, with two other undescribed species, inhabits the
Zetland seas.
B.—Peduncles inflated ; tentacula not fasciculated.
19th Genus.—Modeeria (new). 1 sp. from the Hebrides.
C.—Peduncle elongate; tentacula not fasciculated,

Meteorological Observations. 287

a. With four tentacles. |
_ 20st Genus.—Sarsia (Lesson). 4 British sp.
b. With one tentacle only developed.

21nd Genus.—Steenstrupia (new). 3 sp.

In all there are fifty species of British Pulmograda known to Prof.
Forbes, excluding doubtful forms and varieties. Of these nine only
had been previously recorded as British, and of the remainder, all
but five are undescribed.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUG. 1846.

Chiswick.— August 1. Uniformly overcast: hot and dry: 2 p.m. almost von-
tinued thunder: at 3 p.m. rain in torrents: at 42 40™ vivid lightning and rain,
mixed with large hail: overcast at night 2. Sultry: thunder and rain: clear.
3. Rain: showery. 4. Cloudy and fine, 5. Heavy rain. 6. Cloudy and fine.
7. Overcast. 8,9. Cloudy and fine. 10,11. Very fine. 12, Rain: cloudy.
13. Cloudy: heavyrain. 14. Veryfine. 15. Clear: fine: rain. 16,17. Cloudy :
fine. 18, Fine: rain. 19, Fine: drizzly. 20. Overcast: rain. 21. Densely
clouded: rain. 22—25. Cloudy and fine. 26. Overcast. 27. Fine. 28—31.

Very fine.
Mean temperature of the month ......... epasrenes ee eadegr ene vee 64°°16
Mean temperature of Aug. 1845 .......csccsscscecsececesecececes 59 *30
Average mean temperature of Aug. for the last twenty years 62 °23
Average amount of rain in Aug. .......... eeaceseu sons tee vtoceooe 2°41 inches.

Boston.— Aug. 1. Cloudy: rain p.m., with thunder and lightning. 2. Fine:
rain P.M. 3. Fine: rain, with thunder and lightning a.m. 4. Fine: rain and
lightning v.m. 5. Cloudy: raine.m. 6,7. Cloudy. 8, Fine. 9. Cloudy:
rain A.M. 10, Fine; raine.m. 11,12, Fine. 13. Cloudy: whirlwind, with
rain a.M. 14. Fine. 15. Fine: rain a.m. 16, Fine. 17. Fine: rain early a.m.
18, Fine. 19. Rain. 20. Fine: rain a.m.and p.m. 21. Rain. 22. Cloudy.
23. Cloudy: rainr.m, 24—27. Cloudy. 28. Fine. 29. Cloudy. 30,31. Fine.
—The past month has been extraordinary warm.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.— Aug. 1. Cloudy: fine. 2. Fog: hot: fine. 3. Bright :
hot: fog. 4. Clear: hot: fog, 5. Bright: cloudy. 6. Fog: cloudy. 7. Cloudy.
8. Bright: fog. 9. Fog: rain, 10. Bright: rain: clear, 11. Showers: clear.
12. Showers: cloudy. 13. Rain. 14. Bright: clear. 15. Rain. 16. Showers:
small rain, 17. Cloudy: fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Bright: hot: fog. 20. Cloudy:
rain. 21, Cloudy: damp. 22. Damp: drizzle. 23. Cloudy. 24. Bright:
cloudy. 25. Clear: aurora: fine. 26. Clear: fine. 27. Clear: aurora: fine.
28. Clear: fog. 29. Cloudy. 30. Bright: rain. 31. Rain: clear.

Mean temperature of the month — ...........scceseeceeseesesseesceecs 58°82
Mean temperature of Aug. for nineteen preceding years ...... 54 *76
Mean temperature Of Aug. 1845 ...cccccsssssssevescscsccscnssevcses 53 +16

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire — Aug. 1. Remarkably warm. 2. Very fine.
3. Very fine: thunder. 4, Fine: one shower. 5. Heavy shower: fine. 6. Fair
and fine. 7. Rain, heavy: thunder. 8. Wet: thunder. 9. Wet p.m. : fair a.m.
10. Showers. 11, 12. Slightshowers. 13. Very heavy rain: flood. 14. Fine:
one shower. 15, Showers p.m. 16, Wet a.m.: cleared. 17. Very fine harvest
day. 18. Rain nearly all day. 19, Fineharvest day. 20. Fine harvest day :
thunder. 21—23. Fine harvest days. 24, 25, Fine harvest days: threatening.
26, 27. Fine harvest days: clear. 28, 29. Fine harvest days: threatening. 30,
Fine harvest day. 31. Rain: cleared r.m.

Mean temperature of the month .,.......+06: b ddnvdiee'g vinvesee GOSS
Mean temperature of Aug. 1845 ........sseseesereees cesepeges 56 '4
Mean temperature of Aug. for twenty-three years ......... 57 °0

Mean rain in Aug. for eighteen years .....sccccccsssssseeeeee 3°61 inches,

: oping seagate, ieee Panta) |
16-3 ¢g.F 'g0-£ CPP L1-LS §¥-09 ¥.7S 2-89 a £0-FS 6.0L 916-62 |%16-6% fae ZZ8-6% | ZE-62 8986 o£6.62 ies
i | |

"2 eaagad eaten eee eT Ee uyeo} ‘a | PS | Lo) 69/4€9| €9| 9S | 6L | LO-0€ | g0-0€| gI-0€ | 00-08 75-66 ZE1-08 SLI-0€! “IE

"GEO irre) sas | ems | ueo] rau | ¥49 | 19 | zS/¥g9| S9| sh | o£ | 00-0€| 00.0€ | z0.0€ | 00-0€ | SF-6z $60.08 ZL1-0&| “of
vvcsecleeseccleccce,|0O",] ‘28 [trou] ufwa| sau | GS} 09 | OS|f0L) $9} Bh | ZL | 90-08 | SI-0€| 96-62} £0.08 | FE-6z '6z6-6z |n10-0€| “62 © |
ba ake a lee ee LS} 09 |{6V| ZL! 69] OF | BL | 81-0€| E1-0€| S0.0€ | Go.0€ | 9&-62 '126-62 96-62! “9%
‘as | ‘as | ‘aua | ‘a | GG | 09 |f9v; 69 S-79| LG | OL | 60-0} VI-0€| 00.0€ | $0.0€ | gh-6% 066-62 966-62! *L%
‘as | vas jue; tou | LS |} 19 | Sh) OL) 29} OF | PL | S1-0€| 02-0€ | gv.0€ | LI-0€ | 09-62 |1S0-0€ \gh1-08) *9z
ayes) ss | tau | mea] cou | PS | 449 | oF] $89 $09) ZF | 69 | 9%-0€| TE-0f| 12-08 | Fz-08 04-62 P61-0€ 01Z-0€| “Sz
ereeemeeee FOe "| emu | cam | cu | cau] 9G | F4G |) HS/¥19' €9] OF | gO | 18-08] 9B-6F| 02-0€ | 91-0€ Z9-62 SEI-0F 012-08) “Fz
VO. SPO | ew | cana | pea | cu 9S | f8¢ | 6$| £9 $-S9, 69 | IL | €%-0€! 61-0€| 11.0€! go.0€ 0S-6% Z80-0€ LZ1-0€! *€%
nseeee seeree! 1. freee] om | cass | wea] cu | $249 | Zo | gp {$9 | zo. 8b | LO | 90-08) £0.08 | 66.62! 96-62 | 67-62 766-62 SS0-0€| “Zo
11. "| Lh. 0. | tm | cas juyeo| au | 9G | LG | 9S) g9: 19 FS | OL | 00-08) 68-66] £6-62! 92-62 | £2-6% FHL-6z ¥S6-62) 126
ree TPs | €€- | casi} “a | maj} ems | gS | 8S | SS} zo, So) 6S | ¥9 | 60-62} L9-6%) 19.6% | 19-62 | £2-6% 021-62 628-62) *0@
Ot. "| TO. | yea} uj wea} *m | gS | ¥09 | 19] OL 09: ZS | OL | £162) 3L-68| £9.6z| LS-6%| 00-62 915-62 8V9-62) “61
rereeesaseeeiseerer! 2. | @ | ta | ems | tms | LG} «09 | 99] 99! £0: PS | aL | E462! HL-65| PP-6z| 6E.62 66-8% 6£6-6% OLS-62) *gI

ct

Peet ee Tee eee eereseicoseses

90. """""" PS. | Lo. | "a | ‘ms | uywa} ms | 9S} 19 | LG} 99 9; €S | OL | OL-6%| L9.6z| £9.62) 79-62 | 63-60 GPL-6z |SS8-6z| “LI
TG °°" BO "| tw | cms | tupeo} sm | FSG 1 go | €¢| So! Lo 6h | ZL | 99-62! 09-62] $0.62) 9S-6z 61-6% 26L-6% £98-62| “91
1Gl- GOP LO. | vas | ts | umyea! -s 9S | f¥S | GS} €9' Lo, OF | 6L | £9-6%! 02-62} £5.62! SS-6z | zz-6% 912-62 OVL-6%! °S1
Ole "BS rere] ts itmss | mu | cms | 49 | $0 | gh) F9S-09 6h | LL | 29-60! 7-60! SL-6z| SL-6z 8£-6% 618-62 216-60! ‘PI
OP. errerineeres ZB. | cm smmms! cms | ms | F1G | FPS | HS) ¥19! Soi Ph | 99 | 99.62! 19-62: 69-62! EF-62| 91-62 %89-6% 'Z6L-6Z| “Ei D
EL. verre") TO. | tmsm) ms | ues} ‘ma | Co) §LG | S$G| #9! 99] 19 | SZ | Lg.6z| 28-62) £8-6z| 26-62 | 6P-62 9f0-08 ‘990-0£| “aI
LG. \***"°"| ZO. | QB. | ‘a | ms | wpea) *m | Go| gS |FPS| £9: 99) LS | EL | OL.6) 69-62, 28-62 | 92-621 LE-6z 6£0-0€ €L0.08| “11
OF |"°") ZO. [rrrret| cas | cms | cm | sms | OG | F£9| 9G} 1Z2| OL! SS | 14 | SL-6z| S262! LL-60| 92-62 8£-6Z L00-0€ %20.0£| ‘ol
GG» |rrreeeyreeeesinereee| cas | “Mm | urea] *ms | O09 | $19 | 6S! L9|} gO} 8S | IL | 99-60! L9-62) SL.6%| 9-62! 61-62 V78-6% 696-62) *6
“00-1 /°°*"""| TO. | *9 | “MS | cms | sms | 19 | PO} 19) 14] IL] SS | DL | £2.62! 786%) 99-62] 99-62 | Lo-6z 104-62 831-62} *g
Te ttaslereeeeiseeeceireers’) "8 |9S—9 uw] ‘ms | OO | ZO | BS #69 9-90! o9 | €8 | 16-6%| 96-62! 19-62| 92-62 | Pz-6z 269-62 LPL.6%| *L O
*eeegaieceoes! DQlnissorer! ued | Se ‘uj au | €9 | 19 | 2G; 9L%-99| Fo | €8 | L6-6%| 96-62 | 79-62! 06-62! 92-62 GE8-6% 906-62) °9
Seen eM eemeeet JOS 1 OB) og 1 ae Fag zr) 09 | $9 | 99) ZL) 89| 29 | 08 | 96.62] 00-08 | 68-62} 68-62 | 62-62 Lz9.6o 076-62) *¢
errs ORs tage | “Oe | *s | ‘88 | 09 | 99 | 99/4€L) Of} 9S | 64 | 00-0€| €0.0£ | 93.6%} £8-6%| PE-6z €26-6z h6.62| ‘V
mensysee") £0. | VO. | °289 | "9 | wes} “m | ZO | OL | €9/¥gl| EL} 19 | LL | 96.62] 96-62| 08-62} gl-6z| Fz-6% 208-62 666-67 3
“esseyreres" EL. | GQ. | *@ | ‘ua | wpe! *s | ZO] 99 | ZO} OLIG-EL} 9S | Ig | 66-62) 66-62) SL-6z| PL-62| S0.6z 'zr9.6z \0€8-6z %G
“reseeyroseseyeeser’) €GT] “Sa | “aus | upea} ‘a | 69 | ¥£9 | ¥gS| FLL] OL} 09 | 26 | 66-62] 20.08) 62-62} $g-6z 81-62 (049-62 ZSL-6z [
ES PS 2 2 cara 1 cure “wd — : : “ony
Pelee] 9 |2| fel e¥| ¢ |-2| be lfe| F)Flee| FL El el wie] So ji [ere
aq3ia2|s-|}2 1 98 | 33/5 | 32i- ; 2 : iat
Rt" e |)? | & pa | Pe] 1 Tata” | sapling | 2 |: mao uo | 2atus-sorzuma 35 wen |e
“Urey “PULA *JIJIULOULIOY JF, *19JMIOIV = 2

*AANYUQC) ‘asunyy yonpung yw ‘u0ysno[D “OD "Ady 947 AQ pup {auHs-salusMacy ‘asunpy yzuvSajddp yo ‘sequng *AA *Aaqy 247 49 {NoLsog
70 ‘|[BaA “aA 49 SuopuoT svau ‘MOIMSIHD yo Aja10g poanynoysopy ayz fo uapsvgy ayz yo uosdwoyy, “ay 49 apo suorwasasgy jungoposoaja yyy

Ann. & Mag: Not: Hest Vol 18. PLIV.

A: Hancock del. ; J. De C.Sowerbylith:

Hullmandel & Walton Juthoéraphers.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 120. NOVEMBER 1846.

-
—

XXIX.—Notices of some new and rare British species of Naked
Mollusca. By Josuua ALpER and AtBany Hancock *.

[ With a Plate.]

1. Description of a small Mollusk belonging to the order Infero-
branchiata (Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2, 3).

In the month of May 1845 we found on the shores of Torbay a
very minute molluscous animal of a peculiar appearance, which
we had not before met with. It was feeding upon a small green
conferva in pools near high-water mark, and was only discernible
to the naked eye as a small black spot. On taking a piece of
the conferva home, and placing it in a glass of sea-water, two or
three of these little creatures crept out of their ambush, and were
found on the sides of the glass, or swimming inverted upon the
top of the water. On applying a lens we were immediately struck
with the similarity of their appearance to the animals figured by
M. de Quatrefages in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ under
the generic names of Pelta and Chalidis, and placed as the lowest
forms of his new order Phlebenterata. As these were the genera
upon which that naturalist founded his theory of extreme degra-
dation from the typical form in the Mollusca, we immediately
saw that our little animal must prove interesting in that point of
view, and deserving of a careful examination. A slight inspec-
tion of its external characters, however, was sufficient to show
that our captive at least did not partake of that degradation from
the Molluscan type which M. de Quatrefages describes in his
species, and that, tentacles excepted, it possessed all the external
organs usually found in the class Gasteropoda. The branchie
formed three small plumes, placed under the posterior part of
the cloak a little to the right of a central tubular anus; thus
bringing the species within the order Jnferobranchiata of Cuvier.
Its characters are as follows :—
Body l\imaciform, elongated, smooth, about two lines long.

* Read at the Meeting of the British Association, Sept. 14, 1846; and
communicated by the authors.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist.. Vol. xviii. -

290 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on some new and rare

Cloak a little indented in front, nearly straight at the sides, and
slightly rounded behind: the general colour is black, sprinkled
with minute points of brown, but the front part of the cloak cor-
responding to the head is buffish fawn-coloured towards the sides,
and black in the centre only. On this part are placed two
largish eyes, surrounded by a pale ring. Behind the eyes and at
the termination of the fawn-coloured part, a curved line of small
white spots crosses the cloak, giving the animal the appearance
of having the head detached from the back; but this is in ap-
pearance only, the surface of the cloak being continuous. A
suboval fawn-coloured patch, also bordered with white spots,
terminates the cloak behind. Under the posterior margin of the
cloak in the medial line is situated the anus, and close to it on
the right side are three small, slightly pinnate branchial plumes,
generally projecting a little beyond the cloak. The tail extends
about one-fourth the length of the body beyond this, and termi-
nates in an obtuse point. Foot yellowish, tinged with brown or
black, and with a few opake white spots. It.is rounded in front
and does not extend so far forward as the cloak: its sides are
nearly parallel, broader than the cloak and usually folded up to-
wards it. Organs of generation on the right side.

The head and shoulders are clothed with large vibratile cilia,
the action of which could be observed with a powerful pocket-
lens: the sides of the foot are also ciliated as well as the back.
A regular pulsation was observed through the cloak, confined to
a small portion of the back a little in advance of the branchial
plumes,—the usual position of the heart,—from which we in-
ferred the presence of that organ. The pulsations were fifty to
sixty in a minute. As we had the opportunity of examining only
one specimen microscopically, we were not able to make out the
whole of the internal anatomy. ‘The nervous ganglions had
much the general appearance of those of the Nudibranchs; the
eyes hada lens, and were regularly formed ; the auditory capsules
were closely attached to the ganglions, and contained one large
otolithe each. The tongue was strap-shaped and covered with
spines; and a little behind it was a curious dental apparatus,
similar to what is described by M. de Quatrefages in the stomach
of his genus Pelta, and apparently constituting a kind of gizzard.
It consisted of four portions, each bearing six denticulated teeth.
We cannot speak with certainty respecting the biliary organ,
though from the manner the creature slipped when pressed
between the plates of the compressor, we have little doubt that it
possessed a firm and bulky liver. The other viscera were not
made out.

On comparing otr animal with the genus Pelta, we find the
resemblance of external form so great as almost to amount to
identity. ‘The head in that genus, however, is described to have

British species of Naked Mollusca. f Fat

two lobes, which meet in the medial line behind. This is not ex-
actly the case with ours, but the front is very variable in outline,
according to the will or position of the animal; and as it is a little
sinuated in the centre, it frequently assumes a bilobed appear-
ance, and the line of white spots mentioned above gives an appa-
rent continuation of the outline of the head across the medial
line, similar to what is represented in M. de Quatrefages’ figure.
The form of the cloak and the dark line passing from it to the
tail are the same in each. On turning to the imternal charac-
ters we find the same peculiar gizzard, or dental armature of the
stomach, as described in the French species, and some of the
other parts are not very dissimilar. But M. de Quatrefages
states that his genus Pe/ta has neither branchiz, heart nor anus,
thus reducing it to a level with the inferior zoophytes. We must
confess that we have always looked upon this extreme degradation
of the Molluscan type with great suspicion, and the discovery of
this species has tended not a little to strengthen our conviction
that M. de Quatrefages’ views are founded upon imperfect ob-
servations. We cannot indeed prove that our mollusk belongs
to the same genus as the Pelta ornata, but sufficient has been
stated to raise a presumption that it does so; and considering the
great difficulty of examining these minute objects anatomically,
the inability to detect an obscure organ must not be hastily taken
as a proof of its non-existence. Indeed in one or two of the
smaller specimens of our mollusk, we were ourselves unable to
detect either branchial plumes or anal aperture. The latter we
have no doubt existed ; but with regard to the former, we think it
probable that these animals in a young state undergo a progress
sive development, and that it is not until they have arrived at
maturity that the branchial organs are fully developed, respira-
tion in the meantime being carried on chiefly through the ciliated
surface of the body. Be 807

There is yet another mollusk to which our species bears avery
strong resemblance,—the Limapontia nigra of Dr. Johnston, de-
scribed in Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History, vol. ix. p. 79.
The figure there given is a pretty fair representation of our ani-
mal, and the colour appears to be the same. Dr. Johnston was
unable to detect any branchie, and the cloak, though mentioned
as distinct from the foot, is not so represented in the figure. It
is possible, however, that the species may turn out to be identical.

Were we inclined to construe generic characters rigorously,
we should be quite justified in establishing a new genus for an
animal so differently organized as we have shown this to be; but
believing as we do that we see in our little mollusk the repre-
sentative of two genera already described by naturalists, though,
camelion-like, when again produced it turns out to be something
different from what either party had supposed, we shall leave it

Y2

292 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on some new and rare

for the present to the decision of other umpires, only premising,
that should our suspicions prove correct, the genus Limapontia
of Johnston will take precedence of the Pelta of Quatrefages.

2. Descriptions of some new species of Nudibranchiata.

Nearly the whole of the species here described were obtained
on an excursion to the Isle of Arran in May and June last.
Among them is a second species of our new genus Humenis,
which, having been founded on a single individual, may by some
have been considered to be imperfectly established. It is satis-
factory therefore to have obtamed another species, sufficiently
distinct from that found in Torbay last year, yet at the same
time confirming the characters we had previously given to the
genus. Unfortunately in this instance again we only procured
a single specimen.

Besides the Nudibranchs described below, we met with some
other rare species, particularly the gires punctilucens, hitherto
only claiming a place in the British fauna from a specimen
found on the south coast of Ireland by Professor Allman. Seve-
ral specimens of this curious and beautiful mollusk were found
among the rocks at Ardrossan on the Ayrshire coast, and on the
shores of the Isle of Arran. It would thus appear to be diffused
over the estuary of the Clyde, and this circumstance, together
with some occasional variation in its colour, induces us to think
that the Doris Maura, found by Professor HE. Forbes on Devar
Island, near Campbeltown, will prove to be a variety of this
species. One of the most plentiful species of Holis on the west-
ern coast of Scotland is the HE. Drummond of Mr. Thompson,
first discovered by Dr. Drummond in Belfast Lough. Holis alba,
hitherto considered a rare species, was not uncommon in the same
localities. Some curious varieties occurred, especially one with
the branchial papille of a brown colour and a few brown mark-
ings on the body, which, had we not found intermediate varie-
ties, might almost have induced us to think it distinct. Some
fine specimens of Goniodoris castanea, not the least interesting
of our recent acquisitions, were procured at Saltcoats by Mr.
David Landsborough, jun., to whose kind assistance we are also
indebted for two of the new species of Holis described below.
Two specimens of Doris flammea and several of D. Johnstoni
_ were found in Lamlash Bay.

Doris planata.—Body elliptical, much-depressed. Cloak ex-
tending much beyond the foot, thickly covered with obtuse warty
tubercles, mostly minute, but of very unequal sizes, the largest
ones being arranged at irregular intervals along each side of the
back. Colour reddish brown, interspersed with dull lemon-
yellow and purple-brown ; the whole sprinkled with minute dark
brown spots, A few irregular patches of dull yellow run down

British species of Naked Mollusca. 293

each side. Dorsal tentacles stout, subclavate, yellowish, mottled
with dark brown; laminz twelve or thirteen. Branchie very
small, retractile within a-cavity; they consist of seven imper-
fectly bipinnate plumes pointed at the top and strongly blotched
with opake yellowish white and dark brown. Head indistinct,
with long linear oral tentacles. Foot deep lemon-coloured, grooved
and rounded in front, with the upper lamina notched in the
centre. Length nearly an inch.

We found one specimen of this new Doris inside an old shell
of Pecten opercularis dredged in Lamlash Bay. It is very unlike
any of the other British species. Fr

Doris sparsa.— Body ovate, much-depressed, Cloak of an ob- /
scure pale yellow, with a few reddish brown freckles and distant
spiculose tubercles. Dorsal tentacles slightly conical, with eight
or nine broad distant lamine, blotched with olive-brown; the mar-
gins of the cavities furnished with three or four tubercular points.
Branchie very small, colourless, consisting of nine pinnate plumes
arranged in the shape of a horse-shoe. Head with a large semi-
circular veil. Foot nearly as broad as the cloak, colourless ; the
front slightly bilobed. Length half an inch.

Found on Cellepora pumicosa from deep water, Cullercoats.
It is allied to D. depressa and D. pusilla.

Eumenis flavida.—Body quadrilateral, pale lemon-yellow above,
white beneath. Dorsal tentacles clavate and laminated; the
sheaths set round the top with about six tubercles, the outside
ones largest, each having a ring of fawn-colour. Vez very small,
with about four tubercular points. Branchie papillose, mostly
short, set in a waved line on the sides of the back, three on each
side being larger than the rest and nearly linear; they are all
ringed with fawn-colour. The branchiz approach very near to
the tail. Sides of the body with a few pale yellow markings.
Foot nearly linear, transparent white, slightly tinged with purple
brown at the margin ; it is slit along the front and produced into
tentacular points at the sides. Length about a quarter of an inch.

Dredged on a small coralline in Lamlash Bay.

Eolis Glotensis.—Body pale greenish-yellow. Dorsal tentacles
of the same colour as the body, rather long, linear, smooth and
thickened towards the top. Oral tentacles about two-thirds the
length of the dorsal pair, and of a similar form and colour, set
on the upper side of the lips: outline of the head semicircular.
Branchie rather short and thick; their central vessel of a dark
bottle-green, approaching to black, the apices deep orange-yel-
low. ‘They are set in eight or nine transverse rows, three to five
in each row; the first three rows are close together. Foot trans-
parent white, the front notched in the middle and the angles
slightly produced and rounded. Length four-tenths of an inch.

Dredged in Lamlash Bay upon Pecten opercularis.

294 Capt. Portlock on the Natural History of

Eolis lineata—Body slender, transparent white, with three
opake white lines running from head to tail; viz. one on the
back bifurcating into the oral tentacles, and one on each side of
the body below the papillee. Dorsal tentacles rather long, linear,
transparent white, with an opake white line down the back of
each. Oral tentacles about the same length as the dorsal ones,
linear, and swelling a little at the base. Branchie rose-coloured,
with a line of opake white in front of each, terminating in a
ring at the top. They are nearly linear, tapering a little above,
and set in about four ill-defined clusters on each side of the back ;
the first clusters contain twelve to fourteen papille each, the rest
fewer. Foot slender, with the front angles produced into short
tentacular processes. Length upwards of a quarter of an inch.

Discovered by Mr. D. Landsborough, jun., among the rocks at
Saltcoats, Ayrshire. .

Kolis Landsbergiit.— Body very slender, of a beautiful violet
or amethyst colour. Dorsal tentacles slender, linear, violet tipped
with white. Oral tentacles a little longer than the dorsal pair,
and of the same colour. Branchie orange-red, the sheaths vio-
let, with a ring of white at the apices ; elliptical, short and rather
stout, arranged in five or six clumps; the first containing eight
to twelve papillz, the second six to nine, the others not so many.
Foot very narrow, finely pointed behind, arched in front, and
with the lateral angles not much produced. Length rather more
than a quarter of an inch.

Also found by Mr. D. Landsborough at Saltcoats.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE Iv.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. Different views of the Limapontia taken at Torbay.
Fig. 4. Enlarged view of the anus.

Fig. 5. Enlarged view of branchia,

Fig. 6. A portion of the gizzard exhibiting the teeth.

Fig. 7. Auditory capsule and otolithe.

XXX.—Notices in connexion with the Natural History of Corfu
and its vicinity. By Captain Porriocx, Royal Engineers,
F.R.S. *

AN insular position must in most cases render it difficult to de-

termine the fauna or the flora of a country in respect to their

actual limits, and especially the fauna, as the slightest variation
in the periodical directions of the currents, whether aérial or ma-
rine, may lead to the appearance of new objects both of the vege-
table and animal kingdoms. —

In the 12th volume of ‘ Annals of Natural History’ is printed
avaluable paper by Capt. Drummond, 42nd R.H. regiment, with

* Read at the Meeting of the British Association, Sept. 14th, 1846.

Corfu and its vicinity. 295

Notes by Mr. Strickland, on the Birds of Corfu, a paper origi-
nally read before the Zoological Section at Cork. In that paper,
which contains the result of the labours of a gentleman at once
an able naturalist and an active sportsman, continued for a con-
siderable time, the following summary is given :—

Common to Ionian Islands and Britain ............. 157
Doubtful if same as British species ...scsceeeereeeee 8
European, but not British .,.cccscccssessesecsceesersees 8D
Peculiar to Ionian Islands ......,cccsseresseversecssese

Total number of birds of the Ionian Islands... 200

From Capt. Drummond I have lately received a memorandum
containing some important additions and a few corrections of his
list. The additions are—

1. Turdus pilaris. British.

2. T. iliacus. Ditto.

eae 4

r a iomcian la \ of Bonaparte’s ‘ Fauna Italica.’

These birds were confounded with Motacilla flava in the Corfu list :
the first is stated to be common in Italy, and the second to be found
in Dalmatia, in Egypt and on the Caucasus, but to be rare in Italy.

5. Emberiza cia,

6. Picus leuconotus, confounded with P. major.

7. Numenius tenuirostris. 'Temminck gives Egypt as the country
of this bird, but states it to be sometimes common on its passage in
the southern parts of Italy, to be found near Rome, Venice and Pisa,
and he adds that it is said to visit also Dalmatia and Greece. This
latter statement is therefore now confirmed by Capt. Drummond,

8. Ardea egrettoides. This connects it with the Sicilian and
Turkish localities recorded by Temminck.

9. Corvus collaris (Drummond). A new species distinguished
from the common jackdaw by having a large crescented patch of
pure white on each side of the neck. The ringed jackdaw was
found by Capt. Drummond at Sajdi in Albania, and he expects that
it will be found in Corfu.

The corrections are—Alauda brachydactyla instead of A. isabellina ;
Sylvia leucopogon instead of S. conspicillata ; and the summary there-
fore will be, as stated by Capt. Drummond,— ;

Species
Common to Ionian Islands and Great Britain ....sesesseesesereverees 159
Doubtful if same as British species...,....scressseesseerssevees oda ents 2
First stated as doubtful ; but as two species are said to have been
confounded with it, I presume that the British species is =f 1
posed also to exist, viz. Motacilla flavd.....scscerecsveevcereeeees
European, but not British ....ccccssscceersseseeeeeee sbssbvesssedees ccoves 45
Peculiar to Ionian Islands ..........sseccsccssscccccccceapeoscess bbesdbues
New species established by Capt. Drummond, and as yet ee 1
found in Albania ,,..,.++ peepaerbeberie spendeede sdeevenss bo snpeerdes
Total number ...... Oo pecesopooponvonpceese Opepdaveepeccasocgs 209

The additions I have now to record on my own part are of a more

296 On the Natural History of Corfu and its vicinity.

inglorious kind, as they have not resulted from the exertions of my own
arm or the shots of my own gun, but in great measure have quietly
dropped in to the lure of a silver whistle. Had Capt. Drummond
confined his list to Corfu alone, I should have hesitated to record
them, as the exact localities might be doubtful; but as it takes in the
coast of Albania, the birds I have now to mention can without hesi-
tation be added to it, as they were certainly all killed either on the
island or on the opposite Albanian coast.

1. Falco nevius.. In the plumage of an immature bird or as
F. maculatus, the Spotted Eagle. Killed by my friend Dr. Mountain,
R.A., at Butrinto, in December 1845, and presented to me. ‘Tem-
minck mentions it as inhabiting the woody and mountainous regions
of Germany, as being very rare in France, more abundant in Russia
and the eastern parts of Europe, and common in the south, as also
in Africa, especially Egypt. Several of the gentlemen of the coun-
try say that they have seen the mature bird.

2. Merops Savignii (Vieill.). This beautiful and well-marked
species, the Meropa Egiziano of Bonap., is stated to be abundant in
Persia, Egypt, Tripoli, and as far as Senegal. The species was
founded on specimens obtained at Genoa; another specimen was pro-
cured by Sig. Gangadi, and it is thus fairly incorporated amongst
the birds of Corfu.

3. Himantopus nigricollis. From the marked character of one of
the specimens before me, I am obliged to class it with the American
species; and I shall state therefore my reasons for so doing, and
then point out the peculiarities of a second ‘specimen, which lead me
to think that the natural history of these birds is yet imperfect.

Wilson says, ‘“‘ back, rump and tail-coverts also white, but so con-
cealed by the scapulars as to appear black ;” and such is the case:
again, ‘‘ line before the eye, auriculars, back part of the neck, scapu-
lars and whole wings deep black, richly glossed with green ;” and
‘‘in some the white from the breast extends quite round the neck,
separating the black of the hind neck from that of the body.” Now
in these remarkable and striking particulars my bird is identical with
that of Wilson.

Wilson says, tail ‘‘ of a dingy white,’ whereas in my specimens
the shade is beyond a dingy white, and approaches to a light slaty
tinge ; this however neither removes it further from the European
species, in which the tail is also more or less white or ashy, nor ap-
proximates it to it. In my second specimen, which is probably a
female, a young bird, the plumage is not so deep a black, but rather
approaching to brown; and the neck, instead of exhibiting the com-
plete black or brown-black, is blotched with those hues, showing
distinctly an approach to the definite marking, but proving either
immaturity of plumage or a state of seasonal change.

I cannot find any record of such changes, and as Wilson states the
arrival of the birds to be in April, and their departure in September,
it is evident he describes the summer plumage. By Yarrell one is
recorded as seen by Mr. Ball at Youghall in the winter of 1823; but
the greater number of specimens described by him appear to have
been procured in summer, so that the plumage as described must be

Mr. J. Blackwall on some species of Araneidea. 297

also that of the summer bird. The winter plumage of the American
species has yet to be determined ; and from the appearance of change
in my specimen, may it not prove that the’ two species are at this
season closely approximated to each other ? First specimen obtained
April 9, 1846, the second a few days afterwards. °

4. Limosa melanura (B.). In his Supplement Temminck states
this bird to occur at Japan ; its range is therefore very wide both to
the north and south. :

5. Ardea comata (B.). It is surprising that this beautiful species
should not have occurred before in the island.

6. Sterna Boysii (B.), Sandwich Tern. As this has been recorded
as an African bird, its appearance here only adds to its already very
wide range.

7. S. leucoptera. As this bird is recorded by Temminck in his
Supplement as common in Dalmatia, its appearance here is natural.

8. Fuligula rufina (B.), the Red-crested Pochard. As this species
is already recorded amongst the birds of Italy, its appearance at
Corfu was to be expected.

Incorporating therefore these birds into Capt. Drummond’s list,
the summary may be thus stated :—

Species
Birds common to Ionian Islands and Great Britain ......... soeeseuse 163
Doubtful if same as British species .........scsecessscvsccscscccseceece 2
Presumed to be British, though at first confounded with other 1
species, and therefore rendered doubtful ........cceessseesseeees
European, but not British ...... dsoceyserensorss Guseuss bceofenpuendsansens 48
POCURRL Uo TONEAM ISDAMOS ses ii; sei senssccscccesss thbobaean cep tepacesece aS
New species founded by Capt. Drummond, and as yet only found l
TA Toari: :yiieded cede gumevedshs eveehlbe cus [sd egieisee edo eatecbobease
American species now first recorded as European ...........000+ ae
217

In respect to the dates, as some were probably several days in the
stuffer’s hands before he brought them to me, whilst others were
brought fresh, I may observe generally, that where the date is not
given, it is to be understood that they were all obtained in the spring
of the present year, prior to the month of May.

XXXI.—Descriptions of some newly discovered species of
Araneidea. By Joun Brackwa tt, F.L.S.

Tribe OCTONOCULINA.
Family Tuomis1p2&.
Genus THomisus, Walck.

1. Thomisus incertus.

Length of the male 4th of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax ;1,; breadth +4, ; breadth of the abdomen +4, ; length of a
leg of the first pair 4; length of a leg of the third pair 4.

Kyes disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax in

298 Mr. J. Blackwall on some species of Araneidea.

two transverse, curved rows, forming a crescent whose convex
side is in front ; the lateral eyes, which are seated on a protube-
rance, are much larger than the intermediate ones, those of the
anterior row being the largest of the eight. Cephalo-thorax
convex, compressed before, truncated in front, abruptly sloping
behind, without any indentation in the medial line ; it is of a red-
brown colour along the middle, with a broad brownish black band
on each side comprising several irregular red-brown marks.
- Mandibles short, strong, subconical, vertical, dark brown tinged
with red, Maxille convex near the base, enlarged where the
palpi are inserted, pointed at the extremity, and inclined towards
the lip, which is triangular: these parts are red-brown, the base
of the lip being much the darkest. Sternum heart-shaped, with
three dark brown spots on each side, and a streak of the same
hue extending from its posterior extremity to the middle. Legs
provided with hairs and sessile spines ; the femora of the anterior
pair are black, obscurely tinged with red on the sides and under
part; the rest of these limbs is pale reddish brown, with the ex-
ception of a few dark spots on the sides of the genual joint and
the base of the tibia; the second pair of legs resembles the first,
except. that the base of the femora is pale reddish brown; the
third and fourth pairs are pale reddish brown with a few annuli
of brownish black. First and second pairs of legs equal in length,
the latter extending a little wider in consequence of being arti-
culated to a broader part of the cephalo-thorax ; third pair rather
shorter than the fourth. Each tarsus is terminated by two
curved, pectinated claws. Palpi short; the humeral joint is
brownish black, palest at the base; the cubital and radial joints
are reddish brown, obscurely marked with dark brown ; the latter
projects a long, brownish black, curved apophysis, which is re-
curved at the point, from its anterior extremity, on the outer
side, and a reddish brown, crescent-shaped one on the under
side ; the digital joint is oval, dark brown, convex and hairy ex-
ternally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are
highly developed, complicated in structure, with a black spine
curved round their extremity, and are of a reddish brown colour.
Abdomen depressed, corrugated, particularly on the sides, thinly
covered with short strong hairs, broader at the posterior than at
the anterior extremity, the latter, which appears as if cut ina
straight line across, projecting over the base of the cephalo-tho-
‘vax; its colour is dark brown, obscurely tinged with reddish
brown ; the sides are mottled with yellowish white, and the plates
of the spiracles are dark reddish brown; on the upper part are
five circular depressions ; the three anterior ones are disposed m
a triangle whose vertex is directed forwards, and the other two
are situated parallel to its base.

Mr. J. Blackwall on some species of Arancidea. 299

My son, John Blackwall, discovered this spider in an outbuild-
ing at Oakland in June 1845.

2. Thomisus pallidus.

Length of the female 41ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo-
thorax ;'; ; breadth ;'; ; breadth of the abdomen +; length of a
leg of the second pair } ; length of a leg of the third pair 4.

Mandibles short, strong, subconical, vertical, furnished with
some erect bristles in front, towards the inner side: maxille
slender, convex near the base, pointed at the extremity, and in-
clined towards the lip, which is triangular : sternum heart-shaped :
legs provided with short hairs and strong spines; the first and
second pairs are very decidedly longer and more robust than the
third and fourth pairs, the second pair being rather the longest
and the third pair the shortest: palpi short, provided with hairs
and spines: these parts are of a pale yellowish brown colour, the
lip being somewhat the darkest. Each tarsus is terminated by
two curved, pectinated claws, and the palpi have a small, curved,
pectinated claw at their extremity. Cephalo-thorax convex,
compressed before, broadly rounded in front, depressed on the
sides and at the posterior extremity, without any indentation
in the medial line ; there is a row of strong bristles directed for-
wards on the frontal margin, and its colour is yellowish brown,
palest on the lateral margins, with an obscure, longitudinal, red-
dish brown band directed backwards from each lateral pair of
eyes. yes disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax
in two curved rows, forming a crescent whose convex side is in
front ; the lateral eyes, which are seated on a protuberance, are
much larger than the intermediate ones, those of the anterior
row being the largest of the eight. Abdomen depressed, corru-
gated, much broader at the posterior than at the anterior extre-
mity, the latter, which appears as if cut in a straight line across,
projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax; it is sparingly
supplied with short strong hairs, and 1s of a pale yellowish brown
colour ; on the upper part are five conspicuous circular depres-
sions; the three anterior ones form a triangle whose vertex is
directed forwards, and the other two are situated parallel to its
base. Sexual organs red-brown. Plates of the spiracles pale

ellow.
: Found among grass in a pasture at Oakland in September
1845.

This species, like Zhomisus eristatus, Thomisus bifasciatus,
and some others, has the power of changing the colour of the
anterior intermediate pair of eyes from dark red-brown to pale
golden yellow by a very perceptible internal motion. No such

800 _ Mr. J. Blackwall on some species of Araneidea.

motion appears to occur in the other eyes, which are always
black.
3. Thomisus trux.

Length of the male 4th of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax ;, ; breadth ;1, ; breadth of the abdomen ;1, ; length of a
leg of the second pair 3; length of a leg of the third pair 4.

Mandibles short, strong, subconical, vertical, of a dark brown
colour with a red-brown spot in front. Maxille convex near the
base, enlarged where the palpi are inserted, pointed at the extre-
mity, and inclined towards the lip, which is triangular: these
parts are brown. Sternum heart-shaped and yellowish brown.
Legs robust, provided with hairs and spines ; they are yellowish
brown, with the exception of the femora, those of the first pair,
the anterior half of those of the second pair, and the anterior
extremity of those of the third and fourth pairs being brownish
black faintly tinged with red; the first and second pairs are
considerably longer than the third and fourth, the second pair
being slightly the longest, and the third pair is the shortest of
all. Each tarsus is terminated by two curved, pectinated claws.
Palpi short ; the humeral and digital joints are dark brown, the
cubital joint is yellowish brown, and the radial reddish brown ;
the radial joint is much stronger than the cubital, and projects a
slender, slightly curved, pointed apophysis from its outer side,
which is very prominent, and an obtuse one on the under side,
which has a process at its base, on the outer side; the digital
joint is oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, com-
prising the palpal organs; they are highly developed, compli-
cated in structure, with a strong prominent point near the mid-
dle, a filiform spime curved from the outer side round the extre-
mity and along the imner side, and are of a dark brown colour
tinged with red. Cephalo-thorax convex, compressed before,
truncated in front, abruptly sloping behind, with a very slight
indentation in the medial line; the sides are black, comprising a
longitudinal band of a clear red-brown colour, and a broad band
of the latter hue extends along the middle. Eyes disposed on
the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, which is provided with a
few strong black hairs directed forwards, in two transverse
curved rows, forming a crescent whose convex side is in front ;
the lateral eyes, which are seated on a protuberance, are much
larger than the intermediate ones, those of the anterior row being
the largest of the eight. Abdomen depressed, corrugated, par-
ticularly on the sides, thinly covered with short strong hairs,
broader at the posterior than at the anterior extremity, the latter,
which appears as if cut in a straight line across, projecting over
the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is yellowish brown above, en-
circled by a band of yellowish white ; on each side of the medial

Mr. J. Blackwall on some species of Araneidea. 301

line is a broad, irregular, longitudinal band of a dark brown co-
lour extending nearly to the spinners, immediately above which
organs are several transverse yellowish white streaks; in the
middle of the space comprised between the dark brown bands
are two dark brown lines forming a very acute angle whose ver-
tex is directed backwards, and in its anterior part are five circular
yellowish brown depressions ; three are disposed in a triangle
whose vertex is directed forwards, and the other two are situated
parallel to its base; the sides and under part are dark brown
mottled with yellowish brown. Spinners and plates of the spi-
racles yellowish brown. .

Captured in June 1846 among grass in a pasture at Oakland.

The males of several species of Thomisi so nearly resemble each
’ other in size, general form and colour, that a careful inspection
of the structure of their palpi and palpal organs is essential to
their accurate discrimination.

Family LinyPHps.
Genus Linyruia, Lair.
4, Linyphia pulchella.

Length of the male ;4,th of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax z,; breadth ,1,; breadth of the abdomen ;4,; length of
an anterior leg ,, ; length of a leg of the third pair 4.

Cephalo-thorax oval, slightly compressed before, prominent in —
front where the eyes are seated, convex, glossy, with an inden-
tation in the medial line of the posterior region ; it is of a yel-
lowish brown colour. Eyes disposed on black spots in two trans-
verse rows; the four intermediate ones form a trapezoid whose
anterior side is the shortest, the posterior pair being the largest,
and the anterior pair the smallest of the eight ; the eyes of each
lateral pair are almost contiguous. Mandibles powerful, conical,
armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the
sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped: maxille enlarged
where the palpi are inserted; the exterior angle at their extre-
mity is curvilinear, and they are inclined a little towards the lip,
which is semicircular and prominent at the apex : these parts are
reddish brown, the lip being the darkest. Legs moderately long,
provided with hairs and slender spines; they are of a yellowish
brown colour ; first pair the longest, then the second, third pair
the shortest. Each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two
superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is
inflected near its base. Palpi yellowish brown ; the cubital and
radial joints are short, the latter being much the stronger ; the
digital joint is oval, with a lobe on the outer side; it 1s convex
aud hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal or-

802 Mr.J. Blackwall on some species of Araneidea.

gans, which are very highly developed, very complicated in struc-
ture, and of a red-brown colour, Abdomen glossy, sparingly
supplied with hairs, oviform, convex above, projecting over the
base of the cephalo-thorax; upper part yellowish white, with a
series of obscure, dark, angular lines, whose vertices are directed
forward, extending along the middle, but least conspicuous on its
anterior half; sides and under part pale yellowish brown. The
plates of the spiracles are dark yellowish brown, and the trans-
verse fold between them is prominent. |

A male of this species was discovered among the grass of a
pasture at Oakland in September 1845,

Family THErrp11pZ.
Genus Tueripion, Walck.

5. Theridion versutum.

Length of the male 13ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax 4; breadth ;4,; breadth of the abdomen ;/, ; length of an
anterior leg 3; length of a leg of the third pair 75.

Cephalo-thorax oval, slightly compressed before, convex, glossy,
having an indentation in the medial lme: mandibles powerful,
conical, vertical: both parts are brown faintly tinged with red.
Maxille convex at the base, pointed at the extremity, and greatly
inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular: sternum heart-
shaped : these parts are brown tinged with yellow, the extremi-
ties of the maxille being yellowish white. Legs long and slender ;
they are provided with hairs and are of a pale yellowish brown
colour ; first pair the longest, then the fourth, third pair the
shortest. Hach tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two
superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is
inflected near its base. The four intermediate eyes form a square,
the two anterior ones, which are the darkest and rather the
smallest of the eight, being placed on a prominence; the other
four are disposed in pairs on the sides of the square, the eyes
constituting each pair being contiguous and seated on a tubercle.
Palpi pale yellowish brown ; the radial is larger than the cubital
joint and elongated on the outer side ; this elongation is rounded
at the extremity and applies very closely to the digital joint,
which is oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, com-
prising the palpal organs; they are moderately developed, com-
plicated in structure, with a prominent process on the inner side,
and a strong curved spine at the extremity, whose slender point
is in contact with a delicate white membrane; their colour is
reddish brown. Abdomen oviform, thinly covered with hairs,
convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; the
upper part is black with a large, white, crescent-shaped mark at

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 803

its anterior extremity, and three longitudinal rows of white spots,
one on each side and the other extending along the middle, which
diminish in size as they approach the spinners; the under part
is yellowish white freckled with black, and the plates of the spi-
racles are pale yellow. |

The spider described above was captured in the neighbourhood
of Winchester in July 1846 by James Franklin Preston, Esq., of
Plas Madoc, near Llanrwst, Denbighshire ; and was comprised
among specimens of Araneidea which that gentleman was so
obliging as to collect for me in Hampshire and the Isle of
Wight.

XXXII.—The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by
Cari J. SUNDEVALL*.

[Continued from p. 261.]

32. Gracula tristis, Lath., Cuv.—Pastor tristis, Temm., Wagl.
Rufo-grisea, capite levi colloque nigris; ventre postico cum crisso,
apicibus rectricum basique remigum late albis.

3 2 similes. Sturno paullo major; ala 142 mill., tarsus 38,
cauda 92; rostrum ab angulo oris 30. Lingua apice bifida, non
lacera. Iris obscure rubra, circulo albo-punctato, circa pupillam.
Vitta lata nuda, lutea e rostro per oculos. Rostrum et pedes tota
lutea. Plume capitis longe, acute, paullo erectiles. Ale et cauda
nigra. Alarum tectrices primariz tote, remiges posteriores longe
ultra medium, albe+. (Testiculi mense Martii parvi.)

This is one of the most numerous birds about Calcutta, and is
stationary there. They live in great noisy crowds, which however
do not form regular close flocks, but are continually assembled
and dispersed or interchanged with others. In their mode of
life they resemble both starlings and jackdaws ; indeed they are
quite like the latter when they walk upon the ground, nodding
their heads at every step. The nests are always seen near grazing
cattle. The flight is heavy, with a strong motion of the wings;
but when they wish to stop, the wings are held still and ex-
panded. ‘The male is often seen to raise its tuft. In the morn-
ing and evening they sit in flocks on the trees, and make a fearful
noise with their chattering voices, which sound like ¢jati, (ati, or
tjo-t. No song was ever heard from them. They are not shy,
and often come into the town. They eat chiefly rice, but often

* Translated from the ‘ Physiographiska Siallskapets Tidskrift’ by H. E.
Strickland, M.A.

t Gracula fusca e Java (Pastor fuscus, Wagl,) differt colore corporis ob-
scure fusco; ala minus alba; vitia capitis nuda paullo minore, cauda bre-
viore (75 mill.), rostroque paullo majore. De ceeteris similis etiam dimen-
sione,

304 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

insects, especially crickets. They will by no means live on meat.
The Bengal name is Salik (the 7 short and accented), Their pro-
pagation is unknown to me. :

33. Gracula cristatella, Linn.—Pastor cristatellus, Wagl. Cinereo-
fusca, fronte cristata; macula parva nuda pone oculos, rostro basi
nigro, pedibusque luteis ; remigibus basi, rectricibus apice, crissoque
albis.

g crista densiore, tectricibus primariis totis albis. Ala 120 mill.,
tarsus 35, cauda 77.— ? tectricibus primariis basi nigris; ala 115,
tarsus 33, cauda 70. Priori angustior, rostro paullo longiore. Lin-
gua prioris, sed apice paullulum lacera. Iris flavissima, lata. Plume
capitis erectiles; antic antrorsum spectantes, rectz, non reflexiles,
longit. 10 millim. cristam compressam in basi rostri formantes.
Margo carpi et tectrices inferiores cinereze, in priori albe. Abdomen
fulvescenti albidum.

Occurs less abundantly than the preceding, and frequents trees
more. I only found this species solitary, not in flocks, from
February to May. The note was less chattering, and the males
were heard to sing agreeably enough, most like our Magpie
or Starling. The feathers of the head in the males are raised
and depressed almost constantly. While walking, the head is
carried less high than that of the former species. In the stomach
were found seeds and remains of fruit. By the natives this spe-
cies was called indifferently Majna and Sallik, which name how-
ever applies also to Gracula tristis and religiosa.

34. Gracula rosea, Cuv.; Nillson, Skand. Faun.; Gloger, Eur.
. 169.—Pastor roseus, Temm., Wag.

Pallide rubicunda; capite lateribus vix nudo, collo pectoreque an-
tico, alis caudaque totis nigris.

Adulta rosea et nigra; capitis plume longze, curvate, lacere, at-
tenuate. )

? juv. (e Ceylon, Dec.). Superne fuscescens, subtus albida, ru-
bicundo tincta, crisso nigro-maculato. Partes nigre impure colorate.
Plume capitis mediocres, rotundate, appressee. Alarum plume tenue
griseo-marginate. Rostrum superne nigrum, subtus flavescens.
Pedes pallide fuscescentes. Iris obscura. Long. 84 poll.; ala 127
mill., cauda 72.

While sailing in the Indian sea, two young individuals came
on board; one near the southern point of Ceylon, Dec. 14; the
other alighted on the ship halfway between Ceylon and the
north point of Sumatra, at least 100 geographic miles from each,
and 80 or 90 miles from the Andaman isles. The wind had
been north-west, so that it probably came from the Indian coast.
Both these birds soon became so tame as to eat out of the hand,
and we fed them abundantly on cockroaches (Blatta germanica)
which swarmed during the voyage. In Bengal I never saw this

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 305

species, but I consider it certain that it is found there, as it
makes its migrations on the scale above-mentioned, and is found
in Ceylon, the Indian peninsula and Persia.

Oss. Gracula religiosa, Linn. (Eulabes, Cuy.) var. minor, was
often seen in cages at Calcutta on sale for one or two rupees. It
was said to be captured in the country, but I could not get any
certain information that it is found wild in Bengal, and I soon
learned that the assertions of the natives in such cases are not to
be relied on. It is very possible that they come in the ships
from Java. The Indian name is Majna, which in the English
orthography is written mino or myana, by which name it is called
in the oldest accounts of the species. Edwards writes it Minor,
and the French have thence made the name Mainate. In Java
the bird is called (according to Horsfield) Beo or Mencho.

35. Sturnus contra, Linn.—Pastor, Wagl.

Rostro elongato, recto, apice depresso. Niger, capitis lateribus,
ventre, vitta alarum uropygioque albis. Vitta per oculos maxima,
nuda flava *.

Longit. 8 poll. Ala 120 mill., tarsus 33, cauda 73, rostrum e
fronte 25. Lingua bifido-lacera. Iris alba. Pedes flavi. Rostrum
basi luteum, apice album. Nucha paullo albido- seu griseo-varia.

? non differt nisi colore paullo fusciore, juvenes et hiemales ventre
sordido.

The Indian Starling is very common near Calcutta, where it
is called Kalickia. Iam not informed whence the name contra,
which according to the older authors is its Indian name, is de-
rived. In the form of the body, the actions, voice, &c. it has
the nearest resemblance to our Starling. Like that bird, it is
first seen in spring in small flocks, which late in March are
broken up for pairing. It is chiefly found near houses, and lives
principally on insects. In March it is also seen diligently pluck-
ing the flowers of the cotton-tree (Bombax malabaricus). It isa
stationary species.

36. Upupa epops, Linn., was twice seen (once on April 20,
near Serampore), but was not obtained. The flight, motions, and,
as far as I could see, the colour also were identical with those of
our northern Hoopoe. It is said not to be rare, according to the
Danish merchant Berg, in Serampore, who in this bird recognised
the Hoopoe of his own country, and said that he had heard its
voice the same as in Denmark.

37. Corvus splendens, Vieill., Wagler.

Obscure griseus, capite supra, collo antico, alis caudaque nigris,

violaceo-nitidis. Juguli plumis lanceolatis, virescenti-nitidis.

* Pastor ialla, Horsf., Wagl., e Java, differt colore superne rufescente-
nigro, et albedine capitis minore ; sed non nuditate capitis ut dicit Wagl.
(Syst. Av.). An dist. sp. ?

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. Z

306 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

Long. 16} poll. Ala 260 mill., tarsus 43, rostrum e fronte 44,
altit. 18, cauda 178. Iris nigrofusca. Rostrum magnum, ut Coracis,
sed compressius; dorso elevato, carinato, compresso, valde arcuato.
Sete narium vix ad medium rostri extensze. Plume corporis basi
albe. Cauda leviter rotundata, alas longe superans. @ paullo major
et nitidior quam ?.

In most respects this species forms a connecting link between
the Grey Crow and the Jackdaw. The colours resemble both:
the form of the body, of the neck and head, are those of the
Crow ; the activity of the movements comes nearer those of the
Jackdaw ; but the beak is much larger and more compressed
than in either, most like the Rayen’s.

Corvus splendens is very common about Calcutta during the
whole year. Evening and morning it is seen in flocks, which
roost at night in trees, commonly in company with Gracula
tristis. They have their common abode on the road between
Calcutta and Fort William, and make a terrible noise. The note
is a short, guttural, but not rough, grah, grah, quite unlike that
of our species. The usual food consists of various refuse, also
fish, crabs, &c., which are left dry by the ebb-tibe, but especially
of the innumerable dead bodies which daily float in the river and
are cast upon its banks. They share this booty with the Vultures
and Ciconia Argala. When these more mighty rivals are pre-
sent, the crow is often obliged to quit his place; but one may
often see him, when driven off by some vulture, hop up with the
true naiveté of a jackdaw on to the back of the mighty bird, and
from this elevation look around for some other place where he
can get a share in the feast undisturbed. One often sees a crow
sailing by upon a corpse floating in the river, on which it is feed-
ing voraciously. The nests are built of twigs in trees, both near
the trunk and among the smaller branches. They are without
roofs, and resemble those of the raven. In the month of March
I saw a pair build in the mainmast of a dismantled ship. There
were five eggs in the nest which I discovered in the beginning
of May, in colour, spots, and size like those of the jackdaw (their
mean length was 37 millim.), but they show rather greater mu-
tual differences in form and intensity of colour, as is common
among the crows.- They appeared mostly to lay their eggs in
April and May, but already on the 4th of April there was seen a
nearly full-feathered young one which had just left the nest.
The Bengal name is Ahaa (both a’s pronounced separately). The
Musselmans call it Gawa (the w as in English).

38. Corvus enca? Horsf., Wagler. Totus niger plumis basi cine-
reis; cauda subequali, alas longe superante. Plume juguli medii
lanceolate nitide, apice bifide. Rostrum maximum, compressum,

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 507

culmine elevato, arcuato. Macula parva nuda pone oculos, nulla
sub eis.

& Long. 17 poll. Ala circa 270 mill., tarsus.51, cauda 170,
(4 ultra alas); rostrum e fauce 59, altit. 23, cum cranio 98. Totus
niger, dorso, scapulis tectricibusque violaceo-nitentibus. Rostrum
fere coracis, sed magis compressum et longius extensum ; forma ex-
acte ut prioris; sete narium non ad medium rostrum extense, cul-
minis basin haud tegentes. Remex 2* brevior quam 6°, longior quam
7*, Crederem hunc esse C. encam que autem a Wagler, quoad formas,
cum C. frugilego comparatur; dimensiones etiam omnes C. ence
majores, ie

This species is less common than the last; I never saw it in
flocks, but only solitary, or paired in spring. The note consists
of a tolerably clear, rough krah, krah, which is much hoarser and
shorter than in our crow, and more like the rook’s voice. The
food consists of insects; in the stomach were found only larve
and butterflies. I never saw this species near corpses, which
however are to be obtained everywhere. This is the species which
the Europeans in Bengal call Raven. The Bengalese name is
Kaak or Dohm Kaak.

39. Hirundo rustica, Linn.—Some individuals were seen
March 23, near Sucsagor, some miles N. of Calcutta. I could
easily have shot the first which offered, for it sat on a post at
some yards distance, where I was once resting ; but my surprise
at meeting here with the Swallow, which in my own country I
had cherished with especial affection from childhood, prevented
the shot. I am however fully satisfied that this specimen was
altogether like those which occur with us; the white spots on the
tail, the white under-parts, red throat, surrounded with black,
&c. were seen clearly and recognised instantly. I never saw this
bird in other places.

Oxzs. Another species of Swallow with a slightly forked tail
was also seen near Sucsagor, but not obtained. Probably several
species are found in the country, as I thought I saw considerable
variety among the Swallows which flew about, though they do
not occur so commonly as the two following Cypselt.

II. Gressores.

40. Cypselus affinis, Gray, Illustr. of Ind. Zool. ii. t. 6. fig. 2.

Niger, gula uropygioque late albis; cauda brevi, xquali ¢ (e
Ceylon Dec.). Loree aterrime. Caput supra fuscescens, antice ci-
nerascens, limite superciliari tenui, albido. Dorsum eneo-micans.
Ala nigra, margine carpi cinerascente ; remiges 1 et 2 equales, cau-
dam 40 millim. excedentes. Penne cubiti ad 4 ale exeunt. Rec-
trices 10 equales. Longitudo ad ap. caudze 4§ poll. Ala 130 millim.
Cauda 38.— 2 Similis mari, vix magis fusca.

Rostri, pedum et tectricum alarum structura omnino ut in Cyps.

808 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

apode. ‘Tarsi plumati. Nares.apertura lineari introrsum arcuata, et
ad latus internum membrane sita. (In C. apode apertura per medium
membrane ducta. )

The two specimens above-described came on board ship De-
cember 6th, in the midst of the Indian ocean, near the equator, due
S. from Ceylon, consequently ninety geographical miles from that
island, and the same distance from the Maldives. They seemed
fatigued, and settled upon the rigging, from which they were
shot down. The wind had been somewhat variable, with storms
of rain, but not strong enough to drive these powerfully-flying
birds astray. They must have been on some excursion without
a definite object, which at all events had been their last; and
doubtless mnumerable multitudes of birds perish every year in
the sea from a similar love of wandering. The same species was
afterwards recognised in Bengal, where it appeared very common,
though I did not obtain it there. A pair of these birds was seen
in a house at Serampore, where they built in February and had
young the beginning of April. The nest lay on a beam, about
ten ells high ; it was composed of feathers, straw, &c. without
mud. I omitted to observe whether this nest was smeared with
a glutinous substance like that with which the nest of our Swift
is cemented together, for this last circumstance was then unknown
tome. During flight this species resembled the House-Swallow
rather than the Swift, since the wings are not so pointed and
curved as those of the latter. ‘These and other allied birds in
India were seldom seen to fly in the middle of the day, but mostly
in the morning and evening. The male above-described had
many worms in the intestine.

41. Cypselus palmarum, Gray, Ill. ii. t. 6. fig. 1.—[Verisim. Hirundo
indica, Gm., Lath. no. 16, et Hir. ambrosiaca var. 6, Lath. no. 9.]

Griseus, subtus dilutior, cauda profunde furcata, alis parum bre-
viore. Longit. fere 5 poll.
&,@ (initio Maii). Immaculatus, supra fuscescens, capite vix ru-
fescente tincto. Gula et gene albide. Remiges et rectrices paullo
senescentes. Rostrum et pedes nigri. Long. ale plic. 112 millim.,
caude 65. Digiti prioris. Remigum 1* brevior quam 2%, narium
apertura sublinearis, ad latus externum membrane. ‘Tarsi extus
tantum plumati. Rectrices mediz duplo breviores quam extimee.

The flight of this species also is much like that of the House-
Swallow. The species is common in Bengal. In the beginning
of May I saw a pair who were engaged in building their nest
high up in a palm-tree (Borassus flabelliformis) among the lower
portion of the leaf-stalks, which correspond to the branches in
other trees. They had their mouths all slimy, and full of a kind
of down like the pappus of some syngenesious plant, which they
-appeared to catch during flight ; for I saw them fly round for a

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 809

while, and betake themselves at intervals to their destined habi- -
tation, but never once settle on the ground or even approach the
plants. The nest itself was not visible, nor would it have been
easy to ascend to it up a perfectly smooth stem fifteen or sixteen
ells in height. Gray, in the work above-quoted, represents such
a nest resting upon the leaf itselfofapalm. In the stomach of
this species were found small hard insects.

42. Picus bengalensis, L. et auct.—P. nuchalis, Wagl. Syst. no. 64.

Crista coccinea, dorso luteo, corpore nigro alboque longitudinaliter
vario ; alis antice nigricantibus, albo-maculatis ; cauda nuchaque ni-
gris immaculatis; pollice minuto; naribus nudis.

6 capillitio toto rubro. @ fronte verticeque nigris, albo-guttatis
(Febr.—Aprili). In ? adulta (Martio) plume dorsi anterioris apice
rubro-auree. Ala 144 millim., tars. 21. Iris obscure rubra. Rostrum
longit. capitis, angulis obsoletis.

This handsome Woodpecker was the only one which occurred:
commonly near Calcutta. It has most affinity with our Green
Woodpecker, the mode of flight is exactly the same, and the note
is merely a little more shrill, as the bird is considerably smaller.
It was named khort-gutturie by a Hindoo whom I made to pro-
nounce the word very distinctly; other persons called it com-
monly ghulghutti or kolkotit. The Woodpeckers form the richest
in species, the most uniform and the most widely extended group
of all genera of birds. They are found in all the regions of the
earth [except Australia] where trees grow, and they everywhere
exhibit the same mode of life. The Pigeons are almost equally
extended and numerous, but they show considerable diversities
of form, which may justify the adoption of many distinct genera,

43. Picus macei, Vieill., Temm., Wagl. Syst. no. 26,

Supra nigro alboque fasciatus, subtus sordide albus lateribus pec-
toris nigro striolatis ; crisso definite rubro ; rectricibus nigris latera-
libus fasciis integris albis. Rostrum longitudine cranii.

Capillitium: ¢ rubrum; 2 nigrum. Longit. 7 poll. Ala 100
millim. (E subdiv. Pict majoris.)

This species has so much resemblance to our Little Woodpecker
(P. minor) that one might easily regard it as a variety of the
latter, which in a warmer climate has attained a somewhat purer
and more definite coloration. I only saw the bird twice, in the
month of March. The Bengalese name was said to be ghot ghotta,
which in fact is merely a slightly different pronunciation of the
fore-mentioned name, or a diminutive of it.

[To be continued. }

310 Mr. W.Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

XXXIII.— Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including species new
to that of Britain ;—with Notes on rare species. By W1LL1AM
Tuompson, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Philos. Society of Bel-
fast.

MamMALIa,.

High-finned Cachalot, Physeter tursio, Linn.

I am happy to be enabled to join my friend Professor Bell (see
British Mammalia, p. 512) in maintaining the existence of this spe-
cies, which Cuvier, from the unsatisfactory nature of the data re-
specting it, believed to be fictitious :—even yet no proper description
or figure has been published.

Professor Bell comes to his conclusion on information to which
Cuvier had not access, and which was communicated to him by
Mr. Barclay of Zetland. The occurrence of the species on the coast
of Ireland was made known to me by Capt. Thomas Walker, who
replied as follows to a letter requesting the fullest information on
the subject :—‘‘ Kilmore, Bridgetown, Wexford, July 28, 1846 :—.
As to the High-finned Cachalots, I saw them myself about seven
years ago, and only know them to have been so from the descriptions
in works of natural history which I consulted to find out what they
were. There were either five or seven of them—lI now forget which
number—but I think the latter, and two of them were much larger
than the rest, apparently about twenty-five feet long, from comparing
them with the length of the boat in which I was. When first I saw
one, I thought it was a cot [small flat-bottomed boat] at anchor with
her tarred sail made up to the mast ; more then rose, and they crossed
in a long file the bows of my boat so close, that I put about the boat
(though of seven tons burthen) fearing they would upset her. When
I put about, they were not more than three or four yards from me ;
the back fin appeared about ten or twelve feet high, and had either:
before or behind it (I cannot now recollect which) a round white

spot on the back; all the rest of the body that showed was black
likea porpoise. I did not see the head or tail, nor more than a por-
tion of the back: they went steadily, not rolling like a porpoise.”
There certainly is no proof here that the species noticed was a
Physeter, but, that it was what has been called the High-finned

including species new to that of Britain. 311

Cachalot does not in my opinion admit of doubt. In Templeton’s
‘ Catalogue of the Vertebrate Animals of Ireland,’ the Physeter tursio
is noticed, but merely in the following words :—‘“ Thrown ashore on
the western coast occasionally.”

Brrps.

The White Wagtail, Motacilla alba, Linn., Gould; Yarrell, Brit.
Birds, Supp. p. 22,

is included on the following testimony of Mr. R. Ball. In a letter
to me dated Dublin, June 19, 1846, it was stated, that a few days
before, when at Roundwood, he had seen a specimen of the true
Motacilla alba as distinguished from M. Yarrellit. It was remarked :
—‘* We watched it for some time, though at a short distance from
us, with a small telescope used for such purposes; its beautiful plu-
mage was very distinct from that of the common species, and its
habit much more sedate than is usual with Wagtails: it ‘ wagged’
but little, and walked about demurely.—I am quite sure that I
have often seen the species before.” As the bird was not actually
obtained, its occurrence would not be inserted here without my
having perfect reliance on the knowledge and acute observation of
my informant.

Bonaparte’s Sandpiper ?
Schinz’s Sandpiper, Eyton, Gould, Yarr.
Tringa Bonapartei, Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Oiseaux Eur. p. 89*.
Tringa Schinzii, Bonap.
is believed on circumstantial evidence to have been once obtained in
Ireland.

In the Belfast museum there is a specimen of this bird, respecting
which positive information cannot now be obtained, but it is consi-
dered to have been shot in the bay here from the circumstance of its
having been preserved in a manner peculiar to a taxidermist who set
up a fresh “ sandpiper ” (as it is called in his book) for the collec-
tion in the spring of 1836, which, all circumstances considered, was
most probably this bird—he never set up any Tringa from dried
skins. I have compared the specimen with the American one de-
scribed and figured by Mr. Yarrell, and found it quite identical in
species: this is the individual noticed in the second edition of this
author’s ‘ British Birds,’ vol. iii. p. 74.

Only one of these birds, recorded by Mr. Eyton as killed in Shrop-
shire, has been obtained in Great Britain. Its occurrence on the
continent of Europe is not noticed in the latest works that I have
seen (Temminck, part 4; Keyserling and Blasius; Schlegel). North
America is its native country.

Purple Waterhen, Porphyrio hyacinthinus, Temm.
A communication from Richard Chute, Esq. of Blennerville, county

* This name is given to the species on account of Brehm having bestowed
the same name on a different Z’ringa.

312 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

of Kerry—a gentleman who has contributed much to our knowledge
of the birds of that part of Ireland—written on the 17th of March
1846, mentioned his having that day received for examination a
stuffed specimen of a bird which in a fresh state had been blown in
upon the coast near Brandon :—that it was of a species unknown as
British, and not described in any work to which he had access. A’
detailed description of it was therefore sent that the writer might be
informed of its species. ‘The dimensions of the different parts, and
the colour were so fully noted as to enable me at once to reply that
the bird must be the Porphyrio hyacinthinus. When in London some
time afterwards, I applied the description to a bird of this species in
the British Museum, and found a perfect agreement.

It is unnecessary to repeat the dimensions of the bird, which was
of full adult size, but the description of the plumage may be given
as denoting its age :—the sex was not looked to in the preparation
of the specimen. ‘‘ Head, throat, neck, breast, all the under parts, the
wing-feathers, and most of the wing-coverts are of a greenish purple,
throwing out different shades in the sun; indeed, the wings and
lower parts of the neck are more of a royal purple; the throat and
about the eyes a greenish purple not unlike the colour of the tail of
a Kingfisher, but brighter ;—the back, shoulders, upper wing-coverts
and tail are of a bottle-green ; the under tail-coverts white. The
parts of the feathers all over the bird that are not exposed are of a
dark brown; the edges of the green feathers have avery slight tinge
of purple, Bill, frontal plate and legs red.”

This beautiful species inhabits the south of Europe and north of
Africa: the most western locality noticed as inhabited by it in the
works of Temminck (vol. ii. p. 699, and vol. iv. p. 443) and Schlegel
(p. cli) is the island of Sardinia*. An isolated instance however of
an individual being procured in a marsh in Dauphiny is recorded in
the 4th part of Temminck’s work—published in 1840.

The bird obtained in Ireland was found about the first week of
November 1845, lying dead in a ditch near the village of Brandon,
which is on the sea-coast. It came under the inspection of Dr. Wil-
liams of Dingle in a recent state before being skinned for preser-
vation. ‘The specimen was given to Capt. Clifford, Inspector of the
Coast Guard there, preserved and stuffed by one of the men under
his command, and subsequently presented to Mr. Chute.

Fulmar Petrel, Procellaria glacialis, Linn.

Among ornithological notes made by the Rev. Joseph Stopford—
a gentleman well-acquainted with our native birds—and communi-
cated to Dr. Harvey of Cork (by whom I have been favoured with
them) is one of a Fulmar having been shot at Inchidoney Island, on
the southern coast, in 1832 by Capt. Hungerford. It was sent to the
writer, by whom it was presented to Sir Charles Paget, then forming
a collection of birds at Cove. In January 1846, Mr. T. W. Warren

* Information on the species is given in the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and
Botany,’ vol. ii. p. 358,

including species new to that of Britain. 313

of Dublin kindly communicated to me a detailed description of a
bird shot on the North Strand, Dublin Bay, on the 1st of that month,
mentioning at the same time that it was a species which had never
before come under his notice, nor that of Mr. Glennon, bird-pre-
server, through whose hands so many rare birds have passed within
the last thirty years. The description marked it as a Fulmar in adult
plumage, and on my calling Mr. R, Ball’s attention to the circum-
stance, he saw the bird and confirmed the fact of its being so,

Note.—Belted Kingfisher, Alcedo alcyon, Linn.

When noticing in the ‘ Annals’ for the month of December last
(vol. xvi. p.430*) that a specimen of this bird shot in the county of
Meath had been sent to Dublin to be preserved, it was remarked
that a second individual had about the same time been seen in the
county of Wicklow. Although I had nota doubt that the bird ob-
served in the latter locality was really of this species, it is desirable
to embrace this opportunity of stating further that it was subse-
quently shot, and proved to be so. It is now in the collection of
T. W. Warren, Esq. ‘The first-killed bird was purchased for the
museum of Trinity College, Dublin.

FIsHEs.

Black Sea Bream, Cantharus lineatus, Mont. (sp.). Cantharus gri-
seus, Cuv. & Val.

To Dr, J. L. Drummond we are indebted for the addition of this
species to our fauna. On the 18th of May 1846 he obtained a fine
specimen, which was taken ona hand-line with lug-worm (Arenicola
piscatorum, Lam.) as bait, on “ foul ground” at Cultra Point, Belfast
Bay. My friend drew up an ample description (zoological and ana-
tomical) of the specimen, which he carefully preserved and kindly
sent tome. I make the following selection from his notes :—

“ Length from snout to middle of caudal fin 16 inches; breadth at
shoulder 6} inches ; weight 3 lbs.

“D.10+11; P.10 (the fifth longest); V.1+5; A.1+11; C.17.
Branch. 5.

«D,-fin, almost black in colour, rises from a deep groove in the
back.

«Whole fish of a dark leaden hue; lateral line very conspicuous,
black, broad, and of similar breadth throughout—less than one-third
the depth of the fish from the back ; upper lobe of C.-fin longer than
the lower; eyes large, yellowish, irides dark brown; scales large, firmly
imbedded in the skin, transparent: the colour of the black lines is
in the skin itself and is seen through the transparent scale.

“Ceca wide, about 14 inch long, their walis very thin, as were
those of the stomach: both nearly transparent; swimming-bladder
large and silvery.

** Intestine except at lower end very thin, rather long, very wide,

* See additional note in the January Number (vol. xvii. p. 69).

314 Mr. W.Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland.

and containing large masses of vegetable matter, which in the micro-
scope seemed to be chiefly Ceramium rubrum and Rhodomela subfusca
deprived of their parenchyma, but their walls remaining entire and
transparent. In the lower part of the intestine was the operculum
apparently of a whelk (Buccinum undatum), with the firm muscular
white part of the animal firmly attached to it and unaffected by the
digestive process, showing probably that vegetable food is that na-
tural to the fish. The specimen was a male, the milt very solid ;
presenting no appearance of spermatozoa when broken down and
magnified.”

Mr. Couch says of this species that—*‘ it takes the common baits
which fishermen employ for other fish, but feeds much on marine
vegetables, upon which it becomes exceedingly fat,”’ Yarr. B. F. vol. i.
p.- 131. This single specimen, as will be seen from the preceding
notes, attests the correctness of the remarks respecting both bait
and food.

All the British localities for this species named in the work just
cited are on the extreme southern line of the English coast.

Sword-fish, Xtphias gladius, Linn. ?

Mr. R. Ball has supplied me with an extract from a book in which
donations to the museum of Trinity College, Dublin, were entered.
It announces the receipt of the ‘‘ Sword-bone of the Monoceros or
Sword-fish, together with the socket of the eye and remains of an
animal taken out of its maw. This fish was taken in a net on the
coast of Wexford, but is very seldom known to visit that coast.
Presented by Mr. Carey (Carew ?), 1786?”

Mr. Ball is of opinion that this note applies to the weapon, &c. of
a Xiphias in the museum, and not to the Sea Unicorn, Monodon mo-
noceros, Linn., which might also possibly occur on the Irish coast.
I have been told, but not with sufficient certainty to announce it,
of the occurrence of the Xiphias upon another occasion on the south-
ern coast.

Remora, Echeneis remora, Linn.

A letter from Mr. R. Ball, dated Dublin, July 29, 1846, informed
me that Mr. N. A. Nicholson had that morning brought him a fresh
specimen of this fish, which he found adhering to the gills of a large
shark, which with the aid of a fisherman he captured at Clontarf,
Dublin Bay, on the preceding night: it was observed in shallow
water and driven ashore. A second Remora was adherent to the
gills at the opposite side, but when disturbed, it made its way in-
wards by the branchial orifices, and was not seen again. Mr. Ball
afterwards saw the fish on which the Remora was found; it was a
Blue Shark (Carcharias glaucus) of a beautifully blue colour, and
10 feet 1 inch in length.

Lancelet, Amphioxus lanceolatus, Pallas (sp.); Yarr. Brit. Fishes.

Three specimens of this extraordinary fish with which I have been
favoured, were dredged on sand from a depth of forty-five fathoms off

Ann: & Mag Nak Host. Vol: 18 Ft HI.

7) AT. 1 4 Lh Wie, 4 -
Y Wing Lith Printed by Hiullrnandel & Walton

Mr. F.J.S. Parry on the male of Cheirotonus MacLeaii. 815

Cape Clear, in the month of May last, by Mr. MacAndrew, whose
successful dredging exploits are so well known. This gentleman,
writing from Liverpool in August 1846, gave me the following in-
teresting particulars of the Lancelet :—‘ The first time I obtained
this species was early in Sept. 1843 in Kilbrannan Sound, West
Clyde—forty to fifty fathoms; muddy sand: the specimens were of
large size, about double that described by Yarrell, and appeared to
possess some peculiarities*—one was placed in the hands of Mr.
Goodsir, and the other deposited in the museum of the Royal Insti-
tution, Liverpool. At the end of April 1845 specimens were pro-
cured off Mount’s Bay, Cornwall, in about thirty fathoms ; and west
of Scilly, forty-five fathoms in clean sand. It is by no means rare on
the Cornish coast, as on two or three occasions I found as many as
five in my dredge at once.”

Note.—Mackerel Midge, Motella glauca, Couch (sp.).

A specimen of this minute fish was on the 22nd June 1844 taken
in company with a few others of allied species at the Kyles of Bute,
on the western coast of Scotland, by Mr. Hyndman :—they were at
the surface of the water.

[To be continued.]

XXXIV.—Brief description of the male of Cheirotonus MacLeaii,
Hope. By ¥. J. 8. Parry, Esq., F.L.S. &e.

[With a Plate.]
EucHEIRIDA.
Currrotonus MacLgart (Hope) 3. Plate ITI.

/ENEO-Viridis, thorace lateribus externe serrulatis, varioloseque punc-
tatis ; sulco longitudinali in medio dorsi fortiter impresso ; elytris
fusco-zeneis, maculis croceis, marginibus elevatis, corpore infra cro-
ceis pilis tecto.

Pedes antici, longissimi, coxis armatis, femoribus elongatis, si-
nuatis, in medio dente singulo armatis, quatuor postici, femoribus sub-
compressis, muticis, tibiis basi multispinosis.

Long. unc. 24; lat. unc. 14.

The above is a short description of this singular and rare in-
sect, I believe the only one yet seen in Europe ; it was received
by Henry George Harrington, Esq., from the northern parts of
the Himalaya range, and to that gentleman I am indebted for its
possession, as also for the accompanying Plate, so faithfully exe-
cuted by Mr. Wm. Wing. There is little doubt that it is the
male of Cheirotonus MacLeaii described and figured by the Rev,
T. Hope in vol. xviii. of the ‘ Linn. Transactions.’

* I have since learned that these were not of specific value.—W. T,

316 M. Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians.

XXXV.—On the Development of the Chelonians.
By H. Raruxe*,

I nave for nine years been engaged in collecting materials for a
history of the development of the Chelonians, and I think of soon
publishing the result of my researches. I have had an oppor-
tunity of examiming the embryo in a considerable number of
fresh eggs of Emys europea, from its first appearance to the pe-
riod when the toes of the feet would soon have appeared. For
the knowledge of the succeeding periods of development, I had
at my disposal two almost mature embryos of Chelonia and Tes-
tudo and ten very young Chelonians of different species (Chelonia
Mydas, Sphargis coriacea, Trionyx gangeticus, Tr. ocellatus, Emys
europea, Em. mauritanica, Cinosternum scorpioides, Cin. pensyl-
vanicum, Platemys Spit, Pentonyzx....).

The development of the embryos remains some time quite in
accordance with the general type of the development of the most
perfect vertebrated animal. It is especially the respective posi-
tion of the ventral and dorsal laminz and of the spmal marrow
which does not differ in the least, either at the commencement
or at a later period, from what we observe in the higher verte-
brated animals. The remark of M. de Baér, “that, in the young
embryos of Emys europea, the ventral laminz are attached to the
dorsal lamine, at the point where the latter are united above to
close the dorsal furrow, and that the back itself is thus somewhat
depressed,” is a very pardonable error, as the embryo is at-
tached very strongly to the yolk, which is very tenacious in that
species. Nor can the assumption of my scientific friend be proved,
“that, in the Chelonians, the extremities are not detached from
the upper (or external) surface of the ventral and dorsal lamine,
as in the other vertebrated animals, but from their lower (or in-
ternal) surface.” Ihave found, on the contrary, in the youngest
embryos of mys europea, the extremities situated externally, in
the same parts of the body, and in the same manner as in the
embryos of the mammals, birds and Saurians.

The embryos of Emys europea, the extremities of wliich are so
developed that the digits must soon have appeared, but the ribs
of which were not yet visible, resemble excessively the very young
embryos of the Saurians and mammals. Their body in particular
is neither flattened above or below, nor too wide for its length,
and its dorsal part is insensibly continued (without interruption,
without elongated margin, as in the adult Chelonians) with the
neck, with the lateral parts and with the tail, Starting from the
examination of these young embryos and from the observations

* Translated from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for March 1846,

M. Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians. 817

made in other Chelonians which were not entirely developed, I
shall endeavour to give a sketch of the manner in which the de-
velopment of the Chelonians takes place in general.

After a somewhat advanced development of the extremities in
the embryos, the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body are gra-
dually flattened, more or less, according to the different species,
and two lateral apophyses begin to shoot from all the twelve or
thirteen vertebrz of the trunk. Most of these apophyses, being
developed like the eight intermediate pairs of ribs, acquire in a
short time a very considerable length. As they are in general
but slightly curved, their extremities are turned more outwards
than downwards. Thus, by the very rapid and considerable elon-
gation of these ribs, the sides of the body, containing their ex-
tremities turned outward, are pushed much forward on each side,
and the trunk becomes very wide between the anterior and pos-
terior feet, situated at its commencement and termination.

It is a fact as singular as characteristic of the Chelonians, that
their last two ribs, remarkable for their longitudinal growth, that
is to say, in general the eighth and ninth pairs, are turned directly
backward, whereas the second pair (but not in all the Chelonians)
have a somewhat anterior direction. The chorion then forms a
fold on each side, at the spot where the extremities of the ve
prolonged ribs (second or eighth pair) are situated. This fold
stretching out, projects anteriorly beyond the anterior foot to
reach the neck, and posteriorly beyond the hindermost foot to
reach the tail ; lastly, it meets, on the neck and on the root of the
tail, the similar fold of the opposite side, and the two unite to
form a single circular fold, which then separates the back of the
sides of the body. In some Chelonians, especially the marine,
this fold expands slightly during the development ; in others,
principally in the Trionyz, it becomes extremely broad, especially
the part situated above the tail. Much later, that is to say after
the hatching of the embryos, the ribs, before remarkable for their
length, but up to that time, all or nearly all of a cylindrical form,
become also much wider. This increase in width begins from
the spot where the neck unites with the body, and advances
thence more or less toward the extremities ; it becomes so con-
siderable, that the bodies on all the ribs, from the complete
absence of intercostal muscles, are on each side in contact and
adhere, either perfectly, that is to say in their whole length, as
in the genera Kmys, Terapene, Testudo, Trionyx, or almost per-
fectly, that is to say for the greater part of their length, as in
the Chelonia. The intercostal nerves and some vessels situated
at first between the ribs, then pass beneath them. In return,
the first and the last rib become much shorter than the others,
and always continue very narrow and thin. Their relations also

318 M.Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians.

with the neighbouring ribs differ much from those of the inter-
mediate ribs; for, as the latter increase greatly in width, the se-
cond exceeds the first, and the last but one surpasses the last so
much that it covers it more or less entirely. Soon after the eight
pairs of intermediate ribs have begun to widen, a branch protrudes
superiorly from each rib, near the vertebral column. This branch
continually increasing passes beyond the rare and thin dorsal
muscles ; the two sacro-spinal muscles (situated on the summit of
the ribs, throughout the length of the body) unite with the spinal
apophysis of the vertebrae of the same rib, and become quite as
wide as the body itself of the rib. The spinal apophyses make their
appearance, even before the hatching upon the second vertebra
up to the eighth. They remain very short; but, contrary to the
general laws of development of vertebrated animals, they increase
so much in width, after their ossification, that they form at last

a series of horizontal plates of the average size. |

I cannot adopt the opinion which supposes these plates to be
formed in the subcutaneous cellular tissue, independently of the
vertebral column, in the chorion itself or below it; that they
unite afterwards with the vertebre, and that the remarkable
width of the eight pairs of intermediate ribs is also the result of
contact, and subsequently of an adhesion with the osseous plates
formed above these ribs. On the contrary, these assumptions
are refuted by my observations.

After the successive expansion of the bodies of the eight pairs
of intermediate ribs, of their superior branch, exclusively peculiar
to the Chelonians and of the spiny apophyses of the same ver-
tebree, an osseous plate is finally forméd by the contact and ad-
hesion of the corresponding margins of all these parts, composed
of numerous pieces, which extends to form the carapace above
and covers the viscera. To increase and complete this shell,
already very considerable, we observe other osseous plates unite
with it. They are formed on the back, wholly independent of
the vertebral column and of the ribs, in a very thick and solid
layer of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, and must be considered
as the external skeleton (cutaneous skeleton) of the animals *,
Their number varies in the different species of Chelonians. In
the genus Trionye# only one disc is found; it is situated on the
neck immediately in front of the dorsal vertebrae. There are also
some discs in the posterior margin of the carapace in some spe-
cies of Trionyx; but they remain cartilaginous. Besides this
nuchal plate, which is always very large, several small subcuta-
neous plates are also developed in most of the Chelonians.
Among these, a small number only originate above the last

* These terms are borrowed from the nomenclature of M. Carus.

M. Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians. 319

dorsal and the sacral vertebra, all the rest are developed in the
posterior and lateral parts of the circular cutancous fold (limbus),
the anterior portion of which is in great part filled by the ante-
rior half of the nuchal disc, which enters progressively into that
portion of the circular fold.

After the flattening of the ventral ribs, there is also, between
the teguments and the muscles, in the layer of a thick and solid
cellular tissue which joins these different parts, a development of
some cartilaginous pieces, of which the plastron is subsequently
formed. I have not been able to determine the moment at which
their formation commences. ‘The inconsiderable development of
the plastron in the oldest embryos, and in the individuals scarcely
hatched, leads me to conjecture that it is hardly formed before
the middle of the embryonic life, and at all events relatively later
than the sternum of birds and mammals. The cartilaginous
pieces themselves, appearing as the foundation of the plastron,
are at first, for the most part, simple bands, very narrow and
thin, forming two pairs, situated one before and the other behind
the umbilical aperture. Between these two pairs a very consi-
derable space still exists at the period of hatching. Moreover,
there is generally formed, or at least in most of the Chelonians
(excepting the Sphargis ?), between the anterior extremities of the
two even front pieces, a small odd or fifth cartilaginous plate.
Subsequently other numerous osseous pieces are developed in these
different cartilages, commonly or perhaps always nine in number.
Their respective size is very variable, according to the different
species of Chelonians; for, either they grow so much one before
another that they meet at their corresponding margins, through-
out their length, so as to form a perfectly united plastron, or their
growth continues more limited, and then they form a plastron
open in the centre, or merely a narrow ring, as is probably the
case with the Sphargis. Moreover, the development of the plas-
tron differs also in the fact, that its circumference, and especially
its length, become relatively greater m some species of Chelo-
nians than in others. It then passes beyond the neck and the
tail below forming an elongation clothed by the chorion alone,
whilst this elongation is wanting in other species. This difference
probably depends on the previous existence or not on the ventral
side of the body, below and before the anterior feet, and below
and behind the posterior feet, of a transversal fold of the chorion,
into which the growing plastron might enter. Thus it is pro-
bable that the species which exhibit the elongation just described
are those in which such a fold already existed. This fact is ren-
dered very probable by the examination of the Chelonians of the
genus Trionyz, in which this fold is in fact found; but it is

820 M.Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians.

scarcely filled by the parts of the plastron, little developed in
this genus.

A specific and very remarkable feature in the Chelonians is
subsequently the relation of their bones of the trunk with the
very solid subcutaneous cellular tissue, forming a layer of little
thickness and commonly considered cartilaginous. All the os-
seous pieces contiguous to this layer, namely, the spiny apophyses
of the vertebre from the second up to the eighth, the eight pairs
of intermediate ribs, the supplementary plates of the shell, and
often also all the pieces of the plastron, after having lost by re-
absorption on their external surface the periosteum, come in con-
tact with the subcutaneous cellular tissue. This happens after
the hatching of the embryo and principally on the ribs, so that
the periosteum disappears gradually, from the upper extremity
(nearer to the vertebrae) toward the lower extremity. In the
marine Chelonians it does not disappear wholly on the lower
extremity, but only as far as the part of the ribs which never
expand to any extent. As soon as the osseous substance of this
part comes in immediate contact with the subcutaneous cellular
tissue, numerous medullary cellules appear in the direction of
this tissue, which, at least in the commencement, are externally
open. By degrees their number increases considerably, and the
bones which I have just named become at the same time stronger
and. very porous, although there may be, according to the spe-
cies, a marked difference in their porosity. The cellules are not
principally filled with fat, as is the case in more perfect verte-
brated animals, and even in the Chelonians, in the bones further
removed from the chorion; they are filled by the subcutaneous
cellular tissue. This tissue enters gradually by the apertures of
the cellules as by a radiation of numerous small roots, and col-
lects there always in proportion to their growth. Nevertheless
the layer of this tissue situated between the bones and the chorion
constantly diminishes, not only relatively, but also in part abso-
lutely, so that it seems wholly to be wanting on the carapace and
the plastron in some Chelonians, especially in the Emys europea.

If we consider, as usual, the plastron of the Chelonians as a
portion of the nervous skeleton and as the homologue of the ster-
num of the other vertebrated animals, we must also admit that the
bones composing the scapular and the pelvic arches are situated
in a wholly contrary manner to the general disposition of these
parts (when they exist) in the other vertebrated animals. They
would be situated so as to remain wholly inexplicable, according
to our present knowledge of the development of the animals. But,
from some facts, I believe I can prove evidently that the plastron
is nothing else than a part of the cutaneous skeleton, and that, in

M. Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians. 321

an anatomical point of view, it has nothing in common with the
sternum of other animals. This supposition once admitted, we
may refer the situation of the bones of the shoulder and the basin
of adult Chelonians to the relations existing in other animals.
There is then no longer anything extraordinary in the arrange-
ment of these parts, but only something specific produced by the
curious development of the dorsal parts of the body. With re-
spect to the position of the scapulz, they are situated before
the ribs in older embryos and in young Chelonians, and it is
more than probable that they occupied this position even before
the development of the ribs had made any sensible progress, and
that they were not merely protruded by the ribs in consequence
of the rapid growth of the body in width. In fact, the first pair
of ribs, near and a little in advance of which they are situated in
older embryos and young individuals, is scarcely remarkable
either for its very great length or its width ; it is on the contrary
extremely short and thin, so that a displacement of the scapuls
becomes impossible. Moreover, we see in some fishes, some
Saurians (Titigna sincoides), and even in a mammal (Ornitho-
rhynchus), the scapule occupying a similar position in front of
the ribs. In the Didelphis virginiana, the whole scapula, or at
least the lower part with the scapular articulation, is situated an-
terior to the ribs, and it thus becomes probable that in these ani-
mals also, at least in a period previous to their development, the
entire scapula, before it acquires its oblique position and its
considerable width, is situated in front of the ribs. In other
mammals the scapule (although they are never so protruded
as in the Chelonians and the Ornithorhynchi) meet in the first
period of their development much further in advance than in the
subsequent periods. In the hog, for imstance, the scapula, a
little after the formation of the anterior foot, covers the two an-
terior ribs of the corresponding side. When it is not perceptible
as a separate part, it does not at the commencement go beyond
the first rib, whilst it extends from the first up to the seventh in
adult hogs.

Lastly, the direction of the scapule in the Chelonians does
not differ much from that which is observed in the Ornithorhynchi
and several Saurians, in which they also occur perpendicular.
Their situation below the osseous parts of the back in the adult
Chelonians is produced subsequently by the successive develop-
ment, for even in the oldest embryos they are in immediate con-
tact, by their upper extremities, with the layer of the subcuta-
neous cellular tissue.

The metamorphosis which I have just described results from
the considerable expansion of the second pair of ribs, extending

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Vol. xviii. 2A

822 M.Rathke on the Development of the Chelonians.

beyond the adjoming parts of the skeleton, the first pair of ribs
and the scapule, in the form of a dome.

The position and articulation of the pelvis of the Chelonians
differ absolutely in nothing from the normal type which verte-
brated animals present as regard the relations of position of the
pelvian bones ; for the coxal bones of the Chelonians are joined
to the os sacrum as in the mammals and in the Saurians in
general. Thus they offer nothing in particular, except that they
are covered by other osseous parts. This covering, which we find
over the whole pelvis of the Chelonians, results in a small part
from an enlargement of the penultimate pair of the ribs, but
principally from the development of the cutaneous skeleton, for
almost the whole posterior part of the shield, formimg in most of
the Chelonians a roof above and behind the pelvis, is composed
of osseous pieces, developed near the chorion and independent
of the vertebral column and the ribs.

With respect to the fact that we find both the humeri and the
femora of the Chelonians covered above, and in some species also
more or less underneath, this is generally in consequence of the
longer or shorter lateral folds of the chorion, in which peculiar
osseous pieces belonging to the cutaneous skeleton are developed.
It is likewise owimg to this, that of the eight pairs of intermediate
ribs very much elongated and directed outwards, the last two are
moreover turned greatly backwards, and in several Chelonians,
butenot in all, the two anterior ones forwards ; the former extend
beyond the coxal articulation, the latter beyond the scapular
articulation.

These facts appear to me to demonstrate the error of the com-
mon assertion, that in the Chelonians the bones composing the
shoulder and the pelvis are within the body. The arrangement
of the peritoneum in the Chelonians proves it even in a positive
manner, for it does not envelope on the two sides any of the os-
seous parts of the shoulder nor of the pelvis with their muscles :
it clothes them only on a single side, that turned towards the in-
testines. Behind, it enters, as in the mammals, at a distance
in the cavity of the upper pelvis, clothes in part its internal sur-
face and the muscles which are fixed there, and passes thence
-over the viscera placed in this pelvis. Finally, it proceeds beneath
the dorsal part of the body up to the scapule (situated, as I
have said, far anteriorly), enveloping the lower surface of the
kidneys, the internal genital parts, the inferior surface, and the
external margin of the lungs, with almost their whole upper surface
adhering to the ribs, and the portion of the ribs extending late-
rally beyond the lungs and the urinary organs. After having
passed the lungs, which reach in front the scapule, over the

A Hancock del! JD C.S ath.

Mr. A. Hancock on some new species of Shells. 328

scapule and the posterior surface of some of their muscles, it
goes along them in descending, and turns backwards to envelope
in part the upper surface of the pericardium, and above all, on
each side and behind the pericardium, the upper surface of the
two pairs of clavicles with their muscles. From thence it passes
lastly on to the abdominal muscles. A very large fold of the pe-
ritoneum, proceeding from the dorsal side and the anterior side of
the body, envelopes the intestine, causing it to form a very large
mesentery, then the stomach, the liver, the viscera and the
pancreas.

XXXVI.—A List of Shells dredged on the West Coast of Davis’s
Strait ; with Notes and Descriptions of eight new species. By
AtBany Hancock.

[ With a Plate.]

In 1841 I received the shells comprised in the following list;
they were collected by my friends Messrs. Warham and Harrison,
masters of whaling vessels belonging to the port of Newcastle.
These gentlemen took with them dredges for the purpose of
gathering marine productions during their Arctic voyage ; and so
effectually did they use these implements, that in one fortnight’s
dredging, the only opportunity that occurred, they procured, be-
sides a considerable collection of Crustacea, thirty-four species of
Testaceous Mollusca,—as many as were obtained by Captains
Parry and Ross during their various northern expeditions.

The collection contains many of the novelties discovered by
our Arctic navigators, and also eight species which appear to be
undescribed. The whole, with the exception of one, a littoral
species, which was obtained from the rocks in the same locality,
were dredged in a small bay or harbour, in a deep inlet on the
west coast of Davis’s Strait (lat. 66° 30’, long. 68°), on a bottom
composed chiefly of a stiffish blue clay. At low tide there are
from twelve to fifteen fathoms water in the bay ; but during spring
tides the rise is five fathoms, an unusual height for those lati-
tudes. The prevailing rocks in the neighbourhood are trap and
granite. ;

Though I might have confined myself to describing merely the
new species, it seems preferable to give the list entire ; as such
lists are useful in forwarding our information on the geogra-
phical distribution of species ; and besides, many of those already
described are very little known. At present, too, the Arctic shells
possess a peculiar interest derived from the recent theories re-
specting the early glacial period of Europe, to the full apprecia-
tion of which a critical knowledge of species is necessary.

There are four or five species in the list related to Buccinum

2A2

324 Mr. A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

undatum, about which a few remarks may be desirable. The
allies of this species appear to be little known, and it is, therefore,
with some hesitation that I have ventured to describe what I con-
ceive to be three or four new species of them: this I should
scarcely have done, had they been from different localities and
from various depths of water.

The three principal varieties of B. undatum are never found
mingled together ; so far as I know, they belong to distinct loca-
lities ; and their difference of appearance is probably owing to
this cause. The variety with a coloured mouth, flattish whorls,
and short conical spire is always procured between tide-marks ;
the heavy, coarse and much-waved shell, without an epidermis,
belongs to a hard gravelly bottom, in about twenty fathoms water ;
and the variety with a thin delicate shell and soft velvety epi-
dermis is procured at the depth of forty fathoms or more, on a
soft bottom. The new species here described are all, however,
from the same locality, and from the same depth of water. The
peculiarities, then, of these species can scarcely be the effect of
external circumstances, and it would therefore seem probable
that they are specifically distinct ; but whether so or not, it is
proper that forms apparently so permanent and so strongly
marked should be known ; and with this view I have sunk other
considerations, feeling assured that a knowledge of varieties is
essential to a correct discrimination of species.

Littorina tenebrosa, Montagu sp.
Turbo tenebrosus, Mont. Brit. Shells, p. 303. —

A few specimens ofa Littorina closely resembling this species
were gathered on the rocks surrounding the bay where the col-
lection was made ; they are chiefly of a dark hue, tessellated
with yellowish brown, and with the whorls much rounded.

Margarita umbilicalis, Brod. and Sowerby.
Margarita umbilicalis, Brod. and Sow., Zool. Journ. vol. iv.
p. 371.
_ This fine species occurred in great abundance and of a large
size, Some measuring upwards of an inch in diameter.

They vary from a pale yellowish horn-colour to a dark purplish
flesh-tint, and some have the spiral striz nearly obsolete : these
are always strongest on the spire. Several of the shells are
covered with an exceedingly thin, glossy, horn-like, transparent
epidermis ; operculum horny.

Margarita sordida, mihi. :
Margarita striata, Brod. and Sow., Zool. Journ, vol. iv. p. 371;
Sowerby, Zool. Beechey’s Voy. p. 143. pl. 37. fig. 11.

Not by any means so abundant as the former species. Oper-

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 325

culum horny: the largest shells are three-quarters of an mch in
diameter.

Dr.Gould, in his ‘ Repoit on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts,’
describes a species under the name of Margarita cinerea which
comes very near to this; but he considers them distinct, and
states that he has compared the two, which I have not had the
opportunity of doing. :

Many of the specimens brought by Messrs. Warham and Har-
rison show, however, that some of the characters which he con-
siders peculiar are not so. The spiral lines frequently cover the
whole base, and the whorls of several are angulated by them ;
and a few have a slight projecting angle at the aperture.

The name given to this species in the ‘ Zoological Journal ?
was pre-occupied by a shell described by Dr. Leach in the Ap-
pendix to Ross’s Voyage, and which has been shown by Mr. J.
K. Gray (Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 567) to be the same as the Turbo
carneus of Lowe, who described from specimens got at Oban four
or five years after the publication of the Appendix. I have there-
fore ventured to substitute the name proposed above, which is
somewhat expressive of the peculiar, dull, soiled appearance of this
species.

Margarita Harrisoni, n. s. PI. V. figs. 4, 5.

Shell conical, smooth, thin, white, dull, with the spire consi-
derably produced, the apex slightly depressed, and the sides some-
what bulged; whorls five or six, much rounded; sutures deep,
with numerous minute, close, depressed, spiral striz, crossed by
very minute longitudinal lines of growth ; body-whorl nearly half
the length of the shell, well rounded beneath; mouth round,
outer lip thin, entire ; pillar-lip slightly reflected over the umbi-
licus, which is not very large ; interior of a most brilliant nacreous
green. J)iameter sths of an inch ; height $ths of an inch.

The surface of this pretty and very distinct species has a soft,
smooth, waxy appearance ; it is occasionally of a livid hue, and
is generally more or less tinged with greenish yellow, having a
subdued pearly lustre. The spiral striz are very regular, close,
and so minute that they cannot be seen without the aid of a lens ;
and the lines of growth are still finer. The umbilicus is much
smaller in proportion than in either of the preceding species.
Several specimens occurred.

This species is named after Mr. Harrison, one of the gentle-
men who collected the shells comprised in this list.

Buccinum hydrophanum, n.s. PI. V. fig. 7.

Shell oblong-ovate, very thin, smooth, somewhat glossy, of a
soiled purplish or livid white, with fine longitudinal lines of

v7

326 Mr. A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

growth ; spire considerably produced, conical ; whorls seven or
eight, ventricose, the last one about half as long as the shell, oc-
casionally with a few distant obsolete spiral keels or ridges ;
mouth roundish ovate, shorter than the spire, with the interior
of a deep rich glossy chocolate-brown, extending for a consider-
able way over the columella, which is smooth and regularly arched ;
outer lip thin and strongly lobed in front; canal very short and
wide ; epidermis pale yellow, thin, horny, smooth and shining.
Length 23 inches ; breadth 13 inch.

This fine species resembles in general habit the delicate, elon-

gated varieties of B. undatum, but is entirely destitute of longi-
tudinal plaits and is quite smooth. But were other characters
wanting, it might at once be distinguished from that, and from
all the other species with which I am acquainted, by the wide
spread of the enamel over the columella and body-whorl. It
would therefore appear that the mantle on the right side of the
animal of B. hydrophanum is considerably more expanded than
in any of the allied species. The mouth, too, is broader than in
B. undatum, particularly in front ; the canal is shorter and much
wider, and the columella smoother and more regularly arched.
It also seems nearly related to B. Humphreysianum and B. fusi-
forme of Kiener ; but differs from both in the character of the
columella and in the more rounded mouth ; also in the absence
of strize.
- The outer layer of shell in B. hydrophanum is very opake, white
and chalky, and is liable to be eroded: it is quite distinct. from
the layer beneath, which is vitreous and of a vinous colour. The
keels or ridges on the body-whorl are irregular, and frequently
interrupted ; they vary in number from one to nine, and are oc-
easionally arranged in pairs: they are, however, frequently obli-
terated, and are never conspicuous, even in full-grown individuals.
The epidermis is confined to the body-whorl and readily peels
off

The most striking feature however of this species is the extra-
ordinary change in colour and appearance which take place on
the shell being immersed in water, when in a short time it loses
its opacity and becomes of a deep rich vinous hue. This ensues
immediately on the outer coat becoming saturated, which in this,
as in many of the Arctic shells, is very porous.

In young specimens the outer covering of shell is very thin,
and the colour of the under layer is always more or less appa-
rent: in this state they have a bluish bloom, and are very deli-
cate and glossy. They are sometimes covered with minute spiral
striee ; and as the lines of growth are then very distinct, the whole
surface is sharply and finely decussated. As the shell increases
in size this appearance diminishes, and in half-grown individuals

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 327

no traces of it remain, for at an early stage the outer layer to-
wards the apex becomes eroded, and the strize consequently com-
pletely destroyed.

This well-marked species occurred in great abundance ; nearly
forty specimens were brought,

Buecinum undulatum, Moller.
Buccinum undulatum, Méller, Index Mollus, Greenl. p. 11.

There are two specimens of a Buccinum in the collection, one
much injured, the other immature, which I think must be re-
ferred to this species. They agree very well with the description
in the ‘Index Molluscorum Greenlandiz,’ excepting that they
want the waved ribs: the whorls are very much rounded, and
have strong, raised spifal lines of a reddish brown colour inter-
rupted with white. The larger shell is upwards of an inch and
three-quarters in length.

This appears to be a very distinct species,

* Buccinum tenebrosum, n. 8s. Pi. V. figs. 1, 2. ferr

Shell ovate, ventricose, very thin, glossy, of a dark obscure
violet, clouded and spotted with grayish white and tawny, parti-
cularly at the sutures, where the spots are usually well-defined ;
whorls six or seven, much rounded, and covered with fine waved
lines of growth, and afew minute, depressed spiral lines obsolete
on the body-whorl ; body-whorl one-third longer than the spire,
with eight or nine strong, distant spiral ridges or keels, three or
four of which are continued on to the third whorl ; mouth as long
as the spire, broadish oval, with the interior of a dark chocolate«
brown extending over the columella ; outer lip thin, entire; colu-
mella very dark, glossy, rather straight, with an obsolete plait or
fold, which gives to it the appearance of being twice bent; the
inner margin is well raised and considerably reflected ; the canal
short and rather wide ; epidermis very strong, of a greenish horn-
colour, glossy, with fine distant longitudinal lamin, bearing
minute widely separated cilia, Length 13 inch; breadth nearly
1 inch.

The dark colour, the fragile, horn-like texture, the short, thick
form, much rounded whorls, and spiral ridges give to this species
a very characteristic appearance. The ridges vary a little in
number, but are nevertheless pretty regular, and seem constant.
The lines of growth have a smooth, polished appearance, and are
much more conspicuous than the depressed spiral lines, especially
on the body-whorl, where in many specimens they are scarcely to
be traced.

It would appear that this, like many of the allied species, is
occasionally plaited at the sutures of the whorls, for out of eight

328 Mr. A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

that were brought one was so plaited in a slight degree. The
outer coat of the shell is generally eroded towards the apex.
This species is probably related to the B. boreale of Leach, but
is undoubtedly distinct, for Mr. Gray states in the ‘ Appendix to
Beechey’s Voyage,’ that that species has much the habit of the
waved varieties of B. undatum, which is not the case with this
shell. The B. cyaneum of Beck appears to come much nearer,
though it also is probably distinct ; the B. wndatum of Fabricius
_ being given as a synonym, and the description of it in the ‘ Fauna
Greenlandica’ differmg widely from the specimens brought by
Messrs. Warham and Harrison: be this, however, as it may,
Beck’s name cannot be retained, for it was pre-occupied by a very

different shell described by Chemnitz.

x Buccinum sericatum, n. 8s. PI. V. fig. 6.

Shell ovate, ventricose, very thin, of a pale chestnut-colour,
irregularly varied with paler longitudinal belts ; spire not much
produced; whorls six, ventricose, somewhat abruptly rounded
behind, with fine spiral strie, and afew distant stronger ones
crossed by minute lines of growth, giving the surface a wrinkled
or shagreened appearance, visible only by the aid of a lens; body-
whorl one-third longer than the spire; mouth roundish ovate,
one-half longer than the spire; outer lip thin, sublobed in front ;
interior of a pale chestnut or fawn-colour ; columella smooth, pel-
lucid, short, glossy, much and regularly arched, the bend more
forward than usual; epidermis of a greenish horn-colour with a
delicate silky gloss when held to the light, caused by the minute
cilia that clothe it, which through a lens are perceived to rise
from fine longitudinal laminee ; the cilia are regular and not much
crowded. Length 1 inch ; breadth +4 inch.

This is shorter and more ventricose than any of the preceding
species, and is very delicate and horn-hke. It differs from B. te-
nebrosum as well in size and colour as in having the mouth much
longer in proportion to the spire: the whorls are also somewhat
abruptly rounded above, which is not the case in that species ;
and the columella has the gloss spread further over, is quite
smooth, and in some specimens is so transparent that the pillar
can be seen through it; the bend also is simple and rather lower
down ; the surface of the shell is more strongly marked by the
strie, and the strong spiral ridges or keels are wanting.

Buccinum cyaneum, Chemnitz.
Buccinum cyaneum, Chemn, Conch. vol. x. p. 182. tab. 152.
f. 1448.

A single specimen was dredged ; it is quite young (measuring
seven-eighths of an inch in length), but agrees pretty well in ge-

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 329

neral habit with the figure in Chemnitz: it is however of a pale
greenish horn-colour, except towards the apex, where it is of a
dingy bluish gray, and the spiral strize appear to be more crowded.
The columella in front is straight, and has a decided plait or fold.
The epidermis is ciliated.

This is closely related to B. Humphreysianum, but may be di-
stinguished from that species by its more ovate form, by the de-
cided plait on the columella, and by the character of the surface,
which is much more irregularly and strongly marked with the
lines of growth, causing it to be slightly wrinkled longitudinally,
as represented in Chemnitz’s figure. »

Buccinum Grenlandicum, n.s. PI. V. figs. 8, 9.

Shell ovate, thin, dull, of a pale reddish fawn-colour ; spire
well produced, conical; whorls six or seven, ventricose, some-
what angulated in the centre, with indistinct longitudinal
plaits, and two strong distant noduliferous spiral ridges or keels
on the centre of the body-whorl, one of which passes up
the spire: the whole surface is divided by depressed spiral lines
into broad. flattened strive, which are crowded with finer spiral
striz of a similar character crossed by minute lines of growth,
giving the surface a shagreened appearance ; mouth roundish
oval, partaking of the colour of the shell ; outer lip thin, slightly
reflected ; interior with two grooves corresponding to the spiral
ridges ; canal longer than usual, and rather broad; columella
with an indistinct plait, well bent im the centre, straight in front,
with the anterior extremity slopimg to the left, pale, very thin -
and pellucid; epidermis inconspicuous, very delicate, smooth,
greenish yellow and horn-lke. Length 13 inch; breadth 3 inch.

The surface of this shell is peculiar: it is smooth and entirely
without gloss, and to the naked eye the broad flat striz only are
visible ; a lens is required to show the minute shagreened appear-
ance caused by the fine decussations. The longitudinal plaits are
strongest on the spire, and are most conspicuous on the centre
of the whorl ; the nodules on the spiral ridges are at the points
where they are crossed by the plaits.

This species has considerable resemblance in general form to
the B. glaciale of Lamarck, but is much smaller and very much
thinner, judging from Kiener’s figure and from the figure in
Chemnitz. It differs from that shell also in the greater length
of the canal, in the shape of the columella, and in the character
of the surface of the shell. It probably likewise resembles
B. polaris of Gray, but the characters that distinguish it from
B. glaciale will also distinguish it from this species.

Two specimens were procured ; one appears to be adult.

330 Mr, A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

Cancellaria costellifera, Sowerby sp.
Murex costellifer, Sowerby, Min. Conch. vol. ii. p,225. tab.199,

f, 3,

Cancellaria buccinoides, Couthouy, Bost. Journ, Nat, Hist. yol. ii.
p. 105. pl. 3. f. 3.

Cancellaria Couthouyi, Gould, Report on the Inverteb. of Mas-
sachusetts, p. 283. f. 190.

Two specimens were brought ; one is three-fourths of an inch
long and nearly half an inch broad. They differ from the general
appearance of the shell by having no longitudinal folds, and by
having the whorls rounded, and not flattened above; the colu-
mella too has only a single obsolete plait. There can be little
doubt, however, that they belong to this species, which is stated
to be very variable in form.

Fusus Sabini, Gray sp. PI, V. fig. 10,

Buccinum Sabinii, Gray, Append. Parry’s Ist Voy, p. 211.

A single specimen of a Fusus resembling F. Islandicus was
procured ; it is undoubtedly distinct from that species, but is
probably the Buccinum Sabinii of Gray. It differs from it how-
ever in some respects, particularly in the canal, which in B. Sa-
binii is stated to be shorter than that of F. Islandicus, whilst in
the shell brought by Messrs. Warham and Harrison, it is longer.
It is much thinner than any of the varieties of that species with
which I am acquainted ; and the whorls, which are covered with
rather strong, raised spiral lines, are more ventricose, and are de-
cidedly flattened above at the sutures : the canal is not only longer
but is more contracted at its commencement, and widens a little
towards the front or apex; the mouth is therefore better defined,
and is much more rounded; including the canal, it is consider-
ably longer than the spire. The columella is pellucid, and the
epidermis very pale, horn-coloured and delicate. Length upwards
of 14 inch ; breadth 44 inch.

Fusus pellucidus, n. s. Pl. V. fig. 3,

Shell fusiform, elongated, thin, glossy, of a yellowish horn-
colour, pellucid; spire much produced; whorls seven, well rounded ;
sutures deep, with rather distant, strong, but very slightly raised
spiral striz, and strong, smooth, longitudinal close-set ribs or
plaits, most conspicuous on the second, third and fourth whorls,
and becoming obsolete on the body-whorl and apex ; mouth con-
siderably shorter than the spire, elliptical, terminating in a short,
wide canal, slightly recurved; columella smooth ; outer lip thin,
with the interior crenulated in conformity with the exterior stric,
Length 3 inch; breadth 3, inch.

This species, of which only one individual was procured, is very

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 331

thin and of a horny appearance; and small as it is has much the
general habit of Fusus Islandicus, though very much shorter in
the canal. Perhaps it is still a better miniature representation
of F, Koninckii of Nyst, a tertiary fossil from Baesele,

Fusus Fabricii, Beck sp,

Trophon Fabricii, Beck, in M@ller’s Index Mollus. Greenl. p, 14,
Tritonium craticulatum, O. Fabr. p. 400.
Murew borealis, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Murex, pl. 30. f. 145.

A single specimen of this delicate and beautiful species oc-
curred, It agrees very accurately with the description in the
‘Fauna Greenlandica’ excepting that it is considerably larger,
measuring three-fourths of an inch in length; it is stated, how-
ever, in the ‘ Index Molluscorum Groenlandiz’ to be fifteen lines

long.

The Murex borealis of Reeve, as represented in the ‘ Concho-
logia Iconica,’ is a very good portrait of the shell brought by
Messrs. Warham and Harrison ; if therefore I am right in placing
it with the F. Fabricii, the Murex borealis must sink into a

synonym,
Fusus turricula, Montagu sp.
Murex turricula, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 262. t. 9. f. 1.

The collection contains a single, dead, much eroded specimen
of this species.

Pleurotoma decussata, Couthouy.

Pleurotoma decussata, Couth., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol, ii.
p. 183. pl. 4. £. 8.

A single specimen was procured : it is three-eighths of an inch
long and two-tenths of an inch broad. It agrees pretty accurately
in general form with the Pleur. decussata of Couthouy, as figured
and. described in Gould’s ‘ Report on the Invertebrata of Massa-
chusetts’; but it is represented more turreted than the specimen
from Davis’s Strait, and also more reticulated. I think it pro-
bable, as suggested by Dr. Gould, that the Pleur. reticulata of
Brown belongs to the same species.

Velutina zonata, Gould.

Velutina zonata, Gould, Report on the Inverteb. of Massachu-
setts, p. 242.

A fine large individual of this shell was obtained ; it is five-
eighths of an inch long and the same broad, It wants the zones
spoken of by Dr. Gould, and differs slightly in other particulars
from his description.

This is nearly related to the V. undata of Smith, a fossil spe-
cies procured from the glacial beds of the Clyde, but is, I am in-
clined to believe, distinct, The shell from Dayis’s Strait is thinner,

382 Mr. A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

much larger, and has the outer lip not so broadly reflected on
the columella; the groove also on the pillar-hp is not by any
means so broad, and it is gradually lost, revolving into the shell ;
whilst in the V. undata it commences behind with comparative
abruptness ; the inner edge of the columella of the former is
therefore twisted as it runs up the pillar, but is nearly straight
in the latter. |

It is right, however, to observe that the surface of the two
species is much more alike than would appear from the descrip-
tion in the ‘ Wernerian Transactions,’ which is undoubtedly from
worn specimens. In the Newcastle museum there are three or
four shells from the Clyde district, which, I believe, were received
from Mr. Smith. These specimens agree pretty accurately with
the description given by that gentleman, but when closely ex-
amined with a glass small portions of the true surface are found
adhering, and they are minutely spirally striated in the same
manner as in V. zonata.

Natica Grenlandica, Beck. |
Natica Grenlandica, Beck, in MOller’s Index Mollus. Greenl. p.7.
Only one specimen occurred: it is small, measuring no more
than seven-sixteenths of an inch in length; and it is rather
doubtful whether it belongs to this species or not ; from which it
differs likewise in being thinner, and in having the sutures of
the whorls more deeply impressed. In this respect it agrees
better with the N. borealis of Gray, to which, indeed, it seems
closely related.

Patella rubella, Fabr.

Patella rubella, O. Fabr. p. 386.

A single specimen was taken adhering to a large Psolus, re-
sembling the Holothuria squamata of Miller : the Patella agrees
very accurately with the description given by Fabricius, though
instead of being entirely red it has only the apex of that colour ;
the rest is of a tawny horn-colour.

Pecten Islandicus, Miller sp.
Ostrea Islandica, Miller, Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2990.
Three or four specimens occurred: they have the valves more
distinctly ribbed than in those brought from the coast of New-
foundland.

Pecten Grenlandicus, Sowerby. .
Pecten Grenlandicus, Sow. Thesaur. Conchyl. vol.i. p. 56. pl.13.
f. 40.
Pecten vitreus, Gray, App. Parry’s 1st Voy. p. 214.
There are three specimens of this delicate, diaphanous species
in the collection: they agree pretty accurately with Mr. Gray’s

>

.

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 333

description of Pecten vitreus, and I think are undoubtedly his spe-
cies. The specimens brought by Parry, however, seem to have
wanted the fine, numerous, slightly depressed radiating striz on
the right or lower valve; but these striz are not by any means
conspicuous ; it is therefore possible that Mr. Gray may have
overlooked them. They have also escaped the notice of Mr, G.
B. Sowerby, jun., who figured and described from the specimens
brought by Messrs. Warham and Harrison. It is probable like-
wise that this character may occasionally be wanting, for in
one of the three specimens they are almost obliterated; and
the right valve is always more or less eroded, having a thin,
opake chalky outer layer that readily falls off. The left valve has
a few distant, broad, rounded, almost obsolete rays, which are
only discernible with a side light.

Mr. Sowerby’s name must have precedence, as the one given
to this species by Mr. Gray was pre-occupied.

Nucula inflata, n,s. Pl. V, figs. 13, 14.

Shell subtriangular, a little oblique, ventricose, thin, smooth,
covered with a shining greenish yellow epidermis, slightly con-
centrically wrinkled ; umbones small, eroded, placed much to one
side; posterior slope long, somewhat flattened, slightly convex ;
anterior slope rather short, straight, and with a shallow cordate
depression ; basal margin regularly rounded, entire, forming
rather abrupt angles at its junction with the sides, particularly
in front ; hinge with twenty teeth on one side and twelve on the
other. Length ;% inch ; breadth +2 inch ; depth ;, inch.

This species is not unlike Nucula tenuis; the greater size and
more angulated form however of N. inflata will readily distinguish
it; it is also much longer in proportion to its breadth, is very
much more ventricose and less oblique; its teeth are also more
numerous.

A single individual occurred ; it was dead, but quite perfect.

Leda rostrata, Lamarck sp.
Nucula rostrata, Lam. 2nd ed. vol. vi. p. 504.
Leda buccata, Stp. in Moller’s Index Mollus, Greenl. p, 17.
This species differs considerably from the Arca rostrata of
Montagu: it is larger and appears to be much more ventricose ;
the rostrated end is more abruptly truncated, and is scarcely at
all bent.
Only one specimen was procured: it is 13 inch broad and
nearly 3% inch long.
Leda minuta, Fabricius sp.
Arca minuta, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenl. p. 414; Chemn. Conch.
vol. x. p. 351. t. 170. f. 1657, 1658.

This nearly resembles the Nucula minuta of British authors,

334 Mr, A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

but is I think distinct ; it is about the same size and has the like
strong, transverse ribs ; the rostrated end, however, is not so long,
is less arcuated, is more abruptly truncated, and the umbones are
nearer the centre. Breadth 5%, inch; length +4 inch.

Two specimens were dredged. !

Modiola nigra, Gray. :
Modiola nigra, Gray, App. Parry’s 1st Voy. p.244. -
Mytilus discrepans, Mont. Brit. Shells, Supp. p. 65. t. 26. f. 4
(not of the body of the work). 3
A fine series of specimens were brought, some of which are
totally black, others are varied with olive-brown ; and the young
are of a pale greenish olive: the strie are considerably coarser
in some than in others, and the dorsal margin is occasionally
more arched than usual. Some of the largest are -1 inch long
and 4 inch broad.

Modiola levigata, Gray. :

Modiola levigata, Gray, App. Parry’s Ist Voy. p. 244. .
Mytilus discors, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenl. p. 418?

An extensive suite of this fine Modiola was procured ; many of
them are much larger than those from which Mr. Gray described ;
some are 14 inch long and 12 inch broad.

There is, however, no doubt that they belong to this species : the
surface being almost devoid of radiating strise gives to it a very
characteristic appearance. ;

Dr. Gould, in his ‘ Report on the Invertebrata of Massachu-
setts,’ includes this species amongst the aynony is of his Modiola
discrepans, which is quite distinct from the shell so named by
British conchologists*.

The Modiola discrepans of Gould is probably the M. levigata,
but there are several points of difference. The latter is less
winged on the dorsal margin, and is more abruptly rounded at
the posterior end ; the radiating ribs on the anterior portion are
not straight as in that species, but are regularly waved and are
more numerous, there being sometimes as many as fifteen ; but
even on this portion of the shell, the ribs are generally more or
less obliterated, and consequently it is difficult to ascertain their
number. The posterior compartment is almost always smooth,
but occasionally traces of very fine radiating striee may be ob-
served at the margin. The middle compartment has rarely a few
distant, fine, depressed radiating lines; the whole surface is a
good deal wrinkled concentrically, and the epidermis is very

* The Modiola discors of Gould appears to be the true M. discrepans of
Montagu (not of the Supplement), differing only by having a few ribs more,
on the anterior compartment: and the M. nexa of the same author is the
M. nigra—the discrepans of Montagu’s Supplement.

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 335

glossy except on the posterior portion, where the brightness is
considerably subdued. Old specimens are almost entirely black ;
the young are varied with rich brown, black and pale yellowish
green, or are wholly of the latter colour.

There can be no doubt that the variety 8. substriata, which
Mr. Gray thought might prove distinct, belongs to this species.

I think it probable that the Mytilus discors of Fabricius in-
cludes this species, though under that name he appears to have
described more than one kind; for he states that whilst the young
are striated at both ends, the old are smooth on the front portion.
This is not the case with the suite brought by Messrs. Warham
and Harrison ; the young, and some of them are very small, are
quite smooth on the posterior compartment.

Tellina calcarea, Gmelin.
Tellina calcarea, Gmelin, p. 3236. no. 38.
Tellina proxima, Brown, Wern. Mem. vol. viii. t. 1. f. 21; Sow-
erby, App. Beechey’s Voy. p.154. t. 44. f. 4.

This did not occur abundantly ; only six or seven specimens
were dredged. The epidermis occasionally covers almost the
whole shell, and is generally more entire than in the specimens
from which Mr. Sowerby described.

Astarte semisuleata, Leach sp.
Crassina semisulcata, Leach, App. Ross’s 1st Voy. 8vo ed.
_ Astarte lactea, Brod. and Sow., Zool. Journ. vol. iv. p. 366;
Sowerby, Zool. Beechey’s Voy. p. 152. pl. 44. f. 12.
Crassina corrugata, Brown, Conch. of Great Brit. 2nd ed. p.96.
pl. 40. f, 24.
Crassina Withami, Smith, Wern. Mem. vol. viii. pl. 1. f.24, 25.

This is rather a variable species, but may always be distin-
guished from A. boreale, with which some conchologists have
confounded it. It is sometimes nearly smooth, or only obso-
letely suleated at the umbones ; in this state it is Brown’s Cras-
sina corrugata ; others are sulcated at least half-way down, and
the young, as might be expected, are furrowed over the whole
surface. Individuals occur nearly black, not much compressed,
and of a roundish oval, but by far the greater number are of a

ellowish brown colour, with the valves very flat and much pro-
Sood transversely.

This species is frequently distorted, and is generally. much
eroded at the beaks. It is found fossil at Bridlington ; I have
seen very characteristic specimens from thence in the collection
of Mr. Loftus of Newcastle, who received them from Mr. Bean
under his manuscript name of Astarte lata. The description of
Crassina Withami of Smith agrees very accurately with the smooth
varieties of A. semisulcata, and the figures in the ‘ Wernerian
Memoirs’ put it beyond a doubt ; the straight ventral margin and

ae

336 Mr. A. Hancock on Shells dredged on

deep visceral depression in the centre of the shell being sufficient
to determine the species.
This shell was taken in great profusion.

Astarte Warhami,n.s. Pl. V. fig. 15, 16.

Shell thin, elliptical, ventricose, with about sixty fine, close,
sharp, regular, concentric ribs; ends equally rounded ; umbones
rather prominent, nearly central; anterior end well-produced,
with the slope concave; lunule not very deep, oblong-ovate ;
posterior end slightly convex with the depression lanceolate ;
basal margin entire, well and regularly arched ; epidermis glossy,
pale greenish yellow; inside bluish white. Length % inch;
breadth nearly 1 inch; depth 54 mch.

It would appear that this, one of the prettiest and most deli-
cate of the genus, is not at all common ; only six specimens were
obtained. Itis paler and brighter than is usual with the Astartes,
and is generally marked with a few irregular dark blotches or
spots, probably caused by injuries sustained by the shell. In old
specimens the ribs blend at the basal margin, where the epi-
dermis is rather coarse and wrinkled.

This species is not likely to be confounded with any other,
though it has some general resemblance to Astarte elliptica ; it
is however more regularly oval and more ventricose, the colour
is brighter, and the surface more glossy. It is perhaps more
closely allied to the 4. Laurentiana of Lyell, a fossil species ob-
tained from the glacial beds of Canada, but differs from it in
having the ends more equally rounded, and in the position of the
beaks, which in that species are placed considerably towards the
anterior end; the prominent lateral teeth are also wanting in
A, Warhami.

This species is named in honour of Mr. Warham, the gentle-
man to whom I am principally indebted for this interesting col-
lection of Arctic shells.

Cardium Grenlandicum, Chemnitz.

Cardium Grenlandicum, Chemn. Conch. vol. vi. t. 19. f. 198.
Venus Islandica, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenl, p. 411.
Cardium edentulum, Montagu, Brit. Shells, Supp. p. 29.

Two or three fine fresh specimens were brought, and several
single valves occurred, some of which measure nearly three inches
in breadth. A young individual was also procured ; it is very
delicate, is more distinctly ribbed than the mature shell, and is
prettily marked with zigzag lines of a pale fawn-colour.

Cardium Islandicum, Chemnitz.
Cardium Islandicum, Chemn. vol. vi. p. 200. t. 19. f. 195, 196,
Cardium ciliatum, O, Fabr. Fauna Greenl. p, 410,

Two specimens were dredged ; one is in fine condition: it is a

the West Coast of Davis’s Strait. 337

little larger than the measurement given by Fabricius, but in all
other respects agrees exactly with his very admirable description.
The other is a single valve, and is nearly twice the size of those
from which that naturalist described; it measures upwards of
two inches and a half in breadth.

This species has somewhat the habit of C. echinatum, from
which it may be readily distinguished by the absence of the tes-
taceous spines of that species, and by having in their place the
epidermis raised into a fringe of fine close cilia; the ribs are also
more numerous.

Mya Uddevallensis, Forbes.
Mya Uddevallensis, Forbes, Mem. of the Geol. Survey, vol. i.
p- 407. |

Shell elliptical, with the posterior end much truncated ob-
liquely towards the basal margin ; ventricose, thickish, dirty
white, calcareous, irregularly wrinkled concentrically, and co-
vered with a strong rugged olivaceous epidermis; tooth of the
hinge squarely truncated, entire; siphonal impression rather
short, about one-third the length of the shell, not much arched
forward. Length 2 inches; breadth 23 inches.

This species was first noticed by Mr. Smith of Jordanhill, in
his paper on “ The last Changes in the Levels of Land and Sea in
the British Islands,” Wernerian Memoirs, vol. viii., as occurring
fossil in the newer pliocene deposits at the mouth of the Clyde.
It has since been observed at Uddevalla in Sweden by Mr. Lyell ;
and Capt. Bayfield has also found it both fossil and alive in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Some of our best naturalists consider this form a mere variety
of Mya truncata; I am inclined, however, to dissent from this
opinion, which I do with some hesitation.

Half a dozen specimens were brought in all stages of growth,
and in all of them the siphonal impression is much shorter than
in Mya truncata, in which it is full half the length of the shell ;
it is likewise not so much arched forward. The shell is also
always much more truncated, and the posterior margin slopes
towards the base of the shell, whereas in Mya truncata it inclines
in the,contrary direction; the form of the tooth also slightly
differs. is

\ ; °

Saxicava pholadis, Chemnitz sp.
Mytilus pholadis, Chemn. Conch. vol, viii. p. 154. t. 82. f. 735.
Mya byssifera, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenl. p. 408.

Two specimens occurred: one is $ inch long and 1% inch
broad ; the other is much smaller, and differs in no respect from
Saxicava rugosa.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Vol. xviii. 2B

338 Mr. A. Hancock on some new species of Shells.

Lyonsia gibbosa, mihi. PI. V. fig. 11, 12.
Anatina striata, Gray, App. Ross’s Voy.

Shell ventricose, oblong-ovate, thin, dull, opake white, slightly
wrinkled concentrically and striated longitudinally, with a deli-
cate olivaceous epidermis; umbones large, tumid, placed a little
towards the anterior end, which has the dorsal margin concave,
with a rather deep ovate depression immediately under the beaks ;
the posterior dorsal margin straight, with the end a little twisted,
slightly gaping and obliquely truncated ; from thence the ventral
margin is arched pretty regularly to the anterior end, which is
well rounded ; interior white, approaching to a pearly lustre ; os-
siculum triangular, with the posterior end concave. Length up-
wards of 1 inch; breadth $ inch; depth 2 inch.

Mr. Gray informs me that this is his Anatina striata, but I

have not been able to find the original description.

The Mya striata of Montagu, to which probably Mr. Gray re-
ferred his shell, is certainly distinct from the specimens brought
by Messrs. Warham and Harrison. The dull opake white colour
devoid of nacreous lustre, the tumid beaks and the concavity of
the margin in front of them, with the ovate depression, are suffi-
cient to distinguish it.

The Mya striata of Montagu, however, is most likely a variety
of L. norvegica, as considered by Turton ; but whether so or not,
Mr. Gray’s name having been used cannot be retained.

This species differs from L. norvegica by its whiteness, opacity
and want of nacreous lustre ; it is not so broad, is more gibbous,
and has the beaks larger and more tumid; the posterior end is
not so much produced, is less squarely truncated, and the lon-
gitudinal striz are stronger and further apart.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE YV.

Figs. 1, 2. Different views of Buccinum tenebrosum.
Fig, 3. Fusus pellucidus.

Figs. 4, 5. Different views of Margarita Harrisoni.
Fig. 6. Buccinum sericatum.

fig. 7. Buccinum hydrophanum.

figs. 8, 9. Different views of Buceinum Greenlandicum.
Fig. 10. Pusus Sabini.

Figs, 11, 12. Different views of Lyonsia gibbosa.

Figs. 13, 14, Different views of Nucula inflata.

Figs. 15, 16. Different views of Astarte Warhami.

Excursion of an Insect Hunter in the Carinthian Highlands. 389

XXXVII.—Ezcursion of an Insect Hunter in the Carinthian
Highlands. By Dr. Nicxer1i of Prague*. Communicated
by A. H. Harrpay, Esq.

I arRivep at Gastein on the 30th of July, and from this, having
crossed the fellst of Nassfeld and Mallnitz, I took the road up
Moell-dale to Heiligenblut. This village lies on the eastern slope
of the fell of the same name, scarcely an hour’s walk from the
source of the Moell, at an elevation of 4000 feet above the level
of the sea, and in its poverty and loneliness presents anything
but a cheering picture. The river Moell, which takes its rise
from beneath the glacier that lies on the eastern side of the
Grossglockner, five hours’ distance from Heiligenblut, receives im
its course many little mountain-torrents, and waters the valley
which bears its name, and which, running in a direction from the
north towards the south-west, opens a succession of romantic
scenery. The banks of the stream, for the space of a league
from its souree, are overgrown with alder bushes, through which
the path to Heiligenblut leads. Ridges of rock, of the most
grotesque forms, from 7000 to 8000 feet in height, hound the
valley on the west. These, imaccessible to the foot of man on
their eastern face towards the valley, are wooded here and there
with fir-trees, beech and larches; and a charming waterfall, named
from an. old legend, of which it was the scene, the ‘‘ Maiden’s-leap,”
arrests the gaze of the visitor. On the mountain slopes to the
east of the valley, tillage and grass-fields alternate with insulated
tracts of woodland, and the homely cottages of the mountaineers
scattered in the intervals. The head of the valley is barely a
quarter of a league across, but gradually it widens, and eultiva-
tion appears more and more, as the mountains which inclose it
diminish im eleyation.

The most interesting of all the excursions in the environs is to
the Pasterze, and, by way of this, to the Gems-grube, which hes
above Heiligenblut, five leagues to the northward. This spot, to
the botanist a classical locality, where the rarest alpine plants are
found in the greatest variety, is not less attractive to the ento-
mologist, as the extent of the annexed list testifies. The path to
it leads over the first (or lower) Sattel, and winds upwards athwart
the face of the mountain. After an easy ascent for an hour among
fir-trees, larches, and fragments of rock completely clothed with
the most elegant mosses, the terrace of the first mountain-range
is attained, on which a number of the dairymen’s huts are seated
between woods and cattle-walks.. Here Doritis Apollo was not

* From the Journal of the Entomological Society of Stettin, 1845,
+ “ Tauern,” provincial term, subalpine ranges on which the snow melts,

2B2

840 Excursion of an Insect Hunter in

uncommon, flitting about the face of the precipice ; solitary spe-
cimens of Hipparchia Nerine too occurred. Magnificent ferns
were growing luxuriantly in crevices of the rocks, and Campanula
pusilla with its pretty bells had taken root everywhere on the
crumbled surface of the blocks of stone. For another short hour
the path continues at this elevation over several little hills, where
woodland, moist meadow and debris of rock alternate, past St.
Bridget’s chapel, from which there is a distant view westward of
the Leiterbach, as it rushes thundering down its alpine dike to
mingle with the waters of the Moell. Here, not far from its
source, the river finds its way through a deep ravine, inaccessible
all the way from the plain of ice to the lower Sattel, where the
valley properly speaking begins. Along the brow of the moun-
tains which hem in the ravine on the eastern side, the path
ascends, by successive stations, among stunted pines interspersed
with magnificent lawns, where the crimson blossoms of the Rho-
dodendron blend with tall-stemmed Monkshood and the intense
azure of the Gentianella. About the perpendicular cliffs, Argynnis
pales and various species of Hipparchia were on the wing. The
lovely Lycena eurybia, eros, orbitulus, pheretes, and delicate kinds
of Psodos, here give full occupation to the collector, and make the
choice embarrassing among the superabundance of riches. The
path now turns abruptly round a jutting angle of the mountain,
bringing at once into sight the sea-green pinnacles of the glacier
by which the ravine is terminated, and from the heart of which
the Moell gushes forth. They form a contrast truly grand with
the rich vegetation of so vernal a character that is spread all
around. From this the Platte (a scarpment of rock through
which a rather precipitous path is cut) has to be ascended, in
order to reach the Brettboden, which overlooks a great portion
of the plain of ice. A countless multitude of Saxifrages with the
most exquisite blossoms curtain the walls of rock, and the White
Everlasting of the Alps (Gnaphalium leontopodium) has its lowest
limit here. Rare species of Carabus and Nebria there are to de-
light the entomologist; and the black salamander (S. atra) is
found in plenty by turning over the massive slabs which rest on
the damp turf.

The last stunted pine now disappears, and the path continues
among the finest mountain meadows, descending a little through
the Pfandlscharte, a narrow dell at the foot of the upper Sattel,
lying eastward from, and rather below the level of, the plain of
ice. Having crossed the Schartenbach, which pours itself into
the fissures of the ice, the southern slope of the higher Sattel is
reached. The mountain rises 9000 feet above the sea level, and
at its foot lie flowery meadows, the haunts of the finest kinds of
Lepidoptera. While I recommend this spot to the entomologist’s

the Carinthian Highlands. 341

attention, in respect to the numerous rarities it affords, I must
not forget to warn him of the danger which attends collecting
here. The fall of great stones and blocks from the heights, de-
tached either by the progressive decay of the rock, or from the
melted snow in sunny weather insinuating itself among the cre-
vices, is an every-day occurrence. I myself saw a falling stone
strip the scalp off a herd-boy to the brows, from the effect of
which he tumbled down stunned from the spot on which he was,
and sustained some dangerous injuries.

The partial ascent of the upper Sattel, which is next to be ac-
complished, is rather more laborious ; for although the path is
not very steep, the blocks which lie strewn all about and the loose
stones make it arduous. The western angle of the mountain
once attained, the pedestrian’s toil is amply recompensed by the
sight of the gigantic pyramid of the Grossglockner with its two
peaks of ice. In a short half-hour the descent is made to the
plain of ice, over which a great sweep is taken to reach the pre-
cipice on the east, called the Gems-grube.

The plain of ice, the Pasterze* as it is called, lying 8000 feet
above the level of the sea, is a league and a half long by three-
quarters wide, and is traversed by a multitude of deep cracks,
which generally originate at the middle, running towards the east
and west, and which must be avoided by taking a circuit where they
are too broad to be leaped. To the east it is inclosed by the upper
Sattel and the Gems-grube ; to the west by the rocky ridges and
ice-blocks of the Grossglockner, and northwards by the Johanns-
berg covered with perpetual snow ; while southward it stretches
away to the ravine in which the Moell has its outlet. After three-
quarters of an hour of circuitous deviation and leaping over ice-
cracks, the grand object, the Gems-grube, is reached. This lies,
as was mentioned before, eastward of the plain of ice, and. pre-
sents an abyss between the opposite precipices, in which the
melted snow from the heights collects, and is drained off into the
crevices of the ice. The chamois is often to be seen here, from
which the spot derives its name, Gems-grube, the Chamois’-hole.

Here and there the face of the rock is diversified with patches
of green sward and with lichens of a pale grayish shade, and
though the place at first sight seems to yield but a scanty herb-
age, it is in truth rich in plants, and will still, in spite of diffi-
culty, be sought by the ardent lover of nature for the sake of
the unrivalled prospect of the Grossglockner. Breya alpina and
the rare Zomatogonium carinthiacum reward the botanist,—the
rare Melitea asteria, and many species of Lepidoptera besides,

* From Passeriza, in Sclavonic a meadow; from the nature of the ground
over which the road to it passes.

342 Excursion of an Insect Hunter in

the entomologist,—for the toil of clambering among the steep
and rugged acclivities.

Although I have specified this spot as the richest mine of rare
species, I was not able myself to visit it more than once during
a stay of four weeks. On two other occasions I ascended as far
as the upper Sattel, and when I had got a view, from its jut-
ting shoulder, over the ice plain towards the Gems-grube, I was
obliged to turn back disappointed, from the quantity of snow that
had fallen there. And in truth this (1844) has been one of the
most unfavourable seasons I could have fixed on for my excursion.
Storm and snow often drove me back with my boxes empty, or
kept me shut up in the house for days together ; the precious
time passing away heavily without a determinate object, while re-
piningly I turned over the leaves of the books I had brought along
with me.

Not more fortunate was an excursion to the Leiter, which is
indeed rich in plants and probably in insects also, but that Cat’s-
bridge, a pass of a league in length, where all one’s attention is
incessantly required to avoid falling over the precipice, is not well-
adapted for collecting insects.

On the other hand, three excursions which I made to the
Moharkopf and the Astner plains were very productive. There
I found, to my not small delight,‘ Hepialus ganna, a species I had
never seen before, on the wing in open day. An excursion to
the Alp-horn of Zirknitz too procured me, in addition to the
species of Salmo peculiar to that locality, an extremely imter-
esting new Chiton, the first of the genus that has to my know-
ledge been found in fresh water.

On my return I stopped for eight days at Salzburg, where a
eareful inspection of private collections, as well as of the exten-
sive one belonging to the Prince Archbishop of Schwarzenberg,
has enabled me to submit to the scientific public the annexed
commencement of a ‘ Fauna Lepidopterorum’ of Salzburg. My
desire is, that this, imperfect as it is, may serve as an introduc-
tion to the riches of this nearly unexplored district, and may in-
duce many of my entomological friends to frequent excursions in
that direction.

PAPILIONIDA.

Meliteaa maturna*. M. cynthia, three specimens taken in the
meadows of the Brettboden, elevation 7000 feet. Its season seems
to be the month of July. Inhabits high mountain ranges. M. ar-
temis*. M. merope, a few were found on the 9th of August about
the precipices of the Gems-grube above the Mer de Glace; they
were quite fresh. The insect is very wild and difficult to catch on
account of its rapid flight and the nature of the ground. WM. cinzia,
didyma, phebe, dictynna, athalia, parthenia*. M. asterie, a species ex-

the Carinthian Highlands. 348

tremely rare and little known. Found on the most abrupt and ele-
vated declivities, and where the vegetation was most scanty. In
these desert spots they hover singly, with slow motion, over the
scattered patches of turf overgrown with the common gray lichen.
The Moharkopf near Dollach, and the precipices above the Pasterze
at Heiligenblut, are its haunts. Its season the latter half of July.

Argynnis selene*. A. euphrosyne, I found a specimen on the lower
Sattel, at the height of 5000 feet. A.dia**. A. pales, common in
Carinthia over all alpine meadows from 5000 to 8000 feet elevation,
where it is found about the various species of Hieracium abundant
there. On the highest alps the females have the wings darker-co-
loured, sometimes with a steel-blue gloss, or entirely white shaded
with black. Both these varieties pair with the common form.
A. hecate, ino (amathusia), latona, niobe, adippe, aglaia, paphia*,
var. valesina, found in Moell-dale, ? only, and paired with the com-
mon A. paphia. ‘This new species therefore must be struck out of
our lists. It is related to paphia as isis to pales. <A. paphia was
abundant in the spots where valesina occurred.

Vanessa cardui**, everywhere, extending even to the highest alps.
V. atalanta, io, antiopa, polychloros, xanthomelas**. V. urtice**, in
all states, on the highest alpine meadows. V. c-album*. V. prorsa;
I found the caterpillar not rare, with its web, among the leaves of
Urtica dieca, on the way from Béckstein to Nassfeld on the 31st of
July. A month later the butterfly was abundant in the valley of the
Salzach. :

Limenitis cucilla, sibilla, carilla, populi*.

Apatura iris, ilia, var. clytie*, var. eos, a fine specimen taken in
Moell-dale.

Hipparchia proserpina, hermione, alcyone, briseis, semele, statilina,
phedra*, H. aello, very rare, about the rocky slopes above the
glacier near Heiligenblut. The specimens taken in the beginning of
August were already much wasted. WH. janira*, eudora, hyperan-
thus**, H. dejanira*. H. hiera, on the way to the Leiter, near Hei-
ligenblut. H. mera, megera, egeria, galathea var. leucomelas*.. H.
cassiope, single specimens found in the elevated meadows on the
road to the Pasterze; more common in the Gems-grube. WH. pharte,
a few specimens below the Tauernhaus in the valley towards Rauris,
after the middle of August. H. melampus, in open spots among the
stunted firs; generally diffused, but nowhere common. JH. pyrrha,
only in the little mountain meadows under the Platte near Heiligen-
blut: notcommon. H. medusa*. H.nerine, one of the rarer alpine
species. I found only three wasted specimens, on the 8rd of August,
in wooded rocky spots on the lower Sattel. It seems not to extend
beyond the wooded region, as it likes shady places. 1. medea, ligea**;
of the former species fine varieties. H. euryale, common on the
way from Bockstein to the Nassfeld: rarer in Carinthia. H. pronoe,
one of the commonest kinds in the alps. H. gorge, at the Leiter, on
the rocks of the tarn of Zirknitz, and about the Astner plains near
Doellach, sparingly. HH. manto; this rare butterfly frequents the
highest spots of the fells of Nassfeld and Mallnitz, as well as the

344 Excursion of an Insect Hunter an

Gems-grube above Heiligenblut. Its flight is wavering and unsteady ; ©
a few paces from the spot where it rose, it darts down again among
the herbage, so that it is often difficult to find it again. July is its
time of appearance. H. tyndarus; every excursion in the higher
grounds afforded this butterfly in plenty. I found at the Gems-grube
a handsome variety with a silvery-white gloss over the entire lower
surface. H. davus, pamphilus, iphis, hero, arcania*. H.satyrion; this
pretty species was abundant over the meadows of the Pasterze and
the Pfandlscharte. Season August.

Lycena arion, alcon, euphemus, erebus, cyllarus, acis, argiolus, da-
mon, alsus*. LL. pheretes, solely, and sparingly, on the most elevated
meadows above Heiligenblut, before the turn of the road round the
mountain; earlyin August. L. daphnis*. L. corydon, 1 found in the
valley towards Rauris at an elevation of 4000 to 5000 feet. All the
specimens were of the variety in which the colouring of the under-
side is dull, as in the var. izora of H. syllius. L. dorylas*, I found
perfectly fresh specimens after the middle of August, on a mountain
meadow lying 5000 feet high. L. adonis, icarius, alexis*. LL. eros,
orbitulus ; both species in tolerable plenty on the meadows through
which the road to the Pasterze passes. L. agestis, eumedon, argus,
@gon, amyntas, polysperchon, hylas, battus, chryseis*. L. eurybia, in the
elevated meadows on the hither side of the turn of the road mentioned
before ; also above the Platte, but is rare. August. J. virgauree,
phleas, lucina, rubi, quercus, spini, ilicis, w-album, pruni, betule**.

Papilio podalirius*, P. machaon**.

Doritis apollo**, throughout the summer, in the environs of Salz-
burg, in the valleys of the Salzach and the Moell. D. delius, only —
among the alps. In the Pfandlscharte hard by the glacier of Heili-
genblut, and on the Rauris-fell, it was still in fresh condition at the
end of August ; while specimens taken on an excursion to the Leiter
early in that month were quite wasted. It is rare. D.mnemosyne**.

Pontia crategi, brassice, rape, napi**. The last three often deceived
me among the alps, where I mistook them at a distance for P. cal-
Lidice. Var. brionice in a dell of a wood at Sagritz. P. callidice, a
single wasted specimen (?) of this rare butterfly was taken in the
Gems-grube. July seems to be the season for it. P. daplidice*.
P. cardamines, sinapis**.

Colias edusa var. helice, chrysotheme*. C. phicomone, abundant in
elevated alpine meadows; is said also to occur rarely on the Geis-
berg near Salzburg. C. hyale*. C. paleno, found in former years
on the Nassfeld. C. rhamni**. if

Hesperia malvarum var. althee, carthami*. H. fritillum, rare, in
high alpine meadows. JH. alveolus, sertorius, tages, paniscus, sylva-
nus, linea, lineola*. H. comma*, also on the highest alps.

SPHINGIDA.
Atychia statices*.
At. chrysocephala, n. sp. 'Thorace abdomine alisque anticis czeruleo-
viridibus, posticis fuscis, antennis valde pectinatis, capite auro-
micante.

the Carinthian Highlands. 345

Size of At. infausta, but most nearly allied to At. statices. The pro-
cesses of the antenne are much longer, and not so close-set as in that
species. The front, thorax and abdomen have a number of fine gray
hairs standing singly, which are not found there. The head has a
bright golden gloss, set off by the contrast of the hairy body, while
the head and thorax appear of a uniform colour in statices. The pre-
sent species also is but half the size, and does not occur at a lower
elevation than 7000 feet. Found about the Pasterze in August,
hovering in the sunshine and sitting in pairs on flowers.

A. pruni*,

Zygena minos**, on the highest alps as well as in the lowlands.
Z. scabiose, achillee*. Z.exulans, in alpine meadows 6000 to 7000
feet high ; flying singly and not common. In August the specimens
were generally wasted. Z. meliloti, lonicere, filipendule**. Z. hip-
pocreptdis, a few specimens only in a coppice below Dillach. Z.an-
gelice, peucedani, ephialtes, falcata, onobrychis*.

Syntomis phegea*.

Sesia apiformis, asiliformis, culiciformis, mutilleformis, tenthredi-
niformis**

Macroglossa fuciformis, bombiliformis*. M.croatica*, on the au-
thority of Freyer. M. stellatarum, enothere*.

Deilephila nerii, celerio*. D. elpenor, porcellus, galit, euphorbie**,

Sphine pinastri, convolvuli, ligustri*.

Smerinthus tilie*. Sm. ocellata, popult**.

BomByYcip&.

Saturnia spini*, carpini**.

Aglia tau**, Endromis versicolor*.

Harpyia vinula, erminea, bicuspis, bifida, fagi, milhauseri*.

Notodonta tritophus, ziczac, dromedarius, cucullina, camelina, ar-
gentina, palpina, plumigera, dodonea, chaonia*.

Cossus ligniperda, esculi*.

Hepialus humuli*. H. carnus, said to occur at an elevation of 7000
feet. H. sylvinus*. H. ganna; I found this rare moth flying in the
sunshine on the highest mountains of Carinthia; from the rapidity
of its flight it is very hard to catch. It varies much. ‘Time the
middle of August.

Lithosia quadra, griseola, complana, aureola, rubricollis, rosea,
roscida*.

L. melanomos, n. sp. Alis anticis obscure fulvis nigro-punctatis,
costis duabus nigris, posticis fuscis, collari et scapulis atris.
Found in the immediate environs of the Grossglockner at an ele-

vation of 9000 feet. It appeared after a shower, flying,heavily and
solitary. The black collar and tippets, the wing-ribs black from
their origin, the sooty shade, combined with the locality, distin-
guish it from LZ. roscida, to which it comes near in appearance as
well as size.

L. freyeri, n. sp. Alis omnibus pallide ialvancils anticis angustis,
seriebus tribus punctorum minimorum.

Also found on the Carinthian alps, fluttering heavily in the sun-

346 Excursion of an Insect Hunter in

shine about the face of rocks, in the month of August. Intermediate
between L. roscida and L. irrorea. Size of the former, from which
it is distinguished by the arrangement and smaller size of the black
dots, the outline of the wings, and the gray colour of the underside
in the fore pair. From JL. irrorea it differs by the smaller size, out-
line of the wings, and by its pale colour.

L. irrorea occurs solitary both in Moell-dale and among the alps,
but seems not to ascend above the limit of the pines. JL. eborina,
ancilla, mundana*.

Psyche. Not asingle specimen of this genus occurred in the per-
fect state, though so abundant in the earlier stages. It may seem
incredible when I say, that in an excursion over the grassy slopes
behind the turn of the road above Heiligenblut, at an elevation of
8000 feet, I came to a spot where a species of Psyche was in such
abundance, that on looking fixedly at the ground, overspread with
stones from the heights and a scanty sward, it appeared to be all in
motion, like a populous ant-hill, so that one grasp, made at random,
caught hundreds. I did not succeed in rearing the moth. It would
be interesting to follow out,the history of this, probably new, species,
which occurs on the alps in millions, compared with which our most
common Tinee may be accounted rarities.

Liparis monacha*, dispar, salicis, chrysorrhea, auriflua**.

Orgyia pudibunda, fascellina, antiqua*.

Pygera anastomosis, reclusa, anachoreta, curtula, bucephala*.

Gastropacha betulifolia, quercifolia, pini, pruni, potatoria, medica-
ginis, quercus, rubi, populi, crategi, processionea, lanestris, neustria*.

Euprepia cribrum, pulchra*. E. grammica; a variety with the
lower wings entirely black is found in the subalpine districts, but
more frequently in Lower Carinthia. About Salzburg this species
has not occurred. HH. russula, jacobee*. E. plantaginis var. hospita,
with the lower wings white, on the highest. alpine meadows in Au-
gust. . matronalis, Fr., seems to be rare in the Carinthian moun-
tains. In all my repeated excursions I found but two specimens
near the Mer de Glace. Its flight in the daytime is rapid and
sustained, and it is hard to catch, from the precipitous nature of
the ground. LE. dominula, hera, purpurea, aulica*. EE. matronula;
the caterpillar of this species, sought for with little success by other
methods where there were traces of its presence, was obtained by
removing the thin layer of turf from the rocky undersoil. JL. caja,
a @ freshly disclosed was found in Upper Carinthia at an elevation
of 4000 feet. #. villica, hebe, fuliginosa, mendica, menthastri, urtice,
lubricipeda*.

Nocruapa.

Acronycta leporina, aceris, megacephala, alni, ligustri, strigosa, tri-
dens, psi, auricoma*, A. rumicis**, A. euphrasie ; of the only two
specimens which I took of this rare moth, which is not found about
Salzburg, one was taken on the planks of the water-course at Bock-
stein above Gastein, the second on a garden-wall in Moell-dale, early
in August.

Dipthera ludifica**, orion*.

the Carinthian Highlands. 347

Bryophila perla, ereptricula, fraudatricula*.
Cymatophora xanthoceros, ruficollis, diluta, bipuncta, octogesima,
00%.

Episema ceruleocephala*. E. graminis, frequent in Moell-dale,
sitting on heads of thistles; found more abundantly nine years be-
fore on the Rossalp, where it was flying about incessantly in the
sunshine. In the beginning of August the moth was already worn.

Agrotis ocellina; I took some specimens, with very clear mark-
ings, on the meadows of the Pasterze and the Moharkopf. I never
met with the species below an elevation of 5000 feet. Its time of
appearance is after the middle of July. A. alpestris, taken several
times in Moell-dale and on the lower Sattel. Season the same.
A, tritici, fumosa, obelisca, ruris, saucia, segetum, corticea, exclama-
tionis, forcipula*. A. suffusa*, a freshly disclosed specimen was
found under a stone at an elevation of 4000 feet. A. fatidica; on
the 3rd of August I was crossing the grassy slopes (on which the
snow was lying a foot deep) behind the turn of the road above Hei-
ligenblut, having in vain attempted to make my way above. Ina
little meadow where the snow was mostly melted I took an Agrotis,
which I supposed to be new, not remembering to have ever seen it be-
fore, but which, on referring to Freyer’s excellent figure, proved to be
fatidica. It was flying with avery rapid and sustained flight, hovering
over the snow-covered declivities, and at last settled on the turf close
to me, where I caught it. A fortnight after-I took a second, sitting
on the flowers of a Sonchus, at an elevation of 7000 feet, while the
former locality lay 1500 feet higher still. The Carinthian alps and
the very verge of the snowy region appear therefore to be the native
place, till now undetermined, of this rare species.

Amphipyra tragopoginis, livida, pyramidea, typica, perflua, pyro-
phila, lucipeta*.

Noctua ravida, augur, sigma, baja, candelisequa, brunnea, festiva,
comma-nigrum, depuncta, rhomboidea, polygona, musiva, plecta*.

Tryphena comes, subsequa, pronuba var. innuba, fimbria*.

Hadena saponarie, perplexa, capsincola**, H. behenis (Freyer in
litt.), n. sp.* H. cucubali, popularis, leucophea, cespitis, atriplicis,
satura, adusta, thalassina, gemina, genista, contigua, convergens, di-
stans, protea*. H. dentina* var. ongspurgeri, at Brettwande in Moell-
dale, and appears to be confined to the alpine districts.

Phlogophora meticulosa, lucipara*.

Miselia cesia, a single specimen was taken on a wall below Mall-
nitz. MM. conspersa, comta, albimacula, filigramma, eulta, oxyacanthe,
aprilina*.

Polia chi, dysodea, saliceti, flavicincta, nigrocincta, advena, nebulosa,
herbida*.

Trachea piniperda* is not rare, yet the caterpillar has not been
found to injure the plantations.

Apamea nictitans, didyma*. A. imbecilla, only on the highest alps ;

‘I found it, flying in the sunshine, on the upper Sattel, where it is
very rare. A. latruncula, strigilis, testacea, basilinea*.

Mamesira pisi, oleracea, chenopodti, brassice, furva, persicarie*.,

Thyatira batis, derasa*.

348 Excursion of an Insect Hunter in the Carinthian Highlands.

Calpe libatriz*.

Mythimna xanthographa*.

Orthosia instabilis, munda, ypsilon, lota, macilenta, gracilis, gothica,
stabilis, leucographa, cruda, congener, nitida, pistacina, litura*.

Caradrina morpheus, cubicularis, blanda, respersa, trilinea, bilinea*.

Leucania pallens, vitellina, impura, albipuncta, conigera, obsoleta,
comma, album*.

Gortyna flavago*. |

Xanthia echii, rufina, ferruginea, citrago, croceago, cerago*.

Cosmia fulvago, trapezina, retusa, subtusa, diffinis, affinis, pyralina*.
C. cuprea, flying about flowers, in the sun, on the Rossalp near
Golling, and in meadows below the Tauernhaus of Rauris. The
specimens taken after the middle of August were generally wasted.

Cerastis vaccinii, glabra, satellitia*.

Xylina vetusta, exoleta, conformis, zinckenti, rhizolitha, petrificata,
conspicillaris, picta*. X. rurea, polyodon, lithoxylea, lateritia, virens,
petrorhiza**,

Asteroscopus cussinia, nubeculosa*.

Cleophana pinastri, linarie*.

Cucullia abrotani, absynthii, tanaceti, umbratica, lactuce, lucifuga,
asteris, verbasci*. C.ceramanthea, Fr.*

Abrostola triplasia, urtice*.

Plusia illustris, moneta, festuce, chrysitis, orichalcea, jota, percon-
tationis, gamma*. JP. interrogationis**, rare about Salzburg, more
frequent among the lower alps. P. ain; I have seen but one speci-
men, which was found on one of the Pinzgau alps. P. divergens
occurs at an elevation of 7000 to 8000 feet, in the meadows of the
Pasterze, the Mallnitz fell, and the Moharkopf. It is remarkably
wild, flying in the sunshine, about mostly inaccessible precipices,
and is therefore difficult to procure.

Anarta heliaca*.

Heliothis ononis, dipsacea, scutosa, marginata, delphinii*.

Acontia solaris, luctuosa*.

Erastria sulphurea, fuscula, paula*.

Ophiusa lunaris*.

- Catephia alchymista*.

Mania maura*.

Catocala fraxini, elocata, nupta, dilecta, sponsa, promissa, electa,
agamus, paranympha*.

Brephos parthenias*.

Euclidia glyphica, mi*. |

Platypteryx spinula, falcula, hamula, unguicula, lacertula*.

The above catalogue has not yet been carried further than the
Noctue. The extract given is considerably abridged, omitting
the specifications of locality, &c. (except as regards the alpine
species) and the detailed descriptions of the new species. Those
which are found in the environs of Salzburg are here denoted by -
an asterisk, placed at the end of the paragraph or after the single
species. The double asterisk denotes those found also in Upper
Carinthia and in the valley of the Moell in particular.

Zoological Society. 349

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Descriptions of six new species of birds, by John Gould, Esq. :—

Trogon assimitis. Mas, Trog. vertice, corpore superiore, et pec-
tore aureo-viridibus ; loro, auribus, guldque nigris; rectricibus
intermediis duabus aureo-fuscis, viride tinctis; pogoniis lateralium
duarum his proximarum utrinque externis virido-fuscis aureo
splendentibus, internis autem, apicibusque, nigris ; nigris quoque
rectricibus externis, modo marginibus pogoniarum fasciis albis
tenuibus transversim ornatis ; alis nigris, tectricibus et secondariis
lineis lete griseis transverse flexuosis delicatissime pictis.

Male.—Crown of the head, all the upper surface and chest rich
golden green; lores, ear-coverts and throat black; two middle tail-
feathers golden greenish brown, tipped with black; the two next on.
each side have the inner web and tip black, and the outer web golden

reenish brown; outer feathers black, crossed for a short space on
either side the web by very fine irregular bars, and largely tipped
with white ; wings black, the coverts and secondaries finely penciled
with irregular zigzag markings of light grey; primaries margined
externally with light grey; abdomen and under surface fine scarlet,
separated from the green of the chest by a narrow crescent of white ;
bill orange-yellow ; feet yellowish brown.

Female.—Head, chest and upper surface brown; two middle tail-
feathers dull chestnut-brown, tipped with black; the two next on
each side black on their inner webs and at the tip, and dull chestnut-
brown on their outer webs; the remaining feathers black on their
inner webs at the base, largely tipped with white, the intermediate
portion crossed by alternate irregular bars of black and white ; wings
as in the male, but with the coverts and secondaries freckled with
yellowish brown instead of grey; ear-coverts black; under surface
scarlet, separated from the brown of the chest by a crescent of white ;
bill and feet yellowish brown.

Total length, 10 inches; bill, 1; wing, 5; tail, 6; tarsi, 2.

Hab, Peru.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Trogon personata, but differing from
that species in the tail being nearly black, in the transverse markings
being very slight and in the extremities more largely tipped with
white ; the freckled markings of the wing are also much more minute.

CINCLOSOMA CINNAMOMEUS. Cinc. toto superiore corpofe, scapu-
laribus, rectricibus duabus intermediis, pectore ad latera, et lateribus
cinnamomeis ; alarum tectricibus nigris, plumis singulis ad apices
albis ; lined superciliari indistincté albd ; guld loroque nitide nigris ;
magnd ovatd maculd infra oculum, et corpore inferiore albis ; pec-
tore magnd maculd nitide nigrd, formd tanquam sagitie, signatd.

The whole of the upper surface, scapularies, two central tail-

feathers, sides of the breast and flanks cinnamon-brown ; wing-coverts
jet-black, each feather largely tipped with white; above the eye a
faint stripe of white; lores and throat glossy black, with a large oval

850 Zoological Society.

patch of white seated within the black, beneath the eye; under sur-
face white, with a large arrow-shaped patch of glossy black on the
breast ; feathers on the sides of the abdomen with a broad stripe of
black down the centre; lateral tail-feathers jet-black, largely tipped
with pure white; under tail-coverts black for four-fifths of their
length on the outer web, their inner webs and tips white; eyes
brown; tarsi olive; toes black. |

Total length, 75 inches; bill, $; wing, 32; tail, 3$; tarsi, 12.

Hab. South Australia. Shot by Capt. Sturt at the Depdt, lat.
29° 40’, June 9, 1845. .

This fine new species, discovered by the enterprising traveller Sturt,
is of peculiar interest, as being one of the few inhabitants of the
sterile and inhospitable interior of Australia, and as forming the
third species of the genus known to belong to that portion of the
globe; it is considerably smaller than either of its congeners, and
also differs from them in the beautiful cinnamon colouring of the
upper surface. It now forms part of the national collection at the
British Museum.

Rampuastos Inca. Foem. Ramph. nigra ; rostro nigro, in lateribus
sanguinea obnubilato ; culmine mandibule superioris ad apicem, et
laté fascid basali flavis, hae postice lined nigrd, antic? lined coc-
cined cinctd ; guld et pectore albis flavitinctis, hoc torque sanguineo
infra succincto ; tectricibus caude inferioribus aurantiacis.

Bill black, clouded on the sides with blood-red, with the culmen
and point of the lower mandible yellow, and with a broad basad belt
of the same colour, bounded posteriorly with a narrow line of black,
and anteriorly with a narrow line of scarlet; the yellow clouded with
olive on the lower mandible ; naked skin round the eye purple, passing
into yellow on its outer margin; irides brown; legs and feet bluish
lead-colour ; general plumage black ; throat and chest white, tinged
with yellow, and bounded below by a band of blood-red ; upper tail-
coverts rich orange; under tail-coverts blood-red.

Total length, 20 inches; bill, 5; wing, 94; tail, 7; tarsi, 21.

Hab. Bolivia: in the elevated and dense forests at Chimorée, in
the country of the Yuracaras Indians. Brought to this country by
Mr. Bridges, and now in the collection of the Earl of Derby.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Ramphastos erythrorhynchus.

The above is the description of a female.

PreRoGLossus cucuLuaTus. Pter. vertice et occipite aterrimis ;
latéd macula semilunari ad nucham griseo-ceruled ; dorso, humeris,
apicibusque tectricum alarum majorum aureo-oleagineis, uropygio
autem et tectricibus caud@ superioribus virido-flavis infectis ; tectri-
cibus alarum superioribus, pogoniis externis primariarum, et secon-
darits saturate viridibus ; pogoniis internis nigris ; genis guldque
Sferrugineis, harum colore cum inferioris corporis ceruleo-griseo
gradatim confuso ; tectricibus caude inferioribus nitidé coccineis ;
rostro flavo-viridi obnubilato, nist tertid parte apicali, et maculd
oblonga utringue ad basin inferioris mandibule, nigris.

Crown of the head and occiput deep shining black; at the back

Zoologica! Society. — 851

of the neck a broad crescentic mark of blue-grey ; back, shoulder,
and tips of the greater wing-coverts golden olive, passing into
greenish yellow on the rump and upper tail-coverts; greater wing-
coverts, outer webs of the primaries and the secondaries dark green ;
inner webs black; sides of the face and throat sooty black, gradually
blending with the dark bluish grey of the under surface ; under tail-
coverts shining crimson ; thighs light chestnut; bill yellow, clouded
with green for two-thirds of its length from the base, and black for
the remainder of its length; the under mandible with an oblong
irregularly-shaped patch of black on each side near the base; feet
greenish lead-colour.

Total length, 18 inches; bill, 4; wing, 7; tail, 74; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The forests of Cocapata, department of Cochabamba, Bolivia.

Remark.—Three specimens of this highly interesting new species
were brought home by Mr. Bridges; two of them are now in the
possession of the Earl of Derby, and the third in the collection at the
British Museum. The sexes are precisely similar in colour and
markings, but the female may be readily distinguished by her some-
what smaller size and by the much smaller size of the bill.

The whole of the plumage is very dense or thick.

Opontornorus Bauiiviant. Odont, capite cristdque ferrugineo-
rujis; infra et pone oculum latd aterrimd maculd, supra et subter
lined rubro-cervind marginatad ; corpore inferiore castaneo-fusco,
nigro minutissime vidi fat 3 act singulis maculd albd ornatis.
Head and crest rich rusty red ; beneath and behind the eye a broad
patch of deep black, bounded above and below by a stripe of reddish
buff; upper surface olive, minutely freckled with black ; the feathers
of the centre of the back and scapularies with a fine line of bu
white down the apical half of the stem, and with a small double spot
of black on their inner, and a large patch of black on their outer
webs, bounded above and below with rusty red; primaries and se-
condaries brown, crossed with irregular bands of rusty red, freckled
with black; under surface dark chestnut-brown or coffee-colour,
minutely freckled with black, each feather with an irregularly-shaped
patch of white, bordered with black near the centre, giving the whole
of the under surface a singularly rich and sparkling appearance ; bill
black ; feet lead-colour.
Total length, 12 inches; bill, 1; wing, 6}; tail, 23; tarsi, 2;
middle toe and nail, 24.

Hab. The forests of Cocapata, department of Cochabamba, Bolivia.

Remark.—I have named this new bird Balliviani, in honour of
General Ballivian, President of the Republic of Bolivia. It is one of
the finest species of that section of the group to which the term
Odontophorus is now restricted, is nearly allied to the bird I have
named Odontophorus guttatus, and may be readily recognised by its
larger size and by the still more conspicuous marking of the under
surface.

We are indebted to the researches of Mr. Bridges for our know-

ledge of this beautiful bird.

CaLuirerLa venusta, Call. fronte mento guldque holoserico-nigris,

352 Entomological Society.

Sfascid albé ab oculi posteriore angulo latd circumdatd ; nigrdé cristd

rectd et erectd ; occipiie ferrugineo-rufo ; pectore ceruleo-griseo ;
abdomine superiore cervino, medio nigro, inferiore tectricibusque
caude inferioribus arenaceis ; plumis ad latera castaneis, mediis
sed pogoniis stramineo-albis.

Forehead, chin and throat deep velvety black, encircled from the
posterior angle of the eye with a broad line of white; across the
head and passing down behind the eye another line of white, bounded
posteriorly with black; crest straight, erect, and of a.deep black ;
occiput rusty red ; feathers of the sides and back of the neck lan-
ceolate in form and of a blue- -grey, encircled all round with brown ;
back, wings, rump and upper tail-coverts olive-grey ; tertiaries edged
with buff narrowly on their outer webs and broadly on their inner
ones ; tail grey; chest blue-grey; upper part of the abdomen buff ;
centre of the abdomen black; flank-feathers rich chestnut, with a
line of buffy white down the centre; lower part of the abdomen and
under tail-coverts sandy buff, with a broad stripe of greyish brown
down the centre of each of the latter; bill black; feet brown.

Total length, 8? inches; bill, 13; wing, 44; tail, 4; tarsi, 13;
middle toe and nail, 12.

Hab. Supposed to be California.

Remark.—I am indebted to the kindness of M. Louis Coulon,
Director of the Museum at Neufchatel, for the loan of this species,
for the purpose of figuring in my monograph: it is the only specimen
I have seen, and in all probability is the only one that has been sent
to Europe; it is a bird whose rarity is only equalled by its beauty :
it is very nearly allied to Callipepla Californica, but is distinguished
from that bird by the straight form of the crest, the rich colouring of
the flank-feathers, by the absence of the scale-like aes of the
abdomen, and the greater length of the tail.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

May 5th, 1845.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

Captain Parry exhibited a small collection of insects chiefly from
New Holland; also an exotic Curculio, with two long Clavarie
springing from the elytra and thorax.

The President exhibited a large Ant Lion in spirits from the plains
of Marathon.

_ Mr. C. Lamb exhibited a specimen of Deinacrida heteracantha in
spirits, remarkable for its immense mandibles.

Mr. 8. Stevens described a plan of setting the wings of moths so
as to give them a curved and somewhat deflexed appearance, by cut-
ting a groove down the centre of the narrow setting-board (in which
the body of the insect is lodged), and giving the sides the proper
deflexed curve.

The following papers were read :—

“‘On the genus Holoparamecus of Curtis.” By J. O. Westwood.

After detailing the history of the establishment of this genus, and
its identity with the genera Calyptobium, Villa, Amphibolonarzron,

- Entomological Society. ~ 853

Porro, and Latrinus, Walk., and the various observations made upon it
by Messrs. Curtis, Aubé and Guérin-Meneville, the author shows its
affinity to Latridius and Mycetea, alluding especially to the remark-
able circumstance, that some of the species possess nine joints to the
antenne, another ten, and another eleven. Whereupon Mr, J. F.
Stephens stated, that he had taken species of this genus on the wing
at Hertford, Camberwell and South Lambeth.

‘“‘ Notes.on the supposed Sense of Pain in Insects.” By Mr. C.
Boreham ; of which the following is an abstract. On pinning two
moths (one through both the thorax and abdomen) in the daytime,
they remained immoveable until their usual time of flight in the
evening; whilst a peacock-butterfly pinned just before sunset was
found early next morning as perfect as when left, and on removing
the pin it flew away. Some beetles on being pinned at first remained
for a short time inanimate, and then struggled violently as if endea-
vouring to escape from confinement: a specimen merely confined by
a brace across the body performed the same motions. From three
specimens of the common house-fly, engaged in cleaning their fore-
feet, he cut off one of the hind-legs, whereupon two of the insects
continued the action without any signs of inconvenience, as did also
the third, after moving a few inches.

Mr. C. Lamb. stated that he had observed, that Coleoptera when
stuck with a pin which is subsequently removed die shortly after-
wards; but the President stated, that he had observed that the
species of Colymbetes possess the power of repairing the injury done
to the elytra by piercing them.

June 2nd.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Weir exhibited a fine specimen of the male of Dorithesia Cha-
racias, remarkable for the long white filamentous tuft at the extre-
mity of the body.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited living specimens of Rhynchites cupreus
from Black Park, Bucks, and also from the north of England, taken on
the flowers of the mountain ash, in company with Molorchus minor.

Mr. Douglas exhibited an apparently new species of Orthotenia,
recently taken amongst heath at West Wyckham.

Captain Parry exhibited a box of Coleoptera from China and the
Himalayas, including several fine Lucani, and a new species of Tri-
ctenotoma*,

The Rev. F. W. Hope brought under the notice of the meeting
the destruction caused by white ants and other insects to the wooden
sleepers used in the railroads in India, and reference to the kyanizing
process having been made, Mr. J. F. Stephens stated, that on one
occasion he had taken a number of specimens of Thanasimus unifas-

* Trictenotoma enea, Parry MSS. Nigra subnitida, elytris eneis, versus
suturam cupreis, pubescentid tenui albidd obtecta, prothorace utr inque
pone medium spind acutd armato ; mandibulis porrectis, lateribus extus
subsinuatis. Long. corp. cum mandibulis feré unc. 3.—Hab. in India
orientali prope montes Himalayanas. Mus. Parry.—J.O.W.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

854 _ Entomological Society.

ciatus on palings at Camberwell, but that none were found on adja-
cent palings which had been kyanized.

The following papers were read :—

‘** Descriptions of two new genera of Carabide.” By J.O. West-
wood.

Hextivopes, Westw. Genus novum Helluoni proximum, habitu
vero Morionis cum trophis Anthiarum. Caput maximum (pro-
thorace multd majus) ; mandibule porrecte, acute, intus inermes ;
maxille elongate, apice subunguiculate ; palpi interni valde cur-
vati; externi maxillis viz dupld longiores ; mentum in medio valdé
emarginatum ; labium angustum, elongatum ; palpi labiales arti-
culo ultimo precedente mulid minori ; prothorax truncato-corda-
tus, marginatus ; elytra depressa ; pedes mediocres ; tibiis anticis
intus ante apicem emarginatis ; tarsorum articulo 4to simplici.

Helluodes Taprobanz, Westw. Niger nitidus, labro femoribus
apiceque abdominis piceo-rufis. Long. corp. lin. 15.—Hab. in
Insula ‘Taprobane. In Mus. D. Melly.

PiatynoprEs, Westw. ~- Genus (vel potius subgenus) novum Mo-
rioni proximum. Corpus magnum, latiusculum, depressum ; caput
magnum, planum, levissimum, antice bi-impressum, clypeo emargi-
nato; labrum parvum, quadratum, antice valde emarginatum ;
mandibule magne, intus versus medium obtusé dentate; mazille
et instrumenta labialia ut in Morione orientali; antenne breves,
compresse, articulis apicalibus parce setosis; pronotum capite
brevius, longitudine latius ; cordato-truncatum marginatum, stria
tenui media impressa impressionibusque duabus ad angulos pos-
ticos ; elytra lata, depressa, levia, striis paucis tenuibus impressa,
costaque tenui ex humeris fere ad apicem ducta ; pedes mediocres ;
tarsis brevibus, ut in Morione. ;

Platynodes Westermanni, Westw. Niger levis subnitidus, capite
nitidissimo ; labro et antennis piceis; elytris striis tenuissimis
equalibus, serieque punctorum intra margines laterales instructis.
Long. corp. lin. 12 (mandibulis exclus.).—Hab. in Guinea.
Mus. Westw. A Dom. Westermanno communicatus.

An extract from a letter from Captain Boys addressed to Mr.
‘Westwood, containing notes on the habits of the genera Dorylus,
Ascalaphus, &c. was also read.

“‘ Dorylus,” he states, ‘‘is certainly more closely allied to Formica
than to Mutilla, as far as the little experience I have had holds good.”
In a house in which Captain Boys resided at Gorruckpore, ‘‘ a nest
of these insects was located; and one evening they swarmed to such
an extent as to become a perfect nuisance. A small orifice was dis-
covered in the flooring (brick and earth plastered) immediately
beneath the dining-table, from which hundreds were escaping. Those
with wings after moving about a few seconds took flight; the apte-
rous ones (which were no bigger than a common house-fly, or
smaller), and to me appearing true ants, remained swarming, and
entering in and out in the same manner as ants on a sunny day.
This was at night. I collected a host of both kinds: I can therefore
say positively that they live in society, excavate nests in the earth,
and to the best of my belief are divided into neuters and workers.”

Entomological Society. — 355

_A specimen was forwarded with this communication of derydium
(Tetrix, Latr.) Harpago, Serville, with the observation, that the insect
is a true swimmer; the formation of its posterior legs might alone
lead one to make a shrewd guess of the fact. Itis found abundantly
near the waterfalls at Mhow in Malwa, frequenting the sedges on
the banks of the stream. He had often seen them swim under water
from one bank to the other, a distance of three or four yards; and
they had several times tried his patience by remaining under water
attached to a stone. He had constantly observed a small, silver-like
bubble of air on each side of the thorax close under the base of the
lengthened scutellum, and not unfrequently a third at its apex (as
is seen at the caudal extremity of the Dytisci). ‘They swim with
rapid strokes of both posterior legs thrown out together, and at no
small pace, turning as freely as a Gyrinus when a capture is at-
tempted. Occasionally they will walk steadily down a reed some
feet under water, and there appear to feed on the small weed which
is attached to it. The steps of the bathing-ghat, from which the
water had. receded, being covered with the above-mentioned weed,
were a fine field for them. Of their mastication of this weed he had
repeated opportunities of witnessing ; but they seemed to prefer that

which was submerged, as they were more abundant on the steps
below water except where basking in the sun.

Of a species of Ascalaphus remarkable for its short dilated abdo-
men, long and very clavate antenne, and yellow maculated body,
the writer observes that he had often found the perfect fly on tall
grass knee-deep in water, whence he suspects that the larva may
be aquatic. The Ascalaphi and Myrmeleones when captured emit a
very offensive smell. He had obtained twelve or fourteen species of
Lucanus from the vicinity of Almorah in the Himalayan mountains,
generally found feeding upon rotten fungus, but had never taken
any species in the plains. He had also captured a Megacephala
(apparently identical with MM. euphratica) at Nusseerabad.

A species of Embia was also forwarded, with the observation that
it was not uncommon; but that its habits were remarkable, as it
elaborates a kind of web from the mouth under which it conceals
itself. He had also captured four species of bees whose habits whilst
at rest are curious, since at that time they hold on to a twig by the
mandibles with the body stretched out at right angles from it, with-
out any support from the legs, which are drawn up close to the body.
Specimens of these insects were not forwarded, so that the genus
cannot at present be determined.

July 7th.—The Rev. IF’. W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Edward Doubleday exhibited a case of nocturnal Lepidoptera
from Sydney, including three species of Oiketicus, a new species of
the genus Doratifera (with drawings of its preparatory states, and
of which the larva stings very acutely when touched), and other
new and interesting species.

Mr. Westwood exhibited two monstrosities in the male of the
honey-bee, in one of which the two hind-feet were not more than a

2C2

356. Miscellaneous.

fourth of the normal size (this being a case of retarded development),
and in the other the left antenna was abbreviated with some of the
joints coalescing and internally serrated.

Mr. Desvignes exhibited specimens of Hupithecia togata, Hubn., a
species. new to this country, which had been taken at Black Park,
Bucks, in the middle of the preceding June. Likewise a very dark
variety of Hemerophila abruptaria.

Mr. J. F. Stephens exhibited specimens of the rare Anarta vidua
and cordigera, and Psodos trepidaria, recently captured by Mr.
Weaver in Scotland.

Mr. Weir exhibited specimens of both sexes of Ino globularie
from Lewes, the female being now for the first time noticed in this
country.

Mr. Frend exhibited specimens of the larvee, pupe and imago of
Prionus coriarius, and observed that it only requires fourteen days to
pass from the first to the last of these states.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited several new Australian species of
Longicorn beetles allied to Molorchus, from Hunter’s river.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a specimen of Trictenotoma Childrenii,
and pointed out the distinctions between it and Captain Parry’s new
species from the Himalayas, exhibited at the present meeting. He
also pointed out the peculiarities in the structure of the lower parts
of the mouth of this genus, which had not been previously described.

A description of the male of Gastrowvides ater, an Indian species of
Tabanide, was read by W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S. This sex dif-
fers in having the head broader than the thorax, with the eyes large
and vertically contiguous, and in having a broad rufous band across
the abdomen, occupying the apex of the first, the whole of the second
and the base of the third joints. The female was described by Mr.
Saunders in the third volume of the Transactions of the Society ; and
the male now described is in the collection of Colonel Hearsey.

Extracts from a letter addressed by Captain Boys to Mr. Saunders
were also read, containing a notice of the locusts of India, and of a
new species of Jdmais (belonging to the Pierideous Butterflies).

MISCELLANEOUS.

Description of a new species of Bat from Western Africa, Pteropus
Haldemani. By Epwarp Hatowe.t, M.D

GENERAL expression ferocious ; head resembling that of a dog; ears
of moderate size, smooth for the most part, obtuse at the tip, hairy
at base externally ; there is no tragus; body dark brown above ;
neck, occiput and vertex same colour, but lighter than upon the
- back ; wings and interfemoral membrane of a sienna-brown colour
above and below; thorax and upper part of abdomen and sides
brown; the rest of the abdomen is white; there are two long and
thin hairs upon the muzzle; lips full, nostrils prominent, their mar-
gins being surrounded by a fold of the skin; eyes rather large,
irides -—— ; wings long; that portion of the membrane included be-
tween the phalanges naked, the remainder more or less hairy above

Miscellaneous. 357

and below ; upper surface of the interfemoral membrane hairy, with
the exception of a small part at its posterior extremity which is
naked ; under surface also hairy, but much less.so than the upper ; no
tail; tibia and fibula included within the membranes; four slender
toes, compressed, of nearly equal length, the outer one being a little
shorter than the others ; they are sparingly furnished with thin hairs
varying in length; the terminal phalanx of each is provided with a
robust, sharp and incurvated nail. The index finger like the thumb
is also furnished with a short and incurvated nail.

MEASUREMENTS, inches.
A OVAL TENET a 4 cas inecekadenscd snaseced olde anie ning bighjh vas bepedoessiceccoeses 34
Le OE RMON uicissd pep Prdevigunsnsoossicenedesfwad ogcdincoms dng seoseseee 1Z
Distance between anterior margin of nostril and anterior canthus
OF CYS is ces ogni SoRbiWcakuncnsddadcadunekeaghaedsaceprgcaaccescdgrnces } $15
Distance between angle of mouth and anterior canthus of eye...... 2
Length of neck, body and tail ......c.seseccsesccsecereeeeesseceeeeeeces 3
Length of fore-arm ........... ebiedcegbacsoseesne i bis alte Mpa ae Sts OD m4}
Length, of tibia; coos .évedseesseess weed de dagoeh spins coweyp oGcs wéensrone oe 12}
SNORE, sion cco cbnaanntee soe spel d papndee iss eEbe ade en sapinn salddumhbyeds abpagy 144
FrGU BER OF COUMID .5, casas dpasdnenceagnienns dws dpuienay ot Redecerencdecdscngnes 3
Dental Formula.
Incisors. Canines. False Molars. Molars.
2—2 1—1 1—1 2—2
2—2 1—1 2—2 3—3

This species I have named after my esteemed friend S. S. Halde-
man, Esq., author of the ‘ N. American Limniades,’ who obtained it
with other African animals from Dr. Goheen, Physician to the Ame-
rican Colonization Society.— Silliman’s American Journal, Sept.1846.

Description of two new species of Fossil Echinodermata from the
Eocene strata of the United States. By Samurt Grorce Morron,
M.D.

Cidaris alabamensis.—Compressed, pentagonal, the angles rounded
so as to form a ten-sided figure. Ten rows of tubercles, with nine
or ten in each row. Ambulacra arranged in five pairs, with delicate,
slightly oblique fissures separated by a double elevated line. Surface
between the tubercles and ambulacra finely granulated.

Galerites ? Agassii.—Elevated, hemispherical, with four pairs of
ambulacra which diverge from the apex and meet at the margin,
having each two rows of pores connected by transverse fissures.
Surface marked by numerous distinct granulations, which are con-
tinued over the whole base of the fossil.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this remarkable species to M.
Louis Agassiz, whose profound researches into this class of organized
beings have thrown much new light cn their structure, affinities and
geological relations.

Both these fossils were found by Dr. Albert Koch in the Eocene
strata of Washington Co., Alabama, and by him politely submitted
to me for description.—Silliman’s American Journal, Sept. 1846.

358 Miscellaneous.

A new species of Apus, A. longicaudatus. By Joun LeConrt, F.L.S.

Pale brown: buckler large, thin, gibbous, nearly round, carinate
on the middle of the back, deeply emarginate behind, the edges of
the emargination fringed with short spines ; eyes three, simple, the two
anterior larger, approximate, somewhat lunate, the third one round,
placed in the middle behind the two others : antenne very short, in-
serted near the mandibles, two-jointed, joints cylindrical, subequal,
the second joint somewhat acuminate and naked at the tip: first
pair of feet, or as they have been called, exterior antenne, furnished
with four articulated filaments ; of these filaments, the outer one is
longer than the body, the next half the length of ‘the first, the third
about one-third the length of the second, and the fourth very short :
the other feet, amounting to ten pair, are flattened, trifid at the tip,
the intermediate division being the longest, furnished on the inner
side with a short branch, and externally with a broad lamina ; below
these feet are twelve pair of laminz, the five anterior pair larger, the
seven smaller pair reaching to the vent, which is covered by the last
pair; these laminz are complicated in their structure, and ciliate
with short hairs: ¢ai/ long, consisting of sixteen joints counting
downwards from the vent, the last one the longest, somewhat cori-
aceous, emarginate, and ending in two long articulated naked fila-
ments; the joints of the tail and of the filaments are furnished each
with a row of small spines, which run entirely round.

Length to the end of the tail, 1°5 of an inch; of the buckler, °65 ;
breadth of the same, 7.

Of the habits of this animal we know but little; it was found in
immense numbers in a small shallow lake on the high plateau be-
tween Lodge-pole Creek and Crow Creek, north-east of Long’s Peak,
in the Rocky Mountains: they were swimming about with great ac-
tivity, plunging to the bottom and rising to the surface. All of them
that were caught appear to be males, at least none of them have any
ova attached: the common species in Europe, A. cancriformis, on
the contrary, has never been found but of the opposite sex.—Silli-
man’s American Journal, Sept. 1846.

Structure of the Trunk of Cycas circinalis.

From the examination of some old trunks of Cycas received from
Java, Prof. Miquel draws the following conclusions :—1. The stem
of Cycas is composed of two sorts of elementary organs, viz. paren-
chymatous cells and dotted vessels, agreeing in this respect with the
structure of Conifere. 2. In the distribution of these elementary
organs, it differs greatly from that of Conifere : the wood is disposed
in irregular concentric layers, confluent at certain points, unequal,
having no relation with the buds, separated by broad layers of cel-
lular parenchyma. 3. In the development of the tissues there are
several peculiarities which are not found in Conifere ; for instance,
in the increase of the trunk in length from. the summit only, in the
preponderance of parenchymatous cells, in the ligneous parts being
traversed by cortical parenchyma, &c. 4. In this acrogenous growth

Meteorological Observations. 359

and by the clefts in the woody layers, there is a distant resemblance
with the trunk of Ferns ; but the continuous peripheric growth is a
complete distinction. 5. The structure of the trunk of Cycas, in all
its peculiarities, more nearly resembles certain vegetables of a former
epoch than of the present. The author then compares the trunk of
Cycas with that of Zamia and Encephalartos, which have a single
woody cylinder, with or without medullary rays.—Silliman’s American
Journal, Sept. 1846.

NEW WORK ON ENTOMOLOGY.

Mr. Westwood informs us that he intends commencing the pub-
lication of a new periodical work on the Ist of January, containing
coloured figures and descriptions of new rare and remarkable insects,
natives of India and the adjacent islands.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 1846.

Chiswick.—September 1. Cloudy. 2, 3. Cloudless and hot. 4. Foggy: fine.
5. Very fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Foggy: duskyhaze. 8. Overcast. 9. Very fine.
10. Cloudy. 11—14. Very fine. 15. Slight fog: very fine. 16, 17. Exceed-
ingly fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Foggy: very fine. 20. Clear and dry air. 21,
22. Cloudy. 23. Heavy rain. 24. Uniformly overcast: cloudy: overcast. 25.
Fine: cloudy: clear and fine. 26. Overcast: slight drizzle. 27. Cloudy and
fine: rain. 28. Rain. 29. Clear and cool; rain. 30. Slight fog: cloudy:
clear.

Mean temperature of the month .,....... wap aes ohh dice des shh 60°°79
Mean temperature of Sept. 1845 ......sessesseeees ebvesvess 52 *€0
Mean temperature of Sept. for the last twenty years ... 57 °22
Average amount of rain in Sept. ..........04 emeonbbaccsees 2°73 inches.

Boston.—Sept. 1—3. Fine. 4,5. Cloudy. 6. Cloudy: rain, with thunder
and lightning p.m. 7. Cloudy: 2 o’clock, thermometer 77°, 8. Cloudy. 9.
Cloudy: raine.m. 10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 12. Cloudy. 13—15. Fine.
16,17. Foggy. 18,19. Fine. 20,21. Cloudy. 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy: rain
early a.M.: raina.m. 24. Foggy. 25, 26. Cloudy. 27. Fine: rainr.m. 28.
Cloudy. 29, 30. Fine. '

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept. 1. Cloudy: rain, 2,3. Cloudy. 4. Hazy:
cluudy. 5. Cloudy: fog. 6. Bright: fine. 7. Bright: fog, 8. Bright: clear:
aurora. 9. Bright: clear. 10. Bright: cloudy. 11. Drizzle: damp. 12. Fine:
cloudy. 13. Fog: drizzle. 14. Drizzle: damp. 15. Cloudy: drizzle. 16. Rain:
cloudy. 17, Clear: cloudy. 18, Bright: clear, 19. Bright: cloudy. 20. Bright:
cloudy: clear. 21, Bright: clear: aurora. 22. Bright: hoar frost: clear: aurora S.
23. Bright: cloudy. 24. Rain: cloudy: fog. 25. Clear: cloudy. 26. Cloudy.
27. Clear: cloudy: aurora, 28. Clear. 29, Cloudy: rain. 30. Bright :
cloudy.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Sept. 1, 2. Very fine harvest day. 3. Very
fine harvest day, but threatening. 4, Very fine harvest day ;: stillcloudy. 5. Very
fine harvest day. 6. Very fine harvest day: thunder. 7. Very fine harvest day.
8. Rain a.m.: cleared r.mM. 9—I11. Fair and fine. 12, Fair and fine : thunder.
13. Fair and fine. 14, 15. Fair and fine: fog. 16. Dull day: fog. 17. Dull
and threatening: fog. 18. Still fair, but cloudy. 19. Gentle rain p.m. 20,
Raina. 21. Fair. 22. Fair, butdull, 23. Wet a.m.: lightning. 24. Rain.
25,26. Showers. 27. Rainall day. 28. Showers: thunder, 29, Wet all day.
30. Fair and clear,

Mean temperature of the Month —.....sserseescsscsevcees 59°°6
Mean temperature of Sept. 1845 .........csseevveseesceeses 52 °4
Mean temperature of Sept. for 23 years .......ssceseeeees 53:0

Mean rain in Sept. for 18 years

| | } |
09-0 86-1 6L-0 91-1 ‘6-6 £6-9S 'G-LS 'o-99 5.09 £1-6P |62-09 |€26-62 |8£6-62 |SL8-62 298-62 | SE-6Z% |168-62 |£96-62 |" wea

| |

br. L6.0)"""""\""""""| sass | sms | unpeo| “a fe¢ | ¥€¢ |_Lv¥| 29) €S| 6€ | €9 | Lo.6z} 99-62} 89-6%| 89-62% | 1-62 '819-6Z |008-62| “Of
Go. |"7""|""77"| 10. | sou | os | «ms | ms | $67+| ES |ELP| FES) OS] OE | SO | L¥.6z| 9-62) OF-62| GB-6B | 06-83% |16£-6z |LFT-62| *6z
sroswajeess**t CQ. 160. | a | ‘dua | ¢s *s | eb | $79 | SV| 899-29, g€ | 99 | 99.6%] 69-60 | PE-6Z | CV-6G | 0F-8% £19.62 |LS9-62| “gz
poe We det FZ. | aso | «ms | em | *MS ZS | 99 | 2S| 19! 09! 67 | 99 | Z9.6z| 09-62%} 19-6% | 8F-6% | O1-6% |fZL-6% €9L-6%) “Lz ¢
reeeecitenserirerre"/ GQ. | as | sms | uapea| ms | Fo | $99 | 0S $z9| 69.1 2S | $9 | oF.6z} 8S-6%| LE-6% | 97-62 | 91-62 \00L-6z |9£L-6z; *9%
terevceneeseesseeieeeees! vos tems | om | ms | PS | LG |ThS| F9) 09| Sh | 99 | 99.62) £9-62) 19-62] 69-62 | 01-62 ag9.6z £ 18-62 | “Sz
PI. "7°°°7}90- | 10. | as | ‘a |umyeo| *M | 9S | gS |¥2S| Po} 9S} zS | LO | ZS.6z| 9V-6%| OF-62 | 62-62% | [6-83 |CoF-6z|18S-6% “Pz
“99 O7.011% |1G1| *8 |'ms—o| wypeo| *s GG | $£¢ | €¢S\#¥9| bo} 2G | IL | ¥9-6z| L9-6| 1£-6%| 0-62 | 98-8% |0SE-6z |PHP-6z| “€z
sesseeseeserieerene BQ, | eg | ca | em | ca | $40 | OG |_bP| FO S-19] 9S | OL | 08.6z| L8-6%| 18-62 | S9-6Z | 91-62% |€8S-62 |L99.6%| “Zz
seeps ceween|svoaneleoene! aurgy | og ‘2 | 79 | €b | GS FES) €9) zo} So | IL | gg.64| 16-62) 89-62 | 9.6% | £1-6% 999-6 |LEG-62| “1%
rereeseeeeeiecesreierereel som | ca | urea] “ou | 9b | FS | 1G] 79 9.09} ZG | OL | £8.62} 12-62| PS-60) 97-62 00-62 @L7-62 g0S-6, “078
prnaingr rest ote. st ‘9 | uyeo| ‘s og | $€¢ | 29/69 /9.8S| ob | €L | oL-6z| LL-6%| ¥S-6% | 69-62 Lz-6% 119-62 06L-62) “61 |
reese connerircreveisereer! as | oua | ueo| ‘au | 8h | So #19 |%~9| 09; 6€ | OL | 98.6%) G0-0€ | Z8-6% | 06-6Z LE-66 658-66 688-62) “gT
eee seeeeeieeeeee! vou | cas | upea| “MS os | 9g \#¢¢} Lo| Zo| zS | 6L | g0.0€| LO.0€| 16-62) 96-62 | 97-62 606-6z 090-08! “LT
OL. feist] tm | cms fue} “m | SG} $49 |} 0$| 99) 19] SP | 6L | HI.O€ | 0%.0€| 80-0 | E1-0€ | 89-62 |S11-0€ 012-08) “OI
“8999.0 ( Teemu | *ms |upes| sm | SG} g9¢ |f0S| ZL] F9| 6P | OL | 02.0€) 18-0f| PI-0€| B1-0€ | €9-6% PO-0F GEt-0£| °S1
ZO. rrr|eeetieeseeelsmam| “ms [ope] ‘au | SG] LG | o0$|#aL| z29| gh | 12-| 18.0€| SB-0€| 81-08 | VZ-0€ | 69-6% 9€%-0€ LSZ-08| “FI
seerenceveesleceeeeiterere! om | cou luurea| tou | $7G | $99 | #29|¥oL| 19] SG | oL | GE.0€| LV-O€| 62-06) OF-0€ | Z8-62 |18Z-0€ |09£-0F | “ET
1O- jrettt|reeieeeeee| cs. | cou | myeo| cau | SG | $9G | gS FEL! FO] of | LL | SG.0€| 0$-6| Sh-0F | OF-0€ | 61-62 \SLE.0€ |agE.0€| ‘a1 D
seeteeieeeees|serersieoeres) om | cou | unea| ‘ou | €4¢ | $6¢ | Ph] oL| HO! ZG | DL | E.OE| €%-0F| HE-OF | VE-OF | 08-62 |ESE-.0€ |ZLE-0F | “11
10. ";OT: [ete] cms | tm | upeo!| ma | $6G | LG |fov| So} b9! 09 | LL | S1.0€| ST-0€| 0€-0€ | gZ-0f | L9-62 |%9-0€ |POE-0£ | ‘01
CQ. [rrseeireeretlseeeee] cms | coum | wea] sms | $49 | LG |¥o¢| So\¢.zo} FS | O08 | 90.08 | $8-6%| PI-0€ | 68-62 | £7-62 |666-6z |ZL0-0£| *6
serecgg iis! tm | ms | cm | ms | 9G | 09 | F69)FZ9| SO} 2S | PL | LL.6z| 99-62} 61-62 | 99-62 | 02-62 |106-62 986-6
seseesleceree] JE. 16g, | as | ta | unfea} 2 gS | §29 | 69) #14! FO} 8S | €8 | SL-6z| L8-6z| SL-6%| 18-6%| £€-62 6938-62 606-6
rereesiseseesieerseel BQ, | uapeo| “a jue} ‘a | SG | $09 | 99 | FFL) 99] OF | ZB | 68-6%| 96-62 | Z8-6%| 26-62 | 0£-62 |g68-62 PS6-6z
ZO. [ecteeteetee[eeee| cas | ta | ope] <a L¢ | z9 |¥9S| oL| 99} gS 4 | 80-0€ | 91-0€ | 0-0£ | Z1-0€ | 19-6z |PS0-0£ |9E1-0€
10. [rtrrs[testee|terees| cas | cau | uypeo "9 09 |. zo | ¥8$/¥99| zo! FS VL | VL-O€ | 91-08 | SI-0f} 61-08 | Z2-6Z/€91-08 |€E%-0€
Go. [rereet|eeeeee|reeee*] cms | *ms | upea| ‘au | gg} 19 | PS} Lo} LS} ah | SL | 91.0€| $1-0€| 61-08} 02-08 | SL-6% |LZz-0€ |08z-0€
PO. [reerr*|eeeree|ereeel emss | cass | upeot cau | Po | 09 | ZG} POIG-LS} 1h | PL | Z0.0€| 00-0€} 61-0€| 02-08 | LL.6z |690-0€ |Lgz-0€

Hath ro

Se ecericcesesiesseesisoere*| SAAS *ass wI[ed *u LS gS £07 £9 ¢-09 ) L9 C1-0€ L1-0£ Zo-0£ £z%.0£ $9-62 081-08 19Z-0€ 3
Pol ¥ 21 Po s) o| Ze | Po | S| S 5S = | curd | ‘ure | ‘urd | ‘ure rs — “dag
pelea eta | ae | G8| b jzs|t— eR ie) FP ee ee
selon! Sig | ee | on) g Bey ; BS ; S

ele} F |e | e8| Pe] | PE] mameee | causa |?2 | semmo | IRM foneionnma| FF | mmm [ee

°
e ° i
Urey pulm *19{9ULOWIIY J, *19jaIOIe ies
7 Fb

"XINWUQC) ‘asunpy younpungy yy Suoqsno[Q °C ‘Ady 247 Ag pun SaurHs-sarxswag ‘asunpyy yunSagddp yo ‘xequng *Ay ‘Ady 247 Ag {NoLsog
qo ‘\Jeo A “AIK 49 Suopuory wvau ‘MOIMSIHD Ju Ajavw0g joungnoysozy ay fo uapangy ay2 yo vosdwoyy, Aj 49 apm suorpasasgy) yonFopo.0aja yyy

W. Wan g dith..

CROCODILUS CATAPHRAC TUS. Cuv.

ir
OFS.

? De a.

i

i

;

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 121. DECEMBER 1846.

atti

XXXVIII.—Note upon two Crania of Crocodiles in the Belfast
Museum*, By Hueu Fauconsrr, M.D., F.R.S. &c.

[ With two Plates. ]

Tue existing Crocodiles are still but imperfectly defined, and
there is little agreement among systematic authors regarding the
number and characters of the species. This remark applies with
especial force to the Crocodiles of the Nile and of the Ganges.
Geoffroy assigns five species of true Crocodile to the Nile, all of
which are considered by Cuvier as varieties of a single species,
C. vulgaris. Dumeril and Bibron, in their ‘ Erpétologie,’ pub-
lished in 1836, follow the view taken by Cuvier, although it
would appear from a verbal communication of M. Bibron, that
their opinions have been considerably altered since. Mr. J. E.
Gray, in his ‘Synoptical Catalogue,’ published in 1844, admits
two species, C. vulgaris and C. marginatus. In like manner the
Crocodiles proper of the Ganges were restricted to a single spe-
cies by Cuvier, C. biporcatus, in which view also he is followed
by Dumeril and Bibron, although C. palustris of Lesson is in-
serted with doubt as a variety of C. vulgaris in their systematic
work ; but it would appear from the labels of the specimen in the
Paris museum that they now recognise it as a distinct species,

* Communicated by Mr. W. Thompson, President of the Society to which
the museum belongs, with the following remarks :— The crania which form
the subject of the present notice, were presented to the Natural History and
Philosophical Society of Belfast by Dr. M‘Cormac of that town. They were
taken in the waters of the Sierra Leone river or its tributaries, and given to
that gentleman by his brother, Mr. John M‘Cormac of Freetown, Sierra
Leone. My friend Dr. Falconer, on visiting the museum with me early in
1845, called my attention to the rarity of these crania, On leaving home
for London a few months afterwards, I took the specimens with me for the
purpose of comparison with others in the collections there, and the result is
set forth in the paper. To the kindness of Mr. Grattan (Treasurer to the
Society already named) we are indebted for drawings of the specimens
made by means of a camera-lucida, ‘These, for the sake of comparison with
the figures in Cuvier’s ‘Ossemens Fossiles,’ have been drawn of the same
size.”

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. 2D

— 862 Dr. Falconer on twazCrania of Crocodiles.

On the other hand, Mr. Gray gives three species to the Ganges,
viz. C’. biporcatus, C. palustris and C. bombifrons. It is of interest
therefore to record the existence of any specimens bearing upon
the disputed or ill-determined species : and having observed the
crania of two rare Crocodiles in the museum at Belfast, the fol-

lowing n6tes regarding them have been drawn up at the Tequest
of Mr. Ws Thompson.

Prscadibas cataphractus, Cuv. Oss. Fossiles, tom. v. p- 58. pl. 5
figs. 1 & 2; Dum. and Bibron, Erpét. tom. iii. p. 126. C. lep-
torhynchus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 129. Mecistops
Bennett and M. cataphractus, Gray, Catalog. pp. 57 & 58.

This species was founded by Cuvier upon an imperfect speci-
men of unknown origin in the museum of the London College of
Surgeons. It was briefly described by Bennett, first as a distinct
species from Fernando Po in 18385, and afterwards as a variety of
C. cataphractus in the ‘ Zoological Proceedings’ of 1836. Mr.
Gray has erected it into a separate genus under.the name of Me-
cistops, in which he includes along with it the C. Journei of Bory
de Saint-Vincent, and C. (Gavialis) Schlegelit of Miller. So far
as is known to us no representations have yet been given of the
cranium divested of its integuments. Plate VI. figs. 1, 2 and3
represent the Belfast specimen, viewed from the top, side and base
of the skull. It is evidently identical with Gray’s Mecistops Ben-
nettit; the head of the stuffed specimen of this nominal species
in the British Museum collection agreeing with it exactly in form,
and very nearly in size. The muzzle is more attenuated and nar-
rower than in C. acutus, but less so than in C. Schlegelii, which
constitutes the passage from the true Crocodiles into the Garials.
The cranial tablet is not so wide as in the Garial, C. Schlegeliz, and
the crotaphite foramina are proportionally smaller. The muzzle
does not contract abruptly in front of the orbits, but is gradually
attenuated from the back part of the cranium forwards. The
extreme width at the condyles of the lower jaw is 7 inches, be-
hind the orbits 44 inches, and in a line with their anterior bor-
der 33 inches. At the seventeenth or last tooth of the upper jaw
the width is 33 inches, and 1% between the eleventh and twelfth
teeth : there is an expansion to 2 inches opposite the ninth tooth,
which is the largest in the head: thence the beak contracts
gradually to the space between the fourth and fifth teeth, where
the width is only 1 ch; at the extremity of the muzzle, between
the second and third teeth, it expands to 13 inch. The margins,
when viewed in plan, are therefore more undulated and less
cylindrical than in the Garial or C. Schlegeliz, and there is less
dilatation of the point of the beak.

The orbits are much larger than the crotaphite foramina, which

Dr. Falconer on two Crania of Crocodiles. 363

are separated only bya narrow interval ; while in the Garial they
are large and wide apart. The lachrymals form narrow slips of
bone which descend upon the nasals a considerable way below
the anterior margin of the pre-frontals. The nasal bones are
extremely narrow and attenuated, but, as in the true Crocodiles,
they descend between the maxillaries so as to project into a niche
between the intermaxillary bones. .The same holds good in
C. Schlegelii ; whereas in the Garial the nasals terminate a short
way in front of the orbits, and do not enter into the formation
of the anterior portion of the beak. This character is a good
diagnostic mark between the Crocodiles proper and the Garials ;
separating C. Schlegelit from the latter subgenus under which
Miller has ranged it. The nasal opening is smooth, oval in form
and of moderate size. There are seventeen teeth in the upper
jaw, and fifteen in the lower: the largest teeth in the upper, are
the third and ninth; in the lower, the first, fourth, tenth and
eleventh.
The dimensions are subjoined at page 364.

Crocodilus marginatus (?), Geoff. Croc. d’ Egypt. 165; Gray,
Catal. Brit. Mus. p. 61. C. vulgaris var.C., Dumer. et Bibr. Er-
pétolog. i. p. 110... C. vulgaris, Cuv. Annal. du Mus. tom. x. 40.

The Belfast specimen is doubtfully referred to this species,
there not being sufficient materials in the London museums to
admit of a satisfactory determination, Neither the College of
Surgeons’ collection nor the British Museum is possessed of an
adult cranium of the common Crocodile of the Nile, C. vulgaris,
or of C. marginatus, although there are numerous stuffed speci-
mens attributed to both species in the British Museum collec-
tion. The comparison of the Belfast specimen has in consequence
been limited to the reduced figure of the skull of C. vulgaris in
the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles.’

The cranium is 19 inches long, and must have belonged to an
adult animal. The principal distinctive character assigned to
C. marginatus, both by Geoffroy and by Dumeril and Bibron, in
addition to the form of the nuchal and dorsal scutes, is that the
borders of the cranial tablet are raised, while in C. vulgaris the
frontal area is perfectly flat. In the Belfast cranium these lateral
margins are also considerably elevated, and the following points
of difference from C. vulgaris are besides observable. The facial
portion of the head is less elongated in proportion to the cranial,
and more obtuse than in C. vulgaris; the interval between the
orbits is greater ; the crotaphite foramina are relatively larger ;
the lachrymals are narrower and descend further upon the nasals ;
the muzzle is considerably blunter, and the niche for the reception
of the fourth tooth of the lower jaw is larger, causing a greater

2D2

364 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Development of Vegetable Cells.

amount of constriction. The general outline of the muzzle;
instead of being acute and subcuneiform, is obtuse and oblong,
somewhat resembling the form of C. palustris of the Ganges.
There is also a marked constriction behind the twelfth tooth, con-
siderably greater than in C. vulgaris. The largest teeth are the
third, the fourth, and the tenth, the last being the largest of all.
The nasal aperture is more circular than in C. vulgaris. There is
no lower jaw to the Belfast specimen. Plate VII. figs. 1, 2 and
83 represent the cranium, viewed from the top, side and. palate,
as in C. cataphractus.
The dimensions of the cranium are as follow :—

C. cataphractus. C. marginatus.

DIMENSIONS. inches. inches.
Length of cranium from the point of the muzzle 155 16
to the ocvipital ridge ...... Cecascneeeecceccssosaccs
Length of cranium from the point of the ristth 17 19
measured to the condyle of the upper ied das age
Extreme width of cranium at the condyles ........ 7 8:5
Length from occipital ridge to base of nasals ...... 6 6°7
Length from the point of the muzzle to base of] 4 10-7
MEANS on ses ane ces excep ins aie vba Pan tinelee bavcspnbetes «
Length of orbit ......... ahe cevh ences apts Setueayecags oo h'O 2°7
Width of orbit 2.0.3... vcsceccescectenedevee des opecey os 1:4 2
Interval between orbits ......... Wiebe idee Sebo Séoresees 8 15
Antero-posterior diameter of crotaphite foramen .. 11 1:9
Transverse diameter of crotaphite foramen ......... 8 1:4
Width of the muzzle at the last tooth ...........s00+ 6°7
Width of the muzzle at base of the nasals........... 2 28 6°5
Width at contraction behind the twelfth tooth ...... 48
Width at the tenth tooth.........csecerseeeeeee evnsonenns 6°8
Width. at the ninth tooth... rconcerencrseecdecnccsserracse 2
Width at contraction behind the fourth tooth ...... 11
Greatest contraction behind fifth tooth ............06 2°9
Dilatation of the point of the muzzle ......... Par ars 4:3
Length of the nasal aperture ......s-e.ssecseseceeees ey 2
Width of the nasal aperture ......c.scccccecseses PS SO tl 1:8
Length of intermaxillaries on the palate rere y 3 3°9
Length of maxillaries on the palate .........eecsssees 6°3 4-1
Antero-posterior diameter of palatine foramen...... 4:7
Transverse diameter of palatine foramen .........++. 1°9

XXXIX.—On the Development of Vegetable Cells.
By Arruur Henrrey, F.L.S.*

{ With a Plate. ]

In some observations which I had the honour to lay before this
Section at Cambridge last year, I brought forward certain views I
had adopted in regard to the multiplication of vegetable cells by
division, which I then stated to be to a certain extent hypothetical,

* Read before the British Association, Southampton, Sept. 1816, and
communicated by the Author.

»

Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol\8 PLVIL

ie
&-
:
Ss
be
Pe.
S

Mt ,
ve
ve

a

oe
See hee
of

se iy

ase

Mr. A. Henfrey on the Development of Vegetable Cells. 365

that is to say, they were rather the only probable explanation of
the phenomena I had observed, than conclusions from an un-
broken series of examinations of the process in its successive
stages.

T then gave it as my opinion, that the division of the parent-
cell into new cells is effected by the gradual foldmg inward of
the primordial utricle, which organ, in virtue of its peculiar func-
tion, secretes the septum within that fold ; the circular constric-
tion thus produced arriving finally at the centre, the septum
consisting of a double layer of cell-membrane becomes complete.

It is chiefly with the view of confirming and substantiating
this opinion, and of supporting it by a reference to the evidence
in its favour which has since been furnished by other and inde-
pendent observers, that I have been induced to submit the pre-
sent remarks to your consideration.

It may be remembered that I acknowledged last year that my
investigations had been directed in the channel which led to the
conclusions at which I had arrived by the elaborate observations
on the primordial utricle published by its discoverer Prof. Mohl.

Toward the close of last year I was not a little gratified to find
that the further researches he had instituted imto the office of
this structure had led him to adopt precisely the same view of
the process of cell-division in certain plants which I had ven-
tured to propound as of general occurrence.

In the memoir on the Structure of Vegetable Cells*, in which
he first described the primordial utricle, Prof. Mohl stated that,
in the Conferve, this organ in cell-division became constricted
by a septum growing inward from the walls which finally sepa-
rated it into two; but at that time he thought it probable that
this was a process totally different from that which took place in
the Phanerogamia, where he believed that the primordial utricle
separated into two before the production of the septum com-
menced.

In a paper on the division of the cells of Conferve, published
in 1835, before the discovery of the primordial utricle, Prof. Mohl
affirmed that the septum grew inward directly from the cell-wall
and thus divided the cell intotwo. In the collected edition of his
memoirs published last year, he has re-written this latter paper,
correcting it in several important particulars in consequence of a
new series of observations he was induced to undertake to inves-
tigate the theory of cell-development advocated by Nigeli.

He there describes and figures the process of cell-division in
Conferva glomerata, and shows the production of the septum by
the primordial utricle exactly in the manner which I had indi-
cated as occurring in the hairs of the stamens of Tradescaniia.

* Translated in Taylor's Scientific Memoirs, Part XIII. p. 91.

366 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Development of Vegetable Cells.

M. Miiller, in his researches upon the development of Chara *,
declares that cell-formation is effected by two different and ap-
parently very distinct processes.

Some of the cells, he says, are produced from cytoblasts in the
manner described by Schleiden, from whom, however, he differs
in some respects, since he regards the membrane developed from
the cytoblast as identical with Mohl’s primordial utricle, and
therefore not as the permanent cell-wall.

In other cells multiplication takes place by division, and the
figures in which he represents the condition of the primordial
utricle in various stages of its division, agree perfectly with the
appearances observed by Prof. Mohl and myself.

With respect to the production of cells from cytoblasts, I do
not think the evidence he has offered conclusive; one of his
figures indeed, which he owns that he cannot explain, rather in-
clines me to believe, not that the cytoblasts are the efficient
causes of the development of new cells, but that their presence
in certaim cases of multiplication of cells by division, has led
Miller, ike Schleiden and others, to a miscoxception of their
function.

I will not venture an opinion as to the real function of the
cytoblast, but this much I may state, that it is generally present
at a very early period of cell-life, and usually of the full size.
Now cell-division often takes place, or rather commences at an
epoch when the cytoblast completely fills that portion of the pri-
mordial utricle which is about to form a new cell; on the subse-
quent expansion of the utricle its walls retreat from the periphery
of the cytoblast or nucleus which then remains suspended in the
cavity or attached to the wall. This may be observed in the
moniliform hairs of Tradescantia. .

It is evident that we have here an appearance similating the
development of membrane from a cytoblast as described by
Schleiden ; and since I have never been able to see the produc-
tion of cytoblasts themselves by the aggregation of the granules
of the mucilage, I think it most probable that it has been a mis-
interpretation of similar phenomena which has given rise to
Schleiden’s theory.

Miller has represented a cytoblast or nucleus cut into two

portions by the fold of the primordial utricle.
- The same division of the perfect nucleus by the septum of the
cell has been observed by Unger. This is a different thing from
the original division of the nuclei which is said to occur at the
earliest epoch of the life of the cell, but it is direct evidence
against the assumption that the cytoblast is the active agent in
the production of the new membrane.

* See Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 254, &c.

Mr. A. Henfrey on the Development of Vegetable Cells. 367

One thing at least is certain, that the cytoblast has nothing to
do with the production of the permanent cell-wall, since it is al-
ways within the primordial utricle, either adhering to its walls or
at earlier periods suspended in the cavity by mucilaginous fila-
ments.

In the course of my investigations to satisfy myself of the cor-
rectness of the view I had taken of the agency exercised by the
primordial utricle in cell-division, I have observed the process in
several plants, Cryptogamous and Phanerogamous. In no case
have I been able to trace the gradual progress of the formation
of septa so well as in Achimenes grandiflora. This plant pro-
duces a great number of axillary buds or bulbels, on the scales of
which are found many capitate hairs. I examined these hairs in
young buds of from about half a line to a line in length, possess-
ing at that period only six or seven scales. By dissection these
scales were isolated and brought under the microscope ; the hairs
which fringed the margin of the scales were thus presented free
throughout their whole length, and being very transparent af-
forded an admirable opportunity of examining the cells in their
different stages in a perfect and uninjured condition—an import-
ant point which cannot be secured in sections of growing tissues.

In the earliest stage represented in the plate, the nuclei
were perfect and distinct one from another; in the next, the
transverse lines indicate the commencement of the infolding of
the primordial utricle ; that the lines are not septa is seen by the
appearance of hairs which had been kept in spirit several days ;
in these, the primordial utricle, detached from the lateral walls,
is continuous throughout the whole length of the hair.

Different stages of the infolding, that is, the progress of the fold
toward the centre, are shown by the constrictions exhibited by the
coloured mucilaginous cell-contents. In the specimen treated with
iodine, Pl. VIII. fig. 8, the septa are incomplete in the upper part
of the hair, but the lowest septum is perfect, the primordial utricle
with the cell-contents having become retracted from it. In this
septum, the two new layers may be traced from the lateral walls,
intimately united toward the centre so as to appear like one layer.
This example also shows that the layers forming the septum are
continuous with a new layer deposited over the inside of the
lateral wall. Mohl states that each layer of new matter grows
from the circumference to the centre, and that the septum is not
produced by a succession of layers each projecting a little beyond
that preceding it. This point I have not yet been able te deter-
mine for myself. In the perfect cell, the primordial utricle with
the nucleus undergoes dissolution. |

These views, which I have adopted of the nature of the process

368 Mr. W. Thompson on the Occurrence of a Surf Scoter.

of multiplication by division, are not sufficient to explain all cases
of cell-development,—I allude particularly to the production of
free cells in the cavity of a parent-cell, such as occurs in the for-
mation of spores and pollen. Supposing that this is not effected
in the way described by Schleiden, namely by development from
nuclei, it is necessary to suppose either with Nigeli that the pri-
mordial utricle divides into distinct portions and becomes de-
tached from the cell-wall before it begins to secrete membrane,
or that the new cells formed within the parent-cell im a manner
represented in the figures, subsequently become free by the solu-
tion of those layers of membrane deposited immediately upon the
primary wall.

This is a subject of considerable difficulty, especially as an in-
ternal formation, such as is implied in all these theories, throws
no light upon the external markings which are produced in de-
finite arrangements or pollen grains, spores, &c. These points
remain for future investigation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. \. Very young capitate hairs from the scales of the buds of Achimenes
grandiflora ; treated with iodine,

Fig. 2. Somewhat older specimens.

Figs. 3, 4, Older specimens exhibiting the continuation of the shiissiohdial
utricle through the whole length ; kept in spirit some days.

Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. Specimens where some of the septa are incomplete, others
perfect; treated with iodine.

Fig. 9. The lower part of fig. 8. more highly magnified, exhibiting the new
internal membrane.

XL.—Notice of a Surf Scoter, Oidemia perspicillata, Linn. (sp.),
obtained on the coast of Ireland. By Wii1i1amM Tuompson,
Pres. Nat. Hist. and Philos. Society of Belfast.

A BEAUTIFUL adult male bird of this species was shot at Bally-
holme, Belfast Bay, on the 9th of September 1846, by Snowden
Corken, Esq. It was alone, about two hundred yards from the
shore, allowed three shots to be fired at it before attempting to
dive, and was killed at the fourth or fifth shot, on reaching the
surface after having dived*. Two birds of this species had a day
or two before been observed in company in the same locality, and
one was seen several times in the course of a few weeks after the
subject of this notice had been killed. “The weight of the spe-
cimen was 1 lb. 14:02. ; its length 21 inches; wing from carpus

* Audubon remarks, that “ it is an uncommonly shy bird, and therefore
difficult to be obtained, unless shot at while on wing, or when asleep, and
as it were at anchor on our bays, or near the shore, for it dives as suddenly
as the Velvet and Scoter Ducks, eluding even the best percussion-locked
guns.”’-—Orn. Biog. vol. iv. p. 163.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Occurrence of a Surf Scoter. 369

to point of quills 9 inches 2 lines ; tarsus 1 inch 6 lines ; middle
toe and nail 2 inches 8 lines ; breadth across the wings 27 inches,”
as noted during my absence from home by Dr. J. D. Marshall,
but for whose kindness, and the considerate attention of Mr.
Darragh (Curator of the Belfast Museum), I might not have
had the opportunity of seeing the bird, and certainly could not
have known the kind of food which it procured on our coast, or
the form of its trachea. The contents of the stomach, preserved
for my inspection, consisted of ten perfect specimens of Nucula
margaritacea, from small to adult size, and a portion of the shell
of a very large Solen pellucidus, with fragments of the shells of
other species. The bay where this bird was shot is of a sandy
nature, such as Wilson remarks is frequented by the species on
the coast of North America. The only Mollusca that he parti-
cularises as its food is “ spoutfish” (Solen), one of which was
found in the present specimen: this and “small bivalve shell-
fish,” he remarks, are its principal food. As the species of Nu-
cula mentioned is generally dredged in from three to five fathoms
(18—380 feet) water in Ballyholme Bay, we must suppose that the
bird dived to that depth to obtain these shell-fish :—a supposi-
tion in accordance with Audubon’s remark, that this species “is
frequently observed fishing at the depth of several fathoms.”
All the general descriptions of the colours of the Surf Scoter
sufficiently mark the species, but none that I had read gave me a
proper idea of the beauty of the head and bill—more especially
of the latter—as exhibited in the bird before me. Its entire plu-
mage is of a rich black colour with a reddish violet reflection,
excepting the pure white marking in front of the head between
the eyes, and that of the same colour extending down the nape.
The former is heart-shaped, 14 inch in length, and the same in
breadth ; the latter occupies 2% inches in length, is 10 lines in
breadth at the top, and gradually narrows downwards to a point,
The irides are pure white. A peculiar and handsome feature is
presented in the plumage advancing so far down the ridge of the
bill as to be half-way between its lateral base and the tip, and
in a vertical line with the nostrils. The whole of the elevated
portion of the upper mandible next the frontal base is of a car-
mine-red shading into rich yellowish orange, which occupies the
portion from the nostrils forward to the unguis, this being of a
paler shade of the latter colour. The anterior half of the space
between the nostrils and the lateral base of the bill is white of
a pearly lustre ; the posterior half chiefly occupied by a nearly
square black spot (7 lines in diameter) in a “ setting” as it were,
of three colours ;—the portion of the mandible between it and
the lateral base (a line in breadth) being carmine-red ; that above
it gamboge-yellow ; below it white, of a pearly lustre as it is an-

370 Mr. W. Thompson on the Occurrence of a Surf Scoter.

teriorly. Under mandible white, except towards the nail, where
it is orange ; nail a mixture of white and brownish orange. Legs
and toes deep red, inclining a little to orange, and blotched more
or less with black ; this latter being the colour of the webs and
nails, with the exception of one nail, which is white.

A very full description of the trachea of the Surf Scoter, with
measurements of the different portions, is given by Audubon
(vol. iv. p. 166), who correctly remarks, that it presents the same
structure as that of the Velvet Duck (Ozd. fusca).

The specific differences however seem to me worthy of being
figured—which in so far as I am aware has not yet been done—
and for that purpose I have made a drawing of the
trachea of the present specimen. This, for the sake
of comparison with that of the Velvet Duck figured
by Yarrell, has been drawn on the same scale. It
will be seen from my figure, that the Surf Scoter, .
as well as the species just named, exhibits within
the upper expansion of the trachea “an aperture

Deane Ae See
peta ae

FEE

on each side,” &c., as particularly noticed in the é

ease of the Velvet Duck by Mr. Yarrell (B. B. vol. ie

il. p. 219, Ist edit., or p. 816, 2nd edit.). 3

in. lin. a

Length of trachea of Surf Scoter (see figure) } 7 Oo i

FLOM. 10:6. sin cenh Vader anh + ccna fergie timanues if
Breadth of trachea, At B,...0..,.cccccsconpeasoesseces 0. 9
Length of enlargement marked €..........++eseeee a
Breadth of enlargement marked ¢ .........es0+++ je

_ Length from the base of the lower enlarge-
ment to the origin of the two inferior tubes > 0 9
Marked B.......cccseesececenceses seegeereess
Length of fleshy process marked e .........4.. oe O 38
Length of fleshy process marked f ..........00++. 0 11
Although the peculiar form of the trachea, as
well as the external characters, generally place
this species next to the Velvet Scoter, yet in the
form of the bill the two species differ very considerably. This
difference has been admirably pointed out by Mr. Selby in the
following words :—“ In this species [Oid. perspicillata] the
bill has not that flatness and expansion in front of the nostrils
that are so conspicuous in Oid. nigra and Oid. fusca, but
assumes, in a great degree, the characters of the succeeding
genus Somaterta (Eider), by the tip being suddenly contracted,
and the nail (which is also more convex than in the other spe-
cies) being brought to a narrow rounded point; the entering
angle of the forehead also projects, as in the common Eider, as
far as the nostrils. The lateral parts of the bill at the base are
very tumid, and are particular from the marking there displayed,
these swellings being entirely exposed, and not in part concealed

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 371

by the feathers, as in the Velvet Scoter*.” The highly arched
form of the bill above the nostrils requires however especial no-
ticet. In the absence of a figure, some idea may perhaps be
given by the following two notes of its depth :—

in. lin.

Depth of bill at base of ridge where plumage sissies; 0 103
FG: OCS SOUR CD «isan cdaunensnssnanvelbedorecs’ wenesnccccscces eee

Depth of bill at 10 lines from tip........ ececccccsccescsccececccesers 0 3
Length of bill above (not following curve) ......... coscvcescocsccs Pits
Length of bill to rictus ............. lebabecdseceece errerrrrriit ssoves 2 «6
Length of bill to base of lateral protuberances ........ tsceeecers 2.4
Breadth of bill between the lateral protuberances ..... sescveenee 1 4

The specimen which has furnished the subject of this commu-
nication was in course of being preserved for Dr. Charles Cupples
of Lisburn, who on being informed of its rarity most liberally pre-
sented it to the Belfast Museum.

The Surf Scoter is known only as a British species from its
having been obtained at the Orkney and Shetland Islands, with
the exception of one individual, recorded by Mr. Gould as ob-
tained in the Firth of Forth, and “a recently shot one sent to
Mr. Bartlett for preservation,” as noticed in Yarrell’s work,
vol. il. p. 322, 2nd edit., but the locality where it was killed is
not mentioned—the “Naturalist, vol.ii. p.420,” is referred to for
the original notice of this specimen. |

Wilson (briefly) and Audubon (very fully) give interesting de-
scriptions of the habits, &c. of this species, which is common on
the North American coast, increasing in numbers northward.

XLI.— Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal
Lepidoptera. By Knwarpv Dovsizpay, Esq., Assistant in
the Zoological Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &c.

[Continued from vol. xvii. p. 26.]

Fam. PAPILIONID/E.

Genus PAPrILio.

Pap. Anticrates. Pap. alis anticis trigonis, posticis caudatis, omnibus
albis, marginibus externis nigris, anticarum linea transversa, inter-
rupta alba, posticarum lunulis sex albis notatis, anticis fasciis
quinque, posticis duabus nigris. Exp. alar. 3 unc. vel 75 mill.

Hab. Silhet.

Above, wings white, with a broad black border along the outer

* Tllust. Brit. Orn. vol. ii. p. 335.

+ Yarrell’s figure of this species is admirable, with the single exception of
the peculiar form of the bill not being represented. ‘The arched profile of
the upper mandible in the specimen under consideration (probably from its
being a very old male) is still more strongly marked than in Mr, Selby’s
figure, representing a male bird of life size.

372 Mr. EH. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

margin, this border divided on the anterior wings by a white
line interrupted by the nervules, commencing below the second
median nervule and extending nearly to the anal angle; on the
posterior by a series of six lunules; anterior wings black at the
base, crossed immediately beyond the base by a transverse band,
followed by another directed rather more outwardly ; another
broader band crosses the cell about its middle, sometimes ex-
tending beyond the median nervule; a fourth band crosses the
cell between this and its termination, where there is a‘ fifth;
neither of these extends below the median nervule. Posterior
wings tailed, with two transverse bands near the base, of which
one is nearly continuous with the first band of the anterior wings ;
the second, often almost macular, sometimes nearly wanting,
commences a little within the second band of the anterior wing,
its outer edge being nearly contimuous with the inner edge of
the band of the anterior wings, traverses the wing outside the
cell, and at its termination curves round so as to reach the end
of the first fascia, and is here marked with two grayish lunules ;
on the abdominal margin, near the anal angle, is a small pale
spot, and the black border is here powdered with gray. Tails
black, edged with white.

Below, all the markings nearly as above, but of a pale brown ;
the white lunules of the posterior wings are edged with black ;.
the second band composed first of a brown fascia, then a series
of seven or eight red spots, bordered with black.

Head black, with two white lines in front ; antennz black.

Thorax black above, with two pale lateral lines ; below gray.

Abdomen black above, gray below, the sides with the margins
of the segments pale.

In the collections of the British Museum and W. W. Saun-
ders, Esq. . 4

This species is closely allied to P. Nomius of Esper, but may
be known by its smaller size, the line in the black border of the
anterior wings instead of a series of dots, and some other cha-
racters,

Pap. Leosthenes. Pap. alis anticis trigonis, posticis caudatis, omni-
bus albidis, marginibus externis nigris, anticarum linea, posticarum
lunulis sex albidis notatis ; anticis fasciis transversis quatuor, pos-
ticis duabus nigris. Exp. alar. 25 unc. vel 64 mill.

Hab. Australia.

Above, anterior wings whitish, slightly tinged at the base with
greenish, the outer margin broadly fuscous black, divided by a
whitish line extending from the second median nervule nearly to
the anal angle; near the base are two transverse fuscous bands,
continued across the posterior wings beyond the middle ; a third

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 373

band crosses the middle of the cell, extending beyond the median
nervure ; a fourth covers the end of the cell, nearly touching the
“black border. Posterior wings tailed, with a broad fuscous black
margin marked with a series of whitish lunules between the ner-
vules, less defined towards the anal angle, where they are mar-
gined with bluish, the abdominal margin black; the termina-
tions of the two transverse bands marked by four yellowish
lunules, bordered with black, of which two are placed outside the
second band, two between these and the abdominal margin ; tails
black, bordered with whitish.

Below, all the wings with the markings nearly as ove but
there is an indication of a second pale line in the dark margin
of the anterior wings, and on the posterior wings two additional
red lunules outside the second band near the costa.

Head brown, white anteriorly ; antenne black.

Thorax brown above, with two white lines anteriorly, below
grayish white.

Abdomen fuscous above, grayish white below.

In the collections of the British Museum, H. G. Harrington,
Esq. and W. W. Saunders, Esq.

This species represents in Australia P. Nomius, P. Podalirius,
and their allies.

Pap. Branchus. Pap. antennis brevibus, alis omnibus nigris, anticis
supra macula discoidali albida, posticis fascia rufa, subtus posticis
maculis quatuor basalibus, lineaque marginis interni coccineis. ?
Exp. alar. 3} unc. vel 85 mill.

Hab. Honduras.

Above, anterior wings black, the disc with a large whitish
spot divided by the median nervure, below which is a spot com-
posed of scattered whitish scales, outer edge with indistinct,
whitish spots between the nervules. Posterior wings dentate,
crossed beyond the cell by a broad band composed. of six spots
of a dull crimson, externally paler and tinged with buff, the first
roundish, the second, third, fourth and fifth somewhat wedge-
shaped, the sixth nearly square; outer margin dentate, cilia
between the teeth whitish.

Below, anterior wings as above; the posterior wings with four
spots at the base and a line along the abdominal margin bright
crimson ; the transverse band paler than above.

Head black, with two red spots behind ; antenne short, black.

Thorax black, spotted with red below ; prothorax with two red
spots above,

Abdomen black, with two lateral red spots at the base.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species is closely allied in form to P. I/us, but is at once

374 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

known by the different position and form of the white spot on
the anterior wings and the broader, differently coloured band. of
the posterior. Its short antennz also are a good distinguishing ©
character, giving somewhat the appearance of a Parnassius.

Pap. Harmodius. Pap. alis anticis subelongatis, posticis dentatis,
caudatis ; omnibus supra nigro, olivaceo-nitentibus, macula magna
marginis interni alba, posticis maculis quinque chermesinis. ?
Exp. alar. 35 unc. vel 90 mill.

Hab. Bolivia (Mr. Bridges).

Above, anterior wings fuscous black, with bright olive-green
reflections, marked with a large white spot below the cell, divided
into two unequal parts by the first median nervule, and slightly
crossing the radial nervure, not extending either to the cell or the
inner margin. Cilia white, except at the apex and the ends of
the nervules, where they are black. Posterior wings black, with
olivaceous reflections, crossed considerably beyond the middle by
a band composed of five crimson spots, the first rounded, the
second smaller, somewhat oval; third oval, much larger, rather
truncate externally ; fourth oval, rather smaller than the third;
fifth quadrate ; between this band and the margin one or two
small faint whitish clouds. Cilia white, except at the end of the
teeth. }

Below, all the wings paler than above, without any olive lustre ;
the spots of the posterior wings pale, darker externally ; the base
of the anterior wings marked on the costa with a brilliant car-
mine spot, the cell with four black longitudinal vitte, the white
spot as above; base of posterior wings with three crimson spots,
one on the costa, one in the cell, the third below the~median
nervure. Cell with three black longitudinal vitte.

Head black, with two whitish lines in front and two spots of
the same colour on the vertex.

Thorax black, spotted with white above.

Abdomen black, the sides spotted with white.

In the cabinet of the British Museum. |

Closely allied to P. I/us, but easily distinguished by the dif-
ferent position and form of the white markings on the anterior
wings, the want of the crimson in the discoidal cell below, and
other less obvious characters.

Pap. Pharnaces. Pap. alis omnibus nigris, purpureo-nitentibus, pos-
‘ticis dentatis, caudatis; serie duplici macularum rubrarum, mar-
gine ipso albo notato. Exp. alar. 43 unc. vel 120 mill.

Hab. America Merid.

Above, anterior wings fuscous black, paler beyond the middle,
with slight purple reflections, the outer margin sinuate, slightly
edged with white in the sinuosities. Posterior wings dentate,

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 375

with a short obtuse tail, black, with bright purple reflections,
marked beyond the middle with three somewhat cuneiform ro-
seate spots, one in face of the cell, two between the median ner-
vules, between these and the margin four sub-lunulate spots ;
anal angle with a spot of a more rufous hue, above which are
three small groups of rosy atoms. Below, browner than above, the
posterior wings with a series of rufous lunules beyond the middle,
all resting on a black cloud, the one on the costa white externally,
the next very faint ; a second series between these and the outer
margin all edged with white, the white spots on the edge larger
than above.

Head and thorax black, spotted with red.

Abdomen black, with a red spot at the base.

In the collection of Conrad Loddiges, Esq.

Pap. Isidorus. Pap. alis anticis elongatis nigris, posticis dentatis
subcaudatis, maculis quatuor rufis, margine ipso albo maculato.
Exp. alar. 33 unc. vel 95 mill.

Hab. Bolivia (Mr. Bridges).

Above, anterior fuscous black, inclining to brown, the cilia
spotted with white; posterior wings dentate, subcaudate, darker
than the anterior, marked with two large red spots between the
median nervules, preceded and followed by a smaller one ; margin
itself and cilia between the nervules white.

Below, paler than above ; the anterior wings with a large white
spot, divided by the median nervure and its nervules; posterior
wings with two rather large pinkish white spots between the me-
dian nervules, preceded by a series of four red smaller ones, sur-
mounted each by a faint red-cloud and followed by two round
spots on the abdominal margin ; margin and cilia as above.

Head black, with two white lines in front and two white spots
on the vertex.

Thorax black, with four red spots above and six below.

Abdomen brownish, with a red spot on each side at the base.

In the collection of the British Museum. |

Allied to P. Anchisiades, but the anterior wings are entirely of
a black brown above, and below have the white spot placed much
nearer the middle of the wing. The posterior wings have far
less red than those of P. Anchisiades and Ideus, which they
somewhat resemble, especially below; they are moreover much
more acutely dentate.

Pap. Madyes. Pap. alis omnibus supra cupred-virescentibus, anticis
fascia maculari, posticis lunulis quinque pallidis, subtus anticis
nigris, eneo-nitentibus, apice late flavido, posticis flavidis nervis
nervulisque nigris ; fascia pone medium nigra, maculis argenteo-

376 Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret.

albis notata; serieque marginali lunularum argenteo-albarum.
Exp. alar. 4 unc. vel 102 mill»
Hab. Bolivia (Mr. Bridges).

Above, all the wings coppery-green, inclining to olivaceous ;
the anterior with a transverse curved macular yellowish band,
commencing a little below the costa, beyond the cell, and ter-
minating near the anal angle; between it and the apex three
rounded spots of the same colour, and the faint indication of
two similar spots within it, between the median nervules. Cilia
spotted with white. Posterior wings with a series of greenish
yellow lunules near the hinder margin. Cilia between the teeth
white.

Below, the anterior wings are black, with green reflection ;
the apex and outer margin occupied by a broad band of a dull
greenish yellow, narrower and macular towards the anal angle ;
the outer margin very narrowly fuscous, except at the anal angle,
where the margin is broader; the cell with two slender whitish
lines towards the base. Posterior wings dull greenish yellow ;
the nervules and a Y-shaped vitta in the cell black ; a black band
traverses the wing beyond the cell, marked with a series of sil-
very-white spots between the nervules, all of which are geminate
except the first and last. On the margin itself a series of white
lunules, bordered internally with black, shading to purplish and
green, the black prolonged nearly to the transverse band. Cilia
between the teeth white.

Head black, spotted with white.

Thorax bronzy black above; sides yellowish.

Abdomen bronzy green above, yellow at the sides, black, spat
ted with white below.

In the collection of the British Museum.

Allied to P. Archidamus, but easily distinguished by the cha-
racter given above.

XLIIT—On the Wound of the Ferret, with Observations on the
Instincts of Animals. By ANDREW Bucuanan, M.D., Pro-
fessor of the Institutes of Medicine, University of Glasgow *,

Havine often heard of the remarkable way in which the Ferret
destroys its victims, I willingly availed myself of an opportunity
presented to me on the 26th of August last (1845), of seeing two
rats killed by this animal. I found the common account quite
correct, that the Ferret kills by means of a small wound in the
neck ; but the explanation usually annexed [ found quite erro-
neous, that the Ferret aims at the jugular vein, and destroys life

* Read before the Philosophical Society of Glasgow, and communicated
by the Author.

Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret. 377
by sucking the blood of its victim. The rapidity of the death

was quite inconsistent with so tedious a process as blood-sucking,
and the dissection showed the true cause to be totally different,
and so very curious, that I have thought it not unworthy of the
notice of the physiological section of the Society.

The two rats being put into a large barrel, concealed them-
selves under some hay in the bottom of it. On the Ferret being
introduced, it seemed dazzled with the sunshine, for it took no
notice of one of the rats placed right before it ; but soon finding
the scent, it burrowed under the hay, taking the very track which
the rat had just taken, and thus came round directly upon him.
The rat, which was of large size, resisted stoutly, but the Ferret,
instead of returning the bites it received, seemed entirely occu-
pied with putting itself into a proper position, applying itself to
the body of its antagonist, breast to breast, and using the fore
paws and head, as if going to embrace it. No sooner had it as-
sumed this position, than it inflicted a wound, which was so in-
stantaneously fatal, that a physiologist might have guessed from
that circumstance alone, what the nature of the wound must have
been. The rat died without a struggle: and the Ferret imme-
diately disengaged itself from the body, instead of remaining to
suck the blood, and soon falling on the track of the other rat,
destroyed it exactly in the same manner.

_ I now proceeded to examine the dead animals. Neither of

them exhibited any marks of injury inflicted by the Ferret, ex-
cept a bloody patch on the side of the neck, under the ear. In
the first one which I looked at, there was at the upper part of this
bloody patch, or a little below and behind the ear, a very small
punctured wound, and on dissecting it carefully to the bottom, I
was surprised to find that the sharp dens caninus, by one of
which the wound was obviously inflicted, had gone right down
to the spinal cord, piercing it between the occiput and the upper-
most cervical vertebra. The Ferret therefore destroys its victims
by pithing, a process well-known to be the most immediately fatal,
to the upper orders of vertebrated animals, of all modes of de-
stroying life: and it employs for the purpose one of its long
slender dagger-like tusks, a weapon singularly well adapted to
inflict a wound which proves fatal, neither by laceration nor con-
tusion, but by penetrating into the very centre of the nervous
system, on which the most important functions of life imme-
diately depend.

The death of the other rat was obviously produced in the same
way ; but there was no external wound visible on any part of the
bloody patch on the neck, the tusk having been inserted into the
external ear, and then penetrating the cartilaginous side of the
auditory passage had been carried towards the vertebral canal,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. 2K

378 Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret.

which it entered under the occiput, more laterally than in the
former case.

It is certainly very remarkable, that instinct, or the promptings
of bodily organization, should lead an irrational creature to use
its weapons in the very way in which a profound knowledge of
the functions of the nervous system teaches that they may be
used with the most deadly and instantaneous effect. The cerebro-
spinal axis, or great central nervous column, lodged in the elon-
gated cavity of the head and spine, cannot be wounded at any
point without interfering more or less with sensation and motion ;
but the part of this nervous column, on the integrity of which
the continuance of life immediately depends, is the medulla ob-
longata, or part of the column lying intermediate between the
head and spine. Wound an animal below this point, and you
paralyse his limbs more or less, but life may be protracted for
years after such injuries. Wound the animal above this point,
and you not only produce palsy, but impair or destroy con-
sciousness and the faculties of the mind. Still, however, just as
we see in a man struck down by a fit of apoplexy, the action of
the heart and the respiration may go on little or not at all
affected. It is on the upper part of the cord that these import-
ant functions immediately depend, and hence it is that to the
higher vertebrata, a wound inflicted there is the most instanta-
neously mortal of all wounds, at once destroying consciousness,
sense and motion, and arresting the action of the heart and re-
spiratory muscles. It is not a little remarkable that the Ferret
should select this very part of the cord into which to thrust his
tusk ; and serves to show how the promptings of instinct may
anticipate the deductions of science.

To those who love to speculate on the mental endowments of
brutes, it may not be uninteresting to know how two young Fer-
rets that had never before seen a rat killed, deported themselves
on the occasion. Before putting the old Ferret into the barrel
where the rats were, a trial was made with two young ones, her
offspring. ‘The untutored creatures, instead of having for their
single object to put themselves into the proper position to inflict
the death-wound, enaged in conflict with the rats, returning bite
for bite ; and, although one of the rats had its leg bitten through,
they at length beat off their assailants. Still further, after the
old Ferret had despatched the first rat, one of the young ones im-
mediately threw itself upon the dead body, assuming the very po-
sition and motions which the old one had assumed, and so far as
could be judged from there being but one wound, thrusting its
tusk into the very same aperture. Did then the young Ferret
receive a lesson from the old one? The facts do not at all accord
with this hypothesis, for the young one, instead of attending to

Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret. 379

the lesson given it, was all the while engaged in skirmishing with
the other rat. Besides, the headlong fury with which the young
animal threw itself upon the dead body had nothing in it of the
caution of an experimental and intellectual act, but partook al-
together of the character of a blind impulse—an intense feeling
of bodily gratification, impelling the creature to the act which it
performed.

The acts which we name instinctive, appear to me to be best
explained upon the hypothesis that they proceed from the
promptings of bodily organization. The bodily organs of animals
are formed in a certain way to adapt them to the performance of
certain acts, which acts the animals perform readily and with
pleasure to themselves: other acts to which their organs are not
adapted, they cannot perform at all, or not without a painful
constraint, and therefore they do not perform such acts. One
animal goes to sleep stretched upon the ground, finding that to
be the position in which there is the most complete repose of the
muscular system ; another supports itself on one leg, upon a spar,
a position which the former animal could not maintain, without
the most painful efforts, for more than a few seconds. That po-
sition, however, is admirably adapted to the organization of birds,
their bodies maintaining their equilibrium in perfect security, and
without muscular exertion, by a mechanism which Borelli has ex-
plained. According to the same law of the adaptation of organs
birds fly, fish swim, quadrupeds walk and run, and every animal
uses its weapons, offensive and defensive, in the way in which the
Author of nature meant them to be used. This physiological
theory of instinct seems to me more probable than that which
refers it to innate ideas, or any other peculiarity of mental consti-
tution ; or than the extraordinary hypothesis of Lord Brougham*,
who refers all instinctive acts to the immediate inspiration of the
Deity—-the divine mind supplying the place of reason and di-
recting the bodily organs. This is exactly the doctrine of Pope,
and with deference to so great a man, seems to me to savour
more of poetry than of philosophy.

“* Reason exalt o’er instinct as you can,
In this ’tis God directs, in that ’t is man.”

It is commonly said that instinct is independent of all reason-
ing, education and experience ; and it has been assumed as a cha-
racter of the instinctive acts, that they are performed as perfectly
at the first as at any subsequent time. This holds good only
among the lowest animals, whose whole actions are automatic, or
without any intervention of the reasoning power ; but it is so far
from being universally true, that it may be affirmed, that in all

* Dissertations on Subjects connected with Natural Theology.

380 Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret.

animals capable of reasoning, the instinctive acts are under the
control of the reasoning power, and are frequently not per-
formed aright at the first, as in the case of the young Ferrets
above-mentioned. The ultimate result, however, of the reasoning
process in such cases cannot be doubtful, since the bodily orga-
nization operating upon the mind will admit of only one conclu-
sion; and hence, even in the highest species of animals, these
instinctive acts are always ultimately performed exactly in the
same way.

The instinctive acts which excite our wonder most are such as
those we observe among the insect tribes, in which the inter-
vention of reason cannot be suspected, and which are, on that
account, the better fitted to elucidate the true nature of instinct.
But the wonder with which we regard the workmanship of in-
sects proceeds mainly from an erroneous view of the directing
power by which it is carried on. The honey-comb and the spi-
der’s web are, without doubt, wonderful in their structure; but
they are in no respect more wonderful than the elaborate struc-
tures which the microscope displays to us in every tissue of ani-
mals and vegetables ; even in the mathematical exactness of form,
so much celebrated, they are not superior to the regular hexagons
which form the epidermis of many plants, and which we find
equally regular in the same tissue of certain reptiles. Now, the
former structures are not held to be more wonderful than the
latter, because they are fabricated by the instrumentality of mus-
cular fibres ; for in that point of view we should marvel more at
the latter, which are fabricated by less perfect instraments—
vessels and cells. ‘The true cause why the former structures have
been regarded with most wonder is, that it has been supposed
that the action of the muscles which form them must be volun-
tary—a supposition which implies necessarily the existence of a
directing mind. Now, the physiology of the present day gives
no countenance to such a supposition. It shows us, on the con-
trary, innumerable muscular acts in all animals, with which vo-
lition has no more to do than with digestion or nutrition. Such
acts may originate in external impulses which excite the nervous
system, and the acts follow immediately, as if from a physical
necessity. They may originate also, as in the case before us, in
internal impulses, derived from the organic condition of the tis-
sues of the body, and the changes they are continually under-
going. ‘The two series of structures which we have brought into
comparison are therefore to be regarded as the products of the
same organizative or plastic force ; which, acting in one way, em-
ploys vessels and cells for its instruments, and produces, within
the body, the innumerable structures of which animals and ve-
getables are made up; and, acting in another way, employs for

Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret. 381

its instruments muscular fibres under the direction of the nervous
system, and produces, without the body, structures which bear
the same impress of regularity and beauty. as those within it, and
co-operate with them to the same ends—the preservation of the
individual and. the species. Corals and other polypidoms may
be considered as standing in the very same relation to the swarms
of zoophytes which people them, in which the honey-comb does
to a swarm of bees. Both are structures external to the bodies
of the animals which produce them, and both are the products of
the same organizative power; the only difference being, that in
the one case this formative power employs its ordinary instru-
ments—cells, and possibly vessels—while in the other it em-
ploys the more unwonted apparatus of muscular fibres.

I have more recently had an opportunity of examining several
animals killed by the Ferret. I found that instead of there beng
only one wound, there are always several, as might, indeed, have
been inferred from the mechanism of the jaws, and their being
armed with four tusks. The wounds are so minute as to be im-
perceptible externally, unless one of the tusks has pierced the
jugular or some other superficial vein, so as to stain the sur-
rounding skin with blood ; but as this, although generally, does
not always happen, there may be no external mark visible. But,
on dissecting off the skin, the wounds become at once apparent
in the cellular and muscular substance beneath. The injury done
to the upper part of the spine is therefore more extensive than
I had at first supposed. It is also less uniform in its seat ; as I
more than once found that the tusk had pierced the cranium, and
gone deep into the back part of the brain. The mode of attack
is also very various, according to the relative strength of the com-
batants ; but the struggle is always brief; and the Ferret never
remains after it to suck the blood.

From these observations, confirmed as they were in all essen-
tial respects by many others made under the eye of an intelligent
friend, I was disposed to conclude that the vulgar belief of the
Ferret destroying its victims by blood-sucking was erroneous ;
and that it had most probably arisen from the appearance of the
dead animals, which exhibit commonly no mark of injury but a
small wound, surrounded by a bloody patch on the neck. Now,
the very same appearance would be produced by a leech fasten-
ing on the neck: and hence most probably it was inferred that
the leech and the Ferret practised the same mode of attack.
This opinion has, however, received the sanction of the highest
authorities in natural history. Buffon says*, “The Ferret is na-
turally the mortal enemy of the rabbit. On presenting a rabbit,

* Histoire Naturelle, vol. vii. p. 211.

382 Dr. Buchanan on the Wound of the Ferret.

even dead, to a young Ferret that has never seen one before, it
throws itself upon the body and bites it with fury; and, if the
rabbit be alive, the Ferret takes it by the neck or by the nose, and
sucks its blood.” In the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles’ *,
Ferrets are described as being of a most sanguinary nature: “ It
is even more the blood than the flesh which they seek for their
nourishment.” MM. Geoffroi St. Hilaire and Fred. Cuvier, the
authors of the splendid work ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammi-
féres,’ repeat the same opinion :—“ The Ferret, in attacking a
rabbit, seizes it by a part of the head, masters it, and sucks its
blood, and, as soon as satisfied, falls asleep.”

As the above quotations refer chiefly to the rabbit, and as it was
possible the Ferret might not practise the same mode of attack
upon that animal as upon the rat, I resolved to put the matter to
the test of experiment. My first trial was made with a full-grown
male rabbit, and a Ferret nine months old, which had never seen
a rabbit before. The Ferret immediately commenced the attack,
but it was always repulsed, and ultimately obliged to retire al-
together, the rabbit adopting a very remarkable mode of defence ;
for whenever the Ferret came near, he sprung right upwards,
and came down with the whole force of his hind legs upon the
head of his assailant. I now sent off the rabbit, to be tried with
the old Ferret which had killed the two rats, as mentioned above.
The distance was too great to admit of my being present ; but I
received a full report of what passed from the friend already
mentioned, whose zeal in natural science led him to take an in-
terest in the experiment. The rabbit pursued the same tactics
in defending himself as before ; and so long as he had free space
for his evolutions he came off victorious, as the Ferret could
never get an opportunity of laying hold of him. They were
therefore put together into a box. There the Ferret soon succeeded
in seizing the rabbit across the root of the nose, shaking him, as
a dog does, from time to time, and never letting go the hold till
the rabbit ceased to live. Instead, however, of despatching him
in the course of a few seconds, there was a full half-hour from the
commencement till the end of the struggle. It was agreed by
all present, that while the Ferret held on by means of her teeth,
she sucked the blood flowing from the wound. The dead rabbit
being sent to me for examination, I found the vessels as full of
blood as usual; the brain had not been injured ; the bones of the
nose and orbit had been pierced; but the main injury done had
been to the eyes, which were completely disorganized and full of
blood.

It thus appeared that the idea of the Ferret sucking blood was

* Article Martes, division Putois.

Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. 3838

not without some practical foundation. I was, however, at the
same time convinced that the observations from which it had
been inferred that the animal always causes death by the abs-
traction of blood, must have been very superficially made. I
have been assured by persons well-versed in such matters, that
even the rabbit is frequently destroyed by a wound in the neck ;
and I recollect well, when a schoolboy, of having had a young
rabbit destroyed by a weasel, and of the astonishment I felt at
seeing upon it, when dead, no mark of injury of any kind, but
the mysterious bloody patch and small wound on the side of the
neck, described above. The truth seems to be, that whenever
the Ferret attacks an animal which it is capable of mastering by
main force, it despatches him, not by blood-sucking, but by the.
most speedy and merciful of all modes of inflicting death—
piercing the upper part of the spinal marrow; but that when it
is opposed to animals of large size and strength superior to its
own, it alters its mode of warfare, seizing them where opportunity
offers, and clinging to them till they expire from loss of blood,
pain, and exhaustion of strength.

XLIT.— Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including a few species
unrecorded in that of Britain ;—with the description of an ap-
parently new Glossiphonia. By Wii1i1am Tuompson, Pres.
Nat. Hist. and Philos. Society of Belfast.

[Continued from p. 315*.]

Mo.uuvusca.

Nassa varicosa, Turt. (sp.). Tritonia varicosa, Turt. Zool. Jour.
vol. ii. p. 365. pl. 13. fig. 7.

A dead specimen was dredged (depth twelve to fifteen fathoms) off
the south entrance to Bantry Bay in May 1846 by Mr. MacAndrew.

Pleurotoma teres, Forb. Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. p. 412. pl. 2.
fig. 3. :

One dead specimen was dredged from about fourteen fathoms in Bir-
terbuy Bay, county of Galway, in the summer of 1845 by Mr. Barlee.
This gentleman—when accompanied by Mr. Jeffreys—obtained in
the same bay very fine specimens of the rare Pleurotoma Boothii,
Smith (sp.)—Fusus Boothii, Wern. Mem. vol. viii. p. 98. pl. 1. f. 1.

* As the marks of doubt placed after Bonaparte’s Sandpiper and the
Sword-fish, in the first part of this communication (p. 311, 314) might con-
vey the erroneous impression that there is uncertainty respecting the spe-
cies, it seems to me desirable to state, that there is no doubt on that subject.
Those marks should rather have been placed before the name as expressive
of uncertainty about the admission of the species into the Irish Fauna.

384 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

Pleurotoma striolatum, Scacchi, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Siciliz,
vol. u. p. 168. pl. 26. fig. 7.

A single recent, but dead ets taken with Nassa varicosa, as
above. “At the late Meeting of the British Association, this was no-
ticed as the first instance of the species having been obtained in the
British seas; but Mr. Alder has since informed me that he procured
it in Torbay, Devonshire, in the summer of 1845,

Pleurotoma brachystomum, Phihppi, ibid. vol. ii. p. 169. t. 26.
fig. 10.

This species was found in Bantry Bay in the summer of 1844 and
1845 by Mr. Barlee, who has this season procured it on the west
coast of Scotland. It was dredged at Zetland by Mr. MacAndrew
and Professor E. Forbes, in 1845.

Pleurotoma levigatum, Philippi, ibid. vol. i. p. 199 ; vol. 1. p. 169.
t..13 fie 17,

Mr. Alder writes to me as follows in Oct. 1846 :—* I have two
specimens of what I take to be Pleur. levigatum, Phil., from Dr. Far-
ran, who got them in Connemara. This shell I have had undetermined
in my cabinet for some time, as Mr. Clark gave me worn specimens
several years ago, but there was a doubt at that time whether it was
not a variety of P. nebula. It appears to be constant in its charac-
ters, and a good species.”’ This is the first notice of its occurrence
in the British seas.

Ovula patula, Penn. (sp.).

A shell of this species, found some years ago on the sandy beach
of Magilligan, county of Londonderry, by Mrs. R. A. Hyndman of
Dublin, is in the cabinet of Mr. Hyndman at Belfast.

Natica Montagui, Forb. Malac. Monensis, p. 32.

Three or four specimens were obtained from a depth of forty-five
fathoms uff Cape Clear by Mr. MacAndrew ;—who remarks : “‘ I have
besides met with it only on the west coast of Scotland and at Zet-
land ; it is there a common shell in from twelve to fifteen and up to
fifty fathoms, on a rather hard bottom.” A living N. Montagui was
dredged in Belfast Bay at the same time with the following species.

Emarginula crassa, Sowerby, Forbes, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv.
p- 410. pl. 11. fig. 1.

A few specimens taken at the Kish Bank in 1845 by fishermen,
were found in their boats on their return thence to the Dublin coast
by Mr. Doran, jun. (collector of objects of natural history), of whom
they were purchased by Mr. Hyndman. This gentleman and Mr.
Edm. Getty, when dredging at the entrance of Belfast Bay on the
3rd Oct. 1846, obtained from a depth of twenty fathoms five dead
shells of this species. These were from 9 to 14 lines in length; the
specimen of this latter size was 10 lines in breadth and 8 in height.
A few living and dead specimens of Hmarg. fissura were dredged
with the EH. crassa on this occasion.

including species new to that of Britain. . 385
Pecten fuct*, Gmelin. P. Landsburgii, Forbes, Wern. Mem.

vol. vill.

Procured on rocky ground, east of Cape Clear (forty to forty-five
fathoms), by Mr. MacAndrew, who remarks, that ‘ it is a common,
though rather deep-water species. I have obtained it at Scilly, Isle
of Man, Mull of Galloway, Glenluce Bay, Clyde and Hebrides—
generally adheres to stones; only at Oban have I found it attached
to the Fucus.”

Pecten similis, Laskey, Wern. Mem. vol. i. p. 387. pl. 8. fig. 8.

Numerous valves were dredged from forty-five fathoms off Cape
Clear by Mr. MacAndrew, who finds it ‘‘ an abundant deep-water
species from Scilly to Zetland.” ‘This species was noted at the sug-
gestion of Professor Edw. Forbes as probably synonymous with P.
levis, in my Report on the Invertebrata of Ireland.

Arca raridentata, Searles W ood in Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist.
vol, iv. p. 282. pl. 16. fig. 4.

A living specimen, and a valve of this Arca, were obtained with
the last species. It is a crag shell. Mr. MacAndrew procured it
alive for the first time off the island of Skye in the summer of 1845.

Neera cuspidata, Olivi (sp.).
An imperfect specimen was taken with the preceding two species.

Lucina lactea, Poli (sp.), Lam.

Procured off the south-west coast by Mr. MacAndrew—off Balti-
more Harbour, thirty fathoms ; and from twelve to fifteen fathoms in
Bantry Bay.

Tellina balaustina, Linn.

Two valves of this species, as determined by Mr. G. B. Sowerby,
were dredged on the occasion already alluded to in Birterbuy Bay
by Mr. Barlee. It has not before been noticed as inhabiting any of
the coasts of the British Islands.

- Montacuta oblonga, Turt. Brit. Biv. p. 61. pl. 11. figs. 11, 12.

Taken in fine sand from thirty fathoms between Baltimore Har-
bour and Cape Clear by Mr. MacAndrew, who adds, “ frequent in
company with fine live specimens of Eulima subulata.”

Botrylloides albicans, Edwards, Ascid. Compos. p. 88. pl. 6. fig. 2.

July 16, 1846.—I found this species attached to the under side of
a stone in a pool between tide-marks at Springvale, county of Down.
It was likewise attached to Fuct (F. vesiculosus, &c.) growing in the
rock-pools, and was in much smaller masses than the following spe-
cies ; generally but one system of individuals existed in each mass.

* Since the above note was sent to press, I have learned from Mr. Barlee
that he obtained this species in Birterbuy Bay (co. Galway) in the summer
of 1845.

386 Mr. W.Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

On the small branches of Fuci to which it was attached, there was
not room for more ; nor was there indeed on the broadest portion
of the main stem, whence the leading branches of the plant issued :
—the latter is its favourite position, ‘The specimens agreed in all
respects with the description and figures in Edwards’s work.

Botrylloides rotifera, Edw. Asc. Comp. p. 85. pl. 6. fig. 1?
was attached to the under side of the same stone with the last, and
covered several square inches of its surface. I mark it with doubt
on account merely of some little difference in colour. The ‘ con-
sistance gélatineuse”” was rather hyaline than ‘jaunatre ;” the in-
dividual forms were more of a uniform red than in Edwards’s figure,
and were each as brightly coloured as in B. rubrum, Edw., and of
the hue that it is represented to be. The individuals being arranged
in a scattered manner, and not thrown into masses as in B. rubrum,
was a striking character.

There is no record of these two species of Botrylloides having been
procured on any other part of the coast of the British Islands.

CIRRHIPEDA.
Adna anglica, Leach.

Three dead specimens were obtained on fragments of Caryophyllia
from rocky ground east of Cape Clear—forty to fifty fathoms, by
Mr. MacAndrew.

Nore.
Balanus punctatus, Mont.,
to the exclusion of every other species or form, profusely covers
over the stones and rocks between and above tide-marks, on various
parts of the coast of Down, as I have also observed it to do on the

Dublin coast.
* CRUSTACEA.

Lynceus lamellatus, Mull. Eurycercus lamellatus, Baird.

Taken in Lough Neagh at the beginning of August by Mr. A. H.
Haliday and W. T.

Cypris reptans, Baird ?

Taken with last; together with a species of Daphnia, believed by
Dr. Baird to be undescribed: the Lynceus and Cypris were named
by this gentleman ; the specimen of the latter being in a bad state
was marked with a note of doubt.

* Scorpionidea.

Obisium maritimum, Leach, Zool. Mise. vol. iii. p. 52.

A very few individuals were taken in fissures of marine rocks at Bangor,
(Downshire,) in July 1840, by Mr. Hyndman and myself; one specimen was
obtained by us under a stone between tide-marks at Gull Island, Strangford
Lough, in June 1846. I compared the Irish specimens with Leach’s in the
British Museum. The west of England is the only habitat assigned to the
species in the ‘ Zoological Miscellany.’

including species new to that of Britain. 387

Noves.

Portunus holsatus, Fabr., Bell, British Crustacea, part 3. p. 109
(1844),

Professor Bell remarks at p. 111 of the excellent work just re-
ferred to, in reference to this species :—‘‘ In Ireland, according to
Mr. W. Thompson’s statement, it has occurred repeatedly ; but as it
appears to me that faded specimens of P. marmoreus might be easily
mistaken for this species, it is always desirable that they should be
compared with those well-distinguished specimens which exist in the
British Museum.” If the figures in any work will suffice, so as not
to render necessary an examination of actual specimens, that work
is in my opinion Leach’s ‘ Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniz.’
Several years ago I compared a number of the figures in it with the
specimens in the British Museum from which they were drawn by
Sowerby, and found them to be represented with such extraordinary
accuracy, that I considered a reference to the work itself all-sufficient
from that time forward.

The suggestion of my friend Professor Bell commands my entire
acquiescence as a general rule, but the comparison was in the pre-
sent case unnecessary, as the Portuni in question from the several lo-
calities which I named, were, as stated by me, the P. lividus of Leach’s
work (P. holsatus, Fabr.) as contradistinguished from his P. mar-
moreus. Of this fact, I had the pleasure of affording Prof. Bell ocular
demonstration on my next visit to London after the publication of
the preceding extract. But whether or not these Portuni are really
distinct species—judging from series of specimens obtained by the
author of the ‘ History of British Crustacea’ since the publication of
part 3—is for him, and not for me to state. It may be added, that
colour alone, unaccompanied by structural differences, was never in
the case of any species regarded by me of the least specific value.

Pagurus Cuanensis, Thomp., Bell, Brit. Crust. part 4. p. 178.

June 22, 1846.—A specimen of this Pagurus was dredged in
Strangford Lough—in fifteen to twenty fathoms water—by Mr.
Hyndman and myself. It was alive and inhabiting a Trochus magus.
A conspicuous character was presented in its beautifully ringed an-
tenn. These were of a bright red hue alternating with pure white
or yellowish horn-colour, the rings of each colour very unequal in
extent. The portion of the body exposed to view when this Pagurus
is in situ, is prettily mottled over with reddish brown and white.

ANNELIDA.

Nemertes melanocephala, Johnst. Mag. Zool. and Bot. vol. i.
p- 535. pl. 17. fig. 5.

Under stones resting on a rich oozy sand between tide-marks at
Gull Island, Strangford Lough, two of this species were obtained in
June last by Mr. Hyndman and myself. Both were of a pale yellow
colour ; the one half an inch, the other an inch in length: they agreed
in every respect with the description and figures cited.

388 Mr. W.Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

Borlasia octoculata, Johnst. id. p. 537. pl. 18. fig. 2.

A few specimens agreeing in size and all the characters with the
description and figures were obtained with the last.

Borlasia purpurea, Johnst. id. p. 537. pl. 18. fig. 3.

This species, differing little from the last in any external character
but that of colour, was procured at the same time, but was much more
numerous, Several specimens of this and the other species of the
same family here noticed were kept alive for three weeks in a phial
of sea-water, and thus afforded ample opportunity for observation.
The water was not changed during that period, but the length of
time that they would have lived under such circumstances was not
ascertained, in consequence of my leaving home. The individuals
of this species were about 3 inches in length and perfectly agreed
with the description and figures ; some had only six, and others eight
eyes as stated by Dr. Johnston.

Borlasia olivacea, Johnst. id. p. 536. pl. 18. fig. 1.

A worm agreeing in all characters of form and colour with this—
having four eyes, and marked with red over the site of the heart ;
characters specially named as they are apparently not constant—
was procured between tide-marks in July 1846 at Bangor, Down-
shire, by Mr. Hyndman and myself. A specimen agreeing with this,
except in having eight eyes, was taken with the species noticed as
obtained at Strangford Lough in June, but, judging from zoological
characters only, I could not think that it was distinct from B.
purpurea.

Planaria lactea, Mill. Zool. Dan. vol. iu. p. 47. pl. 109. figs.1, 2?

This species is marked with doubt from the circumstance of its
differing in the following characters from P. lactea. 'The chief central
vessel represented in the figure as of about equal breadth throughout,
expands in this into an ovate form about the centre of the body—
and the ramifications from it, represented as purple in P. lactea, are
in this of a rich fawn-colour. My specimens are 9 lines in length,
when the breadth is 2 lines; eyes pyriform, generally two in num-
ber, placed as in P. lactea (a specimen had two at one side, and
one eye at the other); colour milk-white, but the main vessel and
its ramifications, spreading throughout all the body except the mere
margin, imparts a handsome delicate fawn-colour to the animal. All
of the many specimens taken were of the same colour; the size al-
ready noted marks them as considerably larger than Miller’s. When
.in motion they were generally more elongate (of about equal breadth
throughcut) than P. lactea is represented to be, but occasionally
appeared of the same form as the figure in the ‘ Zoologia Danica.’

During an excursion round the shores of Lough Neagh at the be-
ginning of August 1846, when I was accompanied by Mr. A. H. Ha-
liday, this species was found to be very common, attached to stones
at the margin of the lake, and to subaquatic plants. It was grega-

including species new to that of Britain. 389

rious, several individuals being generally adherent to the under side
of a stone a few inches in diameter.

Planaria nigra, Miller, Z. D. vol. ui. p. 48. pl. 109. figs. 3, 4.

This species was found abundantly in the same localities, and
under similar circumstances with the last. With the unimportant ex-
ception of being more of a brown colour and of rather less size, they
perfectly agreed with the figure in the ‘ Zoologia Danica,’ and also
with the description, so far as given. They were when fully extended
3 lines in length; under a high magnifying power a row of black dots
appeared closely disposed round the margin of the anterior part of the
body. Sir John G. Dalyell figures similar dots in his P. nigra (‘« Ob-
servations on Planarie,” fig. 5), but in my specimens there are three
for one represented in it—in the description however they are men-
tioned as numerous.

August 22, 1846.—Three Planarie agreeing with Sir J. G. Da-
lyell’s P. nigra, and brought from the pond in the Zoological Garden,
Pheenix Park, Dublin, with Hydre, &c. in May last, are now living
before me. These differ from the P. nigra of the ‘Zool. Dan.’ in
being of a jet-black, of a much softer consistence, more shapeless,
and being able to diminish themselves to a much less size.

When at rest they sometimes appear as a round black spot, not
more than half the size of the other when contracted to the utmost,
though when stretched out they reach its full dimensions :—they are
much more protean in the forms they assume. The softness alluded
to is well shown in Dalyell’s figure 15—the L. Neagh specimens are
always of a firm consistence. When changing the water on these
Planaria, the individuals (I shall not call them distinct species) from
each locality exhibited a marked difference, though all appeared in
equally good health, the latter always retaining their hold against
the sides of the phial, while the others, though the liquid was poured
out in the gentlest manner, became detached. Specimens which I
have obtained on subaquatic plants in ditches at the outskirts of
Belfast were similar to those from Lough Neagh.

Planaria torva, Mill. Z. D. vol. m. p.48. pl. 109. figs. 5, 6.

Several individuals just as described and figured in the work re-
ferred to were obtained under stones at Church Island, Lough Beg
(adjoining L. Neagh), on the occasion alluded to under P. lactea.
Templeton notices “ P. fusca, Pallas,” as Irish (Mag. Nat. Hist.
vol, ix. p. 239) without. giving any particulars respecting it. This
species and P. torva are said by Duges to be identical (Lamarck,
2nd edit. vol. iii. p. 607).

Nephelis octoculata, Moquin-Tandon, Monog. Hirud. p. 302. pl. 3,
figs. 1-11. 2nd edit.

Four individuals of this species found among subaquatic plants at
Lough Neagh on the occasion already alluded to were brought home
for examination. They were not more than half the size of those
figured by M.-Tandon, nor of so dark a hue generally—anteriorly

890 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

they were somewhat hyaline. They each possessed eight eyes, which
changed their places like objects in a kaleidoscope; their usual
position was, the four anterior in a straight line across the :
body, and so they always appeared when the anterior portion oe
of the body was pressed against the phial in the act of pro-
gression : the hinder pairs of eyes generally appeared as here repre-
sented, or across the body, but occasionally displayed them-
selves in the opposite direction thus, and the anterior eyes Fd
were then seen as figured, the head of the creature at the |" *
same time having quite a truncated aspect. Of several species of
‘“* Hirudinées”’ brought from L. Neagh and kept alive for a few
weeks*, this was the only one that had the power of swimming; it
was extremely active, and wriggled about through the water like an
Ammocetes—it was truly ‘‘as merry as a grig.”

August 20, 1846.—Among the Hydre, &c. alluded to under Pla-
naria nigra as brought from the Pheenix Park, Dublin, was an indi-
vidual] of this species :—the water from which it was taken for exa-
mination today had been kept unchanged for three months in a large
glass globe.

Glossiphonia Eachana, Thompson.

Specific Character.—‘ Body oval; anterior portion not dilated into
a distinctly-formed head; back smooth ;” margin slightly crenu-
late ; eyes eight; stomachal lobes eight, subpinnate ; prevailing
hue hyaline.

The size commonly extends to 9lines. The eight eyes are dis-
posed in four pairs, each pair on the same segment of the body, the
two hinder pairs the larger; eight pair stomachal lobes anterior to
great stomachal pouches, subpinnate—as much so as represented in
G. marginata, Moq.-Tandon, pl. 14. f. 14. 2nd edit.—the two anterior
pair are small, and when empty but little apparent ; from each side of
the stomachal lobes emanate four subpinnate branches which appear
in a continuous row with the stomachal lobes anterior to the pouches
on each side. It may be remarked that the spur-like form of the
stomachal pouches (see pl. 13. fig. 6 ¢ & d, Moquin, 2nd edit.) was
not always clearly defined, in which state their four branches ap-
peared as if issuing directly from the main trunk like the anterior
eight pair of lobes. This difference will be understood by a refer-
ence to Moquin-Tandon’s figure 4. of plate 13 (2nd edit.) repre-
senting the ordinary appearance, and his fig. 3. pl. 4 (1st edit.) the
latter. Four pair of ceca. Colour—back viewed with a very high
magnifying power exhibited about four distinct rows of white spots,
with a few smaller spots irregularly interspersed; but the general
aspect was of a glassy transparency of a very pale red tinge, im-
parted to it by extremely minute dots of red disposed over the body
and disc. This glassy transparency rendered the vessels of the di-

* In addition te those named in this communication as previously unra-
corded, there were Glossiphonia seaoculala, G. bioculata and G. tessel-
lata.

meluding species new to that of Britain. 391

gestive system, which were of a fine dark red
colour, very conspicuous; and, owing to the
jagged outline of the series of lateral lobes, &c.
the creature was so extremely beautiful, that
it might be compared to an arborescent agate.
It is well-entitled to the epithet vermiculus
splendidissimus applied by Miller to the very
nearly allied Gloss. heteroclita*. ‘To that spe-
cies, it indeed, judging from the description,
bears a strong resemblance—but belongs to a
different division of the genus:—to that de-
fined as having more than six stomachal lobes,
which are more or less pinnate, and termed
*«« Lobina” by Moquin-Tandon (p. 369. 2nd edit.). This is the genus
Hemocharis of Filippi (not of Savigny): the species here described
may be termed Hem. Eachana by those who consider the characters
of generic value. :

Pontobdella levis, Blainville, Moquin-Tandon, Monog. Hirud.
p- 290. 2nd edit.

A Pontobdella in my collection agrees with this species in all the
detailed characters assigned to it in the work referred to, in which
the description is taken from Blainville’s in the ‘ Dict. Sci. Nat.’
t. 47.1827, p. 243. The species differs from P. muricata and P. ver-
rucata, as its name denotes, in being smooth ; which it is all over the
surface. Where the specimen described by Blainville was procured
was not known; but it is stated to have been sent to him by M. Pa-
retto of Genoa. Mine, which may be noted as 4 inches in length,
was obtained alive in April 1838, either at Portpatrick or Donaghadee
by Capt. Fayrer, R.N., who commanded the mail steam-packets be-
tween these ports. This gentleman remarked at that period, when
sending me the specimen, that he found it in the bottom of a fisher-
man’s boat, into which it must have been brought with sea-weed,
then being gathered for manure at low-water. This Pontobdella
gave out to the spirits in which it was put for preservation a beau-
tiful scarlet colour. A specimen of P. muricata which I lately (Oct.
1846) received imparted a beautiful and intense green colour to the
spirits in which it was placed.

Nores.
Ditrupa subulata, Berkeley.

The only part of the coast on which this interesting species has
hitherto been noticed being the north-west (Zool. Jour. vol. v. p.424),
it may here be mentioned that specimens dredged by Mr. MacAn-
drew from forty fathoms, and still deeper water off the Old Head of
Kinsale and Cape Clear, have been kindly given to me by that gen-
tleman, as have others by Mr. Stutchbury (the able Curator of the

* Miiller, ‘ Helminthica,’ p. 50, where a very full description is given of
the species.

392 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

Bristol Institution) dredged from ninety-three fathoms, at a distance’
of ninety miles (English) due south of the last-named locality. Mr.
MacAndrew considers this ‘‘ an abundant deep-water species,’ and
has ‘‘ obtained it off Scilly in forty-five fathoms; in the middle of
St. George’s Channel from sixty fathoms ; and westward of Zetland
from eighty fathoms.”

Planaria cornuta, Miull., and P. vittata, Mont..

In the month of May 1845 I made a communication to this
Journal (vol. xv. p. 320) on the subject of the P. cornuta, Mill., in
which it was remarked, that the individuals described were more
round in outline than Dr. Johnston’s specimens, as represented in
the ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’ and still more so than those of
the ‘ Zoologia Danica,’ but that I was unwilling to consider them as
specifically different.

In the following month of September, M. Quatrefages published
in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ an elaborate and splen-
didly illustrated memoir on Planarie discovered by him on the
coasts of France, Italy and Sicily, and gave new names to the spe-
cies. One of these, found at St. Malo, is the same as that obtained
in Belfast Bay, and is called Proceros sanguinolentus. No reference
is made by the author to the P. cornuta described and figured by
Miller in the ‘ Zoologia Danica,’ and by Johnston in Loudon’s
‘ Magazine of Nat. Hist.’ for 1832, either with respect to his species
being the same, or nearly allied to them. Having myself looked
critically to the subject, I can state with certainty that the species
procured in Belfast Bay is identical with that of Quatrefages, and
have indeed no doubt that Dr. Johnston’s is also. Miller’s I am
now rather disposed to regard as different, in which case the name of
Proceros sanguinolentus, Quat., or Planaria sanguinolenta, Quat., may
be adopted for the British species.

In the same memoir, this author described and figured what is
called a new species under the name of “‘ Proceros? cristatus.”’ This
is the Planaria vittata, of which a description and figure were given
by Montagu in a paper read to the Linnean Society in 1807, and
published in the 11th volume of the ‘ Transactions.’ This author
knew the species only from two individuals taken at the same time
at Kingsbridge, Devonshire. The next notice of it known to me is in
a communication made by myself to the 5th volume of the ‘ Annals’
(p. 247), in which an individual was recorded as dredged in Strang-
ford Lough in October 1839. In the month of July of the following
year we took a second specimen (between tide-marks in this in-
stance) at Roundstone, on the western coast of Ireland.

It is to be regretted, for the sake of science, that M. Quatrefages,
who is bestowing such unwearied attention on the more obscure por-
tions of the marine Invertebrata, and illustrating his subjects in
such a splendid manner, should not have been aware of the investi-
gations of those who have preceded him, and above all of the wri-
tings of Montagu, whose researches were chiefly made on the oppo-
site side of the same channel as his own. ‘This species is an in-

including species new to that of Britain. 893

stance in point, having been found by M. Quatrefages at St. Vast-
la-Hogue in Normandy, and Montagu’s, as already stated, in Devon-
shire.
EcHINODERMATA.
Brissus lyrifer, Forbes, Brit. Echin. p. 187.

Of this species—discovered by Professor E. Forbes in the Clyde in
1840-—a few individuals were obtained off the south-west coast of
Ireland by Mr. MacAndrew. ‘To use this gentleman’s words, ‘‘ One
or two specimens were brought up from a depth of forty fathoms off
Cork, and off Cape Clear, and from thirty fathoms in Bantry Bay,
near Great Bear Island. I have found it a frequent inhabitant of
muddy bottoms in from 12 to 100 fathoms.”

Holothuria.

Since the publication of Forbes’s ‘ History of British Echinoder-
mata,’ a species of this genus as now limited (with normally twenty
tentacula) was noticed by Mr. Couch in the ‘ Cornish Fauna’ (part 2.
p. 73); and another, believed by Mr. Peach to be distinct, has been
described and figured in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. xv. p. 171. pl. 14. At
Tory Island, off the north-west coast of Donegal, Mr. Hyndman
procured a specimen of this genus in a rock-pool between tide-marks
in August 1845. I abstain from naming the species even with doubt
in the present state of our knowledge of the Holothuria.

Syrine Harveii, Forbes, Brit. Echin. p. 249.

Two specimens of a Syrinz were dredged in Strangford Lough
from a depth of fifteen to twenty fathoms on an oozy bottom in June
last by Mr. Hyndman and myself. They agree with the S. Harveit,
and at the same time with the S. granulosus, M‘Coy (Annais, vol. xv.
p- 272. pl. 16. fig. 2), accordingly as they are viewed by the unas-
sisted eye or by magnifying power. The body of the former is de-
scribed as being “‘ quite smooth,” of the latter ‘‘ nearly smooth, very
minutely and uniformly granulated ;” a difference which we might
expect to find between examples of 23 and 7 inches in length ; these
being the respective dimensions of those described by Professor
Forbes and Mr. M‘Coy. ‘The body of my specimens—the larger of
which is under 2 inches in length—appears to the unassisted eye
not only quite smooth, but shining, though in a subdued tone ; yet,
when magnified, extremely minute papille are seen over its surface.
I therefore regard S. granulosus as not distinct from S. Harveii. The
figure of S. granulosus represents my specimens very well: they are
of a very pale grayish brown colour,

Nores.
Cucumaria fusiformis, Forbes and Goodsir, Brit. Echin. p. 219.

This species has already been enumerated in my Report on the
Invertebrata of Ireland, but no particulars respecting it have been
published, The specimen there alluded to, was dredged in ten

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii. 2k

894 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland,

fathom water, at Donaghadee, by Dr. J. L. Drummond in the sum-
mer of 1843.

Cucumaria Hyndmani, Thomp., Forb. Brit. Echin. p. 225.

A specimen of this Cucumaria, hitherto known only as Irish, was
taken at Saltcoats, Ayrshire, in June 1845, and has been kindly
sent to me by the Rev. D. Landsborough.

ZOOPHYTES.

Coryne Listeri, Van Ben. (sp.). !
Syncoryna Listeri, Van Ben. (sp.), Johnst. Brit. Zooph. p. 41.
pl. 2. 2nd edit.

I obtained this zoophyte in July last attached to stones between
tide-marks at Ballyholme, Belfast Bay. Both polype and polypidom
agreed in every character of form and colour with the description
given in Dr. Johnston’s work, but I cannot think this and the Coryne
(C. squamata, Johnst. Brit. Zoop. pl. 2. figs. 2 & 3. Ist edit.) which is
commonly found on the Fuci (especially Fucus nodosus) of our shores,
the same species. ‘This latter generally forms masses at the base of
the branches and around the stem of the plant named: each indi-
vidual rises singly from its base, as represented in the figures re-
ferred to. The one is a branched, the other a simple species: the
polypidom is horny (Tubularia-like) in S. Listeri ; in the other soft
and fleshy.

Turbinolia milletiana, Defrance.

This species, only known as fossil until Mr. MacAndrew dredged
it alive off the coast of Cornwall in the spring of 1845, was obtained
by similar means off the Isles of Arran (Galway Bay) in the summer
of that year by Mr. Barlee.

Since this note was taken, the Irish station has been published in
the 2nd edit. of Johnston’s ‘ Zoophytes.’

Corynactis Allmani, Thompson.

A species of Corynactis, differing considerably from C. viridis, All-
man (Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii.417. pl. 11), has been procured by
dredging in Belfast Bay and Strangford Lough (fifteen to twenty
fathoms). It is somewhat doubtfully on my part given as speci-
fically distinct from C. viridis ; but Professor Allman, to whom a spe-
cimen was submitted in a living state, considers it to be so.

Spec. Char.—C. with several regular concentric series of capitate
tentacula, those of the third and fourth rows being about equally
regular and numerous as those of the two outer rows : those nearer
the mouth irregularly disposed.

The colour—red of various shades—is wholly different from that
of C. viridis, though not included in the diagnostic characters. A
full description of the species has been forwarded to Dr. Johnston for
the 2nd edition of his ‘ British Zoophytes.’

Dysidea? papillosa, Johnst. Brit. Sponges, p. 190. pl. 16. fig.6.
This species, dredged from a depth of fifteen to twenty fathoms

including species new to that of Britain. 395

in Strangford Lough, on the 22nd June last, by Mr. Hyndman and
myself, was brought home in a living state, and proved on the
expansion of its tentacula to be a Helianthoid Zoophyte. It was
then noted as—‘‘ Coming very near Zoanthus, Cuv. (Rég. Anim.
vol, iii. p. 293. edit. 1830), if indeed it should be generically sepa-
rated from it. The character of ‘ each individual rising from a com.
mon base’ does not apply to it, and the generic character must con-
sequently be either altered to suit the species, or this be constituted
a new generic form.” Other observations made at the same time
are now unnecessary (as the sequel will show)—the preceding note
is given merely with reference to one on this subject at p. 252,
second edition ‘ British Zoophytes.’

When lately on board Mr. MacAndrew’s yacht at Southampton,
Professor E. Forbes pointed out to me living specimens of Zoanthus
Couchii (according to the Cornish Fauna) which had been dredged
off the southern coast of England, and these to my surprise proved
to be the same species as I had obtained.

All the specimens named ‘‘ Z. Couchii”’ that I had previously seen,
were the very different Sarcodictyon catenata, Forbes (Johnst. B. Z.
p. 179.* pl. 33. figs. 4-7, 2nd edit.). On referring to Couch’s work,
I agreed with my friend about the identity of the species, which, being
certainly the. same as that from Strangford Lough, decided, at least
to my mind, the question that D.? papillosa and Z. Couchit are not
distinct. Dr. Johnston, not having seen the living animal, placed
his D. papillosa doubtfully among the Sponges. In doing so, he
judiciously remarked, that it is ‘‘ nearly allied to the Alcyonium ocel-
latum of Ellis and Solander, Zoop. p. 180. tab. 1. fig. 6 ; and it is pro-
bable that the two productions are of the same nature, whatever this
may be.”—Brit. Spong. p. 191.

This species was dredged by us in Strangford Lough in 1835, as
noticed in the ‘ Annals’ (vol. v. p. 254). It was, as on the last oc-
casion, found adherent to dead bivalve shells—Venus aurea, V. ovata,
Corbula striata. ‘The figure referred to in the ‘ British Sponges’
represents the species from this locality.

AMorPHOZOA (SPONGES).

Notes.

When dredging in Strangford Lough on the 22nd of June last
with Mr. Hyndman, we were singularly fortunate in the number
of sponges obtained; there were as many species as all our former
dredgings combined produced :—the depth was from fifteen to twenty
fathoms, the bottom soft and rather oozy. Among them were two
new species, which await Dr. Johnston’s description: one of these
however, previously taken elsewhere is in that author’s possession,
though as yet undescribed. ‘Three others of interest, although not
additions to the Fauna, may be noticed.

* Dr. Johnston has here (p.180) correctly brought the Youghal species
under this—it is the Zoanthus Couchii of my Report.
22

396 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland.

Tethea lyncurium, Linn. (sp.), Johnst. Brit. Sponges, p. 85. fig. 12
(p. 87).

A few individuals of this species were procured: they were both
on dead and on living specimens of Modiolus vulgaris, and on dead
univalve shells. They were all bright yellowish orange in colour
(hence Pallas’ name aurantium) when recent, but became at once
discoloured on being putin spirits. The largest Tethea is 13 inch high
by 1} inch in diameter. The numerous spicula were in some indi-
viduals confined to the apices of the tubercles, and in others pro-
jected from all parts of them, so as to give to the entire surface of
the animal when alive a conspicuously hispid appearance. One or
two specimens of what seem to be young Yethee (half an inch
diameter) on the same shell with the old, are quite smooth on the
surface.

Halichondria (Tethea) carnosa, Johnst. Brit. Sponges, p. 146.
pl. 13. figs. 7, 8.

' The only locality for this species given in the work referred to,
which was published in 1842, is Roundstone Bay, Connemara. The
author omitted noticing the species as from Strangford Lough, where
I dredged it in July 1838, and sent it to him with many other
sponges, on being informed of his contemplated work upon the sub-
ject : in the same year this species was procured in Belfast Bay * by
Dr. Drummond. In July 1840 it was dredged by our party at Kil-
lery Bay, Connemara; two specimens thence in my collection, as
well as the first alluded to, are attached to Turritella terebra. Several
procured in Strangford Lough in June last are attached to Cytherea
ovata—the largest is 23 inches in height, and quite pyriform.

Halichondria hispida, Mont. Wern. Mem. vol. ii. p. 86. pl. 5.
figs. 1,2; Johnst. B.S. p. 98.

This species was only I believe known from Montagu’s descrip-
tion of specimens obtained in Devonshire until the month of March
last, when Dr. Scouler, in a contribution to this Journal, (vol. xvil.
p- 176) noticed it as having been dredged from deep water at Round-
stone by Mr. M‘Calla, collector of objects of natural history. A few
specimens were taken under the circumstances already mentioned in
June last at Strangford Lough : the largest is attached to a valve of
Cytherea ovata, over which its base spreads, and thence it branches
out on either side. Montagu’s figure of the species is characteristic,
and his description admirable as usual, and so full as to require no
addition. Halichondria mammillaris, Dysidea fragilis, D.? papillosa
(as already noticed), Cliona chelata, &c. were obtained on the same
occasion,

The only Irish station given in Johnston’s ‘ British Sponges ’ for

* It is noticed in the ‘ Annals’ for March last, p. 177, as lately [18455
found here.

M. Sundeyall on the Birds of Calcutta. 397

the two following species being Dublin Bay, I shall here copy some
notes upon them ;—their forms have been known to me since 1835,

Halichondria incrustans, Esper. (sp.), Johnst. B.S. p. 122. pl.12.
fig. 3. and pl. 13. fig. 5.

Abundant, adherent to rocks between tide-marks on the Down
coast. Dr. Johnston calls it an ‘‘ unattractive species,” in which—
but it is a matter of mere taste—I cannot agree. Its reddish orange
colour on the dark rocks is to my eye most lively and pleasing, and
more particularly so, when other sponges are in its immediate prox-
imity. At Ballyholme, Belfast Bay, within the space of a very few
square feet, this species may be seen in small orange patches on the
rock ; Hal. panicea in green masses, and by throwing aside the hang-
ing fronds of Fucus nodosus (covered by their parasite Polysiphonia
Jastigiata), Ptilota plumosa densely clothing the shaded rock is ex-
posed to view, and on it the Grantia botryoides and G. foliacea grow
plentifully, and the G. ciliata is sparingly seen.

Although H. incrusians inclines generally to look directly down
upon the water, or to grow on the under surface of rocks (see Grant,
quoted in Johnst. B. 8. p. 124), I find it also attached to their per-
pendicular sides, and when so, the “ fecal orifices ” are elevated, but
not very much, above the surface.

Grantia coriacea, Mont. (sp.), Johnst. Brit. Sponges, p. 188.
pl. 21. fig. 9.

was found on an Anomia attached to an oyster dredged at Killough,
Downshire, March 1835. W. T.

XLIV.—The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by
Caru J. SUNDEVALL*.

[Continued from p. 309.]

44. Bucco philippensis, Briss., L., Lath., Temm. in Pl. Col. livr.
88.—B. indicus, Lath. (B. parvus, Gm., Lath, est junior, auct. Temm.,
loc. cit., quod nomen potius ut specificum adhibendum ; sed junior
mihi ignotus.)

Olivaceo-viridis, subtus flavescens viridi-maculatus ; fronte macu-
laque pectoris antici coccineis; gula, macula supra aliaque infra
oculos flavissimis. (¢ 9 adulti, simillimi, Febr. Martii.)

Longit. 6 poll. Ala 83 mill., tarsus 18, cauda 88. Pedes pallide
rubri. _Orbita nuda, rubra. Iris rubra. Lingua plana, lata, basi ut
vulgo sagittata; margine membranacea, apice obtusa; leviter la-
cero-bifida. Remigum 1? brevissima; 4" reliquis longior. (Testi-
culi in medio Febr. tumidi. Ova tumida et oviductus crassitie in-
testini, initio Martii.)

This handsome little bird was common around Calcutta, and

* Translated from the ‘ Physiographiska Sillskapets Tidskrift’ by H. E.
Strickland, M.A.

398 M, Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutia.

was said to lay its eggs the beginning of March, but I did not
see the nest. A more voracious glutton can hardly be found ;
the specimens which I killed had not only the stomach but also
the throat filled up to the mouth with berries of the two species
of Ficus (F. benjamina and indica), which are common in Bengal.
Insects were not found inthem, The flight and motions were
very heavy and inactive. These birds were only seen solitary ;
they commonly sit upon a branch, and utter almost incessantly
their ho! ho! (or jo!) with a strong shaking of the whole body
at every note. This sound is pronounced very short, not strong,
but tolerably pure, like a rather low note on the flute (from the
lower G to the second #). The same individual always utters the
same note, but two are seldom heard to make it exactly alike.
When therefore two or more birds are sitting near each other, a
not unpleasant music arises from the alternation of the notes, as
it sounds most like the tone of bells. The note being feeble and
clear, it appears to come from a distance, though one may be
only ten or twelve ells from the bird. The Bengal name of the
bird is Benebo, This name has been by the older writers incor-
rectly applied to Timalia grisea (Baniah-bow of Albin).

45. Bucco cyanicollis, Temm. loc. cit.—Capito cyanocollis, Vieill.
Trogon asiaticus, Lath. no. 8.

Viridis, non maculatus, facie juguloque cyaneis: capillitio coc-
cineo fascia lata media nigricante ; puncto utrinque juguli coccineo.
(3d Qadulti, Martio.)

81 poll. Ala 100-108 millim., tarsus 24, cauda 70. Lingua plana,
lanceolata, basi non sagittata! apice leviter fissa, laciniis integerrimis.
Iris obscure rubra. Orbita nuda obscure rubra. Rostrum flavescens
supra nigricans. Ala parum superat anum, remigibus 1-3 gradatis,
4-6 subequalibus, reliquis longioribus. ectrices 10, obtuse,
zequales.

This species also is common near Calcutta, and is called the
borro Benebo (Great Benebo), the former being tutto (or little)
Benebo. It is heavy and dull like the former, lives solitary in
the same manner, and feeds on berries, but seemed to be more
temperate, and the berries found im the stomach were always
broken asunder. The note may be expressed by rokuro) ! rokuro) !
The middle syllable is uttered a note higher than the other two.
Both males and females cry in the same manner, sitting still
with outstretched neck. At intervals they were seen to spring
aside, or transversely across the branch, with considerable activity,
so that at first sight they resemble a Squirrel. They were seen
from February to May.

46. Cuculus ejulans, n.—Bhrou Cuckoo, Lath. Gen. Hist. iii.
p. 265. no. 4 (et forte idem ac plures Cuculi ex India, ibi e picturis

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 399

descripti. Aff, C. solitario, Cuv., Le Vaill. Afr. 205,—et radiato,
Lath. 22.)

Cinereus, pectore sordide fulvescente, ventre cinereo-fasciato ;
cauda cinerea fasciis 6 angustis, nigris, postice albido marginatis.

6 adultus Febr., Martio. Magnitudo, structura et ratio partium
ut Cuculi canori: rostrum, nares, pedesque omnino illius. Differt
rectricibus lateralibus minus abbreviatis, et remige 4* reliquis lon-
giore (in canoro 3* reliquis longior). Longit. 14 poll. Ala 200
millim., tarsus 20, cauda 180. Plumarum rhachides parte occulta
paullo tumida, lanato barbata. Color superne immaculatus, vinaceo-
cinereus. Gula pallide cinerea. Pectus et latera corporis vinaceo-
testacea, posterius pallidiora, fasciis non crebris, transversis, pallide
cinereis. Abdomen et crissum albida. Ale colore dorsi, pennis
fuscioribus, intus fasciis triangularibus, abbreviatis albis. Caudz
fascie bis arcuate ; apex latius niger, late testaceo-marginatus. Iris
flava. Pedes saturate flavi*. |

This species shows much similarity to our Cuckoo, and the
mode of life seems also nearly to correspond. When flying or
reposing on a tree, as well as when walking on the ground, it
altogether resembled that bird, but the note was quite different ;
it sounds like parupiu! peripiu! piripiw! The third syllable is
long, and every word is pronounced about twice, nearly in this
manner :—

It thus mounts the scale of notes at every second ery, three or
four times, till the note is as high as the bird can raise it, when
it makes a short pause and begins anew. Thus it continues for
whole hours, especially in the morning and evening, even after
it is quite dark. When one is in a house surrounded by trees,
as at Serampore, this nocturnal music becomes wearisome, for it
is anything but agreeable; it is im the highest degree harsh,
grating and incessant. What especially adds to its unpleasant-
ness is that the bird makes all the intervals alike, without attend-
ing to the semitones, which to our ears are essential in musie.
The specimens obtained (two males) were very fat, with tender
skins, as in our Cuckoo. They had eaten a great number of
caterpillars, but as these were not hairy ones the stomach was
not rendered internally villose, as'is the case with C. canorus

* This species was first described under the name of Cuculus varius by
Vahl near fifty years ago in a paper on the birds of Tranquebar in the
‘Skrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet,’ published at Copenhagen, vol. iy.

art 1. p.61. C. fugax, Horsfield, and C, Lathami, Gray, Ill. Ind. Orn, are
ater synonyms.—H. E. 8.

400 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

during summer, when such larve abound, the hairs from which
become attached to the internal skin of the stomach. I learnt
nothing as to its mode of breeding. The Bengalese name is
Sikkrie, which is also applied to Falco tinnunculus and melanop-
terus, so that here people often confound the Hawks and Cuckoos.
I saw and heard this species from February to May, but pro-
cured no female. The bird is tolerably shy like our Cuckoo.

47. Cuculus orientalis, L. et auct. (= ¢); Horsf. Jav. L. Tr. xiii.
—Coucou a gros bec, Le Vaill. Afr. 214. CC. scolopaceus, L. et
auct. (= 92). Eudynamis orientalis, Vig. et Horsf. Nov. Holl. L.
Tr. xv. (C. punctatus, auct., veris ¢ primo anno.)

Nares oblonge immarginatz ; tarsi breves, cauda fortius rotun-
data.— ¢ niger. ? fusca, albo varia, fasciis caudz numerosis irregu-
laribus.

Iris sanguinea. Lingua sub-cartilaginea, mediocris, sensim an-
gustata, apice rotundato, integerrimo, stricla superne impresso ut
rudimentum fissure. Rostrum et pedes robustiores, alee paullo bre-
viores quam in Cuculis genuinis. Cutis firma. Plume corporis
forma vulgari, nec, ut in Columbis et Cuculis genuinis, scapo tumido.

6 adultus (Febr., Martio) totus pure niger, virescenti nitens, im-
maculatus. Rostrum pallidum, basi fuscescens. 14} poll. Ala 181
mill., cauda 180,-tarsus 32, digitus medius 28, cum ungue 38.

3 jun. (d. 1 Maii) niger, minus nitens, subtus remigibusque fuli-
ginosus, opacus ; remiges tamen ultime primarize et ultime cubitales
renovate, nigrze, nitide. Alarum tectrices inferiores et crissum albo
undata. Rostrum pallidum flavescens. 2 (d. 3 Martii ovo subper-
fecto in oviductu). Supra fusca, eneo-nitens, crebre albomaculata :
maculis capitis subtestaceis, longitudinalibus, una in apice singule
plume; dorsi et tectricum parvis, rotundis, 2~3 cujusque plume.
Subtus alba fusco varia: gula colloque maculis sub-longitudinalibus,
et lateribus plumarum fuscis. Pectus, ad pedes usque, fasciis tenui-
bus, angulatis. Hypochondria et crissum fasciis sub-regularibus.
Remiges fuscze fasciis interruptis fulvo-albidis. Rectrices striis circa
18 oblique transversis et flexuosis, albidis. Long. 143 poll. Ala 180
millim., tarsus 31; digitus medius 27, cum ungue 37, cauda 180.

This also is a noisy bird which occurs frequently near Calcutta.
The males were heard all the time that I remained there, crying
almost constantly ¢orrui! torrua! and both sexes often uttered a
note like that of the Kestrel or Woodpecker, tjee! tee! tee! tee!
They were not seen to alight on the ground, but remained in
bushes or small detached trees, and seemed to enjoy the sun-
shine. They were not shy like the true Cuckoos. The stomach,
which was very. thin with a soft muscular coating, was always
found full of berries ; it was never seen to contain insects (Febr.—
Apr.). They lay their eggs in March, for in the above-described
female was found one which was nearly full-grown, but without

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 401

shell. I could not get to see the nest, but according to Levail-
lant and Buchanan (in Lath. Gen. Hist.) it is like a crow’s nest,
in which the bird itself deposits its eggs. This species seems to
occur in the whole torrid zone of the old continent, including
Ulimaroa. The Bengalese name is kukuill or kokill, formed from
the note like the Latin Cuculus. The name Bought-Sallik, which
the older authors give as Indian, I have not heard.

48. Cuculus philippensis ?, Vieill.—C. egyptius 3, auct. (nec C. bu-
butus, Horsf. Jav.). Niger alis rufis (Centropus, Jdlig.).

Between February and April I several times saw near Calcutta
a rather large black bird with red-brown wings, which certainly
was one of the so-coloured species of Cuculide, with a long claw
on the hind-toe as in the larks ; but it was so shy and wary that
I could not succeed in shooting it. It was considerably larger
than the foregoing, but less than the Javan C. bubutus. Those
which I saw were solitary, or two together, and of the same co-
lour as far as I could distinguish. They remained on the ground
unobserved among bushes, and always flew up at my approach,
after which they glided among the bushes and trees, especially
those which grew thickly, till I could no longer perceive whither
they had gone. No sound was heard from them. The flight
was somewhat noisy like that of poultry. In the stretching-out
of the neck, the motions and attitudes of the body, they had also
a remarkable resemblance to the Gallinacee. This resemblance
is still greater in certain African species with yet shorter wings,
and a gray spotted plumage, so that there is little except the ar-
rangement of the toes, two forwards and two backwards, which
distinguishes them from the gallinaceous birds. This difference
also disappears in the African Musophagide (e. g. Schizeris cine-
rea, Wag]. = Phasianus africanus, Lath.) and the American Penelo-
pide, which form important links between the Cuckoos and Phea- ,
sants. A remarkable similarity is also seen between the Pigeons
and the true Cuckoos, to which C. canorus belongs. The mode
of flight and of walking on the ground, the colours, the tender
skin and the structure of the feathers have a great resemblance.
The feathers of the body have in both these genera the hidden
portion of their shafts considerably thickened, spongy, and fur-
nished with a branched downy web. In the true Cuckoos too
the somewhat slender beak has an erect fleshy margin round the
nostrils, which is yet more developed in the Pigeons.

49. Coracias indica, L. et auct.—C. bengalensis, L., &c. C. nevia
¢ adult, Wagler, Syst. (C. nevia propria ut junior ejusdem speciei
loc. cit. describitur, quod in Iside 1829, p. 737. emendatur.)

Rufescens, capite superne ventreque viridibus; capitis lateribus
juguloque albido striolatis ; rectricibus equalibus, violaceis, medio

402 -M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

late albido-cyaneis. Alze czeruleze et violaceee. ¢ (d.19 Martii) ut
descriptio Wagleri citata. Long. 12} poll. Ala 172 millim., tar-
sus, 25, cauda 120. Iris obscure rufescens.— 9 vix differt. Junior
= Cor. neevia 2? Wagleri.

The Indian Roller is yet more splendid than ours, which it
otherwise much resembles ; it has also the same rough ugly voice,
but the flight seemed to be less quick, somewhat tortuous, and
sometimes almost tumbling. The food consists chiefly of grass-
hoppers, at least I found nothing else in its stomach. It is com-
mon in Bengal (Feb.—May), and is there called Nilkhont.

50. Merops viridis, L. et auct., et ejusd var. 6, 6 et e, Lath.
(Var. y=M. egyptius, Forsk., Licht.: gula flava). Viridis, macula
oblonga per oculos striaque transversa juguli nigris; gula cerules-
cente ; remigibus pogonio interiori fulvis, apice nigris. Rectricibus
2 mediis apice longissimo, tenui (adulta).

6 Febr. Color olivaceo-viridis ; capite supra, presertim poste-
rius cum nucha fulvescente. Iris coccinea. Longit. (preter rectrices
2 medias) 7 poll. Ala 100 millim. Pes e talo ad apicem unguis 26.
Rostrum 26. Rectrices 70 = apices 2 elongati 70. Remiges 1?
spuria; 2 et 3 subzequales, integra; relique apice cordato-incise.
Lingua longa, tenuis, integerrima, acuta. Cutis maxime firma (vel
duriuscula). Musculi occipitis tenues, fere spatiis perviis distincti.
Ventriculus fortius musculosus.

9 Similis mari, vix minus nitide colorata.

This handsome bird was seen commonly in trees near Calcutta,
but I am uncertain whether they occur later than the middle of
March. It does not live in flocks, but several are generally seen
near together, and.I killed two males at the first shot (Feb. 9).
In their stomachs they had insects of all orders, and they were
continually seen flying out from the trees to catch these, return-
ing back again almost like a Muscicapa. The flight was gliding,
with the wings motionless and held straight out, forming an
isosceles triangle. I never saw this species wheel round in large
circles like Swallows, as the European Bee-eater is said to do.
No other sound was heard from them but a soft hissing srrrr - -
--i---! which was commonly when they flew. The Bengalese
name was said to be Bashbatia; but through a mistake of their
colours they are also named Benebo, which name belongs to
Bucco, and Massrenga which belongs to Alcedo. In Latham’s
‘Gen. Hist.’ six other names are given for them.

51. Alcedo ispida, L. = A. bengalensis, Gm., Lath. (ex Edw.
tab. 11. fig. inf.)*.

* Alcedo bengalensis, var. 8. Lath. = Edw. xi. fig. sup., est distincta
species. Simillima, vix minor, capitis lateribus ceruleis ; = 4. meningting,
Horsf. Jav. L. Tr. xiii. Temm. Pl. Col. 239. 2. Forte = A. ispida, Rafil.
Sumatra, L. Tr. xiii? An etiam Bengaliz incola?

M. Sundeyall on the Birds of Calcutta. 403

Var. dorso cyaneo, minus virescente tincto quam in individuis
europeis.— ¢ Adulius (Calcutta Martio). Longit. 6 poll. Ala 69
millim.; pes e talo ad apicem unguis 25; rostrum e fronte 38 ;
altit. 7; cauda 35. Rostrum totum nigrum, et pedes tenuiores quam
in individuis Europzis collatis. Colores puriores, sed pictura per-
fecte eadem. Iris obscure fusca. Remigum prima paullo brevior
quam 4°. Alius ¢ (Calcutta Febr.) simillimus sed rostrum basi
subtus pallidum. Aliud individuum (Mus. Lund. e.Calcutta) simil-
limum, etiam mensuris et tenuitate pedum; differt rostri altitudine
8 millim. et maxilla inferiore tota pallida.

As long as I remained in Bengal kingfishers occurred there
frequently. Near such water-tanks as were surrounded with
small trees or bushes, one or two of these handsome birds were
always seen sitting, ready to pounce on small fish, their only
food. The Bengalese name is Massrenga or Matjrunga (from
mat), fish, and renga or runga, red, gay or coloured), also ¢jutto
massrenga or little kingfisher, to distinguish it from the follow-
ing species. All the specimens which I have seen from Bengal
are distinguished by somewhat brighter or purer colours from
the European ones which I have had an opportunity of seeing,
two of which were shot here in Skania in 1835 and 1836. This
is evidently an effect of the warmer climate, but besides this, the
Bengalese ones always have smaller though not shorter feet than
the European ones. This may probably arise from the greater
warmth, which has more rapidly and completely dried up the
soft parts in fresh-stuffed specimens in India than in Europe.
The resemblance is too great for one to assert any specific dif-
ference.

52. Alcedo smyrnensis, L. et auct., et ejusd. var. y. Lath. (var. f.
dist. sp.). Gen. Halcyon, Swains.

Castanea, collo antico (ad medium pectus) albo, dorso alis cauda-
que ceruleis, vitta cubitali nigra. Macroura rostro recto pedibusque
sanguineis.

& (d. 12 Mart.). Alarum tectrices medie nigre, fasciam obli-
quam formantes ; minime castanez, maxime colore dorsi. Scapu-
lares sordide cerulei. Remiges 3-5 subeequales, reliquis longiores ;
omnes primariz apice nigre, pogonio interno albo; cubitales 14,
quarum 12 equales, intus nigre. Cauda rotundata, longit. trunci,
subtus nigra. TJvbia apice vix nuda. Lingua parva, triangularis,
apice rotundato, integerrimo. 103 poll. Ala 118 mill. Pes e talo
ad apicem unguis 40. Rostrum e fronte 60, altit. 15, cauda 76.
Alius $ (mense Apr.) simillimus, preter alam 115 millim., rostrum
55, caudam 80. 9° similis mari.

This is certainly one of the handsomest of birds, in respect
both of the splendour of the colours and their pleasing distribu-

404. M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

tion. The chestnut-brown body and snow-white throat, together
with the splendid blue of the back, wings and tail, form an un-
commonly beautiful whole, which is especially admirable in the
living bird when it expands the wings. When the skin is dried,
somewhat of the brilhancy of colour is lost, which is the case
with most high-coloured birds. This species occurred not rarely
about Calcutta. It dwells in the higher trees, or the summits
of bamboos, in the vicinity of water, from which it may perhaps
procure small fish, though the chief food seems to consist of in-
sects. The stomach, which is very thin, almost membranous,
was always found full of grasshoppers and crickets, without any
remains of fish. This bird flies tolerably quick, somewhat like
a woodpecker, and betakes itself to a greater distance when dis-
turbed, over the tops of the trees, without regard to the vicinity
of water.

It seems to be stationary near Calcutta, and was seen in pairs
in April. The voice was not heard. The Bengalese name is
borra matchrenga or great kingfisher. In Latham’s ‘ Gen. Hist.’
the name given is Paula gumma.

58. Alcedo capensis, L. et auct.—Gen. Halcyon recentiorum.

Pallide fulvescens, superne sordide cerulea, capite nuchaque ci-
nereis; dorso obtecto nitide cyaneo. Rostrum rubrum, apice recto
dorsi carina planata*.

& (Serampore d. 25 Febr.). Iris rufo-grisea. Pedes rubri. Gula
albida. Corpus subtus lineolis fuscis, tenuissimis transversim un-
dulatis. Ale et cauda nitide cinereo-cerulee. Long. 14 poll. Ala
150 mill.; pes e talo ad apicem unguis 50; cauda 106; rostrum e
fronte 81; altit.20. Rostrum crassum, compressum dorso rectissimo,
sutura adscendente. Remiges 1-3 gradate ; 4* ceteris longior. Lin-
gua brevissima (12 millim.), obcordata, basi ut vulgo sagittata ex-
trorsum dilatata, apice profunde incisa, laciniis obtuse rotundatis!

I only saw the specimen described, which was found sitting on
a post, at a large water-tank. The stomach, which was very thin,
was empty, but smelt strongly of fish. The form of the body
seemed to be somewhat more slender than in the foregoing spe-
cies. The perfectly heart-shaped form of the tongue is unusual
among birdsf.

* A. leucocephala, Gm., e Java, huic simillima, differt collo toto, etiam
nucha, testaceo, et magnitudine paullo inferiore. An vere dist. sp.?

+ The bird above described is the Halcyon brunniceps of Jerdon, a name
which, if the species be a good one, may be retained in preference to ca-
pensis, which implies an error of locality. But the Indian birds are so closely
allied to the H. leucocephala of the Malay countries, which only differs in
the crown being pale tawny instead of brown, that I can hardly venture to
separate them. The hind neck is testaceous in both species.—H. E, S.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 405

54. Alcedo rudis, L. et auct.

Nigra et alba, cauda mediocri, rotundata; capite subcristato ;
dorso, fasciaque pectoris nigris ; superciliis albis. Rostrum et pedes
nigri. Preecedente paullo minor (secundum adnotationem ex indi-
viduo vivo d. 23 Martii).

Although this bird occurred during all the time that I re-
mained in Bengal, and in all the places which I explored, much
more frequently than the two former species, it happened that I
procured no specimen of it. I have not therefore thought fit to
give a lengthened description, especially as I have seen none in
collections which certainly came from Bengal. According to a
note made on the spot, upon one which was seen at a very short
distance, once when I was unarmed, the beak seemed to be con-
siderably thicker than in the specimens which I have since seen in
collections, and curved upwards as in the previous species. The
bird kept near the river and the tanks, partly in trees, partly
walking on the ground, and was often seen to hover in the air
im one place like the Kestril over its prey. The tail was com-
monly carried erect, both when the bird sat still and when it
walked, which was not observed in the two preceding kinds. Its
note was a shrill Tick! *.

55. Psittacus torquatus, Kuhl., Act. Bonn. x. (sec. Brisson).—
Ps. alexandri var. 3, £2. Paleornis cubicularis, Wagl, Monogr. Psitt,
p- 45.

Viridis, ala immaculata, torque nuchali tenui roseo. Gula cum
stria laterali, torquem limitante, striolaque lore nigris; rostro san-
guineo (adultus).

& (d. 10 Febr.). Occiput paullo ceruleo tinctum. Rectrices
apice cerulescentes, intus subtusque flave. Rostrum totum rubrum.
Iris alba. Palpebre (nec orbita) nude. Long. 16 poll. Ala 165
millim. Rectrices medie 252, extimz quadruplo breviores.

Our want of information from India is especially shown by the
fact that the existence of this Parrokeet -was denied in the last
treatise on these birds which I am acquainted with, viz. Wagler’s
excellent monograph in the ‘ Abhandlungen der Bayerischen
Akademie,’ Munich, 1835. According to my experience this is
the only species of Parrokeet which is really common about Cal-

* This Indian species, to which I have given the name Ceryle varia,
differs from C. rudis of S. Europe and Africa in the greater amount of white
on the upper parts, but it is absolutely identical in form and structure with
C. rudis. I have seen the latter species at Smyrna hovering in the mode
described by M. Sundevall, but I never saw it walking, nor was I aware
that any of the Alcedinide (in which the feet are remarkably short and
feeble) ever made any progress upon the ground.—H. E. S.

406 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

cutta. It was often seen from February to April, in small
flocks of five to seven together. These commonly showed them-
selves during flight by their well-known scream, which in the
open air resembled the note of a Jackdaw, somewhat like fjeh !
They were seen both sitting in trees and walking on the ground
in quest of food, which consists of rice, fruits, &e. The flight is
very strong and steady, often high above the tops of the trees,
and they are frequently seen to fly over the towngof Calcutta.
The screaming of such a small flock flying overhead was the first
bird-note which greeted me as I ascended the river to Calcutta.
They were recognised by their voice to be parrots, which I should
not perhaps have otherwise guessed, as we are accustomed to con-
sider these birds as very poor fliers. They are very wary and shy,
so that it is not easy to shoot them. I consequently only got
one, the female above-described, but one often sees them in cages,
in all the shops and bazaars; and in the country houses parrots,
chained by the foot to a large suspended ring, form a frequent
ornament, and this species occurs incomparably the commonest.
The price too is lower than that of the other species; they may
be bought for one or at most two rupees. These caged Parrokeets
commonly flutter and scream so, that in a large bazaar one can
hardly hear a person speak; they often get loose, and one may
frequently see them hanging by their chain, unable to help them-
selves up. They are always taught to speak some words, as was
the custom even before Alexander’s time. It is remarkable that
even the Americans, before the arrival of Europeans, knew how to
teach parrots to talk, and Humboldt records (in his ‘ Ansichten
der Natur’) a bird of this kind, obtained from one of the small
tribes of South America, which spoke a language unknown to the
present inhabitants of that country, it having belonged to a tribe
which a short time before had been exterminated. The Benga-
lese name of P. torquatus is Théé (the th pronounced as in En-
glish). This is evidently the species which Pliny describes (lib. 10,
cap. 42) as coming from India, but the first Parrokeet which
came to Europe during Alexander’s expedition to India was pro-’
bably P. alewandri, which differs from this, in having a red spot
on the wings and in its larger size.

56. Psittacus bengalensis, Gm., Kuhl.—Paleornis bengalensis,
Wag!l. Monogr.

Viridis, capite pallide roseo, postice cerulescente; torque tenui
gulaque nigris. Macula alarum antica obscure rubra.

g (d. 12 Febr.) maxilla superior fulva, inferior nigra. Orbita
anguste nuda, et iris albe. Corpus subtus paullo dilutius. Priori
minor: ala 137 mill., cauda minus elongata.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 407

This also occurs around Calcutta, but less common than the
last species, and I cannot positively assert that I have seen them
wild. The specimen described was obtained from a friend. This
species is not often seen in a captive state, and it is charged
higher than P. torquatus. I could learn no other name for it
than kolkottia, which is much like that of many other species of
small birds, e. g. Lanius superciliosus.

57. Psittacus melanorhynchus.—Paleornis melanorhynchus, Wagl.

Viridis, capite rubicundo-cinerascente ; mento, macula magna ge-
narum, striaque lore nigris. Alarum tectrices mediz flavescentes,
Collum antice rubicundum, Rostrum nigrum. An Ps. pondicerianus,
junior?

Of this species I only saw one specimen, which a Hindoo
boatman had sitting in a ring on board his boat. He assured me
that he had caught it near Serampore, and a trustworthy well-
known Hindoo asserted on the same occasion that he had seen
many of these Parrokeets from that country. : 7

Obs. Many other Asiatic, Javanese and Australian Parrokeets
were seen in the shops of the natives, or were carried about for
sale. Many of them were said to have been caught in Bengal,
but as [ did not procure any further information on this point,
little attention was given to these assertions. P. sulphureus often
occurred at the price of six or eight rupees, and was generally
named from its note, kakatua. A dealer wished to persuade me
that this species also was caught far in the interior of Bengal, as
he understood from my question that I chiefly valued the pro-
ductions of that country. It was offered me for five rupees.

The large green species with a short tail are called Hddamon ;
among which [ recognised the American P. e@stivus.

Lories, or the red species with short tails, were called Nuri, which
is probably the original Indian word, from which Europeans have
formed the name Lory. Edwards says (under pl. 170) that he
borrowed the name Lory from Nieuhoff. According to Scaliger
(see Wagl. Monogr. p. 13) the name Nor is derived from the
island Badang near Java, and means shining. These birds are
said not to occur near Calcutta, but to be brought thither from
the interior. A common name for parrots is Tottah or Tottaw.

[To be continued. ]

408 M. Schleiden on the Fructification of the Rhizocarpee.

XLV.—On the Fructification of the Rhizocarpez.
By M. J. ScHLEIDEN *.

For the development of a new individual in Rhizocarpee, two very
distinct parts separate from the old plant, namely pollen grains
and ovules. The former have the usual structure, consisting of
a cell (the pollen-cell) and the outer pollen membrane. The
ovules exhibit the following structure: a very large, firm-walled
cell, containing very large starch granules, mucilage and oil (the
embryo-sac), is inclosed in a white coriaceous membrane, which
is formed of cells so very small as to be almost indistinguishable ;
this membrane forms a papilla (the nucleus) at one end, which
is sometimes clothed either by three lobes of the same membrane
as in Salvinia, or by an envelope composed of these three lobes
united together so as to leave an orifice at the apex as in Marsilea ;
this is called the simple coat of the ovule (¢ntegumentum simplex).
The whole is inclosed in a cellular sac (sacculus) as in Salvinia,
or surrounded by a layer of quite gelatinous and almost confluent
cells, as in Pilularia and Marsilea. The cell of the pollen grain
extends itself into a longer (Salvinia) or shorter (Pélularia) tube.
Simultaneously the cells of the nucleus develope toward the apex
of the embryo-sac, become clearly distinguishable and more lax,
filled with chlorophylle, &c., and break through the nucleus so that
they project free (mammilla nuclei). If a pollen tube now comes in
contact with these cells it penetrates deeply between them and
reaches a layer of smaller green cells, immediately clothing the
embryo-sac (Pilularia and Salvinia), and then expands as a ve-
sicle ; it thus displaces the surrounding cellular tissue, which how-
ever continues to develope and protrudes from the ovule as a
larger or smaller green body ; in Salvinia it elongates into two
lateral, connected processes, while in Pilularia a portion of the
cells of the upper surface extend themselves into long, hair-like
fibres. In the utricular end of the pollen tube cellular tissue is
developed, which, becoming the embryo, finally breaks through,
with one end, the mammilla nuclei of the ovule, which now exhibits
the appearance of a thin-walled sac ; the latter on the occurrence
of this process assumes the form of a round sheath (Pilularia),
or a flat, bilabiate body (Salvinia). In Salvinia the protruding
embryo forms a stem which spreads out above into a flat disc,
floating on the water (primary leaf, cotyledon) ; from its point of
attachment, at the lower part of a vertical fissure in it, a bud
already somewhat developed produces into a little stem, bearing
leaves on both sides and sending out radicles below. In Pilu-

* Translated by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S., from Schleiden’s ‘ Grundziige
der Wiss. Botanik,’ 2 Th. p. 100.

Bibliographical Notices. 409

laria the protruded end of the embryo developes into an upright
green filament (primary leaf, cotyledon), at the base of which a
bud, already formed, produces a stem with long filiform leaves.
The opposite end of the embryo becomes a rvot and breaks
through, somewhat later, the green mammilla nuclei of the ovule,
which here also appears as a sheath.

Pilularia globulifera. A, Transverse section of an ovule at the com-
mencement of development; a, gelatinous envelope; 6, coriaceous coat ;
c, embryo-sac filled with starch and drops of oil; d, mammilla of the nucleus.
B, Pollen grains; a, fresh from the pollen sac; 5, swollen in water and at
the commencement of the formation of the tube. C, Upper part of the
ovule after the penetration of the pollen tube d; a, coriaceous coat; 6, em-
bryo-sac; c, nucleus and its mammilla; 4, layer of cells which separate the
pollen tube from the embryo-sac. H, Pollen tube from C prepared free; above
it shows the still uncovered portion which was inclosed in the outer pollen
membrane, in the middle the more slender special tube, and below the broad
expanded part already filled with cellular tissue, which developes into the
embryo, D, Upper end of the ovule in a further advanced stage of de-
velopment ; a, coriaceous coat ; J, embryo-sac ; c, nucleus and its mammilla,
expanded by the development of the embryo into a sac; d, stem-end of the
embryo (e); g, primary leaf (cotyledon) ; h, pollen tube ; /, first axillary bud ;
i, capillary, outstretched external cells of the nucleus; #4, layer of cells
which separates the embryo from the embryo-sac.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Physical Atlas; a series of Maps illustrating the Geographical
distribution of Natural Phenomena. By H. Bereuavs, LL.D.,
F.R.G.S. &c., and A. K. Jonnston, F.R.G.S. &c.

Ir is with no small pleasure that we find ourselves called upon to
notice this important undertaking, especially in the improved form
under which it is here presented to the British world; the compre-
hensiveness of the design and the care which is bestowed upon its

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii. 2G

4:10 Bibliographical Notices.

execution are not only a presumptive evidence of the growing in-
terest on the subject felt by the general public, whose extensive pa-
tronage alone can render the speculation remunerative, but are full
of promise for the future progress of the study, since the clear and
definite exposition of the state of our knowledge will serve as a solid
basis for new investigation, and will point out to each special in-
quirer in the wide field of natural science how his labours may be
rendered most directly beneficial to the general progress.

Although physical geography may be considered as a modern sci-
ence, it can hardly be said to be in its infancy, for, like the sister
science, geology, it is of such a nature that it could not exist as a
distinct branch of study until it had obtained so many data from the
results of the simple sciences, as enabled it to assume at once a high
rank among the divisions of human knowledge. Like geology, in
fact, physical geography must be regarded as a compound science,
whose province is the generalization of facts furnished by the pure
natural sciences, these two magnificent paths of philosophical in-
quiry parting as it were from a common point where we have to ex-
amine the mighty phenomena of existing nature which are uncea-
singly operating to affect the ever-changing face of the earth;
while one recedes into the dark and unfathomed depths of time, the
other leads us forward into the light spreading over the living world,
and makes clear to us the wonders among which we dwell, the trea-
sures that surround us, and in addition to the surpassing practical
relations to human interests which such a course possesses, the in-
tellectual pride of those who follow it is both encouraged and chas-
tised as it feels its way step by step to a clear insight into the works
around it, which are at once the proof of man’s high destiny and the
evidence of his insignificance.

It is at a happy period that this work makes its appearance among
us; when the first of physical geographers is laying before us
the great generalizations, the fruits of a life devoted to the personal
investigation of the grandest of terrestrial phenomena. Now that
the illustrious Humboldt is giving to the world his philosophic sum-
mary of the natural laws, and the interest in these speculations is so
rapidly extending, it will be no small advantage to those whose op-
portunities have not admitted of their becoming acquainted with
these matters, to meet with a work, in which the results of the la-
bours of the sons of enterprise, the voyager, the traveller, naturalist,
hydrographer, &c., are philosophically systematized by the more
tranquil efforts of deductive science and presented in a tangible
form ; from which, by a careful study of a few maps comprehensible by
any one of common intelligence and application, they may acquire
an amount of knowledge which years of reading of the works in
which the facts have hitherto been stored up would not have given
so clearly, nor fixed so firmly in the memory.

Indeed an acquaintance with the subjects illustrated by these maps
must ere long become a necessary part of an enlightened education,
and much gratitude is due to Dr. Berghaus, the author of the ori-
ginal German work, and to Mr. Johnston, to whose skill and enter-

Bibliographical Notices. 411

prise we owe the present improved edition, for the truly scientific
spirit in which they have performed their task. If it were a ques-
tion of utility alone, this Atlas should be in the hands of all who
profess to teach geography.

The execution of the work is quite worthy of the subject. In the
five Parts now before us, forming half the work, we have fifteen beau-
tiful coloured maps, many of them containing a number of details
on an enlarged scale, the size being imperial folio. Each Part con-
tains three maps with descriptive text. The work is divided into
the two general heads, Inorganic and Organic nature; the former
including,—1. Meteorology and Magnetism; 2. Hydrology, and
3. Geology; the latter, Phytology and Zoology; but the maps are
not published in any regular order.

Part the first contains,—1. a Physical Chart of the Atlantic Ocean,
2. a map of the Mountain Systems of Europe, and 3. a map of
the Distribution of Plants in a horizontal and perpendicular direction.
The last is based chiefly upon Humboldt’s statistics, and exhibits
also Schouw’s twenty-five phyto-geographic regions, or tracts over
which certain families of plants predominate ; this is a very interest-
ing map, and is made the more valuable by a quantity of statistical
information ; while the description contains a clear summary of the
principal facts of the geography of plants recorded by various bota-
nical travellers.

Part the second commences with a map of a similar character, ex-
hibiting the range of some of the mammiferous families, namely,
1. Quadrumana ; 2. Marsupialia; 3. Edentata, and 4. Pachydermata.
The editors express the difficulties they have met with in this divi-
sion of the subject, and account for whaf, may perhaps appear to na-
turalists to be a meagreness of its details, by reminding us of the
large number of maps which a complete view of the distribution of
animals would require. We think they have done wisely in resol-
ving to give a moderate amount of information clearly rather than to
crowd the map with a greater abundance of minor facts, which
would have involved at least the appearance of confusion, without
any compensating advantage ; for this map is amply sufficient for the
general student, and it is obviously beyond the plan of this work to
furnish all the facts which would be required by a naturalist pursuing
a special inquiry.

Next comes a Hyetographic map of the world, exhibiting the sta-
tistics of the amount and periods of the fall of rain over the globe.
The relative quantities of rain are indicated by depth of shading,
while coloured lines mark the limits of the zones within which preci-
pitation is periodical or constant. It is accompanied by tables of the
annual amount of rain over the globe as ascertained at a great
number of points in the old and new world, both in the tropics and
the temperate zones.

The River systems of Europe and Asia, displays the boundaries
and comparative extent of the river basins and the seas to which
they contribute their waters ; with hydrographic tables, &c.

Part the third presents us with,—1. a map of Glaciers and glacial

2G2

412 Bibliographical Notices.

phenomena founded on the observations of Prof. J. D. Forbes,
Charpentier, Raymond, &c., with a descriptive treatise by the first-
named gentleman. 2. The distribution of Carnivora, with a map of
the district inhabited by the fur-bearing animals, together with the
region of the whale and seal fishing in the northern hemisphere.
3. A Physical Chart of the Pacific, with the navigation, currents,
temperature, &c.

Part the fourth,—1. a highly interesting map illustrating the phe-
nomena of Volcanic action as exemplified in the regions visited by
earthquakes and the distribution of volcanoes, accompanied by an
extensive table of the geographical distribution of volcanoes, giving
their position, date of eruption, height in feet, and the name of the
**system” to which they belong. 2..a Rain map of Europe. 3. the
Geographical distribution of Reptilia ; one section given to the Tes-
tudines, Sauria and Batrachia, two others illustrating the positions of
the Ophidia, innocuous and venomous, according to Schlegel, with
tables showing the numbers and distribution over the globe and in
the zoological provinces of that author.

Part the fifth,—1. a map of the Geographical distribution of Birds
in two sections,—1, over the Globe ; 2, over Europe. The data for
the division and intensity of species in the first are furnished by Pomp-
per’s classification, arranged according to Cuvier’s system; in this
way the globe is divided into sixteen provinces, which are arranged
into three groups according to the zones.

The divisions are altered in the general map in regard to Europe,
which is made one undivided province. The orders taken in the ge-
neral map are,—1. Rapaces; 2. Scansores ; 3. Oscines; 4. Galli-
nace; 5. Grallatores, and 6. Natatores; and the table of distribu-
tion shows that while in general the number of species is greatest in
tropical countries, Europe forms such a striking exception, that it
possesses more species than any other province except that of tro-
pical America, more even than tropical Asia and the Sunda Islands
together; but the gross number increases in the tropical provinces,
and this holds good of all the single orders except that of the Nata-
tores, this order decreasing toward the equator. Europe and tropical
America possess the greatest number of Rapaces, while Scansores
and Oscines predominate in the latter; Grallatores and Natatores
are most numerous in Europe, and the greatest number of Galli-
nacee occur in tropical Asia. There is also a table of the birds of
Europe based on the ‘ Systematic Catalogue’ of Keyserling and Bla-
sius. On the map are, 1. elevations exhibiting the perpendicular
range in general and in the Alps. 2. Mountain Chains of North
America, with Humboldt’s plan of the volcano of Jorullo and a
map of the Island of Trinidad. 3. an Ethnographic map of Great
Britain and Ireland.

The whole of the maps are most beautifully engraved and coloured
with the greatest.care, and full justice is done to those whose devo-
tion and perseverance have rendered such a work possible; indeed
we think that the scientific world owes much to Prof. Berghaus and
Mr. Johnston for such a magnificent exposition of its labours, since

Bibliographical Notices. 413

we can scarcely imagine anything better calculated than this Atlas
to impress the general public with a true idea of the value and in-
terest of scientific pursuits. The work must indeed be regarded as
one of the most valuable gifts ever offered by science to education.

A History of Inventions, Discoveries and Origins. By Prof. Brcx-
MANN. 4thed. Edited by W. Francis, Ph.D. &c., and J. W.
Grirrita, M.D. &c.

From the title of this work it would at first appear that it had little
to do with the subjects to which our pages are devoted, but under
the third head, that of Origins, we find several articles which,
although hardly to be considered as scientific, have considerable in-
terest for the naturalist. The inquiries concerning the plants known -
to the ancients and the endeavours to settle their synonymy with
modern species present a good example of the wonderful perseverance
and earnestness which characterize German research even when its
results are to be devoted to popular instruction.

In the article on the history of kitchen vegetables, the author, in
addition to those commonly in use, refers shortly to several which
are no longer considered worthy of cultivation. Speaking of the
name of Borago officinalis, he says :—‘‘ Some of the old botanists
have conjectured that it is derived from the word corago, which Apu-
leius, whose period is uncertain, gives as a synonym of buglossum.
Some think that the reading in Apuleius ought to be borago; and
others assert that corago is the true name, and arose from the quality
which the plant has of strengthening the heart; consequently we
ought properly to read corago, and not borago. It is probable that
our forefathers, under the idea that their borage was the buglossum
of the ancients and therefore had the property of strengthening the
heart, threw the flowers into wine, that their spirits might by these
means be more enlivened*.

‘Our borage is certainly a foreign plant, and Cesalpinus said that
it was brought from other countries to Italy. Linnzeus positively
states that it first came from Aleppo; but I have not yet been able
to find on what authority this assertion is founded.”

There is a very interesting article on Kermes and Cochineal,
containing a well-digested account of the ceconomic history of
these curious insects. It is stated that 1,569,120 lbs. of cochineal
were exported from and consumed in this country in 1844, and that
each pound contains 70,000 insects !

We do not quite agree with the editors in their opinion of plant-
skeletons. ‘This means of investigating structure, of stems espe-
cially, has been too much neglected, and is in fact almost the only
means of acquiring a clear idea of relations of parts in some plants ;
such a means is the less to be dispensed with that we know so little
of the subject. This book has been well-known in its former editions
and its value fully appreciated, and great credit is due to the present

* Hence the old distich, “ I, borage,
Give courage.”

414 Zoological Society.

editors for the judicious emendations of and additions to the text.
It affords no little gratification to the lovers of progress to see such
works, prepared under careful superintendence, issued at a price
within the reach of those who have hitherto had to content them-
selves with the second-hand compilations of the earlier ‘‘ cheap lite-
rature.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Sept. 22, 1846.— William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
John Gould, Esq., laid before the meeting the following letter,
detailing the circumstances of the death of Mr. John Gilbert, who
formerly had been many years in the employment of the Society.
He fell in the service of zoological science during an expedition into
the interior of Australia.
** Sydney, May 12, 1846.

‘Dear Sir,—As I was one of the party that journeyed from Syd-
ney to Port Essington, and not knowing whether you had been made
acquainted with the full particulars of poor Gilbert’s death by Dr.
Leichhardt, or any other of the party, thinking the details of his
melancholy fate would be read with interest, I shall offer no apology
for addressing this to you.

«As Mr. Gilbert’s log, which has been sent home to you, fully
narrates all particulars up to the eventful 28th of June, I shall offer
no remarks of my own. At the most northerly point we reached on
the east side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, in lat. 15° 57’, and about
fifty miles from the coast, we encamped for the night at a small shal-
low lagoon surrounded by low tea-trees, the country around beauti-
fully open. Having partaken of our usual meal of dried meat about
3 p.m., Gilbert, taking his gun, sallied forth in search of something
new—he procured a Climacteris and a Finch, which he skinned before
dinner; our scanty meal was soon despatched; poor Gilbert was
busily employed plaiting the cabbage-tree, intending to make a new
hat, which, alas! he never lived to finish. The shades of evening
closed around, and after chatting for a short time we retired to our
separate tents—Gilbert and Murphy to theirs, Mr. Calvert and my-
self to ours, and Phillips to his; the Doctor and our two black fel-
lows slept round the fire, entirely unconscious of the evil designs of
the natives; having always found those we had passed so friendly
and well-disposed, we felt in as great security as you do in the midst
of London, lying on our blankets, conversing on different topics.
Not one, I think, could have closed his eyelids, when I was sur-
prised by a noise, as if some persons were throwing sticks at our
tent; thinking it must be some trick played on us by our compa-
nions, I sat up to look out; another volley of spears was thrown; a
terrific yell, that will ring in my ears for ever, was raised, and pierced
with spears, which I found it impossible to extricate, I sunk helpless
on the ground ; the whole body rushed upon us with their waddies,

Zoological Society. 415

and how it is that our brains did not bespatter the ground is to
me miraculous. These rascals had crept on us under cover of the
tea-trees: the tent in which Calvert and I were being first in their
road, the whole body attacked us; poor Gilbert, hearing the noise,
was rushing from his tent with his gun, when a spear thrown at him
pierced his breast, and, penetrating to his lungs, caused internal hee-
morrhage; the only words he spoke were these, ‘ Charlie, take my
gun ; they have killed me,’ when pulling the spear out with his own
hands, he immediately dropped upon the ground lifeless. Little
Murphy, who was by his side at the time he was speared, fired at the
black fellow who speared him; Brown fired at the mob beating Cal-
vert and myself, and they immediately retreated howling and la-
menting. Mr. Calvert was pierced with five spears, myself with six,
and our recovery is to be attributed to the abstemious way in which
we lived. After having the spears pulled out, you may imagine our
feelings when we heard Charlie exclaim, ‘ Gilbert is dead !’—-we could
not, would not, believe it. Alas! the morning brought no better
tidings—poor Gilbert was consigned to his last and narrow home;
the prayers of the church of England were read over him, and a large
fire made upon his grave for the purpose of misleading the blacks,
who, we thought, would probably return and search the camp on our
departure. It is impossible to describe the gloom and sorrow this
fatal accident cast upon our party. Asa companion, none was more
cheerful or more agreeable; as a man, none more indefatigable or more
persevering ; but it is useless for me to eulogize one so well-known
to you—one whom you will have cause to regret, and who will ever
be remembered by, « Sir,
“Yours most truly,
‘** Joun Ropsr.”

The skull of a Seal was exhibited to the meeting, presented by the
-Society’s Corresponding Member, Richard Hill, Esq., who refers to
it in a letter, dated Spanish Town, Jamaica, July 8, 1846, as ‘‘a
skull of an undescribed Seal found on the islands and shoals called
by the seamen the Pedros, but known as the Vibora Bank on the old
Spanish charts, situated about a degree to the south of Jamaica.”

Mr. Hill’s letter proceeds: ‘‘ The most detailed account I can give
of this Seal, in addition to the facts presented by an inspection of
the cranium, which will be found to have much of the contour and
character of that of the Calocephalus of Frederick Cuvier, will com-
prise little more than the statement that it has no external auricles:
the foramina are so small that all trace of an ear to a casual observer
is imperceptible. The colour of the animal is intensely and uni-
formly black; the hair is stiff and close, and very short; the nails of
the hinder claws are rudimentary ; the eyes are large, black and full,
and the iris crimson.

«‘The measurements of the specimen from which the cranium sent
was obtained, are the following :—

ft. in.

Total length along the back from the snout to the HP of the

MMS ras oda ty MMR éa% sehis Sul bw Vie

416 Zoological Society.

ft. in.
Bength ot the taller is0 25 2 Ne eh s aes bs. wee Lore So
From the snout to the insertion of the fore-paw . Fig
From the insertion of the fore-paw to that of the hind- -paw. . 2 10
Circumference of the body near the fore-paws............ 3.2
Breadth of the back at the fore-paws ...............-5. 1 O
From one fore-paw to the other, extended out .......... 2. 6
Length: of the forespaw:s. 3:3! ¢ciosy aoden oo bedinver ad: oO 10
Length of the hind-paw. . a. ioeth salah os 0 11
Circumference at the hind-paws Hehis Bla Hawes eee eo 16
Breadth of the head across the ears, horizontally measured.. O 7
Length of the head ...... piensa ke Ce Ries diene 0.9
Breadth:of ithe nqets'ic cate cli fhe hoe he eal, TRO labels iis O 43

“Other seals have been taken nearly, if not quite, double this
size.”

A paper was then read, ‘‘ On a new Genus of the Family Lophide
(les Pectorales Pediculées, Cuv.) discovered in Madeira.”’ By the
Rev. R. T. Lowe, M.A., Corr. Memb.

The addition, Mr. Lowe observes, of an unequivocal new genus to
a family so circumscribed and so singular as Lophide is-well-worthy
of remark. The present genus has, besides, further claims on the
attention of the ichthyologist in the peculiar combination of distinc-
tive features of its own with characters exhibited by other groups in
the same family; and this independent of the interest attaching to
the fish in which they are exemplified, from singularity of form and
aspect, brilliancy of colouring , locality, and extreme rarity, no other
instance of its capture at Madeira having occurred during the last
twenty years.

It is nearest allied arith the groups of Lophide, in general
habit and aspect, with Cheironectes, Cuv., although in technical cha-
racters it may seem to approach even nearer to Halieutaa, Val.

The individual described was taken with an ordinary bait and line
at the Picos, a rucky shoal about a league from shore off Camera de
Lobos, a village five or six miles westward of Funchal.

CHAUNAX, Nov. gen.

Char. Gen. Corpus subcubico-oblongum, sufflatabile, nudum, cute
preesertim ad ilia ventremque flaccidissima laxa ; anticé obesum, pos-
tice abrupté attenuatum subcompressum. Caput osseum magnum
subtetrahedrum, superné nuchaque latum planatum, utrinque S. ad
genas declive; oculis lateralibus spatio interoculari convexo; ore
rictuque amplissimis transversis plagio-plateis S. depressis. Dentes
intermaxillares vomerinique palatinique parvi scobinati, Nares sim-
plices (nec pedicellate nec tubulosz). Spiracula (foramina branchi-
alia) postica S. ad ilia pone pinnarum pectoralium axillas.

Pinna dorsalis unica ; pectoralibus (pedicellatis) carnosis ventrali-
bus jugularibus spathulatis carnosis; analis postica; caudalis sim-
plex truncata.

Cirri, preter unicum in fossula internasali, null.

Zoological Society. 417

Chaunax pictus, Lowe.
D. 11; A.5; P. 11; V.4; ©. So
-11; A.5; Pill; V.43 ©. Soir

- Species adhuc unica.

Hab. In mari Maderensi.

Shape thick and deep, subcubic, about half as deep as broad, with
a puffy flaccid appearance, and evidently capable of vast inflation ;
bulky forwards, with the head, nape and body of equal depth and
thickness, contracting suddenly on the flanks or behind the pectoral
fins into a short thickish tail. Back of head and nape as far as the
dorsal fin broad and thick, flattened and uneven or irregularly pro-
tuberant ; thence to the end of the dorsal fin the body is nearly cy-
lindric, becoming compressed towards the root of the caudal fin.

Head broad and deep; eyes lateral ; sides of the head steep, but not
flat; mouth very large and wide, but not so wide as the head, horse-
shoe or crescent-shaped. Teeth in a distinct brush-like band on the
edges of both jaws. ‘Tongue very large, thick, hard and smooth.
The nostrils are two inconspicuous, minute, round, simple pores on
each side, one a little before the other near the edge of the muzzle.
Eyes of moderate size, roundish oval, rather prominent, but not
pedicelled.

In the middle of the front of the muzzle is a short, pedicelled, soft,
flaccid tentacle or caruncle scarcely more than a semidiameter of the
eye in height or length; the whole body destitute of any other
tentacle, ray, filament or spine whatever; the top of the head is
however irregularly knobbed, or uneven, with bony prominences and
depressions.

The breathing-holes or branchial orifices are placed far backwards,
considerably behind the hinder axils of the pectoral fins, in the mid-
dle of the flanks, which are peculiarly flaccid and flabby. They are
oval, ear-shaped, and about the size or diameter of the eyes.

The dorsal fin is single, placed nearly in the middle of the whole
length, its height one-fourth of the length of its base.

The anal fin is placed far behind, opposite the end of the dorsal.

The pectoral fins are placed low down about the middle of the
length of the body, beneath the origin of the dorsal fin.

The ventral fins are close together, very forward, quite under the
throat.

Caudal fin simple, truncate, with a straight edge.

All the fins, except the dorsal and caudal, are thick and fleshy,
with the rays strong but indiscernible to the eye, except towards the
outer edges of the pectoral fins.

The whole head and body, with the maxillaries and the rays of
the dorsal and caudal fins, are finely hispid or shagreened, and rough
and scabrous to the touch, the under surface more finely shagreened
than the upper.

The whole skin is singularly loose and flaccid. The head and
body are, as it were, mapped out into compartments by remarkable
chain-like rows of pits or oblong, shining, smooth depressions in the
skin. One set or row of these begins upon the muzzle, and passing

418 Zoological Society.

above each eye, turns downwards behind it and runs on a level with
its lower edge straight along the sides as far as the breathing-holes,
thence downwards along the tail to the caudal fin.

Under the lower jaw is a horse-shoe-shaped space enclosed by si-
milar smooth pits, the two ends of which, connected by a transverse
chain of pits, turn off backwards towards the corners of the mouth,
and continuing low down on the sides of the belly, end underneath
the axil of the pectoral fins.

A third wavy line runs along the inner or hinder edges of the
maxillaries, and turning obliquely backwards some distance under-
neath the eye, descends till it meets and is terminated by a fourth
obliquely vertical row which crosses the nape like a head-stall, and is
terminated low down on the sides of the throat by the second lon-
gitudinal line. On the nape the edges of these pits are raised or
echinulate, and more disconnected than elsewhere.

Colour of the whole fish above bright orange, beautifully rosy at
the flanks and sides, and with the fins and lips vermilion; on the
belly it is nearly white or pale, suffused with flesh-colour or rosy,
and with the ventral or anal fins deeper vermilion.

The tentacle dull, its stalk orange.

MEASUREMENTS. inches.
We ete Tera i Ee ee a), She ite is a 16
From tip of upper jaw to origin of dorsal fin .......... 6
Length of base of dorsal fin 6. .....0.6.- ce cece cc wens 4
Length from end of base of ditto to root of caudal fin.... 2
Renpth: of caval Gn oi OS er Se i Pate ee 34
LARGER OF GOOG a5 00s 5 eS 0 dn ak ae Wimp eee a ties ae EO 5

Breadth, greatest at fore axil of pectoral fins, from .. 8 to 10
Depth, greatest half-way, the tip of upper jaw and origin

gf dorsal Bit = 5 Oo ee ee PU Las Chee",
Depth at root of caudal fin .....606 6062 eee ee canes. 1
Length from tip of lower jaw to root of ventral fins .... 4
Length of vewtrul Bing? gos oS ee oo ee oe ss 2}
Length from each breathing-hole to root of caudal fin.... 5
Damanoter'ol Grew Hi OP ss SSE RU 03

Mr. Gould then exhibited to the meeting two new Australian
birds, which he characterized as follows :—

MELIPHAGA LoneriRosTRIs. Vertice et genis nigris ; plumis minutis
ad basin mandibule superioris, mystacibus ad basin inferioris man-
dibule, strigd superciliari, plumarum cristuld post aures, plumis-
que in jugulo setosis, albis.

Top of the head and cheeks black, with minute white feathers
on the forehead round the base of the upper mandible; a super-
ciliary stripe, a moustache at the base of the lower mandible, and
a small tuft of feathers immediately behind the ear-coverts white ;
feathers on the throat white and bristle-like ; upper surface brownish
black, becoming browner on the rump; wings brownish black, the
outer edges of the quills margined at the base with beautiful wax-
yellow, and faintly margined with white towards the extremities ;

Zoological Society. 419

tail brownish black, margined externally at the base with wax-yel-
low, and with a large oval spot of white on the inner web, at the tip
of all but the two centre feathers; surface white broadly striped
with black, the black predominating on the breast and the white on
the abdomen; irides white; bill and feet black.

Hab. Western Australia.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, 1; wing, 3}; tail, 34; tarsi, 3.

Remark.—Nearly allied to the M. Nove-Hollandie, but differing
from that species in the stouter and more lengthened form of the
bill, and in having the white patch on the face much less defined.

Limosa Meranuroipes. Capite, et corpore superiore griseo-fuscis ;
primariis secondariisque ad basin et tectricibus ale majoribus ad
apicem albis, colore, expansd pennd, tanqguam fascid apparente;
tectricibus caudeé superioribus albis ; caudd atrd, nisi rectricibus
lateralibus duabus ad basin albis.

Head and all the upper surface greyish brown, with a small streak
of black down the centre of the feathers ; wings dark brown; shafts
white ; base of the primaries and secondaries and tips of the greater
coverts white, forming a band when the wing is expanded; upper
tail-coverts white, forming a conspicuous mark ; tail black, with the
exception of the two lateral feathers on each side, which are white
at the base and black at the tip; neck, breast and flanks greyish
brown; abdomen and under tail-coverts white; irides brown; bill
greenish grey, becoming paler on the sides of the upper mandible;
legs and feet greenish grey.

Total length, 13 inches; bill, 33; wing, 75; tail, 34; tarsi, 24.

Hab. Port Essington.

Remark.—Nearly allied to, but differing from, the Limosa mela-
nura of Europe in its much smaller size.

October 13.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-Presidbos, in the Chair.

The following papers were read to the Society :—

“‘On twenty new species of Trocuitip2 or Humming Birds.”
By J. Gould, F.R.S.

Having lately turned my attention to the Trochilide, I find that,
much as this beautiful group has attracted the notice of previous
writers, several species remain undescribed.

At a former meeting of the Society I characterized three, and on
the present occasion I propose to describe seventeen others, making
twenty in all. The species described are contained in my own col-
lection.

1. Trocuitvus (ropazaA) pyra. Troch. abdomine, lateribus, dorso,
humerisque, igneis rubro-fulgentibus ; capite, auribus, nuchd, et
fascid inferiorem collum ornante, intense atris ; guld luminose vi-
ridi, medid aurantiacd ; rectricibus intermediis duabus viridibus,
purpurascentibus, reliquis autem intense purpureis; rectricibus
duabus intermediis proximis valde elongatis et ad bases decussatis.

Abdomen, sides, back, and shoulders, luminous fiery-red; head,

ear-coverts, back of the neck, and a band crossing the lower part of

420 Zoological Society.

the neck, deep velvety black; throat luminous pale green, passing
into rich orange in the centre; two centre tail-feathers purplish
green, the remainder deep purple, the feather on each side the cen-
tre ones much-elongated and crossing each other near the base;
upper tail-coverts luminous light green with red reflexions; under
tail-coverts luminous green; primaries are brown ; bill black ;
feet blackish brown.

Total length from the tip of the bill to the end of the centre tail-
feather, 6 inches; to the end of the elongated feathers,. 82; bill, 12;
wing, 34; tail, 23, of the elongated feathers, 45..

fab. Rio Negro, Brazil.

Remark.—I consider this to be without exception the most gor-
geous species of the Trochilide yet discovered. It is somewhat
larger than, but of precisely the same form as, T. pella, which fine
species it far exceeds in the brilliancy of its colouring, and from
which it is at once distinguished by the fiery lustre of its body and
the purplish colouring of its tail-feathers.

2. TRrocnitus (Lespra) smaracpinus. Troch. vertice fulgente vi-
ridi ; guld nitente ceruled ; caudd perlongd, furcatd, fulgentissimd
metallicé viridi ; pogoniis rectricum externarum uirisque ad basin
et internis reliquarum pogoniis nigris.

Crown of the head luminous green; throat shining steel-blue ;
body green, the under surface with a golden tinge; tail very long
and forked, metallic green and very luminous ; basal portion of both
webs of the outer feathers and the inner webs of the remainder
black; wings brown; bill black.

Total length, 74 inches; bill, 3; wing, 23; tail, 5.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—This beautiful species is nearly allied to the Ornismya
Kingit, Less.

3. Trocaitus (LEsBiA) eracitis. Troch. guld nitente metallice
viridi ; caudd perlongd valde furcatd ; rectricibus externis eneo-
Juscis, eneo colore ad splendentem maculam cujusque in apice
plume fulgentiore, pogoniorum externorum dimidio basali cervino ;
reliquis rectricibus aureo-viridibus ad basin fuscis.

Throat beautiful shining metallic green; the remainder of the
body golden-green; wings brown; tail very -long, much-forked ;
the outer feathers bronzy brown, the bronze gradually increasing
in intensity and becoming a brilliant spot at the tip; basal half of
the outer webs buffy white; remaining feathers brown at the base
and shining golden green for the remainder of their length; bill
black.

Total length, 64 inches; bill, }; wing, 24; tail, 43.

Hab. Peru.

Remark.—This species is very closely allied to the Trochilus
Gouldii, Lodd., vide Proc. of Comm. of Sci. and Corr. of Zool. Soc.,
part 2,p. 7, which is synonymous with the Ornismyu Sylphie, Less.,
but from which it differs in several characters, which upon an exami-
nation of many specimens, are found to be constant; the bill is

Connie titacinion cmisvidsn. ott

Zoological Society. 421

shorter, the green of the body ochreous, and the lower part of
the abdomen more buffy, or not so green as in the Gouldii: the
most remarkable difference, however, is in the outer tail-feathers,
which are much narrower and not so green. By some ornitholo-
gists this might be considered as a mere local variation; but as I
have seen many of each kind, and find that the differences are con-
stant, I feel assured that the two birds are specifically distinct.

4. TrocuiLus (ocrEatus) RuFocaLicatTus. Troch. guld et collo
superiore fulgentibus metallice viridibus ; tarsis densis plumis fer-
rugineis ocreatis ; caudd fuscd, rectricibus externis prolongatis
angustis late tamen spathule formd terminatis.

Throat and fore-part of the neck luminous metallic green; plumage
of the body bronzy green; wings brown; tarsi clothed with a thick
ruff of rusty-red feathers; tail brown, the outer feathers prolonged
and narrow, and ending in a broad spatulate tip; bill black.

Total length, 44 inches; bill, $; wing, 13; tail, 25.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—Nearly allied to the Ornismya Underwoodii, Less.

5. Trocaius (ocrEaTus) tigonrcaupus. Troch. facie, collo supe-
riore et pectore viridibus, plumis pectoris majoribus, fulgentiori-
bus, griseo nonnunquam fimbriatis ; medio abdomine aureo-fusco ;
uropygio fascid albo-cervind transversim ornato ; caudd purpuras-
cente fuscd, fascid latd per mediam stramined ; rectricibus latera-
libus primo diminuentibus, latis autem tanquam spathulis termi-
nantibus.

Face and forepart of the neck green, which colour is continued
on the chest, where the feathers become larger, longer, more lumi-
nous, and some of them edged with grey; centre of the abdomen
golden brown; lower part of the abdomen and under tail-coverts
buffy brown; wings purplish black; back and upper tail-coverts
green, the rump crossed by a band of buffy white; tail purplish
brown, with a broad stripe of buff down the centre; the lateral fea-
thers tapering and terminating in a large spatulate tip; bill black.

Total length, 43 inches; bill, £; wing, 14; tail, 24.

Hab. Brazil.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Trochilus platurus.

6. Trocuitus ( ?) cupricaupa. Troch. guld luminos? ceru-
leo-viridi ; vertice, collo, dorso, omnique corpore superiore ful-
gentibus saturate purpureo-fuscis ; caudd infra fulgentissimd ened,
supra, ened vario lumine nunc viridi, nunc purpured, splendente.

Throat lustrous blueish green; crown of the head, neck, back and

all the upper surface dark lustrous purplish brown; wings the same,
but lighter; under surface of the tail rich fiery copper colour and
very luminous; upper surface in one light rich purplish copper
colour, and in another greenish ; bill black.

Total length, 5 inches; bill, 1; wing, 3; tail, 24.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—This species is much larger, but belongs to the same

4.22 Zoological Society.

section as the Trochilus smaragdinicollis of D’Orbigny and the 7.
Allardi of Bourcier.

7. Trocuitus ( ?) angocaupa. Troch. guld viridi metallic?
Sulgente ; corpore viridi fusco supra commizto; alis fuscis pur-
purascentibus ; caudd infra fulgente eneo-viridi, supra metallice
Suscd, nonnunquam intense cyaned resplendente.

Throat luminous metallic green, under surface mingled green and
brown; upper surface green, wings purplish brown; under surface
of the tail luminous brassy green; upper surface of the tail metallic
brown, changing in some lights to deep indigo blue; bill black.

Total length, 43 inches; bill, 1; wing, 24; tail, 2.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—Belongs to the same section as the last.

8. Trocuitus ( ?) viourFER. Troch. vertice, nuchd, mento,
loris, pectoreque viridibus; medid guld maculd semilunari lumi-
nosé violaced notatd ; dorso et uropygio aureo-viridibus abdomine
inferiore, tectricibus caude superioribus inferioribusque, et caudd
rufis.

Crown of the head, back of the neck, chin, ear-coverts, and breast
green; on the centre of the throat a well-defined lunate mark of
luminous violet; back and rump golden green; lower part of the
abdomen, the upper and under tail-coverts light rufous; tail light
rufous, the tips of the feathers washed with greenish reflexions ;
wings purplish brown; the external edge of the first primary rufous ;
bill black.

Total length, 54 inches; bill, 18; wing, 3; tail, 24.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—This fine species is of the same form as the Ornismya
Bonapartei.

9. TrocuiLus (LAMPORNIS) CyaNnoPEcTus. Troch. guld viridi
metallicé resplendente ; medio pectore fulgente metallice cyaneo ;
capite, dorso, humeris, lateribus, et abdomine inferiore eneo-viri-
dibus ; caudd eneo-fuscd nonnunquam pogoniis internis albd ma-
culd ad apicem ornatis.

Throat lustrous metallic green; centre of the breast deep lustrous
metallic blue; head, back, shoulders, flanks, and lower part of the
abdomen bronzy green; wings purplish brown; tail in some speci-
mens entirely bronzy brown, in others bronzy brown with a spot of
white on the inner web at the tip; bill black, curved stout and
large for the size of the body.

Total length, 43 inches; bill, 13; wing, 22; tail, 13.

Hab. Venezuela.

Remark.—This bird is about the size of Trochilus mango, but is
not intimately allied to any known species.

10. Trocuitus (LaAMPpoRNIS) aurEsceNS. Troch. guld fulgente
aured ; pectore lata fascid rufd, fronte vittd lucidd ceruleo-viridi
cinctd ; omni superiore corpore, rectricibus intermediis duabus,
tectricibus alarum superioribus inferioribusque, et abdomine eneo-

Zoological Society. 423

viridibus ; alis fuscis purpurascentibus ; rectricibus lateralibus
castaneis fuscis, infra et supra ad apices eneis ; tectricibus caude
inferioribus saturate cervinis.

Throat rich luminous gold colour; across the chest a broad band
of deep rufous ; on the forehead a narrow stripe of shining blueish
green; all the upper surface, two central tail feathers, upper and
under wing-coverts, and abdomen bronzy green; wings purplish
brown; lateral tail feathers chestnut-brown, tipped both above and
beneath with a bronzy lustre; under tail-coverts deep fawn-colour ;
bill black.

Total length, 4 inches; bill, 1; wing, 2}; tail, 14.

Hab. Rio Negro, Brazil. °

11. Trocuitus (LAMPoRNIS?) FULVIVENTRIS. Troch. capite, omni
corpore superiore, cauddque nitente viridibus ; rectricibus externis
ad apices albis ; alis fuscis ; guld, pectore et abdomine cervinis ;
tectricibus caude inferioribus albis.

Head, all the upper surface and tail glossy green ; the outer feathers
of the latter largely tipped with white ; wings brown; throat, breast
and abdomen deep buff; under tail-coverts white; upper mandible and
point of the lower black ; the remainder of the under mandible buff.

Total length, 4 inches; bill, 1; wing, 23; tail, 14.

Hab. Venezuela.

12. Trocuitvus ( ?) nrerorasciaTa. Troch. guld resplendente
viridi ; abdomine humerisque extremis nitide ceruleis, ab viridi
guld fascid semilunari intense atrd divisis ; caudd furcatd ceruled.

Throat lustrous green; abdomen and edge of shoulders shining-

blue, separated from the green of the throat by a lunate band of
black ; back and wing-coverts brownish green; head and back of
the neck bronze; wings brown; tail, which is considerably forked,
dull steel-blue ; bill black.

Total length, 44 inches; bill, 7; wing, 23; tail, 14.

Hab. Rio Negro, Brazil.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Trochilus furcatus.

13. Trocutivus ( ?) nuricers. T'roch. vertice ferrugineo ;
guild fulgente eneo-viridi ; corpore viridi, infra fusco-tincto ; caudd
magna, furcatd, ened.

Crown deep rusty red; throat lustrous bronze green ; upper sur-
face green ; under surface brownish green ; tail large and forked, and
of a pure bronze; wings purplish brown; bill black.

Total length, 33 inches; bill, #; wings, 2; tail, 2.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—This is much smaller, but nearly allied to T. heteropogon.

14. Trocuitus ( ?) rnornaTa. Troch. corpore superiore
eneo-viridi, inferiore ad latera brunneo, eneo splendente ; gule
plumis ad apices ceruleis ; alis cauddque eneis.

All the upper surface bronzy-green; under surface brown, with

bronzy reflexions on the flanks; feathers of the throat tipped with

cerulean blue ; wings and tail bronzy, all the latter tipped with buff ;
bill black.

424 Zoological Society.

Total length, 35 inches; bill, $; wings, 23; tail, 1}.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—This species is closely allied to the species called Le
Sabine by the French, Trochilus ——?

Hab. Bolivia.

15. Trocuitus (LOPHORNIS) REGULUS. Troch. plumis in vertice
castaneo-fuscis valde elongatis, acuminatis, ad apices viridibus ;
guld pectoreque luminose viridibus, plumis ad colli latera elongatis,
minus autem quam in'Trochilo magnifico ; fascid in uropygio alba ;
caudd castaneo-fuscd, plumis singulis eneo-viridibus fimbriatis.

Feathers of the crown chestnut-brown, very much lengthened,

carried to a point, and tipped with green ; throat and breast luminous
green; the feathers on the side of the neck elongated, but not to so
great an extent as in Trochilus magnificus ; back and abdomen green,
with bronze reflexions; rump crossed by a band of white; tail
chestnut- brown, each feather margined externally with bronzy green ;
wings purplish brown; bill light brown, darker at the tip.

Total length, 33 inches; bill, ; wing, 12; tail, 14.

Hab. Interior of Brazil. ;

Remark.—This beautiful species is nearly allied to the 7. ornata

and 7. magnifica, but differs from them in the lesser development of
the feathers of the sides of the neck and in the greater size of the
crest, which is more largely developed than in any other species
known.

16. Trocuitvus ( ?) nypoLeucus. Troch. corpore superiore
viridi; guld et corpore inferiore albis; rectricibus intermediis
duabus viridibus, reliquis fuscis viridi splendentibus, ad apices
albis.

All the upper surface green; throat and all the under surface
white ; wings brown; two centre tail-feathers green ; the remainder
brown, glossed with green and largely tipped with white ; bill black ;
base of the lower mandible paler.

Total length, 34 inches; bill, 14; wing, 24; tail, 12.

Hab. Bolivia.

Remark.—Nearly allied to T. leucogaster, Tschudi, and not far
removed from 7’. albirostris, Auct.

17. Trocuitus ( ?) nispipus. Troch. omni corpore superiore

. eneo-fusco; auribus saturate fuscis infra et supra lined cervind
marginatis ; corpore inferiore griseo-fusco ; jugulo latis strigis
albis plumisque longioribus ornato ; caudd viridi-fuscd, rectri-
cibus lateralibus vix albo ad apices pictis, centralibus attenuatis,
valde elongatis.

All the upper surface bronzy brown; ear-coverts dark brown,
bordered above and below with a line of buff; under surface brownish
grey, with broad stripes of white down the throat, where the feathers
are much elongated ; tail greenish brown, the lateral feathers slightly
tipped with white; the central feathers much elongated and attenu-
ated towards the apex, the attenuated portion white; wings brown ;

- Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 3 425

upper tail-coverts very broad, much-prolonged and hair-like; bill
black, basal half of the under mandible straw-colour.

Total length, 64 inches ; bill, 15; wing, 23; tail, 3.

Hab. Peru?

Remark.—This bird belongs to the same section as the J. Bour-
cieri, T. Guy, T. Eurynome, &c. of Less., and equals in size the largest
of them.

The species described by me at the meeting of June 9, 1846,
(present vol. pp. 129, 130) were

18. TrocuiLus (PETASOPHORA) coruscaAns, a beautiful species al-
lied to the Anais, but whose locality is unknown to me.

19. Trocuixus ( ?) FLABELLIFERA, which is nearly allied to,
but a much larger species than J’. mellivora, said to inhabit Mexico ;
and

20. Trocurius -( ?) STROPHIANUS, a fine new species of the
same form as the Clarisse and the Parzudaki.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

June 11, 1846.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :— 7

1. ‘* On the presence of Fluorine in Plants,” by Dr. George
Wilson.

2. ‘* Notice of the discovery of Luzula nivea, in a wood at Broom-
hall, near Dunfermline,” by Dr. Dewar.

3. ‘* On the distinctions between Parietaria erecta and P. diffusa
of Mertens and Koch,” by Charles C, Babington, M.A.,, F.L.S.

4. ‘* Observations on some rare Plants gathered in the neigh-
bourhood of Edinburgh,” by Dr. Balfour and Mr. Evans. Fresh
specimens of some of the rarest of these were exhibited to the meet-
ing, among which may be mentioned, Oxytropis uralensis, Vicia
lutea, Orobanche rubra, Carduus setosus, Luzula nivea, Lepidium
ruderale, and Malcolmia maritima.

July 9.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘‘ Observations on the Plant yielding the drug Mudar of India,”
by Dr. Douglas Maclagan.

2. ‘‘ Remarks on the elongation of the peduncle of Vallisneria
spiralis,” by H. Denny, Esq., Leeds. In this communication Mr.
D. alluded particularly to the rapidity of its growth, and to its non-
spiral nature, in the specimens of the pistilliferous plant grown by
him; he also noticed the rapid evolution of yas from the plants
when placed in the sun.

3. ‘* Remarks on the Greenheart, or Beeberu-Bark Tree of Deme-
rara,’ by Dr. G. R. Bonyun. Dr. B. stated, that the description of
the parts of the flower as given by Schomburgk, is not quite cor-
rect, and thinks that the plant cannot be referred to the genus Nec-
tandra.. According to Dr. Bonyun, it has an 8, 10, or 12-partite
perigone, outer segments persistent, stamens varying from twelve to

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xviii.

426. Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

twenty, all fertile, with two minute scales at the base of each. A
drawing of the plant accompanied the communication.

Dr. Balfour noticed the discovery, by Mr. Crighton, of Campa-
nula rapunculoides, near Luffness.

Mr. James M‘Nab exhibited a beautiful collection of British Or-
chids, containing specimens of all the species known as natives, with
one exception.

Some new and rare plants from the hothouses of the Botanic
Garden were exhibited to the meeting, among which Thomasia to-
mentosa from Swan River, Posoqueria longiflora, Abutilon Russel-
lianum, Pistia stratiotes in flower, and a new species of Turrea, were
particularly interesting.

November 12.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘* On three species of Glyceria,” by Mr. Fred. Townsend.
The author gave full descriptions of Glyceria fluitans, Br., G. plicata,
Fries, and of a supposed new species found in Cambridgeshire and
Warwickshire, which he proposes to name G. hybrida, and pointed
out the distinctions by which they may be known from each other.

2. Dr. Balfour read a description of Hxogonium Purga, Benth.,
the true Jalap plant, and noticed some points connected with its
medical history. The jalap plant was for a long time referred to
Convolvulus Jalapa of Linneus and Willdenow, or [pomea macrorhiza
of Michaux, a native of Vera Cruz. It has recently been proved,
however, from various sources, to be the plant now under notice,
which grows in the hill country near Jalapa in Mexico, at a height
of about 6000 feet above the level of the sea. The plant was first
sent to the Edinburgh Botanic Garden by Dr. Christison, who re-
ceived it from Dr. Coxe of Philadelphia, and it has flowered several
times ina cold frame. It belongs to the Nat. Ord. Convolvulacee.
Specimens of the recent plant were exhibited. He also exhibited a
fresh specimen in flower of Stenocarpus Cunninghami of Hooker.
This plant has been long known in gardens under the name of
Agnostus sinuatus. It is a small evergreen tree belonging to the
Nat. Order Proteacee. “It was found by Allan Cunningham on the
banks of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay, and has flowered this
season for the first time in Britain. :

3. ‘* Remarks on a Pyrola found in Lancashire,” by Mr. Kenyon.
Specimens of this plant, which is considered by its discoverer as a
new species, and which he proposes to call P. maritima, in allusion
to the localities in which it is generally found, were shown to the
meeting. It is nearly allied to P. rotundifolia, from which it may
be distinguished by its size, the form and length of its sepals, and
length of the stamens. Some excellent botanists who have exa-
mined it, are of opinion that it is only a variety of that species.

Mr. Wm. M‘Ivor of the Kew Gardens sent specimens of an Oro-
banche, considered by him to be O. /ucorum, Braun, gathered on
Epsom Downs; also Thorea ramosissima, from Studley, Yorkshire ;
and Hormospora mutabilis, from the Thames, near Walton.

Miscellaneous. 427

MISCELLANEOUS.

HABITS OF THE “‘ KAKAPO”’ AND “‘ MACRO’ OF NEW ZEALAND.

In a note dated 2nd May 1846, which I have just received from
Governor Grey, he makes the following observations on the Kakapo,
Strigops habroptilus of my brother's ‘ Genera of Birds ’ :—

‘I have been some time past engaged in instituting inquiries into
its natural history, and intended to have been the first to forward it
to Europe, at the same time transmitting you a full account of it.
I now send you a head of this bird ; its real name is not what you
state, but Kakapo, the word ‘ kaka’ meaning Parrot, and ‘po’ night,
the compound signifying ‘night Parrot; you thus see that you
have rightly divined its nocturnal habits. This bird, since rats and
cats have been introduced into the island, is rapidly becoming ex-
tinct, indeed so much so, that it is in some parts regarded as a
fabulous bird, and many Europeans regard it as such. The same
natives who first made me fully acquainted with the existence of
this bird and its habits, described to me another new animal which
they call a ‘ Macro; they say it is like a man covered over with
hair, but smaller and with long claws ; it inhabits trees and lives on
birds ; they represent it as being strong and active, and state they are
afraid of them. I hope in a few weeks to be able to visit the country
(mountains covered with forests) which the animals live in, and as
I am not afraid of them, I hope I shall send you one before long.”’
The ‘‘ Macro” is most probably a Lemurideous animal by the de-
scription ; some, as the Indri, have a man-like appearance, and many
eat birds. —J. E. Gray.

On the Medicinal Properties of our Geraniums. By Dr. Jounston.

A few weeks ago my friend Dr. Edgar brought a plant to me to
have it named. It was a dried fragment of Geranium pratense. ‘The
Doctor told me that a person resident in or about Ford had acquired
great local fame, for the cure of fluxes in general, and the only
remedy used was an infusion of this Geranium. One dozen stalks
are “‘ masked” in a pint of boiling water, and of this two ounces are
taken three times a-day. Dr. Edgar’s interest had been raised by
the cure of a patient of his own, who had been greatly reduced by a
chronic diarrhoea that had resisted the ordinary medicinal treatment,
but yielded speedily to the geranium infusion. He felt relief from
the second dose, and continuing to take it for three or four days, he
was permanently cured. It was said to be a good medicine in the
diarrhoea of teething children, and is easily taken by them, for the
taste is ‘‘ like tea without sugar, rather sweeter.”

It is very likely that this remedy is inferior, for general use, to
more powerful vegetable and mineral astringents of modern intro-
duction into practice, but I think it worth while to bring the subject
before the Club, since it relates to a matter of local interest; and
there are cases in which it is well for a medical man to have a wide

2H 2

428 Miscellaneous.

range of medicines to ring the changes upon. No Geranium has
now a place in any British Pharmacopeia*, but several species hold
a conspicuous place in the old Herbals. Of Geranium pratense and
its immediate allies, Gerarde says, ‘“‘ none of these plants are now
in vse in physicke; yet Fuschius sayeth that cranes-bill with the
blew floure (G. pratense) is an excellent thing to heale wounds.”—
Our author speaks in very different terms of our commoner species,
Ger. molle and dissectum. ‘‘'The herbe and roots dried,” says he,
‘* beaten into most fine powder, and given halfe a spoonful fasting,
and the like quantitie to bedwards in red wine, or old claret, for the
space of one and twentie days together, cureth miraculously rup-
tures or burstings, as myselfe have often proved, whereby I haue
gotten crownes and credit: if the ruptures be in aged persons, it
shall be needfull to adde thereto the powder of red snailes (those
without shels) dried in an ouen, in number nine, which fortifie the
herbs in such sort, that it neuer faileth, although the rupture be
great and of long continuance: it likewise profiteth much those that
are wounded into the body, and the decoction of the herbe made in
wine, prevaileth mightily in healing inward wounds, as myselfe haue
likewise proved.”—Historie of Plants, p. 939.

Ray also furnishes us with a proof of the medicinal virtue of the
Gerania. When he tells us that Geranium molle and robertianum
are added to vulnerary potions and fomentations to stay fluxes and
effusions of blood, and to relieve the pains of colic, and of the
stone and gravel, he merely gives us asummary of preceding ob-
servation ; but he speaks from his own knowledge when he details
the case of his host at Carlisle, who, subject to frequent severe
paroxysms of pain from calculus, found in nothing so much relief as
from a decoction of Ger. robertianum. (Syn. p. 361.) In a subse-
quent work, after repeating its virtues as a vulnerary herb, Ray
mentions that a decoction of the same species is used by shepherds
to cure their cattle passing bloody urine. (Hist. Plant. ii. p. 1059.)

Geiger informs us that G. pratense and sanguineum were formerly
officinal, the root and herb being used, both having an unpleasant
odour and a very astringent taste, which is contrary to Dr. Edgar’s
information. Other compilers repeat the same tale} of the astrin-
gency of the Gerania in general, and of their popular use in fluxes
and diseases of relaxation; but it is foreign to my purpose to enter
farther on the subject than what is sufficient to show that the virtue
ascribed to our district species is not imaginary.— From the Transac-
tions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vol. ii. p. 175.

ON THE GENUS PEDICULARIA OR THYREUS.

Mr. Swainson, in ‘ Lardner’s Ency.,’ pp. 240, 245, 357, fig. 44,
applied the former name to a small rosy shell found on coral at Sicily,
which he arranges with the Patelle, and it has been retained in that

* Several Gerania are introduced into Dr. Stokes’s ‘ Botanical Materia
Medica,’ but without any indication of their properties.

+ For extracts from the works of L. Mérat, Geiger and Gerbuier, [ am
indebted to the obliging kindness of Professor Christison,

Miscellaneous. 429

family by all succeeding authors. Philippi also described and figured
it as new under the name of Thyreus Paradocus, Supp. 92. t. 18.
f44.,

Having lately obtained a fresh specimen with the animal dried in
it, I soaked it in water, and on comparing the remains of the animal
with other genera, I believe that the Pedicularia of Swainson should
be placed next to Concholepas, if it is more than a section of that
genus, for it only differs from that genus in having no tooth-like
process on the front of the outer lip, and in the edge of the outer
lip being generally sinuous, and the inner or columellar lip being
rounded, callous, and covering part of the left side of the last whorl.
There is asmall white shell in Mr. Cuming’s collection from the
Philippines which has similar characters, but it is even more like
the typical Concholepas than Pedicularia Sicula of Swainson.—J. E.
Gray.

Descriptions of some new species of Indian Lizards.
By J. E. Gray, Esq.

Mr. Jerdon of Madras having kindly sent to the Museum a
series of specimens of Indian reptiles, I hasten to describe the fol-
lowing species, which have not before occurred to me, and conse-
quently are not described in my recent Synoptic Catalogue of Rep-
tiles in the British Museum.

Fam. GEcKOoTIDz.

Goniodactylus indicus.—Brown, darker marbled and_ spotted;
scales of body and tail small, equal, six-sided; of underside of tail
rather larger, six-sided; lower lip-shield 5-1-5, square, front larger,
equal, rest gradually smaller, last very small.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

These were accompanied by four species of Hemidactylus.

Fam. AGAMIDZ.

Calotes viridis. Nape with two isolated spines above the ears.
Neck without any pit in front of the shoulder, but with dark spots
at the hinder part of the lower jaw ; eyebrows not horned. Green ;
scales large, of base of tail larger, of limbs and underside of the
body smaller, of crown smaller. Nape and shoulders with a com-
pressed crest; hinder part of back and tail with an obscure keel.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

Like C. versicolor, but uniformly coloured, the back less crested,
and the scales smaller.

Salea Jerdonit. The nuchal and dorsal crest formed of elongated
compressed scales; tail with a keeled crest. Blackish, white spot-
ted, spot forming distant cross-bands; lips and beneath white.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

This genus is best distinguished from Calotes by the length and
acuteness of the keeled scales of the back, side and under part of
body, and their being all placed in longitudinal series. The other
species has only the nape shortly crested.

430 Miscellaneous.

Draconella Dussumieri, Gray, Syn. Rept. Brit. Mus. 234; Sitana
Ponticeriana, Cuv., Gray, 1. c. 236; and Charasia dorsalis, Gray,
l. c. 246, were also contained in the collection.

Fam. Scincip&.

Mocoa bilineata. Fronto-parietal plates two, separate; ears round,
moderate, with two very indistinct minute scales in front; the drum
sunken; scales six or eight-rowed, very thin, smooth. Olive, with
two black streaks, sides above blackish, beneath pale; cheek dark
white, spotted ; chin and beneath white. Young paler.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

Most allied to Mocoa africana, Cat. Rept. Brit. Mus. 83, from
West Africa.

Riopa albopunctata. Pale olive-brown, yellowish beneath ; sides
of the head and of the front half of the body blackish, minutely white
dotted.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua pulchra, Gray, Illust. Ind. Zool.t. f.2, from General
Hardwicke’s drawing may be intended for this species, but it looks
too fusiform.

- Riopa Hardwickii, Gray, Syn. Rept. Brit. Mus. 96.
- Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua rubriventris, Gray, Illust. Ind. Zool. 9.tab. f. 1. Olive,
with a few scattered black spots; beneath yellowish white ; temples,
sides and limbs with white-eyed black spots; scales three-keeled.

' Hab. Madras. Before only known from General Hardwicke’s draw-
ing, which did not represent the scales as keeled.

. Euprepis trilineata. Fronto- and interparietals separate, scales
five-keeled. Pale olive, with white-eyed brown spots; head and
front half of the body with three dark-edged pale streaks; lips and
beneath yellow; ears with two elongated scales in front.

Hab. Madras. Brit. Mus.

This species is distinct from Tiliqua trivitiata, Gray, Must. Ind.
Zool. tab. _, figured from General Hardwicke’s drawings, but still
unknown in Europe.

Description of Unio abacoides, a new species. By 8. S. Hatpeman.

Shell subovate, obtusely and regularly rounded posteriorly ; discs
approximate, chestnut-brown and pale green, with green radiating
interrupted capillary lines, and a tendency to form a submedial no-
dulous ridge: primary teeth robust, their inner margin nearly at
right angles with the short lamellar teeth : pallial and muscular im-
pressions well-marked : nacre white, roseate posteriorly.

Length 23 inches; height 2; diameter 1}.

Allied to U. dromas, Lea, and U. intermedius, Conrad, but pro-
portionally longer than either. In its outline and small transverse
diameter it resembles U. abacus. I am indebted for this interesting
shell to the liberality of Dr. Foreman, who received it from Eastern
Tennessee.—Silliman’s American Journal, Sept. 1846.

Meteorological Observations. 431

NEW SPECIES OF VOLUTE.

Voluta Sophia. Shell ovate, ventricose, white with minute red
dots, and a few series of irregular red spots; last whorl ventricose,
with a series of large conical tubercles behind ; spire very short ;
the apex rather produced, rounded, crenulated.

Hab. North Australia, Endeavour Sound.

This species is most like Voluta cymbiola, but much more ventri-
cose and shorter. The spire of the older specimen is covered with
a callous secretion.—J. E. Gray.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR oct. 1846.

Chiswick. —October 1. Foggy: fine: overcast. 2. Hazy: very fine: rain. 3,
4. Very fine. 5. Cloudy. 6. Overcast: rain. 7. Fine: rain. 8. Clear:
cloudy: rain. 9. Rain. 10. Boisterous: rain. 11. Fine: rain. 12. Foggy.
13. Slight rain: cloudy: clear. 14. Densely overcast: heavy rain. 15. Rain:
cloudy: clear. 16. Clear: fine: rain at night. 17. Slight fog. 18. Heavy
and continued rain. 19. Foggy: cloudy and fine: clear. 20, Hazy: very fine:
clear. 21. Heavy rain: boisterous, 22. Cloudy: buisterous. 23. Fine: clear:
slight frost at night. 24. Rain: fine: rain. 25. Cloudy. 26. Foggy. 27. Hazy:
fine: foggy at night. 28. Dense fog. 29. Cloudy: slight rain, 30. Hazy:
overcast: clear. 31. Foggy.

Mean temperature of the MONth ......cecccseseccsseerecseesevees JOST
Mean temperature of Oct. 1845 .......s000. dhsaes par ons snc ceppes AO. 96
Average mean temperature of Oct. for the last twenty years. 50 °43
Average amount of rain in Oct. ....0c.cecessecseeecsccesecseeeee -. 2°58 inches,

Boston.—Oct. 1. Fine. 2, Cloudy and foggy: rain a.m. and p.m. 3. Cloudy.
4. Fine. 5. Cloudy: raine.m. 6. Fine. 7, 8. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 9.
Rain: rain early a.m.: rain A.M. 10. Stormy. 11. Fine: rainp.m. 12. Cloudy:
raine.M. 13, Windy. 14. Rain: rain a.m.and pm. 15. Fine. 16, Fine:
rain early a.m. 17. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 18, Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m
19. Fine, 20, Rain: rain early a.m. 21, Rain and stormy: rain early a.m. :
rain a.M. 22. Cloudy: rainr.m. 23. Cloudy. 24, Rain: rain early a.m.
25. Fine. 26—28. Foggy. 29. Cloudy. 30, $1. Foggy.—The past month
has been an extraordinary moist one.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct. 1, 2. Cloudy: clear. 3. Bright: clear. 4,
5. Bright: hazy, 6, Cloudy: rain. 7. Clear: hazy: aurora, 8. Bright: clear.
9. Bright: rain. 10. Rain: cloudy. 11. Bright: rain. 12. Cloudy : showers.
13. Cloudy. 14, Rain. 15. Rain: showers: aurora. 16. Bright : clear: aurora.
17. Fine: damp. 18. Bright: cloudy. 19. Rain: cloudy: aurora. 20. Bright:
cloudy. 21. Cloudy: rain. 22. Bright: showers: aurora. 23. Showers: cloudy.
24. Cloudy: showers: aurora, 25. Bright: clear: aurora. 26. Frost: cloudy.
27. Frost: bright: clear: aurora. 28. Cloudy. 29,30. Rain: drops. 31.
Showers : cloudy.

Applegarth Manse, Dum ufries-shire. —Oct. 1. Rain a.m.: cleared: fine. 2, 3.
Fair and fine. 4. Fair, but raw: threatening. 5. Showers. 6. Violent showers
r.M. 7. Violent showers p.m.: thunder, 8. Violent showers p.m. 9. Rain all day.
10. Showers. 11. Rainr.m. 12. Showers. 13. Fine and fair. 14. Heavy
rain, 15, Fair and fine. 16. Rain r.m.: thunder, 17. Slight showers. 18,
Slight showers r.m. 19, Frequent showers. 20. Showers a.m.: cleared. 21,
Showers a.m. 22, 23. Fair. 24, Heavy rain. 25. Fair and clear. 26. Frost:
clear. 27. Frost: cloudy. 28. Fair and fine. 29.- Slight showers, 30. Rain
A.M,: cleared. 31. Slight shower v.m.

Mean temperature of the month .......,.sccrescoseesseveeses 4905
Mean temperature of Oct. 1845 ........+. gotervesaes eeepesnse 49 ‘6
Mean temperature of Oct. for twenty-three years
Mean rain in Oct, for eighteen years ...seccossrseesseveseees 34 inches.

j p — joe CE
GG-£ 61-P seh as sesh LE-0G €-PP GS |1-06 \LL-27 |L6-LS 196.62 |egs-62 | 19-62 21-62 L1-62 965.62 |g69-62
\
ge. |eeirr| to. | +s | os | uneo| em | €E9 | 9 | 1h] 9S] 9€| GE | FH | 89-62 | 99-62) 08-62 | 88-62 8L-62 |1L0-0€ |1€1-0€ | “1
eee pay ****|"°*°"*) og | cage | tayeo | cu 19 | gh | 6€| oS| LH] EE | FS |Sg-6z | 96-62} 00-08 | £0-0€ | ZL-62 |Z01-0€ |0€ 1.08 | “of
Er. fo 10+ | yes | sma |upeo| vas | LP} Bh | PP) ZS} OF] SP | OG |Z1-0€ | Z1-0€| £0.08 | Z0.08 ZL-62 |7L6-62 |8G0-0£ | “6%
srescieaneeeieerereieeeree! ipa! cou [unea| *s | OF | 19 | SP] ZS] S€} 6€ | BS | 86-66 | 56-62 26-6 | 00-0€ | 88-62 |601-0€ |[1Z-0€ | “8
Po. |r| 10. | cas | roua |upeo| ua | FOV | teh | €€| oG| LE} ZE | BP | 90-08 8I-0£ | OT-0£ | Z1-0€ | $8-6% |OET-0F 097-08 | “Lz ¢
seevan sper tisengpenee cee! 9s Eom | meat cu gv | ap |$1¢|f6r7| oF] 6E | LV | 60.0€ | Lg-6Z| 10-0€ | 08-62 | 19-62 |896-62 671-08 | *9%
go. "ot |go- | ‘ou | ‘a |uyeo| mu | ge | bh | for} €9.9-S7| IP | ES | 00-08 | 90-08 | 68-62 | 08-62 VE-6z |L89-6 |P98-6% | “SZ
serereleereeel on. iat. | cou |murou| «m | ms | PP | fep |F1h| oS] LP| oF | 99 | 68-62 | £9.60) SP.6z | g2-62 | 91-62 6L7-62 €%S-66 | “V%
Lo. '29:0'St. |z | -s | ou | em | cm | €b | $Pb | 1h] 09 ¢-87| 68 | 99 | £9.62 | Bh-6z! LP-6%| Vh-62 | S1-6% P19-60|1Z8-60| “€%
9G, |" Cy. cree} sm fraud | «s [ems | $gh | f09 | PP| 2G) OS} sh | OG | FZ.6% | €1-62| 01-62 | 8-8% | BS-8Z 080-62 |BEE-60 | “2%
zo. [| PE. LE. | a | os | os lems | Of | gh | PH) S| Of] PH | LG | OT.6z | €T-6Z| OL.g%| 8L-8% | $9-8z 096.8% |120-66| “1B
go. "| 11. | SG | urea |rmam! uyeo| «ms | Sb | fog | 99] PS| 19| oF | ZO | £E.6z | 8E-6G) S%-6z | 0£-62 | 90-62 |9ES.6c 6S¢-62| ‘ot.
19» |""***" 00-1 90: | ‘as | cas | ‘m | sms | ZS | 29 | 0S| 8S) zS| Sb | £9 | €F.6z | £€-66| SE-6z| OF-62 | 72-62 899-62 |0SL-66 | “61
rsreesieesseeieerere GQ. | ca | vou | uyeo| “Mm | FOS Seo | gh| 9S| 2S] SE | 1 | 69-62 | 99-62! 19-62} 8F-62 | 11-62 677-62 |S89-62) “St |

tersesleeeeee! JQ, Qn, | ‘a | tauu|upeo| ems | $€h | 19 | PP) LS) 9S| zh | 09 | L9-6% | 79-68} 6£-6 | ZE-62 | L8-86 | 12-62 OLV-6z| “LI
OT. |""""""|Go. |OF | *@ | "ou |umeo|-ms | fo | 19 | Sh\THS\G.GS| ¢ Fo | ZP-6z | 1£:6%| 08-62 | 90-6 | 08-8% 681-62 |89Z-62 | “OL
SP. 06-1; 09- 69. | ° ‘9 | ‘ms | °S 6h | $06 | SP) SS| 6h| 2b | 9S. | 61-6z | 86-8%| 26.8% | PL-8% | 9S-8% PE6-8% 780-62) “St
Co. [reresiteee*; OG. | °F | “MS | UBD] = °s gb | Spr | LE) 1S) SP| SP | 9S | 00-62 | 92-64} SL-8% | 0-62 | 00-62 |266-8% 109-60 | “VT
Co. |} TT. | 10. | Wed] “asa | “u | tu 1v | 4ep | oF| 9S| 0S) 9€ | PS |Se-6a | E1-0€| BL-6%}| Z6-6Z | 1£-6% |€08-62 |G88-62 | “ET
Lo. |*****16€. | Lo. | aun} ‘ase | yea! ems | Feb | Le |$0S| LS} oS} SP | 6 |O1-0€ | 06-64} $S.6z| 0-62 96-82% |SOP-62 | 1€9-6% | “ZI D
OL. [tee\t778* gz. | ‘au | asa} *s | cas | ob | gh | ob! gGic-eS| 6€ | €9 | 9-62 | ZL-63| 6£-62 | ZS-62 | 0-62 265.6% £GL-6%| ‘11
cg. |eelozg. (gt. | tu | cms | cm fems | gh | £19 | SS) gS] 19! 9F | £9 | 1F62 | F1-6Z| OF-62| 98-82 | 96-82 |LP-6z 882-62 | *O1
sereesleeees! 29, 1 QZ. | tau | ‘asa | upeo| “ms | £19 | $4¢ | gh\¥gS| 0G] 2G | zo |PI-6z | £€.62| 20-62 | 80-6% | L1-6% 967-6e |ZS9-62| “6
61- low1| 0% {€t- | ‘Mu | ‘e50} «m fms | 2S | $2g | LP/EPS] SS] PP | 19. | 80-6 | 86-82% | 22-62 | P0-6z | 18-8 |oSF-6z L99-62| °8
Pz. \**""*| 0. (QI. | *e8 | ‘msl | ems | ms | S| €¢ | gh/ FSS] 99] gb | €9 | F0-6z | 90-60 | 88.8% | 80-62 L8-8% |89£-62 |SSV-62 | *L
srsessleneeel Zr. lg. | ‘S| cms | tm | sms | $9h | 9G] PS] 69] 19] 19 | Go | 01-62 | P1-62 | €1-62| 66-82 | 18-82 |O€P-62 |PPS-6z | *9
sriseslecenesloreeee! gy, | tas | asa | ta | ss | Lo | $Z¢ | 29|#6S/6-69| 29 | So |ZP-6z | 69-68 | 22-66 | LE-6z | 96-80 |E6E-62 \ZET-60 | “S
sstsesfereersleeeel gg, | cas | casa] s | ms | $19 | zo | Pr|FoS\s-pS| SS | Lo | 09-62 | £9-6a| Sb.6z| L9-6z | 92-62 |ZES-62 |LOL-6z | “V O
seseesfecenee] po, [eeeee| cms | cms | onteo| om | 67 | So} 1h] 6S| PS) 9€ | SO |89-6z | Bh-62| 29-64} LG-6z | 81-62 |LS9-62 |00L-62 | *€
retessleseeesleereee! Dp, | ms | cms |upes| ‘m | oo} s¢} 6¢|f09| Lo} So | 9 | zv.6z | 29-62 | LP-6z| 01-62} 0€-62 |019-62 |S8L-66 | *%
seeesfeeeeralereersleserse] tans | ems [untea| sm | €¢} go} 19/969] €9| zo | Lo | GL.62 | ZL-62) 81-62) OL-62| 7-62 988-62 |L66-60 | “E
3 = 2 | cur “ur ‘urd | ‘ure : : ‘po
Eol2s | § 2 eolez| # | x8 ge | be |e lee S| ptt | we | 6 f 6 | ee} MH] | oper
aeieehs:\2 | 881382) § | BEI. : as : zs vamane-s
Bie fF.) Pet eB |e PS | ‘yomspueg | aus 185 | -yormsry9 PIMPULS —j -aarys-sapyuing | * "HOTMSTIYO ce
* 9 g ; ; fauyio saTIyUN( 4 £auy10 a J ae
“Urey “pul “19, 9ULOWIIOY I, “19901 | So

“KANWUQC) ‘asunyy younpung pv SuoysNO]D *D ‘Ady 247 49 puy SaUIHs-salusMa ‘asunyy Ypuvdayddp yw ‘xequac] * AA “A0Y 74/7 hg {NoLsog
70 ‘JBo A AN Ag SuopuoT avau ‘MOIMSIND 7D hjav0g younqnaysozy ay, fo uapsvy) ayz 7” uosdwoyy, ‘aj, 49 apom suorzuasasqc_ 7900807040939 Ay

he, Det ‘
Se oe “Se
i. Lo coe

i au

aye?

ate
Be AER tae
ae Vv

5 TT ae me eee ee

| dD aay cecal

a to
ht
°o =

>
ee

fet

\o'e: ee
Nie
\
ae
¢
, + N
N
\
\
v9 N
N
eh
< h \
iN
IN
! aN
\

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. XVIII. JANUARY 1847.

XLVI.—On the Organization of the Polygastric Infusoria.
By C. Ecknarp*.

[With two Plates.]

1. Sincr the discovery and the progressive perfection of the
microscope, a new impulse has been given to all those branches of
scientific study in which its use is applicable, from which we can-
not withhold our acknowledgement, because it has enriched us
with a number of the most interesting facts, which formerly could
not have been anticipated. In botany, R. Brown, H. Mohl, M. J.
Schleiden and others have investigated with success ; and in the
zoological and anatomical department the not less important re-
searches of J. Miiller, Bischoff, Schwann, Reichert, &c. have ap-
peared. Ehrenberg undoubtedly gave a most important impulse
to all these microscopic inquiries by his numerous investigations
in one class of animals, which before him had been examined
by few only, and the anatomical and physiological relations of
which at that time were almost unknown. Unfortunately how-
ever, this store of excellent observations has not been estimated
according to its true value; to many it has been inaccessible,
whilst others have either not repeated the observations, or only
imperfectly, and have hence expressed views which have not
stood the test of a critical examination. In the ‘ Lehrbuch der
vergleichenden. Anatomie,’ by Von Siebold and Stannius, which
appeared last year, in the section on the Infusoria, Siebold has
adopted views of their structure which totally differ from those of
Ehrenberg. Consequently these required thorough elucidation,
to separate mere opinions from what may be considered as well-
determined scientific facts ; especially since doubt has been thrown
upon even Ehrenberg’s views, although founded upon distinct
observation. Schmidt has fully discussed Siebold’s views on the
structure of the Rotatoria in a previous part of this journal >
I shall attempt to do so as regards the Polygastrica in this paper,
My reasons for fully entering into the organization and physio-
logy of these animals, are, on the one hand, that we are at present
in possession of no treatise which lays before us the details of
this subject in connexion (for Ehrenberg’s observations are widely

* Translated by Dr. J. W. Griffith from Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part 3, 1846.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 21

43.4, M. Eckhard on the Organization

scattered, and are only to be found in the large works on Infu-
soria), and, on the other hand, that I have made some new obser-
vations, which may probably possess interest.

2. Before passing on to the true demonstration of the rela-
tions of their organization, I must examine more minutely an ex-
pression of Siebold in the work above quoted. It is as follows
(p. 7) : “ But those infusoria which remain as Polygastrica (after
the separation of the Rotatoria) require a further limitation, be-
cause those organisms which are enumerated among the Closterina,
Bacillarina, Volvocina, and probably many other of Ehrenberg’s
animals, having stomachs but not intestines, must be referred to
the vegetable kingdom.” The dispute regarding the nature of
these bodies is old, and dates from the time of their discovery.
It has been renewed innumerable times, by both zoologists and
botanists ; nevertheless the truth is apparently not yet deter-
mined. Both manuals of botany and zoology frequently contain
one and the same genus, or in fact, family. I fear that again to
bring forward the question will be irksome to those who have
long since satisfactorily proved the animal nature of the supposed
plants, but I cannot refrain from so doing. It therefore first be-
comes requisite to attempt to restore to their proper place the
three families referred by Siebold to the vegetable kingdom.

I. Closterina.—The grounds for their being of animal nature
are derived partly from their motion, partly from their organi-
zation. On the leaves of Ceratophyllum, 1 observed the manner
in which several Closteria adhered elegantly by one extremity ; in
about a quarter or half an hour many of them were situated in
the same manner upon a higher part of the leaf: not a single
animalcule was found on the side of the leaf, nor adherent longi-
tudinally to it. ‘They had evidently moved during the above
time from the lower to the upper part of the leaf. If we observe
their motions under the microscope, they are not so rapid as
those of many other polygastric infusoria, but the motion is
always evidently animal. They swim, especially in summer, in
the most varied directions, and I have frequently seen Cl. acero-
sum and Lanula swim against the current when the water on the
object-holder was flowing towards one side, whilst fragments of
plants, various kinds of Spirogyra and Oscillatoria, were carried.
away. It is difficult here to discover anything but animal
motion; to explam this however by electricity, as Turpin at-
tempted *, is unnatural, and not less absurd than that of the mus-
cular fibre by the same natural agent by Strauss. But the relations
of the organization of the Closterina are likewise in favour of their
animal nature. In illustration of this I shall confine myself to

* Sur les Closteries.

of the Polygastric Infusoria. 435

Cl. acerosum, which is figured in Plate IX. B. fig. 1. We see that
the animal, which is expanded in the middle, is elongated sym-
metrically on each side. In the middle there is a transverse fis-
sure m, which probably serves for the admission of nourishment ;
since, when this animal is kept for some time in coloured water,
we perceive little accumulations of the colouring matters. At the
extremities we see on each side a vesicle 4, in which minute gra-
nules (f) incessantly move. In other species there is moreover a
small aperture 7; it is situated more posteriorly, and is perhaps
connected with the cell. Ehrenberg twice saw in this animalcule
filaments (feet ?) project from it. Internally there are, on each
side, two to four cords, s' s!' s", and a row (in other kinds several)
of glandular bodies d. In the species figured, I have so often
seen the above change in relative position, that I have been
compelled to wait until they again appeared in their original po-
sition in order to delineate them. . All this is not plant-like ; and
if the carapace of the Closterina should prove to be of a horny
nature, as would appear to be the case from their becoming
wrinkled when heated, they would be removed from the vegetable
kingdom with still greater certainty.

II. Bacillarina.—The greatest doubt has certainly been raised
regarding the animal nature of the forms which belong to this
family. I think however that if we collect all the observations
which have hitherto been made upon these bodies, they must be
referred to the animal kingdom. We will therefore consider the
following :—

I have, a hundred times, seen Navicula Acus and Librile swim
against the current as distinctly as the Closteria, so that these
motions cannot be regarded otherwise than as dependent upon
the will of the animals. In addition to this, the shells of all the
Bacillarina are formed in a much more complicated manner (3)
than the other inorganic parts which we commonly find in plants,
We find calcareous incrustations, crystals, &c., but never such sym-
metrically formed shells as in the Bacillarina. Plants have no such
power over inorganic chemical agency as to elaborate morganic
matters according to their will independently of the laws of such
matters, and such as we must presuppose to exist in the formation
of the carapace of the Bacillarina. The exsertion of feet at the an-
terior, and probably also at the inferior apertures of the carapace,
speaks decidedly in favour of the animal nature of the Navicule.
Ehrenberg first detected it, and described it in the ‘ Transactions
of the Berlin Academy *.’ After him it was observed by Schmidt,
and in the latter part of the autumn of last year I succeeded in
seeing it. Its not being more frequently detected, depends upon

* For the year 1836, p. 184, and 1839, p. 102; and Taylor’s Scientific
Memoirs, Parts X. and XI. ae

4.36 M. Eckhard on the Organization

the fact that such phenomena cannot be produced, but depend
upon fortunate circumstances, which we must take the chance of
meeting with. Lastly, should the observation of Werneck*, who
saw a Peridinium inside a Navicula and thought that it had been
eaten by it, be true, as can scarcely be doubted from so acute an
observer, the dispute regarding the nature of the Bacillarina would
be at an end.

III. Volvocina.—How Siebold has been able to refer these to
the vegetable kingdom is to me incomprehensible; the distinct
ascent and descent of Volvox globator, when kept in glasses, the
spontaneous motion of the two proboscides of each separate ani-
malcule, and the contractile vesicle discovered by Ehrenberg,
leave no further doubt on this matter.

It still remains for us to bring forward and examine the
grounds upon which Siebold based his opinion on the nature
of the three families we have mentioned. At pages 8 and 9 we
find the followmg remarks, which, if they cannot together be ad-
duced as a direct ground for the author’s view, nevertheless may
serve as matter for further consideration :—

1) “It is quite different with the locomotions of the lowest
vegetable organisms (among which, as we know, the families
above-mentioned are enumerated), since these are not the conse-
quence of an internal voluntary influence, and do not arise from
any spontaneously contractile and expansible parenchyma,” &c.
It appears to me to follow with certainty from the observations
detailed in I. to III., that the motions are truly dependent upon
an internal voluntary influence of these animals. But as regards
the supposition that they do not arise from any spontaneously
contractile and expansible parenchyma, this is not proved. As
the body of the Bacillarina, which is almost as transparent as
water, is inclosed by a siliceous carapace, it is hardly possible,
with our present optical resources and the ordinary methods of
optical investigation, to observe the contraction of the body. Be-
sides, the organs regarded by Ehrenberg as ovaries often exhibit
such different arrangements, that we are easily led to imagine
the existence of an expansibility and contractility of the paren-
chyma of the body.

2) “Ciliated organs occur in the vegetable kingdom in the
form of ciliated epithelium in the spores of Vaucheria, and in the
form of isolated, long whip-shaped threads in the spores and early
stages of different Conferve, among which we find several of the
organisms described by Ehrenberg as Monadina and Volvocina.”
Siebold was evidently led to this assertion by a contribution
of Thuret to the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ which work

* Monthly Report of the Berlin Academy, 1841, p. 109.

of the Polygastric Infusorta. 437

he quotes. ven if ciliated organs do really occur in the spores
of Alge, these cannot be regarded as true locomotive organs.
Their peculiar motions, with which natural philosophers are at
present so much occupied, also occur without locomotive organs,
and take place in other substances, as small particles of dust. It
appears to be proved by Ehrenberg’s observations on the spores
of Saprolechnia (Conferva ferax, Gruith ; Achlya, N. ab Esenb.),
which I can confirm, that chemical processes are the chief agents
in it. This view finds support in the following discovery : I oc-
cupied myself for some time during the past summer with in-
vestigations on the process of germination in our Cerealia. The
minute particles which occur in the cells of the grains among
the large granules of starch, at first did not exhibit the least trace
of motion ; but as soon as germination began they moved actively,
and when the first leaf sprouted out, the movements were so
remarkable, that I could hardly distinguish them from those of
the ripe spores of Achiya prolifera. Siebold’s opinion, that in
many of the organisms figured by Thuret we might recognise
several which Ehrenberg has described as Monadina and Volvo-
cina, is quite correct. But which of the two is in error? Is it
Ehrenberg’s fault, if Thuret figures Infusoria as spores of Algze ?
I shall hereafter enter upon Thuret’s memoir in a separate com-
munication and point out the errors contained in it.

3) Many of these lower vegetable formations (Bacillarie and
Diatomee) have been considered as animals from their locomotion,
although the alterations in position observable in them do not
give the slightest impression of their emanating from’an internal
will of the organism.” It is at once obvious, that the actual
impression which these minute creatures make upon the observer
cannot afford grounds for deciding any question, for in matters
of science we require objective grounds. I must also confess,
that when J first observed these animals, they gave me the im-
pression of this alone. Hence we have both observed one and the
same thing and derived different impressions from it.

Covering of the Body.

3. The Polygastric Infusoria are either furnished with a cara-
pace or not. When present, it either consists of silica, which in
many cases contains a considerable per-centage of oxide of iron,
or it is more of a horny nature (Closterina). The carapaces assume
various forms; being sometimes oval and truncated at the ex-
tremities, sometimes very narrow and pointed at the extremities,
sometimes broad and symmetrically excavated at the sides, and
many other varieties of form. Among those not having a carapace,
there are some which are inclosed in great number in mucoid
masses, as the Ophrydina, which live together frequently by hun-

438 M. Eckhard on the Organization

dreds in green globules not unlike frog’s spawn. In the intes-.
tine of the frog we find forms, some of which (especially Bursaria
ranarum) are inclosed in mucous envelopes, which reminds us of
similar occurrences among the Entozoa.

Locomotive Organs.

4, They are present in various forms, and furnish us with a
proof of the incorrectness of the view, that the lowest animal
beings throughout exhibit a more simple, homogeneous, and con-
sequently more imperfect organization than the higher ones. To
survey them, we shall consider them in the three following
groups :— |

1) Locomotive organs placed around the mouth—The organs
which belong here, in whatever form they occur, are apparently
always organs of prehension, taste, &c., and hence, strictly speak-
ing, should be separated from the organs of motion. However,
as they correspond to the hands and other like formations of the
higher animals, they ought to be placed here. In the Rotatoria
they are much more perfectly developed in the so-called rotatory
organ, which appears in the most numerous and complicated
forms. The Polygastrica exhibit more simple forms, but still
sufficient difference to merit more accurate consideration. In
their simplest state they appear as one or two filiform proboscides,
frequently of such tenuity that they are only perceptible when
seen in motion between minute coloured particles. They exist in
greater number in Vorticella, Epistylis, Enchelys, &c. In these
instances they form a circle around the mouth, which consists of
either one or two rows of cilia, and then frequently exhibit sur-
prising resemblance to several kinds of rotatory organs. These
ciliary circles exhibit differences according to the different form
of the mouth. In many they are susceptible of retraction ; this
is most constantly the case in Epistylis grandis.

2) Locomotive organs which cover the whole body, or may be
considered as lateral appendages.—In most of the Polygastrica
these are likewise cilia, the usual arrangement of which is in
longitudinal strize (probably muscular) corresponding to the axis
of the body, to which the former are attached. They often
appear in great numbers. In others the cilia are arranged in
circles which surround the middle of the body cbliquely, as may
be seen very distinctly in the Peridinea. In Spirostomum ambi-
guum there is a row of cilia (6 A) running the whole length of
the body. In the Stylonychie they are remarkably different.
Their somewhat elongated oral fissure is surrounded by cilia of
the usual structure, those on the body being more rigid. But
what is most remarkable in them is, that they are not placed on
the muscular strie which run longitudinally down the body, but

of the Polygastrie Infusoria. 439

are more scattered, and are principally developed at the anterior
and posterior extremities of the body. Lach bristle (as these
cilia are properly called) is articulated at the base, and is conse-
quently susceptible of a distinct motion, whilst in the ordinary
cilia their motions appear dependent upon the striz on which
they are situated (fig. 2).

3) Locomotive organs belonging to the posterior part of the body.
Several forms exhibit in this spot cilia which are not remarkable,
but merely resemble those described under 2; others have small
fibres, with which they fix themselves (Stentors) ; others again
exhibit parts in which the muscular system in its primitive form
may be more perfectly studied than elsewhere: I allude here
especially to the Vorticelle. These animals are situated upon the
extremities of simple or divided trunks, the structure of which,
in those having the power of springing back, is as follows :—A
sheath (muscular sheath), fig. 3 s, incloses a simple muscle, which
disappears a little above the part at which the sheath is attached
to foreign bodies. The evident connexion between the motions
of the body with those of the muscular peduncle shows us that the
muscle ramifies within the animal itself. I have only succeeded
in observing this ramification in Vorticella nebulifera. I saw
two very distinct, although very small (not perceptible without a
power of 400 diameters) fibres, fig. 3 v v, stretching inside the
body. Ehrenberg saw a similar extension of the muscle in the
body of V. Convallaria. When this peduncle is not contracted,
the whole body of the animal is in a state of full extension ; but
as soon as it contracts this, especially when it draws in the oral
cilia, the sheath and the muscle both become shortened (the
whole peduncle becoming spirally coiled) and the animaleule
springs back on its peduncle; if the body becomes again ex-
tended, and especially if the oral cilia are very distinctly unfolded,
the peduncle also passes from its contracted into the elongated
state. The oral cilia and the whole of the anterior part of the
body appear to be of importance in this retraction, since expan-
sion and contraction of the trunk and body appear mutually
conditional. What influence upon the motions we have just
described must be attributed to the muscular sheath, and what
to the muscle, has not yet been satisfactorily determined. This
much however is certain, that for perfect retraction three con-
ditions are requisite ;—an uninjured state of the muscular sheath,
an uninjured condition of the muscle, and attachment of the entire
peduncle; for in Vorticelle, in which the muscle was torn in the
uninjured sheath, I observed, it is true, a contraction of the body,
but it had no influence on the extension and contraction of the
peduncle; in others, the sheath of which had disappeared, the

440 M. Eckhard on the Organization

muscle still remaining attached to the body, every attempt at
complete retraction failed. In neither case had the animal be-
come re-attached*. Among the Rotatoria we have an animal
analogous to the retracting Vorticella in Conochilus volvox, m
which however, independently of the fact that the separate ani-
mals in it do not grow upon foreign bodies, but are united toge-
ther by thew peduncle, the muscle which passes through the
muscular sheath divides into three or more bundles, which run —
separately in the body of the animal and are firmly attached to
its internal surface.

The Vibrions indisputably exhibit the most active movements,
but with our present optical resources it is impossible to discover
either organs of motion or any muscular structure in them.

Alimentary Canal.

5. Most of Siebold’s objections to Ehrenberg’s views have
been made against this part of the subject. In the following
remarks I shall consider the individual parts of the alimentary
canal in order, and test Siebold’s opinions at the proper places.

1) Mouth.—A mouth has not been directly recognised in all
Polygastric Infusoria; still in several of these dubious cases we
may with certainty conclude as to its presence, either from
alimentary matter being taken internally, or from one to two long
cilia which we usually find around a mouth, or from some other
circumstance. When distinctly present it forms sometimes a
more or less roundish aperture (Paramecium, Enchelys, &c.),
sometimes a longish fissure (Stylonychia), sometimes a spiral
(Spirostomum), sometimes an aperture of some other form.

Dental structures, in comparison with those of the Rotatoria,
in which they occur in such a variety of forms that a treatise
might be written upon them alone, are very rare, and can scarcely
be observed in any others than in Chilodon, Nassula and Proro-
don teres. In these animals the circular oral aperture is inter-
nally covered with a ring of longish bristly teeth. According
to Ehrenberg, these are forced out of the oral aperture in P. teres
by drying the animal}. I have observed this Infusorium once
only, and as I was not prepared for this phenomenon I over-
looked it ; but I distinctly saw in it the glands (six), which were
not then known to him. The peculiar structure of the mouth

* As far as I know, the influence of the muscle and muscular sheath upon
these motions has not been considered. It is therefore to be hoped that
when favourable conditions present themselves, such as the injury of one of
these parts, they may be taken advantage of in order to ascertain with cer-
tainty what share is taken by the muscular sheath and what by the muscle
in the rapid contraction.

+ Schriften der Berliner Akademie, 1833, p. 308, and Infusorien, p. 316.

of the Polygastric Infusoria. 441

in Paramecium stomioptycha * is worth notice. It is surrounded
by three to four annular fibres a, which are of a tougher and
more ‘solid structure than the rest of the body; in it occurs a
peculiar appendage z (rudiment of a tongue ?).

We must now minutely examine another remark of Siebold.
This philosopher divides the Protozoa (by which term he desig-
nates Ehrenberg’s Polygastrica) into Astoma and Stomatoda,
referring to the former the Astasie, Peridinea and Opalina, and
to the latter the remaining families of the Polygastrica. Inde-
pendently of the question whether this division is natural, some
parts must be corrected. As regards the Astasia, the mouth has
certainly not been distinctly recognised, but may be imagined to
exist in several. All the Peridinea cannot possibly be referred
to the <Astoma, because P. pulvisculus + and cinctum t are by
no means destitute of mouth. Among the Opalina, Sie-
bold has evidently taken Op. ranarum, Val., Bursaria ranarum,
Khrenb., as his type, as is shown elsewhere. Whether the author
refers the remaining components of the genus Bursaria to the
family of the Opalina or not, in no case can they be referred to
the Astoma; for I have seen a distinct mouth in Bursaria
truncatella, flava, and when young, ranarum. That the latter
has not hitherto been found to take up particles of colouring
matter or other nutriment internally does not appear very strange
to me; for these animals live inside others, the fluids of which
are so delicate that solid substances are not fit for their nutrition.
Even if the oral fissure could not be pointed out, I should still
hesitate to place so much value upon this distinction ; for in
taking such nutritive substances as the Opalina feed upon, a
simple mere oral spot, a part of the body of more delicate struc-
ture than the other parts, especially adapted to the passage of
animal juices as nutriment, would be sufficient. We have similar
instances in the intestinal worms. Their proboscis has no mouth,
still pouch-like organs proceed from the anterior part of it which
cannot well be considered as anything else than alimentary
canals.

2) Intestinal Canal.—The nutritive matters which have been
taken by the mouth next arrive at a cavity which runs through
the body in a direction varying in different genera (fig. 5 s). The
gastric cells z are appended to this by means of hollow pedun-
cles 7. We might be easily led to consider the cavity m—a as
an intestine ; its function however does not admit of this suppo-
sition, as it merely serves for the transmission of the nutriment,

* Ehrenberg found this new species in the summer of 1845 on Ectosperma
clavata, and had the kindness to give me some specimens of it for examina-
tion. (See contractile vesicle.)

+ Ehrenberg, tab. 22. fig. 14. } 7b. tab. 22. fig. 22.

442 M. Eckhard on the Organization

which accumulates in the individual cells only, and is here ap-
plied to nutrition. Its physiological use therefore is merely as
an oesophagus, the separate cells performing the functions of
stomach and intestine. The substances return from the gastric
cells into the common cavity, travelling from one cell to the
other, and are finally evacuated by the anus. These intestinal
phenomena cannot all be directly observed, so perfectly as we have
just traced them, at one time and in a single individual, because
they are of a delicate transparent structure and of the same re-
fractive power as the parenchyma of the body ; separate observa-
tions however compel us to adopt this view.

a. In such forms as are not too minute, we can distinctly ob-
serve how the nutriment or articles of food artificially supplied,
constantly take a definite course in the body ; in some instances
the first portion of the alimentary canal can be observed when
not in action, as in Epistylis grandis ; it is then frequently seen
to be covered on the inner surface with cilia, and which in the
Opercularia may even be counted.

6. But that the alimentary canal, the commencement of which,
as just stated, is distinctly perceptible, does not extend through
a limited extent only of the body and then terminate, can also
be proved in Epistylis grandis. If this animalcule takes colour-
ing matters, we perceive that when these have passed through
the course of the intestine, which can also be seen when the ani-
mal does not eat, a large piece frequently pursues its course for
some distance and then only enters a cell.

c. In the same animal I once attentively observed what ap-
peared to be the extremity of the intestinal canal, fig. 6 7, to
ascertain what the further course of the coloured particles would
be. At this time the animal had not filled any of the cells m
its inside ; suddenly both 72 were so, although I had not perceived
any nutriment pass by vr. This clearly points out that the two
cells must be m connexion with the common cavity from which
they had become filled ; and when, after the animal has fed for
a considerable time, we see that similar filled cells are diffused
throughout the body, this phenomenon affords a ground for the
supposition that the intestinal cavity is of greater length than we
should at first sight imagine.

3) Anus.—In by far the greater number of cases the absorbed
substances are ejected by a distinct aperture. In a great many
it has been directly observed, and in these is sometimes placed
at that extremity opposite to the mouth, at others near to or at
the side of it; whilst in others we can often conclude as to its
presence by a distinctly defined spot.

I believe that the above observations are sufficient to prove
the correctness of the view J have taken of the intestinal canal of

of the Polygastric Infusoria. 443

the Polygastric Infusoria. In what follows, some other phzeno-
mena will give support to it, and as I hope will remove any doubt
still remaining.

We shall now revert to the consideration of Siebold’s view of the
means of nutrition in the Polygastrica. As he has separated the
Astoma and Stomatoda, he is obliged to search for a method of
explaining their nutrition. He has selected that which is most
ready in such cases, viz. nutrition through the common integu-
ment of the body. In those forms in which a mouth or gastric
cells filled with colouring matter have not been directly observed
(such are extremely few, for the latter has been observed even in
the Navicule, Closterina and Monadina), we will willingly adopt
this obscure method of nutrition until further and more certain
observations have been made. But as regards the genus Opalina,
which Siebold has especially selected as his type in separating the
organs of nutrition of the Astoma, we will examine his opinion
on this point. He says (p. 15) :—

“The Opaline do not exhibit an oral aperture upon any part
_ of the surface of the body, never take particles of colourmg mat-
ter into their interior, nor can foreign solid substances, perhaps
swallowed as nutriment, ever be detected within them. But that
these Opaline are capable of absorbing fluids by means of the
surfaces of their body, we recognise in such individuals of Opa-
lina ranarum as have existed in a rectum containing a large quan-
tity of bile ; they have then become coloured greenish throughout.
If the Opaline, which require a certain amount only of moisture
for their existence, are placed in contact with water, they absorb
too much of this fluid, becoming greatly distended and gradually
dying. In these Gpaline the absorbed moisture accumulates in
densely aggregated transparent vesicular drops beneath the cu-
taneous integument ; cavities like these filled with a transparent
fluid in the Infusoria have been designated by Ehrenberg as
gastric vesicles (ventriculi), and by Dujardin as vacuoles.” I
have already slightly alluded to this remark in considering the
mouth, and shall merely add the followmg. The vesicular drops
here spoken of by Siebold do not arise from the absorption of
water, for they are also seen in those specimens which have been
removed from the frog’s intestine without the addition of water.
They are certainly more visible in the latter, because the animals,
which are somewhat folded up in the intestine, are then capable of
expanding themselves. Moreover, it is mcomprehensible how, in
those individuals which have lived in an intestine filled with bile,
this is diffused throughout the body, but not also in such vesicles
as the water occurs in, or at least why the water which appears
in vesicular drops should not be coloured by bile in these cases.
The conditions of the nutrition of the Stomatoda, as detailed

~

444 M. Eckhard on the Organization

above, have also been disputed by Siebold. His views of them,
according to § 12; are essentially these :—The Polygastrica swal-
low nutritive matter (coloured particles) with the water. So long
as this remains at the lower extremity of the cesophagus*, it ap-
pears as a pedunculated vesicle. It is loosened by the contrac-
tion of the cesophagus and then appears without a peduncle, and
containing the bodies which have been swallowed, perfectly in-
closed within it. The swallowed masses in the form of vesicles
mutually press upon one another in the body when the animals
have eaten too much, the earlier yielding before the subsequent
ones. It sometimes happens that these drops when filled with
solid food run into one another, which shows that they are not
surrounded by a distinct (gastric) membrane. Against this in-
genious supposition we have the following objections :—

a. No cesophagus has been proved to exist by observation,
which continues for a certain distance within the body and then
stops; the above phenomena rather indicate that an uninterrupted
canal runs through the body from the mouth to the anus.

b. Hence the entire theory of the vesicles is untenable; this
is confirmed by various observations and considerations.

In Vorticella microstomat I often perceived how the nutri-
tious matter about to be swallowed was formed into a minute
ball in the anterior part of the oral aperture—I cannot better de-
signate it thanas a morsel. After this was effected, it was swal-
lowed by the animal in such a manner that the separate particles
remained united, as they had become in the oral aperture. The
morsel then passed through the intestine for a considerable di-
stance in the body, and appeared of the same form in a gastric
cell. . Certainly no drop inclosing the nutritive matter had formed
at the lower extremity of the supposed cesophagus, for the for-
mation of the morsel occurred in the oral aperture; but to admit
that the morsel had become inclosed in a vesicle of water at the
end of the cesophagus, or any such attempts at explaining this
fact, would be opposed to physical laws. In other instances, and
this may be observed with distinctness, especially in Hpistylis
grandis, when colouring matters are present in great quantity,
the entire cavity is sometimes filled as far as a cell. On exa-
mining a mass of colouring matter, as z, fig. 6, without a drop of
water in which it might be inclosed, and the continued filling of
this cavity with solid particles, every appearance of the vesicle, as
described by Siebold, vanishes. I have observed the running
together of these aqueous vesicles inclosing solid matters but

* Siebold denies the existence of an alimentary canal, and supposes the
presence of an oesophagus which only enters the body to a limited extent,
and then terminates.

+ Ehrenberg, tab. 25. fig. 3.

of the Polygastric Infusoria. 445

very rarely, and only when the animals were dying. Even if
Siebold has seen it frequently and always in living specimens,
which I however doubt, still he cannot conclude from this, that
these spaces are not inclosed by any membranes ; might they not
be rent by the mutual pressure of the filled gastric cells on ac-
count of their delicate structure ?

I shall conclude the considerations of the alimentary canal
with an observation which appears to me especially adapted for dis-
proving Siebold’sviews; it is this: Ehrenberg discovered that when
carmine and indigo are mixed with water containmg Paramecium
Aurelia, in a short time some of the cells of the animalcule are
occasionally filled with the red colouring matter only, others with
blue. I have also seen this ; it was first shown me by my teacher
himself, and I have several times subsequently observed it.
Siebold’s mechanical explanation, in my opinion, is not sufficient
to account for it; it constitutes a phenomenon which presup-
poses a tolerable development of the sense of taste.

Remark 1.—At p. 16 in note 1, Siebold says: “That organ
which occurs in Trachelius Ovum and is regarded by Ehrenberg asa
branched intestinal canal, has always appeared to me tobe a fibrous,
certainly not hollow cord, which runs through the extremely loose
parenchyma, giving the interior of the animal a coarsely reticu-
lated aspect by its ramifications.” I have hitherto seen this ani-
malcule twice only, ‘as it is rare, and I cannot therefore form any
definite opinion upon this organ. But I may assert with cer-
tainty that Siebold has either never seen it in a natural state, or
has entirely mistaken its structure ; for it requires a mere glance
through the microscope to be convinced, that the question of its
being a fibrous organ cannot be entertained for a moment.

Remark 2.—If Siebold denies the existence of an intestine in
the Polygastric Infusoria, I am not aware how he.can correctly
denominate the excretory spot the anus, and why the excrements

cannot exude from every part of the body.

Propagation.

6. The organs by which the preservation of the species is
effected have always had a peculiar interest with physiologists,
and have hence been treated of with a particular satisfaction.
The delicacy of the parts and the mystery of the sexual process
have a special charm with investigators, which is still more in-
creased in the Infusoria by the minuteness of their forms. I
shall therefore enter fully upon this point. If we first ask our-
selves—how the Polygastrica are propagated ?—it must be an-
swered :

1) Viviparously.—Khrenberg first observed this in Monas vi-
vipara, in which the phenomenon iscommon. Moreover a some-

446 M. Eckhard on the Organization 3

what similar occurrence is seen in Stentor ceruleus, to which I.
shall recur presently. Siebold appears to have overlooked this ;
for at p. 23, as the means of propagation of the Polygastrica, he
only enumerates division and the formation of buds.

2) By Zygosis.—-This has hitherto been observed in the animal
kingdom only in the Closterina. In autumn we find young Closte-
ria of such a form, that two globules, each of which is elongated
on both sides into a point, have become adherent. Unfortunately
their further stages of development have not yet been seen. We
do not know whether perfect Closteria are formed by an intimate
growing together of the globules with their elongations or by a
progressive separation, although the former is probable. Should
we be so fortunate as to clear up this point, and should the zygose
prove to be a mode of propagation of the Polygastrica, it would -
not be so rare hereafter ; for it has also been observed in species
of Spirogyra and a mould-formation.

3) By division.—This occurs either transversely or longitudi-
nally, or in one and the same species in both directions. It is-
evidently, in many families, one of the most productive methods
of propagation, as in the Bacillartea, Kolpodea, Stylonychiea, &c.
In the former the siliceous carapace divides regularly, and this
might perhaps form another ground for enumerating them among
animals.

4) By formation of buds.

5) Formation of ova has certainly not been directly observed,
but the different sizes in which many Polygastrica, especially
Vorticella, occur, perhaps allow us to conclude in favour of its
existence. The difference in the size of Vorticella microstoma is
most remarkable. In no instance could the individuals of this
species, which are all so very small, be produced by division ;
nor by the formation of buds, for such has not yet been observed
in them. I shall here mention an observation which I made in
the early part of 1845 upon Stentor ceruleus to connect the
further reflections on this point.

Plate X. fig. 7 exhibits this Infusorium. Within it I observed
three or four globules in different states of development, which are
represented in a row in figs. 8—14. In the first stage the con-
tents of the globules, consisting of minute granules, exist most
imperfectly developed ; but few granules at present occur, and
the globule, when it lies in the body, is not very distinct on ac-
count of the granular parenchyma of the latter. In the second
stage of development, fig. 9, the granules appear more numerous,
the contents are therefore more concentrated, and the globules
can then be very distinctly observed in the body. Fig. 10 a
shows the third stage; granules commence arranging themselves
in arow m. They sometimes appear grouped in the same man-

of the Polygastric Infusoria. ay

ner at two spots, as shown in fig. 1046. The granules thus
arranged and closely pressed together blend into a glandular
but clear organ, in which the granular structure cannot be any
longer detected ; frequently it is also divided into two parts, figs.
Il and12. Lastly, im the situation of the transparent glandular
organ a row of cilia appears, evidently the mouth (fig. 13 a) ; but
whether the latter is formed immediately from the former I have
not been able to ascertain with certainty, but it is extremely
probable, since on the one hand the row of cilia occurs in the
situation of the bright gland, whilst, on the other hand, in all
the germs which exhibit this the former organ is absent. Si-
multaneously with the development of the mouth there appear
one or two clear vesicles (figs. 18, 14). On the 18th of May
I observed in the interior of St. ceruleus a germ as in fig. 13; I
saw the cilia very distinctly in motion ; the vesicles were however
still absent, and they did not escape on this occasion. On the
21st I saw the perfect form, fig. 13, which issued out, whilst the
parent animal swam away. I now attentively observed the young
one to follow up its further changes, perhaps the bursting of the
carapace; but I was obliged to leave off watching it in half an
hour, as I could not vouch for the accuracy of further observation
on account of the straim upon my eyes. On the 4th of June I
saw a germ escape, as in fig. 14; it differed from that observed
on the 21st of May, for, being at first round, it at once exhibited
an incurvation at its lower extremity, an appearance frequently
observed in young Stentors, sometimes in old ones, when they
contract from the elongated form to one more or less rounded.
I have subsequently once seen the escape of a similar germ, and
it appears to me that the true point of maturity is that at which
vesicles begin to be visible. In Stentor polymorphus, fig. 15, I
have observed two such globules, but I have not succeeded in
seeing any perfectly formed escape. In autumn I have often
sought for the recurrence of this phenomenon, but have never
been able to observe it so perfectly as in the spring, although
similar globules are not rare in the later parts of the year.

How can we explain this phenomenon? It can hardly arise
from Vorticelle which have been swallowed, as has been proposed
to me in conversation, since I observed such various conditions
of development, which were moreover never observed except in
one part of the body, never more anteriorly, which is hardly
possible if they were substances which had been swallowed. I
rather think it formed the earliest commencement of the forma-
tion of buds, which usually appears at this part of the body.
But it is also possible that it is a peculiar kind of propagation,
which Steenstrup* and others have observed in many intestinal

* On the Alternations of Generation.

448 M. Eckhard on the Organization

worms, and which consists in this, that in the interior of the
parent animals, germs (which had not hitherto been shown to be
a consequence of sexual influences) are formed and separated.
The fact which I have stated, that I have seen these globules
escape, appears to support this view.

We have as yet been purposely silent on the true organs of
generation, so as to be able now to devote ourselves to their con-
sideration alone. Ehrenberg has mentioned as sexual organs
one or two contractile vesicles and glands occurring either singly
or in considerable number*. I shall consider both minutely,
and see what signification they admit of.

A. The contractile vesicle.—If we examine a Stylonychia (P1. IX.
fig. 2) or a Bursaria, we observe, with a little effort, a bright,
tolerably large vesicle. At first sight it appears to be a round
aperture in the skin, whence it has happened that many observers
have considered it as having some relation to the respiration ;
this however is by no means the case, for it lies within the body.
We may easily convince ourselves of this fact by observing the
animals (as Ehrenberg first stated) whilst revolving on their
longitudinal axis. At those moments when the vesicle disap-
pears, we see distinctly how the lines which cover the whole body
longitudinally and are covered with cilia are drawn over the spot
which is apparently open. It is often difficult to discover the
vesicle on account of the number of granules which exist in the
skin. The most common and very constant form is the globular ;
we scarcely ever notice any form which differs materially from
this. But in some genera radii occur which traverse the body
in a stellate manner, and are sometimes longer, at others shorter
(fig. 4). The varieties in the number of the vesicles are likewise
slight ; there are usually one (in most genera) or two (Parame-
cium, Chilodon Cucullulus). Sometimes indeed several occur, but
then usually the animal is in the act of division. In $ 17 of
Siebold’s work there is something to correct. According to his
account, Trachelius Meleagris is covered with a row of from eight to
twelve round contractile cavities (p. 21); and Ehrenberg regards
the colourless juice they contain, in consequence of an optical
illusion, as gastric cells filled with a reddish gastric juice. But
the fact is this: the eight to twelve round vesicles do not appear
red as the result of an optical illusion, but in consequence of the
coloured juice contained in them ; for when the animals dissolve,
the red juice is seen to pour out. This animal also exhibits two
other vesicles, which are the true contractile bladders. Those oc-
curring also in Amphileptus Meleagris and longicollis appear to me
to correspond to the eight to ten vesicles in Trachelius Meleagris, as

* On a double condition of the sexes demonstrable as far down as the
Monadina.

of the Polyyastric Infusoria. 449 +

their contractions did not appear to me to be the same as I had
been accustomed to see in other forms. Siebold ascribes to Spi-
rostomum ambiguum a contractile reservoir in the form of a long
pulsating vessel which runs through the longitudinally-extended
abdomen. I have never seen this; perhaps Siebold has mistaken
the two to four rows of cilia, which we have mentioned, for it.
In Stentor also, in addition to the large round contractile spaces
at the anterior extremity of the abdomen, there are several such
spaces extending down the abdomen laterally. In my own ex-
aminations on the generative relations of the Stentors which I
have already detailed, I have examined several hundred speci-
mens, but, except the large contractile cavity, have never seen
another situated laterally on the abdomen. Probably Siebold
has examined the first stage of development (perhaps as fig. 8).
The most important physiological property of this vesicle, as
already pointed out, is its contractility. We see how, from time
to time, it contracts powerfully, frequently spasmodically, again
expands and repeats the contraction. In those cases in which
the vesicle exhibits stellate extensions, these are expanded at the
base so as to resemble a bulb, just as if some fluid contents had
been impelled into them, which however has not been shown to
be the case. The contractions in some occur regularly, in others
irregularly. With a view to this point I observed, with Schmidt,
Paramecium Aurelia, Stylonychia pustulata and Bursaria flava.
We found that in P. Aurelia, from the commencement of one
contraction to that of the following, six to eight, and in Stylony-
chia about ten to twelve seconds elapsed, but that in Bursaria
the interval between the recurrence of the contractions was so
short that it could not be estimated. Let us test by these ob-
servations the general correctness of Siebold’s conclusion, “ that
there are hollow, rhythmically contractile, as it were, pulsating
cavities in various forms, numbers and arrangement.”

As regards the occurrence of contractile vesicles in the sepa-
rate families, it has been proved in most of them. Even in the
first treatise on this subject * attention was drawn to their pre-
sence in the greater number of forms, and instances have since
been made known, in Ehrenberg’s separate treatises, in which
they were shown to exist, although formerly they appeared to be
wanting. However, they have not been recognised hitherto in
the following families (probably on account of the inadequacy of
our optical means or other circumstances): Vibrionea, Arcellina,
Bacillarina, Closterina, Colepina and Dinobryina.

B. The glands.—In addition to the vesicles, we find in almost
all Polygastrica, glands of a somewhat more solid structure than

* Ehrenberg, J. ult. cit.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi, Suppl. 2K

450 M. Eckhard on the Organization

the rest of the body. They are best seen by allowing the Infu-
sorium to decay from the deficiency of water without removing
it from the glass-slide. In the work above quoted, Ehrenberg
distinguished the following forms, among which all the varieties
may be comprised :—

1. The globular; 2. the ovate ; 3. the discoid; 4. the reniform ;
5. the ligulate; 6. the moniliform ; ; 7. the eylindrical ; and 8. the
annular. They appear to be more general than the vesicles, but
have not been found in some, although few families. These are
the Colepina, Vibrionea, Dinobryina and Arcellina. In regard to
these organs also I find in Siebold (§ 21—23) some remarks to
which I cannot assent.

a. The nucleus appears to him to be loose in the parenchyma,
as the observation can be frequently made that the Infusoria re-
volved around the nucleus which remained at rest in their inte-
rior. This appearance however cannot so often be perceived, and
only when we attentively observe the glands for a considerable
time ; it never appears when we first commence observation and
observe both the glands and the body. I therefore consider this
phenomenon as an optical illusion, especially when I recollect that
it would be inexplicable how the glands in the different genera
and species preserve so constant a position, which could not be ex-
pected in so yielding a parenchyma of the body as Siebold has pre-
supposed in his consideration of the relations of nutrition to exist.

6. At p. 25, m note 2, Siebold supposes that the glands per-
haps subsequently became developed into distinct animals, be-
cause after the death of the Infusoria they were not immediately
destroyed. This also appears improbable to me, because I fre-
quently saw these nuclei disappear even in half an hour or an
hour, although water was present in sufficient quantity. That
they are preserved longer than the rest of the body ought not to
occasion surprise, as they are of a more solid consistence.

Remark.—As regards the occurrence of glands and vesicles in
one and the same individual, it must be remarked that in all
eases where a vesicle is present the gland has also been shown to
occur, or certainly may be demonstrated to occur, as several ob-
servations have shown us (Prorodon teres), but that there are
some families in which the glands, but not the contractile vesi-
cles, have been seen (Bacillarina, Closterina). Ii both organs are
present at the same time, and we coincide in Ehrenberg’s view
on the use of these organs, the supposition becomes probable that
they are connected with one another. This however has by no
means been confirmed.

C. Import of these two organs.

Khrenberg corfsiders the glands as testicles and the vesicles as
seminal vesicles. Tn truth, this view has not been expressed by

of the Polyguastric Infusoria. 451.

him without reason. The analogy of this vesicle with the con-
tractile organ of the Rotifera, which appears from its evident
connexion with the ovary to be the seminal vesicle, is in favour
of this view. Wiegmann, in mentioning Ehrenberg’s discovery
in his annual report*, remarked, that perhaps the contractile
vesicle might be a heart. He states, as his ground for this sup-
position, that it is always formed before the longitudinal and
transverse division of the body of the animal, which might ap-
pear to indicate that it was connected with some organ essentially
necessary to the vital process ; whilst, on the other hand, the or-
- gans of propagation, which under other circumstances did not
commence their functions until the body was perfectly formed,
do not require so early a formation nor so constant an action.
However, it appears to me that Wiegmann’s objection is weakened
on the one hand by the consideration that the division is always
an essentially distinct formation of the individual from that of
sexual reproduction, and hence that the laws of the development
of the two modes of formation of new individuals are by no
means identical; on the other hand, by the supposition that at
every contraction seminal fluid is not evacuated. Siebold with
Wiegmann also considers the contractile. vesicle as the first
form of a circulatory system and the first attempt at a cir-
culation of the nutritive fluid, but merely as a consequence of
the following presupposition: “ Most probably the liquid fill-
ing the cavities which become distended by a kind of diastole
is a nutritious fluid emanating from the parenchyma, which at
the systole is again propelled into the parenchyma, whence the
necessary motion and distribution of this nutritive fluid are effected
and its stagnation prevented.” As Siebold’s view is based upon
this alone, and believing that I have removed Wiegmann’s objec-
tions, and Ehrenberg’s view having at least one analogy, although
of itself not sufficient, I prefer the opinion of the latter; but I
must not conceal the fact, that the occurrence of glands without
vesicles (in the Closterina and Bacillarina) appears to show that the
connexion of these two organs is not essential. Still it is not
impossible, that by the perfection of our optical resources the
contractile vesicle may be detected in these families also.

Remark.—lt would have been an important point to have also
taken the eyes (of both the Rotatoria and the Polygastrica) into
consideration ; however, as Schmidt in his paper on the Ro-
tatoria has likewise omitted this, it affords matter sufficient for a
distinct treatise.

* Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1831.

2K 2

452 Mr. 'T. V. Wollaston on new British species of Coleoptera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX. ann X.

Prate IX. B.

Fig. 1. Closterium acerosum: o 0, vesicles containing granules in constant
motion; s’s” s', minute thin cords, which I saw change in rela-
tive position ; dd, glands; m, aperture (mouth); 77, apertures
which occur in some other species of Closteria, and from which
Ehrenberg saw minute feet project.

Fig. 2. Stylonychia pustulata: m, mouth; }, contractile bladder ; f, rigid
bristles, moveable upon their bases.

Fig. 3. Vorticella nebulifera : b, contractile vesicle ; x, gastric cells; s, mus-
cular sheath; m, muscle; vv, elongations of the muscle ; f, attach-
ment in the muscular sheath.

Fig. 4. Paramecium stomioptycha: aa a, fibres which form a circle around
the oral aperture ; x, its minute appendix; d, gland; s, contractile
vesicle with its appendages.

Fig. 5. A Vorticella: m, mouth; s, general alimentary canal (cesophagus) ;
%, gastric cells; a7, their hollow peduncles; a, anus.

Fig. 6. Epistylis grandis: m, mouth; i i, gastric cells, which I saw filled,
without having seen the nutritious matter pass the apparent extre~

mity r of the cesophagus ; x, filled gastric cells in connexion with
the general alimentary canal.

Puate X.

Fig. 7. Stentor ceruleus: 6, vesicle; k, germ; d, gland. ae
Figs. 8—14. Stages of the development of the globular body observed in its
interior,

Fig. 15. Stentor polymorphus: b, contractile vesicle; d, gland; e, germ, as
described under St. c@ruleus.

XLVII.—Descriptions of three newly-discovered British species of
Coleoptera. By T. Vernon Wo xuaston, B.A., F.C.P.S.

{ With a Plate.]
Section NECROPHAGA.
Fam. Mycretornacipa, Westwood.

Genus Atomaria, Kirby.

1. Atomaria pallida. Oblonga, pubescens, corpore toto, oculis nigris
antennisque testaceis exceptis, pallido-testaceo. Pl. IX. fig. 1.
Corp. long. lin. 3. Depressed, thickly punctured, slightly

shining and pubescent. The entire insect of a uniform pale tes-

taceous hue, with the exception of the antenne, which are slightly
darker, and the eyes which are black. Thorax broad; antenne
long and robust, the three apical joints large, forming a club, the
terminal one slightly paler than the rest.

Taken at Fulbourn near Cambridge. Three specimens are in
my own cabinet, and one or two more in the possession of the

Rev. Hamlet Clark of Northampton.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on new British species of Coleoptera. 453

Section PHILHYDRIDA.
Fam. ANIsoToMIDs, Stephens.
Genus Ephistemus, Westwood.

2. Ephistemus palustris. Niger, nitidus, subpubescens, thorace in-
terdum piceo, antennis pedibusque testaceis. Pl. IX. fig. 2.
Corp. long. lin. ¥;. Oblong-ovate, very convex, pitchy-black,

shining, minutely and sparingly punctured, most obscurely pu-

bescent. Thorax large and sometimes piceous. Legs pale tes-
taceous. Antennz somewhat darker, thick, with the club robust.

I possess three specimens of this very distinct species (which
is at once recognised from the rest by its larger size) taken, each
on different occasions, in the marshes near Cambridge. Con-
cluding it therefore to be a fen insect, I have selected the specific
name “ palustris’? as most appropriate.

*

Section HYDRADEPHAGA.
Fam. Dyticip2#, Leach.
Genus Hydroporus, Clairville.
3. Hydroporus trifasciatus. Capite fusco-ferrugineo, thorace fer-
rugineo basi nigra lateribus rotundatis, elytris pallido-ferrugineis,

fasciis tribus sutura apiceque nigris, corpore subtus piceo, antennis
pedibusque pallidis. Pl. IX. fig. 3.

Corp. long. lm. 3. Somewhat linear-oblong, glabrous, thickly
and minutely punctured. Under side piceous. Eyes black. Head
dusky-ferrugineous. Thorax convex, with the sides rounded,
broader than the elytra and slightly widest in front, ferrugineous
with the extreme hinder margin black ; a short, deep fovea on
each side at the base, approximating anteriorly. Elytra depressed,
with a sutural stria continuing more than half the length of the
suture from the base, and a very deep one on the disc (in con-
tinuity with the fovea on the thorax) extending to the middle of
the elytron and tending slightly inwards posteriorly,—pale-fer-
rugineous with the suture and three fascize black,—the first being
at the base, the second (of a zigzag form, somewhat in the shape
of the letter M) a little behind the middle, and the third towards
the apex. Legs pale-ferrugineous. Antenne slightly darker,
except the basal joints which are pale.

This most minute and very interesting Hydroporus was cap-
tured in Ireland by my friend W. Clear, Esq., in the river Lee
near Cork, and to him I am indebted for three specimens from
which the above description was drawn.

45.4 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

XLVIII.—The Birds of Calcutta, collected and described by
Cari J. SuNDEVALL*. .

[Continued from p. 407. ]

- 58. Falco tinnunculus, L.

Our common Kestril is also indigenous in Bengal. I recog-
nised it once clearly, but procured none in that country. A
young male however was taken December 5 on board ship, near
the equator in the Indian Ocean, about 100 miles from Ceylont,
and another young specimen was sent home from Java by the
forementioned Dr. Mellerborg. Both these birds showed, ona
comparison with Swedish specimens of the second year, not the
slightest. difference either in colour or dimensions. ‘This, like
all small species of hawks or falcons, is called in Bengal Sikhrie,
like the cuckoo (supra, no. 46). The same name is employed by
Levaillant (Ois. Afr. no. 80) for a falcon which seems to be but
slightly different from the year-old F. tinnunculus. He calls it
Chiquera from a label which a Frenchman at Chandernagor had
attached to the bird. This is evidently the same name, whose
pronunciation has been somewhat differently modified. One may
detect the same name changed in many other ways. For instance,
under Cuculus no. 6 in Lath. Gen. Hist., it is written Sercea,
Sirkeer, and. Surkool. We may hence judge of the value of our
information on the language of the natives, especially when they
come through England ; all the three names quoted, when pro-
nounced in the English manner, are more like the correct sound
than is apparent from the spelling.

59. Falco peregrinator, sp. nov. (obs. non ad Calcutta visus).

Niger ; subtus ferrugineus, antice pallidior: pectore longitudina-
liter nigro-maculato, abdomine, crisso, tibiisque irregulariter nigro-
fasciatis ; cauda alas superante. (Maxime affinis F. peregrino.)

2 (in Mari indico d. 19 Junii) superne tota, cum alis, lateribus
capitis usque infra oculos et macula genarum, latiori quam in F. pe-
regrino, pure nigra, absque marginibus pallidis plumarum. Super-
cilia nulla distincte colorata. Gula et collum antice albido-ferru-
ginea striolis tenuibus nigris: colore rufo et latitudine striolarum
deorsum auctis. Latera corporis, venter, tectrices ale inferiores et
‘tibize crebre, saturate rufo nigroque maculato fasciata. Ale nigre :
remiges maculis pogonii interioris transversis, fulvis. Penna 1® et
3° equales. Rectrices fere equales, nigra, margine apicis albide ;
pogonium internum maculis 9 angustis, transversis rufescentibus ;
pogonium externum maculis obsoletis, cinerascenti micantibus.
Pedes validissimi, toti flavi. Rostrum fuscescens. Cera et orbita

* Translated from the ‘ Physiographiska Sillskapets Tidskrift’ by H. E.
Strickland, M.A.

+ The following day Cypselus affinis (supra, no. 40) was procured.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 455

fusco-flavescentes. Iris nigro-fusca. Oculi magni, valde convexi,
prominuli. Longit. 18 poll. sv. (in cute asservata cauda 2} poll.
ultra alas). Ala flexa 330 mill., tarsus 47, digitus medius 53, cum
ungue 68 ; cauda 180. Rostrum e fauce 31, altit. 20, cum cranio 70.
Cubitus 98. Statura F. peregrini, vel paullo robustior ; rostrum pre-
sertim crassius et convexius apparet; ale, ratione reliquarum par-
tium, paullo breviores.

On my homeward voyage from Bengal I obtained this hand-
some Falcon in 6° 20! N. between Ceylon and Sumatra, rather
nearer the last-named island, and at least seventy [Swedish] miles
from the nearest land, viz. the Nicobar Islands. It settled upon
the edge of a sail, whence it was shot down. I have only seen
the specimen described, and have procured no information of any
similar bird, either in books or collections. It might perhaps be
regarded as a tropical variety of Falco peregrinus, but the pure
black on the upper parts, the shorter wings and unusually large
projecting eyes give this bird a marked distinction from the com-
mon forms of that species. £. peregrinus occurs moreover in New
Holland, gray as with us, according to Vig. and Horsf., Linn.
Trans. vol. xii.* It seems that a considerable number of birds
annually fly across from Sumatra and Ceylon, though they are
separated by a sea of more than 200 [Swedish] miles in width.
Only during my voyage through this channel I procured ten or
twelve birds, most of which are mentioned above, met with half-
way between these two islands. All sailors have opportunities of
seeing land birds at very considerable distances from shore, and
it seems not incredible that certain strong-flying species may
cross the ocean, even between America and the old continent,
though probably most of those which venture upon such a journey
perish before they have proceeded half-way. Among other in-
stances it may be mentioned that Catesby, in his last voyage to
America, met with an owl in the midst of the ocean in 26° N.
He does not tell us which species it wast.

60. Falco melanopierus, Daud.; Lath. Suppl. 2; Horsf. Jav. Linn.
Tr. xiu.; Glog. Eur. p. 85.—Le Blac, Levail/. Afr. 37, 36. Ela-
nus cesius, Sav. Hg. 98. pl. 11. El. melanopterus, Leach, Zool.
Misc. iii. p. 4; Vig. et Horsf. Linn. Tr. xv. Falco dispar, Temm.
Pl. Col. 319 (var. Americ.).

* The New Holland bird is however distinct from peregrinus; it is the
F. melanogenys, Gould.—H. E. 8.

+ F. peregrinator appears to migrate across the ocean to great distances
from India. I possess aspecimen which I refer to this species, procured in
1833 on board ship between the Mauritius and Madagascar. M. Sundevall
gives a good figure of the species, and it is also represented under the name
of F. shaheen by Mr. Jerdon, in his ‘ Illustrations of Indian Ornithology,’
plates 12 and 28.—H. E.S.

456 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

Albus, supra cinereus, tectricibus alarum minoribus nigris. Un-
gues teretes, remigum 2" reliquis longior. igny

o (Serampore d. 16 Febr.) albus supra totus pallide incanus,
fronte alba. Orbita antice cum lineola superciliari nigra. Ale extus
colore dorsi, vitta antica nigra; pennis primariis fuscis extus obscure
canis, subtus et margine albis; caudam zquantes. Cauda minime
furcata : omnino eequalis ; alba, pennis 2 mediis canis. Rostrum ni-
grum basi flavum debile. Lora et mentum setosa. Pedes flavi, crassi,
cute molli, quasi spongiosa tota reticulata. Digiti fissi, vix diver-
gentes, subtus leves. Long. 123 poll. Ala 254 millim., tarsus 31,
digitus medius 30, cum ungue 42, cauda 124, rostrum e fronte 15.

Few land birds seem to be more widely spread over the earth
than this species, which is found in Ulimaroa and the Indian
Islands, in all Southern Asia, all Africa, South Europe, and all the
warmer parts of America*. I only saw one specimen, which was
shot on the top of a tree. The stomach was quite thin, and con-
tained remains of a bird ; it had moreover a strong smell of fish,
but no remains of them were found. Nor was any trace seen of
msects, which are asserted to be the sole food of this bird. Yet
at that season there was no want of opportunity for an insectivo-
rous bird to satisfy itself with grasshoppers, crickets, &c., with
which the stomachs of most of the birds which I opened in Ben-
gal were filled. This species also is called Sikhrie like the Kestril,
Cuckoos, &c.

61. Falco pondicerianus, L., Lath. no. 46; Horsf. Jav. et Raffi.
Sum. Linn. Tr. xiii.—Haliaétus pondicerianus recentiorum.

Rufus, capite, collo, pectoreque albis, limite definito. Adultus
(Febr.—Apr.). Rostrum albidum ; pedes flavi. Plume capitis colli-
que angustatz, rhachide tenui nigra. Albedo pectoris fere ad pedes
extensa. Remiges primarie nigre, basi ad medium rufe; cubitales
rufe, intus striis quibusdam transversis nigris. Cauda tota rufa.
Magnitudo Buteonis ; ala 360 mill., tarsus 50, digitus medius preter
unguem 30. Rostrum simile F. revit : majus quam Buteonis. Nares
subrotunde paullo longitudinales. Remex 4° reliquis longior. Cauda
rotundata, alas equans. Tarsi antice scutis parvis ; basi tantum plu-
mati. Digiti toti scutati. (Affinis Milvo, nec F. albicille.) Juniores
(Febr.—Apr.) similes adultis, coloribus tamen paullo obscurioribus
ornati.

This handsome bird of prey is known by the name Bramin-
hawk, in Bengalese Bramini-tjill. The Hindoos regard it as a
Bramin among the hawks, or of a better caste than the others,
probably because it is the handsomest, and have a superstitious
veneration for it in the same way as the peasantry with us regard
the Stork and the Swallow. It occurs also in the Indian mytho-

* The American bird, Elanus dispar, is distinct fom ZL. melanopterus.—
H.E.S.

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 457

logy, and is one of Vishnu’s attributes. This is one of the for-
tunate animals which according to their doctrine of transmigra-
tion contains the soul of a Bramin which is on the point of again
entering into the human form. The Bramin-hawk. is very com-
mon near the river, especially about Calcutta, but it is not found -
so abundantly as Falco ater. Further down, where the water
begins to be salt, and the country is less inhabited, it is not to
be seen. It seems to be found in all India and is often brought
from Java. It flies in circles over the water, whence it carries
off all kinds of floating offal, morsels of flesh, entrails, &c., per-
haps also fish, but 1 never saw it or the following species pounce on
entire corpses which lay upon the banks or floated in the stream.
Their food was seized by the feet, and was commonly carried off
to some tree or to the mast of a ship, to be there devoured, but
small pieces are also eaten during flight. Their cry is a some-
They are seen about Calcutta the whole year. According to a
statement in Latham’s Gen. Hist., they lay two or three eggs in
trees in March and April. A number of Indian names for this
bird are there enumerated.

62. Falco ater, Gm., Lath. no. 38; Glog. Eur. p. 82.—Milvus ater
rec.

Fuscus, cauda longitudine reliqui corporis leviter furcata, alas
paullo superante, fusca, subtus pallidius fasciata; plumis capitis
latius oblongis.

6 (junior? Febr.) totus fuscescens, pectore albido striolato, non
ferrugineo, capite albido fuscoque longitudinaliter maculato. Gula
albida. Longit. 21 poll. Ala 430 mill., tarsus 50, cauda 260, 14 poll.
ultra alas.— ? major &c., ut descriptio Glogeri cit.

This species, which is spread over all the warmer regions of
the old continent, is one of the most abundant near Calcutta.
Its mode of life thoroughly resembles that of the Bramin-hawk.
The cry is sharper, not unlike our kite’s, but more interrupted,
much like heheheheeee - - -! This species also remains stationary
all the year. Both this and the last have a great resemblance,
in their mode of flight and in all their habits, to Falco buteo as well
as to F. milvus, but they are chiefly seen near inhabited places,
and are not shy, as they are not persecuted. They are often seen
sitting in trees or on roofs in the city. Both are stated to build
on the stems of lofty trees. Ff. ater 1s named simply eel, which
corresponds to our name hawk.

63. Falco ... Fuscus, cauda longa, alba, brevius furcata, apicibus
nigris. Magnitudine prioris.

I saw this hawk twice only, in the month of April, flying near
Calcutta, but could not procure it. The flight and general

458 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

appearance were like those of the former, but the tail appeared
longer.

Falco buteo ? an F. asiaticus, Lath.? Near Sucsagor, above
Calcutta, I twice saw (on March 22 and 23) a hawk which I am
disposed to regard as our common Buzzard, which it resembled
in size, colour, - flight, and all its actions. The head was pale,
with a dark band through the eyes. On one occasion it settled
on a stone twenty-five ells from me, just as one of my gun-bar-
rels, loaded with large shot, had been fired off. In the other
barrel there was only sparrow-shot, so that I despaired of hitting
it, and aiming straight at the bird, I fired and got nothing.

In the lower parts of the river, in the district of the Sunder-
bunds, when on my homeward voyage in May, I three times saw
a species of bird flying at some distance, which could be nothing
but a large bird of prey. It seemed to be little less than an
eagle, dark-coloured, beneath white, with pointed wings, and
rather smaller anteriorly than is usual with raptorial birds. The
flight was like that of an eagle. Could it possibly be allied to
Falco leucopsis, Bechst. ?

I once saw a hawk fly past which [ thought I recognised as a
full-grown F. palumbarius, but I cannot assert it positively.
These, and many other species of birds which follow, are only
enumerated to draw attention to them.

I often heard Europeans speak of Eagles, which would seem
not to be rare in this country, and as they asserted of their own
knowledge, quite distinct from Vultures. Possibly they alluded
to Vultur pondicerianus, or perhaps the large unknown bird of
prey just mentioned. It should be observed that Ciconia argala
is often called Eagle by the English, and the Hindoos who know
English believe this bird to be the Eagle of the Europeans.

64. Vultur bengalensis, Gm.—Bengal Vulture, Lath. Syn.i. p. 19.
t. 1 (fig. mala, eademque in Lath. Gen. Hist.). Vultur leucoce-
phalus 6, Lath. Syst. i. p.3 (mec. synon. Hasselq.). Chaugoun, Le-
vaill, Afr. pl. 11 (e Bengalia; fig. mala, ut ibidem plereque avium
rapacium). (V. indicus pullus, Temm.)
_ Nigro-fuscus, subtus rhachidibus albis striolatus, supra immacu-
latus, dorso posteriore albo. Collare lanatum, album, colli infimi.
Area pectoralis atra. Nares transverse, lineares. ( adultus (Cal-
cutta, Febr.). Caput et collum fuscescentia, subnuda, sparse pilosa.
Caput superne fuscescenti pilosum. Occiput et nucha densius albido-
lanata. Interscapulium et ale fere pure nigra immaculata. Dorsum
posterius ab alis tectum, pure album. Remiges cubitales extus cine-
rascentes. Ale tectrices infericres (nec marginales) albe. Cauda
nigra. Gastreeum nigro-fuscum, rhachidibus tenuibus, definite albis.
Tibia intus alba. Area pectoralis magna, triangularis, aterrima, im-
maculata, brevissime et densissime plumata; lateribus posticeque

M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta. 459

limbo albo-lanato (plerumque occultato) cincta. Collare, cum hoc
limbo continuum, tantum postice plumis quibusdam brevibus, laceris
ornatum. Pedes et rostrum plumbei.

Longit. 32 poll. sv. Ala 533 mill. (214 poll.), cauda 225, tarsus
100. Digitus medius 100, cum ungue 130. Rostrum e fronte ho-
rizontaliter 57... Expansio alarum 72 ped.

? (verisim. junior. Calcutta, Febr.). Similis mari sed colores
omnes cinerascente-sordidi, minime vero rufescenti-inquinati. Etiam
rhachides inferiores sordide albze. Plume dorsi unicolores : anteriores
nigro-cinerascentes relique albe. ‘Tota area pectoralis pure atra.
Ala 545 mill. Rostrum e fronte: horizontaliter 53 mill., oblique
ad apicem 63. Altitudo maxille superioris 23. Tarsus 90. Digitus
medius cum ungue 120. Cauda 215.

Juv. ut 2 sed albedo vix ulla apparet: color omnis cinereo-fuscus,
sordide rufescenti-tinctus. Plume corporis inferioris stria albida
paullo latiore quam rhachide, sed nulla pluma margine rufescens.
Dorsi plume immaculate. Area pectoris fuscescente-nigra, atro-im-
mixta. Collare lanatum sordide album. Ala 532 mill. Cetere di-
mensiones ut foemine. Remiges 3 et 4 zquales, reliquis longiores ;
cubitales posteriores attingunt apicem ale. Cauda paullo rotundata,
parum excedit alas; apice detrita, rhachidibus apice nudis spinosa.
Pedes reticulati. ‘Tarsi toti nudi. Rostrum simile Vulturis fulvi;
non ad oculos usque fissum. Nares anguste, paullo oblique.

Obs. Cel. Temminck in enumeratione Vulturum (Pl. Col. livr. 72,
et ibd. 89) hune pro juniori V. indico habet, cum verisimiliter tan-
tum juniores V. bengalenses vidisse ei contigerit. At juniores utrius-
que speciei sat similes sunt. Sic etiam Riippell hanc avem non
cognovit (Ann. Sc. Nat. 1830, Dec.). Vultur indicus, quem tantum
in muszis vidi, similior est V. fulvo, et in his a V. bengalensi differt :
area pectoralis colore dorsi; collare plumis definitis, oblongis orna-
tum ; adultus fulvus; pullus obscure fuscus, plumis ventris, etiamque
dorsi, stria media fulva, et plerumque margine fulvo notatis ; area
pectoralis immaculata, rufescenti-tincta.

This Vulture occurs around Calcutta the whole year, in great
abundance ; everywhere, even in the town, it is found in plenty.
They do not strictly live in flocks, but often sit several together
in the same tree, and one daily sees great assemblages of them
around the corpses lying on the river bank, from which they de-
rive their principal nourishment. Vultures walk with ease, which
gives them a remarkable resemblance to-turkeys, even when they
are fighting for their prey ; they appear equally stupid, and their
fights appear to be equally bloodless. The nights and part of
the days are passed in trees, where they are often seen sitting
motionless with half-expanded wings, most lke the Greek repre-
sentations of winged griffins and sphinxes, which in this respect
are evidently modelled after Vultures. They fly remarkably well,
with the wings still, often to an incredible height in vast circles,
to search for prey, or perhaps more often for pastime and mid-

460 M. Sundevall on the Birds of Calcutta.

day recreation. No sound is ever heard from them. They smell
strongly of musk, which is still very perceptible, after an interval
of nine years, in the stuffed specimens brought home. The
Bengalese name is Sukheni or Jidheni (the accent on the final 4).
I heard no name which resembled the word Chaugaun adopted by
Levaillant, which a Frenchman at Chandernagor had written on
the specimen described by him. It is probably based on an in-
correct adoption of the name Sukheni.

Among hundreds of Vultures which I saw, often only fifteen
or twenty ells distant, I perceived none which were yellowish
brown, wherefore I presume that the so-coloured Vultur indicus
never, or rarely, occurs near Calcutta. A small number of them
were coloured distinctly black and white like the hen above
described. Most of them were grayish like the two others de-
scribed.

65. Vultur pondicerianus, auct., Temm. Pl. Col. 2 (fig. opt.).
Niger, area pectoris concolore, lateribus posticeque latius albo
cincta ; capite colloque nudis, dilute rubris. Priori paullo minor.

This species is not common, and I did not procure it, but I
several times had an opportunity of observing it carefully. It
was rather less than the former, and is consequently one of the
smaller species of Vulture. It was not distmguished by any
special name, and was occasionally seen among other Vultures.
It is always, even during flight, easily recognisable by the purer
black colour, the red neck, and the large white spots under the
body. I never saw it near enough to distinguish the projecting
ear-formed folds of skin on the neck.

66. Columba tigrina, Temm., Wagl. no. 96.

Fuscescens, dorso griseo guttato, nigro striolato; plumis nuche
infime nigris, apice cordato-incisis, gutta apicis alba. Caput canes-
cens. Ale breves. Rostrum nigrum; pedes rubri. Corpus subtus
immaculatum rubicundo-cinerascens, abdomine crissoque albis. Rec-
trices laterales apice late cineree. Magnit. et statura Turturis
(do ? Febr., Martii). Ala 126 mill., cauda 123, tarsus 20, digitus
medius 21, cum ungue 26.

This small Dove, which is much like the European Turtle-dove,
is very common near Calcutta, and was said to be stationary there.
They were seen commonly two or three together, walking on the
ground to pluck rice-grain, &c. on which they live. In the
stomach were found moreover small snail shells, stones, &c. for
trituration of the food. The flight and motions are much like our
woodpigeon’s, and like it they were very shy, and had a singular
faculty of hiding themselves behind branches and leaves in the
trees. The note is also like the woodpigeon’s and has given rise
to the Bengalese name Ghugu (the uw as in German or ow in

Zoological Society. 461

French). The skin is tender and closely attached to the body as
in our pigeons, and the feathers have the same peculiar structure
of which I spoke before under the Cuckoos.

67. Columba livia var. domestica. Tame doves were kept by
the natives in most villages in great numbers. They were chiefly
of the race common also with us, which most resembles wild
pigeons ; but as they live more at liberty, without being confined
m winter, they acquire their natural blue colour more frequently
than with us, with two black bands on the wings. I saw some
among them which had the back white, which I never saw among
tame pigeons in Sweden. This species is perhaps hardly to be
found strictly wild in Bengal, which country is wholly destitute
of cliffs and mountains, but it appeared to me that a great por-
tion of them were more or less in a wild state, which seems also
to be often the case in South Europe.

68. Columba Several species of pigeon were mentioned
as being found wild in the country. Among them is one which
the Europeans called Ring-dove, and which was asserted to be
precisely the same as the Kuropean species, but I failed in seeing
any such. It was said to arrive at certain seasons in great flocks,
and then to depart again.

Another small green dove was stated to frequent certain places
all the year. It was said to be shy, and difficult to see in the
trees. Some which I saw in cages were said to be of this spe-
cies ; it was Columba superciliaris, Wagl. (C. indica, auct.), which
is rather larger than a thrush, reddish gray, with green wings
and back, a gray head, with white eyebrows and a cross-band on
the sides of the neck, red feet and beak.

[To be continued. ]

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Oct. 13, 1846.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

‘‘ Descriptions of thirteen new species of Brachiopoda.” By G.B.
Sowerby, F.L.S.

TEREBRATULA NIGRICANS. Ter. testd antic? rotundatd, postice acumi-
natd, tenuiusculd, nigricante ; valvis inequalibus, radiatim costatis,
costis rotundatis ; lined marginali rectiusculd ; valvd dorsali sub-
trigond, depressiusculd, rotundatd, lateribus posticis declivibus ;
Foramine magno, haud integro, quadrato ; ared cardinali magnd,
planiusculd, lateribus rotundatis; deltidiis angustis ad latera

_ foraminis coalescentibus ; valvd ventrali depressd, transversim

462 Zoological Society.

ovatd ; dentibus cardinalibus ut in T. psittacea; margine valva-
rum crenulato.
A single specimen of this very interesting species was found in
the collection of the late G. Humphrey, without locality. This and
the 7’. psittacea are the only species that are not punctated.

TEREBRATULA Japonica. Ter. testd oblongd, antic? rotundatd, tenut,
albicanie ; valvis subequaliter convexis, longitudinaliter radiatim
striatis, striis numerosis, subirregularibus, subbifurcatis, ad latera
prope cardinem confertiusculis ; lateribus prope cardinem subpla-
nulatis; lined marginali rectiusculd, ad latera postice declivi ;
valvd dorsali postice subproductd, truncatd ; foramine mediocri,
haud integro, perobliquo; ared cardinali inconspicud, deltidiis ob-
soletis ; interno parvo, 4 longitudinis valve, ramulos duos angus-
tos, demum amentum latum flexcuosum sistente ; marginibus valva-
rum minutissimé denticulato.

Shell oblong, rounded in front, thin, whitish; valves nearly equally
convex, longitudinally radiately striated, strie numerous, rather
irregularly dichotomous and very close-set on the sides near the
hinge; the sides near the hinge rather flattened; marginal line
nearly straight, inclining to the sides near the hinge; dorsal valve
somewhat produced posteriorly and truncated, with a moderate-sized,
very oblique and incomplete perforation; cardinal area indistinct,
with obsolete deltidia; internal appendages small, one-third the
length of the valve, with two narrow little branches, and then a broad
flexuous loop; margin of the valves very minutely denticulated.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection, from Japan. Easily distinguished
from T. cancellata of Koch by its foramen not being entire.

TEREBRATULA CRENULATA. Ter. testd suborbiculari, postice subacu-
minutd, subtruncatd, crassiusculd, albicante ; valvis inequalibus,
radiatim costatis, costis paucis, majusculis, rotundatis ; lined mar-
ginali flecuosd, antic? subsinuatd ; foramine magno, subintegro ;
ared cardinali magnd, subplanulatd, margine undulato ; deltidiis
magnis, discretis; valve ventralis margine postico ad utrumque
latus declivi; ossiculo interno e spind validd obtusd anticé por-
rectd, ramulis duobus lateralibus retroversis ; margine valvarum
crenaio.

Shell suborbicular, rather attenuated and subtruncate behind,
rather thick and whitish; valves unequal, with few rather large,
rounded, radiating ribs; marginal line flexuous, slightly sinuated in
front; perforation large, nearly entire; cardinal area large, flattish,
with an undulated margin; deltidia large, separate; posterior mar-
gin of the ventral valve inclined on either side ; internal appendage
consisting of a single strong spine standing forward, and with two
lateral reflected branches; margin of the valves crenated.

From Santa Cruz, in Mr. Cuming’s collection.

TeREBRATULA KOSEA, Humphrey. Ter. tesitd eblongo-ovali, subde-
pressd, anticé subattenuatd, crassd, rosed, albicante radiatim picta ;
valvis subequalibus, levibus ; lined marginali subflexuosd, antice
reflecd ; valvd dorsali majori, postice subproductd, truncatd ; fora-

Zoological Society. ~ 463

mine minimo, integro; ared cardinali latiusculd, deltidiis coales-
centibus, sulco mediano discretis ; valvd ventrali ovali, anticé pau-
lulim rotundato-attenuatd ; lined marginali ex umbone ad utrum-
que latus declivi ; ossiculo costd elevatd, perenra simplici con-
siante ; margine valvarum integro.

Shell of an oblong-oval form, rather depressed, slightly attenuated
behind, thick, rose-red, painted with paler radiating marks; valves
nearly equal, smooth ; marginal line somewhat flexuous, reflected in
front; dorsal valve the larger, rather produced posteriorly and trun-
cated; perforation very small, entire; cardinal area rather wide,
with united deltidia marked by a mesial groove; ventral valve oval,
anteriorly slightly attenuated and rounded, its marginal line slanting
downwards from the apex on each side; internal appendage con-
sisting of a single elevated rib standing out; margin of the valves
entire.

From Brazil, according to the late G. Humphrey. In Mr, Cu-
ming’s and other collections.

TEREBRATULA RUBICUNDA. (T’. sanguinea, Quoy, Astr.) Ter. testd
suborbiculari, postice subacuminatd, gibbd, glabrd, rubrd, valvis in-
equalibus, subirregularibus ; lined marginali ad latera subflecuosd,
anticé sinuatd ; valvd dorsali postice productd, truncatd ; foramine
magno, obliquo, subintegro; ared cardinali rotundatd; deltidiis
magnis, distinctis ; carind dorsali latd, prominente, utrinque ro-
tundato-angulatd, obtusd ; valvd ventrali subpentagonali, postice
angustiori, mediane latd, rotundato-subangulatd ; anticé subtrun-
catd, sulco mediano lato, conspicuo ; ossiculo interno magno, fere
ut in T. dorsata efformato ; margine valvarum integro.

Shell nearly orbicular, rather acuminated posteriorly, gibbous,
smooth, of a red colour; valves unequal, rather irregular ; marginal
line slightly flexuous on the sides, sinuated in front; dorsal valve
produced behind, truncated, with a large, oblique, nearly entire per-
foration; cardinal area rounded, deltidia large, separate; mesial
ridge broad, prominent, angularly rounded, and obtuse on both sides;
ventral valve somewhat pentagonal, narrow posteriorly, broad in the
middle, with rounded angles, and slightly truncated in front; mesial
groove broad and distinct; internal appendage as in T. dorsata ;
margin of the valves entire.

From the Moluccas; in Mr. Cuming’s collection and in the Bri-
tish Museum.

TEREBRATULA SANGUINEA (sanguinea, Chemn.; T. erythroleuca of
Quoy). Ter. tesid suborbiculari, antic? subemarginatd, gibbosius-
culd, tenui, sanguined, radiis maculisque radiantibus albidis ornatd;
lined marginali recid, antice subsinuatd ; valvd dorsali postice
subacuminatd, truncatd, foramine mediocri, integro, ared cardinali
latiusculd, marginibus subacutis, deliidiis majusculis, coalescenti-
bus ; valvd ventrali depressiusculd, transversim obovatd, antic
subsinuatd, ossiculo interno primum format radios duos, deinde
annulum centralem et amenta duo lateralia, demiim amentum su-
perum integrum.

464 Zoological Society.

Shell suborbicular, slightly notched in front, rather gibbous, thin,
of a bright light red colour, with white rays and radiating spots;
marginal line straight, slightly sinuated in front; dorsal valve rather
acuminated behind and truncated; perforation middle-sized, com-
plete; cardinal area rather broad, with sharpish edges; deltidia
rather large and united; ventral valve somewhat depressed, trans-
versely obovate, slightly sinuated in front; the internal appendage
at first forms two rays, then a central ring and two lateral loops,
and at length a reflected dorsal loop united to the central ring;
margin of the valves entire.

From the island of Zebu, attached to coral under stones; H.
Cuming.

TEREBRATULA INCoNSPICUA. Ter. testd rotundato-subtrigonali, pos-
tice acuminato-rotundatd, antice subsinuatd, obscure rufd; valvis in-
equalibus, glabris ; lined marginali fleruosd ; valvd dorsali rotun-
dato-subtrigond, maximd incompletd; ared cardinali latd,ad utrum-
que latus declivi ; deltidiis mediocribus, late discretis ; valvd ven-
trali transversim oblongd, subplanulatd, sulco mediano, lato, subin-
conspicuo ; margine valvarum integro.

Shell rounded, subtrigonal, acuminated and rounded behind,
slightly sinuated before, dull red; valves unequal, smooth; marginal
line flexuous ; perforation large, incomplete ; cardinal area broad, in-
elining on each side; deltidia of moderate size, widely separated ;
ventral valve transversely oblong, somewhat flattened, with a broad,
rather indistinct mesial groove; margin of the valves entire.

From the late G. Humphrey’s collection : locality unknown.

TEREBRATULA PULCHELLA. Ter. testd subovatd, postice acuminato-
rotundatd, levi, albidd, lineis nonnullis radiantibus rufis ; valvis
inequalibus ; lined marginali subfleruosd; valvd dorsali subpla-.
nulatd, postice acuminatd, antice rotundatd, foramine magno, in-
completo ; ared marginali inconspicud, lateribus rotundatis ; delti-
diis parvis, discretis ; valuvd ventrali subcirculari, planulatd ; ossi-
culo interno e gnomone porrecto, anticé posito, constante ; margine
valvarum integro.

Shell subovate, acuminated and rounded behind, smooth, whitish
with a few radiating red lines; valves unequal, marginal line some-
what flexuous; dorsal valve rather flattened, acuminated posteriorly,
rounded in front; perforation large, incomplete; cardinal area in-
distinct, its sides rounded; deltidia small, separate; ventral valve
somewhat circular, flattened; internal appendage consisting of a
single prominent gnomon near the front ; margin of the valves entire.

Found by Mr. Cuming attached to corals at Calapan, isle of
Mindoro; also from the island of Cocos, Lieut. Swainson; in the
late G. Humphrey’s collection.

TEREBRATULA CoGNATA, Chemn. Ter. testd subtrapezoidali, antice
rotundatd, pallescente, nonnunquam rubente ; valvis inequalibus,
radiatim obsolete striatis, versus marginem obliteratis ; lined mar-
ginali lateraliter anticeque flexuosd ; valvé dorsali convexd, lird
mediand inconspicud ; apice subacuminato reflexo ; foramine magno,

Zoological Society. 465

haud integro; ared cardinali angustd, deltidiis parvis, trigonali-
bus ; valvd ventrali planulatd, margine postico rectiusculo ; sulco
mediano subperspicuo; ossiculo interno ramulos duos centrales,
divergentes, ad apices expansos sistente ; margine interno valvarum
denticulato.

Shell nearly trapezoidal, rounded in front, of a pale colour, some-
times reddish ; valves unequal, obsoletely radiately striated, the striz
entirely obliterated near the margin; marginal line flexuous in front
and on. the sides ; dorsal valve convex, with an inconspicuous central
ridge, its apex somewhat acuminated, reflected, with a large incom-
plete perforation ; cardinal area narrow, with small triangular del-
tidia; ventral valve flattened, its posterior margin nearly straight,
with a scarcely evident central furrow; internal appendages con-
sisting of two little central diverging branches, expanded at their
apices; margin of the valves denticulated within.

There are two varieties in colour, from South Africa, according to
the late G. Humphrey.

TEREBRATULA TRANSVERSA. Ter. testd transversim subovatd, tenut,
rudi, glabrd, pallescente ; lined marginali subflexuosd, antice sub-
sinuatd ; foramine maximo, incompleto; ared cardinali magnd,
planatd ; deltidiis parvis, longe discretis ; carind dorsali incon-
spicud, rotundatd; valvd ventrali iransversim oblonga, antice
rotundatd, postice in angulo obtusissimo desinente ; sulco mediano
subinconspicuo, rotundato ; margine valvarum integro.

Shell transversely subovate, thin, rugose, smooth, of a pale colour ;
marginal line somewhat flexuous, slightly sinuated in front; dorsal
valve of a somewhat tetragonal ovate form, very obtusely angular
behind and reflected; perforation very large, incomplete; cardinal
area large and flattened; deltidia small, very distant; mesial ridge
rounded, indistinct ; ventral valve transversely oblong, rounded in
front, and finishing in a very obtuse angle behind; mesial groove
rounded ; indistinct margin of the valves entire.

In Mr. Norris’s collection and in that of Mr. Janelle.

TEREBRATULA RUBELLA, Sow. Ter. testd subovatd, postic? sub-
acuminatd, subgibbd, antice subsinuatd, rubrd ; valvis inequalibus,
glabris ; lined marginal rectiusculd, antice subsinuatd; valvd
dorsali posticé subacuminatd, reflerd, carind mediand nulld, sulco
mediano obsoletissimo, foramine parvo ; ared cardinali angustd, ad
latera rotundatd, deltidiis majusculis, coalescentibus ; valvd ven-
trali ovatd, sulco mediano latiusculo, emarginationem anticam
efformante ; ossiculo interno ut in 'T. australi; margine valvarum
levissimo.

Shell nearly oval, rather acuminated posteriorly, a little gibbous
and slightly sinuated anteriorly ; valves unequal, smooth; marginal
line nearly straight, a little sinuated in front; dorsal valve rather
acuminated posteriorly, reflected, without any mesial ridge, but with
a very obsolete mesial furrow; perforation small; cardinal area
narrow, rounded at the sides, with rather large united deltidia ; ven-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvii. Suppl. 2 1

466 Zoological Society.

tral valve ovate, with a broad mesial groove forming a sinus in front ;
internal appendage as in 7. australis.
From Japan. In Mr. Norris’s and Mr. Cuming’s eelbaetibew:

TEREBRATULA LABRADORENSIS. Ter. testd suborbiculari, postice
acuminatd, obtusd, crassiusculd, albidd ; valvis valde inequalibus,
radiatim obsolete costatis; lined marginali subflecuosd; valvd
dorsali antice rotundatd, postice acuminatd, obiusd; foramine
magno, integro; ared cardinali magnd, subplanulatd ; deltidiis
majusculis, coalescentibus ; carind dorsali inconspicud ; valvd ven-
trali suborbiculari, postice subacuminatd ; margine valvarum cre-
nulato.

Shell suborbicular, acuminated behind, obtuse, thickish, whitish ;
valves very unequal, obsoletely radiately ribbed ; marginal line some-
what flexuous; dorsal valve rounded in front, acuminated and obtuse
behind; perforation large, entire; cardinal area large, somewhat
flattened ; deltidia rather large, united ; mesial ridge indistinct ; ven-
tral valve nearly orbicular, slightly acuminated behind; margin of
the valves crenulated.

In the British Museum. From Labrador; C. Goodsir.

TEREBRATULA ALGOENSIS. Ter. testd suborbiculari, postic? subacu-
minatd, antic sublobatd, albiddé ; valvis radiatim striatis ; carind
dorsali conspicud, rotundatd ; foramine magno, incompleto ; mar-
gine valve dorsali minutissimeé crenulato.

Shell suborbicular, slightly acuminated behind, rather lobed in
front, whitish ; valves radiately striated ; mesial ridge distinct, round-
ish; perforation large, incomplete; margin of the dorsal valve very
minutely crenulated.

A single valve of this specimen is in the British Museum, labelled
“‘ Algoa Bay, Bowerbank.”

“‘ Descriptions of new species of Marginella.” By G. B. Sowerby,
F.L.S.

Marcinetua Fusca. Marg. testd elongatd, subovali, postice suban-
gulatd,antice late marginatd, in medio paululim contractd, fusca, vel
pallide purpured, fusco-trifasciatd ; spird breviusculd, apice ob-
tuso; aperturd angustd, columelld rectiusculd, plicis quatuor, qua-
rum due antice albe, prominentibus, spiraliter elongatis ; labio
externo albo, intus in medio incurvo, extus fusco, late reflexo.

Differing from M. nitida in the colouring and the shortness of the

spire, and in the outer lip being more broadly reflected.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection. From the West Indies.

MARGINELLA CRASSILABRUM. Marg. testd subovali, in medio suban-
gulatd, pallidé griseo-fulvd ; spird brevi; anfractibus distinctis,
ultimo dilatato, ad spiram elevato ; columelld plicis quatuor, qua-
rum due antice prominentes, spiraliter elongatis ; labio externo,
crasso, late incurvo, angulato, extus varicoso, ad apicem tumide
elevato.

This species is remarkable for the broad angular disc formed by

Zoological Society. 467

the outer lip, which is much thickened at the back and raised so as
nearly to cover the spire.

In Mr. Jackson’s and Mr. Cuming’s collections. From the West

Indies. ;

Mareinetxa ranrata. Marg. testd ovali, cylindricd, pallide fulud,
Sasciis fuscis tribus cinctd ; spird brevi ; aperturd elongatd, postice
subangustatd ; columella plicis quatuor, quarum due antice ma-
jores ; labio externo levi, late reflexo.

Differing from M. avena in having a shorter spire and the outer

lip more broadly reflected.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection. Locality unknown.

MarcineLxa aupo-cincta. Marg. testd subconicd, subangulatd,
levi ; spird productd ; anfractibus angulatis, ultimo fascid albd prope
ungulum, et altero ad terminum anticum cincto inter fascias fusco
maculato et punctis nigris picto ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Provisionally described from a young specimen in ‘Mr. Cuming’s

collection. When full-grown it would probably resemble M. nube-
culata in form.

Mareinevia Pseupo-rasa. (M. Faba, Lam. Anim. s. vert., vii.)
Marg. testa angulatd, antic attenuatd, subrecurvd, pallide fulvd,
griseo-nebulatd, punctorum irregularium seriebus 10 sparsim
cinctd ; spird prominuld ; anfractibus angulatis, ad angulum valid
crenulatis, crassis, paululim arcuatis, postice angulatis, antic®
emarginatis, attenuatis.

Much more angular than the true M. Faba, and has the anterior

part of the body-whorl tapering and bent upwards.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection. From the river Gambia, West Africa.

MareGineLtia Fauna. Marg. testd ovali, subcylindricd, pallidissime
carned, spird brevi ; columella oblique quadriplicatd ; labio prope
medium incurvo, extus subincrassato.

Slightly resembling M. pallida, but more oval; the lower part of

the aperture less open, and the outer lip thicker.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection, From the isle of Curasso.

MARGINELLA MULTILINEATA. Marg. testd ovali, stramined, lineis
rubris numerosis cinctd ; spird pene celatd, apice fascia rubra cir-
culari cincto; aperturd antice et postice emarginatd ; columelld albd,
in medio tumidd, anticé callosd, plicis quatuor ad quinque inequali-
bus ; labio externo albo, intus crenulato, in medio subangulato, extus
tenuiter reflexo. |

On the whole resembling ¢essel/atus, but it is much shorter, with

the outer lip less varicose on the outside, and coloured by numerous
red lines instead of the square patches.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection. From Belieze, bay of Honduras;

Mr. Dyson.

Marginewua vARIA. Marg. testa elongatd, levi, antic? expansé,
alba, vel fuscd, vel fusco vel rubro trifasciatd, vel purpureo lon-
gitudinaliter et spiraliter interruptim fasciatd ; spird plus minusve
productd ; aperturd postice angustd, antice subexpansd; colu-

2L2

4.68 Entomological Society.

melld quadriplicatd ; labio externo in medio incurvo, extus leviter
varicoso.
Differing from M. dactea of Kiener in being wider at the anterior
termination, and in the outer lip not being so much elevated.
: From the West Indies. Varieties are from Belieze, bay of Hon-
uras.

MarGInexxa simiuis. Marg. testd ovali, stramined, griseo-nebulatd,
lineis creberrimis interruptim cincid; spird pene celatd ; aper-
turd angustd, antice et postice emarginatd; columella spird
tumidd, anticé varicosd, irregulariter septemplicatd ; labio externo
postice spiram paululim superante, intus crenulato, extus nigro
maculato vie marginato.

The spire is less concealed, and the margin of reflected lip less

distinct than in M. interrupta. The colouring is more mottled.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection. From the Brazils,

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

August 4th, 1845.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, E.R.S., President, in
the Chair.

Mr. Raddon brought for distribution a number of specimens of
the rare Actebia precox, and exhibited Goliathus Drurii and torqua-
tus, Mecynorhina frontalis, Petrognatha gigas and other rare insects
from the Gold Coast.

Mr. Douglas exhibited Adactylus Bennetiit and other Lepidoptera,
from St. Osyth in Essex. Also illustrations of the transformations
of Tortrix Galiana, which feeds, in the larva state, on the worm-
wood, and its parasitic Ichneumon.

Mr. Samuel Stevens exhibited a variety of insects sais cap-
tured at Arundel, including specimens of Claviger foveolatus, ob-
tained from the nests of two different species of ants.

Mr. Edward Doubleday exhibited drawings of several species of
Papilio, including P. Hippodamas, Bdv., P. Polyeuctes, Doubled.,
and a new species allied to P. Payeni, from the Himalayan Mount-
ains. He also described a complicated apparatus for capturing and
killing minute Lepidoptera, invented by Herr Reissig.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘« The Completion of the Biography of Fabricius,” translated from
the Danish by the Rev. F. W. Hope, who announced his intention
of presenting the Society with impressions of a portrait of Fabri-
cius, to accompany the memoir in the Transactions.

‘“‘ Description of a new species of Grasshopper from New South
Wales.” By W. F. Evans, Esq.

Ephippitytha maculata, Evans. Wéing-cases pale green, each with
sixteen to nineteen or twenty roundish spots of a bluish-black
colour running along the inner edge of the marginal or principal
nervure and the inner margin of the wing-case ; wings one-eighth
of an inch longer than the wing-cases, of a pale green colour,
becoming gradually of a lighter tint towards the outer margin,

Entomological Society. 469

with a pink tinge near the apex (as in the wing-cases) and a single
bluish-black spot; tibia of the hind legs with four bands of fus-
cous brown, of which colour are also the two basal tarsi. Ex-
panse of wings 41 inches; length of body 14 inch.—In Mus.
Britann., Hope, and in my own.

‘‘ Description of a new species of Pausside from India.” By J.
O. Westwood, F.L.S.

The insect in question, forwarded by W. H. Benson, Esq., of the
Bengal Civil Service, is closely allied to Ceratoderus bifasciatus, form-
ing therewith a separate genus divisible into two subgenera, as fol-
lows :-—

; MELANOSPILUS, Nov. gen.

Antenne clavd depressd, quasi 5-articulatd ; palpi mazillares arti-
culo 2do maximo, 4to gracili, precedenti minori; palpi labiales
articulis tribus, 3tio majori ovali apice subtruncato; pedes haud
dilatati tibiis apice haud calcaratis tarsisque articulo basali tri-
bus sequentibus majori.

Subgenus 1. Dimeroderus, Westw.

Corpus supra opacum plagd medid elytrorum politd; palpi mazil-
lares articulo 2do feré rotundato depresso; prothorax bipartitus
lateribus angulatis ; tibie apicibus externe obtuse truncatis.

Sp. 1. Melanospilus (Dimeroderus) Bensoni,Westw. Luteo-fulvus,
prothoracis parte antica angulis productis subacutis, parte pos-
tica quasi 4-lobata elytris versus medium plaga magna subtrian-
gulari ad suturam haud extensa. Long. corp. lin. 3.—Hab. in
India Orientali. D. Benson.

Subgenus 2. Ceratoderus bifasciatus, Westw. Arcan. Ent. ii. pl. 58.
fig. 1.

‘** Notes on the Habits of various Indian species of Pausside and
Cetoniide.” By Mr. Benson, in a letter addressed to Mr. West-
wood. !

The species of Pausside above described by, Mr. Westwood is
stated by Mr. Benson to have been captured by him under a brick
near the river Ganges, about fifty miles below Cawnpore, last year,
in the cold season, and this year, in January, he took another under
a stone in a black-ant’s nest, between the Savalik range and Saha-
runpore. On Mr. Benson’s estate, about 7500 feet above the level
of the sea, at Rockville, Landour, Mussoorie, Dr. Bacon last year
took a Paussus by sweeping in the grass, closely allied to Paussus
denticulatus, Westw. Arcan. Ent. ii. pl. 92. f. 1, but which Mr. Ben-
son has subsequently distinguished under the name of P. Nauceras.
At Rajpore, in the valley of the Dhoon, Dr. Bacon had also taken
P. pilicornis, Donov., and a larger species as yet unfigured, which
Mr. Benson has since described under the name of P. Baconis. It
was captured in a sweeping-net among grass and bushes,

A small species of Valgus (fam. Trichiide), with four small acute
protuberances on the podex, was also forwarded. This species loves

470 Entomological Society.

to bathe itself in the pollen of dahlias at Landour. (The specimen
is so saturated with grease as to be undeterminable.)

He had captured a Cetoniideous insect, which he regarded as the
female of Heterorhina Hopei, and which was no other than H. Ben-
galensis, as out of hundreds of H. Hopei which he had seen and
taken there was not one female, whereas all the specimens of H. Ben-
galensis proved to be of that sex; the species should therefore take
the name of the male, Bengalensis being inapplicable to a hill-spe-
cies. The wild indigo is a favourite resort of this species and
of H. nigritarsis, as well as of a coppery Cetonia. H. glaberrima,
Westw., frequents sweating wounds in oaks in great profusion, and is
accompanied more sparingly by Rhomborhina opalina and R. apicalis.
Jumnos Roylii is abundant in the hollows of oaks, and is frequently
taken in flight. A species of Cetonia of a velvet-black colour, with
a red band round the thorax and a pale golden spot on each elytron,
without any visible external difference between the sexes, somewhat
resembling C. tricolor, but with the thorax rounded and very differ-
ent from that insect or any Polybaptus, occurs chiefly on the Hi-
bisci, and especially Rosa Sinensis, at Rajpore, and even as high as
7000 feet above the sea. Of Dynastes Hardwickii, figured by Capt.
Boys in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ N.S. no. 54,
Mr. Benson had taken two males and a female, the latter without
horns; also an intermediate male, with a very short horn on the
head and only the humeral horns of the thorax. Many Chinese
forms occur at Landour, among them Oniticellus cinctus, Callidea
ocellata, and a Sagra which he took in abundance at Rajpore, but it
is very local: the males and females differ in the toothing of the
hinder tibie. When disturbed they throw themselves off a bush,
but are active when on the wing. Their brilliancy suffers much in
drying.

** Note on the production of a Queen-Bee from a neuter larva,
and on the impregnation of the Queen.” By Mr. Golding; accom-
panied by a specimen of the queen’s cell artificially produced.

On the 28th of June, 1845, the writer placed a bit of comb con-
taining workers’ brood in one of his hives which had lost its queen.
Two days afterwards he removed the royal cells which it contained,
whereupon the bees immediately (July 1st) commenced three royal
cells, from which, on the 12th of July, two queens were hatched, the
third having proved abortive. The writer agrees with Mr. West-
wood that there are no royal eggs, but only male and female ones,
the larve produced from the latter being subjected to two distinct
modes of treatment; the peculiar treatment of the brood destined to
royalty consists, in Mr. Golding’s opinion, far more in the singu-
larly different construction of royal cells, than in any subsequent
treatment of the brood deposited in them: he has in fact very little
faith in the royal jelly notion. |

It appears certain to the writer that the impregnation of the
queen-bee takes place in the open air. Young queens, when but a
few days old, have been repeatedly noticed to leave the hive, of
which the writer mentions an instance observed by himself, where a

7 Entomological Society. 471
young queen, which had left the mirror hive, mounting high in the
air on her departure, was found to return after an absence of six
minutes, when a small white substance, about as large as a pin’s
head and somewhat soft and ragged, was seen adhering to the ex-
tremity of her body. (This is what is alluded to by Dr. Bevan in
' the ‘ Honey Bee,’ p. 35, and which Mr. Golding considers to be evi-
dence of fecundation.) He considers that it is invariably the o/d
queen of the stock which goes off with the first swarm. (See article
“Swarming” in Dr. Bevan’s ‘ Honey Bee,’ chiefly contributed by
the writer: v. Advert. p. viii.) He had traced a marked queen from
hive to hive, in first swarms, until she was three years and ten months
old, the oldest recorded. He had taken much pains in tracing the
queens, sometimes slightly notching the tip of the wing, or cutting
off an antenna, and always with the above result; indeed, for some
days after the first swarm leaves the hive there is no queen at liberty
in it, until the senior princess comes forth and commences piping.
Another interesting instance to the like effect had occurred during
that and the preceding season. A labourer in his employ, George
Waters, an excellent practical apiarian, observed Jast year that, on
the coming off of a first swarm, the queen in vain attempted to fly,
falling from the stool. He gave her to the swarm, after noticing
that one wing was much injured. This swarm was again left single-
hived the then present year, and on their swarming he again ob-
served the same disabled queen attempting to join the swarm; thus
proving not only that the old queen issues with the first swarm, but
also that Hiiber was probably right in his idea that one act of im-
pregnation suffices for the life of a queen, as in this case the queen
was unable to fly, and therefore there could be no repetition of the
act whilst on the wing. On the decease of the old emigrating queen-
bee, it is of course necessary that a fresh queen should be produced;
Mr. Golding has in fact proved that colonies do sometimes—always,
he supposes, when needed—raise young queens without swarming.
In fact, being convinced that queens after their third season become
less prolific, he has sometimes destroyed the old queen of a first
swarm before putting it back, purposely that the colony should have
a young queen ; families which have old queens most frequently fail-
ing from their loss or diminished fecundity.

On the 9th of June, 1832, Mr. Golding’s Hiiber-hive swarmed ;
and upon examining it directly afterwards, it was found to contain
three royal cells sealed up and one unsealed, which was also found
sealed up on the 14th. On the 29th of June, 1830, Mr. Humphrey’s
Hiiber-hive swarmed, and on examining it three closed royal cells
were found, and five others in various stages, there being certainly
no queen at liberty in the hive at the time *.

* It is proper to observe, that several of the above observations were
written by Mr. Golding in reply to a suggestion made by me to him, that
as the swarming of the hive-bee was analogous in so many respects to that
of other social insects, it seemed reasonable to suppose that the primary
object of the swarming was the impregnation of the queen-bee, and conse-
quently that it was the newly-hatched princess which went off with the
swarm, the old queen remaining in the hive not requiring a second im-
pregnation.—J. O. Westwoop.

472 Entomological Society.

September Ist.~—The Rev. F. W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

A new species of Goliath Beetle, sent from Cape Palmas by Dr.
Savage, and a new Australian Phasma, were exhibited by the Presi-
dent.

Capt. Parry exhibited Goliathus Smithit, Passerinii, and other rare
Coleoptera from Port Natal.

Mr. Samuel Stevens exhibited Mythimna turca, Alcis sericearia
and roboraria, Eupithecia togata, Hb., Phycita Abietella, Graphiphora
rhomboidea, Polia tincta, Triphena fimbria, Cucullia Lychnitis and
other Lepidoptera, chiefly from Black Park, most of which had been
set according to a plan which he has adopted in order to obtain
great uniformity in the position and deflexion of the wing. The
plan consists in having a slab of cork cut with a longitudinal groove
down the middle for the reception of the bodies of the moths, and
with the sides sloped for laying out the wings, the slopes being so
cut as to bring the apex and hinder margin of the wing to nearly
the same level as the lower portion of the thorax. Setting-boards
with different-sized grooves and slopes are of course required for
different-sized insects.

Mr. Douglas exhibited eight new species of small Lepidoptera,
since described and figured in the ‘ Zoologist.’ Also a variety of
other rare species, including a specimen of Orthotenia quadrana,
Hiibner, taken at West Wickham on the 27th of May.

Mr. Bedell exhibited numerous specimens of a small moth, Gra-
cellaria V-flava, and its metamorphoses, taken in a wine-cellar, the
larve of which are supposed to feed on Rhacodium cellare. Like-
wise a specimen of the rare Acronycta Alni, taken on hazel at Box-
hill on the 11th of August.

The following memoirs were read :—

The continuation of a memoir ‘“‘On the New Holland Cryptoce-
phalide.” By W. W. Saunders, Esq.

PieomorpnHa, W.W.S.

Head vertical, immersed in the thorax nearly up to the eyes. An-
tenne short, 1st joint robust, pyriform, 2nd short, turbinate,
3rd to 6th slender, gradually increasing in length, 7th to 10th
broad, triangular, terminal joint broad, ovate. Thorax trans-
verse, rounded and gibbous in front, with the centre of the hind
margin produced. lytra rounded at the apex, forming with the
thorax an obtuse oval.

From the distinctly-serrated club of the antenne of the minute

insects composing this genus, the author thinks the true place of it
is not far from Clythra.

Sp. 1. Pleomorpha Davisii, W.W.S. Head rufous, with a black
transverse line; antenne rufous, club black; thorax rufous ;
elytra punctate-striate, testaceous, with the base, suture and
apex black. Length ;1,°,ths of an inch.—Taken near Adelaide

100

by Mr. Davis. In Mus, Brit. and Westwood.
Sp. 2. Pleomorpha ruficollis, W.W.S. Head black, with a patch

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 473

of rufous on the face ; antenne rufous, club black; thorax bright
rufous ; elytra dark bronzed green, PONCIGIE SAARC. (Crypto-
cephalus eneipennis, Dej.?) Length ;8, ths of an inch.—In-
habits Van Diemen’s Land. In Mus. Westwood.

Sp. 3. Pleomorpha rufipes, W.W.S. Head dark bronzy brown ;
antenne rufous, ‘club black; thorax and elytra dark bronzed
brown ; legs bright rufous, with dusky tarsi. Length ;8,ths of
an inch.—Inhabits Van Diemen’s Land. In Mus. Westwood.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH,

Dec. 10, 1846.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

A letter was read from M. Lange and other Danish botanists,
offering to supply Scandinavian specimens in exchange for British,
and transmitting a catalogue of the Danish Flora, with the regulations
of the Scandinavian Association for the exchange of botanical speci-
mens. In the list there are 1285 Phanerogamous species enume-
rated, 263 of which are not found in Britain ; and thirty-nine species
of Ferns, of which six are not British.

The following communications were read :—

1. Dr. Balfour read an account of a botanical trip which he had
made with some of his pupils to Clova, Glen Isla, and Braemar, in
August last. Dr. Balfour alluded in an especial manner to the Al-
pine Flora of the British Isles, the Scandinavian type of Prof. E.
Forbes, and illustrated it by a complete series of specimens, arranged
according to the natural system on pasteboard, so as to be seen at
one view. He noticed Prof. Forbes’s theory as to the mode in which
the plants migrated at the glacial epoch. He also alluded to the
geological nature of the district visited, which is the richest in Bri-
tain as regards Alpine species, and the character of the Flora on the
different kinds of primary rocks, especially granite and mica-slate.
Specimens of the rarer species collected during the excursion were
exhibited, among which the following are interesting as having been
found in new localities, or rediscovered in old ones :—Carexr rupes-
tris, abundant in Glen Dole, the specimens being unusually large;
Poa Balfourti, near the falls of the Whitewater, and also in Glen
Isla and on Lochnagar; Poa cesia, in Glen Isla; Poa laxa, and the
variety fleruosa of Parnell, Lochnagar and Glen Dole; Luzula arcu-
ata, Lochnagar ; Sazifraga rivularis, in several new stations on Loch-
nagar, some specimens six inches long; Gentiana nivalis in a new
spot in Glen Isla, specimens varying from jth of an inch to six
inches in length ; Ranunculus acris, var. pumilus, Wahl., Lochnagar ;
Phleum alpinum, rocks near Loch Brandy ; Carex vaginata, abundant
on Ben na Muick Dhui; Carex curta, var. alpicola, more correctly
C. Persoonii, near the summit of Lochnagar; Woodsia hyperborea, rocks
in Glen Phee; Hieracium nigrescens, Ben na Muick Dhui; and H.
inuloides in Glen Clova.

Dr. Fleming expressed doubts as to the correctness of Prof. Forbes’s
theory regarding the migration of the Scandinavian Flora, and no-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvin. Suppl. 2M

474 Miscellaneous.

ticed the evident depression of the land along the eastern coast of
Scotland, from which he inferred that the level of the German Ocean
must have been greatly altered, and was inclined to believe that the
similarity of the Floras of this country and of Norway and Sweden
might be accounted for by supposing that these countries were at
one time united to Britain.

2. Read extracts from a letter from Dr. W. H. Campbell of
Demerara, giving an account of an excursion up the Essequibo river,
in the course of which he saw Victoria regia in a lake or lagoon,
about half a day’s journey above the Itabally Rapids. He described
the petioles as densely covered with prickles, and varying from fif-
teen to twenty feet in length, the leaf itself being five to six feet
long. He also procured specimens of the root and bark of the plant
which yields the Hiarry poison, which he describes as a huge bush-
rope or climber. Unfortunately neither the Victoria nor Hiarry plant
was in flower. The latter is being analysed by Dr. Sheer, the agri-
cultural chemist at Demerara.

Dr. Douglas Maclagan stated that he had already made an ana-
lysis of the Hiarry root, and had detected a peculiar volatile acid to
which he believed the poisonous properties of the plant were due.

3. Read a supplement to a ‘“‘ Synopsis of the British Rubi,” by
Charles C. Babington, M.A. (see Annals, vol. xix. p. 17.)

Specimens of Trichenium, collected by Dr. Learmouth in Australia,
were exhibited, and the peculiar structure of the calycine hairs
shown under the microscope.

In the report of the last meeting of the Society, Thorea ramosis-
sima was inadvertently stated to have been found at Studley, York-
shire; and Hormospora mutabilis in the Thames, near Walton. It
should have been the reverse.

At this meeting the election of office-bearers for the ensuing year
took place, when Dr. R. K. Greville was elected President, and Dr.
Archd. Inglis, Sir William Jardine, Bart., Professor Balfour, and
Rev. Dr. Fleming, Vice-presidents.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Description of an Agaric new to the British Flora.

AGARICUS CAPERATUS.—Pileus convex, orbiculate, obtusely umbo-
nate, even, very dry, of a uniform gall-stone yellow, usually paler
about the top, covered with a mealy powder of the same colour,
which in some places is gathered into an imperfect scaliness, the
margin inflected, entire or more or less sinuated: veil as thick as
writing-paper, persistent, stretched between the margin and stem,
to which it is closely attached, thickly covered with the same powder
as the pileus, but more distinctly squamulose: flesh thick, solid
and firm, white, not changing colour, mild and insipid in taste. Gills
numerous, adnate, four in a set, dry and smooth, sienna-yellow,
juiceless : sporules elliptical, very light honey-yellow. Stem cylin-
drical, as thick as a man’s thumb, erect and solid, the root rounded
but not bulbous, whitened with the mycelia, the shaft of the same

Miscellaneous. 475

colour as the pileus, paler on the lower half, covered with the ochra-
ceous powder or slightly squamulose, the flesh white, yellowish
under the epidermis; the portion of stalk within the veil is pale, a
very little fibrilose, but not powdered. Diameter of the pileus
3 inches; height of the stem 5 inches, the diameter nearly an inch;
breadth of the gills ,ths. From the woods at Anton’s-hill, Septem-
ber 16, 1845.

This truly magnificent agaric was ascertained satisfactorily to be
the Agaricus caperatus of ‘Fl. Dan.’ t. 1675, by the Rev. M. J.
Berkeley, to whom a specimen was sent. It is not the Ag. caperatus
of the ‘English Flora,’ nor the 4g. pudicus of Bulliard; and is a
beautiful addition to the already extensive list of British species, for
which we are indebted to the researches of Miss Anne Hunter, an
honorary member of the Club. The spores, Mr. Berkeley says, are
very peculiar. “Its greatest peculiarity,” says Miss Anne Hunter, “‘is
its being so profusely covered over its pileus, curtain and stem with
a yellowish powder, in such quantities as to make it disagreeable to
gather, as gloves and everything it came in contact with was covered.
And Iam much struck with the toughness and permanency of the
curtain, which remains after the pileus has attained its full size.”

When small and young the pileus is obtusely campanulate, but in
other respects it does not differ from the mature plant. Miss Hunter
has found it on one spot only in the wood behind the house of An-
ton’s-hill, and there sparingly. Like most of its genus it is eaten
greedily by slugs and the maggot of a dipterous fly; and it seems to
be, says Miss Hunter, “a most favourite food of a sort of beetle,”
which permits very few specimens to attain maturity without great
mutilation.—From the Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’
Club, vol. ii. p. 174.

Description of anew British Sponge. By Dr. Jonnstow.
: HALICHONDRIA MACULARIS.

Sponge forming a thin circular spot one or two lines in thickness,
and rather more than an inch in diameter, of a wax-yellow colour,
spongeous texture, but not reticular, and soft when recent; the sur-
face even, somewhat hirsute, with pores invisible or scarcely visible
to the naked eye, and no fecal orifices. Spicula numerous, long
and straight, needJe-shaped, smooth; they are all alike in figure and
do not much differ in length.

This is amongst the least attractive of its genus. The only spe-
cies to which it is closely allied is the Halichondria sanguinea, from
which it is distinguished by its colour and less fleshy texture, and
by the straightness of the spicula. ‘These are remarkable for their
length; and the obtuse head is very slightly sinuated a little below
the extremity, but it requires a high magnifier to discover this cha-
racter.

This new species was found spreading, lichen-like, on the inner
surface of an old valve of Cyprina islandica, which was brought up,
from a depth of about thirty-five fathoms, by the baited lines of our
fishermen.— Jbid. p..196.

2M2

476

INDEX to VOL.

ACANTHODIS, new species of, 23.
Acartia, characters of the genus, 183.
Achatina, new species of, 61.
Achatinella, new species of, 124.
Agaricus, new British species of, 474.
Alaptus, on the British species of, 51.
Alder, J., on some new and rare British
species of naked mollusca, 289.
Alexanders, Dr. R.C., account of botanical
excursions in Upper Styria, 94.
Algz, on the structure of, 42.
Amphibola, new species of, 122.
Anagrus, on the British species of, 51.
Anaphes, on the British species of, 51.
Animals, general views on the classifica-
tion of, 212; observations on the in-
stincts of, 376.
Antaria, characters of the genus, 184.
Antelopes, on some species of, 162, 214.
Aphana, new species of, 24.
Aphides, on the generation of, 192.
Apus, new species of, 358.
Arachnida, new genera of, 179.
Araneidea, new British, 297.
Arescon, on the British species of, 51.
Argaliade, description of the family, 67.
Ascalaphus, on the hahits of the, 355.
Astarte, new species of, 386.
Atomaria, new British species of, 452.
Atrypa, observations on the genus, 29.
Atychia, new species of, 344.
Babington, C.C., on distinctions between
Parietaria erecta and P. diffusa, 425.
Bailey, Prof. J. W., on the detection of
spirally-dotted or scalariform ducts and
other tissues in anthracite coal, 67.

Balfour, Dr., on some rare plants gathered
in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh,
425; on Exogonium Purga, 426; on the
Alpine flora of the British Isles, 473.

Barneoud, M., on the organogeny of
irregular corollas, 182.

Bat, new species of, 356.

Beckmann’s, Prof., History of Inventions,
noticed, 413.

Bee, ontheimpregnation of the yueen, 470.
Bee-hives, on the aqueous vapour and on
the dark colour of the wax in, 1990.
Benson, Mr., on the habits of various

species of Paussidee and Cetoniide, 469.

XVITI.

een a H., Physical Atlas, notice of,

409.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on British hypo-
gous fungi, 73; on a new British spe-
cies of Agaricus, ‘AA,

Bird, Dr. G., on the siliceous armour of
Equisetum hyemale, 191.

Birds observed to winter in Macedonia,
10; on the size of the blood-corpuscles
of, 56 ; of Calcutta, descriptions of the,
102, 168, 251, 303, 397; of Tobago,
114; new, 129, 349, 418.

Blackwall, J., on some newly discovered
species of Araneidea, 297.

Blanchard, M., on the embryogeny of the
Ornithomyie, 70.

Blood-corpuscles, on the size of the, 56.
Bonyun, Dr. G. R., on the greenheart or
Beeberu-bark tree of Demerara, 425.
Boott, Dr., on new species of Carex, 186.
Boreham, C., on the supposed sense of

pain in insects, 353.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-
ings of the, 64, 425, 473.

Bouchardat, M., on the absorbing power
of plants, 134.

Bovide, on the arrangement of the, 227.

Boys, Capt., on the habits of Dorylus and
Ascalaphus, 354.

Brachiopoda, new, 461.

Broome, C. E., on British hypogzous
fungi, 73.

Buccinum undatum, observations on the
varieties of, 248.

Buccinum, new species of, 325.

Buchanan, Dr. A., on the wound of the
ferret, 376.

Bulimus, new species of, 59, 63, 124, 128.

Butterflies, extraordinary flight of, 133;
descriptions of new, 371.

Callipepla, new species of, 351.

Calotes, new species of, 429.

Camerophoria, observations on the genus,
89.

Candacia, characters of the genus, 184.

Carabide, new genera of, 354.

Caraphractus, onthe British species of, 52.

Carex, descriptions of new species of, 186.

Carinthian highlands, on the entomology
of the, 839.

INDEX.

Carpels, on the axial and ab-axial arrange-
ment of, 186.

Cells, on the circulation of the sap in the
interior of, 1; on the development of,
17, 364.

Cell-membrane of plants, observations on,
15; on the growth of, 145, 261.

Cephalophus, on the species of, 162.

Cetoniidz, on the habits of various Indian
species of, 469.

aire ee characters of the new genus,

Cheirotonus Macleaii, description of the
male of, 315.

aan on the development of the,
316. .

Chlorophylle, on the development of, 193.

Chondrus crispus, notice respecting, 186.

Chordeiles, new species of, 118.

Ciconia alba, notice respecting, 70.

Cidaris, new species of, 357.

Cinclosoma, new species of, 319.

Circulation of the sap in the interior of
cells, observations on, 1.

Coal, on the vegetable tissues in, 67.

Coleoptera, new British species of, 452.

Compsosoma, new species of, 48.

Corfu, on the natural history of, 294.

Corollas, notes on the organogeny of, 132.

Corvus collaris, notice respecting, 129.

Corvus, new species of, 11.

Coryczus, characters of the genus, 184.

Corynactis, new species of, 394.

Crocodiles, note upon two crania of, 361.

Crustacea, new genera of, 176.

Cryptocephalidz, descriptions of new, 472.

Cucullza, new species of, 121.

Cucurbitaceez, on some points in the
structure of the, 110.

Cycas circinalis, structure of the trunk of,
358.

Cyclopacea, on some genera of, 181.

Cyprza, new species of, 54.

Dana, J. D., observations on zoophytes,
155; on some genera of Cyclopacea,
181; on the classification of animals,
212.

Davy, Dr., on the blood-corpuscles of
some fishes and of a humming-bird, 56.

Deineresus, characters of the new genus,

Denny, H., on an extraordinary flight of
butterflies, 133; on the elongation of
rp peduncle of Vallisneria spiralis,
425.

Dewar, Dr., on the discovery of Luzula
nivea, 425.

Dinornis, on the osteology of the, 130.

Dodo, on the osteology of the, 276.

Doris, new British species of, 292.

Doubleday, E., on some new or imper-

477
fectly described diurnal Lepidoptera,
371. .

Dorylus, on the habits of, 354.

Drummond, Capt. H. M., list of the birds
observed to winter in Macedonia, 10.

Dunker’s, Dr. W., Palezontographica, no-
ticed, 272.

ik 7 evra new species of fossil,

7.

Eckhard, C., on the organization of the

polygastric infusoria, 433.

‘Edentata, on the relations of the, to the

reptiles, 278.

Edmondston, T., notice of the late, 138.

Elaphomyces, new British species of, 81.

Endogone, new British species of, 81.

Entomological Society, proceedings of
the, 352, 468.

Entomostraca, observations on some, 181.

Eolis, new British species of, 293.

Ephippitytha, new species of, 468.

Ephistemus, new British species of, 453.

ernie on the siliceous armour of,

Euchirus, characters of the genus, 183.

a BEN characters of the genus,

Euprepis, new species of, 430.

Eustochus, on the British species of, 54.

Eutriche, new species of, 53.

Evans, Mr., on some rare plants gathered
, Bs neighbourhood of Edinburgh,

Evans, W. F., on a new species of grass-
hopper from New South Wales, 468.

Falconer, Dr. H., on two crania of croco-
diles, 361.

Fasciolaria, new species of, 122.

Felis, new species of, 211.

Ferret, on the wound of the, 376.

Fishes, on the size of the blood-corpuscles
of some, 56; on the statics of, 69; de-
scriptions of new, 416.

Forbes, Prof. E., on the pulmograde Me-
dusz of the British seas, 284.

Forster, Dr. T., on the migration of the
swallows, 195.

Fry, E., on the relation of the Edentata
to the reptiles, 278.

Fungi, notices of British hypogeous, 73.

Fusus, new species of British, 246, 330.

Galerites, new species of, 357.

or ei J. S.,on new species of Cyprea,

Gazella, new species of, 214,
on Prof., on the generation of Ixodes,
60.

Genea, new British species of, 76.

Geranium, on the medicinal properties of
the British species of, 427.

Gilbert, Mr. J., notice of the late, 414.

478

Ginnania furcellata, observations on, 42.
Glossiphonia, new species of, 390.
Gonatocerus, new species of, 53.
Golding, Mr.,on the production of a queen
bee from a neuter larva and on the
impregnation of the queen, 476.

Goniodactylus, new species of, 429.

Gould, J., on new species of Trochilide,
129, 419; on new species of birds, 349,
418.

Graham, Prof., biographical sketch of the
late, 64

Grasshopper, new species of, 468.

Gray, J. E., on a new family and genus of
lizards from Columbia, 67; on a spe-
cies of Hippopotamus from Sierra
Leone, 136; on the species of Cepha-
lophus, 162; on some new species of
mammalia, 211; on two new species of
Antelopes, 214; on the arrangement of
the hollow-horned Ruminants, 227 ; on
a new genus of sea-snake, 284; on
the Kakapo and Macro of New Zea-
land, 427; on the genus Pedicularia,
428; on some new species of Indian
lizards, 429; on a new species of Vo-
lute, 431.

Gulliver, G., on the size of the blood-
corpuscles of birds, 56.

Haldeman, S.S8., on Unio abacoides, 430.

es paceman of the new genus,

Halichondria, new species of, 286, 475.

Haliotis, new species of, 197.

Halowell, Dr. E., on a new species of bat,

56.

Hancock, A., on some new and rare Bri-
tish species of naked mollusca, 289; on
some shells dredged on the west coast
of Davis’s Strait, 323.

Harting, Prof., on the growth of cell-
membrane, 145, 261.

Harvey, Dr., on the capture of Ciconia
alba, 70.

Helix, new species of, 58, 123, 127.

Helluodes, characters of the new genus,
354.

Henfrey, A., on the development of vege-
table cells, 364.

Herrmannsen’s, A. N., Indicis generum
malacozoorum primordia, notice of,
274

Herpestes, new species of, 21).

Hill, Mr. R., on the skull of an unde.
scribed seal, 415.

Hippopotamus, on a new species of, 136.

Holoparamecus, observations on the ge-
nus, 352.

Homoptera, new species of, 24,

Hore Zoologice, 114.

Hydnotra, characters of the genus, 78.

INDEX.

Hydroporus, new British species of, 453.

Hymenogaster, new British species of, 74.

Hypothyris, observations on the genus,
32.

Hypotropis, new species of, 284.

Infusoria, on the organization of, 433.

Insects, new, 23, 47, 49, 315, 344, 352,
371, 452, 468; on the supposed sense
of pain in, 353.

aa additions to the fauna of, 310,
383.

Ixodes, on the generation of, 160.

Jacchus, new species of, 212.

Jardine, Sir W., on the ornithology of the
island of Tobago, 114.

Johnston’s, A. K., Physical Atlas, notice
of, 409.

Johnston, Dr., on the medical properties
of the British geraniums, 427; ona
new British sponge, 475.

Jonas, Dr. H., on some new species of
shells, 121.

Kenyon, Mr., on a Pyrola found in Lan-
cashire, 426.

King, W., on certain genera belonging to
the class Palliobranchiata, 26, 83; on
some shells and other invertebrate
forms found on the coast of Northum-
berland and Durham, 233.

—— on the nectariferous glands of,

3

Le Conte, J., on anewspecies of Apus,358.

Leptzna, observations on the genus, 36.

Libellulide, revision of the British, 217.

Limapontia, new British species of, 289.

Limosa, new species of, 419.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the, 186.

Linyphia, new British species of, 301.

Lisbon, on the vegetation in the neigh-
bourhood of, 65.

Lithoria, new species of, 345.

Litus, on the British species of, 51.

Lizards, on a new family of, 67; new
species of, 429.

Longchamps, Baron Edm. de Selys, on
the British Libellulide, 217.

Longicorn beetles, new species of, 47.

Lowe, Rey. R. T., on a new genus of the
family Lophide, 416.

Lymenon, on the British species of, 51.

Lyonsia, new species of, 3338.

Maclagan, Dr., on the plant yielding the
drug Mudar of India, 425.

Mammalia, new species of, 211.

Mangelia, new species of, 202.

Marginella, new species of, 466.

Margarita, new species of, 324.

Medusz, on the development of the, 208 ;
of the British seas, on the, 284.

Melanospilus, new species of, 469.

Meliphaga, new species of, 418.

INDEX.

Menke’s, M., Journal of Malacozoology,
noticed, 274.

Meteorological observations, 71, 143,215,
287, 359, 431.

Meyer’s, H. von, Palewontographica, no-
ticed, 272.

Miquel, Prof., on the structure of the

trunk of Cyeas circinalis, 358.

Miracia, characters of the new genus, 185.

Mocoa, new species of, 430.

Mohl, on the circulation of sap in the in-
terior of cells, 1; on the growth of cell-
membrane, 145, 261.

Mollusca, naked, notices of new and rare
British species of, 289.

yer aye urubitinga, on the habits of,

Morton, S. G., on two new species of
fossil Echinodermata, 357.

Mulder, Prof., on the growth of cell-
membrane, 145, 261.

Miiller, J., on the statics of fishes, 69.

Mymaride, descriptions of the, 49.

Newport, G., on the aqueous vapour, and
on the dark colour of the wax in bee-
hives, 190; on the generation of
Aphides, 192.

Nickerl, Dr., on, the entomology of the
Carinthian highlands, 339.

heres Gius. de, on Ginnania furcellata,

Nucula, new species of, 333.
ar came, new British species of,
Octaviana, new British species of, 76.
Odontophorus, new species of, 351.
Oidemia perspicillata, notice respecting
the occurrence of, in Ireland, 368.
Ooctonus, on the British species of, 50.
nae gsc on the embryogeny of the,

Orthoptera, new species of, 23.

Otto’s, M., figures of flowering Cactez,
noticed, 275.

Owen, Prof., on the Dinornis, 180; on
the skull and on the osteology of the
foot of the Dodo, 276.

Pachyphleus, new British species of, 79.
Palliobranchiata, remarks on certain ge-
nera belonging to the class, 26, 83.

Panthus, on the British species of, 52.

Papilio, new species of, 371.

Be lah characters of the new genus,

Parry, F. J. S., on the male of Cheiroto-
nus MacLeaii, 315.

Pausside, new species of, 469; habits of
various [ndian species of, 469.

Pedicularia, observations on the genus,
428,

Pentamerus, observations on the genus,83,

479

Peziza, descriptions of two new species
of,

Pfeiffer, L., on new species of Helicea,
58, 123, 127 ; Symbole ad historiam
Heliceorum, noticed, 273; Journal of
Malacozoology, noticed, 274;,Figures of
flowering Cactez, noticed, 275.

Philippi’s Figures and descriptions of
new or incompletely known shells,
noticed, 273.

Physeter tursio, notice respecting the oc-
currence of, in Ireland, 310.

Physical Atlas, notice of the, 409,

Pinnixa, characters of the new genus, 177.

Plants, on the cell-membrane of, 15; on
the regular arrangement of crystals in
certain organs of, 82; on the absorb-
ing powers of, 134; on some saccha-
rine secretions of, 187 ; notices respect-
ing the occurrence of rare British, 425.

Platynodes, characters of the genus, 354.

Plectodera, new species of, 48. ,

Pleomorpha, characters of the genus, 472.

Peeciloptera, new species of, 25.

Polygastric infusoria, on the organization
of the, 433.

Polynema, on the British species of, 52.

Portlock, Capt., noticesin connexion with
the natural history of Corfu and its
vicinity, 294.

bey observations on the genus,

Pteroglossus, new species of, 350.

Pteromys, new species of, 211.

Pteropus, new species of, 356.

Pupa, new species of, 61.

Quekett, E. J., on the regular arrange-
ment of crystals in certain organs of
plants, 82; on the development of
starch and chlorophylle, 193.

Ralph, T. S., on the axial and ab-axial
arrangement of carpels, 186; on the
structure of Viola, in connection with
its impregnation, 196.

Ramphastos, new species of, 350.

Ransford’s, Dr., notice of the late Prof.
Graham, 64

Rathke, H., on the development of the
Chelonians, 316.

Reeve, L., on new species of Cyprea, 54 ;
on new species of Haliotis, 197; on new
species of Mangelia, 202.

Reid, Dr., on the development of the
Medusze, 208.

Reptiles, on the relations of the Edentata
to the, 278.

Retepora, new species of, 237.

Rhizocarpez, on the fructification of the,
408.

Rhizopogon, new British species of, 76.

Riopa, new species of, 430.

480

Ruminants, on the arrangement of the
hollow-horned, 227.

Salea, new species of, 429.

Sarothrocera, characters of the genus, 47.

Saunders, W. W., on the New Holland
Cryptocephalide, 472.

Schleiden, M. J., on the fructification of
the Rhizocarpez, 408.

Scribella, characters of the new -genus,
183.

Seal, account of the skull of an unde-
scribed species of, 415.

Setella, characters of the new genus, 182.

Shells, new, 54, 58, 121, 197, 233, 323,
430, 431, 461.

Siebold, M., on the organization of the
polygastric infusoria, 433.

Siliqua, new species of, 430.

Sowerby, G. B., on new species of Bra-
chiopoda, 461 ; on new species of Mar-
ginella, 466.

Spherosoma, new British species of, 79.

Spiders, new genera and species of, 179,
297.

Sponge, on a new British, 475.

Starch, on the development of, 193.

Stocks, Dr. J. E., on some points in the
structure of Cucurbitacez:, 110.

Strigocephalus, observations on the ge-
nus, 87.

Strigops habroptilus, observations on,427.

Strophalosia, observations on the genus,
92.

Strophomena, observations on the genus,
36

Styria, account of botanical excursions
in, 94.

Sundevall, C. J., on the birds of Calcutta,
102, 168, 251, 303, 397, 454.

Swallows, on the migration of the, 195.

Terebratula, observations on the genus,
32; new species of, 461.

Theridion, new British species of, 302.

Thomisus, new British species of, 297.

Thompson, T. P., on a species of Hippo-
potamus, 136.

END OF ae ex,

INDEX.

Thompson, W., on the fauna of Ireland,
310, 383 ; on the occurrence of a Surf.
Scoter, 369.

Thwaites, G. H. K., on the cell-membrane
of plants, 15.

Townsend, F., on three species of Gly-
ceria, 426.

Tradescantia, on the circulation of the
sap in, 7

Trevelyan, W. C., on the vegetation in
the neighbourhood of Lisbon, 65.

Trictenotoma, new species of, 353.

Trochilide, new species of, 129, 419.

Trogon, new species of, 349.

Tuber, new British species of, 80.

Unger, M., on the nectariferous glands of
leaves, 137.

Unio, new species of, 430.

Venerupis, new species of, 122.

Viola, on the structure of, 196.

Voluta, new species of, 431.

Walker, F., on the Mymaride, 49.

Ward, Mr., on Uncaria procumbens, 193. '

Westwood, J.O.,on the genus Holopa-
ramecus, 352; on two new genera of
Carabide, 354; on new species of Paus-
side, 469.

White, A., on some new species of ortho-
pterous and homopterous insects, 23 ;
on new species of longicorn beetles,
47 ; on four new genera of Crustacea,
176; on a new genus of Arachnida,
with notes on two other species of
spiders, 179.

Wilson, Dr. G., on the presence of fluo-
rine in plants, 425.

Wollaston, T. V., on three newly-dis-
ee British species of Coleoptera,

Xanthasia, description of the new genus,

Xenophthalmus, characters of the new
genus, 177.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,
54, 121, 197, 276, 349, 414, 461.

Zoophytes, observations on, 155.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

a aa

—

“

eae a a

c ’ We 4
. A nie
igi

ta

ee
a

om a : yg
ronan a
* oe

i)
vs

44
Ay

is

rere rel \p n
HT
i Ud a |

‘

f)

ot

(eee er

eh aire
f

e
Hp rarT eho cts.

Sinks &
Arey

“FRR ed ah

a deel
ee +

=
ae reat er ol

by

oa &
; eee es tee cen a oa
Ata etal Deed eee er)
Airy ye ee eee .

Saehe h26 depese:

to e:
ie P paeee bt
Veeree eels
PRS ME).

f

Led my eu ey

ras

oe

micceetene

i

J

se
pers

“ SY Pine a
aS pbna sets Seaceial

4
ts

id

Sy

“ <=
i “ . +7 fea "ne ve
Law to rt a ‘ Coss La eee bee sho mee Sinebe

Oe ~ Ate? Sakehs tas 7 > ‘

sank : imgng pei bay oe Snes - 3

seehe

fae hunt teed bones bad

Ons awe.

eer
badebe ity

ind
i=

nice wee :
G2 OHO

eed
eget.

es

nee

xt
Ui

+3

as

sisting = =
aoe see é ine
ptas4ea be

oS Sith i tet mat
- 7 : ~ bo nes Guin eG 6
» =heny, HEU Ameo me neh.
Sirgeecscigurss . 9s C= o> o- 08 Gcute rp ‘
Oraeia tshesscsgese an tca et Bot :
. 3 = -o~ 4 ee
rs ete de i. »
eaisecbonn 2 heueh «omens bem Meee veste, bs
M 2 « bj é “4 Seer ti S
* cachone pees ae atts Sor)

A)

?

Te

shee

ere

secre
yen
2

i

Lc
iS At wm heme
a oes > ie
7 ae . . : Speeraee-
hima eer OF tem 7 F >
se Anber: ;
Sredgs te

ie

a

i
.

-

dy eed

: 9 is hw a= heSeog
Piet haere t i a

ba G+ a=

n~ $58
Go bap arcs osn4= a4 Sets
~ etter words J mp.
anaes o bray ty tot
. Sache a
oh bees ~o- : : ; : ; 162 @ ws 8 . - yee-
siptaeee eta eehtnne san “ *

Lae

ae he the ty ep beri a aoe a ©» . ; .
ets O26 5 258s: 4

> yrs . 7 ts.

'SOna “mee rk to ++.
Hae paremetsteey Hott

“ eae b genta
ehomeben tase:

; Ste RS
? ey ee coe <4 pa ae oe wes - +- :
elbsbS bode eh ne 8 =t-000-

Shy pp 4.

mY as stiterpnosstacsteceepnn tei ten ie intetnta tatat st gtitee setts
paecbedsacatevante lave x

Any Som A Mal we ; : Seer

bere eee heed / Pe ate arOrbcotes > 7 . rie >| Sas

« =60 0s b-bre ~ wot a 6: 14 OS 8M ew Oss or * . ry ae Se My lA
nt ete FRAP Oy an eet: Pent ree ree > _ nt aad Ss